ANNA UNIVERSITY :: CHENNAI - 600 025

Post on 05-Feb-2017

236 Views

Category:

Documents

7 Downloads

Preview:

Click to see full reader

Transcript

BIJU PATNAIK UNIVERSITY OF TECHNOLOGY AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

SEMESTER III( Applicable to the students admitted from the Academic year 2012 ndash 2013 onwards)

Code No Course Title L T P C

THEORY

BSCM1205 Mathematics - III 3 1 0 4PCME4201 Fluid Mechanics and Machinery 3 1 0 4PCAE1202 Aero Engineering Thermodynamics 3 1 0 4PCAE1203 Solid Mechanics 3 1 0 4PCAE1201 Mechanics of Machines 3 1 0 4PCAE1205 Elements of Aeronautics 3 1 0 4PRACTICAL

PCAE7201 Strength of Materials Lab 0 0 3 2PCAE7202 Fluid Mechanics and Machinery Lab 0 0 3 2PCAE7203 Thermodynamics Lab 0 0 3 2

1

SEMESTER III

BSCM1205 Mathematics - IIISame subject code and topics can be used for Aeronautical Engineering Branch Common to all branch

Module-I (18 hours)Partial differential equation of first order Linear partial differential equation Non-linear partialdifferential equation Homogenous and non-homogeneous partial differential equation withconstant co-efficient Cauchy type Mongersquos method Second order partial differential equationThe vibrating string the wave equation and its solution the heat equation and its solution Twodimensional wave equation and its solution Laplace equation in polar cylindrical and sphericalcoordinates potentialModule-II (12 hours)Complex AnalysisAnalytic function Cauchy-Riemann equations Laplace equation Conformal mappingComplex integration Line integral in the complex plane Cauchyrsquos integral theorem Cauchyrsquosintegral formula Derivatives of analytic functionsModule ndashIII (10 hours)Power Series Taylorrsquos series Laurentrsquos series Singularities and zeros Residue integrationmethod evaluation of real integralsText books1 E Kreyszigrdquo Advanced Engineering Mathematics Eighth Edition Wiley IndiaReading Chapters 1112(except 1210)1314152 BV Ramana ldquo Higher Engineering Mathematicsrdquo McGraw Hill Education 2008Reading chapter 18Reference books1 EB Saff ADSnider ldquo Fundamental of Complex Analysisrdquo Third Edition PearsonEducation New DelhiP V OrsquoNeil ldquoAdvanced Engineering Mathematicsrdquo CENGAGE Learning New Delhi

2

PCME4201 Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic MachinesSame subject code and topics can be used for Aeronautical Engineering Branch Common to Mechanical Civil

Module I (13 Lectures)Introduction Scope of fluid mechanics and its development as a sciencePhysical property of Fluid Density specific gravity specific weight specific volume surfacetension and capillarity viscosity compressibility and bulk modulus Fluid classificationFluid statics Pressure Pascalrsquos Law Pressure variation for incompressible fluid atmosphericpressure absolute pressure gauge pressure and vacuum pressure manometerHydrostatic process on submerged surface force on a horizontal submerged plane surfaceforce on a vertical submerged plane surfaceBuoyancy and floatation Archimedesrsquo principle stability of immersed and floating bodiesdetermination of metacentric heightFluid kinematics Introduction description of fluid flow classification of fluid flow Reynoldrsquosnumber Acceleration of fluid particles flow rate and continuity equation differential equation of continuityMathematical definitions of irrotational and rotational motion Circulation potential function and stream function Flow netModule II (12 Lectures)Fluid dynamics Introduction Eulerrsquos equation along a streamline energy equation Bernoullirsquos equation and its application to siphon venturimeter orificemeter pitot tubeFlow in pipes and ducts Loss due to friction Minor energy losses in pipes Hydraulic Gradient Line (HGL)Total Energy Line (TEL) Power transmission in the fluid flow in pipes fluid flow in pipes in series andparallel Flow through nozzlesModule III (15 Lectures)Hydraulic turbine Classification Impulse and Reaction turbine Tangential Radial and axial turbineImpulse turbine Pelton wheel bucket dimensions number of buckets in pelton wheel efficiency andperformance curvesReaction Turbines Francis turbine and Kaplan turbine velocity triangle and efficiencies performancecurve Function of draft tube and casing cavitationCentrifugal Pump constructional features vane shape velocity triangles Efficiencies Multi stagecentrifugal pumps Pump Characteristic NPSH and CavitationPositive displacement pumps Reciprocating Pump Working principle Discharge work done and powerrequirement Slip Indicator diagramText Books1 Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines Modi amp Seth2 Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines by SK Som and G Biswas TMH3 Fluid Mechanics AKJain Khanna PublishersReference Books1 Fluid Mechanics by AK Mohanty PHI2 Introduction to Fluid Mechanics by Fox McDonald Willey Publications3 Fluid Mechanics by Kundu Elsevier4 An Introduction to Fluid Dynamics by GKBatchelor Cambridge University Press5 Engineering Fluid Mechanics by Garde et al Scitech6 First course in Fluid Mechanics by Narasimhan University press7 Fluid Mechanics by JFDouglas JMGasiorek JASwaffield and LBJack Pearson Education

3

PCAE1202 SOLID MECHANICS L T P C3 1 0 4

OBJECTIVETo give brief descriptions on the behaviour of materials due to axial bending and torsional and combined loads

MODULE ndash I (14 Lectures)Stress and Strain ndash Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants and their relationshipndash Statically determinate cases - statically indeterminate cases ndashcomposite bar Thermal Stresses ndash stresses due to freely falling weight

Stresses in thin circular cylinder and spherical shell under internal pressure ndash volumetricStrain Combined loading ndash Principal Stresses and maximum Shear Stresses - Analyticaland Graphical methods

MODULE ndash II (16 Lectures)SHEAR BENDING MOMENT AND SHEAR STRESSES

Shear force and bending moment diagrams for simply supported and cantilever beams-Bending stresses in straight beams-Shear stresses in bending of beams with rectangular I amp T etc cross sections-beams of uniform strength

DEFLECTION OF BEAMS Double integration method ndash McCauleyrsquos method - Area moment method ndash Conjugatebeam method-Principle of super position-Castiglianorsquos theorem and its apllication

MODULE - III (10 Lectures)Torsion of circular shafts - shear stresses and twist in solid and hollow circular shafts ndashclosely coiled helical springs

TEXT BOOKS1 Nash William ndash ldquoStrength of Materialsrdquo TMH 19982 TimoshenkoS and Young DH ndash ldquoElements of strength materials Vol I and Vol IIrdquoT Van Nostrand Co-Inc Princeton-NJ 19903 S Ramamrutham ndash ldquoStrength of MaterialsrdquoREFERENCES1 Dym CL and Shames IH ndash ldquoSolid Mechanicsrdquo 1990

4

PCAE1203 AERO ENGINEERING THERMODYNAMICS

OBJECTIVETo give a brief background of application of various laws of thermodynamics and itsapplication in heat transfer refrigeration and air-conditioning jet propulsion system

Module I (13)Review of First and Second lawsFirst law analysis of unsteady flow control volumes Entropy generation Reversible work Availability andIrreversibilityGeneral Thermodynamic property relationsThe Maxwell relations The Clapeyron equation The TdS relations Isothermal compressibility and volumeexpansivity The Joule-Thomson coefficientClassification and working principle of compressors (Descriptive Treatment) Isothermaland Isentropic efficiency of air compressors

Module II (12)Otto Diesel Dual combustion and Brayton combustion cycles ndash Air standard efficiency -Mean effective pressure ndash Actual and theoretical PV diagrams of two stroke and fourstroke IC Engines- Rankine cycle

Module III (15)Application of continuity momentum and energy equations- Isentropicflow of ideal gases through nozzles - Simple jet propulsion system - Thrust rocket motor ndashSpecific impulsePrinciples of refrigeration Air conditioning - Heat pumps - Vapour compression - Vapourabsorption types - Coefficient of performance Properties of refrigerants

TEXT BOOKS1 Rathakrishnan E ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamicsrdquo Prentice ndash HallIndia 20002 Nag PK ldquoEngineering Thermodynamicsrdquo Tata McGraw-Hills Co Ltd SeventhEdn 19933 Yunus ACengal ldquoThermodynamics an Engineering Approachrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill CoLtd 3rd Edition 2002REFERENCES1 Mayhew A and Rogers B ldquoEngineering Thermodynamicsrdquo Longman Green amp CoLtd London ELBS Edition 19902 Van Wylen GJ and Sonntag RE ldquoFundamentals of Classical Thermodynamics(SIVersion)rdquo Second Edition 19863 Bacon DH ldquoEngineering Thermodynamicsrdquo Butterworth amp Co London 19894 Saad MA ldquoThermodynamics for Engineersrdquo Prentice-Hall of India Pvt Ltd 19895 Reynolds ldquoThermodynamicsrdquo Int Student Edn McGraw-Hill Book Co Ltd 1990

5

PCAE1201 MECHANICS OF MACHINES L T P C(Common to Automobile and Aeronautical) 3 1 0 4

OBJECTIVETo expose the students the different mechanisms their method of working Forcesinvolved and consequent vibration during working

MODULE-I (15 Lectures)MECHANISMS Machine Structure ndash Kinematic link pair and chain ndash Grueblers criteria ndash Constrained motion ndash Degrees of freedom - Slider crank and crank rocker mechanisms ndash Inversions ndashApplications ndash Kinematic analysis of simple mechanisms ndash Determination of velocity and acceleration

FRICTION Friction in screw and nut ndash Belt (flat and V) and rope drives Ratio of tensions ndash Effect of centrifugal and initial tension ndash Condition for maximum power transmission ndash Open and crossed belt drive

MODULE-II (10 Lectures) GEARING AND CAMS Gear profile and geometry ndash Nomenclature of spur and helical gears ndash Gear trains Simple compound gear trains and epicylic gear trains - Determination of speed and torque - Cams ndash Types of cams ndash Design of profiles ndash Knife edged flat faced and roller ended followers with and without offsets for various types of follower motions

MODULE-III (15 Lectures)UNIT IV BALANCING Static and dynamic balancing ndash Single and several masses in different planes ndashndash Single and multi cylinder engines (Inline) ndash Balancing of radial V engine ndash direct and reverse crank method

UNIT V VIBRATION Free forced and damped vibrations of single degree of freedom systems ndash Force transmitted to supports ndash Vibration isolation ndash Vibration absorption ndash Torsional vibration of shaft

TEXT BOOKS1 RattanSS ldquoTheory of Machinesrdquo Tata McGrawndashHill Publishing Co New Delhi20042 BallaneyPL ldquoTheory of Machinesrdquo Khanna Publishers New Delhi 2002 REFERENCES1 Rao JS and Dukkipati RV ldquoMechanism and Machine Theoryrdquo Second Edition WileyEastern Ltd 19922 Malhotra DR and Gupta HC ldquoThe Theory of Machinesrdquo Satya Prakasam TechIndia Publications 19893 Gosh A and Mallick AK ldquoTheory of Machines and Mechanismsrdquo Affiliated EastWest Press 19894 Shigley JE and Uicker JJ ldquoTheory of Machines and Mechanismsrdquo McGraw-Hill19805 Burton Paul ldquoKinematics and Dynamic of Planer Machineryrdquo Prentice Hall 1979

6

PCAE1205 ELEMENTS OF AERONAUTICS L T P C3 1 0 3

OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of aerospace engineering and the current developments in the fieldMODULE-I (14 Lectures)AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATIONS Brief History-Components of an airplane and their functions Different types of flight vehicles classifications Basic instruments for flying

INTRODUCTION TO PRINCIPLES OF FLIGHT Physical properties and structure of the atmosphere Temperature pressure and altitude relationships Evolution of lift drag and moment Different types of drag

MODULE-II (18 Lectures)

INTRODUCTION TO AERODYNAMICS Aerodynanic forces on aircraft ndash classification of NACA aerofoils aspect ratio wing loading Mach numbercentre of pressure and aerodynamic centre-aerofoil characteristicslift drag curves

INTRODUCTION TO AIRPLANE STRUCTURES AND MATERIALS General types of construction Monocoque semi-monocoque Typical wing and fuselage structure Metallic and non-metallic materials Use of aluminium alloy titanium stainless steel and composite materials

MODULE-III (8 Lectures)POWER PLANTS USED IN AIRPLANES Basic ideas about piston turboprop and jet engines Use of propeller and jets for thrust production Comparative merits Principles of operation of rocket types of rockets and typical applications Exploration into space

TEXT BOOKS1Anderson JD ldquoIntroduction to Flightrdquo McGraw-Hill 1995REFERENCE 1Kermode AC ldquoFlight without Formulaerdquo McGraw-Hill 1997

7

PCAE7201 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

OBJECTIVETo develop the knowledge in testing the materials for hardness fatigue impact tensionand torsionLIST OF EXPERIMENTSBrinell Hardness testRockwell Hardness testTension testTorsion testIzod Impact testCharpy Impact testReverse plate bending Fatigue testRotating Beam Fatigue testTesting of springsBlock Compression Test

TOTAL 45 PERIODSLIST OF EQUIPMENTS

(for a batch of 30 students)SlNo Details of Equipments Qty Required For Experiments

1 Hardness Testing Machine 1 12

2 Impact Testing Machine 1 5 6

3 Fatigue tester- Rotating Beam 1 8

4 Fatigue tester ndashReverse plate bending 1 7

5 Universal Testing Machine 1 123910

8

PCAE7202 FLUID MECHANICS AND MACHINERY LABORATORY L T P C(Common to Aeronautical Automobile Mech amp Prod) 0 0 3 2

OBJECTIVETo study the flow measurement and the performance of fluid machineryLIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Calibration of venturimeter2 Pressure measurement with pitot static tube3 Determination of pipe flow losses4 Verification of Bernoullirsquos theorem5 Flow visualization by Heleshaw apparatus6 Performance test on centrifugal pumps7 Performance test on reciprocating pumps8 Performance test on piston wheel turbine9 Performance test on Francis turbine10 Determination of Viscosity of a Fluid

TOTAL 45 PERIODSLIST OF EQUIPMENTS (for a batch of 30 students)

SlNo Details of Equipments Qty Req Experiment No

1 Venturimeter setup 1 132 Pipe friction set up 1 33 Pitot tube set up 1 244 Jet pump 1 65 Submersible pump 1 66 Centrifugal pump 1 67 Reciprocating pump 1 78 Pelton wheel turbine and Francis turbine 1 899 Viscosity Meter 1 1010 Hele-shaw apparatus 1 5

9

PCAE7203 THERMODYNAMICS LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

OBJECTIVETo enhance the basic knowledge in applied thermodynamicsLIST OF EXPERIMENTSPerformance test on a 4-stroke engineValve timing of a 4 ndash stroke engine and port timing of a 2 stroke engineDetermination of effectiveness of a parallel flow heat exchangerDetermination of effectiveness of a counter flow heat exchangerDetermination of heating value of a fuelCOP test on a vapour compression refrigeration test rigCOP test on a vapour compression air-conditioning test rigDetermination of specific heat of solidDetermination of Thermal Conductivity of solidDetermination of Thermal Resistance of a Composite wall

TOTAL 45 PERIODS

LIST OF EQUIPMENTS (for a batch of 30 students)

SlNo Details of Equipments Qty Req Experiment No

1 4 stroke twin cylinder diesel engine 1 12 Cut section model of 4 stroke kirloskar diesel engine and cut

section model of 2 stroke petrol engine1 2

3 Parallel and counter flow heat exchanger test rig 1 344 Bomb Calorimeter 1 55 Vapour compression refrigeration test rig 1 66 Vapour compression air-conditioning test rig 1 77 Gas Turbine Engine 1 88 Conductive Heat Transfer set up 1 99 Composite wall 1 10

10

Semester IV

Code No Course Title L T P C

THEORYBSCM1210 Mathematics ndash IV (Common to all branch for 4th sem) 3 1 0 4PCAE1206 Aerodynamics ndash I 3 0 0 4PCAE1207 Aircraft Systems and Instrumentations 3 0 0 3PCAE1208 Production Technology 3 0 0 3PCAE1209 Aircraft Structures ndash I 3 1 0 3PCAE1210 Propulsion ndash I 3 0 0 3PRACTICALPCAE7204 Aircraft Structures Lab ndash I 0 0 3 2PCAE7205 Aerodynamics Lab- I 0 0 3 2PCAE7206 Manufacturing Technology Lab 0 0 3 2

11

SEMESTER IV

BSCM1210 Mathematics ndash IV(Common to all branch)

Module-I (20 hours)Numerical methodsApproximation and round of errors Truncation error and Taylorrsquos seriesRoots of equation The bisection method the false-position method fixed point iteration theNewton-Raphson method Mullerrsquos methodLinear algebraic equation LU decomposition the matrix inverse Gauss-Seidel methodInterpolation Newton divided difference interpolation Lagrange Interpolation Newtonrsquos forwardand backward interpolationNumerical integration The trapezoidal rule The Simpsonrsquos rules Gauss quadratureOrdinary differential equation Eulerrsquos method Improvement of Eulerrsquos method Runge-KuttamethodsModule-II (10 Hours)ProbabilityProbability Random variables Probability distributions Mean and variance of distributionBinomial Poisson and Hypergeometric distributions Normal distribution Distribution of severalrandom variablesModule-III (10 Hours)Mathematical StatisticsRandom sampling Estimation of Parameters Confidence Intervals Testing of hypothesisAcceptance sampling Chi square test for goodness of fit Regression Analysis Fitting StraightLines Correlation analysisText books1 S C Chapra and R P Canale ldquo Numerical methods for Engineersrdquo Fifth EditionMcGraw Hill EducationReading Chapters 2 3(31 32) 4(42 43) 5(51 52 53) 6(64) 9(91 92) 10(102)13(131132135) 16(161 162) 17(173) 20(201 202 203)2 E Kreyszigrdquo Advanced Engineering Mathematics Eighth Edition Wiley IndiaReading Chapters 22 23( except 235 and 238)Reference books1 Jay L Devore ldquoProbability and Statistics for Engineering and SciencesrdquoSeventh Edition ThomsonCENGAGE Learning India Pvt LtdP VOrsquoNeil ldquoAdvanced Engineering Mathematicsrdquo CENGAGE Learning New Delhi

PCAE1206 AERODYNAMICS ndash I L T P C3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVE

12

To understand the behaviour of airflow over bodies with particular emphasis on airfoilsections in the incompressible flow regime

Module-I (14 hours)REVIEW OF BASIC FLUID MECHANICS Continuity momentum and energy equations

UNIT II TWO DIMENSIONAL FLOWS Basic flows ndash Source Sink Free and Forced vortex uniform parallel flow Their combinations Ideal Flow over a circular cylinder DrsquoAlembertrsquos Paradox Magnus effect KuttaJonkowskirsquos Theorem Starting Vortex Kutta condition Pressure and velocity distributions on bodies with and without circulation in ideal and real fluid flows

Module-II (16 hours)

AIRFOIL THEORY Cauchy-Riemann relations Complex Potential Methodology of Conformal Transformation Kutta-Joukowski transformation and its applications Karman Trefftz Profiles Thin Airfoil theory and its applications

SUBSONIC WING THEORY Vortex Filament Biot and Savart Law Bound Vortex and trailing Vortex Horse Shoe Vortex Lifting Line Theory and its limitations

Module-III (12 hours)INTRODUCTION TO LAMINAR AND TURBULENT FLOWBoundary layer and boundary layer thickness displacement thickness momentum thickness Energy thickness Shape parameter Boundary layer equations for a steady two dimensional incompressible flow Boundary Layer growth over a Flat plate Critical Reynolds Number Blasius solution Basics of Turbulent flow Prandtlrsquos mixing length hypothesis Free shear layers

TEXT BOOKS1 Houghton EL and Caruthers NB Aerodynamics for Engineering studentsEdward Arnold Publishers Ltd London 19892 Anderson JD Fundamentals of Aerodynamics MaGraw Hill Book Co 1999REFERENCES1 Milne Thomson LH Theoretical Aerodynamics Macmillan 19852 John J Bertin Aerodynamics for Engineers Pearson Education Inc 20023 Clancey L J Aerodynamics Pitman 1986

13

PCAE1207 AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS AND INSTRUMENTS L T P C3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVETo describe the principle and working of aircraft systems and instruments Module-I (9 hours)AIRPLANE CONTROL SYSTEMS Conventional Systems - fully powered flight controls - Power actuated systems ndash Modern control systems - Digital fly by wire systems - Auto pilot system active control Technology

Module-II (17 hours)AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS Hydraulic systems - Study of typical workable system - components - Pneumatic systems - Advantages - Working principles - Typical Air pressure system ndash Brake system ndash Typical Pneumatic power system - Components Landing Gear systems - Classification

ENGINE SYSTEMS Fuel systems for Piston and jet engines - Components of multi engines Lubricating systems for piston and jet engines - Starting and Ignition systems - Typical examples for piston and jet engines

Module-II (14 hours)AUXILIARY SYSTEM Basic Air cycle systems - Vapour Cycle systems Evaporative vapour cycle systems - Evaporative air cycle systems - Fire protection systems Deicing and anti icing systems

AIRCRAFT INSTRUMENTS Flight Instruments and Navigation Instruments ndash Gyroscope - Accelerometers Air speedIndicators ndash TAS EAS- Mach Meters - Altimeters - Principles and operation - Study of various types of engine instruments - Tachometers - Temperature gauges ndash Pressure gauges - Operation and Principles

TEXT BOOKS1 McKinley JL and Bent RD ldquoAircraft Maintenance amp Repairrdquo McGraw-Hill 19932 ldquoGeneral Hand Books of Airframe and Powerplant Mechanicsrdquo US Dept ofTransportation Federal Aviation Administation The English Book Store NewDelhi1995REFERENCES1 Mekinley JL and Bent RD ldquoAircraft Power Plantsrdquo McGraw-Hill 19932 Pallet EHJ ldquoAircraft Instruments amp Principlesrdquo Pitman amp Co 19933 Treager S ldquoGas Turbine Technologyrdquo McGraw-Hill 1997

14

PCAE1208 PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY L T P C3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVEThe components such a piston connecting rod crankshaft engine block front axle frame body etc are manufactured by various types of production processes involving casting welding machining metal forming powder metallurgy etc hence Engineering students must study this course production technology UNIT I CASTING nd WELDING 16Casting types procedure to make sand mould types of core making moulding tolls machine moulding special moulding processes-co2 moulding shell moulding investment moulding permanent mould casting pressure die casting centrifugal casting continuous casting casting defects

Classification of welding processes Principles of Oxyacetylene gas welding AC metal arc welding resistance welding submerged arc welding tungsten inert gas welding metal inert gas welding plasma arc welding thermic welding electron beam welding laser beam welding defects in welding soldering and brazing

UNIT II MACHIINING 14General principles (with schematic diagrams only) of working and commonly performedoperations in the following machines Lathe Shaper Planer Horizontal milling machineUniversal drilling machine Cylindrical grinding machine Capstan and Turret lathe Basics of CNC machines General principles and applications of the following processesAbrasive jet machining Ultrasonic machining Electric discharge machining Electro chemical machining Plasma are machining Electron beam machining and Laser beammachining

UNIT IV METAL FORMING AND POWDER METALLURGY 11Types of plastics-characteristics of the forming and shaping processes-Moulding of Thermoplastics-working principles and typical applications of Injection moulding- Thermoforming-processing of thermosets-working principles and typical applications-

Principles and applications of the following processes Forging Rolling Extrusion Wiredrawing and Spinning Powder metallurgy-Principal steps involved advantages Disadvantages and limitations of powder metallurgy TEXT BOOK1 Harija choudry Elements of workshop Technology vol I and II Media promoters andpublishers pvt Ltd Mumbai 2001REFERENCES1 R K Jain and S C Gupta production Technology Khanna Publishers 16th Edition20012 H M T production technology-Hand book Tata Mc Graw-Hill 20003 Roy A Linberg process and materials of manufacturing technology PHI 20004 M Adithan and A B Cupta manufacturing technology New Age 19965 Serope Kalpajian Steven R Schimid Manuyfacturing Engineering and TechnologyPearson Education Inc2002 (second Indian Reprint)

15

PCAE1209 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES ndash I L T P C3 1 0 4

OBJECTIVETo study different types of beams and columns subjected to various types of loading and support conditions with particular emphasis on aircraft structural components

Module ndash I (17 hours)STATICALLY DETERMINATE STRUCTURES Analysis of plane Truss-Method of joints-3 D Truss-Plane frames

STATICALLY INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES Propped Cantilever- Fixed-Fixed beams-Clapeyrons Three Moment Equation - MomentDistribution Method

Module ndash II (11 hours)ENERGY METHODS 10+4Strain Energy due to axial bending and Torsional loads ndash Castiglianorsquos theorems- Maxwells Reciprocal theorem Unit load method - application to beams trusses framesrings etc -Composite beam

Module ndash III (14 hours)COLUMNS Columns with various end conditions ndash Eulerrsquos Column curve ndash Rankinersquos formula - Column with initial curvature - Eccentric loading ndash South well plot ndash Beam column

FAILURE THEORY Maximum Stress theory ndash Maximum Strain Theory ndash Maximum Shear Stress Theory ndash Distortion Theory ndash Maximum Strain energy theory ndash Application to aircraft Structural problems

1 Donaldson BK ldquoAnalysis of Aircraft Structures ndash An Introductionrdquo McGraw-Hill19932 BruhnEFrdquoAnalysis and design of flight vehicle structuresrdquo Tri set of offset companyUSA1973REFERENCE1 Timoshenko S ldquoStrength of Materialsrdquo Vol I and II Princeton D Von Nostrand Co

1990

16

PCAE1210 PROPULSION ndash I L T P C3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVETo understand the principles of operation and design of aircraft and spacecraft powerplants

Module ndash I (10 hours)

FUNDAMENTALS OF GAS TURBINE ENGINES Illustration of working of gas turbine engine ndash The thrust equation ndash Factors affecting thrustndash Effect of pressure velocity and temperature changes of air entering compressor ndash Methods of thrust augmentation ndash Characteristics of turboprop turbofan and turbojet ndashPerformance characteristics

Module ndash II (14 hours)

SUBSONIC AND SUPERSONIC INLETS FOR JET ENGINES Internal flow and Stall in subsonic inlets ndash Boundary layer separation ndash Major features of external flow near a subsonic inlet ndash Relation between minimum area ratio and eternal deceleration ratio ndash Diffuser performance ndash Supersonic inlets ndash Starting problem on supersonic inlets ndash Shock swallowing by area variation ndash External declaration ndash Models of inlet operation

NOZZLES Theory of flow in isentropic nozzles ndash nozzles and choking ndash Nozzle throat conditions ndashNozzle efficiency ndash Losses in nozzles ndash Over expanded and under ndash expanded nozzles ndashEjector and variable area nozzles ndash Interaction of nozzle flow with adjacent surfaces ndashThrust reversal

Module ndash III (16 hours)

COMPRESSORS Principle of operation of centrifugal compressor ndash Work done and pressure rise ndash Velocity diagrams ndash Diffuser vane design considerations ndash Concept of prewhirl rotation stall and surge ndash Elementary theory of axial flow compressor ndash Velocity triangles ndash degree of reaction ndash Three dimensional ndashCompressor blade design ndash Centrifugal and Axial compressor performance characteristics

COMBUSTION CHAMBERSClassification of combustion chambers ndash Important factors affecting combustion chamber design ndash Combustion process ndash Combustion chamber performance ndash Effect of operating variables on performance ndash Flame tube cooling ndash Flame stabilization ndash Use of flame holders ndash Numerical problems

TEXT BOOKS1 Hill PG amp Peterson CR ldquoMechanics amp Thermodynamics of Propulsionrdquo Addison ndashWesley Longman INC 1999REFERENCES1 Cohen H Rogers GFC and Saravanamuttoo HIH ldquoGas Turbine TheoryrdquoLongman 19892 Oates GC ldquoAero thermodynamics of Aircraft Engine Componentsrdquo AIAA EducationSeries New York 1985

17

3 ldquoRolls Royce Jet Enginerdquo ndash Third Edition ndash 19834 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers amp Distributors Delhi 1999

18

Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndashI L T P C0 0 3 2

OBJECTIVETo study experimentally the load deflection characteristics structural materials underDifferent types of loads

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Determination of Youngrsquos modulus of steel 2 Determination of fracture strength and fracture pattern of ductile and brittlematerials3 Determination of forces in statically indeterminate force system4 Deflection of beams with various end conditions5 Verification of Maxwellrsquos Reciprocal theorem 6 Verification of principle of superposition7 Column ndash Testing8 South ndash wellrsquos plot9 Shear Failure of Bolted and Rivetted Joints10 Non-Destructive Testing Procedures

TOTAL 40 PERIODS

19

Sub Code AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

OBJECTIVETo familiarize the students in basic aerodynamics and use of wind tunnelsLIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Study of lift and tip vortices2 Flow visualization in water flow channel3 Flow visualization in smoke tunnel4 Plot of RPM Vs test section velocity in a subsonic wind tunnel5 Pressure distribution over circular cylinder6 Pressure distribution over a rough circular cylinder7 Pressure distribution over a symmetric aerofoil8 Pressure distribution over a cambered aerofoil9 Estimation of CL and CD of airfoil10 Force measurement using wind tunnel balance of airfoil

TOTAL 40 PERIODS

20

Sub Code MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY L T P C

0 0 3 2LIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 LATHE11 Facing plain turning and step turning12 Taper turning using compound rest13 Taper turning using taper turning attachment14 Single start V thread cutting and knurling15 Boring and internal thread cutting2 SHAPER AND SLOTTER21 Machining a V- block (in a Shaper)22 Machining hexagonal shape (in a Shaper)23 Machining internal key-way (in a slotter)413 DRILLING31 Drilling 4 or 6 holes at a given pitch circle on a plate32 Drilling reaming and tapping4 MILLING41 Plain Milling Exercise42 Gear Milling Exercise5 GRINDINGCylindrical Grinding Exercise

TOTAL 40 PERIODS

21

SEMESTER V

Code No Course Title L T P C

THEORY

Aircraft Structures ndash II 3 0 0 3Aerodynamics ndash II 3 0 0 3Propulsion ndash II 3 0 0 3Aircraft Performance 3 0 0 3Control Engineering 3 0 0 3Experimental Stress Analysis 3 0 0 3

PRACTICAL

Aircraft Structures Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2CADCAM Lab 0 0 3 2Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness Lab 0 0 3 2

22

SEMESTER V

AE2302 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES ndash II L T P C3 1 0 4

OBJECTIVETo study the behaviour of various aircraft structural components under different types ofloadsModule ndash I (15 hours) UNSYMMETRICAL BENDING General Principal axis and neutral axis methods- bending stresses in beams of symmetric sections with skew loads- bending stresses in beams of unsymmetrical sections

SHEAR FLOW IN OPEN SECTIONS Thin walled beams Concept of shear flow shear centre Elastic axis With one axis ofsymmetry with wall effective and ineffective in bending unsymmetrical beam sections

Module ndash II (14 hours)SHEAR FLOW IN CLOSED SECTIONS Bredt ndash Batho formula Single and multi ndash cell structures- Shear flow in single amp multicellstructures under torsion Shear flow in single and multicell under bending with wallseffective and ineffective

V-N DIAGRAMLoads on aircraft ndashlift distribution-V-n diagram-Gust loads

Module ndash III (11 hours)BUCKLING OF PLATES Rectangular sheets under compression local buckling stress of thin walled section-Crippling stresses by Needhamrsquos and Gerardrsquos methods Thin walled column strengthsheet stiffener panels-Effective width

STRESS ANALYSIS IN WING AND FUSELAGEShear resistant web beams-Tension field web beams(Wagnerrsquos) ndash Shear and bendingmoment distribution for cantilever and semi-cantilever types of beams

TEXT BOOKS1 Peery DJ and Azar JJ ldquoAircraft Structuresrdquo 2nd edition McGrawndashHill NY 20072 Megson TMG ldquoAircraft Structures for Engineering Studentsrdquo Edward Arnold 2007REFERENCES1 Bruhn EH ldquoAnalysis and Design of Flight vehicles Structuresrdquo Tri ndash state off setcompany USA 19852 Rivello RM ldquoTheory and Analysis of Flight Structuresrdquo McGraw-Hill 1993

23

Sub Code AERODYNAMICS ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVETo understand the behaviour of airflow both internal and external in compressible flowregime with particular emphasis on supersonic flowsModule ndash I (10 hours)ONE DIMENSIONAL COMPRESSIBLE FLOW Energy Momentum continuity and state equations velocity of sound adiabatic steadystate flow equations Flow through convergent- divergent passage Performance undervarious back pressures

Module ndash II (16 hours)NORMAL OBLIQUE SHOCKS Prandtl equation and Rankine ndash Hugonoit relation Normal shock equations Pitot statictube corrections for subsonic and supersonic flows Oblique shocks and correspondingequations Hodograph and pressure turning angle shock polar flow past wedges andconcave corners strong weak and detached shocks

EXPANSION WAVES RAYLEIGH AND FANNO FLOW Flow past convex corners Expansion hodograph Reflection and interaction of shocks and expansion waves Method of Characteristics Two dimensional supersonic nozzlecontours

Module ndash III (14 hours)SUPERSONIC AND TRANSONIC FLOW Rayleigh and Fanno Flow Lift drag pitching moment and center of pressure of supersonic profiles Lower and upper critical Mach numbers Lift and drag divergence shock induced separation Characteristics of swept wings Effects of thickness camber and aspect ratio of wings Transonic area rule

TEXT BOOK1 Rathakrishnan E ldquoGas Dynamicsrdquo Prentice Hall of India 2003REFERENCES1 Shapiro AH ldquoDynamics and Thermodynamics of Compressible Fluid Flowrdquo RonaldPress 19822 Zucrow MJ and Anderson JD ldquoElements of gas dynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book CoNew York 19893 Anderson Jr D ndash ldquoModern compressible flowsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co New York

1999

24

Sub Code PROPULSION ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVETo study in detail about gas turbines ramjet fundamentals of rocket propulsion andchemical rocketsModule ndash I (10 hours) AIRCRAFT GAS TURBINES 12Impulse and reaction blading of gas turbines ndash Velocity triangles and power output ndash Elementary theory ndash Vortex theory ndash Choice of blade profile pitch and chord ndash stimationof stage performance ndash Limiting factors in gas turbine design- Overall turbine performance ndash Methods of blade cooling ndash Matching of turbine and compressor Module ndash II (15 hours)RAMJET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Sub critical critical and supercritical operation ndash Combustion in ramjet engine ndash Ramjet performance ndash Simple ramjet design calculations ndash Introduction to scramjet

FUNDAMENTALS OF ROCKET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Specific impulse of a rocket ndash internal ballistics- Rocket nozzleclassification ndash Rocket performance considerations

Module ndash III (15 hours)CHEMICAL ROCKETS Solid propellant rockets ndash Selection criteria of solid propellants ndash Important hardware components of solid rockets ndash Propellant grain design considerations ndash Liquid propellantrockets ndash Selection of liquid propellants Cooling in liquid rockets ndash Hybrid rockets

ADVANCED PROPULSION TECHNIQUES Electric rocket propulsion ndash Ion propulsion techniques ndash Nuclear rocket ndash Types ndash Solarsail- Preliminary Concepts in nozzleless propulsion TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York 5th

Edn 19932 Hill PG amp Peterson CR ldquoMechanics amp Thermodynamics of Propulsionrdquo Addison ndashWesley Longman INC 1999REFERENCES1 Cohen H Rogers GFC and Saravanamuttoo HIH ldquoGas Turbine TheoryrdquoLongman Co ELBS Ed 19892 Gorden CV ldquoAero thermodynamics of Gas Turbine and Rocket Propulsionrdquo AIAAEducation Series New York 19893 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 1988

25

Sub Code AIRCRAFT PERFORMANCE L T P C3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the performance of airplanes under various flightconditions like take off cruise landing climbing gliding turning etcModule ndash I (13 hours)GENERAL CONCEPTSInternational Standard atmosphere IAS EAS TAS Propeller theory- Froude momentum and blade element theories Propeller co-efficients Use of propeller charts Performance of fixed and variable pitch propellers High lift devices Thrust augmentation

DRAG OF BODIESStreamlined and bluff body Types of drag Effect of Reynoldrsquos number on skin friction and pressure drag Drag reduction of airplanes Dragpolar Effect of Mach number on drag polar

Module ndash II (11 hours)STEADY LEVEL FLIGHTSteady level flight Thrust required and Power required Thrust available and Power available for propeller driven and jet powered aircraft Effect of altitude maximum level flight speed conditions for minimum drag and minimum power required Effect of drag divergence on maximum velocity Range and Endurance of Propeller and Jet airplanes

Module ndash III (16 hours)GLIDING AND CLIMBING FLIGHTShallow and steep angles of climb Rate of climb Climb hodograph Maximum Climb angle and Maximum Rate of climb- Effect of design parameters for propeller Absolute and service ceiling Gliding flight Glide hodograph

ACCELERATD FLIGHT Estimation of take-off and landing distances Methods of reducing landing distance level turn minimum turn radius bank angle and load factor Constraints on load factor Pull up and pull down maneuvers maximum turn rate V-n diagram

TEXT BOOKS1 HoughtonEL and Carruthers NB Aerodynamics for engineering studentsEdward Amold Publishers 19882 Anderson Jr JD Aircraft Performance and Design McGraw-Hill InternationalEdition 1999REFERENCES1 Kuethe AM and Chow CY Foundations of Aerodynamics John Wiley amp Sons19822 JJBertin Aerodynamics for Engineers Prentice-Hall 19883 LJ Clancey Aerodynamics Pitman 19864 Anderson Jr JD Introduction to Flight McGraw-Hill International Edition 1999

26

Sub Code CONTROL ENGINEERING L T P C3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVETo understand the basic concepts of flight control systemModule ndash I (11 hours) INTRODUCTIONHistorical review - Simple pneumatic hydraulic and thermal systems Series and parallelsystems Analogies - Mechanical and electrical components Development of flight control systems OPEN AND CLOSED LOOP SYSTEMSFeedback control systems ndash Block diagram representation of control systems Reductionof block diagrams Output to input ratios Signal flow graph

Module ndash II (15 hours)CHARACTERISTIC EQUATION AND FUNCTIONS Lap lace transformation Response of systems to different inputs viz Step input impulse ramp parabolic and sinusoidal inputs Time response of first and second order systems steady state errors and error constants of unity feedback circuit

SAMPLED DATA SYSTEMS Introduction to digital control system Digital Controllers and Digital PID Controllers

Module ndash III (14 hours)CONCEPT OF STABILITYNecessary and sufficient conditions Routh ndash Hurwitz criteria of stability Root locus andBode techniques Concept and construction frequency response

TOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Ogato ldquoModern Control Engineeringrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19982 GopalM ldquoControl Systems Principles and designrdquo ndash Tata McGraw-Hill PublicationNew Delhi 2000REFERENCES1 Azzo JJD and CH Houpis ldquoFeed back control system analysis and synthesisrdquoMcGraw ndash Hill International 3rd Edition 19982 Kuo BC ldquoAutomatic control systemsrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19983 Houpis CH and Lamont GB ldquoDigital Control Systemsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co NewYork USA 19954 Naresh K Sinha ldquoControl Systemsrdquo New Age International Publishers New Delhi

27

Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS L T P C3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVETo bring awareness on experimental method of finding the response of the structure todifferent types of loadModule ndash I (15 hours) MEASUREMENTS amp EXTENSOMETER Principles of measurements Accuracy Sensitivity and range of measurements Mechanical Optical Acoustical and Electrical extensometers and their uses Advantagesand disadvantages

ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE STRAIN GAUGES Principle of operation and requirements Types and their uses Materials for strain gauge Calibration and temperature compensation cross sensitivity Rosette analysis Wheastone bridge for static and dynamic strain measurements strain indicators

Module ndash II (14 hours)PHOTOELASTICITY Two dimensional photo elasticity Concept of light ndash photoelastic effects stress optic lawInterpretation of fringe pattern Compensation and separation techniques Photo elasticmaterials Introduction to three dimensional photo elasticity

Module ndash III (11 hours)BRITTLE COATING AND MOIRE METHODSIntroduction to Moire techniques brittle coating methods and holography NON ndash DESTRUCTIVE TESTINGFundamentals of NDT Radiography ultrasonic magnetic particle inspection Fluorescent penetrant technique Eddy current testing Acoustic Emission Technique

TEXT BOOKS1 Srinath LS Raghava MR Lingaiah K Garagesha G Pant B andRamachandra K ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill New Delhi 1984REFERENCES1 Dally JW and Riley WF ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo McGraw-Hill Inc NewYork 2005 IV edition2 Hetyenyi M ldquoHand book of Experimental Stress Analysisrdquo John Wiley and Sons IncNew York 19723 Pollock AA ldquoAcoustic Emission in Acoustics and Vibration Progressrdquo Ed StephensRWB Chapman and Hall 1993

28

Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndash II 0 0 3 100

OBJECTIVE

To experimentally study the unsymmetrical bending of beams find the location of shear centre obtain the stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques calibration of photo ndash elastic materials and study on vibration of beams

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1 Unsymmetrical bending of beams2 Shear centre location for open sections3 Shear centre location for closed sections4 Constant strength beam5 Flexibility matrix for cantilever beam6 Beam with combined loading7 Calibration of Photo- elastic materials8 Stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques9 Vibrations of beams10 Wagner beam ndash Tension field beam

TOTAL 45

29

Sub Code CAD CAM LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

OBJECTIVETo teach and train the students in the lab about the design and drafting of aerocomponents LIST OF EXPERIMENTSDesign and Modeling of rectangular plate with holeDesign and Modeling of spar componentsDesign and Modeling of Aerofoil structuresDesign and Modeling of cut section for wingsDesign and Modeling of Machine componentDesign and Modeling of Machine componentsDesign and Analysis of a TrussDesign and Analysis of Beam distributed loadDesign of Landing gearFacingTurning(Taper Step)

TOTAL 40 PERIODS

30

HSSM7203 Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness LabLab 30 hoursThis course will focus on communication in professional (work-related) situations of the kind thatBPUT graduates may expect to encounter on entering the professional domainSome typical forms of work-related communication oral or written are listed below Practiceactivities for all four skills can be designed around these or similar situations1 Gaining entry into an organizationi Preparing job-applications and CVsii Facing an interviewiii Participating in group discussion (as part of the recruitmentprocess)2 In-house communicationa Superior Senior 1048782 subordinate junior (individual 1048782 individual group)i Welcoming new entrants to the organization introducing the workplace cultureetcii Briefing subordinates juniors explaining duties and responsibilities etcii Motivating subordinates juniors (lsquopep talkrsquo)iii Instructing directing subordinates juniorsiv Expressing recording appreciation praising rewarding a subordinate or juniorv Reprimanding correcting disciplining a subordinatejunior (for a lapse) askingfor an explanation etcb Subordinate Junior 1048782 Superior Seniori Responding to the aboveii Reporting problems difficulties deficienciesiii Offering suggestions

31

SEMESTER VI

Code No Course Title L T P C

THEORYHSSM3301 Principles of Management 3 0 0 3

Finite Element Method 3 0 0 3Aircraft Stability and Control 3 0 0 3Wind Tunnel Techniques 3 0 0 3High Temperature Materials 3 0 0 3

E1 Elective ndash I 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

Aero Engine Laboratory 0 0 3 2Aircraft Design Project - I 0 0 3 2Aerodynamics Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2

32

SEMESTER VI

HSSM3301 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (3-0-0)

Module I Functions of Management Concept of Management Management as an Art or Science The Process of Management Managerial Skills Good Managers are Born not Made Management is concerned with Ideas Things and People How a Manager Induces Workers to Put in Their Best Levels and Types of Management Evolution of Management Thought Managerial Environment The process of Management-Planning Organizing Directing Staffing Controlling

Module II Marketing Function of Management Modern Concept of Marketing The Functional Classification of Marketing Functions of a Marketing Management Marketing Mix Fundamental Needs of Customers The Role of Distribution channels in Marketing Advertising Marketing Consumerism and Environmentalism

Module III Financial Function amp HRM Functions Financial Functions Concept of Financial Management Project Appraisal Tools of Financial decisions making Overview of Working Capital HRM Function of Management Human Resource Management Human Resource Development Importance of HRM Overview of Job Analysis Job Description Job Specification Labour Turnover Manpower Planning Recruitment Selection Induction Training and Development Placement Wage and Salary Administration Performance Appraisal Grievance Handling Welfare Aspects

Reference Books 1 Business Organization amp Management CR Basu TMH 2 Business Organization amp Management Tulsia Pandey Pearson 3 Marketing Management Kotler Keller Koshi Jha Pearson 4 Financial Management IM Pandey Vikas 5 Human Resource Management Aswasthapa TMH 6 Modern Business Organisation amp Management by Sherlekar Himalaya Publishing House

33

Sub Code FINITE ELEMENT METHOD L T P C3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVETo introduce the concept of numerical analysis of structural componentsModule ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION Review of basic approximate methods of analyses ndash Stiffness and Flexibility matrix forsimple cases ndash Governing equation and convergence criteria of finite element method

DISCRETE ELEMENTS Bar Frame beam elements ndash Application to static dynamic analysis

Module ndash II (10 hours)

CONTINUUM ELEMENTS Various types of 2-D-elements Application to plane stress plane strain and axisymmetricproblems Module ndash III (16 hours)ISOPARAMETRIC ELEMENTS Applications to two and three-dimensional problems(four eight and nine nodded element) Numerical Integration

FIELD PROBLEMApplications to other field problems like heat transfer and fluid flow

TEXT BOOK1 TirupathiRC and Ashok DB ldquoIntroduction to Finite Elements in EngineeringrdquoPrentice Hall India Third Edition 2003REFERENCES1 Reddy JN ldquoAn Introduction to Finite Element Methodrdquo McGraw-Hill 20002 Krishnamurthy CS ldquoFinite Element Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill 20003 Bathe KJ and Wilson EL ldquoNumerical Methods in Finite Elements AnalysisrdquoPrentice Hall of India 1985

34

Sub Code AIRCRAFT STABILITY amp CONTROL L T P C3 1 0 4

OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the concepts of stable and nonstable configurationof airplanes To introduce the concepts of control of airplanes under variousoperating conditions

Module ndash I (13 hours)STATIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY AND CONTROL 15General concepts-Degrees of freedom of a rigid body Static and dynamic stability Need for stability in an airplane inherently and marginally stable airplanes Stability and Controllability Requirements of control surfaces criteria for longitudinal static stability contribution to stability by wing tail fuselage wing fuselage combination Total longitudinal stability Neutral point-Stick fixed and Stick free aspects Free elevator factor static margin Hinge moment Power effects on stability-propeller and jet aircrafts longitudinal control Movement of centre of gravity elevator control effectiveness elevator control power elevator angle to trim elevator angle per g maneuver point Stick force gradient and stick force per g Aerodynamic balancing

Module ndash II (15 hours) STATIC DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND CONTROL Directional stability-yaw and sideslip Criterion of directional stability contribution to static directional stability by wing fuselage tail Power effects on directional stabilitypropeller and jet aircrafts Rudder lock and Dorsal fin Directional control rudder control effectiveness rudder requirements adverse yaw asymmetric power condition spin recovery

STATIC LATERAL STABILTY AND CONTROL Lateral stability-Dihedral effect criterion for lateral stability evaluation of lateral stability-contribution of fuselage wing wing fuselage tail total static lateral stability lateral control aileron reversal aileron reversal speed

Module ndash III (12 hours) DYNAMIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY Aircraft Equations of motion small disturbance theory Estimation of longitudinal stability derivatives stability derivatives solving the stability quartic Phugoid motion

DYNAMIC LATERAL AND DIRECTIONAL STABILITY Dutch roll and spiral instability Auto rotation and spin

TEXT BOOKS1 Perkins CD amp Hage RE Airplane performance stability and control John Wileyamp Sons 19762 Nelson RC Flight Stability amp Automatic Control McGraw Hill 1998REFERENCES1 McCormick BW Aerodynamics Aeronautics amp Flight Mechanics John Wiley19952 Babister AW Aircraft Stability and response Pergamon Press 19803 Etkin B Dynamics of Flight Stability and Control John Wiley New York 19824 Pamadi BN Performnce Stability Dynamics and Control of Airplanes AIAA Education Series 2004

35

Sub Code WIND TUNNEL TECHNIQUES L T P C3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of measurement of forces and moments on models during the wind tunnel testing

Module ndash I (10 hours)WIND TUNNELSClassification ndashnon-dimensional numbers-types of similarities - Layout of open circuit and closed circuit subsonic wind tunnels ndash design parameters-energy ratio - HP calculationsCalibration

Module ndash II (15 hours) HIGH SPEED WIND TUNNELSBlow down in draft and induction tunnel layouts and their design features Transonic supersonic and hypersonic tunnels their peculiarities and calibration Helium and gun tunnels Shock tubes

FLOW VISUALIZATIONSmoke and Tuft grid techniques ndash Dye injection special techniques ndash Optical methods offlow visualization

Module ndash II (15 hours)WIND TUNNEL MEASUREMENTSPressurevelocity and temperature measurements ndash Force measurements ndash types of balances-Three component and six component balances ndash calibration of measuring instruments

NON-INTRUSIVE FLOW DIAGNOSTICSLaser ndash Doppler anemometry Particle image velocimetry Laser induced fluorescence TEXT BOOK1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow Speed Wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley Publication1984REFERENCE1 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh Speed wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley 1985

36

Sub Code HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS L T P C3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVETo learn damage mechanism and failure of components of elavated temperatures

Module ndash I (15 hours)CREEPFactors influencing functional life of components at elevated temperatures definition of creep curve various stages of creep metallurgical factors influencing various stages effect of stress temperatures and strain rate

Design of transient creep time hardening strain hardening expressions of rupture life ofcreep ductile and brittle materials Monkman-Grant relationship

Module ndash II (13 hours)FRACTURE AND OXIDATIONVarious types of fracture brittle to ductile from low temperature to high temperature cleavage fracture due to micro void coalescence ndash diffusion controlled void growth fracture maps for different alloys and oxidesOxidation Pilling Bedworth ratio kinetic laws of oxidation ndash defect structure and control of Oxidation by alloy additions

Module ndash III (12 hours)HOT CORROSION SUPER ALLOYS AND OTHER MATERIALHot gas corrosion deposit modified hot gas corrosion fluxing mechanisms effect of alloying elements on hot corrosion interaction of hot corrosion and creep methods of combat hot corrosion

Iron base Nickel base abd Cobalt base super alloys composition control solid solution strengthening precipitation hardening by gamma prime grain boundary strengthening TCP phase embrittlement solidfication of single crystals Intermetallics high temperature ceramics

TEXT BOOKS1 Raj R ldquoFlow and Fracture at Elevated TemperaturesrdquoAmerican Society for MetalsUSA 19852 Hertzberg RW ldquoDeformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering materialsrdquo 4th

Edition John Wiley USA 19963 Courtney T H ldquoMechanical Behaviour of MaterialsrdquoMcGraw-Hill USA 1990REFERENCES1 Boyle JT Spencer J ldquoStress Analysis for Creeprdquo Butterworths UK 19832 BressersJ ldquoCreep and Fatigue in High Temperature Alloysrdquo Applied Science 19813 McLean D ldquoDirectionally Solidified Materials for High Temperature ServicerdquoThe Metals Society USA 1985

37

AE2355 AERO ENGINE LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

OBJECTIVETo introduce the knowledge of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines1 Study of free convective heat transfer over a flat plate2 Engine (Piston Engine) - cleaning visual inspection NDT checks3 Piston Engine Components - dimensional checks4 Velocity profiles of free jets5 Velocity profiles of wall jets6 Combustion Studies in a model jet engine combustor7 Jet Engine ndash identification of components amp defects8 Jet Engine ndash NDT checks and dimensional checks9 Study of hybrid rocket propulsion system10 Engine starting procedures11 Study of ramjet12 Burn rate measurements of solid propellants

TOTAL 45 PERIODS

38

Sub code AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash I L T P C0 0 3 2

OBJECTIVETo introduce and develop the basic concept of aircraft designEach student is assigned the design of an Airplane (or Helicopter or any other flightvehicle) for given preliminary specifications The following are the assignments to becarried outEXPERIMENTS1 Comparative configuration study of different types of airplanes2 Comparative study on specification and performance details of aircraft3 Preparation of comparative data sheets4 Work sheet layout procedures5 Comparative graphs preparation and selection of main parameters for the design6 Preliminary weight estimations selection of main parameters7 Power plant selection Aerofoil selection Wing tail and control surfaces8 Preparation of layouts of balance diagram and three view drawings9 Drag estimation10 Detailed performance calculations and stability estimates

TOTAL 45 PERIODS

AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY- II

1 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of symmetric aerofoil section2 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of cambered aerofoil section3 Pressure distribution over a Nose cone model4 Determination of Base drag of a missile model5 Determination of profile drag of bodies by wake survey method6 Study of flow field over a backward facing step7 Pressure distribution over a water tank model for various wind speeds8 Velocity profiles for different simulated terrains9 Calibration of Supersonic Wind Tunnel10 Flow visualization studies in supersonic flows

TOTAL 45 PERIODS

39

40

SEMESTER VII

Code No Course Title L T P C

THEORY

PCME4404 Production and Operation Management 3 0 0 3Avionics 3 0 0 3Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 0 3Vibrations And Elements of Aeroelasticity 3 0 0 3

E2 Elective ndash II 3 0 0 3E3 Elective ndash III 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

Aircraft Design Project ndash II 0 0 3 2Aircraft Systems Lab 0 0 3 2Project Work and Seminar 0 0 3 3

41

SEMESTER VII

PCME4404 Production and Operation Management L T P C

Objective The course aims at acquainting all engineering graduates irrespective of theirspecializations the basic issues and tools of managing production and operations functionsof an organizationModule I1 Operations Function in an Organization Manufacturing Vrs Service Operations Systemview of Operations Strategic Role of Operations Operations Strategies for CompetitiveAdvantage Operations Quality and Productivity Focus Meeting Global Challenges ofProduction and Operations Imperatives (3 Hours)2 Designing Products Services and Processes New Product Design- Product Life CycleProduct Development Process Process Technology Project Jobshop Batch AssemblyLine Continuous Manufacturing Process Technology Life Cycle Process TechnologyTrends FMS CIM CAD CAM Design for Services Services Process Technology(4 Hours)3 Work Study Methods Study- Techniques of Analysis recording improvement andstandardization Work Measurement Work Measurement Principles using Stopwatch TimeStudy Predetermined Motion Time Standards and Work Sampling Standard TimeEstimation (4 Hours)Module II4 Location and Layout Planning Factor Influencing Plant and Warehouse LocationsImpact of Location on cost and revenues Facility Location Procedure and Models Qualitative Models Breakeven Analysis location Model centroid methodLayout Planning Layout Types Process Layout Product Layout Fixed Position LayoutPlanning block diagramming line balancing computerized layout planning- overviewGroup Technology (4 Hours)5 Forecasting Principles and Method Moving Average weighted Moving AverageExponential Smoothing Winterrsquos Method for Seasonal Demand Forecasting Error(4 Hours)6 Manufacturing Planning and Control The Framework and Components AggregatePlanning Master Production Scheduling Rough-cut-Capacity Planning MaterialRequirements Planning Capacity Requirements Planning (5 Hours)Module III7 Sequencing and Scheduling Single Machine Sequencing Basics and PerformanceEvaluation Criteria Methods for Minimizing Mean Flow Time Parallel Machines Minimization of Makespan Flowshop sequencing 2 and 3 machines cases JohnsonrsquosRule and Jobshop Scheduling Priority dispatching Rules (3 Hours)8 Inventory Control Relevant Costs Basic EOQ Model Model with Quantity discountEconomic Batch Quantity Periodic and Continuous Review Systems Safety Stock ReorderPoint and Order Quantity Calculations ABC Analysis (4 Hours)9 Modern Trends in Manufacturing Just in Time (JIT) System Shop Floor Control ByKanbans Total Quality Management Total Productive Maintenance ISO 9000 QualityCircle Kaizen Poka Yoke Supply Chain Management (4 Hours)Reference Book1 SNChary ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 R Paneerselvam ldquoProduction and Operations Management Prentice Hall of India3 Aswathappa amp Bhatt ndash Production amp Operations Management HPH4 Gaither amp Frazier - Operations Management Cengage Publication5 Russell amp Taylor - Operations Management PHI Publication6 Chase Aquilanno Jacob amp Agarwal - Operations Management TMH Publication7 EE Adam and RJ Ebert ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India

42

Sub Code AVIONICS L T P C3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of navigation amp communication systems of aircraft

Module ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems ndash Integrated Avionicssystem ndash Typical avionics sub systems ndash Design approaches and recent advances -Application Technologies

PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS Digital Computers ndash Digital number system- number systems and codes-Fundamentals of logic and combinational logic circuits ndashDigital arithmetic ndash interfacing with analoguesystems

Module ndash II (11 hours)Basic of Microprocessors and application Microprocessors ndash Memories- Microprocessors real time application related to aircraft

DIGITAL AVIONICS ARCHITECTURE Avionics system architecturendash salient features and applications of Data buses MILndashSTD1553 BndashARINC 429ndashARINC 629

Module ndash III (15 hours)

FLIGHT DECK AND COCKPITSControl and display technologies CRT LCD - Touch screen - Direct voice input (DVI) - Civil cockpit and military cockpit MFDS HUD MFK HOTAS AVIONICS SYSTEMS Communication Systems - Navigation systems - Flight control systems - Radar electronic warfare - Utility systems Reliability and maintainability - Certification TEXT BOOKS1 Malcrno AP and Leach DP ldquoDigital Principles and Applicationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill19902 Gaonkar RS ldquoMicroprocessors Architecture ndash Programming and Applicationrdquo Wileyand Sons Ltd New Delhi 1990REFERENCES1 Middleton DH Ed ldquoAvionics Systems Longman Scientific and Technicalrdquo LongmanGroup UK Ltd England 19892 Spitzer CR ldquoDigital Avionic Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ USA19873 Brain Kendal ldquoManual of Avionicsrdquo The English Book House 3rd Edition New Delhi19934 Nagaraja ldquoNavigation systemrdquo5 J Powell ldquoAircraft Radio Systemrdquo

43

Sub Code COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVETo study the flow of dynamic fluids by computational methods

Module-I (10 hours) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows Mathematical properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations - Well posed problems - discretization of partial Differential Equations Explicit finite difference methods of subsonic supersonic and viscous flows

Module-II (15 hours)

DISCRETIZATION Boundary layer Equations and methods of solution -Implicit time dependent methods forinviscid and viscous compressible flows - Concept of numerical dissipation --Stabilityproperties of explicit and implicit methods - Conservative upwind discretization forHyperbolic systems - Further advantages of upwind differencing GRID GENERATION Structured grids Types and transformations Generation of structured grids Unstructured grids Delany triangulation

Module-III (15 hours)

FINITE VOLUME TECHNIQUESFinite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping -Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy - Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques ndash Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives Flux ndash splitting schemes Pressure correction solvers ndash SIMPLE PESO Vorticity transport formulation Implicitsemi-implicit schemes

TEXT BOOK1 Fletcher CAJ ldquoComputational Techniques for Fluid Dynamicsrdquo Vols I and IISpringer - Verlag Berlin 1988REFERENCES1 John F Wendt (Editor) ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics - An Introductionrdquo Springer ndashVerlag Berlin 19922 Charles Hirsch ldquoNumerical Computation of Internal and External Flowsrdquo Vols I and IIJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 19883 Klaus A Hoffmann and Steve T Chiang ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics forEngineersrdquo Vols I amp II Engineering Education System PO Box 20078 W WichitaKS 67208 - 1078 USA 19934 Anderson JrD ldquoFundamentals of Aerodynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill 2000

44

AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

45

AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

OBJECTIVE

To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

TOTAL 60

AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

OBJECTIVE

To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

TOTAL 60

46

SEMESTER VIII

Code No Course Title L T P C

THEORY

Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

47

Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

48

Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

OBJECTIVE

The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

OBJECTIVE

The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

49

1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

Code No Course Title L T P C

Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

Code No Course Title L T P C

Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

ELECTIVESndash III

Code No Course Title L T P C

Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

Code No Course Title L T P C

Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

50

Elective Subjects

Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

51

Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

52

AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

53

Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

54

Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

55

Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

56

Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

Module-I (15hours)

FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

57

Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

58

Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

59

Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

60

Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

61

AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

62

Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

63

Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

64

Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

65

Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

66

  • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
  • Course Title
    • THEORY
    • SEMESTER III
    • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
    • (for a batch of 30 students)
    • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
    • (for a batch of 30 students)
      • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
      • (for a batch of 30 students)
          • Course Title
            • THEORY
            • PRACTICAL
            • SEMESTER V
              • Course Title
                • THEORY
                • PRACTICAL
                • SEMESTER VI
                  • Course Title
                    • THEORY
                    • PRACTICAL
                    • SEMESTER VI
                      • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                        • SEMESTER VII
                          • Course Title
                            • THEORY
                            • PRACTICAL
                            • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                              • TOTAL 60
                              • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                              • TOTAL 60
                                • SEMESTER VIII
                                  • Course Title
                                    • THEORY
                                    • PRACTICAL
                                    • Co New York 1989
                                    • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                    • OBJECTIVE
                                    • PROJECT WORK
                                      • OBJECTIVE
                                        • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                            • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                              • Course Title
                                              • Course Title
                                              • Course Title
                                              • Course Title
                                              • Course Title
                                                • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

    SEMESTER III

    BSCM1205 Mathematics - IIISame subject code and topics can be used for Aeronautical Engineering Branch Common to all branch

    Module-I (18 hours)Partial differential equation of first order Linear partial differential equation Non-linear partialdifferential equation Homogenous and non-homogeneous partial differential equation withconstant co-efficient Cauchy type Mongersquos method Second order partial differential equationThe vibrating string the wave equation and its solution the heat equation and its solution Twodimensional wave equation and its solution Laplace equation in polar cylindrical and sphericalcoordinates potentialModule-II (12 hours)Complex AnalysisAnalytic function Cauchy-Riemann equations Laplace equation Conformal mappingComplex integration Line integral in the complex plane Cauchyrsquos integral theorem Cauchyrsquosintegral formula Derivatives of analytic functionsModule ndashIII (10 hours)Power Series Taylorrsquos series Laurentrsquos series Singularities and zeros Residue integrationmethod evaluation of real integralsText books1 E Kreyszigrdquo Advanced Engineering Mathematics Eighth Edition Wiley IndiaReading Chapters 1112(except 1210)1314152 BV Ramana ldquo Higher Engineering Mathematicsrdquo McGraw Hill Education 2008Reading chapter 18Reference books1 EB Saff ADSnider ldquo Fundamental of Complex Analysisrdquo Third Edition PearsonEducation New DelhiP V OrsquoNeil ldquoAdvanced Engineering Mathematicsrdquo CENGAGE Learning New Delhi

    2

    PCME4201 Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic MachinesSame subject code and topics can be used for Aeronautical Engineering Branch Common to Mechanical Civil

    Module I (13 Lectures)Introduction Scope of fluid mechanics and its development as a sciencePhysical property of Fluid Density specific gravity specific weight specific volume surfacetension and capillarity viscosity compressibility and bulk modulus Fluid classificationFluid statics Pressure Pascalrsquos Law Pressure variation for incompressible fluid atmosphericpressure absolute pressure gauge pressure and vacuum pressure manometerHydrostatic process on submerged surface force on a horizontal submerged plane surfaceforce on a vertical submerged plane surfaceBuoyancy and floatation Archimedesrsquo principle stability of immersed and floating bodiesdetermination of metacentric heightFluid kinematics Introduction description of fluid flow classification of fluid flow Reynoldrsquosnumber Acceleration of fluid particles flow rate and continuity equation differential equation of continuityMathematical definitions of irrotational and rotational motion Circulation potential function and stream function Flow netModule II (12 Lectures)Fluid dynamics Introduction Eulerrsquos equation along a streamline energy equation Bernoullirsquos equation and its application to siphon venturimeter orificemeter pitot tubeFlow in pipes and ducts Loss due to friction Minor energy losses in pipes Hydraulic Gradient Line (HGL)Total Energy Line (TEL) Power transmission in the fluid flow in pipes fluid flow in pipes in series andparallel Flow through nozzlesModule III (15 Lectures)Hydraulic turbine Classification Impulse and Reaction turbine Tangential Radial and axial turbineImpulse turbine Pelton wheel bucket dimensions number of buckets in pelton wheel efficiency andperformance curvesReaction Turbines Francis turbine and Kaplan turbine velocity triangle and efficiencies performancecurve Function of draft tube and casing cavitationCentrifugal Pump constructional features vane shape velocity triangles Efficiencies Multi stagecentrifugal pumps Pump Characteristic NPSH and CavitationPositive displacement pumps Reciprocating Pump Working principle Discharge work done and powerrequirement Slip Indicator diagramText Books1 Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines Modi amp Seth2 Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines by SK Som and G Biswas TMH3 Fluid Mechanics AKJain Khanna PublishersReference Books1 Fluid Mechanics by AK Mohanty PHI2 Introduction to Fluid Mechanics by Fox McDonald Willey Publications3 Fluid Mechanics by Kundu Elsevier4 An Introduction to Fluid Dynamics by GKBatchelor Cambridge University Press5 Engineering Fluid Mechanics by Garde et al Scitech6 First course in Fluid Mechanics by Narasimhan University press7 Fluid Mechanics by JFDouglas JMGasiorek JASwaffield and LBJack Pearson Education

    3

    PCAE1202 SOLID MECHANICS L T P C3 1 0 4

    OBJECTIVETo give brief descriptions on the behaviour of materials due to axial bending and torsional and combined loads

    MODULE ndash I (14 Lectures)Stress and Strain ndash Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants and their relationshipndash Statically determinate cases - statically indeterminate cases ndashcomposite bar Thermal Stresses ndash stresses due to freely falling weight

    Stresses in thin circular cylinder and spherical shell under internal pressure ndash volumetricStrain Combined loading ndash Principal Stresses and maximum Shear Stresses - Analyticaland Graphical methods

    MODULE ndash II (16 Lectures)SHEAR BENDING MOMENT AND SHEAR STRESSES

    Shear force and bending moment diagrams for simply supported and cantilever beams-Bending stresses in straight beams-Shear stresses in bending of beams with rectangular I amp T etc cross sections-beams of uniform strength

    DEFLECTION OF BEAMS Double integration method ndash McCauleyrsquos method - Area moment method ndash Conjugatebeam method-Principle of super position-Castiglianorsquos theorem and its apllication

    MODULE - III (10 Lectures)Torsion of circular shafts - shear stresses and twist in solid and hollow circular shafts ndashclosely coiled helical springs

    TEXT BOOKS1 Nash William ndash ldquoStrength of Materialsrdquo TMH 19982 TimoshenkoS and Young DH ndash ldquoElements of strength materials Vol I and Vol IIrdquoT Van Nostrand Co-Inc Princeton-NJ 19903 S Ramamrutham ndash ldquoStrength of MaterialsrdquoREFERENCES1 Dym CL and Shames IH ndash ldquoSolid Mechanicsrdquo 1990

    4

    PCAE1203 AERO ENGINEERING THERMODYNAMICS

    OBJECTIVETo give a brief background of application of various laws of thermodynamics and itsapplication in heat transfer refrigeration and air-conditioning jet propulsion system

    Module I (13)Review of First and Second lawsFirst law analysis of unsteady flow control volumes Entropy generation Reversible work Availability andIrreversibilityGeneral Thermodynamic property relationsThe Maxwell relations The Clapeyron equation The TdS relations Isothermal compressibility and volumeexpansivity The Joule-Thomson coefficientClassification and working principle of compressors (Descriptive Treatment) Isothermaland Isentropic efficiency of air compressors

    Module II (12)Otto Diesel Dual combustion and Brayton combustion cycles ndash Air standard efficiency -Mean effective pressure ndash Actual and theoretical PV diagrams of two stroke and fourstroke IC Engines- Rankine cycle

    Module III (15)Application of continuity momentum and energy equations- Isentropicflow of ideal gases through nozzles - Simple jet propulsion system - Thrust rocket motor ndashSpecific impulsePrinciples of refrigeration Air conditioning - Heat pumps - Vapour compression - Vapourabsorption types - Coefficient of performance Properties of refrigerants

    TEXT BOOKS1 Rathakrishnan E ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamicsrdquo Prentice ndash HallIndia 20002 Nag PK ldquoEngineering Thermodynamicsrdquo Tata McGraw-Hills Co Ltd SeventhEdn 19933 Yunus ACengal ldquoThermodynamics an Engineering Approachrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill CoLtd 3rd Edition 2002REFERENCES1 Mayhew A and Rogers B ldquoEngineering Thermodynamicsrdquo Longman Green amp CoLtd London ELBS Edition 19902 Van Wylen GJ and Sonntag RE ldquoFundamentals of Classical Thermodynamics(SIVersion)rdquo Second Edition 19863 Bacon DH ldquoEngineering Thermodynamicsrdquo Butterworth amp Co London 19894 Saad MA ldquoThermodynamics for Engineersrdquo Prentice-Hall of India Pvt Ltd 19895 Reynolds ldquoThermodynamicsrdquo Int Student Edn McGraw-Hill Book Co Ltd 1990

    5

    PCAE1201 MECHANICS OF MACHINES L T P C(Common to Automobile and Aeronautical) 3 1 0 4

    OBJECTIVETo expose the students the different mechanisms their method of working Forcesinvolved and consequent vibration during working

    MODULE-I (15 Lectures)MECHANISMS Machine Structure ndash Kinematic link pair and chain ndash Grueblers criteria ndash Constrained motion ndash Degrees of freedom - Slider crank and crank rocker mechanisms ndash Inversions ndashApplications ndash Kinematic analysis of simple mechanisms ndash Determination of velocity and acceleration

    FRICTION Friction in screw and nut ndash Belt (flat and V) and rope drives Ratio of tensions ndash Effect of centrifugal and initial tension ndash Condition for maximum power transmission ndash Open and crossed belt drive

    MODULE-II (10 Lectures) GEARING AND CAMS Gear profile and geometry ndash Nomenclature of spur and helical gears ndash Gear trains Simple compound gear trains and epicylic gear trains - Determination of speed and torque - Cams ndash Types of cams ndash Design of profiles ndash Knife edged flat faced and roller ended followers with and without offsets for various types of follower motions

    MODULE-III (15 Lectures)UNIT IV BALANCING Static and dynamic balancing ndash Single and several masses in different planes ndashndash Single and multi cylinder engines (Inline) ndash Balancing of radial V engine ndash direct and reverse crank method

    UNIT V VIBRATION Free forced and damped vibrations of single degree of freedom systems ndash Force transmitted to supports ndash Vibration isolation ndash Vibration absorption ndash Torsional vibration of shaft

    TEXT BOOKS1 RattanSS ldquoTheory of Machinesrdquo Tata McGrawndashHill Publishing Co New Delhi20042 BallaneyPL ldquoTheory of Machinesrdquo Khanna Publishers New Delhi 2002 REFERENCES1 Rao JS and Dukkipati RV ldquoMechanism and Machine Theoryrdquo Second Edition WileyEastern Ltd 19922 Malhotra DR and Gupta HC ldquoThe Theory of Machinesrdquo Satya Prakasam TechIndia Publications 19893 Gosh A and Mallick AK ldquoTheory of Machines and Mechanismsrdquo Affiliated EastWest Press 19894 Shigley JE and Uicker JJ ldquoTheory of Machines and Mechanismsrdquo McGraw-Hill19805 Burton Paul ldquoKinematics and Dynamic of Planer Machineryrdquo Prentice Hall 1979

    6

    PCAE1205 ELEMENTS OF AERONAUTICS L T P C3 1 0 3

    OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of aerospace engineering and the current developments in the fieldMODULE-I (14 Lectures)AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATIONS Brief History-Components of an airplane and their functions Different types of flight vehicles classifications Basic instruments for flying

    INTRODUCTION TO PRINCIPLES OF FLIGHT Physical properties and structure of the atmosphere Temperature pressure and altitude relationships Evolution of lift drag and moment Different types of drag

    MODULE-II (18 Lectures)

    INTRODUCTION TO AERODYNAMICS Aerodynanic forces on aircraft ndash classification of NACA aerofoils aspect ratio wing loading Mach numbercentre of pressure and aerodynamic centre-aerofoil characteristicslift drag curves

    INTRODUCTION TO AIRPLANE STRUCTURES AND MATERIALS General types of construction Monocoque semi-monocoque Typical wing and fuselage structure Metallic and non-metallic materials Use of aluminium alloy titanium stainless steel and composite materials

    MODULE-III (8 Lectures)POWER PLANTS USED IN AIRPLANES Basic ideas about piston turboprop and jet engines Use of propeller and jets for thrust production Comparative merits Principles of operation of rocket types of rockets and typical applications Exploration into space

    TEXT BOOKS1Anderson JD ldquoIntroduction to Flightrdquo McGraw-Hill 1995REFERENCE 1Kermode AC ldquoFlight without Formulaerdquo McGraw-Hill 1997

    7

    PCAE7201 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

    OBJECTIVETo develop the knowledge in testing the materials for hardness fatigue impact tensionand torsionLIST OF EXPERIMENTSBrinell Hardness testRockwell Hardness testTension testTorsion testIzod Impact testCharpy Impact testReverse plate bending Fatigue testRotating Beam Fatigue testTesting of springsBlock Compression Test

    TOTAL 45 PERIODSLIST OF EQUIPMENTS

    (for a batch of 30 students)SlNo Details of Equipments Qty Required For Experiments

    1 Hardness Testing Machine 1 12

    2 Impact Testing Machine 1 5 6

    3 Fatigue tester- Rotating Beam 1 8

    4 Fatigue tester ndashReverse plate bending 1 7

    5 Universal Testing Machine 1 123910

    8

    PCAE7202 FLUID MECHANICS AND MACHINERY LABORATORY L T P C(Common to Aeronautical Automobile Mech amp Prod) 0 0 3 2

    OBJECTIVETo study the flow measurement and the performance of fluid machineryLIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Calibration of venturimeter2 Pressure measurement with pitot static tube3 Determination of pipe flow losses4 Verification of Bernoullirsquos theorem5 Flow visualization by Heleshaw apparatus6 Performance test on centrifugal pumps7 Performance test on reciprocating pumps8 Performance test on piston wheel turbine9 Performance test on Francis turbine10 Determination of Viscosity of a Fluid

    TOTAL 45 PERIODSLIST OF EQUIPMENTS (for a batch of 30 students)

    SlNo Details of Equipments Qty Req Experiment No

    1 Venturimeter setup 1 132 Pipe friction set up 1 33 Pitot tube set up 1 244 Jet pump 1 65 Submersible pump 1 66 Centrifugal pump 1 67 Reciprocating pump 1 78 Pelton wheel turbine and Francis turbine 1 899 Viscosity Meter 1 1010 Hele-shaw apparatus 1 5

    9

    PCAE7203 THERMODYNAMICS LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

    OBJECTIVETo enhance the basic knowledge in applied thermodynamicsLIST OF EXPERIMENTSPerformance test on a 4-stroke engineValve timing of a 4 ndash stroke engine and port timing of a 2 stroke engineDetermination of effectiveness of a parallel flow heat exchangerDetermination of effectiveness of a counter flow heat exchangerDetermination of heating value of a fuelCOP test on a vapour compression refrigeration test rigCOP test on a vapour compression air-conditioning test rigDetermination of specific heat of solidDetermination of Thermal Conductivity of solidDetermination of Thermal Resistance of a Composite wall

    TOTAL 45 PERIODS

    LIST OF EQUIPMENTS (for a batch of 30 students)

    SlNo Details of Equipments Qty Req Experiment No

    1 4 stroke twin cylinder diesel engine 1 12 Cut section model of 4 stroke kirloskar diesel engine and cut

    section model of 2 stroke petrol engine1 2

    3 Parallel and counter flow heat exchanger test rig 1 344 Bomb Calorimeter 1 55 Vapour compression refrigeration test rig 1 66 Vapour compression air-conditioning test rig 1 77 Gas Turbine Engine 1 88 Conductive Heat Transfer set up 1 99 Composite wall 1 10

    10

    Semester IV

    Code No Course Title L T P C

    THEORYBSCM1210 Mathematics ndash IV (Common to all branch for 4th sem) 3 1 0 4PCAE1206 Aerodynamics ndash I 3 0 0 4PCAE1207 Aircraft Systems and Instrumentations 3 0 0 3PCAE1208 Production Technology 3 0 0 3PCAE1209 Aircraft Structures ndash I 3 1 0 3PCAE1210 Propulsion ndash I 3 0 0 3PRACTICALPCAE7204 Aircraft Structures Lab ndash I 0 0 3 2PCAE7205 Aerodynamics Lab- I 0 0 3 2PCAE7206 Manufacturing Technology Lab 0 0 3 2

    11

    SEMESTER IV

    BSCM1210 Mathematics ndash IV(Common to all branch)

    Module-I (20 hours)Numerical methodsApproximation and round of errors Truncation error and Taylorrsquos seriesRoots of equation The bisection method the false-position method fixed point iteration theNewton-Raphson method Mullerrsquos methodLinear algebraic equation LU decomposition the matrix inverse Gauss-Seidel methodInterpolation Newton divided difference interpolation Lagrange Interpolation Newtonrsquos forwardand backward interpolationNumerical integration The trapezoidal rule The Simpsonrsquos rules Gauss quadratureOrdinary differential equation Eulerrsquos method Improvement of Eulerrsquos method Runge-KuttamethodsModule-II (10 Hours)ProbabilityProbability Random variables Probability distributions Mean and variance of distributionBinomial Poisson and Hypergeometric distributions Normal distribution Distribution of severalrandom variablesModule-III (10 Hours)Mathematical StatisticsRandom sampling Estimation of Parameters Confidence Intervals Testing of hypothesisAcceptance sampling Chi square test for goodness of fit Regression Analysis Fitting StraightLines Correlation analysisText books1 S C Chapra and R P Canale ldquo Numerical methods for Engineersrdquo Fifth EditionMcGraw Hill EducationReading Chapters 2 3(31 32) 4(42 43) 5(51 52 53) 6(64) 9(91 92) 10(102)13(131132135) 16(161 162) 17(173) 20(201 202 203)2 E Kreyszigrdquo Advanced Engineering Mathematics Eighth Edition Wiley IndiaReading Chapters 22 23( except 235 and 238)Reference books1 Jay L Devore ldquoProbability and Statistics for Engineering and SciencesrdquoSeventh Edition ThomsonCENGAGE Learning India Pvt LtdP VOrsquoNeil ldquoAdvanced Engineering Mathematicsrdquo CENGAGE Learning New Delhi

    PCAE1206 AERODYNAMICS ndash I L T P C3 0 0 3

    OBJECTIVE

    12

    To understand the behaviour of airflow over bodies with particular emphasis on airfoilsections in the incompressible flow regime

    Module-I (14 hours)REVIEW OF BASIC FLUID MECHANICS Continuity momentum and energy equations

    UNIT II TWO DIMENSIONAL FLOWS Basic flows ndash Source Sink Free and Forced vortex uniform parallel flow Their combinations Ideal Flow over a circular cylinder DrsquoAlembertrsquos Paradox Magnus effect KuttaJonkowskirsquos Theorem Starting Vortex Kutta condition Pressure and velocity distributions on bodies with and without circulation in ideal and real fluid flows

    Module-II (16 hours)

    AIRFOIL THEORY Cauchy-Riemann relations Complex Potential Methodology of Conformal Transformation Kutta-Joukowski transformation and its applications Karman Trefftz Profiles Thin Airfoil theory and its applications

    SUBSONIC WING THEORY Vortex Filament Biot and Savart Law Bound Vortex and trailing Vortex Horse Shoe Vortex Lifting Line Theory and its limitations

    Module-III (12 hours)INTRODUCTION TO LAMINAR AND TURBULENT FLOWBoundary layer and boundary layer thickness displacement thickness momentum thickness Energy thickness Shape parameter Boundary layer equations for a steady two dimensional incompressible flow Boundary Layer growth over a Flat plate Critical Reynolds Number Blasius solution Basics of Turbulent flow Prandtlrsquos mixing length hypothesis Free shear layers

    TEXT BOOKS1 Houghton EL and Caruthers NB Aerodynamics for Engineering studentsEdward Arnold Publishers Ltd London 19892 Anderson JD Fundamentals of Aerodynamics MaGraw Hill Book Co 1999REFERENCES1 Milne Thomson LH Theoretical Aerodynamics Macmillan 19852 John J Bertin Aerodynamics for Engineers Pearson Education Inc 20023 Clancey L J Aerodynamics Pitman 1986

    13

    PCAE1207 AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS AND INSTRUMENTS L T P C3 0 0 3

    OBJECTIVETo describe the principle and working of aircraft systems and instruments Module-I (9 hours)AIRPLANE CONTROL SYSTEMS Conventional Systems - fully powered flight controls - Power actuated systems ndash Modern control systems - Digital fly by wire systems - Auto pilot system active control Technology

    Module-II (17 hours)AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS Hydraulic systems - Study of typical workable system - components - Pneumatic systems - Advantages - Working principles - Typical Air pressure system ndash Brake system ndash Typical Pneumatic power system - Components Landing Gear systems - Classification

    ENGINE SYSTEMS Fuel systems for Piston and jet engines - Components of multi engines Lubricating systems for piston and jet engines - Starting and Ignition systems - Typical examples for piston and jet engines

    Module-II (14 hours)AUXILIARY SYSTEM Basic Air cycle systems - Vapour Cycle systems Evaporative vapour cycle systems - Evaporative air cycle systems - Fire protection systems Deicing and anti icing systems

    AIRCRAFT INSTRUMENTS Flight Instruments and Navigation Instruments ndash Gyroscope - Accelerometers Air speedIndicators ndash TAS EAS- Mach Meters - Altimeters - Principles and operation - Study of various types of engine instruments - Tachometers - Temperature gauges ndash Pressure gauges - Operation and Principles

    TEXT BOOKS1 McKinley JL and Bent RD ldquoAircraft Maintenance amp Repairrdquo McGraw-Hill 19932 ldquoGeneral Hand Books of Airframe and Powerplant Mechanicsrdquo US Dept ofTransportation Federal Aviation Administation The English Book Store NewDelhi1995REFERENCES1 Mekinley JL and Bent RD ldquoAircraft Power Plantsrdquo McGraw-Hill 19932 Pallet EHJ ldquoAircraft Instruments amp Principlesrdquo Pitman amp Co 19933 Treager S ldquoGas Turbine Technologyrdquo McGraw-Hill 1997

    14

    PCAE1208 PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY L T P C3 0 0 3

    OBJECTIVEThe components such a piston connecting rod crankshaft engine block front axle frame body etc are manufactured by various types of production processes involving casting welding machining metal forming powder metallurgy etc hence Engineering students must study this course production technology UNIT I CASTING nd WELDING 16Casting types procedure to make sand mould types of core making moulding tolls machine moulding special moulding processes-co2 moulding shell moulding investment moulding permanent mould casting pressure die casting centrifugal casting continuous casting casting defects

    Classification of welding processes Principles of Oxyacetylene gas welding AC metal arc welding resistance welding submerged arc welding tungsten inert gas welding metal inert gas welding plasma arc welding thermic welding electron beam welding laser beam welding defects in welding soldering and brazing

    UNIT II MACHIINING 14General principles (with schematic diagrams only) of working and commonly performedoperations in the following machines Lathe Shaper Planer Horizontal milling machineUniversal drilling machine Cylindrical grinding machine Capstan and Turret lathe Basics of CNC machines General principles and applications of the following processesAbrasive jet machining Ultrasonic machining Electric discharge machining Electro chemical machining Plasma are machining Electron beam machining and Laser beammachining

    UNIT IV METAL FORMING AND POWDER METALLURGY 11Types of plastics-characteristics of the forming and shaping processes-Moulding of Thermoplastics-working principles and typical applications of Injection moulding- Thermoforming-processing of thermosets-working principles and typical applications-

    Principles and applications of the following processes Forging Rolling Extrusion Wiredrawing and Spinning Powder metallurgy-Principal steps involved advantages Disadvantages and limitations of powder metallurgy TEXT BOOK1 Harija choudry Elements of workshop Technology vol I and II Media promoters andpublishers pvt Ltd Mumbai 2001REFERENCES1 R K Jain and S C Gupta production Technology Khanna Publishers 16th Edition20012 H M T production technology-Hand book Tata Mc Graw-Hill 20003 Roy A Linberg process and materials of manufacturing technology PHI 20004 M Adithan and A B Cupta manufacturing technology New Age 19965 Serope Kalpajian Steven R Schimid Manuyfacturing Engineering and TechnologyPearson Education Inc2002 (second Indian Reprint)

    15

    PCAE1209 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES ndash I L T P C3 1 0 4

    OBJECTIVETo study different types of beams and columns subjected to various types of loading and support conditions with particular emphasis on aircraft structural components

    Module ndash I (17 hours)STATICALLY DETERMINATE STRUCTURES Analysis of plane Truss-Method of joints-3 D Truss-Plane frames

    STATICALLY INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES Propped Cantilever- Fixed-Fixed beams-Clapeyrons Three Moment Equation - MomentDistribution Method

    Module ndash II (11 hours)ENERGY METHODS 10+4Strain Energy due to axial bending and Torsional loads ndash Castiglianorsquos theorems- Maxwells Reciprocal theorem Unit load method - application to beams trusses framesrings etc -Composite beam

    Module ndash III (14 hours)COLUMNS Columns with various end conditions ndash Eulerrsquos Column curve ndash Rankinersquos formula - Column with initial curvature - Eccentric loading ndash South well plot ndash Beam column

    FAILURE THEORY Maximum Stress theory ndash Maximum Strain Theory ndash Maximum Shear Stress Theory ndash Distortion Theory ndash Maximum Strain energy theory ndash Application to aircraft Structural problems

    1 Donaldson BK ldquoAnalysis of Aircraft Structures ndash An Introductionrdquo McGraw-Hill19932 BruhnEFrdquoAnalysis and design of flight vehicle structuresrdquo Tri set of offset companyUSA1973REFERENCE1 Timoshenko S ldquoStrength of Materialsrdquo Vol I and II Princeton D Von Nostrand Co

    1990

    16

    PCAE1210 PROPULSION ndash I L T P C3 0 0 3

    OBJECTIVETo understand the principles of operation and design of aircraft and spacecraft powerplants

    Module ndash I (10 hours)

    FUNDAMENTALS OF GAS TURBINE ENGINES Illustration of working of gas turbine engine ndash The thrust equation ndash Factors affecting thrustndash Effect of pressure velocity and temperature changes of air entering compressor ndash Methods of thrust augmentation ndash Characteristics of turboprop turbofan and turbojet ndashPerformance characteristics

    Module ndash II (14 hours)

    SUBSONIC AND SUPERSONIC INLETS FOR JET ENGINES Internal flow and Stall in subsonic inlets ndash Boundary layer separation ndash Major features of external flow near a subsonic inlet ndash Relation between minimum area ratio and eternal deceleration ratio ndash Diffuser performance ndash Supersonic inlets ndash Starting problem on supersonic inlets ndash Shock swallowing by area variation ndash External declaration ndash Models of inlet operation

    NOZZLES Theory of flow in isentropic nozzles ndash nozzles and choking ndash Nozzle throat conditions ndashNozzle efficiency ndash Losses in nozzles ndash Over expanded and under ndash expanded nozzles ndashEjector and variable area nozzles ndash Interaction of nozzle flow with adjacent surfaces ndashThrust reversal

    Module ndash III (16 hours)

    COMPRESSORS Principle of operation of centrifugal compressor ndash Work done and pressure rise ndash Velocity diagrams ndash Diffuser vane design considerations ndash Concept of prewhirl rotation stall and surge ndash Elementary theory of axial flow compressor ndash Velocity triangles ndash degree of reaction ndash Three dimensional ndashCompressor blade design ndash Centrifugal and Axial compressor performance characteristics

    COMBUSTION CHAMBERSClassification of combustion chambers ndash Important factors affecting combustion chamber design ndash Combustion process ndash Combustion chamber performance ndash Effect of operating variables on performance ndash Flame tube cooling ndash Flame stabilization ndash Use of flame holders ndash Numerical problems

    TEXT BOOKS1 Hill PG amp Peterson CR ldquoMechanics amp Thermodynamics of Propulsionrdquo Addison ndashWesley Longman INC 1999REFERENCES1 Cohen H Rogers GFC and Saravanamuttoo HIH ldquoGas Turbine TheoryrdquoLongman 19892 Oates GC ldquoAero thermodynamics of Aircraft Engine Componentsrdquo AIAA EducationSeries New York 1985

    17

    3 ldquoRolls Royce Jet Enginerdquo ndash Third Edition ndash 19834 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers amp Distributors Delhi 1999

    18

    Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndashI L T P C0 0 3 2

    OBJECTIVETo study experimentally the load deflection characteristics structural materials underDifferent types of loads

    LIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Determination of Youngrsquos modulus of steel 2 Determination of fracture strength and fracture pattern of ductile and brittlematerials3 Determination of forces in statically indeterminate force system4 Deflection of beams with various end conditions5 Verification of Maxwellrsquos Reciprocal theorem 6 Verification of principle of superposition7 Column ndash Testing8 South ndash wellrsquos plot9 Shear Failure of Bolted and Rivetted Joints10 Non-Destructive Testing Procedures

    TOTAL 40 PERIODS

    19

    Sub Code AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

    OBJECTIVETo familiarize the students in basic aerodynamics and use of wind tunnelsLIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Study of lift and tip vortices2 Flow visualization in water flow channel3 Flow visualization in smoke tunnel4 Plot of RPM Vs test section velocity in a subsonic wind tunnel5 Pressure distribution over circular cylinder6 Pressure distribution over a rough circular cylinder7 Pressure distribution over a symmetric aerofoil8 Pressure distribution over a cambered aerofoil9 Estimation of CL and CD of airfoil10 Force measurement using wind tunnel balance of airfoil

    TOTAL 40 PERIODS

    20

    Sub Code MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY L T P C

    0 0 3 2LIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 LATHE11 Facing plain turning and step turning12 Taper turning using compound rest13 Taper turning using taper turning attachment14 Single start V thread cutting and knurling15 Boring and internal thread cutting2 SHAPER AND SLOTTER21 Machining a V- block (in a Shaper)22 Machining hexagonal shape (in a Shaper)23 Machining internal key-way (in a slotter)413 DRILLING31 Drilling 4 or 6 holes at a given pitch circle on a plate32 Drilling reaming and tapping4 MILLING41 Plain Milling Exercise42 Gear Milling Exercise5 GRINDINGCylindrical Grinding Exercise

    TOTAL 40 PERIODS

    21

    SEMESTER V

    Code No Course Title L T P C

    THEORY

    Aircraft Structures ndash II 3 0 0 3Aerodynamics ndash II 3 0 0 3Propulsion ndash II 3 0 0 3Aircraft Performance 3 0 0 3Control Engineering 3 0 0 3Experimental Stress Analysis 3 0 0 3

    PRACTICAL

    Aircraft Structures Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2CADCAM Lab 0 0 3 2Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness Lab 0 0 3 2

    22

    SEMESTER V

    AE2302 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES ndash II L T P C3 1 0 4

    OBJECTIVETo study the behaviour of various aircraft structural components under different types ofloadsModule ndash I (15 hours) UNSYMMETRICAL BENDING General Principal axis and neutral axis methods- bending stresses in beams of symmetric sections with skew loads- bending stresses in beams of unsymmetrical sections

    SHEAR FLOW IN OPEN SECTIONS Thin walled beams Concept of shear flow shear centre Elastic axis With one axis ofsymmetry with wall effective and ineffective in bending unsymmetrical beam sections

    Module ndash II (14 hours)SHEAR FLOW IN CLOSED SECTIONS Bredt ndash Batho formula Single and multi ndash cell structures- Shear flow in single amp multicellstructures under torsion Shear flow in single and multicell under bending with wallseffective and ineffective

    V-N DIAGRAMLoads on aircraft ndashlift distribution-V-n diagram-Gust loads

    Module ndash III (11 hours)BUCKLING OF PLATES Rectangular sheets under compression local buckling stress of thin walled section-Crippling stresses by Needhamrsquos and Gerardrsquos methods Thin walled column strengthsheet stiffener panels-Effective width

    STRESS ANALYSIS IN WING AND FUSELAGEShear resistant web beams-Tension field web beams(Wagnerrsquos) ndash Shear and bendingmoment distribution for cantilever and semi-cantilever types of beams

    TEXT BOOKS1 Peery DJ and Azar JJ ldquoAircraft Structuresrdquo 2nd edition McGrawndashHill NY 20072 Megson TMG ldquoAircraft Structures for Engineering Studentsrdquo Edward Arnold 2007REFERENCES1 Bruhn EH ldquoAnalysis and Design of Flight vehicles Structuresrdquo Tri ndash state off setcompany USA 19852 Rivello RM ldquoTheory and Analysis of Flight Structuresrdquo McGraw-Hill 1993

    23

    Sub Code AERODYNAMICS ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

    OBJECTIVETo understand the behaviour of airflow both internal and external in compressible flowregime with particular emphasis on supersonic flowsModule ndash I (10 hours)ONE DIMENSIONAL COMPRESSIBLE FLOW Energy Momentum continuity and state equations velocity of sound adiabatic steadystate flow equations Flow through convergent- divergent passage Performance undervarious back pressures

    Module ndash II (16 hours)NORMAL OBLIQUE SHOCKS Prandtl equation and Rankine ndash Hugonoit relation Normal shock equations Pitot statictube corrections for subsonic and supersonic flows Oblique shocks and correspondingequations Hodograph and pressure turning angle shock polar flow past wedges andconcave corners strong weak and detached shocks

    EXPANSION WAVES RAYLEIGH AND FANNO FLOW Flow past convex corners Expansion hodograph Reflection and interaction of shocks and expansion waves Method of Characteristics Two dimensional supersonic nozzlecontours

    Module ndash III (14 hours)SUPERSONIC AND TRANSONIC FLOW Rayleigh and Fanno Flow Lift drag pitching moment and center of pressure of supersonic profiles Lower and upper critical Mach numbers Lift and drag divergence shock induced separation Characteristics of swept wings Effects of thickness camber and aspect ratio of wings Transonic area rule

    TEXT BOOK1 Rathakrishnan E ldquoGas Dynamicsrdquo Prentice Hall of India 2003REFERENCES1 Shapiro AH ldquoDynamics and Thermodynamics of Compressible Fluid Flowrdquo RonaldPress 19822 Zucrow MJ and Anderson JD ldquoElements of gas dynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book CoNew York 19893 Anderson Jr D ndash ldquoModern compressible flowsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co New York

    1999

    24

    Sub Code PROPULSION ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

    OBJECTIVETo study in detail about gas turbines ramjet fundamentals of rocket propulsion andchemical rocketsModule ndash I (10 hours) AIRCRAFT GAS TURBINES 12Impulse and reaction blading of gas turbines ndash Velocity triangles and power output ndash Elementary theory ndash Vortex theory ndash Choice of blade profile pitch and chord ndash stimationof stage performance ndash Limiting factors in gas turbine design- Overall turbine performance ndash Methods of blade cooling ndash Matching of turbine and compressor Module ndash II (15 hours)RAMJET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Sub critical critical and supercritical operation ndash Combustion in ramjet engine ndash Ramjet performance ndash Simple ramjet design calculations ndash Introduction to scramjet

    FUNDAMENTALS OF ROCKET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Specific impulse of a rocket ndash internal ballistics- Rocket nozzleclassification ndash Rocket performance considerations

    Module ndash III (15 hours)CHEMICAL ROCKETS Solid propellant rockets ndash Selection criteria of solid propellants ndash Important hardware components of solid rockets ndash Propellant grain design considerations ndash Liquid propellantrockets ndash Selection of liquid propellants Cooling in liquid rockets ndash Hybrid rockets

    ADVANCED PROPULSION TECHNIQUES Electric rocket propulsion ndash Ion propulsion techniques ndash Nuclear rocket ndash Types ndash Solarsail- Preliminary Concepts in nozzleless propulsion TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York 5th

    Edn 19932 Hill PG amp Peterson CR ldquoMechanics amp Thermodynamics of Propulsionrdquo Addison ndashWesley Longman INC 1999REFERENCES1 Cohen H Rogers GFC and Saravanamuttoo HIH ldquoGas Turbine TheoryrdquoLongman Co ELBS Ed 19892 Gorden CV ldquoAero thermodynamics of Gas Turbine and Rocket Propulsionrdquo AIAAEducation Series New York 19893 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 1988

    25

    Sub Code AIRCRAFT PERFORMANCE L T P C3 0 0 3

    OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the performance of airplanes under various flightconditions like take off cruise landing climbing gliding turning etcModule ndash I (13 hours)GENERAL CONCEPTSInternational Standard atmosphere IAS EAS TAS Propeller theory- Froude momentum and blade element theories Propeller co-efficients Use of propeller charts Performance of fixed and variable pitch propellers High lift devices Thrust augmentation

    DRAG OF BODIESStreamlined and bluff body Types of drag Effect of Reynoldrsquos number on skin friction and pressure drag Drag reduction of airplanes Dragpolar Effect of Mach number on drag polar

    Module ndash II (11 hours)STEADY LEVEL FLIGHTSteady level flight Thrust required and Power required Thrust available and Power available for propeller driven and jet powered aircraft Effect of altitude maximum level flight speed conditions for minimum drag and minimum power required Effect of drag divergence on maximum velocity Range and Endurance of Propeller and Jet airplanes

    Module ndash III (16 hours)GLIDING AND CLIMBING FLIGHTShallow and steep angles of climb Rate of climb Climb hodograph Maximum Climb angle and Maximum Rate of climb- Effect of design parameters for propeller Absolute and service ceiling Gliding flight Glide hodograph

    ACCELERATD FLIGHT Estimation of take-off and landing distances Methods of reducing landing distance level turn minimum turn radius bank angle and load factor Constraints on load factor Pull up and pull down maneuvers maximum turn rate V-n diagram

    TEXT BOOKS1 HoughtonEL and Carruthers NB Aerodynamics for engineering studentsEdward Amold Publishers 19882 Anderson Jr JD Aircraft Performance and Design McGraw-Hill InternationalEdition 1999REFERENCES1 Kuethe AM and Chow CY Foundations of Aerodynamics John Wiley amp Sons19822 JJBertin Aerodynamics for Engineers Prentice-Hall 19883 LJ Clancey Aerodynamics Pitman 19864 Anderson Jr JD Introduction to Flight McGraw-Hill International Edition 1999

    26

    Sub Code CONTROL ENGINEERING L T P C3 0 0 3

    OBJECTIVETo understand the basic concepts of flight control systemModule ndash I (11 hours) INTRODUCTIONHistorical review - Simple pneumatic hydraulic and thermal systems Series and parallelsystems Analogies - Mechanical and electrical components Development of flight control systems OPEN AND CLOSED LOOP SYSTEMSFeedback control systems ndash Block diagram representation of control systems Reductionof block diagrams Output to input ratios Signal flow graph

    Module ndash II (15 hours)CHARACTERISTIC EQUATION AND FUNCTIONS Lap lace transformation Response of systems to different inputs viz Step input impulse ramp parabolic and sinusoidal inputs Time response of first and second order systems steady state errors and error constants of unity feedback circuit

    SAMPLED DATA SYSTEMS Introduction to digital control system Digital Controllers and Digital PID Controllers

    Module ndash III (14 hours)CONCEPT OF STABILITYNecessary and sufficient conditions Routh ndash Hurwitz criteria of stability Root locus andBode techniques Concept and construction frequency response

    TOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Ogato ldquoModern Control Engineeringrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19982 GopalM ldquoControl Systems Principles and designrdquo ndash Tata McGraw-Hill PublicationNew Delhi 2000REFERENCES1 Azzo JJD and CH Houpis ldquoFeed back control system analysis and synthesisrdquoMcGraw ndash Hill International 3rd Edition 19982 Kuo BC ldquoAutomatic control systemsrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19983 Houpis CH and Lamont GB ldquoDigital Control Systemsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co NewYork USA 19954 Naresh K Sinha ldquoControl Systemsrdquo New Age International Publishers New Delhi

    27

    Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS L T P C3 0 0 3

    OBJECTIVETo bring awareness on experimental method of finding the response of the structure todifferent types of loadModule ndash I (15 hours) MEASUREMENTS amp EXTENSOMETER Principles of measurements Accuracy Sensitivity and range of measurements Mechanical Optical Acoustical and Electrical extensometers and their uses Advantagesand disadvantages

    ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE STRAIN GAUGES Principle of operation and requirements Types and their uses Materials for strain gauge Calibration and temperature compensation cross sensitivity Rosette analysis Wheastone bridge for static and dynamic strain measurements strain indicators

    Module ndash II (14 hours)PHOTOELASTICITY Two dimensional photo elasticity Concept of light ndash photoelastic effects stress optic lawInterpretation of fringe pattern Compensation and separation techniques Photo elasticmaterials Introduction to three dimensional photo elasticity

    Module ndash III (11 hours)BRITTLE COATING AND MOIRE METHODSIntroduction to Moire techniques brittle coating methods and holography NON ndash DESTRUCTIVE TESTINGFundamentals of NDT Radiography ultrasonic magnetic particle inspection Fluorescent penetrant technique Eddy current testing Acoustic Emission Technique

    TEXT BOOKS1 Srinath LS Raghava MR Lingaiah K Garagesha G Pant B andRamachandra K ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill New Delhi 1984REFERENCES1 Dally JW and Riley WF ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo McGraw-Hill Inc NewYork 2005 IV edition2 Hetyenyi M ldquoHand book of Experimental Stress Analysisrdquo John Wiley and Sons IncNew York 19723 Pollock AA ldquoAcoustic Emission in Acoustics and Vibration Progressrdquo Ed StephensRWB Chapman and Hall 1993

    28

    Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndash II 0 0 3 100

    OBJECTIVE

    To experimentally study the unsymmetrical bending of beams find the location of shear centre obtain the stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques calibration of photo ndash elastic materials and study on vibration of beams

    LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

    1 Unsymmetrical bending of beams2 Shear centre location for open sections3 Shear centre location for closed sections4 Constant strength beam5 Flexibility matrix for cantilever beam6 Beam with combined loading7 Calibration of Photo- elastic materials8 Stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques9 Vibrations of beams10 Wagner beam ndash Tension field beam

    TOTAL 45

    29

    Sub Code CAD CAM LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

    OBJECTIVETo teach and train the students in the lab about the design and drafting of aerocomponents LIST OF EXPERIMENTSDesign and Modeling of rectangular plate with holeDesign and Modeling of spar componentsDesign and Modeling of Aerofoil structuresDesign and Modeling of cut section for wingsDesign and Modeling of Machine componentDesign and Modeling of Machine componentsDesign and Analysis of a TrussDesign and Analysis of Beam distributed loadDesign of Landing gearFacingTurning(Taper Step)

    TOTAL 40 PERIODS

    30

    HSSM7203 Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness LabLab 30 hoursThis course will focus on communication in professional (work-related) situations of the kind thatBPUT graduates may expect to encounter on entering the professional domainSome typical forms of work-related communication oral or written are listed below Practiceactivities for all four skills can be designed around these or similar situations1 Gaining entry into an organizationi Preparing job-applications and CVsii Facing an interviewiii Participating in group discussion (as part of the recruitmentprocess)2 In-house communicationa Superior Senior 1048782 subordinate junior (individual 1048782 individual group)i Welcoming new entrants to the organization introducing the workplace cultureetcii Briefing subordinates juniors explaining duties and responsibilities etcii Motivating subordinates juniors (lsquopep talkrsquo)iii Instructing directing subordinates juniorsiv Expressing recording appreciation praising rewarding a subordinate or juniorv Reprimanding correcting disciplining a subordinatejunior (for a lapse) askingfor an explanation etcb Subordinate Junior 1048782 Superior Seniori Responding to the aboveii Reporting problems difficulties deficienciesiii Offering suggestions

    31

    SEMESTER VI

    Code No Course Title L T P C

    THEORYHSSM3301 Principles of Management 3 0 0 3

    Finite Element Method 3 0 0 3Aircraft Stability and Control 3 0 0 3Wind Tunnel Techniques 3 0 0 3High Temperature Materials 3 0 0 3

    E1 Elective ndash I 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

    Aero Engine Laboratory 0 0 3 2Aircraft Design Project - I 0 0 3 2Aerodynamics Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2

    32

    SEMESTER VI

    HSSM3301 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (3-0-0)

    Module I Functions of Management Concept of Management Management as an Art or Science The Process of Management Managerial Skills Good Managers are Born not Made Management is concerned with Ideas Things and People How a Manager Induces Workers to Put in Their Best Levels and Types of Management Evolution of Management Thought Managerial Environment The process of Management-Planning Organizing Directing Staffing Controlling

    Module II Marketing Function of Management Modern Concept of Marketing The Functional Classification of Marketing Functions of a Marketing Management Marketing Mix Fundamental Needs of Customers The Role of Distribution channels in Marketing Advertising Marketing Consumerism and Environmentalism

    Module III Financial Function amp HRM Functions Financial Functions Concept of Financial Management Project Appraisal Tools of Financial decisions making Overview of Working Capital HRM Function of Management Human Resource Management Human Resource Development Importance of HRM Overview of Job Analysis Job Description Job Specification Labour Turnover Manpower Planning Recruitment Selection Induction Training and Development Placement Wage and Salary Administration Performance Appraisal Grievance Handling Welfare Aspects

    Reference Books 1 Business Organization amp Management CR Basu TMH 2 Business Organization amp Management Tulsia Pandey Pearson 3 Marketing Management Kotler Keller Koshi Jha Pearson 4 Financial Management IM Pandey Vikas 5 Human Resource Management Aswasthapa TMH 6 Modern Business Organisation amp Management by Sherlekar Himalaya Publishing House

    33

    Sub Code FINITE ELEMENT METHOD L T P C3 0 0 3

    OBJECTIVETo introduce the concept of numerical analysis of structural componentsModule ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION Review of basic approximate methods of analyses ndash Stiffness and Flexibility matrix forsimple cases ndash Governing equation and convergence criteria of finite element method

    DISCRETE ELEMENTS Bar Frame beam elements ndash Application to static dynamic analysis

    Module ndash II (10 hours)

    CONTINUUM ELEMENTS Various types of 2-D-elements Application to plane stress plane strain and axisymmetricproblems Module ndash III (16 hours)ISOPARAMETRIC ELEMENTS Applications to two and three-dimensional problems(four eight and nine nodded element) Numerical Integration

    FIELD PROBLEMApplications to other field problems like heat transfer and fluid flow

    TEXT BOOK1 TirupathiRC and Ashok DB ldquoIntroduction to Finite Elements in EngineeringrdquoPrentice Hall India Third Edition 2003REFERENCES1 Reddy JN ldquoAn Introduction to Finite Element Methodrdquo McGraw-Hill 20002 Krishnamurthy CS ldquoFinite Element Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill 20003 Bathe KJ and Wilson EL ldquoNumerical Methods in Finite Elements AnalysisrdquoPrentice Hall of India 1985

    34

    Sub Code AIRCRAFT STABILITY amp CONTROL L T P C3 1 0 4

    OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the concepts of stable and nonstable configurationof airplanes To introduce the concepts of control of airplanes under variousoperating conditions

    Module ndash I (13 hours)STATIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY AND CONTROL 15General concepts-Degrees of freedom of a rigid body Static and dynamic stability Need for stability in an airplane inherently and marginally stable airplanes Stability and Controllability Requirements of control surfaces criteria for longitudinal static stability contribution to stability by wing tail fuselage wing fuselage combination Total longitudinal stability Neutral point-Stick fixed and Stick free aspects Free elevator factor static margin Hinge moment Power effects on stability-propeller and jet aircrafts longitudinal control Movement of centre of gravity elevator control effectiveness elevator control power elevator angle to trim elevator angle per g maneuver point Stick force gradient and stick force per g Aerodynamic balancing

    Module ndash II (15 hours) STATIC DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND CONTROL Directional stability-yaw and sideslip Criterion of directional stability contribution to static directional stability by wing fuselage tail Power effects on directional stabilitypropeller and jet aircrafts Rudder lock and Dorsal fin Directional control rudder control effectiveness rudder requirements adverse yaw asymmetric power condition spin recovery

    STATIC LATERAL STABILTY AND CONTROL Lateral stability-Dihedral effect criterion for lateral stability evaluation of lateral stability-contribution of fuselage wing wing fuselage tail total static lateral stability lateral control aileron reversal aileron reversal speed

    Module ndash III (12 hours) DYNAMIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY Aircraft Equations of motion small disturbance theory Estimation of longitudinal stability derivatives stability derivatives solving the stability quartic Phugoid motion

    DYNAMIC LATERAL AND DIRECTIONAL STABILITY Dutch roll and spiral instability Auto rotation and spin

    TEXT BOOKS1 Perkins CD amp Hage RE Airplane performance stability and control John Wileyamp Sons 19762 Nelson RC Flight Stability amp Automatic Control McGraw Hill 1998REFERENCES1 McCormick BW Aerodynamics Aeronautics amp Flight Mechanics John Wiley19952 Babister AW Aircraft Stability and response Pergamon Press 19803 Etkin B Dynamics of Flight Stability and Control John Wiley New York 19824 Pamadi BN Performnce Stability Dynamics and Control of Airplanes AIAA Education Series 2004

    35

    Sub Code WIND TUNNEL TECHNIQUES L T P C3 0 0 3

    OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of measurement of forces and moments on models during the wind tunnel testing

    Module ndash I (10 hours)WIND TUNNELSClassification ndashnon-dimensional numbers-types of similarities - Layout of open circuit and closed circuit subsonic wind tunnels ndash design parameters-energy ratio - HP calculationsCalibration

    Module ndash II (15 hours) HIGH SPEED WIND TUNNELSBlow down in draft and induction tunnel layouts and their design features Transonic supersonic and hypersonic tunnels their peculiarities and calibration Helium and gun tunnels Shock tubes

    FLOW VISUALIZATIONSmoke and Tuft grid techniques ndash Dye injection special techniques ndash Optical methods offlow visualization

    Module ndash II (15 hours)WIND TUNNEL MEASUREMENTSPressurevelocity and temperature measurements ndash Force measurements ndash types of balances-Three component and six component balances ndash calibration of measuring instruments

    NON-INTRUSIVE FLOW DIAGNOSTICSLaser ndash Doppler anemometry Particle image velocimetry Laser induced fluorescence TEXT BOOK1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow Speed Wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley Publication1984REFERENCE1 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh Speed wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley 1985

    36

    Sub Code HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS L T P C3 0 0 3

    OBJECTIVETo learn damage mechanism and failure of components of elavated temperatures

    Module ndash I (15 hours)CREEPFactors influencing functional life of components at elevated temperatures definition of creep curve various stages of creep metallurgical factors influencing various stages effect of stress temperatures and strain rate

    Design of transient creep time hardening strain hardening expressions of rupture life ofcreep ductile and brittle materials Monkman-Grant relationship

    Module ndash II (13 hours)FRACTURE AND OXIDATIONVarious types of fracture brittle to ductile from low temperature to high temperature cleavage fracture due to micro void coalescence ndash diffusion controlled void growth fracture maps for different alloys and oxidesOxidation Pilling Bedworth ratio kinetic laws of oxidation ndash defect structure and control of Oxidation by alloy additions

    Module ndash III (12 hours)HOT CORROSION SUPER ALLOYS AND OTHER MATERIALHot gas corrosion deposit modified hot gas corrosion fluxing mechanisms effect of alloying elements on hot corrosion interaction of hot corrosion and creep methods of combat hot corrosion

    Iron base Nickel base abd Cobalt base super alloys composition control solid solution strengthening precipitation hardening by gamma prime grain boundary strengthening TCP phase embrittlement solidfication of single crystals Intermetallics high temperature ceramics

    TEXT BOOKS1 Raj R ldquoFlow and Fracture at Elevated TemperaturesrdquoAmerican Society for MetalsUSA 19852 Hertzberg RW ldquoDeformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering materialsrdquo 4th

    Edition John Wiley USA 19963 Courtney T H ldquoMechanical Behaviour of MaterialsrdquoMcGraw-Hill USA 1990REFERENCES1 Boyle JT Spencer J ldquoStress Analysis for Creeprdquo Butterworths UK 19832 BressersJ ldquoCreep and Fatigue in High Temperature Alloysrdquo Applied Science 19813 McLean D ldquoDirectionally Solidified Materials for High Temperature ServicerdquoThe Metals Society USA 1985

    37

    AE2355 AERO ENGINE LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

    OBJECTIVETo introduce the knowledge of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines1 Study of free convective heat transfer over a flat plate2 Engine (Piston Engine) - cleaning visual inspection NDT checks3 Piston Engine Components - dimensional checks4 Velocity profiles of free jets5 Velocity profiles of wall jets6 Combustion Studies in a model jet engine combustor7 Jet Engine ndash identification of components amp defects8 Jet Engine ndash NDT checks and dimensional checks9 Study of hybrid rocket propulsion system10 Engine starting procedures11 Study of ramjet12 Burn rate measurements of solid propellants

    TOTAL 45 PERIODS

    38

    Sub code AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash I L T P C0 0 3 2

    OBJECTIVETo introduce and develop the basic concept of aircraft designEach student is assigned the design of an Airplane (or Helicopter or any other flightvehicle) for given preliminary specifications The following are the assignments to becarried outEXPERIMENTS1 Comparative configuration study of different types of airplanes2 Comparative study on specification and performance details of aircraft3 Preparation of comparative data sheets4 Work sheet layout procedures5 Comparative graphs preparation and selection of main parameters for the design6 Preliminary weight estimations selection of main parameters7 Power plant selection Aerofoil selection Wing tail and control surfaces8 Preparation of layouts of balance diagram and three view drawings9 Drag estimation10 Detailed performance calculations and stability estimates

    TOTAL 45 PERIODS

    AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY- II

    1 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of symmetric aerofoil section2 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of cambered aerofoil section3 Pressure distribution over a Nose cone model4 Determination of Base drag of a missile model5 Determination of profile drag of bodies by wake survey method6 Study of flow field over a backward facing step7 Pressure distribution over a water tank model for various wind speeds8 Velocity profiles for different simulated terrains9 Calibration of Supersonic Wind Tunnel10 Flow visualization studies in supersonic flows

    TOTAL 45 PERIODS

    39

    40

    SEMESTER VII

    Code No Course Title L T P C

    THEORY

    PCME4404 Production and Operation Management 3 0 0 3Avionics 3 0 0 3Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 0 3Vibrations And Elements of Aeroelasticity 3 0 0 3

    E2 Elective ndash II 3 0 0 3E3 Elective ndash III 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

    Aircraft Design Project ndash II 0 0 3 2Aircraft Systems Lab 0 0 3 2Project Work and Seminar 0 0 3 3

    41

    SEMESTER VII

    PCME4404 Production and Operation Management L T P C

    Objective The course aims at acquainting all engineering graduates irrespective of theirspecializations the basic issues and tools of managing production and operations functionsof an organizationModule I1 Operations Function in an Organization Manufacturing Vrs Service Operations Systemview of Operations Strategic Role of Operations Operations Strategies for CompetitiveAdvantage Operations Quality and Productivity Focus Meeting Global Challenges ofProduction and Operations Imperatives (3 Hours)2 Designing Products Services and Processes New Product Design- Product Life CycleProduct Development Process Process Technology Project Jobshop Batch AssemblyLine Continuous Manufacturing Process Technology Life Cycle Process TechnologyTrends FMS CIM CAD CAM Design for Services Services Process Technology(4 Hours)3 Work Study Methods Study- Techniques of Analysis recording improvement andstandardization Work Measurement Work Measurement Principles using Stopwatch TimeStudy Predetermined Motion Time Standards and Work Sampling Standard TimeEstimation (4 Hours)Module II4 Location and Layout Planning Factor Influencing Plant and Warehouse LocationsImpact of Location on cost and revenues Facility Location Procedure and Models Qualitative Models Breakeven Analysis location Model centroid methodLayout Planning Layout Types Process Layout Product Layout Fixed Position LayoutPlanning block diagramming line balancing computerized layout planning- overviewGroup Technology (4 Hours)5 Forecasting Principles and Method Moving Average weighted Moving AverageExponential Smoothing Winterrsquos Method for Seasonal Demand Forecasting Error(4 Hours)6 Manufacturing Planning and Control The Framework and Components AggregatePlanning Master Production Scheduling Rough-cut-Capacity Planning MaterialRequirements Planning Capacity Requirements Planning (5 Hours)Module III7 Sequencing and Scheduling Single Machine Sequencing Basics and PerformanceEvaluation Criteria Methods for Minimizing Mean Flow Time Parallel Machines Minimization of Makespan Flowshop sequencing 2 and 3 machines cases JohnsonrsquosRule and Jobshop Scheduling Priority dispatching Rules (3 Hours)8 Inventory Control Relevant Costs Basic EOQ Model Model with Quantity discountEconomic Batch Quantity Periodic and Continuous Review Systems Safety Stock ReorderPoint and Order Quantity Calculations ABC Analysis (4 Hours)9 Modern Trends in Manufacturing Just in Time (JIT) System Shop Floor Control ByKanbans Total Quality Management Total Productive Maintenance ISO 9000 QualityCircle Kaizen Poka Yoke Supply Chain Management (4 Hours)Reference Book1 SNChary ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 R Paneerselvam ldquoProduction and Operations Management Prentice Hall of India3 Aswathappa amp Bhatt ndash Production amp Operations Management HPH4 Gaither amp Frazier - Operations Management Cengage Publication5 Russell amp Taylor - Operations Management PHI Publication6 Chase Aquilanno Jacob amp Agarwal - Operations Management TMH Publication7 EE Adam and RJ Ebert ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India

    42

    Sub Code AVIONICS L T P C3 0 0 3

    OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of navigation amp communication systems of aircraft

    Module ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems ndash Integrated Avionicssystem ndash Typical avionics sub systems ndash Design approaches and recent advances -Application Technologies

    PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS Digital Computers ndash Digital number system- number systems and codes-Fundamentals of logic and combinational logic circuits ndashDigital arithmetic ndash interfacing with analoguesystems

    Module ndash II (11 hours)Basic of Microprocessors and application Microprocessors ndash Memories- Microprocessors real time application related to aircraft

    DIGITAL AVIONICS ARCHITECTURE Avionics system architecturendash salient features and applications of Data buses MILndashSTD1553 BndashARINC 429ndashARINC 629

    Module ndash III (15 hours)

    FLIGHT DECK AND COCKPITSControl and display technologies CRT LCD - Touch screen - Direct voice input (DVI) - Civil cockpit and military cockpit MFDS HUD MFK HOTAS AVIONICS SYSTEMS Communication Systems - Navigation systems - Flight control systems - Radar electronic warfare - Utility systems Reliability and maintainability - Certification TEXT BOOKS1 Malcrno AP and Leach DP ldquoDigital Principles and Applicationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill19902 Gaonkar RS ldquoMicroprocessors Architecture ndash Programming and Applicationrdquo Wileyand Sons Ltd New Delhi 1990REFERENCES1 Middleton DH Ed ldquoAvionics Systems Longman Scientific and Technicalrdquo LongmanGroup UK Ltd England 19892 Spitzer CR ldquoDigital Avionic Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ USA19873 Brain Kendal ldquoManual of Avionicsrdquo The English Book House 3rd Edition New Delhi19934 Nagaraja ldquoNavigation systemrdquo5 J Powell ldquoAircraft Radio Systemrdquo

    43

    Sub Code COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

    OBJECTIVETo study the flow of dynamic fluids by computational methods

    Module-I (10 hours) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows Mathematical properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations - Well posed problems - discretization of partial Differential Equations Explicit finite difference methods of subsonic supersonic and viscous flows

    Module-II (15 hours)

    DISCRETIZATION Boundary layer Equations and methods of solution -Implicit time dependent methods forinviscid and viscous compressible flows - Concept of numerical dissipation --Stabilityproperties of explicit and implicit methods - Conservative upwind discretization forHyperbolic systems - Further advantages of upwind differencing GRID GENERATION Structured grids Types and transformations Generation of structured grids Unstructured grids Delany triangulation

    Module-III (15 hours)

    FINITE VOLUME TECHNIQUESFinite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping -Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy - Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques ndash Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives Flux ndash splitting schemes Pressure correction solvers ndash SIMPLE PESO Vorticity transport formulation Implicitsemi-implicit schemes

    TEXT BOOK1 Fletcher CAJ ldquoComputational Techniques for Fluid Dynamicsrdquo Vols I and IISpringer - Verlag Berlin 1988REFERENCES1 John F Wendt (Editor) ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics - An Introductionrdquo Springer ndashVerlag Berlin 19922 Charles Hirsch ldquoNumerical Computation of Internal and External Flowsrdquo Vols I and IIJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 19883 Klaus A Hoffmann and Steve T Chiang ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics forEngineersrdquo Vols I amp II Engineering Education System PO Box 20078 W WichitaKS 67208 - 1078 USA 19934 Anderson JrD ldquoFundamentals of Aerodynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill 2000

    44

    AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

    OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

    Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

    SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

    Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

    Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

    ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

    45

    AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

    OBJECTIVE

    To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

    Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

    LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

    1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

    TOTAL 60

    AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

    OBJECTIVE

    To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

    LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

    1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

    TOTAL 60

    46

    SEMESTER VIII

    Code No Course Title L T P C

    THEORY

    Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

    Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

    47

    Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

    OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

    Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

    METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

    Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

    Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

    FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

    REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

    48

    Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

    OBJECTIVE

    The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

    PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

    OBJECTIVE

    The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

    The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

    Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

    OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

    LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

    1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

    composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

    fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

    49

    1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

    SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

    Code No Course Title L T P C

    Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

    Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

    SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

    Code No Course Title L T P C

    Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

    ELECTIVESndash III

    Code No Course Title L T P C

    Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

    SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

    Code No Course Title L T P C

    Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

    ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

    Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

    50

    Elective Subjects

    Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

    OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

    BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

    Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

    Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

    TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

    TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

    51

    Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

    OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

    Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

    UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

    52

    AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

    OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

    Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

    Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

    MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

    Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

    AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

    TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

    53

    Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

    3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

    Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

    Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

    RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

    Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

    HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

    54

    Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

    OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

    Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

    IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

    Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

    Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

    55

    Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

    OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

    Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

    STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

    Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

    Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

    56

    Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

    Module-I (15hours)

    FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

    COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

    Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

    Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

    COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

    57

    Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

    OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

    Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

    BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

    Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

    BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

    Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

    58

    Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

    OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

    Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

    Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

    Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

    Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

    TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

    59

    Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

    OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

    Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

    PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

    Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

    PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

    Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

    Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

    60

    Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

    Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

    EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

    Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

    Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

    SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

    61

    AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

    OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

    Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

    Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

    AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

    Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

    TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

    62

    Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

    OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

    Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

    VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

    INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

    63

    Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

    OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

    Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

    MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

    Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

    PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

    Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

    64

    Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

    OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

    65

    Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

    Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

    CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

    Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

    CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

    Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

    66

    • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
    • Course Title
      • THEORY
      • SEMESTER III
      • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
      • (for a batch of 30 students)
      • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
      • (for a batch of 30 students)
        • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
        • (for a batch of 30 students)
            • Course Title
              • THEORY
              • PRACTICAL
              • SEMESTER V
                • Course Title
                  • THEORY
                  • PRACTICAL
                  • SEMESTER VI
                    • Course Title
                      • THEORY
                      • PRACTICAL
                      • SEMESTER VI
                        • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                          • SEMESTER VII
                            • Course Title
                              • THEORY
                              • PRACTICAL
                              • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                • TOTAL 60
                                • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                • TOTAL 60
                                  • SEMESTER VIII
                                    • Course Title
                                      • THEORY
                                      • PRACTICAL
                                      • Co New York 1989
                                      • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                      • OBJECTIVE
                                      • PROJECT WORK
                                        • OBJECTIVE
                                          • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                              • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                • Course Title
                                                • Course Title
                                                • Course Title
                                                • Course Title
                                                • Course Title
                                                  • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

      PCME4201 Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic MachinesSame subject code and topics can be used for Aeronautical Engineering Branch Common to Mechanical Civil

      Module I (13 Lectures)Introduction Scope of fluid mechanics and its development as a sciencePhysical property of Fluid Density specific gravity specific weight specific volume surfacetension and capillarity viscosity compressibility and bulk modulus Fluid classificationFluid statics Pressure Pascalrsquos Law Pressure variation for incompressible fluid atmosphericpressure absolute pressure gauge pressure and vacuum pressure manometerHydrostatic process on submerged surface force on a horizontal submerged plane surfaceforce on a vertical submerged plane surfaceBuoyancy and floatation Archimedesrsquo principle stability of immersed and floating bodiesdetermination of metacentric heightFluid kinematics Introduction description of fluid flow classification of fluid flow Reynoldrsquosnumber Acceleration of fluid particles flow rate and continuity equation differential equation of continuityMathematical definitions of irrotational and rotational motion Circulation potential function and stream function Flow netModule II (12 Lectures)Fluid dynamics Introduction Eulerrsquos equation along a streamline energy equation Bernoullirsquos equation and its application to siphon venturimeter orificemeter pitot tubeFlow in pipes and ducts Loss due to friction Minor energy losses in pipes Hydraulic Gradient Line (HGL)Total Energy Line (TEL) Power transmission in the fluid flow in pipes fluid flow in pipes in series andparallel Flow through nozzlesModule III (15 Lectures)Hydraulic turbine Classification Impulse and Reaction turbine Tangential Radial and axial turbineImpulse turbine Pelton wheel bucket dimensions number of buckets in pelton wheel efficiency andperformance curvesReaction Turbines Francis turbine and Kaplan turbine velocity triangle and efficiencies performancecurve Function of draft tube and casing cavitationCentrifugal Pump constructional features vane shape velocity triangles Efficiencies Multi stagecentrifugal pumps Pump Characteristic NPSH and CavitationPositive displacement pumps Reciprocating Pump Working principle Discharge work done and powerrequirement Slip Indicator diagramText Books1 Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines Modi amp Seth2 Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines by SK Som and G Biswas TMH3 Fluid Mechanics AKJain Khanna PublishersReference Books1 Fluid Mechanics by AK Mohanty PHI2 Introduction to Fluid Mechanics by Fox McDonald Willey Publications3 Fluid Mechanics by Kundu Elsevier4 An Introduction to Fluid Dynamics by GKBatchelor Cambridge University Press5 Engineering Fluid Mechanics by Garde et al Scitech6 First course in Fluid Mechanics by Narasimhan University press7 Fluid Mechanics by JFDouglas JMGasiorek JASwaffield and LBJack Pearson Education

      3

      PCAE1202 SOLID MECHANICS L T P C3 1 0 4

      OBJECTIVETo give brief descriptions on the behaviour of materials due to axial bending and torsional and combined loads

      MODULE ndash I (14 Lectures)Stress and Strain ndash Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants and their relationshipndash Statically determinate cases - statically indeterminate cases ndashcomposite bar Thermal Stresses ndash stresses due to freely falling weight

      Stresses in thin circular cylinder and spherical shell under internal pressure ndash volumetricStrain Combined loading ndash Principal Stresses and maximum Shear Stresses - Analyticaland Graphical methods

      MODULE ndash II (16 Lectures)SHEAR BENDING MOMENT AND SHEAR STRESSES

      Shear force and bending moment diagrams for simply supported and cantilever beams-Bending stresses in straight beams-Shear stresses in bending of beams with rectangular I amp T etc cross sections-beams of uniform strength

      DEFLECTION OF BEAMS Double integration method ndash McCauleyrsquos method - Area moment method ndash Conjugatebeam method-Principle of super position-Castiglianorsquos theorem and its apllication

      MODULE - III (10 Lectures)Torsion of circular shafts - shear stresses and twist in solid and hollow circular shafts ndashclosely coiled helical springs

      TEXT BOOKS1 Nash William ndash ldquoStrength of Materialsrdquo TMH 19982 TimoshenkoS and Young DH ndash ldquoElements of strength materials Vol I and Vol IIrdquoT Van Nostrand Co-Inc Princeton-NJ 19903 S Ramamrutham ndash ldquoStrength of MaterialsrdquoREFERENCES1 Dym CL and Shames IH ndash ldquoSolid Mechanicsrdquo 1990

      4

      PCAE1203 AERO ENGINEERING THERMODYNAMICS

      OBJECTIVETo give a brief background of application of various laws of thermodynamics and itsapplication in heat transfer refrigeration and air-conditioning jet propulsion system

      Module I (13)Review of First and Second lawsFirst law analysis of unsteady flow control volumes Entropy generation Reversible work Availability andIrreversibilityGeneral Thermodynamic property relationsThe Maxwell relations The Clapeyron equation The TdS relations Isothermal compressibility and volumeexpansivity The Joule-Thomson coefficientClassification and working principle of compressors (Descriptive Treatment) Isothermaland Isentropic efficiency of air compressors

      Module II (12)Otto Diesel Dual combustion and Brayton combustion cycles ndash Air standard efficiency -Mean effective pressure ndash Actual and theoretical PV diagrams of two stroke and fourstroke IC Engines- Rankine cycle

      Module III (15)Application of continuity momentum and energy equations- Isentropicflow of ideal gases through nozzles - Simple jet propulsion system - Thrust rocket motor ndashSpecific impulsePrinciples of refrigeration Air conditioning - Heat pumps - Vapour compression - Vapourabsorption types - Coefficient of performance Properties of refrigerants

      TEXT BOOKS1 Rathakrishnan E ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamicsrdquo Prentice ndash HallIndia 20002 Nag PK ldquoEngineering Thermodynamicsrdquo Tata McGraw-Hills Co Ltd SeventhEdn 19933 Yunus ACengal ldquoThermodynamics an Engineering Approachrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill CoLtd 3rd Edition 2002REFERENCES1 Mayhew A and Rogers B ldquoEngineering Thermodynamicsrdquo Longman Green amp CoLtd London ELBS Edition 19902 Van Wylen GJ and Sonntag RE ldquoFundamentals of Classical Thermodynamics(SIVersion)rdquo Second Edition 19863 Bacon DH ldquoEngineering Thermodynamicsrdquo Butterworth amp Co London 19894 Saad MA ldquoThermodynamics for Engineersrdquo Prentice-Hall of India Pvt Ltd 19895 Reynolds ldquoThermodynamicsrdquo Int Student Edn McGraw-Hill Book Co Ltd 1990

      5

      PCAE1201 MECHANICS OF MACHINES L T P C(Common to Automobile and Aeronautical) 3 1 0 4

      OBJECTIVETo expose the students the different mechanisms their method of working Forcesinvolved and consequent vibration during working

      MODULE-I (15 Lectures)MECHANISMS Machine Structure ndash Kinematic link pair and chain ndash Grueblers criteria ndash Constrained motion ndash Degrees of freedom - Slider crank and crank rocker mechanisms ndash Inversions ndashApplications ndash Kinematic analysis of simple mechanisms ndash Determination of velocity and acceleration

      FRICTION Friction in screw and nut ndash Belt (flat and V) and rope drives Ratio of tensions ndash Effect of centrifugal and initial tension ndash Condition for maximum power transmission ndash Open and crossed belt drive

      MODULE-II (10 Lectures) GEARING AND CAMS Gear profile and geometry ndash Nomenclature of spur and helical gears ndash Gear trains Simple compound gear trains and epicylic gear trains - Determination of speed and torque - Cams ndash Types of cams ndash Design of profiles ndash Knife edged flat faced and roller ended followers with and without offsets for various types of follower motions

      MODULE-III (15 Lectures)UNIT IV BALANCING Static and dynamic balancing ndash Single and several masses in different planes ndashndash Single and multi cylinder engines (Inline) ndash Balancing of radial V engine ndash direct and reverse crank method

      UNIT V VIBRATION Free forced and damped vibrations of single degree of freedom systems ndash Force transmitted to supports ndash Vibration isolation ndash Vibration absorption ndash Torsional vibration of shaft

      TEXT BOOKS1 RattanSS ldquoTheory of Machinesrdquo Tata McGrawndashHill Publishing Co New Delhi20042 BallaneyPL ldquoTheory of Machinesrdquo Khanna Publishers New Delhi 2002 REFERENCES1 Rao JS and Dukkipati RV ldquoMechanism and Machine Theoryrdquo Second Edition WileyEastern Ltd 19922 Malhotra DR and Gupta HC ldquoThe Theory of Machinesrdquo Satya Prakasam TechIndia Publications 19893 Gosh A and Mallick AK ldquoTheory of Machines and Mechanismsrdquo Affiliated EastWest Press 19894 Shigley JE and Uicker JJ ldquoTheory of Machines and Mechanismsrdquo McGraw-Hill19805 Burton Paul ldquoKinematics and Dynamic of Planer Machineryrdquo Prentice Hall 1979

      6

      PCAE1205 ELEMENTS OF AERONAUTICS L T P C3 1 0 3

      OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of aerospace engineering and the current developments in the fieldMODULE-I (14 Lectures)AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATIONS Brief History-Components of an airplane and their functions Different types of flight vehicles classifications Basic instruments for flying

      INTRODUCTION TO PRINCIPLES OF FLIGHT Physical properties and structure of the atmosphere Temperature pressure and altitude relationships Evolution of lift drag and moment Different types of drag

      MODULE-II (18 Lectures)

      INTRODUCTION TO AERODYNAMICS Aerodynanic forces on aircraft ndash classification of NACA aerofoils aspect ratio wing loading Mach numbercentre of pressure and aerodynamic centre-aerofoil characteristicslift drag curves

      INTRODUCTION TO AIRPLANE STRUCTURES AND MATERIALS General types of construction Monocoque semi-monocoque Typical wing and fuselage structure Metallic and non-metallic materials Use of aluminium alloy titanium stainless steel and composite materials

      MODULE-III (8 Lectures)POWER PLANTS USED IN AIRPLANES Basic ideas about piston turboprop and jet engines Use of propeller and jets for thrust production Comparative merits Principles of operation of rocket types of rockets and typical applications Exploration into space

      TEXT BOOKS1Anderson JD ldquoIntroduction to Flightrdquo McGraw-Hill 1995REFERENCE 1Kermode AC ldquoFlight without Formulaerdquo McGraw-Hill 1997

      7

      PCAE7201 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

      OBJECTIVETo develop the knowledge in testing the materials for hardness fatigue impact tensionand torsionLIST OF EXPERIMENTSBrinell Hardness testRockwell Hardness testTension testTorsion testIzod Impact testCharpy Impact testReverse plate bending Fatigue testRotating Beam Fatigue testTesting of springsBlock Compression Test

      TOTAL 45 PERIODSLIST OF EQUIPMENTS

      (for a batch of 30 students)SlNo Details of Equipments Qty Required For Experiments

      1 Hardness Testing Machine 1 12

      2 Impact Testing Machine 1 5 6

      3 Fatigue tester- Rotating Beam 1 8

      4 Fatigue tester ndashReverse plate bending 1 7

      5 Universal Testing Machine 1 123910

      8

      PCAE7202 FLUID MECHANICS AND MACHINERY LABORATORY L T P C(Common to Aeronautical Automobile Mech amp Prod) 0 0 3 2

      OBJECTIVETo study the flow measurement and the performance of fluid machineryLIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Calibration of venturimeter2 Pressure measurement with pitot static tube3 Determination of pipe flow losses4 Verification of Bernoullirsquos theorem5 Flow visualization by Heleshaw apparatus6 Performance test on centrifugal pumps7 Performance test on reciprocating pumps8 Performance test on piston wheel turbine9 Performance test on Francis turbine10 Determination of Viscosity of a Fluid

      TOTAL 45 PERIODSLIST OF EQUIPMENTS (for a batch of 30 students)

      SlNo Details of Equipments Qty Req Experiment No

      1 Venturimeter setup 1 132 Pipe friction set up 1 33 Pitot tube set up 1 244 Jet pump 1 65 Submersible pump 1 66 Centrifugal pump 1 67 Reciprocating pump 1 78 Pelton wheel turbine and Francis turbine 1 899 Viscosity Meter 1 1010 Hele-shaw apparatus 1 5

      9

      PCAE7203 THERMODYNAMICS LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

      OBJECTIVETo enhance the basic knowledge in applied thermodynamicsLIST OF EXPERIMENTSPerformance test on a 4-stroke engineValve timing of a 4 ndash stroke engine and port timing of a 2 stroke engineDetermination of effectiveness of a parallel flow heat exchangerDetermination of effectiveness of a counter flow heat exchangerDetermination of heating value of a fuelCOP test on a vapour compression refrigeration test rigCOP test on a vapour compression air-conditioning test rigDetermination of specific heat of solidDetermination of Thermal Conductivity of solidDetermination of Thermal Resistance of a Composite wall

      TOTAL 45 PERIODS

      LIST OF EQUIPMENTS (for a batch of 30 students)

      SlNo Details of Equipments Qty Req Experiment No

      1 4 stroke twin cylinder diesel engine 1 12 Cut section model of 4 stroke kirloskar diesel engine and cut

      section model of 2 stroke petrol engine1 2

      3 Parallel and counter flow heat exchanger test rig 1 344 Bomb Calorimeter 1 55 Vapour compression refrigeration test rig 1 66 Vapour compression air-conditioning test rig 1 77 Gas Turbine Engine 1 88 Conductive Heat Transfer set up 1 99 Composite wall 1 10

      10

      Semester IV

      Code No Course Title L T P C

      THEORYBSCM1210 Mathematics ndash IV (Common to all branch for 4th sem) 3 1 0 4PCAE1206 Aerodynamics ndash I 3 0 0 4PCAE1207 Aircraft Systems and Instrumentations 3 0 0 3PCAE1208 Production Technology 3 0 0 3PCAE1209 Aircraft Structures ndash I 3 1 0 3PCAE1210 Propulsion ndash I 3 0 0 3PRACTICALPCAE7204 Aircraft Structures Lab ndash I 0 0 3 2PCAE7205 Aerodynamics Lab- I 0 0 3 2PCAE7206 Manufacturing Technology Lab 0 0 3 2

      11

      SEMESTER IV

      BSCM1210 Mathematics ndash IV(Common to all branch)

      Module-I (20 hours)Numerical methodsApproximation and round of errors Truncation error and Taylorrsquos seriesRoots of equation The bisection method the false-position method fixed point iteration theNewton-Raphson method Mullerrsquos methodLinear algebraic equation LU decomposition the matrix inverse Gauss-Seidel methodInterpolation Newton divided difference interpolation Lagrange Interpolation Newtonrsquos forwardand backward interpolationNumerical integration The trapezoidal rule The Simpsonrsquos rules Gauss quadratureOrdinary differential equation Eulerrsquos method Improvement of Eulerrsquos method Runge-KuttamethodsModule-II (10 Hours)ProbabilityProbability Random variables Probability distributions Mean and variance of distributionBinomial Poisson and Hypergeometric distributions Normal distribution Distribution of severalrandom variablesModule-III (10 Hours)Mathematical StatisticsRandom sampling Estimation of Parameters Confidence Intervals Testing of hypothesisAcceptance sampling Chi square test for goodness of fit Regression Analysis Fitting StraightLines Correlation analysisText books1 S C Chapra and R P Canale ldquo Numerical methods for Engineersrdquo Fifth EditionMcGraw Hill EducationReading Chapters 2 3(31 32) 4(42 43) 5(51 52 53) 6(64) 9(91 92) 10(102)13(131132135) 16(161 162) 17(173) 20(201 202 203)2 E Kreyszigrdquo Advanced Engineering Mathematics Eighth Edition Wiley IndiaReading Chapters 22 23( except 235 and 238)Reference books1 Jay L Devore ldquoProbability and Statistics for Engineering and SciencesrdquoSeventh Edition ThomsonCENGAGE Learning India Pvt LtdP VOrsquoNeil ldquoAdvanced Engineering Mathematicsrdquo CENGAGE Learning New Delhi

      PCAE1206 AERODYNAMICS ndash I L T P C3 0 0 3

      OBJECTIVE

      12

      To understand the behaviour of airflow over bodies with particular emphasis on airfoilsections in the incompressible flow regime

      Module-I (14 hours)REVIEW OF BASIC FLUID MECHANICS Continuity momentum and energy equations

      UNIT II TWO DIMENSIONAL FLOWS Basic flows ndash Source Sink Free and Forced vortex uniform parallel flow Their combinations Ideal Flow over a circular cylinder DrsquoAlembertrsquos Paradox Magnus effect KuttaJonkowskirsquos Theorem Starting Vortex Kutta condition Pressure and velocity distributions on bodies with and without circulation in ideal and real fluid flows

      Module-II (16 hours)

      AIRFOIL THEORY Cauchy-Riemann relations Complex Potential Methodology of Conformal Transformation Kutta-Joukowski transformation and its applications Karman Trefftz Profiles Thin Airfoil theory and its applications

      SUBSONIC WING THEORY Vortex Filament Biot and Savart Law Bound Vortex and trailing Vortex Horse Shoe Vortex Lifting Line Theory and its limitations

      Module-III (12 hours)INTRODUCTION TO LAMINAR AND TURBULENT FLOWBoundary layer and boundary layer thickness displacement thickness momentum thickness Energy thickness Shape parameter Boundary layer equations for a steady two dimensional incompressible flow Boundary Layer growth over a Flat plate Critical Reynolds Number Blasius solution Basics of Turbulent flow Prandtlrsquos mixing length hypothesis Free shear layers

      TEXT BOOKS1 Houghton EL and Caruthers NB Aerodynamics for Engineering studentsEdward Arnold Publishers Ltd London 19892 Anderson JD Fundamentals of Aerodynamics MaGraw Hill Book Co 1999REFERENCES1 Milne Thomson LH Theoretical Aerodynamics Macmillan 19852 John J Bertin Aerodynamics for Engineers Pearson Education Inc 20023 Clancey L J Aerodynamics Pitman 1986

      13

      PCAE1207 AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS AND INSTRUMENTS L T P C3 0 0 3

      OBJECTIVETo describe the principle and working of aircraft systems and instruments Module-I (9 hours)AIRPLANE CONTROL SYSTEMS Conventional Systems - fully powered flight controls - Power actuated systems ndash Modern control systems - Digital fly by wire systems - Auto pilot system active control Technology

      Module-II (17 hours)AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS Hydraulic systems - Study of typical workable system - components - Pneumatic systems - Advantages - Working principles - Typical Air pressure system ndash Brake system ndash Typical Pneumatic power system - Components Landing Gear systems - Classification

      ENGINE SYSTEMS Fuel systems for Piston and jet engines - Components of multi engines Lubricating systems for piston and jet engines - Starting and Ignition systems - Typical examples for piston and jet engines

      Module-II (14 hours)AUXILIARY SYSTEM Basic Air cycle systems - Vapour Cycle systems Evaporative vapour cycle systems - Evaporative air cycle systems - Fire protection systems Deicing and anti icing systems

      AIRCRAFT INSTRUMENTS Flight Instruments and Navigation Instruments ndash Gyroscope - Accelerometers Air speedIndicators ndash TAS EAS- Mach Meters - Altimeters - Principles and operation - Study of various types of engine instruments - Tachometers - Temperature gauges ndash Pressure gauges - Operation and Principles

      TEXT BOOKS1 McKinley JL and Bent RD ldquoAircraft Maintenance amp Repairrdquo McGraw-Hill 19932 ldquoGeneral Hand Books of Airframe and Powerplant Mechanicsrdquo US Dept ofTransportation Federal Aviation Administation The English Book Store NewDelhi1995REFERENCES1 Mekinley JL and Bent RD ldquoAircraft Power Plantsrdquo McGraw-Hill 19932 Pallet EHJ ldquoAircraft Instruments amp Principlesrdquo Pitman amp Co 19933 Treager S ldquoGas Turbine Technologyrdquo McGraw-Hill 1997

      14

      PCAE1208 PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY L T P C3 0 0 3

      OBJECTIVEThe components such a piston connecting rod crankshaft engine block front axle frame body etc are manufactured by various types of production processes involving casting welding machining metal forming powder metallurgy etc hence Engineering students must study this course production technology UNIT I CASTING nd WELDING 16Casting types procedure to make sand mould types of core making moulding tolls machine moulding special moulding processes-co2 moulding shell moulding investment moulding permanent mould casting pressure die casting centrifugal casting continuous casting casting defects

      Classification of welding processes Principles of Oxyacetylene gas welding AC metal arc welding resistance welding submerged arc welding tungsten inert gas welding metal inert gas welding plasma arc welding thermic welding electron beam welding laser beam welding defects in welding soldering and brazing

      UNIT II MACHIINING 14General principles (with schematic diagrams only) of working and commonly performedoperations in the following machines Lathe Shaper Planer Horizontal milling machineUniversal drilling machine Cylindrical grinding machine Capstan and Turret lathe Basics of CNC machines General principles and applications of the following processesAbrasive jet machining Ultrasonic machining Electric discharge machining Electro chemical machining Plasma are machining Electron beam machining and Laser beammachining

      UNIT IV METAL FORMING AND POWDER METALLURGY 11Types of plastics-characteristics of the forming and shaping processes-Moulding of Thermoplastics-working principles and typical applications of Injection moulding- Thermoforming-processing of thermosets-working principles and typical applications-

      Principles and applications of the following processes Forging Rolling Extrusion Wiredrawing and Spinning Powder metallurgy-Principal steps involved advantages Disadvantages and limitations of powder metallurgy TEXT BOOK1 Harija choudry Elements of workshop Technology vol I and II Media promoters andpublishers pvt Ltd Mumbai 2001REFERENCES1 R K Jain and S C Gupta production Technology Khanna Publishers 16th Edition20012 H M T production technology-Hand book Tata Mc Graw-Hill 20003 Roy A Linberg process and materials of manufacturing technology PHI 20004 M Adithan and A B Cupta manufacturing technology New Age 19965 Serope Kalpajian Steven R Schimid Manuyfacturing Engineering and TechnologyPearson Education Inc2002 (second Indian Reprint)

      15

      PCAE1209 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES ndash I L T P C3 1 0 4

      OBJECTIVETo study different types of beams and columns subjected to various types of loading and support conditions with particular emphasis on aircraft structural components

      Module ndash I (17 hours)STATICALLY DETERMINATE STRUCTURES Analysis of plane Truss-Method of joints-3 D Truss-Plane frames

      STATICALLY INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES Propped Cantilever- Fixed-Fixed beams-Clapeyrons Three Moment Equation - MomentDistribution Method

      Module ndash II (11 hours)ENERGY METHODS 10+4Strain Energy due to axial bending and Torsional loads ndash Castiglianorsquos theorems- Maxwells Reciprocal theorem Unit load method - application to beams trusses framesrings etc -Composite beam

      Module ndash III (14 hours)COLUMNS Columns with various end conditions ndash Eulerrsquos Column curve ndash Rankinersquos formula - Column with initial curvature - Eccentric loading ndash South well plot ndash Beam column

      FAILURE THEORY Maximum Stress theory ndash Maximum Strain Theory ndash Maximum Shear Stress Theory ndash Distortion Theory ndash Maximum Strain energy theory ndash Application to aircraft Structural problems

      1 Donaldson BK ldquoAnalysis of Aircraft Structures ndash An Introductionrdquo McGraw-Hill19932 BruhnEFrdquoAnalysis and design of flight vehicle structuresrdquo Tri set of offset companyUSA1973REFERENCE1 Timoshenko S ldquoStrength of Materialsrdquo Vol I and II Princeton D Von Nostrand Co

      1990

      16

      PCAE1210 PROPULSION ndash I L T P C3 0 0 3

      OBJECTIVETo understand the principles of operation and design of aircraft and spacecraft powerplants

      Module ndash I (10 hours)

      FUNDAMENTALS OF GAS TURBINE ENGINES Illustration of working of gas turbine engine ndash The thrust equation ndash Factors affecting thrustndash Effect of pressure velocity and temperature changes of air entering compressor ndash Methods of thrust augmentation ndash Characteristics of turboprop turbofan and turbojet ndashPerformance characteristics

      Module ndash II (14 hours)

      SUBSONIC AND SUPERSONIC INLETS FOR JET ENGINES Internal flow and Stall in subsonic inlets ndash Boundary layer separation ndash Major features of external flow near a subsonic inlet ndash Relation between minimum area ratio and eternal deceleration ratio ndash Diffuser performance ndash Supersonic inlets ndash Starting problem on supersonic inlets ndash Shock swallowing by area variation ndash External declaration ndash Models of inlet operation

      NOZZLES Theory of flow in isentropic nozzles ndash nozzles and choking ndash Nozzle throat conditions ndashNozzle efficiency ndash Losses in nozzles ndash Over expanded and under ndash expanded nozzles ndashEjector and variable area nozzles ndash Interaction of nozzle flow with adjacent surfaces ndashThrust reversal

      Module ndash III (16 hours)

      COMPRESSORS Principle of operation of centrifugal compressor ndash Work done and pressure rise ndash Velocity diagrams ndash Diffuser vane design considerations ndash Concept of prewhirl rotation stall and surge ndash Elementary theory of axial flow compressor ndash Velocity triangles ndash degree of reaction ndash Three dimensional ndashCompressor blade design ndash Centrifugal and Axial compressor performance characteristics

      COMBUSTION CHAMBERSClassification of combustion chambers ndash Important factors affecting combustion chamber design ndash Combustion process ndash Combustion chamber performance ndash Effect of operating variables on performance ndash Flame tube cooling ndash Flame stabilization ndash Use of flame holders ndash Numerical problems

      TEXT BOOKS1 Hill PG amp Peterson CR ldquoMechanics amp Thermodynamics of Propulsionrdquo Addison ndashWesley Longman INC 1999REFERENCES1 Cohen H Rogers GFC and Saravanamuttoo HIH ldquoGas Turbine TheoryrdquoLongman 19892 Oates GC ldquoAero thermodynamics of Aircraft Engine Componentsrdquo AIAA EducationSeries New York 1985

      17

      3 ldquoRolls Royce Jet Enginerdquo ndash Third Edition ndash 19834 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers amp Distributors Delhi 1999

      18

      Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndashI L T P C0 0 3 2

      OBJECTIVETo study experimentally the load deflection characteristics structural materials underDifferent types of loads

      LIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Determination of Youngrsquos modulus of steel 2 Determination of fracture strength and fracture pattern of ductile and brittlematerials3 Determination of forces in statically indeterminate force system4 Deflection of beams with various end conditions5 Verification of Maxwellrsquos Reciprocal theorem 6 Verification of principle of superposition7 Column ndash Testing8 South ndash wellrsquos plot9 Shear Failure of Bolted and Rivetted Joints10 Non-Destructive Testing Procedures

      TOTAL 40 PERIODS

      19

      Sub Code AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

      OBJECTIVETo familiarize the students in basic aerodynamics and use of wind tunnelsLIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Study of lift and tip vortices2 Flow visualization in water flow channel3 Flow visualization in smoke tunnel4 Plot of RPM Vs test section velocity in a subsonic wind tunnel5 Pressure distribution over circular cylinder6 Pressure distribution over a rough circular cylinder7 Pressure distribution over a symmetric aerofoil8 Pressure distribution over a cambered aerofoil9 Estimation of CL and CD of airfoil10 Force measurement using wind tunnel balance of airfoil

      TOTAL 40 PERIODS

      20

      Sub Code MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY L T P C

      0 0 3 2LIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 LATHE11 Facing plain turning and step turning12 Taper turning using compound rest13 Taper turning using taper turning attachment14 Single start V thread cutting and knurling15 Boring and internal thread cutting2 SHAPER AND SLOTTER21 Machining a V- block (in a Shaper)22 Machining hexagonal shape (in a Shaper)23 Machining internal key-way (in a slotter)413 DRILLING31 Drilling 4 or 6 holes at a given pitch circle on a plate32 Drilling reaming and tapping4 MILLING41 Plain Milling Exercise42 Gear Milling Exercise5 GRINDINGCylindrical Grinding Exercise

      TOTAL 40 PERIODS

      21

      SEMESTER V

      Code No Course Title L T P C

      THEORY

      Aircraft Structures ndash II 3 0 0 3Aerodynamics ndash II 3 0 0 3Propulsion ndash II 3 0 0 3Aircraft Performance 3 0 0 3Control Engineering 3 0 0 3Experimental Stress Analysis 3 0 0 3

      PRACTICAL

      Aircraft Structures Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2CADCAM Lab 0 0 3 2Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness Lab 0 0 3 2

      22

      SEMESTER V

      AE2302 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES ndash II L T P C3 1 0 4

      OBJECTIVETo study the behaviour of various aircraft structural components under different types ofloadsModule ndash I (15 hours) UNSYMMETRICAL BENDING General Principal axis and neutral axis methods- bending stresses in beams of symmetric sections with skew loads- bending stresses in beams of unsymmetrical sections

      SHEAR FLOW IN OPEN SECTIONS Thin walled beams Concept of shear flow shear centre Elastic axis With one axis ofsymmetry with wall effective and ineffective in bending unsymmetrical beam sections

      Module ndash II (14 hours)SHEAR FLOW IN CLOSED SECTIONS Bredt ndash Batho formula Single and multi ndash cell structures- Shear flow in single amp multicellstructures under torsion Shear flow in single and multicell under bending with wallseffective and ineffective

      V-N DIAGRAMLoads on aircraft ndashlift distribution-V-n diagram-Gust loads

      Module ndash III (11 hours)BUCKLING OF PLATES Rectangular sheets under compression local buckling stress of thin walled section-Crippling stresses by Needhamrsquos and Gerardrsquos methods Thin walled column strengthsheet stiffener panels-Effective width

      STRESS ANALYSIS IN WING AND FUSELAGEShear resistant web beams-Tension field web beams(Wagnerrsquos) ndash Shear and bendingmoment distribution for cantilever and semi-cantilever types of beams

      TEXT BOOKS1 Peery DJ and Azar JJ ldquoAircraft Structuresrdquo 2nd edition McGrawndashHill NY 20072 Megson TMG ldquoAircraft Structures for Engineering Studentsrdquo Edward Arnold 2007REFERENCES1 Bruhn EH ldquoAnalysis and Design of Flight vehicles Structuresrdquo Tri ndash state off setcompany USA 19852 Rivello RM ldquoTheory and Analysis of Flight Structuresrdquo McGraw-Hill 1993

      23

      Sub Code AERODYNAMICS ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

      OBJECTIVETo understand the behaviour of airflow both internal and external in compressible flowregime with particular emphasis on supersonic flowsModule ndash I (10 hours)ONE DIMENSIONAL COMPRESSIBLE FLOW Energy Momentum continuity and state equations velocity of sound adiabatic steadystate flow equations Flow through convergent- divergent passage Performance undervarious back pressures

      Module ndash II (16 hours)NORMAL OBLIQUE SHOCKS Prandtl equation and Rankine ndash Hugonoit relation Normal shock equations Pitot statictube corrections for subsonic and supersonic flows Oblique shocks and correspondingequations Hodograph and pressure turning angle shock polar flow past wedges andconcave corners strong weak and detached shocks

      EXPANSION WAVES RAYLEIGH AND FANNO FLOW Flow past convex corners Expansion hodograph Reflection and interaction of shocks and expansion waves Method of Characteristics Two dimensional supersonic nozzlecontours

      Module ndash III (14 hours)SUPERSONIC AND TRANSONIC FLOW Rayleigh and Fanno Flow Lift drag pitching moment and center of pressure of supersonic profiles Lower and upper critical Mach numbers Lift and drag divergence shock induced separation Characteristics of swept wings Effects of thickness camber and aspect ratio of wings Transonic area rule

      TEXT BOOK1 Rathakrishnan E ldquoGas Dynamicsrdquo Prentice Hall of India 2003REFERENCES1 Shapiro AH ldquoDynamics and Thermodynamics of Compressible Fluid Flowrdquo RonaldPress 19822 Zucrow MJ and Anderson JD ldquoElements of gas dynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book CoNew York 19893 Anderson Jr D ndash ldquoModern compressible flowsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co New York

      1999

      24

      Sub Code PROPULSION ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

      OBJECTIVETo study in detail about gas turbines ramjet fundamentals of rocket propulsion andchemical rocketsModule ndash I (10 hours) AIRCRAFT GAS TURBINES 12Impulse and reaction blading of gas turbines ndash Velocity triangles and power output ndash Elementary theory ndash Vortex theory ndash Choice of blade profile pitch and chord ndash stimationof stage performance ndash Limiting factors in gas turbine design- Overall turbine performance ndash Methods of blade cooling ndash Matching of turbine and compressor Module ndash II (15 hours)RAMJET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Sub critical critical and supercritical operation ndash Combustion in ramjet engine ndash Ramjet performance ndash Simple ramjet design calculations ndash Introduction to scramjet

      FUNDAMENTALS OF ROCKET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Specific impulse of a rocket ndash internal ballistics- Rocket nozzleclassification ndash Rocket performance considerations

      Module ndash III (15 hours)CHEMICAL ROCKETS Solid propellant rockets ndash Selection criteria of solid propellants ndash Important hardware components of solid rockets ndash Propellant grain design considerations ndash Liquid propellantrockets ndash Selection of liquid propellants Cooling in liquid rockets ndash Hybrid rockets

      ADVANCED PROPULSION TECHNIQUES Electric rocket propulsion ndash Ion propulsion techniques ndash Nuclear rocket ndash Types ndash Solarsail- Preliminary Concepts in nozzleless propulsion TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York 5th

      Edn 19932 Hill PG amp Peterson CR ldquoMechanics amp Thermodynamics of Propulsionrdquo Addison ndashWesley Longman INC 1999REFERENCES1 Cohen H Rogers GFC and Saravanamuttoo HIH ldquoGas Turbine TheoryrdquoLongman Co ELBS Ed 19892 Gorden CV ldquoAero thermodynamics of Gas Turbine and Rocket Propulsionrdquo AIAAEducation Series New York 19893 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 1988

      25

      Sub Code AIRCRAFT PERFORMANCE L T P C3 0 0 3

      OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the performance of airplanes under various flightconditions like take off cruise landing climbing gliding turning etcModule ndash I (13 hours)GENERAL CONCEPTSInternational Standard atmosphere IAS EAS TAS Propeller theory- Froude momentum and blade element theories Propeller co-efficients Use of propeller charts Performance of fixed and variable pitch propellers High lift devices Thrust augmentation

      DRAG OF BODIESStreamlined and bluff body Types of drag Effect of Reynoldrsquos number on skin friction and pressure drag Drag reduction of airplanes Dragpolar Effect of Mach number on drag polar

      Module ndash II (11 hours)STEADY LEVEL FLIGHTSteady level flight Thrust required and Power required Thrust available and Power available for propeller driven and jet powered aircraft Effect of altitude maximum level flight speed conditions for minimum drag and minimum power required Effect of drag divergence on maximum velocity Range and Endurance of Propeller and Jet airplanes

      Module ndash III (16 hours)GLIDING AND CLIMBING FLIGHTShallow and steep angles of climb Rate of climb Climb hodograph Maximum Climb angle and Maximum Rate of climb- Effect of design parameters for propeller Absolute and service ceiling Gliding flight Glide hodograph

      ACCELERATD FLIGHT Estimation of take-off and landing distances Methods of reducing landing distance level turn minimum turn radius bank angle and load factor Constraints on load factor Pull up and pull down maneuvers maximum turn rate V-n diagram

      TEXT BOOKS1 HoughtonEL and Carruthers NB Aerodynamics for engineering studentsEdward Amold Publishers 19882 Anderson Jr JD Aircraft Performance and Design McGraw-Hill InternationalEdition 1999REFERENCES1 Kuethe AM and Chow CY Foundations of Aerodynamics John Wiley amp Sons19822 JJBertin Aerodynamics for Engineers Prentice-Hall 19883 LJ Clancey Aerodynamics Pitman 19864 Anderson Jr JD Introduction to Flight McGraw-Hill International Edition 1999

      26

      Sub Code CONTROL ENGINEERING L T P C3 0 0 3

      OBJECTIVETo understand the basic concepts of flight control systemModule ndash I (11 hours) INTRODUCTIONHistorical review - Simple pneumatic hydraulic and thermal systems Series and parallelsystems Analogies - Mechanical and electrical components Development of flight control systems OPEN AND CLOSED LOOP SYSTEMSFeedback control systems ndash Block diagram representation of control systems Reductionof block diagrams Output to input ratios Signal flow graph

      Module ndash II (15 hours)CHARACTERISTIC EQUATION AND FUNCTIONS Lap lace transformation Response of systems to different inputs viz Step input impulse ramp parabolic and sinusoidal inputs Time response of first and second order systems steady state errors and error constants of unity feedback circuit

      SAMPLED DATA SYSTEMS Introduction to digital control system Digital Controllers and Digital PID Controllers

      Module ndash III (14 hours)CONCEPT OF STABILITYNecessary and sufficient conditions Routh ndash Hurwitz criteria of stability Root locus andBode techniques Concept and construction frequency response

      TOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Ogato ldquoModern Control Engineeringrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19982 GopalM ldquoControl Systems Principles and designrdquo ndash Tata McGraw-Hill PublicationNew Delhi 2000REFERENCES1 Azzo JJD and CH Houpis ldquoFeed back control system analysis and synthesisrdquoMcGraw ndash Hill International 3rd Edition 19982 Kuo BC ldquoAutomatic control systemsrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19983 Houpis CH and Lamont GB ldquoDigital Control Systemsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co NewYork USA 19954 Naresh K Sinha ldquoControl Systemsrdquo New Age International Publishers New Delhi

      27

      Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS L T P C3 0 0 3

      OBJECTIVETo bring awareness on experimental method of finding the response of the structure todifferent types of loadModule ndash I (15 hours) MEASUREMENTS amp EXTENSOMETER Principles of measurements Accuracy Sensitivity and range of measurements Mechanical Optical Acoustical and Electrical extensometers and their uses Advantagesand disadvantages

      ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE STRAIN GAUGES Principle of operation and requirements Types and their uses Materials for strain gauge Calibration and temperature compensation cross sensitivity Rosette analysis Wheastone bridge for static and dynamic strain measurements strain indicators

      Module ndash II (14 hours)PHOTOELASTICITY Two dimensional photo elasticity Concept of light ndash photoelastic effects stress optic lawInterpretation of fringe pattern Compensation and separation techniques Photo elasticmaterials Introduction to three dimensional photo elasticity

      Module ndash III (11 hours)BRITTLE COATING AND MOIRE METHODSIntroduction to Moire techniques brittle coating methods and holography NON ndash DESTRUCTIVE TESTINGFundamentals of NDT Radiography ultrasonic magnetic particle inspection Fluorescent penetrant technique Eddy current testing Acoustic Emission Technique

      TEXT BOOKS1 Srinath LS Raghava MR Lingaiah K Garagesha G Pant B andRamachandra K ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill New Delhi 1984REFERENCES1 Dally JW and Riley WF ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo McGraw-Hill Inc NewYork 2005 IV edition2 Hetyenyi M ldquoHand book of Experimental Stress Analysisrdquo John Wiley and Sons IncNew York 19723 Pollock AA ldquoAcoustic Emission in Acoustics and Vibration Progressrdquo Ed StephensRWB Chapman and Hall 1993

      28

      Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndash II 0 0 3 100

      OBJECTIVE

      To experimentally study the unsymmetrical bending of beams find the location of shear centre obtain the stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques calibration of photo ndash elastic materials and study on vibration of beams

      LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

      1 Unsymmetrical bending of beams2 Shear centre location for open sections3 Shear centre location for closed sections4 Constant strength beam5 Flexibility matrix for cantilever beam6 Beam with combined loading7 Calibration of Photo- elastic materials8 Stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques9 Vibrations of beams10 Wagner beam ndash Tension field beam

      TOTAL 45

      29

      Sub Code CAD CAM LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

      OBJECTIVETo teach and train the students in the lab about the design and drafting of aerocomponents LIST OF EXPERIMENTSDesign and Modeling of rectangular plate with holeDesign and Modeling of spar componentsDesign and Modeling of Aerofoil structuresDesign and Modeling of cut section for wingsDesign and Modeling of Machine componentDesign and Modeling of Machine componentsDesign and Analysis of a TrussDesign and Analysis of Beam distributed loadDesign of Landing gearFacingTurning(Taper Step)

      TOTAL 40 PERIODS

      30

      HSSM7203 Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness LabLab 30 hoursThis course will focus on communication in professional (work-related) situations of the kind thatBPUT graduates may expect to encounter on entering the professional domainSome typical forms of work-related communication oral or written are listed below Practiceactivities for all four skills can be designed around these or similar situations1 Gaining entry into an organizationi Preparing job-applications and CVsii Facing an interviewiii Participating in group discussion (as part of the recruitmentprocess)2 In-house communicationa Superior Senior 1048782 subordinate junior (individual 1048782 individual group)i Welcoming new entrants to the organization introducing the workplace cultureetcii Briefing subordinates juniors explaining duties and responsibilities etcii Motivating subordinates juniors (lsquopep talkrsquo)iii Instructing directing subordinates juniorsiv Expressing recording appreciation praising rewarding a subordinate or juniorv Reprimanding correcting disciplining a subordinatejunior (for a lapse) askingfor an explanation etcb Subordinate Junior 1048782 Superior Seniori Responding to the aboveii Reporting problems difficulties deficienciesiii Offering suggestions

      31

      SEMESTER VI

      Code No Course Title L T P C

      THEORYHSSM3301 Principles of Management 3 0 0 3

      Finite Element Method 3 0 0 3Aircraft Stability and Control 3 0 0 3Wind Tunnel Techniques 3 0 0 3High Temperature Materials 3 0 0 3

      E1 Elective ndash I 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

      Aero Engine Laboratory 0 0 3 2Aircraft Design Project - I 0 0 3 2Aerodynamics Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2

      32

      SEMESTER VI

      HSSM3301 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (3-0-0)

      Module I Functions of Management Concept of Management Management as an Art or Science The Process of Management Managerial Skills Good Managers are Born not Made Management is concerned with Ideas Things and People How a Manager Induces Workers to Put in Their Best Levels and Types of Management Evolution of Management Thought Managerial Environment The process of Management-Planning Organizing Directing Staffing Controlling

      Module II Marketing Function of Management Modern Concept of Marketing The Functional Classification of Marketing Functions of a Marketing Management Marketing Mix Fundamental Needs of Customers The Role of Distribution channels in Marketing Advertising Marketing Consumerism and Environmentalism

      Module III Financial Function amp HRM Functions Financial Functions Concept of Financial Management Project Appraisal Tools of Financial decisions making Overview of Working Capital HRM Function of Management Human Resource Management Human Resource Development Importance of HRM Overview of Job Analysis Job Description Job Specification Labour Turnover Manpower Planning Recruitment Selection Induction Training and Development Placement Wage and Salary Administration Performance Appraisal Grievance Handling Welfare Aspects

      Reference Books 1 Business Organization amp Management CR Basu TMH 2 Business Organization amp Management Tulsia Pandey Pearson 3 Marketing Management Kotler Keller Koshi Jha Pearson 4 Financial Management IM Pandey Vikas 5 Human Resource Management Aswasthapa TMH 6 Modern Business Organisation amp Management by Sherlekar Himalaya Publishing House

      33

      Sub Code FINITE ELEMENT METHOD L T P C3 0 0 3

      OBJECTIVETo introduce the concept of numerical analysis of structural componentsModule ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION Review of basic approximate methods of analyses ndash Stiffness and Flexibility matrix forsimple cases ndash Governing equation and convergence criteria of finite element method

      DISCRETE ELEMENTS Bar Frame beam elements ndash Application to static dynamic analysis

      Module ndash II (10 hours)

      CONTINUUM ELEMENTS Various types of 2-D-elements Application to plane stress plane strain and axisymmetricproblems Module ndash III (16 hours)ISOPARAMETRIC ELEMENTS Applications to two and three-dimensional problems(four eight and nine nodded element) Numerical Integration

      FIELD PROBLEMApplications to other field problems like heat transfer and fluid flow

      TEXT BOOK1 TirupathiRC and Ashok DB ldquoIntroduction to Finite Elements in EngineeringrdquoPrentice Hall India Third Edition 2003REFERENCES1 Reddy JN ldquoAn Introduction to Finite Element Methodrdquo McGraw-Hill 20002 Krishnamurthy CS ldquoFinite Element Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill 20003 Bathe KJ and Wilson EL ldquoNumerical Methods in Finite Elements AnalysisrdquoPrentice Hall of India 1985

      34

      Sub Code AIRCRAFT STABILITY amp CONTROL L T P C3 1 0 4

      OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the concepts of stable and nonstable configurationof airplanes To introduce the concepts of control of airplanes under variousoperating conditions

      Module ndash I (13 hours)STATIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY AND CONTROL 15General concepts-Degrees of freedom of a rigid body Static and dynamic stability Need for stability in an airplane inherently and marginally stable airplanes Stability and Controllability Requirements of control surfaces criteria for longitudinal static stability contribution to stability by wing tail fuselage wing fuselage combination Total longitudinal stability Neutral point-Stick fixed and Stick free aspects Free elevator factor static margin Hinge moment Power effects on stability-propeller and jet aircrafts longitudinal control Movement of centre of gravity elevator control effectiveness elevator control power elevator angle to trim elevator angle per g maneuver point Stick force gradient and stick force per g Aerodynamic balancing

      Module ndash II (15 hours) STATIC DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND CONTROL Directional stability-yaw and sideslip Criterion of directional stability contribution to static directional stability by wing fuselage tail Power effects on directional stabilitypropeller and jet aircrafts Rudder lock and Dorsal fin Directional control rudder control effectiveness rudder requirements adverse yaw asymmetric power condition spin recovery

      STATIC LATERAL STABILTY AND CONTROL Lateral stability-Dihedral effect criterion for lateral stability evaluation of lateral stability-contribution of fuselage wing wing fuselage tail total static lateral stability lateral control aileron reversal aileron reversal speed

      Module ndash III (12 hours) DYNAMIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY Aircraft Equations of motion small disturbance theory Estimation of longitudinal stability derivatives stability derivatives solving the stability quartic Phugoid motion

      DYNAMIC LATERAL AND DIRECTIONAL STABILITY Dutch roll and spiral instability Auto rotation and spin

      TEXT BOOKS1 Perkins CD amp Hage RE Airplane performance stability and control John Wileyamp Sons 19762 Nelson RC Flight Stability amp Automatic Control McGraw Hill 1998REFERENCES1 McCormick BW Aerodynamics Aeronautics amp Flight Mechanics John Wiley19952 Babister AW Aircraft Stability and response Pergamon Press 19803 Etkin B Dynamics of Flight Stability and Control John Wiley New York 19824 Pamadi BN Performnce Stability Dynamics and Control of Airplanes AIAA Education Series 2004

      35

      Sub Code WIND TUNNEL TECHNIQUES L T P C3 0 0 3

      OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of measurement of forces and moments on models during the wind tunnel testing

      Module ndash I (10 hours)WIND TUNNELSClassification ndashnon-dimensional numbers-types of similarities - Layout of open circuit and closed circuit subsonic wind tunnels ndash design parameters-energy ratio - HP calculationsCalibration

      Module ndash II (15 hours) HIGH SPEED WIND TUNNELSBlow down in draft and induction tunnel layouts and their design features Transonic supersonic and hypersonic tunnels their peculiarities and calibration Helium and gun tunnels Shock tubes

      FLOW VISUALIZATIONSmoke and Tuft grid techniques ndash Dye injection special techniques ndash Optical methods offlow visualization

      Module ndash II (15 hours)WIND TUNNEL MEASUREMENTSPressurevelocity and temperature measurements ndash Force measurements ndash types of balances-Three component and six component balances ndash calibration of measuring instruments

      NON-INTRUSIVE FLOW DIAGNOSTICSLaser ndash Doppler anemometry Particle image velocimetry Laser induced fluorescence TEXT BOOK1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow Speed Wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley Publication1984REFERENCE1 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh Speed wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley 1985

      36

      Sub Code HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS L T P C3 0 0 3

      OBJECTIVETo learn damage mechanism and failure of components of elavated temperatures

      Module ndash I (15 hours)CREEPFactors influencing functional life of components at elevated temperatures definition of creep curve various stages of creep metallurgical factors influencing various stages effect of stress temperatures and strain rate

      Design of transient creep time hardening strain hardening expressions of rupture life ofcreep ductile and brittle materials Monkman-Grant relationship

      Module ndash II (13 hours)FRACTURE AND OXIDATIONVarious types of fracture brittle to ductile from low temperature to high temperature cleavage fracture due to micro void coalescence ndash diffusion controlled void growth fracture maps for different alloys and oxidesOxidation Pilling Bedworth ratio kinetic laws of oxidation ndash defect structure and control of Oxidation by alloy additions

      Module ndash III (12 hours)HOT CORROSION SUPER ALLOYS AND OTHER MATERIALHot gas corrosion deposit modified hot gas corrosion fluxing mechanisms effect of alloying elements on hot corrosion interaction of hot corrosion and creep methods of combat hot corrosion

      Iron base Nickel base abd Cobalt base super alloys composition control solid solution strengthening precipitation hardening by gamma prime grain boundary strengthening TCP phase embrittlement solidfication of single crystals Intermetallics high temperature ceramics

      TEXT BOOKS1 Raj R ldquoFlow and Fracture at Elevated TemperaturesrdquoAmerican Society for MetalsUSA 19852 Hertzberg RW ldquoDeformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering materialsrdquo 4th

      Edition John Wiley USA 19963 Courtney T H ldquoMechanical Behaviour of MaterialsrdquoMcGraw-Hill USA 1990REFERENCES1 Boyle JT Spencer J ldquoStress Analysis for Creeprdquo Butterworths UK 19832 BressersJ ldquoCreep and Fatigue in High Temperature Alloysrdquo Applied Science 19813 McLean D ldquoDirectionally Solidified Materials for High Temperature ServicerdquoThe Metals Society USA 1985

      37

      AE2355 AERO ENGINE LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

      OBJECTIVETo introduce the knowledge of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines1 Study of free convective heat transfer over a flat plate2 Engine (Piston Engine) - cleaning visual inspection NDT checks3 Piston Engine Components - dimensional checks4 Velocity profiles of free jets5 Velocity profiles of wall jets6 Combustion Studies in a model jet engine combustor7 Jet Engine ndash identification of components amp defects8 Jet Engine ndash NDT checks and dimensional checks9 Study of hybrid rocket propulsion system10 Engine starting procedures11 Study of ramjet12 Burn rate measurements of solid propellants

      TOTAL 45 PERIODS

      38

      Sub code AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash I L T P C0 0 3 2

      OBJECTIVETo introduce and develop the basic concept of aircraft designEach student is assigned the design of an Airplane (or Helicopter or any other flightvehicle) for given preliminary specifications The following are the assignments to becarried outEXPERIMENTS1 Comparative configuration study of different types of airplanes2 Comparative study on specification and performance details of aircraft3 Preparation of comparative data sheets4 Work sheet layout procedures5 Comparative graphs preparation and selection of main parameters for the design6 Preliminary weight estimations selection of main parameters7 Power plant selection Aerofoil selection Wing tail and control surfaces8 Preparation of layouts of balance diagram and three view drawings9 Drag estimation10 Detailed performance calculations and stability estimates

      TOTAL 45 PERIODS

      AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY- II

      1 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of symmetric aerofoil section2 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of cambered aerofoil section3 Pressure distribution over a Nose cone model4 Determination of Base drag of a missile model5 Determination of profile drag of bodies by wake survey method6 Study of flow field over a backward facing step7 Pressure distribution over a water tank model for various wind speeds8 Velocity profiles for different simulated terrains9 Calibration of Supersonic Wind Tunnel10 Flow visualization studies in supersonic flows

      TOTAL 45 PERIODS

      39

      40

      SEMESTER VII

      Code No Course Title L T P C

      THEORY

      PCME4404 Production and Operation Management 3 0 0 3Avionics 3 0 0 3Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 0 3Vibrations And Elements of Aeroelasticity 3 0 0 3

      E2 Elective ndash II 3 0 0 3E3 Elective ndash III 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

      Aircraft Design Project ndash II 0 0 3 2Aircraft Systems Lab 0 0 3 2Project Work and Seminar 0 0 3 3

      41

      SEMESTER VII

      PCME4404 Production and Operation Management L T P C

      Objective The course aims at acquainting all engineering graduates irrespective of theirspecializations the basic issues and tools of managing production and operations functionsof an organizationModule I1 Operations Function in an Organization Manufacturing Vrs Service Operations Systemview of Operations Strategic Role of Operations Operations Strategies for CompetitiveAdvantage Operations Quality and Productivity Focus Meeting Global Challenges ofProduction and Operations Imperatives (3 Hours)2 Designing Products Services and Processes New Product Design- Product Life CycleProduct Development Process Process Technology Project Jobshop Batch AssemblyLine Continuous Manufacturing Process Technology Life Cycle Process TechnologyTrends FMS CIM CAD CAM Design for Services Services Process Technology(4 Hours)3 Work Study Methods Study- Techniques of Analysis recording improvement andstandardization Work Measurement Work Measurement Principles using Stopwatch TimeStudy Predetermined Motion Time Standards and Work Sampling Standard TimeEstimation (4 Hours)Module II4 Location and Layout Planning Factor Influencing Plant and Warehouse LocationsImpact of Location on cost and revenues Facility Location Procedure and Models Qualitative Models Breakeven Analysis location Model centroid methodLayout Planning Layout Types Process Layout Product Layout Fixed Position LayoutPlanning block diagramming line balancing computerized layout planning- overviewGroup Technology (4 Hours)5 Forecasting Principles and Method Moving Average weighted Moving AverageExponential Smoothing Winterrsquos Method for Seasonal Demand Forecasting Error(4 Hours)6 Manufacturing Planning and Control The Framework and Components AggregatePlanning Master Production Scheduling Rough-cut-Capacity Planning MaterialRequirements Planning Capacity Requirements Planning (5 Hours)Module III7 Sequencing and Scheduling Single Machine Sequencing Basics and PerformanceEvaluation Criteria Methods for Minimizing Mean Flow Time Parallel Machines Minimization of Makespan Flowshop sequencing 2 and 3 machines cases JohnsonrsquosRule and Jobshop Scheduling Priority dispatching Rules (3 Hours)8 Inventory Control Relevant Costs Basic EOQ Model Model with Quantity discountEconomic Batch Quantity Periodic and Continuous Review Systems Safety Stock ReorderPoint and Order Quantity Calculations ABC Analysis (4 Hours)9 Modern Trends in Manufacturing Just in Time (JIT) System Shop Floor Control ByKanbans Total Quality Management Total Productive Maintenance ISO 9000 QualityCircle Kaizen Poka Yoke Supply Chain Management (4 Hours)Reference Book1 SNChary ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 R Paneerselvam ldquoProduction and Operations Management Prentice Hall of India3 Aswathappa amp Bhatt ndash Production amp Operations Management HPH4 Gaither amp Frazier - Operations Management Cengage Publication5 Russell amp Taylor - Operations Management PHI Publication6 Chase Aquilanno Jacob amp Agarwal - Operations Management TMH Publication7 EE Adam and RJ Ebert ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India

      42

      Sub Code AVIONICS L T P C3 0 0 3

      OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of navigation amp communication systems of aircraft

      Module ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems ndash Integrated Avionicssystem ndash Typical avionics sub systems ndash Design approaches and recent advances -Application Technologies

      PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS Digital Computers ndash Digital number system- number systems and codes-Fundamentals of logic and combinational logic circuits ndashDigital arithmetic ndash interfacing with analoguesystems

      Module ndash II (11 hours)Basic of Microprocessors and application Microprocessors ndash Memories- Microprocessors real time application related to aircraft

      DIGITAL AVIONICS ARCHITECTURE Avionics system architecturendash salient features and applications of Data buses MILndashSTD1553 BndashARINC 429ndashARINC 629

      Module ndash III (15 hours)

      FLIGHT DECK AND COCKPITSControl and display technologies CRT LCD - Touch screen - Direct voice input (DVI) - Civil cockpit and military cockpit MFDS HUD MFK HOTAS AVIONICS SYSTEMS Communication Systems - Navigation systems - Flight control systems - Radar electronic warfare - Utility systems Reliability and maintainability - Certification TEXT BOOKS1 Malcrno AP and Leach DP ldquoDigital Principles and Applicationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill19902 Gaonkar RS ldquoMicroprocessors Architecture ndash Programming and Applicationrdquo Wileyand Sons Ltd New Delhi 1990REFERENCES1 Middleton DH Ed ldquoAvionics Systems Longman Scientific and Technicalrdquo LongmanGroup UK Ltd England 19892 Spitzer CR ldquoDigital Avionic Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ USA19873 Brain Kendal ldquoManual of Avionicsrdquo The English Book House 3rd Edition New Delhi19934 Nagaraja ldquoNavigation systemrdquo5 J Powell ldquoAircraft Radio Systemrdquo

      43

      Sub Code COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

      OBJECTIVETo study the flow of dynamic fluids by computational methods

      Module-I (10 hours) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows Mathematical properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations - Well posed problems - discretization of partial Differential Equations Explicit finite difference methods of subsonic supersonic and viscous flows

      Module-II (15 hours)

      DISCRETIZATION Boundary layer Equations and methods of solution -Implicit time dependent methods forinviscid and viscous compressible flows - Concept of numerical dissipation --Stabilityproperties of explicit and implicit methods - Conservative upwind discretization forHyperbolic systems - Further advantages of upwind differencing GRID GENERATION Structured grids Types and transformations Generation of structured grids Unstructured grids Delany triangulation

      Module-III (15 hours)

      FINITE VOLUME TECHNIQUESFinite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping -Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy - Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques ndash Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives Flux ndash splitting schemes Pressure correction solvers ndash SIMPLE PESO Vorticity transport formulation Implicitsemi-implicit schemes

      TEXT BOOK1 Fletcher CAJ ldquoComputational Techniques for Fluid Dynamicsrdquo Vols I and IISpringer - Verlag Berlin 1988REFERENCES1 John F Wendt (Editor) ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics - An Introductionrdquo Springer ndashVerlag Berlin 19922 Charles Hirsch ldquoNumerical Computation of Internal and External Flowsrdquo Vols I and IIJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 19883 Klaus A Hoffmann and Steve T Chiang ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics forEngineersrdquo Vols I amp II Engineering Education System PO Box 20078 W WichitaKS 67208 - 1078 USA 19934 Anderson JrD ldquoFundamentals of Aerodynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill 2000

      44

      AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

      OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

      Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

      SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

      Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

      Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

      ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

      45

      AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

      OBJECTIVE

      To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

      Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

      LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

      1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

      TOTAL 60

      AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

      OBJECTIVE

      To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

      LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

      1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

      TOTAL 60

      46

      SEMESTER VIII

      Code No Course Title L T P C

      THEORY

      Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

      Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

      47

      Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

      OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

      Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

      METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

      Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

      Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

      FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

      REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

      48

      Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

      OBJECTIVE

      The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

      PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

      OBJECTIVE

      The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

      The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

      Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

      OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

      LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

      1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

      composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

      fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

      49

      1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

      SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

      Code No Course Title L T P C

      Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

      Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

      SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

      Code No Course Title L T P C

      Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

      ELECTIVESndash III

      Code No Course Title L T P C

      Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

      SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

      Code No Course Title L T P C

      Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

      ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

      Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

      50

      Elective Subjects

      Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

      OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

      BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

      Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

      Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

      TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

      TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

      51

      Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

      OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

      Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

      UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

      52

      AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

      OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

      Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

      Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

      MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

      Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

      AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

      TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

      53

      Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

      3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

      Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

      Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

      RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

      Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

      HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

      54

      Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

      OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

      Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

      IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

      Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

      Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

      55

      Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

      OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

      Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

      STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

      Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

      Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

      56

      Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

      Module-I (15hours)

      FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

      COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

      Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

      Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

      COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

      57

      Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

      OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

      Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

      BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

      Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

      BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

      Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

      58

      Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

      OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

      Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

      Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

      Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

      Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

      TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

      59

      Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

      OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

      Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

      PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

      Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

      PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

      Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

      Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

      60

      Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

      Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

      EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

      Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

      Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

      SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

      61

      AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

      OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

      Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

      Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

      AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

      Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

      TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

      62

      Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

      OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

      Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

      VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

      INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

      63

      Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

      OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

      Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

      MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

      Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

      PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

      Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

      64

      Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

      OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

      65

      Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

      Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

      CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

      Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

      CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

      Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

      66

      • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
      • Course Title
        • THEORY
        • SEMESTER III
        • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
        • (for a batch of 30 students)
        • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
        • (for a batch of 30 students)
          • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
          • (for a batch of 30 students)
              • Course Title
                • THEORY
                • PRACTICAL
                • SEMESTER V
                  • Course Title
                    • THEORY
                    • PRACTICAL
                    • SEMESTER VI
                      • Course Title
                        • THEORY
                        • PRACTICAL
                        • SEMESTER VI
                          • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                            • SEMESTER VII
                              • Course Title
                                • THEORY
                                • PRACTICAL
                                • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                  • TOTAL 60
                                  • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                  • TOTAL 60
                                    • SEMESTER VIII
                                      • Course Title
                                        • THEORY
                                        • PRACTICAL
                                        • Co New York 1989
                                        • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                        • OBJECTIVE
                                        • PROJECT WORK
                                          • OBJECTIVE
                                            • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                  • Course Title
                                                  • Course Title
                                                  • Course Title
                                                  • Course Title
                                                  • Course Title
                                                    • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

        PCAE1202 SOLID MECHANICS L T P C3 1 0 4

        OBJECTIVETo give brief descriptions on the behaviour of materials due to axial bending and torsional and combined loads

        MODULE ndash I (14 Lectures)Stress and Strain ndash Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants and their relationshipndash Statically determinate cases - statically indeterminate cases ndashcomposite bar Thermal Stresses ndash stresses due to freely falling weight

        Stresses in thin circular cylinder and spherical shell under internal pressure ndash volumetricStrain Combined loading ndash Principal Stresses and maximum Shear Stresses - Analyticaland Graphical methods

        MODULE ndash II (16 Lectures)SHEAR BENDING MOMENT AND SHEAR STRESSES

        Shear force and bending moment diagrams for simply supported and cantilever beams-Bending stresses in straight beams-Shear stresses in bending of beams with rectangular I amp T etc cross sections-beams of uniform strength

        DEFLECTION OF BEAMS Double integration method ndash McCauleyrsquos method - Area moment method ndash Conjugatebeam method-Principle of super position-Castiglianorsquos theorem and its apllication

        MODULE - III (10 Lectures)Torsion of circular shafts - shear stresses and twist in solid and hollow circular shafts ndashclosely coiled helical springs

        TEXT BOOKS1 Nash William ndash ldquoStrength of Materialsrdquo TMH 19982 TimoshenkoS and Young DH ndash ldquoElements of strength materials Vol I and Vol IIrdquoT Van Nostrand Co-Inc Princeton-NJ 19903 S Ramamrutham ndash ldquoStrength of MaterialsrdquoREFERENCES1 Dym CL and Shames IH ndash ldquoSolid Mechanicsrdquo 1990

        4

        PCAE1203 AERO ENGINEERING THERMODYNAMICS

        OBJECTIVETo give a brief background of application of various laws of thermodynamics and itsapplication in heat transfer refrigeration and air-conditioning jet propulsion system

        Module I (13)Review of First and Second lawsFirst law analysis of unsteady flow control volumes Entropy generation Reversible work Availability andIrreversibilityGeneral Thermodynamic property relationsThe Maxwell relations The Clapeyron equation The TdS relations Isothermal compressibility and volumeexpansivity The Joule-Thomson coefficientClassification and working principle of compressors (Descriptive Treatment) Isothermaland Isentropic efficiency of air compressors

        Module II (12)Otto Diesel Dual combustion and Brayton combustion cycles ndash Air standard efficiency -Mean effective pressure ndash Actual and theoretical PV diagrams of two stroke and fourstroke IC Engines- Rankine cycle

        Module III (15)Application of continuity momentum and energy equations- Isentropicflow of ideal gases through nozzles - Simple jet propulsion system - Thrust rocket motor ndashSpecific impulsePrinciples of refrigeration Air conditioning - Heat pumps - Vapour compression - Vapourabsorption types - Coefficient of performance Properties of refrigerants

        TEXT BOOKS1 Rathakrishnan E ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamicsrdquo Prentice ndash HallIndia 20002 Nag PK ldquoEngineering Thermodynamicsrdquo Tata McGraw-Hills Co Ltd SeventhEdn 19933 Yunus ACengal ldquoThermodynamics an Engineering Approachrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill CoLtd 3rd Edition 2002REFERENCES1 Mayhew A and Rogers B ldquoEngineering Thermodynamicsrdquo Longman Green amp CoLtd London ELBS Edition 19902 Van Wylen GJ and Sonntag RE ldquoFundamentals of Classical Thermodynamics(SIVersion)rdquo Second Edition 19863 Bacon DH ldquoEngineering Thermodynamicsrdquo Butterworth amp Co London 19894 Saad MA ldquoThermodynamics for Engineersrdquo Prentice-Hall of India Pvt Ltd 19895 Reynolds ldquoThermodynamicsrdquo Int Student Edn McGraw-Hill Book Co Ltd 1990

        5

        PCAE1201 MECHANICS OF MACHINES L T P C(Common to Automobile and Aeronautical) 3 1 0 4

        OBJECTIVETo expose the students the different mechanisms their method of working Forcesinvolved and consequent vibration during working

        MODULE-I (15 Lectures)MECHANISMS Machine Structure ndash Kinematic link pair and chain ndash Grueblers criteria ndash Constrained motion ndash Degrees of freedom - Slider crank and crank rocker mechanisms ndash Inversions ndashApplications ndash Kinematic analysis of simple mechanisms ndash Determination of velocity and acceleration

        FRICTION Friction in screw and nut ndash Belt (flat and V) and rope drives Ratio of tensions ndash Effect of centrifugal and initial tension ndash Condition for maximum power transmission ndash Open and crossed belt drive

        MODULE-II (10 Lectures) GEARING AND CAMS Gear profile and geometry ndash Nomenclature of spur and helical gears ndash Gear trains Simple compound gear trains and epicylic gear trains - Determination of speed and torque - Cams ndash Types of cams ndash Design of profiles ndash Knife edged flat faced and roller ended followers with and without offsets for various types of follower motions

        MODULE-III (15 Lectures)UNIT IV BALANCING Static and dynamic balancing ndash Single and several masses in different planes ndashndash Single and multi cylinder engines (Inline) ndash Balancing of radial V engine ndash direct and reverse crank method

        UNIT V VIBRATION Free forced and damped vibrations of single degree of freedom systems ndash Force transmitted to supports ndash Vibration isolation ndash Vibration absorption ndash Torsional vibration of shaft

        TEXT BOOKS1 RattanSS ldquoTheory of Machinesrdquo Tata McGrawndashHill Publishing Co New Delhi20042 BallaneyPL ldquoTheory of Machinesrdquo Khanna Publishers New Delhi 2002 REFERENCES1 Rao JS and Dukkipati RV ldquoMechanism and Machine Theoryrdquo Second Edition WileyEastern Ltd 19922 Malhotra DR and Gupta HC ldquoThe Theory of Machinesrdquo Satya Prakasam TechIndia Publications 19893 Gosh A and Mallick AK ldquoTheory of Machines and Mechanismsrdquo Affiliated EastWest Press 19894 Shigley JE and Uicker JJ ldquoTheory of Machines and Mechanismsrdquo McGraw-Hill19805 Burton Paul ldquoKinematics and Dynamic of Planer Machineryrdquo Prentice Hall 1979

        6

        PCAE1205 ELEMENTS OF AERONAUTICS L T P C3 1 0 3

        OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of aerospace engineering and the current developments in the fieldMODULE-I (14 Lectures)AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATIONS Brief History-Components of an airplane and their functions Different types of flight vehicles classifications Basic instruments for flying

        INTRODUCTION TO PRINCIPLES OF FLIGHT Physical properties and structure of the atmosphere Temperature pressure and altitude relationships Evolution of lift drag and moment Different types of drag

        MODULE-II (18 Lectures)

        INTRODUCTION TO AERODYNAMICS Aerodynanic forces on aircraft ndash classification of NACA aerofoils aspect ratio wing loading Mach numbercentre of pressure and aerodynamic centre-aerofoil characteristicslift drag curves

        INTRODUCTION TO AIRPLANE STRUCTURES AND MATERIALS General types of construction Monocoque semi-monocoque Typical wing and fuselage structure Metallic and non-metallic materials Use of aluminium alloy titanium stainless steel and composite materials

        MODULE-III (8 Lectures)POWER PLANTS USED IN AIRPLANES Basic ideas about piston turboprop and jet engines Use of propeller and jets for thrust production Comparative merits Principles of operation of rocket types of rockets and typical applications Exploration into space

        TEXT BOOKS1Anderson JD ldquoIntroduction to Flightrdquo McGraw-Hill 1995REFERENCE 1Kermode AC ldquoFlight without Formulaerdquo McGraw-Hill 1997

        7

        PCAE7201 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

        OBJECTIVETo develop the knowledge in testing the materials for hardness fatigue impact tensionand torsionLIST OF EXPERIMENTSBrinell Hardness testRockwell Hardness testTension testTorsion testIzod Impact testCharpy Impact testReverse plate bending Fatigue testRotating Beam Fatigue testTesting of springsBlock Compression Test

        TOTAL 45 PERIODSLIST OF EQUIPMENTS

        (for a batch of 30 students)SlNo Details of Equipments Qty Required For Experiments

        1 Hardness Testing Machine 1 12

        2 Impact Testing Machine 1 5 6

        3 Fatigue tester- Rotating Beam 1 8

        4 Fatigue tester ndashReverse plate bending 1 7

        5 Universal Testing Machine 1 123910

        8

        PCAE7202 FLUID MECHANICS AND MACHINERY LABORATORY L T P C(Common to Aeronautical Automobile Mech amp Prod) 0 0 3 2

        OBJECTIVETo study the flow measurement and the performance of fluid machineryLIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Calibration of venturimeter2 Pressure measurement with pitot static tube3 Determination of pipe flow losses4 Verification of Bernoullirsquos theorem5 Flow visualization by Heleshaw apparatus6 Performance test on centrifugal pumps7 Performance test on reciprocating pumps8 Performance test on piston wheel turbine9 Performance test on Francis turbine10 Determination of Viscosity of a Fluid

        TOTAL 45 PERIODSLIST OF EQUIPMENTS (for a batch of 30 students)

        SlNo Details of Equipments Qty Req Experiment No

        1 Venturimeter setup 1 132 Pipe friction set up 1 33 Pitot tube set up 1 244 Jet pump 1 65 Submersible pump 1 66 Centrifugal pump 1 67 Reciprocating pump 1 78 Pelton wheel turbine and Francis turbine 1 899 Viscosity Meter 1 1010 Hele-shaw apparatus 1 5

        9

        PCAE7203 THERMODYNAMICS LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

        OBJECTIVETo enhance the basic knowledge in applied thermodynamicsLIST OF EXPERIMENTSPerformance test on a 4-stroke engineValve timing of a 4 ndash stroke engine and port timing of a 2 stroke engineDetermination of effectiveness of a parallel flow heat exchangerDetermination of effectiveness of a counter flow heat exchangerDetermination of heating value of a fuelCOP test on a vapour compression refrigeration test rigCOP test on a vapour compression air-conditioning test rigDetermination of specific heat of solidDetermination of Thermal Conductivity of solidDetermination of Thermal Resistance of a Composite wall

        TOTAL 45 PERIODS

        LIST OF EQUIPMENTS (for a batch of 30 students)

        SlNo Details of Equipments Qty Req Experiment No

        1 4 stroke twin cylinder diesel engine 1 12 Cut section model of 4 stroke kirloskar diesel engine and cut

        section model of 2 stroke petrol engine1 2

        3 Parallel and counter flow heat exchanger test rig 1 344 Bomb Calorimeter 1 55 Vapour compression refrigeration test rig 1 66 Vapour compression air-conditioning test rig 1 77 Gas Turbine Engine 1 88 Conductive Heat Transfer set up 1 99 Composite wall 1 10

        10

        Semester IV

        Code No Course Title L T P C

        THEORYBSCM1210 Mathematics ndash IV (Common to all branch for 4th sem) 3 1 0 4PCAE1206 Aerodynamics ndash I 3 0 0 4PCAE1207 Aircraft Systems and Instrumentations 3 0 0 3PCAE1208 Production Technology 3 0 0 3PCAE1209 Aircraft Structures ndash I 3 1 0 3PCAE1210 Propulsion ndash I 3 0 0 3PRACTICALPCAE7204 Aircraft Structures Lab ndash I 0 0 3 2PCAE7205 Aerodynamics Lab- I 0 0 3 2PCAE7206 Manufacturing Technology Lab 0 0 3 2

        11

        SEMESTER IV

        BSCM1210 Mathematics ndash IV(Common to all branch)

        Module-I (20 hours)Numerical methodsApproximation and round of errors Truncation error and Taylorrsquos seriesRoots of equation The bisection method the false-position method fixed point iteration theNewton-Raphson method Mullerrsquos methodLinear algebraic equation LU decomposition the matrix inverse Gauss-Seidel methodInterpolation Newton divided difference interpolation Lagrange Interpolation Newtonrsquos forwardand backward interpolationNumerical integration The trapezoidal rule The Simpsonrsquos rules Gauss quadratureOrdinary differential equation Eulerrsquos method Improvement of Eulerrsquos method Runge-KuttamethodsModule-II (10 Hours)ProbabilityProbability Random variables Probability distributions Mean and variance of distributionBinomial Poisson and Hypergeometric distributions Normal distribution Distribution of severalrandom variablesModule-III (10 Hours)Mathematical StatisticsRandom sampling Estimation of Parameters Confidence Intervals Testing of hypothesisAcceptance sampling Chi square test for goodness of fit Regression Analysis Fitting StraightLines Correlation analysisText books1 S C Chapra and R P Canale ldquo Numerical methods for Engineersrdquo Fifth EditionMcGraw Hill EducationReading Chapters 2 3(31 32) 4(42 43) 5(51 52 53) 6(64) 9(91 92) 10(102)13(131132135) 16(161 162) 17(173) 20(201 202 203)2 E Kreyszigrdquo Advanced Engineering Mathematics Eighth Edition Wiley IndiaReading Chapters 22 23( except 235 and 238)Reference books1 Jay L Devore ldquoProbability and Statistics for Engineering and SciencesrdquoSeventh Edition ThomsonCENGAGE Learning India Pvt LtdP VOrsquoNeil ldquoAdvanced Engineering Mathematicsrdquo CENGAGE Learning New Delhi

        PCAE1206 AERODYNAMICS ndash I L T P C3 0 0 3

        OBJECTIVE

        12

        To understand the behaviour of airflow over bodies with particular emphasis on airfoilsections in the incompressible flow regime

        Module-I (14 hours)REVIEW OF BASIC FLUID MECHANICS Continuity momentum and energy equations

        UNIT II TWO DIMENSIONAL FLOWS Basic flows ndash Source Sink Free and Forced vortex uniform parallel flow Their combinations Ideal Flow over a circular cylinder DrsquoAlembertrsquos Paradox Magnus effect KuttaJonkowskirsquos Theorem Starting Vortex Kutta condition Pressure and velocity distributions on bodies with and without circulation in ideal and real fluid flows

        Module-II (16 hours)

        AIRFOIL THEORY Cauchy-Riemann relations Complex Potential Methodology of Conformal Transformation Kutta-Joukowski transformation and its applications Karman Trefftz Profiles Thin Airfoil theory and its applications

        SUBSONIC WING THEORY Vortex Filament Biot and Savart Law Bound Vortex and trailing Vortex Horse Shoe Vortex Lifting Line Theory and its limitations

        Module-III (12 hours)INTRODUCTION TO LAMINAR AND TURBULENT FLOWBoundary layer and boundary layer thickness displacement thickness momentum thickness Energy thickness Shape parameter Boundary layer equations for a steady two dimensional incompressible flow Boundary Layer growth over a Flat plate Critical Reynolds Number Blasius solution Basics of Turbulent flow Prandtlrsquos mixing length hypothesis Free shear layers

        TEXT BOOKS1 Houghton EL and Caruthers NB Aerodynamics for Engineering studentsEdward Arnold Publishers Ltd London 19892 Anderson JD Fundamentals of Aerodynamics MaGraw Hill Book Co 1999REFERENCES1 Milne Thomson LH Theoretical Aerodynamics Macmillan 19852 John J Bertin Aerodynamics for Engineers Pearson Education Inc 20023 Clancey L J Aerodynamics Pitman 1986

        13

        PCAE1207 AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS AND INSTRUMENTS L T P C3 0 0 3

        OBJECTIVETo describe the principle and working of aircraft systems and instruments Module-I (9 hours)AIRPLANE CONTROL SYSTEMS Conventional Systems - fully powered flight controls - Power actuated systems ndash Modern control systems - Digital fly by wire systems - Auto pilot system active control Technology

        Module-II (17 hours)AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS Hydraulic systems - Study of typical workable system - components - Pneumatic systems - Advantages - Working principles - Typical Air pressure system ndash Brake system ndash Typical Pneumatic power system - Components Landing Gear systems - Classification

        ENGINE SYSTEMS Fuel systems for Piston and jet engines - Components of multi engines Lubricating systems for piston and jet engines - Starting and Ignition systems - Typical examples for piston and jet engines

        Module-II (14 hours)AUXILIARY SYSTEM Basic Air cycle systems - Vapour Cycle systems Evaporative vapour cycle systems - Evaporative air cycle systems - Fire protection systems Deicing and anti icing systems

        AIRCRAFT INSTRUMENTS Flight Instruments and Navigation Instruments ndash Gyroscope - Accelerometers Air speedIndicators ndash TAS EAS- Mach Meters - Altimeters - Principles and operation - Study of various types of engine instruments - Tachometers - Temperature gauges ndash Pressure gauges - Operation and Principles

        TEXT BOOKS1 McKinley JL and Bent RD ldquoAircraft Maintenance amp Repairrdquo McGraw-Hill 19932 ldquoGeneral Hand Books of Airframe and Powerplant Mechanicsrdquo US Dept ofTransportation Federal Aviation Administation The English Book Store NewDelhi1995REFERENCES1 Mekinley JL and Bent RD ldquoAircraft Power Plantsrdquo McGraw-Hill 19932 Pallet EHJ ldquoAircraft Instruments amp Principlesrdquo Pitman amp Co 19933 Treager S ldquoGas Turbine Technologyrdquo McGraw-Hill 1997

        14

        PCAE1208 PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY L T P C3 0 0 3

        OBJECTIVEThe components such a piston connecting rod crankshaft engine block front axle frame body etc are manufactured by various types of production processes involving casting welding machining metal forming powder metallurgy etc hence Engineering students must study this course production technology UNIT I CASTING nd WELDING 16Casting types procedure to make sand mould types of core making moulding tolls machine moulding special moulding processes-co2 moulding shell moulding investment moulding permanent mould casting pressure die casting centrifugal casting continuous casting casting defects

        Classification of welding processes Principles of Oxyacetylene gas welding AC metal arc welding resistance welding submerged arc welding tungsten inert gas welding metal inert gas welding plasma arc welding thermic welding electron beam welding laser beam welding defects in welding soldering and brazing

        UNIT II MACHIINING 14General principles (with schematic diagrams only) of working and commonly performedoperations in the following machines Lathe Shaper Planer Horizontal milling machineUniversal drilling machine Cylindrical grinding machine Capstan and Turret lathe Basics of CNC machines General principles and applications of the following processesAbrasive jet machining Ultrasonic machining Electric discharge machining Electro chemical machining Plasma are machining Electron beam machining and Laser beammachining

        UNIT IV METAL FORMING AND POWDER METALLURGY 11Types of plastics-characteristics of the forming and shaping processes-Moulding of Thermoplastics-working principles and typical applications of Injection moulding- Thermoforming-processing of thermosets-working principles and typical applications-

        Principles and applications of the following processes Forging Rolling Extrusion Wiredrawing and Spinning Powder metallurgy-Principal steps involved advantages Disadvantages and limitations of powder metallurgy TEXT BOOK1 Harija choudry Elements of workshop Technology vol I and II Media promoters andpublishers pvt Ltd Mumbai 2001REFERENCES1 R K Jain and S C Gupta production Technology Khanna Publishers 16th Edition20012 H M T production technology-Hand book Tata Mc Graw-Hill 20003 Roy A Linberg process and materials of manufacturing technology PHI 20004 M Adithan and A B Cupta manufacturing technology New Age 19965 Serope Kalpajian Steven R Schimid Manuyfacturing Engineering and TechnologyPearson Education Inc2002 (second Indian Reprint)

        15

        PCAE1209 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES ndash I L T P C3 1 0 4

        OBJECTIVETo study different types of beams and columns subjected to various types of loading and support conditions with particular emphasis on aircraft structural components

        Module ndash I (17 hours)STATICALLY DETERMINATE STRUCTURES Analysis of plane Truss-Method of joints-3 D Truss-Plane frames

        STATICALLY INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES Propped Cantilever- Fixed-Fixed beams-Clapeyrons Three Moment Equation - MomentDistribution Method

        Module ndash II (11 hours)ENERGY METHODS 10+4Strain Energy due to axial bending and Torsional loads ndash Castiglianorsquos theorems- Maxwells Reciprocal theorem Unit load method - application to beams trusses framesrings etc -Composite beam

        Module ndash III (14 hours)COLUMNS Columns with various end conditions ndash Eulerrsquos Column curve ndash Rankinersquos formula - Column with initial curvature - Eccentric loading ndash South well plot ndash Beam column

        FAILURE THEORY Maximum Stress theory ndash Maximum Strain Theory ndash Maximum Shear Stress Theory ndash Distortion Theory ndash Maximum Strain energy theory ndash Application to aircraft Structural problems

        1 Donaldson BK ldquoAnalysis of Aircraft Structures ndash An Introductionrdquo McGraw-Hill19932 BruhnEFrdquoAnalysis and design of flight vehicle structuresrdquo Tri set of offset companyUSA1973REFERENCE1 Timoshenko S ldquoStrength of Materialsrdquo Vol I and II Princeton D Von Nostrand Co

        1990

        16

        PCAE1210 PROPULSION ndash I L T P C3 0 0 3

        OBJECTIVETo understand the principles of operation and design of aircraft and spacecraft powerplants

        Module ndash I (10 hours)

        FUNDAMENTALS OF GAS TURBINE ENGINES Illustration of working of gas turbine engine ndash The thrust equation ndash Factors affecting thrustndash Effect of pressure velocity and temperature changes of air entering compressor ndash Methods of thrust augmentation ndash Characteristics of turboprop turbofan and turbojet ndashPerformance characteristics

        Module ndash II (14 hours)

        SUBSONIC AND SUPERSONIC INLETS FOR JET ENGINES Internal flow and Stall in subsonic inlets ndash Boundary layer separation ndash Major features of external flow near a subsonic inlet ndash Relation between minimum area ratio and eternal deceleration ratio ndash Diffuser performance ndash Supersonic inlets ndash Starting problem on supersonic inlets ndash Shock swallowing by area variation ndash External declaration ndash Models of inlet operation

        NOZZLES Theory of flow in isentropic nozzles ndash nozzles and choking ndash Nozzle throat conditions ndashNozzle efficiency ndash Losses in nozzles ndash Over expanded and under ndash expanded nozzles ndashEjector and variable area nozzles ndash Interaction of nozzle flow with adjacent surfaces ndashThrust reversal

        Module ndash III (16 hours)

        COMPRESSORS Principle of operation of centrifugal compressor ndash Work done and pressure rise ndash Velocity diagrams ndash Diffuser vane design considerations ndash Concept of prewhirl rotation stall and surge ndash Elementary theory of axial flow compressor ndash Velocity triangles ndash degree of reaction ndash Three dimensional ndashCompressor blade design ndash Centrifugal and Axial compressor performance characteristics

        COMBUSTION CHAMBERSClassification of combustion chambers ndash Important factors affecting combustion chamber design ndash Combustion process ndash Combustion chamber performance ndash Effect of operating variables on performance ndash Flame tube cooling ndash Flame stabilization ndash Use of flame holders ndash Numerical problems

        TEXT BOOKS1 Hill PG amp Peterson CR ldquoMechanics amp Thermodynamics of Propulsionrdquo Addison ndashWesley Longman INC 1999REFERENCES1 Cohen H Rogers GFC and Saravanamuttoo HIH ldquoGas Turbine TheoryrdquoLongman 19892 Oates GC ldquoAero thermodynamics of Aircraft Engine Componentsrdquo AIAA EducationSeries New York 1985

        17

        3 ldquoRolls Royce Jet Enginerdquo ndash Third Edition ndash 19834 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers amp Distributors Delhi 1999

        18

        Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndashI L T P C0 0 3 2

        OBJECTIVETo study experimentally the load deflection characteristics structural materials underDifferent types of loads

        LIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Determination of Youngrsquos modulus of steel 2 Determination of fracture strength and fracture pattern of ductile and brittlematerials3 Determination of forces in statically indeterminate force system4 Deflection of beams with various end conditions5 Verification of Maxwellrsquos Reciprocal theorem 6 Verification of principle of superposition7 Column ndash Testing8 South ndash wellrsquos plot9 Shear Failure of Bolted and Rivetted Joints10 Non-Destructive Testing Procedures

        TOTAL 40 PERIODS

        19

        Sub Code AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

        OBJECTIVETo familiarize the students in basic aerodynamics and use of wind tunnelsLIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Study of lift and tip vortices2 Flow visualization in water flow channel3 Flow visualization in smoke tunnel4 Plot of RPM Vs test section velocity in a subsonic wind tunnel5 Pressure distribution over circular cylinder6 Pressure distribution over a rough circular cylinder7 Pressure distribution over a symmetric aerofoil8 Pressure distribution over a cambered aerofoil9 Estimation of CL and CD of airfoil10 Force measurement using wind tunnel balance of airfoil

        TOTAL 40 PERIODS

        20

        Sub Code MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY L T P C

        0 0 3 2LIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 LATHE11 Facing plain turning and step turning12 Taper turning using compound rest13 Taper turning using taper turning attachment14 Single start V thread cutting and knurling15 Boring and internal thread cutting2 SHAPER AND SLOTTER21 Machining a V- block (in a Shaper)22 Machining hexagonal shape (in a Shaper)23 Machining internal key-way (in a slotter)413 DRILLING31 Drilling 4 or 6 holes at a given pitch circle on a plate32 Drilling reaming and tapping4 MILLING41 Plain Milling Exercise42 Gear Milling Exercise5 GRINDINGCylindrical Grinding Exercise

        TOTAL 40 PERIODS

        21

        SEMESTER V

        Code No Course Title L T P C

        THEORY

        Aircraft Structures ndash II 3 0 0 3Aerodynamics ndash II 3 0 0 3Propulsion ndash II 3 0 0 3Aircraft Performance 3 0 0 3Control Engineering 3 0 0 3Experimental Stress Analysis 3 0 0 3

        PRACTICAL

        Aircraft Structures Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2CADCAM Lab 0 0 3 2Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness Lab 0 0 3 2

        22

        SEMESTER V

        AE2302 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES ndash II L T P C3 1 0 4

        OBJECTIVETo study the behaviour of various aircraft structural components under different types ofloadsModule ndash I (15 hours) UNSYMMETRICAL BENDING General Principal axis and neutral axis methods- bending stresses in beams of symmetric sections with skew loads- bending stresses in beams of unsymmetrical sections

        SHEAR FLOW IN OPEN SECTIONS Thin walled beams Concept of shear flow shear centre Elastic axis With one axis ofsymmetry with wall effective and ineffective in bending unsymmetrical beam sections

        Module ndash II (14 hours)SHEAR FLOW IN CLOSED SECTIONS Bredt ndash Batho formula Single and multi ndash cell structures- Shear flow in single amp multicellstructures under torsion Shear flow in single and multicell under bending with wallseffective and ineffective

        V-N DIAGRAMLoads on aircraft ndashlift distribution-V-n diagram-Gust loads

        Module ndash III (11 hours)BUCKLING OF PLATES Rectangular sheets under compression local buckling stress of thin walled section-Crippling stresses by Needhamrsquos and Gerardrsquos methods Thin walled column strengthsheet stiffener panels-Effective width

        STRESS ANALYSIS IN WING AND FUSELAGEShear resistant web beams-Tension field web beams(Wagnerrsquos) ndash Shear and bendingmoment distribution for cantilever and semi-cantilever types of beams

        TEXT BOOKS1 Peery DJ and Azar JJ ldquoAircraft Structuresrdquo 2nd edition McGrawndashHill NY 20072 Megson TMG ldquoAircraft Structures for Engineering Studentsrdquo Edward Arnold 2007REFERENCES1 Bruhn EH ldquoAnalysis and Design of Flight vehicles Structuresrdquo Tri ndash state off setcompany USA 19852 Rivello RM ldquoTheory and Analysis of Flight Structuresrdquo McGraw-Hill 1993

        23

        Sub Code AERODYNAMICS ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

        OBJECTIVETo understand the behaviour of airflow both internal and external in compressible flowregime with particular emphasis on supersonic flowsModule ndash I (10 hours)ONE DIMENSIONAL COMPRESSIBLE FLOW Energy Momentum continuity and state equations velocity of sound adiabatic steadystate flow equations Flow through convergent- divergent passage Performance undervarious back pressures

        Module ndash II (16 hours)NORMAL OBLIQUE SHOCKS Prandtl equation and Rankine ndash Hugonoit relation Normal shock equations Pitot statictube corrections for subsonic and supersonic flows Oblique shocks and correspondingequations Hodograph and pressure turning angle shock polar flow past wedges andconcave corners strong weak and detached shocks

        EXPANSION WAVES RAYLEIGH AND FANNO FLOW Flow past convex corners Expansion hodograph Reflection and interaction of shocks and expansion waves Method of Characteristics Two dimensional supersonic nozzlecontours

        Module ndash III (14 hours)SUPERSONIC AND TRANSONIC FLOW Rayleigh and Fanno Flow Lift drag pitching moment and center of pressure of supersonic profiles Lower and upper critical Mach numbers Lift and drag divergence shock induced separation Characteristics of swept wings Effects of thickness camber and aspect ratio of wings Transonic area rule

        TEXT BOOK1 Rathakrishnan E ldquoGas Dynamicsrdquo Prentice Hall of India 2003REFERENCES1 Shapiro AH ldquoDynamics and Thermodynamics of Compressible Fluid Flowrdquo RonaldPress 19822 Zucrow MJ and Anderson JD ldquoElements of gas dynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book CoNew York 19893 Anderson Jr D ndash ldquoModern compressible flowsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co New York

        1999

        24

        Sub Code PROPULSION ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

        OBJECTIVETo study in detail about gas turbines ramjet fundamentals of rocket propulsion andchemical rocketsModule ndash I (10 hours) AIRCRAFT GAS TURBINES 12Impulse and reaction blading of gas turbines ndash Velocity triangles and power output ndash Elementary theory ndash Vortex theory ndash Choice of blade profile pitch and chord ndash stimationof stage performance ndash Limiting factors in gas turbine design- Overall turbine performance ndash Methods of blade cooling ndash Matching of turbine and compressor Module ndash II (15 hours)RAMJET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Sub critical critical and supercritical operation ndash Combustion in ramjet engine ndash Ramjet performance ndash Simple ramjet design calculations ndash Introduction to scramjet

        FUNDAMENTALS OF ROCKET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Specific impulse of a rocket ndash internal ballistics- Rocket nozzleclassification ndash Rocket performance considerations

        Module ndash III (15 hours)CHEMICAL ROCKETS Solid propellant rockets ndash Selection criteria of solid propellants ndash Important hardware components of solid rockets ndash Propellant grain design considerations ndash Liquid propellantrockets ndash Selection of liquid propellants Cooling in liquid rockets ndash Hybrid rockets

        ADVANCED PROPULSION TECHNIQUES Electric rocket propulsion ndash Ion propulsion techniques ndash Nuclear rocket ndash Types ndash Solarsail- Preliminary Concepts in nozzleless propulsion TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York 5th

        Edn 19932 Hill PG amp Peterson CR ldquoMechanics amp Thermodynamics of Propulsionrdquo Addison ndashWesley Longman INC 1999REFERENCES1 Cohen H Rogers GFC and Saravanamuttoo HIH ldquoGas Turbine TheoryrdquoLongman Co ELBS Ed 19892 Gorden CV ldquoAero thermodynamics of Gas Turbine and Rocket Propulsionrdquo AIAAEducation Series New York 19893 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 1988

        25

        Sub Code AIRCRAFT PERFORMANCE L T P C3 0 0 3

        OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the performance of airplanes under various flightconditions like take off cruise landing climbing gliding turning etcModule ndash I (13 hours)GENERAL CONCEPTSInternational Standard atmosphere IAS EAS TAS Propeller theory- Froude momentum and blade element theories Propeller co-efficients Use of propeller charts Performance of fixed and variable pitch propellers High lift devices Thrust augmentation

        DRAG OF BODIESStreamlined and bluff body Types of drag Effect of Reynoldrsquos number on skin friction and pressure drag Drag reduction of airplanes Dragpolar Effect of Mach number on drag polar

        Module ndash II (11 hours)STEADY LEVEL FLIGHTSteady level flight Thrust required and Power required Thrust available and Power available for propeller driven and jet powered aircraft Effect of altitude maximum level flight speed conditions for minimum drag and minimum power required Effect of drag divergence on maximum velocity Range and Endurance of Propeller and Jet airplanes

        Module ndash III (16 hours)GLIDING AND CLIMBING FLIGHTShallow and steep angles of climb Rate of climb Climb hodograph Maximum Climb angle and Maximum Rate of climb- Effect of design parameters for propeller Absolute and service ceiling Gliding flight Glide hodograph

        ACCELERATD FLIGHT Estimation of take-off and landing distances Methods of reducing landing distance level turn minimum turn radius bank angle and load factor Constraints on load factor Pull up and pull down maneuvers maximum turn rate V-n diagram

        TEXT BOOKS1 HoughtonEL and Carruthers NB Aerodynamics for engineering studentsEdward Amold Publishers 19882 Anderson Jr JD Aircraft Performance and Design McGraw-Hill InternationalEdition 1999REFERENCES1 Kuethe AM and Chow CY Foundations of Aerodynamics John Wiley amp Sons19822 JJBertin Aerodynamics for Engineers Prentice-Hall 19883 LJ Clancey Aerodynamics Pitman 19864 Anderson Jr JD Introduction to Flight McGraw-Hill International Edition 1999

        26

        Sub Code CONTROL ENGINEERING L T P C3 0 0 3

        OBJECTIVETo understand the basic concepts of flight control systemModule ndash I (11 hours) INTRODUCTIONHistorical review - Simple pneumatic hydraulic and thermal systems Series and parallelsystems Analogies - Mechanical and electrical components Development of flight control systems OPEN AND CLOSED LOOP SYSTEMSFeedback control systems ndash Block diagram representation of control systems Reductionof block diagrams Output to input ratios Signal flow graph

        Module ndash II (15 hours)CHARACTERISTIC EQUATION AND FUNCTIONS Lap lace transformation Response of systems to different inputs viz Step input impulse ramp parabolic and sinusoidal inputs Time response of first and second order systems steady state errors and error constants of unity feedback circuit

        SAMPLED DATA SYSTEMS Introduction to digital control system Digital Controllers and Digital PID Controllers

        Module ndash III (14 hours)CONCEPT OF STABILITYNecessary and sufficient conditions Routh ndash Hurwitz criteria of stability Root locus andBode techniques Concept and construction frequency response

        TOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Ogato ldquoModern Control Engineeringrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19982 GopalM ldquoControl Systems Principles and designrdquo ndash Tata McGraw-Hill PublicationNew Delhi 2000REFERENCES1 Azzo JJD and CH Houpis ldquoFeed back control system analysis and synthesisrdquoMcGraw ndash Hill International 3rd Edition 19982 Kuo BC ldquoAutomatic control systemsrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19983 Houpis CH and Lamont GB ldquoDigital Control Systemsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co NewYork USA 19954 Naresh K Sinha ldquoControl Systemsrdquo New Age International Publishers New Delhi

        27

        Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS L T P C3 0 0 3

        OBJECTIVETo bring awareness on experimental method of finding the response of the structure todifferent types of loadModule ndash I (15 hours) MEASUREMENTS amp EXTENSOMETER Principles of measurements Accuracy Sensitivity and range of measurements Mechanical Optical Acoustical and Electrical extensometers and their uses Advantagesand disadvantages

        ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE STRAIN GAUGES Principle of operation and requirements Types and their uses Materials for strain gauge Calibration and temperature compensation cross sensitivity Rosette analysis Wheastone bridge for static and dynamic strain measurements strain indicators

        Module ndash II (14 hours)PHOTOELASTICITY Two dimensional photo elasticity Concept of light ndash photoelastic effects stress optic lawInterpretation of fringe pattern Compensation and separation techniques Photo elasticmaterials Introduction to three dimensional photo elasticity

        Module ndash III (11 hours)BRITTLE COATING AND MOIRE METHODSIntroduction to Moire techniques brittle coating methods and holography NON ndash DESTRUCTIVE TESTINGFundamentals of NDT Radiography ultrasonic magnetic particle inspection Fluorescent penetrant technique Eddy current testing Acoustic Emission Technique

        TEXT BOOKS1 Srinath LS Raghava MR Lingaiah K Garagesha G Pant B andRamachandra K ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill New Delhi 1984REFERENCES1 Dally JW and Riley WF ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo McGraw-Hill Inc NewYork 2005 IV edition2 Hetyenyi M ldquoHand book of Experimental Stress Analysisrdquo John Wiley and Sons IncNew York 19723 Pollock AA ldquoAcoustic Emission in Acoustics and Vibration Progressrdquo Ed StephensRWB Chapman and Hall 1993

        28

        Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndash II 0 0 3 100

        OBJECTIVE

        To experimentally study the unsymmetrical bending of beams find the location of shear centre obtain the stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques calibration of photo ndash elastic materials and study on vibration of beams

        LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

        1 Unsymmetrical bending of beams2 Shear centre location for open sections3 Shear centre location for closed sections4 Constant strength beam5 Flexibility matrix for cantilever beam6 Beam with combined loading7 Calibration of Photo- elastic materials8 Stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques9 Vibrations of beams10 Wagner beam ndash Tension field beam

        TOTAL 45

        29

        Sub Code CAD CAM LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

        OBJECTIVETo teach and train the students in the lab about the design and drafting of aerocomponents LIST OF EXPERIMENTSDesign and Modeling of rectangular plate with holeDesign and Modeling of spar componentsDesign and Modeling of Aerofoil structuresDesign and Modeling of cut section for wingsDesign and Modeling of Machine componentDesign and Modeling of Machine componentsDesign and Analysis of a TrussDesign and Analysis of Beam distributed loadDesign of Landing gearFacingTurning(Taper Step)

        TOTAL 40 PERIODS

        30

        HSSM7203 Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness LabLab 30 hoursThis course will focus on communication in professional (work-related) situations of the kind thatBPUT graduates may expect to encounter on entering the professional domainSome typical forms of work-related communication oral or written are listed below Practiceactivities for all four skills can be designed around these or similar situations1 Gaining entry into an organizationi Preparing job-applications and CVsii Facing an interviewiii Participating in group discussion (as part of the recruitmentprocess)2 In-house communicationa Superior Senior 1048782 subordinate junior (individual 1048782 individual group)i Welcoming new entrants to the organization introducing the workplace cultureetcii Briefing subordinates juniors explaining duties and responsibilities etcii Motivating subordinates juniors (lsquopep talkrsquo)iii Instructing directing subordinates juniorsiv Expressing recording appreciation praising rewarding a subordinate or juniorv Reprimanding correcting disciplining a subordinatejunior (for a lapse) askingfor an explanation etcb Subordinate Junior 1048782 Superior Seniori Responding to the aboveii Reporting problems difficulties deficienciesiii Offering suggestions

        31

        SEMESTER VI

        Code No Course Title L T P C

        THEORYHSSM3301 Principles of Management 3 0 0 3

        Finite Element Method 3 0 0 3Aircraft Stability and Control 3 0 0 3Wind Tunnel Techniques 3 0 0 3High Temperature Materials 3 0 0 3

        E1 Elective ndash I 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

        Aero Engine Laboratory 0 0 3 2Aircraft Design Project - I 0 0 3 2Aerodynamics Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2

        32

        SEMESTER VI

        HSSM3301 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (3-0-0)

        Module I Functions of Management Concept of Management Management as an Art or Science The Process of Management Managerial Skills Good Managers are Born not Made Management is concerned with Ideas Things and People How a Manager Induces Workers to Put in Their Best Levels and Types of Management Evolution of Management Thought Managerial Environment The process of Management-Planning Organizing Directing Staffing Controlling

        Module II Marketing Function of Management Modern Concept of Marketing The Functional Classification of Marketing Functions of a Marketing Management Marketing Mix Fundamental Needs of Customers The Role of Distribution channels in Marketing Advertising Marketing Consumerism and Environmentalism

        Module III Financial Function amp HRM Functions Financial Functions Concept of Financial Management Project Appraisal Tools of Financial decisions making Overview of Working Capital HRM Function of Management Human Resource Management Human Resource Development Importance of HRM Overview of Job Analysis Job Description Job Specification Labour Turnover Manpower Planning Recruitment Selection Induction Training and Development Placement Wage and Salary Administration Performance Appraisal Grievance Handling Welfare Aspects

        Reference Books 1 Business Organization amp Management CR Basu TMH 2 Business Organization amp Management Tulsia Pandey Pearson 3 Marketing Management Kotler Keller Koshi Jha Pearson 4 Financial Management IM Pandey Vikas 5 Human Resource Management Aswasthapa TMH 6 Modern Business Organisation amp Management by Sherlekar Himalaya Publishing House

        33

        Sub Code FINITE ELEMENT METHOD L T P C3 0 0 3

        OBJECTIVETo introduce the concept of numerical analysis of structural componentsModule ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION Review of basic approximate methods of analyses ndash Stiffness and Flexibility matrix forsimple cases ndash Governing equation and convergence criteria of finite element method

        DISCRETE ELEMENTS Bar Frame beam elements ndash Application to static dynamic analysis

        Module ndash II (10 hours)

        CONTINUUM ELEMENTS Various types of 2-D-elements Application to plane stress plane strain and axisymmetricproblems Module ndash III (16 hours)ISOPARAMETRIC ELEMENTS Applications to two and three-dimensional problems(four eight and nine nodded element) Numerical Integration

        FIELD PROBLEMApplications to other field problems like heat transfer and fluid flow

        TEXT BOOK1 TirupathiRC and Ashok DB ldquoIntroduction to Finite Elements in EngineeringrdquoPrentice Hall India Third Edition 2003REFERENCES1 Reddy JN ldquoAn Introduction to Finite Element Methodrdquo McGraw-Hill 20002 Krishnamurthy CS ldquoFinite Element Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill 20003 Bathe KJ and Wilson EL ldquoNumerical Methods in Finite Elements AnalysisrdquoPrentice Hall of India 1985

        34

        Sub Code AIRCRAFT STABILITY amp CONTROL L T P C3 1 0 4

        OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the concepts of stable and nonstable configurationof airplanes To introduce the concepts of control of airplanes under variousoperating conditions

        Module ndash I (13 hours)STATIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY AND CONTROL 15General concepts-Degrees of freedom of a rigid body Static and dynamic stability Need for stability in an airplane inherently and marginally stable airplanes Stability and Controllability Requirements of control surfaces criteria for longitudinal static stability contribution to stability by wing tail fuselage wing fuselage combination Total longitudinal stability Neutral point-Stick fixed and Stick free aspects Free elevator factor static margin Hinge moment Power effects on stability-propeller and jet aircrafts longitudinal control Movement of centre of gravity elevator control effectiveness elevator control power elevator angle to trim elevator angle per g maneuver point Stick force gradient and stick force per g Aerodynamic balancing

        Module ndash II (15 hours) STATIC DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND CONTROL Directional stability-yaw and sideslip Criterion of directional stability contribution to static directional stability by wing fuselage tail Power effects on directional stabilitypropeller and jet aircrafts Rudder lock and Dorsal fin Directional control rudder control effectiveness rudder requirements adverse yaw asymmetric power condition spin recovery

        STATIC LATERAL STABILTY AND CONTROL Lateral stability-Dihedral effect criterion for lateral stability evaluation of lateral stability-contribution of fuselage wing wing fuselage tail total static lateral stability lateral control aileron reversal aileron reversal speed

        Module ndash III (12 hours) DYNAMIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY Aircraft Equations of motion small disturbance theory Estimation of longitudinal stability derivatives stability derivatives solving the stability quartic Phugoid motion

        DYNAMIC LATERAL AND DIRECTIONAL STABILITY Dutch roll and spiral instability Auto rotation and spin

        TEXT BOOKS1 Perkins CD amp Hage RE Airplane performance stability and control John Wileyamp Sons 19762 Nelson RC Flight Stability amp Automatic Control McGraw Hill 1998REFERENCES1 McCormick BW Aerodynamics Aeronautics amp Flight Mechanics John Wiley19952 Babister AW Aircraft Stability and response Pergamon Press 19803 Etkin B Dynamics of Flight Stability and Control John Wiley New York 19824 Pamadi BN Performnce Stability Dynamics and Control of Airplanes AIAA Education Series 2004

        35

        Sub Code WIND TUNNEL TECHNIQUES L T P C3 0 0 3

        OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of measurement of forces and moments on models during the wind tunnel testing

        Module ndash I (10 hours)WIND TUNNELSClassification ndashnon-dimensional numbers-types of similarities - Layout of open circuit and closed circuit subsonic wind tunnels ndash design parameters-energy ratio - HP calculationsCalibration

        Module ndash II (15 hours) HIGH SPEED WIND TUNNELSBlow down in draft and induction tunnel layouts and their design features Transonic supersonic and hypersonic tunnels their peculiarities and calibration Helium and gun tunnels Shock tubes

        FLOW VISUALIZATIONSmoke and Tuft grid techniques ndash Dye injection special techniques ndash Optical methods offlow visualization

        Module ndash II (15 hours)WIND TUNNEL MEASUREMENTSPressurevelocity and temperature measurements ndash Force measurements ndash types of balances-Three component and six component balances ndash calibration of measuring instruments

        NON-INTRUSIVE FLOW DIAGNOSTICSLaser ndash Doppler anemometry Particle image velocimetry Laser induced fluorescence TEXT BOOK1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow Speed Wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley Publication1984REFERENCE1 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh Speed wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley 1985

        36

        Sub Code HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS L T P C3 0 0 3

        OBJECTIVETo learn damage mechanism and failure of components of elavated temperatures

        Module ndash I (15 hours)CREEPFactors influencing functional life of components at elevated temperatures definition of creep curve various stages of creep metallurgical factors influencing various stages effect of stress temperatures and strain rate

        Design of transient creep time hardening strain hardening expressions of rupture life ofcreep ductile and brittle materials Monkman-Grant relationship

        Module ndash II (13 hours)FRACTURE AND OXIDATIONVarious types of fracture brittle to ductile from low temperature to high temperature cleavage fracture due to micro void coalescence ndash diffusion controlled void growth fracture maps for different alloys and oxidesOxidation Pilling Bedworth ratio kinetic laws of oxidation ndash defect structure and control of Oxidation by alloy additions

        Module ndash III (12 hours)HOT CORROSION SUPER ALLOYS AND OTHER MATERIALHot gas corrosion deposit modified hot gas corrosion fluxing mechanisms effect of alloying elements on hot corrosion interaction of hot corrosion and creep methods of combat hot corrosion

        Iron base Nickel base abd Cobalt base super alloys composition control solid solution strengthening precipitation hardening by gamma prime grain boundary strengthening TCP phase embrittlement solidfication of single crystals Intermetallics high temperature ceramics

        TEXT BOOKS1 Raj R ldquoFlow and Fracture at Elevated TemperaturesrdquoAmerican Society for MetalsUSA 19852 Hertzberg RW ldquoDeformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering materialsrdquo 4th

        Edition John Wiley USA 19963 Courtney T H ldquoMechanical Behaviour of MaterialsrdquoMcGraw-Hill USA 1990REFERENCES1 Boyle JT Spencer J ldquoStress Analysis for Creeprdquo Butterworths UK 19832 BressersJ ldquoCreep and Fatigue in High Temperature Alloysrdquo Applied Science 19813 McLean D ldquoDirectionally Solidified Materials for High Temperature ServicerdquoThe Metals Society USA 1985

        37

        AE2355 AERO ENGINE LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

        OBJECTIVETo introduce the knowledge of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines1 Study of free convective heat transfer over a flat plate2 Engine (Piston Engine) - cleaning visual inspection NDT checks3 Piston Engine Components - dimensional checks4 Velocity profiles of free jets5 Velocity profiles of wall jets6 Combustion Studies in a model jet engine combustor7 Jet Engine ndash identification of components amp defects8 Jet Engine ndash NDT checks and dimensional checks9 Study of hybrid rocket propulsion system10 Engine starting procedures11 Study of ramjet12 Burn rate measurements of solid propellants

        TOTAL 45 PERIODS

        38

        Sub code AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash I L T P C0 0 3 2

        OBJECTIVETo introduce and develop the basic concept of aircraft designEach student is assigned the design of an Airplane (or Helicopter or any other flightvehicle) for given preliminary specifications The following are the assignments to becarried outEXPERIMENTS1 Comparative configuration study of different types of airplanes2 Comparative study on specification and performance details of aircraft3 Preparation of comparative data sheets4 Work sheet layout procedures5 Comparative graphs preparation and selection of main parameters for the design6 Preliminary weight estimations selection of main parameters7 Power plant selection Aerofoil selection Wing tail and control surfaces8 Preparation of layouts of balance diagram and three view drawings9 Drag estimation10 Detailed performance calculations and stability estimates

        TOTAL 45 PERIODS

        AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY- II

        1 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of symmetric aerofoil section2 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of cambered aerofoil section3 Pressure distribution over a Nose cone model4 Determination of Base drag of a missile model5 Determination of profile drag of bodies by wake survey method6 Study of flow field over a backward facing step7 Pressure distribution over a water tank model for various wind speeds8 Velocity profiles for different simulated terrains9 Calibration of Supersonic Wind Tunnel10 Flow visualization studies in supersonic flows

        TOTAL 45 PERIODS

        39

        40

        SEMESTER VII

        Code No Course Title L T P C

        THEORY

        PCME4404 Production and Operation Management 3 0 0 3Avionics 3 0 0 3Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 0 3Vibrations And Elements of Aeroelasticity 3 0 0 3

        E2 Elective ndash II 3 0 0 3E3 Elective ndash III 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

        Aircraft Design Project ndash II 0 0 3 2Aircraft Systems Lab 0 0 3 2Project Work and Seminar 0 0 3 3

        41

        SEMESTER VII

        PCME4404 Production and Operation Management L T P C

        Objective The course aims at acquainting all engineering graduates irrespective of theirspecializations the basic issues and tools of managing production and operations functionsof an organizationModule I1 Operations Function in an Organization Manufacturing Vrs Service Operations Systemview of Operations Strategic Role of Operations Operations Strategies for CompetitiveAdvantage Operations Quality and Productivity Focus Meeting Global Challenges ofProduction and Operations Imperatives (3 Hours)2 Designing Products Services and Processes New Product Design- Product Life CycleProduct Development Process Process Technology Project Jobshop Batch AssemblyLine Continuous Manufacturing Process Technology Life Cycle Process TechnologyTrends FMS CIM CAD CAM Design for Services Services Process Technology(4 Hours)3 Work Study Methods Study- Techniques of Analysis recording improvement andstandardization Work Measurement Work Measurement Principles using Stopwatch TimeStudy Predetermined Motion Time Standards and Work Sampling Standard TimeEstimation (4 Hours)Module II4 Location and Layout Planning Factor Influencing Plant and Warehouse LocationsImpact of Location on cost and revenues Facility Location Procedure and Models Qualitative Models Breakeven Analysis location Model centroid methodLayout Planning Layout Types Process Layout Product Layout Fixed Position LayoutPlanning block diagramming line balancing computerized layout planning- overviewGroup Technology (4 Hours)5 Forecasting Principles and Method Moving Average weighted Moving AverageExponential Smoothing Winterrsquos Method for Seasonal Demand Forecasting Error(4 Hours)6 Manufacturing Planning and Control The Framework and Components AggregatePlanning Master Production Scheduling Rough-cut-Capacity Planning MaterialRequirements Planning Capacity Requirements Planning (5 Hours)Module III7 Sequencing and Scheduling Single Machine Sequencing Basics and PerformanceEvaluation Criteria Methods for Minimizing Mean Flow Time Parallel Machines Minimization of Makespan Flowshop sequencing 2 and 3 machines cases JohnsonrsquosRule and Jobshop Scheduling Priority dispatching Rules (3 Hours)8 Inventory Control Relevant Costs Basic EOQ Model Model with Quantity discountEconomic Batch Quantity Periodic and Continuous Review Systems Safety Stock ReorderPoint and Order Quantity Calculations ABC Analysis (4 Hours)9 Modern Trends in Manufacturing Just in Time (JIT) System Shop Floor Control ByKanbans Total Quality Management Total Productive Maintenance ISO 9000 QualityCircle Kaizen Poka Yoke Supply Chain Management (4 Hours)Reference Book1 SNChary ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 R Paneerselvam ldquoProduction and Operations Management Prentice Hall of India3 Aswathappa amp Bhatt ndash Production amp Operations Management HPH4 Gaither amp Frazier - Operations Management Cengage Publication5 Russell amp Taylor - Operations Management PHI Publication6 Chase Aquilanno Jacob amp Agarwal - Operations Management TMH Publication7 EE Adam and RJ Ebert ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India

        42

        Sub Code AVIONICS L T P C3 0 0 3

        OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of navigation amp communication systems of aircraft

        Module ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems ndash Integrated Avionicssystem ndash Typical avionics sub systems ndash Design approaches and recent advances -Application Technologies

        PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS Digital Computers ndash Digital number system- number systems and codes-Fundamentals of logic and combinational logic circuits ndashDigital arithmetic ndash interfacing with analoguesystems

        Module ndash II (11 hours)Basic of Microprocessors and application Microprocessors ndash Memories- Microprocessors real time application related to aircraft

        DIGITAL AVIONICS ARCHITECTURE Avionics system architecturendash salient features and applications of Data buses MILndashSTD1553 BndashARINC 429ndashARINC 629

        Module ndash III (15 hours)

        FLIGHT DECK AND COCKPITSControl and display technologies CRT LCD - Touch screen - Direct voice input (DVI) - Civil cockpit and military cockpit MFDS HUD MFK HOTAS AVIONICS SYSTEMS Communication Systems - Navigation systems - Flight control systems - Radar electronic warfare - Utility systems Reliability and maintainability - Certification TEXT BOOKS1 Malcrno AP and Leach DP ldquoDigital Principles and Applicationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill19902 Gaonkar RS ldquoMicroprocessors Architecture ndash Programming and Applicationrdquo Wileyand Sons Ltd New Delhi 1990REFERENCES1 Middleton DH Ed ldquoAvionics Systems Longman Scientific and Technicalrdquo LongmanGroup UK Ltd England 19892 Spitzer CR ldquoDigital Avionic Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ USA19873 Brain Kendal ldquoManual of Avionicsrdquo The English Book House 3rd Edition New Delhi19934 Nagaraja ldquoNavigation systemrdquo5 J Powell ldquoAircraft Radio Systemrdquo

        43

        Sub Code COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

        OBJECTIVETo study the flow of dynamic fluids by computational methods

        Module-I (10 hours) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows Mathematical properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations - Well posed problems - discretization of partial Differential Equations Explicit finite difference methods of subsonic supersonic and viscous flows

        Module-II (15 hours)

        DISCRETIZATION Boundary layer Equations and methods of solution -Implicit time dependent methods forinviscid and viscous compressible flows - Concept of numerical dissipation --Stabilityproperties of explicit and implicit methods - Conservative upwind discretization forHyperbolic systems - Further advantages of upwind differencing GRID GENERATION Structured grids Types and transformations Generation of structured grids Unstructured grids Delany triangulation

        Module-III (15 hours)

        FINITE VOLUME TECHNIQUESFinite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping -Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy - Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques ndash Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives Flux ndash splitting schemes Pressure correction solvers ndash SIMPLE PESO Vorticity transport formulation Implicitsemi-implicit schemes

        TEXT BOOK1 Fletcher CAJ ldquoComputational Techniques for Fluid Dynamicsrdquo Vols I and IISpringer - Verlag Berlin 1988REFERENCES1 John F Wendt (Editor) ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics - An Introductionrdquo Springer ndashVerlag Berlin 19922 Charles Hirsch ldquoNumerical Computation of Internal and External Flowsrdquo Vols I and IIJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 19883 Klaus A Hoffmann and Steve T Chiang ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics forEngineersrdquo Vols I amp II Engineering Education System PO Box 20078 W WichitaKS 67208 - 1078 USA 19934 Anderson JrD ldquoFundamentals of Aerodynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill 2000

        44

        AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

        OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

        Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

        SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

        Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

        Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

        ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

        45

        AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

        OBJECTIVE

        To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

        Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

        LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

        1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

        TOTAL 60

        AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

        OBJECTIVE

        To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

        LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

        1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

        TOTAL 60

        46

        SEMESTER VIII

        Code No Course Title L T P C

        THEORY

        Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

        Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

        47

        Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

        OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

        Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

        METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

        Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

        Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

        FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

        REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

        48

        Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

        OBJECTIVE

        The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

        PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

        OBJECTIVE

        The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

        The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

        Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

        OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

        LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

        1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

        composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

        fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

        49

        1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

        SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

        Code No Course Title L T P C

        Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

        Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

        SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

        Code No Course Title L T P C

        Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

        ELECTIVESndash III

        Code No Course Title L T P C

        Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

        SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

        Code No Course Title L T P C

        Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

        ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

        Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

        50

        Elective Subjects

        Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

        OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

        BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

        Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

        Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

        TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

        TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

        51

        Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

        OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

        Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

        UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

        52

        AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

        OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

        Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

        Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

        MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

        Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

        AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

        TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

        53

        Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

        3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

        Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

        Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

        RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

        Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

        HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

        54

        Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

        OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

        Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

        IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

        Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

        Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

        55

        Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

        OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

        Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

        STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

        Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

        Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

        56

        Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

        Module-I (15hours)

        FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

        COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

        Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

        Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

        COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

        57

        Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

        OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

        Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

        BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

        Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

        BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

        Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

        58

        Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

        OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

        Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

        Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

        Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

        Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

        TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

        59

        Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

        OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

        Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

        PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

        Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

        PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

        Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

        Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

        60

        Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

        Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

        EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

        Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

        Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

        SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

        61

        AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

        OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

        Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

        Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

        AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

        Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

        TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

        62

        Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

        OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

        Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

        VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

        INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

        63

        Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

        OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

        Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

        MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

        Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

        PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

        Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

        64

        Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

        OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

        65

        Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

        Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

        CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

        Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

        CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

        Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

        66

        • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
        • Course Title
          • THEORY
          • SEMESTER III
          • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
          • (for a batch of 30 students)
          • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
          • (for a batch of 30 students)
            • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
            • (for a batch of 30 students)
                • Course Title
                  • THEORY
                  • PRACTICAL
                  • SEMESTER V
                    • Course Title
                      • THEORY
                      • PRACTICAL
                      • SEMESTER VI
                        • Course Title
                          • THEORY
                          • PRACTICAL
                          • SEMESTER VI
                            • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                              • SEMESTER VII
                                • Course Title
                                  • THEORY
                                  • PRACTICAL
                                  • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                    • TOTAL 60
                                    • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                    • TOTAL 60
                                      • SEMESTER VIII
                                        • Course Title
                                          • THEORY
                                          • PRACTICAL
                                          • Co New York 1989
                                          • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                          • OBJECTIVE
                                          • PROJECT WORK
                                            • OBJECTIVE
                                              • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                  • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                    • Course Title
                                                    • Course Title
                                                    • Course Title
                                                    • Course Title
                                                    • Course Title
                                                      • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

          PCAE1203 AERO ENGINEERING THERMODYNAMICS

          OBJECTIVETo give a brief background of application of various laws of thermodynamics and itsapplication in heat transfer refrigeration and air-conditioning jet propulsion system

          Module I (13)Review of First and Second lawsFirst law analysis of unsteady flow control volumes Entropy generation Reversible work Availability andIrreversibilityGeneral Thermodynamic property relationsThe Maxwell relations The Clapeyron equation The TdS relations Isothermal compressibility and volumeexpansivity The Joule-Thomson coefficientClassification and working principle of compressors (Descriptive Treatment) Isothermaland Isentropic efficiency of air compressors

          Module II (12)Otto Diesel Dual combustion and Brayton combustion cycles ndash Air standard efficiency -Mean effective pressure ndash Actual and theoretical PV diagrams of two stroke and fourstroke IC Engines- Rankine cycle

          Module III (15)Application of continuity momentum and energy equations- Isentropicflow of ideal gases through nozzles - Simple jet propulsion system - Thrust rocket motor ndashSpecific impulsePrinciples of refrigeration Air conditioning - Heat pumps - Vapour compression - Vapourabsorption types - Coefficient of performance Properties of refrigerants

          TEXT BOOKS1 Rathakrishnan E ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamicsrdquo Prentice ndash HallIndia 20002 Nag PK ldquoEngineering Thermodynamicsrdquo Tata McGraw-Hills Co Ltd SeventhEdn 19933 Yunus ACengal ldquoThermodynamics an Engineering Approachrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill CoLtd 3rd Edition 2002REFERENCES1 Mayhew A and Rogers B ldquoEngineering Thermodynamicsrdquo Longman Green amp CoLtd London ELBS Edition 19902 Van Wylen GJ and Sonntag RE ldquoFundamentals of Classical Thermodynamics(SIVersion)rdquo Second Edition 19863 Bacon DH ldquoEngineering Thermodynamicsrdquo Butterworth amp Co London 19894 Saad MA ldquoThermodynamics for Engineersrdquo Prentice-Hall of India Pvt Ltd 19895 Reynolds ldquoThermodynamicsrdquo Int Student Edn McGraw-Hill Book Co Ltd 1990

          5

          PCAE1201 MECHANICS OF MACHINES L T P C(Common to Automobile and Aeronautical) 3 1 0 4

          OBJECTIVETo expose the students the different mechanisms their method of working Forcesinvolved and consequent vibration during working

          MODULE-I (15 Lectures)MECHANISMS Machine Structure ndash Kinematic link pair and chain ndash Grueblers criteria ndash Constrained motion ndash Degrees of freedom - Slider crank and crank rocker mechanisms ndash Inversions ndashApplications ndash Kinematic analysis of simple mechanisms ndash Determination of velocity and acceleration

          FRICTION Friction in screw and nut ndash Belt (flat and V) and rope drives Ratio of tensions ndash Effect of centrifugal and initial tension ndash Condition for maximum power transmission ndash Open and crossed belt drive

          MODULE-II (10 Lectures) GEARING AND CAMS Gear profile and geometry ndash Nomenclature of spur and helical gears ndash Gear trains Simple compound gear trains and epicylic gear trains - Determination of speed and torque - Cams ndash Types of cams ndash Design of profiles ndash Knife edged flat faced and roller ended followers with and without offsets for various types of follower motions

          MODULE-III (15 Lectures)UNIT IV BALANCING Static and dynamic balancing ndash Single and several masses in different planes ndashndash Single and multi cylinder engines (Inline) ndash Balancing of radial V engine ndash direct and reverse crank method

          UNIT V VIBRATION Free forced and damped vibrations of single degree of freedom systems ndash Force transmitted to supports ndash Vibration isolation ndash Vibration absorption ndash Torsional vibration of shaft

          TEXT BOOKS1 RattanSS ldquoTheory of Machinesrdquo Tata McGrawndashHill Publishing Co New Delhi20042 BallaneyPL ldquoTheory of Machinesrdquo Khanna Publishers New Delhi 2002 REFERENCES1 Rao JS and Dukkipati RV ldquoMechanism and Machine Theoryrdquo Second Edition WileyEastern Ltd 19922 Malhotra DR and Gupta HC ldquoThe Theory of Machinesrdquo Satya Prakasam TechIndia Publications 19893 Gosh A and Mallick AK ldquoTheory of Machines and Mechanismsrdquo Affiliated EastWest Press 19894 Shigley JE and Uicker JJ ldquoTheory of Machines and Mechanismsrdquo McGraw-Hill19805 Burton Paul ldquoKinematics and Dynamic of Planer Machineryrdquo Prentice Hall 1979

          6

          PCAE1205 ELEMENTS OF AERONAUTICS L T P C3 1 0 3

          OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of aerospace engineering and the current developments in the fieldMODULE-I (14 Lectures)AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATIONS Brief History-Components of an airplane and their functions Different types of flight vehicles classifications Basic instruments for flying

          INTRODUCTION TO PRINCIPLES OF FLIGHT Physical properties and structure of the atmosphere Temperature pressure and altitude relationships Evolution of lift drag and moment Different types of drag

          MODULE-II (18 Lectures)

          INTRODUCTION TO AERODYNAMICS Aerodynanic forces on aircraft ndash classification of NACA aerofoils aspect ratio wing loading Mach numbercentre of pressure and aerodynamic centre-aerofoil characteristicslift drag curves

          INTRODUCTION TO AIRPLANE STRUCTURES AND MATERIALS General types of construction Monocoque semi-monocoque Typical wing and fuselage structure Metallic and non-metallic materials Use of aluminium alloy titanium stainless steel and composite materials

          MODULE-III (8 Lectures)POWER PLANTS USED IN AIRPLANES Basic ideas about piston turboprop and jet engines Use of propeller and jets for thrust production Comparative merits Principles of operation of rocket types of rockets and typical applications Exploration into space

          TEXT BOOKS1Anderson JD ldquoIntroduction to Flightrdquo McGraw-Hill 1995REFERENCE 1Kermode AC ldquoFlight without Formulaerdquo McGraw-Hill 1997

          7

          PCAE7201 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

          OBJECTIVETo develop the knowledge in testing the materials for hardness fatigue impact tensionand torsionLIST OF EXPERIMENTSBrinell Hardness testRockwell Hardness testTension testTorsion testIzod Impact testCharpy Impact testReverse plate bending Fatigue testRotating Beam Fatigue testTesting of springsBlock Compression Test

          TOTAL 45 PERIODSLIST OF EQUIPMENTS

          (for a batch of 30 students)SlNo Details of Equipments Qty Required For Experiments

          1 Hardness Testing Machine 1 12

          2 Impact Testing Machine 1 5 6

          3 Fatigue tester- Rotating Beam 1 8

          4 Fatigue tester ndashReverse plate bending 1 7

          5 Universal Testing Machine 1 123910

          8

          PCAE7202 FLUID MECHANICS AND MACHINERY LABORATORY L T P C(Common to Aeronautical Automobile Mech amp Prod) 0 0 3 2

          OBJECTIVETo study the flow measurement and the performance of fluid machineryLIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Calibration of venturimeter2 Pressure measurement with pitot static tube3 Determination of pipe flow losses4 Verification of Bernoullirsquos theorem5 Flow visualization by Heleshaw apparatus6 Performance test on centrifugal pumps7 Performance test on reciprocating pumps8 Performance test on piston wheel turbine9 Performance test on Francis turbine10 Determination of Viscosity of a Fluid

          TOTAL 45 PERIODSLIST OF EQUIPMENTS (for a batch of 30 students)

          SlNo Details of Equipments Qty Req Experiment No

          1 Venturimeter setup 1 132 Pipe friction set up 1 33 Pitot tube set up 1 244 Jet pump 1 65 Submersible pump 1 66 Centrifugal pump 1 67 Reciprocating pump 1 78 Pelton wheel turbine and Francis turbine 1 899 Viscosity Meter 1 1010 Hele-shaw apparatus 1 5

          9

          PCAE7203 THERMODYNAMICS LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

          OBJECTIVETo enhance the basic knowledge in applied thermodynamicsLIST OF EXPERIMENTSPerformance test on a 4-stroke engineValve timing of a 4 ndash stroke engine and port timing of a 2 stroke engineDetermination of effectiveness of a parallel flow heat exchangerDetermination of effectiveness of a counter flow heat exchangerDetermination of heating value of a fuelCOP test on a vapour compression refrigeration test rigCOP test on a vapour compression air-conditioning test rigDetermination of specific heat of solidDetermination of Thermal Conductivity of solidDetermination of Thermal Resistance of a Composite wall

          TOTAL 45 PERIODS

          LIST OF EQUIPMENTS (for a batch of 30 students)

          SlNo Details of Equipments Qty Req Experiment No

          1 4 stroke twin cylinder diesel engine 1 12 Cut section model of 4 stroke kirloskar diesel engine and cut

          section model of 2 stroke petrol engine1 2

          3 Parallel and counter flow heat exchanger test rig 1 344 Bomb Calorimeter 1 55 Vapour compression refrigeration test rig 1 66 Vapour compression air-conditioning test rig 1 77 Gas Turbine Engine 1 88 Conductive Heat Transfer set up 1 99 Composite wall 1 10

          10

          Semester IV

          Code No Course Title L T P C

          THEORYBSCM1210 Mathematics ndash IV (Common to all branch for 4th sem) 3 1 0 4PCAE1206 Aerodynamics ndash I 3 0 0 4PCAE1207 Aircraft Systems and Instrumentations 3 0 0 3PCAE1208 Production Technology 3 0 0 3PCAE1209 Aircraft Structures ndash I 3 1 0 3PCAE1210 Propulsion ndash I 3 0 0 3PRACTICALPCAE7204 Aircraft Structures Lab ndash I 0 0 3 2PCAE7205 Aerodynamics Lab- I 0 0 3 2PCAE7206 Manufacturing Technology Lab 0 0 3 2

          11

          SEMESTER IV

          BSCM1210 Mathematics ndash IV(Common to all branch)

          Module-I (20 hours)Numerical methodsApproximation and round of errors Truncation error and Taylorrsquos seriesRoots of equation The bisection method the false-position method fixed point iteration theNewton-Raphson method Mullerrsquos methodLinear algebraic equation LU decomposition the matrix inverse Gauss-Seidel methodInterpolation Newton divided difference interpolation Lagrange Interpolation Newtonrsquos forwardand backward interpolationNumerical integration The trapezoidal rule The Simpsonrsquos rules Gauss quadratureOrdinary differential equation Eulerrsquos method Improvement of Eulerrsquos method Runge-KuttamethodsModule-II (10 Hours)ProbabilityProbability Random variables Probability distributions Mean and variance of distributionBinomial Poisson and Hypergeometric distributions Normal distribution Distribution of severalrandom variablesModule-III (10 Hours)Mathematical StatisticsRandom sampling Estimation of Parameters Confidence Intervals Testing of hypothesisAcceptance sampling Chi square test for goodness of fit Regression Analysis Fitting StraightLines Correlation analysisText books1 S C Chapra and R P Canale ldquo Numerical methods for Engineersrdquo Fifth EditionMcGraw Hill EducationReading Chapters 2 3(31 32) 4(42 43) 5(51 52 53) 6(64) 9(91 92) 10(102)13(131132135) 16(161 162) 17(173) 20(201 202 203)2 E Kreyszigrdquo Advanced Engineering Mathematics Eighth Edition Wiley IndiaReading Chapters 22 23( except 235 and 238)Reference books1 Jay L Devore ldquoProbability and Statistics for Engineering and SciencesrdquoSeventh Edition ThomsonCENGAGE Learning India Pvt LtdP VOrsquoNeil ldquoAdvanced Engineering Mathematicsrdquo CENGAGE Learning New Delhi

          PCAE1206 AERODYNAMICS ndash I L T P C3 0 0 3

          OBJECTIVE

          12

          To understand the behaviour of airflow over bodies with particular emphasis on airfoilsections in the incompressible flow regime

          Module-I (14 hours)REVIEW OF BASIC FLUID MECHANICS Continuity momentum and energy equations

          UNIT II TWO DIMENSIONAL FLOWS Basic flows ndash Source Sink Free and Forced vortex uniform parallel flow Their combinations Ideal Flow over a circular cylinder DrsquoAlembertrsquos Paradox Magnus effect KuttaJonkowskirsquos Theorem Starting Vortex Kutta condition Pressure and velocity distributions on bodies with and without circulation in ideal and real fluid flows

          Module-II (16 hours)

          AIRFOIL THEORY Cauchy-Riemann relations Complex Potential Methodology of Conformal Transformation Kutta-Joukowski transformation and its applications Karman Trefftz Profiles Thin Airfoil theory and its applications

          SUBSONIC WING THEORY Vortex Filament Biot and Savart Law Bound Vortex and trailing Vortex Horse Shoe Vortex Lifting Line Theory and its limitations

          Module-III (12 hours)INTRODUCTION TO LAMINAR AND TURBULENT FLOWBoundary layer and boundary layer thickness displacement thickness momentum thickness Energy thickness Shape parameter Boundary layer equations for a steady two dimensional incompressible flow Boundary Layer growth over a Flat plate Critical Reynolds Number Blasius solution Basics of Turbulent flow Prandtlrsquos mixing length hypothesis Free shear layers

          TEXT BOOKS1 Houghton EL and Caruthers NB Aerodynamics for Engineering studentsEdward Arnold Publishers Ltd London 19892 Anderson JD Fundamentals of Aerodynamics MaGraw Hill Book Co 1999REFERENCES1 Milne Thomson LH Theoretical Aerodynamics Macmillan 19852 John J Bertin Aerodynamics for Engineers Pearson Education Inc 20023 Clancey L J Aerodynamics Pitman 1986

          13

          PCAE1207 AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS AND INSTRUMENTS L T P C3 0 0 3

          OBJECTIVETo describe the principle and working of aircraft systems and instruments Module-I (9 hours)AIRPLANE CONTROL SYSTEMS Conventional Systems - fully powered flight controls - Power actuated systems ndash Modern control systems - Digital fly by wire systems - Auto pilot system active control Technology

          Module-II (17 hours)AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS Hydraulic systems - Study of typical workable system - components - Pneumatic systems - Advantages - Working principles - Typical Air pressure system ndash Brake system ndash Typical Pneumatic power system - Components Landing Gear systems - Classification

          ENGINE SYSTEMS Fuel systems for Piston and jet engines - Components of multi engines Lubricating systems for piston and jet engines - Starting and Ignition systems - Typical examples for piston and jet engines

          Module-II (14 hours)AUXILIARY SYSTEM Basic Air cycle systems - Vapour Cycle systems Evaporative vapour cycle systems - Evaporative air cycle systems - Fire protection systems Deicing and anti icing systems

          AIRCRAFT INSTRUMENTS Flight Instruments and Navigation Instruments ndash Gyroscope - Accelerometers Air speedIndicators ndash TAS EAS- Mach Meters - Altimeters - Principles and operation - Study of various types of engine instruments - Tachometers - Temperature gauges ndash Pressure gauges - Operation and Principles

          TEXT BOOKS1 McKinley JL and Bent RD ldquoAircraft Maintenance amp Repairrdquo McGraw-Hill 19932 ldquoGeneral Hand Books of Airframe and Powerplant Mechanicsrdquo US Dept ofTransportation Federal Aviation Administation The English Book Store NewDelhi1995REFERENCES1 Mekinley JL and Bent RD ldquoAircraft Power Plantsrdquo McGraw-Hill 19932 Pallet EHJ ldquoAircraft Instruments amp Principlesrdquo Pitman amp Co 19933 Treager S ldquoGas Turbine Technologyrdquo McGraw-Hill 1997

          14

          PCAE1208 PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY L T P C3 0 0 3

          OBJECTIVEThe components such a piston connecting rod crankshaft engine block front axle frame body etc are manufactured by various types of production processes involving casting welding machining metal forming powder metallurgy etc hence Engineering students must study this course production technology UNIT I CASTING nd WELDING 16Casting types procedure to make sand mould types of core making moulding tolls machine moulding special moulding processes-co2 moulding shell moulding investment moulding permanent mould casting pressure die casting centrifugal casting continuous casting casting defects

          Classification of welding processes Principles of Oxyacetylene gas welding AC metal arc welding resistance welding submerged arc welding tungsten inert gas welding metal inert gas welding plasma arc welding thermic welding electron beam welding laser beam welding defects in welding soldering and brazing

          UNIT II MACHIINING 14General principles (with schematic diagrams only) of working and commonly performedoperations in the following machines Lathe Shaper Planer Horizontal milling machineUniversal drilling machine Cylindrical grinding machine Capstan and Turret lathe Basics of CNC machines General principles and applications of the following processesAbrasive jet machining Ultrasonic machining Electric discharge machining Electro chemical machining Plasma are machining Electron beam machining and Laser beammachining

          UNIT IV METAL FORMING AND POWDER METALLURGY 11Types of plastics-characteristics of the forming and shaping processes-Moulding of Thermoplastics-working principles and typical applications of Injection moulding- Thermoforming-processing of thermosets-working principles and typical applications-

          Principles and applications of the following processes Forging Rolling Extrusion Wiredrawing and Spinning Powder metallurgy-Principal steps involved advantages Disadvantages and limitations of powder metallurgy TEXT BOOK1 Harija choudry Elements of workshop Technology vol I and II Media promoters andpublishers pvt Ltd Mumbai 2001REFERENCES1 R K Jain and S C Gupta production Technology Khanna Publishers 16th Edition20012 H M T production technology-Hand book Tata Mc Graw-Hill 20003 Roy A Linberg process and materials of manufacturing technology PHI 20004 M Adithan and A B Cupta manufacturing technology New Age 19965 Serope Kalpajian Steven R Schimid Manuyfacturing Engineering and TechnologyPearson Education Inc2002 (second Indian Reprint)

          15

          PCAE1209 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES ndash I L T P C3 1 0 4

          OBJECTIVETo study different types of beams and columns subjected to various types of loading and support conditions with particular emphasis on aircraft structural components

          Module ndash I (17 hours)STATICALLY DETERMINATE STRUCTURES Analysis of plane Truss-Method of joints-3 D Truss-Plane frames

          STATICALLY INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES Propped Cantilever- Fixed-Fixed beams-Clapeyrons Three Moment Equation - MomentDistribution Method

          Module ndash II (11 hours)ENERGY METHODS 10+4Strain Energy due to axial bending and Torsional loads ndash Castiglianorsquos theorems- Maxwells Reciprocal theorem Unit load method - application to beams trusses framesrings etc -Composite beam

          Module ndash III (14 hours)COLUMNS Columns with various end conditions ndash Eulerrsquos Column curve ndash Rankinersquos formula - Column with initial curvature - Eccentric loading ndash South well plot ndash Beam column

          FAILURE THEORY Maximum Stress theory ndash Maximum Strain Theory ndash Maximum Shear Stress Theory ndash Distortion Theory ndash Maximum Strain energy theory ndash Application to aircraft Structural problems

          1 Donaldson BK ldquoAnalysis of Aircraft Structures ndash An Introductionrdquo McGraw-Hill19932 BruhnEFrdquoAnalysis and design of flight vehicle structuresrdquo Tri set of offset companyUSA1973REFERENCE1 Timoshenko S ldquoStrength of Materialsrdquo Vol I and II Princeton D Von Nostrand Co

          1990

          16

          PCAE1210 PROPULSION ndash I L T P C3 0 0 3

          OBJECTIVETo understand the principles of operation and design of aircraft and spacecraft powerplants

          Module ndash I (10 hours)

          FUNDAMENTALS OF GAS TURBINE ENGINES Illustration of working of gas turbine engine ndash The thrust equation ndash Factors affecting thrustndash Effect of pressure velocity and temperature changes of air entering compressor ndash Methods of thrust augmentation ndash Characteristics of turboprop turbofan and turbojet ndashPerformance characteristics

          Module ndash II (14 hours)

          SUBSONIC AND SUPERSONIC INLETS FOR JET ENGINES Internal flow and Stall in subsonic inlets ndash Boundary layer separation ndash Major features of external flow near a subsonic inlet ndash Relation between minimum area ratio and eternal deceleration ratio ndash Diffuser performance ndash Supersonic inlets ndash Starting problem on supersonic inlets ndash Shock swallowing by area variation ndash External declaration ndash Models of inlet operation

          NOZZLES Theory of flow in isentropic nozzles ndash nozzles and choking ndash Nozzle throat conditions ndashNozzle efficiency ndash Losses in nozzles ndash Over expanded and under ndash expanded nozzles ndashEjector and variable area nozzles ndash Interaction of nozzle flow with adjacent surfaces ndashThrust reversal

          Module ndash III (16 hours)

          COMPRESSORS Principle of operation of centrifugal compressor ndash Work done and pressure rise ndash Velocity diagrams ndash Diffuser vane design considerations ndash Concept of prewhirl rotation stall and surge ndash Elementary theory of axial flow compressor ndash Velocity triangles ndash degree of reaction ndash Three dimensional ndashCompressor blade design ndash Centrifugal and Axial compressor performance characteristics

          COMBUSTION CHAMBERSClassification of combustion chambers ndash Important factors affecting combustion chamber design ndash Combustion process ndash Combustion chamber performance ndash Effect of operating variables on performance ndash Flame tube cooling ndash Flame stabilization ndash Use of flame holders ndash Numerical problems

          TEXT BOOKS1 Hill PG amp Peterson CR ldquoMechanics amp Thermodynamics of Propulsionrdquo Addison ndashWesley Longman INC 1999REFERENCES1 Cohen H Rogers GFC and Saravanamuttoo HIH ldquoGas Turbine TheoryrdquoLongman 19892 Oates GC ldquoAero thermodynamics of Aircraft Engine Componentsrdquo AIAA EducationSeries New York 1985

          17

          3 ldquoRolls Royce Jet Enginerdquo ndash Third Edition ndash 19834 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers amp Distributors Delhi 1999

          18

          Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndashI L T P C0 0 3 2

          OBJECTIVETo study experimentally the load deflection characteristics structural materials underDifferent types of loads

          LIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Determination of Youngrsquos modulus of steel 2 Determination of fracture strength and fracture pattern of ductile and brittlematerials3 Determination of forces in statically indeterminate force system4 Deflection of beams with various end conditions5 Verification of Maxwellrsquos Reciprocal theorem 6 Verification of principle of superposition7 Column ndash Testing8 South ndash wellrsquos plot9 Shear Failure of Bolted and Rivetted Joints10 Non-Destructive Testing Procedures

          TOTAL 40 PERIODS

          19

          Sub Code AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

          OBJECTIVETo familiarize the students in basic aerodynamics and use of wind tunnelsLIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Study of lift and tip vortices2 Flow visualization in water flow channel3 Flow visualization in smoke tunnel4 Plot of RPM Vs test section velocity in a subsonic wind tunnel5 Pressure distribution over circular cylinder6 Pressure distribution over a rough circular cylinder7 Pressure distribution over a symmetric aerofoil8 Pressure distribution over a cambered aerofoil9 Estimation of CL and CD of airfoil10 Force measurement using wind tunnel balance of airfoil

          TOTAL 40 PERIODS

          20

          Sub Code MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY L T P C

          0 0 3 2LIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 LATHE11 Facing plain turning and step turning12 Taper turning using compound rest13 Taper turning using taper turning attachment14 Single start V thread cutting and knurling15 Boring and internal thread cutting2 SHAPER AND SLOTTER21 Machining a V- block (in a Shaper)22 Machining hexagonal shape (in a Shaper)23 Machining internal key-way (in a slotter)413 DRILLING31 Drilling 4 or 6 holes at a given pitch circle on a plate32 Drilling reaming and tapping4 MILLING41 Plain Milling Exercise42 Gear Milling Exercise5 GRINDINGCylindrical Grinding Exercise

          TOTAL 40 PERIODS

          21

          SEMESTER V

          Code No Course Title L T P C

          THEORY

          Aircraft Structures ndash II 3 0 0 3Aerodynamics ndash II 3 0 0 3Propulsion ndash II 3 0 0 3Aircraft Performance 3 0 0 3Control Engineering 3 0 0 3Experimental Stress Analysis 3 0 0 3

          PRACTICAL

          Aircraft Structures Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2CADCAM Lab 0 0 3 2Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness Lab 0 0 3 2

          22

          SEMESTER V

          AE2302 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES ndash II L T P C3 1 0 4

          OBJECTIVETo study the behaviour of various aircraft structural components under different types ofloadsModule ndash I (15 hours) UNSYMMETRICAL BENDING General Principal axis and neutral axis methods- bending stresses in beams of symmetric sections with skew loads- bending stresses in beams of unsymmetrical sections

          SHEAR FLOW IN OPEN SECTIONS Thin walled beams Concept of shear flow shear centre Elastic axis With one axis ofsymmetry with wall effective and ineffective in bending unsymmetrical beam sections

          Module ndash II (14 hours)SHEAR FLOW IN CLOSED SECTIONS Bredt ndash Batho formula Single and multi ndash cell structures- Shear flow in single amp multicellstructures under torsion Shear flow in single and multicell under bending with wallseffective and ineffective

          V-N DIAGRAMLoads on aircraft ndashlift distribution-V-n diagram-Gust loads

          Module ndash III (11 hours)BUCKLING OF PLATES Rectangular sheets under compression local buckling stress of thin walled section-Crippling stresses by Needhamrsquos and Gerardrsquos methods Thin walled column strengthsheet stiffener panels-Effective width

          STRESS ANALYSIS IN WING AND FUSELAGEShear resistant web beams-Tension field web beams(Wagnerrsquos) ndash Shear and bendingmoment distribution for cantilever and semi-cantilever types of beams

          TEXT BOOKS1 Peery DJ and Azar JJ ldquoAircraft Structuresrdquo 2nd edition McGrawndashHill NY 20072 Megson TMG ldquoAircraft Structures for Engineering Studentsrdquo Edward Arnold 2007REFERENCES1 Bruhn EH ldquoAnalysis and Design of Flight vehicles Structuresrdquo Tri ndash state off setcompany USA 19852 Rivello RM ldquoTheory and Analysis of Flight Structuresrdquo McGraw-Hill 1993

          23

          Sub Code AERODYNAMICS ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

          OBJECTIVETo understand the behaviour of airflow both internal and external in compressible flowregime with particular emphasis on supersonic flowsModule ndash I (10 hours)ONE DIMENSIONAL COMPRESSIBLE FLOW Energy Momentum continuity and state equations velocity of sound adiabatic steadystate flow equations Flow through convergent- divergent passage Performance undervarious back pressures

          Module ndash II (16 hours)NORMAL OBLIQUE SHOCKS Prandtl equation and Rankine ndash Hugonoit relation Normal shock equations Pitot statictube corrections for subsonic and supersonic flows Oblique shocks and correspondingequations Hodograph and pressure turning angle shock polar flow past wedges andconcave corners strong weak and detached shocks

          EXPANSION WAVES RAYLEIGH AND FANNO FLOW Flow past convex corners Expansion hodograph Reflection and interaction of shocks and expansion waves Method of Characteristics Two dimensional supersonic nozzlecontours

          Module ndash III (14 hours)SUPERSONIC AND TRANSONIC FLOW Rayleigh and Fanno Flow Lift drag pitching moment and center of pressure of supersonic profiles Lower and upper critical Mach numbers Lift and drag divergence shock induced separation Characteristics of swept wings Effects of thickness camber and aspect ratio of wings Transonic area rule

          TEXT BOOK1 Rathakrishnan E ldquoGas Dynamicsrdquo Prentice Hall of India 2003REFERENCES1 Shapiro AH ldquoDynamics and Thermodynamics of Compressible Fluid Flowrdquo RonaldPress 19822 Zucrow MJ and Anderson JD ldquoElements of gas dynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book CoNew York 19893 Anderson Jr D ndash ldquoModern compressible flowsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co New York

          1999

          24

          Sub Code PROPULSION ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

          OBJECTIVETo study in detail about gas turbines ramjet fundamentals of rocket propulsion andchemical rocketsModule ndash I (10 hours) AIRCRAFT GAS TURBINES 12Impulse and reaction blading of gas turbines ndash Velocity triangles and power output ndash Elementary theory ndash Vortex theory ndash Choice of blade profile pitch and chord ndash stimationof stage performance ndash Limiting factors in gas turbine design- Overall turbine performance ndash Methods of blade cooling ndash Matching of turbine and compressor Module ndash II (15 hours)RAMJET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Sub critical critical and supercritical operation ndash Combustion in ramjet engine ndash Ramjet performance ndash Simple ramjet design calculations ndash Introduction to scramjet

          FUNDAMENTALS OF ROCKET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Specific impulse of a rocket ndash internal ballistics- Rocket nozzleclassification ndash Rocket performance considerations

          Module ndash III (15 hours)CHEMICAL ROCKETS Solid propellant rockets ndash Selection criteria of solid propellants ndash Important hardware components of solid rockets ndash Propellant grain design considerations ndash Liquid propellantrockets ndash Selection of liquid propellants Cooling in liquid rockets ndash Hybrid rockets

          ADVANCED PROPULSION TECHNIQUES Electric rocket propulsion ndash Ion propulsion techniques ndash Nuclear rocket ndash Types ndash Solarsail- Preliminary Concepts in nozzleless propulsion TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York 5th

          Edn 19932 Hill PG amp Peterson CR ldquoMechanics amp Thermodynamics of Propulsionrdquo Addison ndashWesley Longman INC 1999REFERENCES1 Cohen H Rogers GFC and Saravanamuttoo HIH ldquoGas Turbine TheoryrdquoLongman Co ELBS Ed 19892 Gorden CV ldquoAero thermodynamics of Gas Turbine and Rocket Propulsionrdquo AIAAEducation Series New York 19893 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 1988

          25

          Sub Code AIRCRAFT PERFORMANCE L T P C3 0 0 3

          OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the performance of airplanes under various flightconditions like take off cruise landing climbing gliding turning etcModule ndash I (13 hours)GENERAL CONCEPTSInternational Standard atmosphere IAS EAS TAS Propeller theory- Froude momentum and blade element theories Propeller co-efficients Use of propeller charts Performance of fixed and variable pitch propellers High lift devices Thrust augmentation

          DRAG OF BODIESStreamlined and bluff body Types of drag Effect of Reynoldrsquos number on skin friction and pressure drag Drag reduction of airplanes Dragpolar Effect of Mach number on drag polar

          Module ndash II (11 hours)STEADY LEVEL FLIGHTSteady level flight Thrust required and Power required Thrust available and Power available for propeller driven and jet powered aircraft Effect of altitude maximum level flight speed conditions for minimum drag and minimum power required Effect of drag divergence on maximum velocity Range and Endurance of Propeller and Jet airplanes

          Module ndash III (16 hours)GLIDING AND CLIMBING FLIGHTShallow and steep angles of climb Rate of climb Climb hodograph Maximum Climb angle and Maximum Rate of climb- Effect of design parameters for propeller Absolute and service ceiling Gliding flight Glide hodograph

          ACCELERATD FLIGHT Estimation of take-off and landing distances Methods of reducing landing distance level turn minimum turn radius bank angle and load factor Constraints on load factor Pull up and pull down maneuvers maximum turn rate V-n diagram

          TEXT BOOKS1 HoughtonEL and Carruthers NB Aerodynamics for engineering studentsEdward Amold Publishers 19882 Anderson Jr JD Aircraft Performance and Design McGraw-Hill InternationalEdition 1999REFERENCES1 Kuethe AM and Chow CY Foundations of Aerodynamics John Wiley amp Sons19822 JJBertin Aerodynamics for Engineers Prentice-Hall 19883 LJ Clancey Aerodynamics Pitman 19864 Anderson Jr JD Introduction to Flight McGraw-Hill International Edition 1999

          26

          Sub Code CONTROL ENGINEERING L T P C3 0 0 3

          OBJECTIVETo understand the basic concepts of flight control systemModule ndash I (11 hours) INTRODUCTIONHistorical review - Simple pneumatic hydraulic and thermal systems Series and parallelsystems Analogies - Mechanical and electrical components Development of flight control systems OPEN AND CLOSED LOOP SYSTEMSFeedback control systems ndash Block diagram representation of control systems Reductionof block diagrams Output to input ratios Signal flow graph

          Module ndash II (15 hours)CHARACTERISTIC EQUATION AND FUNCTIONS Lap lace transformation Response of systems to different inputs viz Step input impulse ramp parabolic and sinusoidal inputs Time response of first and second order systems steady state errors and error constants of unity feedback circuit

          SAMPLED DATA SYSTEMS Introduction to digital control system Digital Controllers and Digital PID Controllers

          Module ndash III (14 hours)CONCEPT OF STABILITYNecessary and sufficient conditions Routh ndash Hurwitz criteria of stability Root locus andBode techniques Concept and construction frequency response

          TOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Ogato ldquoModern Control Engineeringrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19982 GopalM ldquoControl Systems Principles and designrdquo ndash Tata McGraw-Hill PublicationNew Delhi 2000REFERENCES1 Azzo JJD and CH Houpis ldquoFeed back control system analysis and synthesisrdquoMcGraw ndash Hill International 3rd Edition 19982 Kuo BC ldquoAutomatic control systemsrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19983 Houpis CH and Lamont GB ldquoDigital Control Systemsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co NewYork USA 19954 Naresh K Sinha ldquoControl Systemsrdquo New Age International Publishers New Delhi

          27

          Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS L T P C3 0 0 3

          OBJECTIVETo bring awareness on experimental method of finding the response of the structure todifferent types of loadModule ndash I (15 hours) MEASUREMENTS amp EXTENSOMETER Principles of measurements Accuracy Sensitivity and range of measurements Mechanical Optical Acoustical and Electrical extensometers and their uses Advantagesand disadvantages

          ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE STRAIN GAUGES Principle of operation and requirements Types and their uses Materials for strain gauge Calibration and temperature compensation cross sensitivity Rosette analysis Wheastone bridge for static and dynamic strain measurements strain indicators

          Module ndash II (14 hours)PHOTOELASTICITY Two dimensional photo elasticity Concept of light ndash photoelastic effects stress optic lawInterpretation of fringe pattern Compensation and separation techniques Photo elasticmaterials Introduction to three dimensional photo elasticity

          Module ndash III (11 hours)BRITTLE COATING AND MOIRE METHODSIntroduction to Moire techniques brittle coating methods and holography NON ndash DESTRUCTIVE TESTINGFundamentals of NDT Radiography ultrasonic magnetic particle inspection Fluorescent penetrant technique Eddy current testing Acoustic Emission Technique

          TEXT BOOKS1 Srinath LS Raghava MR Lingaiah K Garagesha G Pant B andRamachandra K ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill New Delhi 1984REFERENCES1 Dally JW and Riley WF ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo McGraw-Hill Inc NewYork 2005 IV edition2 Hetyenyi M ldquoHand book of Experimental Stress Analysisrdquo John Wiley and Sons IncNew York 19723 Pollock AA ldquoAcoustic Emission in Acoustics and Vibration Progressrdquo Ed StephensRWB Chapman and Hall 1993

          28

          Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndash II 0 0 3 100

          OBJECTIVE

          To experimentally study the unsymmetrical bending of beams find the location of shear centre obtain the stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques calibration of photo ndash elastic materials and study on vibration of beams

          LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

          1 Unsymmetrical bending of beams2 Shear centre location for open sections3 Shear centre location for closed sections4 Constant strength beam5 Flexibility matrix for cantilever beam6 Beam with combined loading7 Calibration of Photo- elastic materials8 Stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques9 Vibrations of beams10 Wagner beam ndash Tension field beam

          TOTAL 45

          29

          Sub Code CAD CAM LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

          OBJECTIVETo teach and train the students in the lab about the design and drafting of aerocomponents LIST OF EXPERIMENTSDesign and Modeling of rectangular plate with holeDesign and Modeling of spar componentsDesign and Modeling of Aerofoil structuresDesign and Modeling of cut section for wingsDesign and Modeling of Machine componentDesign and Modeling of Machine componentsDesign and Analysis of a TrussDesign and Analysis of Beam distributed loadDesign of Landing gearFacingTurning(Taper Step)

          TOTAL 40 PERIODS

          30

          HSSM7203 Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness LabLab 30 hoursThis course will focus on communication in professional (work-related) situations of the kind thatBPUT graduates may expect to encounter on entering the professional domainSome typical forms of work-related communication oral or written are listed below Practiceactivities for all four skills can be designed around these or similar situations1 Gaining entry into an organizationi Preparing job-applications and CVsii Facing an interviewiii Participating in group discussion (as part of the recruitmentprocess)2 In-house communicationa Superior Senior 1048782 subordinate junior (individual 1048782 individual group)i Welcoming new entrants to the organization introducing the workplace cultureetcii Briefing subordinates juniors explaining duties and responsibilities etcii Motivating subordinates juniors (lsquopep talkrsquo)iii Instructing directing subordinates juniorsiv Expressing recording appreciation praising rewarding a subordinate or juniorv Reprimanding correcting disciplining a subordinatejunior (for a lapse) askingfor an explanation etcb Subordinate Junior 1048782 Superior Seniori Responding to the aboveii Reporting problems difficulties deficienciesiii Offering suggestions

          31

          SEMESTER VI

          Code No Course Title L T P C

          THEORYHSSM3301 Principles of Management 3 0 0 3

          Finite Element Method 3 0 0 3Aircraft Stability and Control 3 0 0 3Wind Tunnel Techniques 3 0 0 3High Temperature Materials 3 0 0 3

          E1 Elective ndash I 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

          Aero Engine Laboratory 0 0 3 2Aircraft Design Project - I 0 0 3 2Aerodynamics Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2

          32

          SEMESTER VI

          HSSM3301 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (3-0-0)

          Module I Functions of Management Concept of Management Management as an Art or Science The Process of Management Managerial Skills Good Managers are Born not Made Management is concerned with Ideas Things and People How a Manager Induces Workers to Put in Their Best Levels and Types of Management Evolution of Management Thought Managerial Environment The process of Management-Planning Organizing Directing Staffing Controlling

          Module II Marketing Function of Management Modern Concept of Marketing The Functional Classification of Marketing Functions of a Marketing Management Marketing Mix Fundamental Needs of Customers The Role of Distribution channels in Marketing Advertising Marketing Consumerism and Environmentalism

          Module III Financial Function amp HRM Functions Financial Functions Concept of Financial Management Project Appraisal Tools of Financial decisions making Overview of Working Capital HRM Function of Management Human Resource Management Human Resource Development Importance of HRM Overview of Job Analysis Job Description Job Specification Labour Turnover Manpower Planning Recruitment Selection Induction Training and Development Placement Wage and Salary Administration Performance Appraisal Grievance Handling Welfare Aspects

          Reference Books 1 Business Organization amp Management CR Basu TMH 2 Business Organization amp Management Tulsia Pandey Pearson 3 Marketing Management Kotler Keller Koshi Jha Pearson 4 Financial Management IM Pandey Vikas 5 Human Resource Management Aswasthapa TMH 6 Modern Business Organisation amp Management by Sherlekar Himalaya Publishing House

          33

          Sub Code FINITE ELEMENT METHOD L T P C3 0 0 3

          OBJECTIVETo introduce the concept of numerical analysis of structural componentsModule ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION Review of basic approximate methods of analyses ndash Stiffness and Flexibility matrix forsimple cases ndash Governing equation and convergence criteria of finite element method

          DISCRETE ELEMENTS Bar Frame beam elements ndash Application to static dynamic analysis

          Module ndash II (10 hours)

          CONTINUUM ELEMENTS Various types of 2-D-elements Application to plane stress plane strain and axisymmetricproblems Module ndash III (16 hours)ISOPARAMETRIC ELEMENTS Applications to two and three-dimensional problems(four eight and nine nodded element) Numerical Integration

          FIELD PROBLEMApplications to other field problems like heat transfer and fluid flow

          TEXT BOOK1 TirupathiRC and Ashok DB ldquoIntroduction to Finite Elements in EngineeringrdquoPrentice Hall India Third Edition 2003REFERENCES1 Reddy JN ldquoAn Introduction to Finite Element Methodrdquo McGraw-Hill 20002 Krishnamurthy CS ldquoFinite Element Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill 20003 Bathe KJ and Wilson EL ldquoNumerical Methods in Finite Elements AnalysisrdquoPrentice Hall of India 1985

          34

          Sub Code AIRCRAFT STABILITY amp CONTROL L T P C3 1 0 4

          OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the concepts of stable and nonstable configurationof airplanes To introduce the concepts of control of airplanes under variousoperating conditions

          Module ndash I (13 hours)STATIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY AND CONTROL 15General concepts-Degrees of freedom of a rigid body Static and dynamic stability Need for stability in an airplane inherently and marginally stable airplanes Stability and Controllability Requirements of control surfaces criteria for longitudinal static stability contribution to stability by wing tail fuselage wing fuselage combination Total longitudinal stability Neutral point-Stick fixed and Stick free aspects Free elevator factor static margin Hinge moment Power effects on stability-propeller and jet aircrafts longitudinal control Movement of centre of gravity elevator control effectiveness elevator control power elevator angle to trim elevator angle per g maneuver point Stick force gradient and stick force per g Aerodynamic balancing

          Module ndash II (15 hours) STATIC DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND CONTROL Directional stability-yaw and sideslip Criterion of directional stability contribution to static directional stability by wing fuselage tail Power effects on directional stabilitypropeller and jet aircrafts Rudder lock and Dorsal fin Directional control rudder control effectiveness rudder requirements adverse yaw asymmetric power condition spin recovery

          STATIC LATERAL STABILTY AND CONTROL Lateral stability-Dihedral effect criterion for lateral stability evaluation of lateral stability-contribution of fuselage wing wing fuselage tail total static lateral stability lateral control aileron reversal aileron reversal speed

          Module ndash III (12 hours) DYNAMIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY Aircraft Equations of motion small disturbance theory Estimation of longitudinal stability derivatives stability derivatives solving the stability quartic Phugoid motion

          DYNAMIC LATERAL AND DIRECTIONAL STABILITY Dutch roll and spiral instability Auto rotation and spin

          TEXT BOOKS1 Perkins CD amp Hage RE Airplane performance stability and control John Wileyamp Sons 19762 Nelson RC Flight Stability amp Automatic Control McGraw Hill 1998REFERENCES1 McCormick BW Aerodynamics Aeronautics amp Flight Mechanics John Wiley19952 Babister AW Aircraft Stability and response Pergamon Press 19803 Etkin B Dynamics of Flight Stability and Control John Wiley New York 19824 Pamadi BN Performnce Stability Dynamics and Control of Airplanes AIAA Education Series 2004

          35

          Sub Code WIND TUNNEL TECHNIQUES L T P C3 0 0 3

          OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of measurement of forces and moments on models during the wind tunnel testing

          Module ndash I (10 hours)WIND TUNNELSClassification ndashnon-dimensional numbers-types of similarities - Layout of open circuit and closed circuit subsonic wind tunnels ndash design parameters-energy ratio - HP calculationsCalibration

          Module ndash II (15 hours) HIGH SPEED WIND TUNNELSBlow down in draft and induction tunnel layouts and their design features Transonic supersonic and hypersonic tunnels their peculiarities and calibration Helium and gun tunnels Shock tubes

          FLOW VISUALIZATIONSmoke and Tuft grid techniques ndash Dye injection special techniques ndash Optical methods offlow visualization

          Module ndash II (15 hours)WIND TUNNEL MEASUREMENTSPressurevelocity and temperature measurements ndash Force measurements ndash types of balances-Three component and six component balances ndash calibration of measuring instruments

          NON-INTRUSIVE FLOW DIAGNOSTICSLaser ndash Doppler anemometry Particle image velocimetry Laser induced fluorescence TEXT BOOK1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow Speed Wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley Publication1984REFERENCE1 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh Speed wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley 1985

          36

          Sub Code HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS L T P C3 0 0 3

          OBJECTIVETo learn damage mechanism and failure of components of elavated temperatures

          Module ndash I (15 hours)CREEPFactors influencing functional life of components at elevated temperatures definition of creep curve various stages of creep metallurgical factors influencing various stages effect of stress temperatures and strain rate

          Design of transient creep time hardening strain hardening expressions of rupture life ofcreep ductile and brittle materials Monkman-Grant relationship

          Module ndash II (13 hours)FRACTURE AND OXIDATIONVarious types of fracture brittle to ductile from low temperature to high temperature cleavage fracture due to micro void coalescence ndash diffusion controlled void growth fracture maps for different alloys and oxidesOxidation Pilling Bedworth ratio kinetic laws of oxidation ndash defect structure and control of Oxidation by alloy additions

          Module ndash III (12 hours)HOT CORROSION SUPER ALLOYS AND OTHER MATERIALHot gas corrosion deposit modified hot gas corrosion fluxing mechanisms effect of alloying elements on hot corrosion interaction of hot corrosion and creep methods of combat hot corrosion

          Iron base Nickel base abd Cobalt base super alloys composition control solid solution strengthening precipitation hardening by gamma prime grain boundary strengthening TCP phase embrittlement solidfication of single crystals Intermetallics high temperature ceramics

          TEXT BOOKS1 Raj R ldquoFlow and Fracture at Elevated TemperaturesrdquoAmerican Society for MetalsUSA 19852 Hertzberg RW ldquoDeformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering materialsrdquo 4th

          Edition John Wiley USA 19963 Courtney T H ldquoMechanical Behaviour of MaterialsrdquoMcGraw-Hill USA 1990REFERENCES1 Boyle JT Spencer J ldquoStress Analysis for Creeprdquo Butterworths UK 19832 BressersJ ldquoCreep and Fatigue in High Temperature Alloysrdquo Applied Science 19813 McLean D ldquoDirectionally Solidified Materials for High Temperature ServicerdquoThe Metals Society USA 1985

          37

          AE2355 AERO ENGINE LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

          OBJECTIVETo introduce the knowledge of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines1 Study of free convective heat transfer over a flat plate2 Engine (Piston Engine) - cleaning visual inspection NDT checks3 Piston Engine Components - dimensional checks4 Velocity profiles of free jets5 Velocity profiles of wall jets6 Combustion Studies in a model jet engine combustor7 Jet Engine ndash identification of components amp defects8 Jet Engine ndash NDT checks and dimensional checks9 Study of hybrid rocket propulsion system10 Engine starting procedures11 Study of ramjet12 Burn rate measurements of solid propellants

          TOTAL 45 PERIODS

          38

          Sub code AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash I L T P C0 0 3 2

          OBJECTIVETo introduce and develop the basic concept of aircraft designEach student is assigned the design of an Airplane (or Helicopter or any other flightvehicle) for given preliminary specifications The following are the assignments to becarried outEXPERIMENTS1 Comparative configuration study of different types of airplanes2 Comparative study on specification and performance details of aircraft3 Preparation of comparative data sheets4 Work sheet layout procedures5 Comparative graphs preparation and selection of main parameters for the design6 Preliminary weight estimations selection of main parameters7 Power plant selection Aerofoil selection Wing tail and control surfaces8 Preparation of layouts of balance diagram and three view drawings9 Drag estimation10 Detailed performance calculations and stability estimates

          TOTAL 45 PERIODS

          AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY- II

          1 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of symmetric aerofoil section2 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of cambered aerofoil section3 Pressure distribution over a Nose cone model4 Determination of Base drag of a missile model5 Determination of profile drag of bodies by wake survey method6 Study of flow field over a backward facing step7 Pressure distribution over a water tank model for various wind speeds8 Velocity profiles for different simulated terrains9 Calibration of Supersonic Wind Tunnel10 Flow visualization studies in supersonic flows

          TOTAL 45 PERIODS

          39

          40

          SEMESTER VII

          Code No Course Title L T P C

          THEORY

          PCME4404 Production and Operation Management 3 0 0 3Avionics 3 0 0 3Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 0 3Vibrations And Elements of Aeroelasticity 3 0 0 3

          E2 Elective ndash II 3 0 0 3E3 Elective ndash III 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

          Aircraft Design Project ndash II 0 0 3 2Aircraft Systems Lab 0 0 3 2Project Work and Seminar 0 0 3 3

          41

          SEMESTER VII

          PCME4404 Production and Operation Management L T P C

          Objective The course aims at acquainting all engineering graduates irrespective of theirspecializations the basic issues and tools of managing production and operations functionsof an organizationModule I1 Operations Function in an Organization Manufacturing Vrs Service Operations Systemview of Operations Strategic Role of Operations Operations Strategies for CompetitiveAdvantage Operations Quality and Productivity Focus Meeting Global Challenges ofProduction and Operations Imperatives (3 Hours)2 Designing Products Services and Processes New Product Design- Product Life CycleProduct Development Process Process Technology Project Jobshop Batch AssemblyLine Continuous Manufacturing Process Technology Life Cycle Process TechnologyTrends FMS CIM CAD CAM Design for Services Services Process Technology(4 Hours)3 Work Study Methods Study- Techniques of Analysis recording improvement andstandardization Work Measurement Work Measurement Principles using Stopwatch TimeStudy Predetermined Motion Time Standards and Work Sampling Standard TimeEstimation (4 Hours)Module II4 Location and Layout Planning Factor Influencing Plant and Warehouse LocationsImpact of Location on cost and revenues Facility Location Procedure and Models Qualitative Models Breakeven Analysis location Model centroid methodLayout Planning Layout Types Process Layout Product Layout Fixed Position LayoutPlanning block diagramming line balancing computerized layout planning- overviewGroup Technology (4 Hours)5 Forecasting Principles and Method Moving Average weighted Moving AverageExponential Smoothing Winterrsquos Method for Seasonal Demand Forecasting Error(4 Hours)6 Manufacturing Planning and Control The Framework and Components AggregatePlanning Master Production Scheduling Rough-cut-Capacity Planning MaterialRequirements Planning Capacity Requirements Planning (5 Hours)Module III7 Sequencing and Scheduling Single Machine Sequencing Basics and PerformanceEvaluation Criteria Methods for Minimizing Mean Flow Time Parallel Machines Minimization of Makespan Flowshop sequencing 2 and 3 machines cases JohnsonrsquosRule and Jobshop Scheduling Priority dispatching Rules (3 Hours)8 Inventory Control Relevant Costs Basic EOQ Model Model with Quantity discountEconomic Batch Quantity Periodic and Continuous Review Systems Safety Stock ReorderPoint and Order Quantity Calculations ABC Analysis (4 Hours)9 Modern Trends in Manufacturing Just in Time (JIT) System Shop Floor Control ByKanbans Total Quality Management Total Productive Maintenance ISO 9000 QualityCircle Kaizen Poka Yoke Supply Chain Management (4 Hours)Reference Book1 SNChary ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 R Paneerselvam ldquoProduction and Operations Management Prentice Hall of India3 Aswathappa amp Bhatt ndash Production amp Operations Management HPH4 Gaither amp Frazier - Operations Management Cengage Publication5 Russell amp Taylor - Operations Management PHI Publication6 Chase Aquilanno Jacob amp Agarwal - Operations Management TMH Publication7 EE Adam and RJ Ebert ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India

          42

          Sub Code AVIONICS L T P C3 0 0 3

          OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of navigation amp communication systems of aircraft

          Module ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems ndash Integrated Avionicssystem ndash Typical avionics sub systems ndash Design approaches and recent advances -Application Technologies

          PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS Digital Computers ndash Digital number system- number systems and codes-Fundamentals of logic and combinational logic circuits ndashDigital arithmetic ndash interfacing with analoguesystems

          Module ndash II (11 hours)Basic of Microprocessors and application Microprocessors ndash Memories- Microprocessors real time application related to aircraft

          DIGITAL AVIONICS ARCHITECTURE Avionics system architecturendash salient features and applications of Data buses MILndashSTD1553 BndashARINC 429ndashARINC 629

          Module ndash III (15 hours)

          FLIGHT DECK AND COCKPITSControl and display technologies CRT LCD - Touch screen - Direct voice input (DVI) - Civil cockpit and military cockpit MFDS HUD MFK HOTAS AVIONICS SYSTEMS Communication Systems - Navigation systems - Flight control systems - Radar electronic warfare - Utility systems Reliability and maintainability - Certification TEXT BOOKS1 Malcrno AP and Leach DP ldquoDigital Principles and Applicationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill19902 Gaonkar RS ldquoMicroprocessors Architecture ndash Programming and Applicationrdquo Wileyand Sons Ltd New Delhi 1990REFERENCES1 Middleton DH Ed ldquoAvionics Systems Longman Scientific and Technicalrdquo LongmanGroup UK Ltd England 19892 Spitzer CR ldquoDigital Avionic Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ USA19873 Brain Kendal ldquoManual of Avionicsrdquo The English Book House 3rd Edition New Delhi19934 Nagaraja ldquoNavigation systemrdquo5 J Powell ldquoAircraft Radio Systemrdquo

          43

          Sub Code COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

          OBJECTIVETo study the flow of dynamic fluids by computational methods

          Module-I (10 hours) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows Mathematical properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations - Well posed problems - discretization of partial Differential Equations Explicit finite difference methods of subsonic supersonic and viscous flows

          Module-II (15 hours)

          DISCRETIZATION Boundary layer Equations and methods of solution -Implicit time dependent methods forinviscid and viscous compressible flows - Concept of numerical dissipation --Stabilityproperties of explicit and implicit methods - Conservative upwind discretization forHyperbolic systems - Further advantages of upwind differencing GRID GENERATION Structured grids Types and transformations Generation of structured grids Unstructured grids Delany triangulation

          Module-III (15 hours)

          FINITE VOLUME TECHNIQUESFinite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping -Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy - Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques ndash Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives Flux ndash splitting schemes Pressure correction solvers ndash SIMPLE PESO Vorticity transport formulation Implicitsemi-implicit schemes

          TEXT BOOK1 Fletcher CAJ ldquoComputational Techniques for Fluid Dynamicsrdquo Vols I and IISpringer - Verlag Berlin 1988REFERENCES1 John F Wendt (Editor) ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics - An Introductionrdquo Springer ndashVerlag Berlin 19922 Charles Hirsch ldquoNumerical Computation of Internal and External Flowsrdquo Vols I and IIJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 19883 Klaus A Hoffmann and Steve T Chiang ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics forEngineersrdquo Vols I amp II Engineering Education System PO Box 20078 W WichitaKS 67208 - 1078 USA 19934 Anderson JrD ldquoFundamentals of Aerodynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill 2000

          44

          AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

          OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

          Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

          SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

          Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

          Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

          ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

          45

          AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

          OBJECTIVE

          To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

          Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

          LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

          1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

          TOTAL 60

          AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

          OBJECTIVE

          To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

          LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

          1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

          TOTAL 60

          46

          SEMESTER VIII

          Code No Course Title L T P C

          THEORY

          Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

          Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

          47

          Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

          OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

          Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

          METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

          Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

          Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

          FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

          REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

          48

          Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

          OBJECTIVE

          The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

          PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

          OBJECTIVE

          The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

          The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

          Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

          OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

          LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

          1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

          composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

          fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

          49

          1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

          SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

          Code No Course Title L T P C

          Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

          Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

          SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

          Code No Course Title L T P C

          Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

          ELECTIVESndash III

          Code No Course Title L T P C

          Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

          SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

          Code No Course Title L T P C

          Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

          ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

          Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

          50

          Elective Subjects

          Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

          OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

          BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

          Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

          Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

          TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

          TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

          51

          Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

          OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

          Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

          UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

          52

          AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

          OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

          Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

          Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

          MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

          Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

          AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

          TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

          53

          Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

          3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

          Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

          Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

          RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

          Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

          HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

          54

          Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

          OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

          Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

          IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

          Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

          Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

          55

          Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

          OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

          Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

          STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

          Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

          Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

          56

          Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

          Module-I (15hours)

          FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

          COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

          Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

          Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

          COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

          57

          Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

          OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

          Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

          BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

          Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

          BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

          Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

          58

          Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

          OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

          Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

          Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

          Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

          Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

          TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

          59

          Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

          OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

          Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

          PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

          Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

          PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

          Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

          Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

          60

          Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

          Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

          EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

          Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

          Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

          SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

          61

          AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

          OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

          Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

          Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

          AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

          Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

          TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

          62

          Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

          OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

          Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

          VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

          INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

          63

          Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

          OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

          Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

          MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

          Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

          PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

          Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

          64

          Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

          OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

          65

          Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

          Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

          CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

          Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

          CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

          Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

          66

          • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
          • Course Title
            • THEORY
            • SEMESTER III
            • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
            • (for a batch of 30 students)
            • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
            • (for a batch of 30 students)
              • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
              • (for a batch of 30 students)
                  • Course Title
                    • THEORY
                    • PRACTICAL
                    • SEMESTER V
                      • Course Title
                        • THEORY
                        • PRACTICAL
                        • SEMESTER VI
                          • Course Title
                            • THEORY
                            • PRACTICAL
                            • SEMESTER VI
                              • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                • SEMESTER VII
                                  • Course Title
                                    • THEORY
                                    • PRACTICAL
                                    • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                      • TOTAL 60
                                      • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                      • TOTAL 60
                                        • SEMESTER VIII
                                          • Course Title
                                            • THEORY
                                            • PRACTICAL
                                            • Co New York 1989
                                            • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                            • OBJECTIVE
                                            • PROJECT WORK
                                              • OBJECTIVE
                                                • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                    • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                      • Course Title
                                                      • Course Title
                                                      • Course Title
                                                      • Course Title
                                                      • Course Title
                                                        • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

            PCAE1201 MECHANICS OF MACHINES L T P C(Common to Automobile and Aeronautical) 3 1 0 4

            OBJECTIVETo expose the students the different mechanisms their method of working Forcesinvolved and consequent vibration during working

            MODULE-I (15 Lectures)MECHANISMS Machine Structure ndash Kinematic link pair and chain ndash Grueblers criteria ndash Constrained motion ndash Degrees of freedom - Slider crank and crank rocker mechanisms ndash Inversions ndashApplications ndash Kinematic analysis of simple mechanisms ndash Determination of velocity and acceleration

            FRICTION Friction in screw and nut ndash Belt (flat and V) and rope drives Ratio of tensions ndash Effect of centrifugal and initial tension ndash Condition for maximum power transmission ndash Open and crossed belt drive

            MODULE-II (10 Lectures) GEARING AND CAMS Gear profile and geometry ndash Nomenclature of spur and helical gears ndash Gear trains Simple compound gear trains and epicylic gear trains - Determination of speed and torque - Cams ndash Types of cams ndash Design of profiles ndash Knife edged flat faced and roller ended followers with and without offsets for various types of follower motions

            MODULE-III (15 Lectures)UNIT IV BALANCING Static and dynamic balancing ndash Single and several masses in different planes ndashndash Single and multi cylinder engines (Inline) ndash Balancing of radial V engine ndash direct and reverse crank method

            UNIT V VIBRATION Free forced and damped vibrations of single degree of freedom systems ndash Force transmitted to supports ndash Vibration isolation ndash Vibration absorption ndash Torsional vibration of shaft

            TEXT BOOKS1 RattanSS ldquoTheory of Machinesrdquo Tata McGrawndashHill Publishing Co New Delhi20042 BallaneyPL ldquoTheory of Machinesrdquo Khanna Publishers New Delhi 2002 REFERENCES1 Rao JS and Dukkipati RV ldquoMechanism and Machine Theoryrdquo Second Edition WileyEastern Ltd 19922 Malhotra DR and Gupta HC ldquoThe Theory of Machinesrdquo Satya Prakasam TechIndia Publications 19893 Gosh A and Mallick AK ldquoTheory of Machines and Mechanismsrdquo Affiliated EastWest Press 19894 Shigley JE and Uicker JJ ldquoTheory of Machines and Mechanismsrdquo McGraw-Hill19805 Burton Paul ldquoKinematics and Dynamic of Planer Machineryrdquo Prentice Hall 1979

            6

            PCAE1205 ELEMENTS OF AERONAUTICS L T P C3 1 0 3

            OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of aerospace engineering and the current developments in the fieldMODULE-I (14 Lectures)AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATIONS Brief History-Components of an airplane and their functions Different types of flight vehicles classifications Basic instruments for flying

            INTRODUCTION TO PRINCIPLES OF FLIGHT Physical properties and structure of the atmosphere Temperature pressure and altitude relationships Evolution of lift drag and moment Different types of drag

            MODULE-II (18 Lectures)

            INTRODUCTION TO AERODYNAMICS Aerodynanic forces on aircraft ndash classification of NACA aerofoils aspect ratio wing loading Mach numbercentre of pressure and aerodynamic centre-aerofoil characteristicslift drag curves

            INTRODUCTION TO AIRPLANE STRUCTURES AND MATERIALS General types of construction Monocoque semi-monocoque Typical wing and fuselage structure Metallic and non-metallic materials Use of aluminium alloy titanium stainless steel and composite materials

            MODULE-III (8 Lectures)POWER PLANTS USED IN AIRPLANES Basic ideas about piston turboprop and jet engines Use of propeller and jets for thrust production Comparative merits Principles of operation of rocket types of rockets and typical applications Exploration into space

            TEXT BOOKS1Anderson JD ldquoIntroduction to Flightrdquo McGraw-Hill 1995REFERENCE 1Kermode AC ldquoFlight without Formulaerdquo McGraw-Hill 1997

            7

            PCAE7201 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

            OBJECTIVETo develop the knowledge in testing the materials for hardness fatigue impact tensionand torsionLIST OF EXPERIMENTSBrinell Hardness testRockwell Hardness testTension testTorsion testIzod Impact testCharpy Impact testReverse plate bending Fatigue testRotating Beam Fatigue testTesting of springsBlock Compression Test

            TOTAL 45 PERIODSLIST OF EQUIPMENTS

            (for a batch of 30 students)SlNo Details of Equipments Qty Required For Experiments

            1 Hardness Testing Machine 1 12

            2 Impact Testing Machine 1 5 6

            3 Fatigue tester- Rotating Beam 1 8

            4 Fatigue tester ndashReverse plate bending 1 7

            5 Universal Testing Machine 1 123910

            8

            PCAE7202 FLUID MECHANICS AND MACHINERY LABORATORY L T P C(Common to Aeronautical Automobile Mech amp Prod) 0 0 3 2

            OBJECTIVETo study the flow measurement and the performance of fluid machineryLIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Calibration of venturimeter2 Pressure measurement with pitot static tube3 Determination of pipe flow losses4 Verification of Bernoullirsquos theorem5 Flow visualization by Heleshaw apparatus6 Performance test on centrifugal pumps7 Performance test on reciprocating pumps8 Performance test on piston wheel turbine9 Performance test on Francis turbine10 Determination of Viscosity of a Fluid

            TOTAL 45 PERIODSLIST OF EQUIPMENTS (for a batch of 30 students)

            SlNo Details of Equipments Qty Req Experiment No

            1 Venturimeter setup 1 132 Pipe friction set up 1 33 Pitot tube set up 1 244 Jet pump 1 65 Submersible pump 1 66 Centrifugal pump 1 67 Reciprocating pump 1 78 Pelton wheel turbine and Francis turbine 1 899 Viscosity Meter 1 1010 Hele-shaw apparatus 1 5

            9

            PCAE7203 THERMODYNAMICS LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

            OBJECTIVETo enhance the basic knowledge in applied thermodynamicsLIST OF EXPERIMENTSPerformance test on a 4-stroke engineValve timing of a 4 ndash stroke engine and port timing of a 2 stroke engineDetermination of effectiveness of a parallel flow heat exchangerDetermination of effectiveness of a counter flow heat exchangerDetermination of heating value of a fuelCOP test on a vapour compression refrigeration test rigCOP test on a vapour compression air-conditioning test rigDetermination of specific heat of solidDetermination of Thermal Conductivity of solidDetermination of Thermal Resistance of a Composite wall

            TOTAL 45 PERIODS

            LIST OF EQUIPMENTS (for a batch of 30 students)

            SlNo Details of Equipments Qty Req Experiment No

            1 4 stroke twin cylinder diesel engine 1 12 Cut section model of 4 stroke kirloskar diesel engine and cut

            section model of 2 stroke petrol engine1 2

            3 Parallel and counter flow heat exchanger test rig 1 344 Bomb Calorimeter 1 55 Vapour compression refrigeration test rig 1 66 Vapour compression air-conditioning test rig 1 77 Gas Turbine Engine 1 88 Conductive Heat Transfer set up 1 99 Composite wall 1 10

            10

            Semester IV

            Code No Course Title L T P C

            THEORYBSCM1210 Mathematics ndash IV (Common to all branch for 4th sem) 3 1 0 4PCAE1206 Aerodynamics ndash I 3 0 0 4PCAE1207 Aircraft Systems and Instrumentations 3 0 0 3PCAE1208 Production Technology 3 0 0 3PCAE1209 Aircraft Structures ndash I 3 1 0 3PCAE1210 Propulsion ndash I 3 0 0 3PRACTICALPCAE7204 Aircraft Structures Lab ndash I 0 0 3 2PCAE7205 Aerodynamics Lab- I 0 0 3 2PCAE7206 Manufacturing Technology Lab 0 0 3 2

            11

            SEMESTER IV

            BSCM1210 Mathematics ndash IV(Common to all branch)

            Module-I (20 hours)Numerical methodsApproximation and round of errors Truncation error and Taylorrsquos seriesRoots of equation The bisection method the false-position method fixed point iteration theNewton-Raphson method Mullerrsquos methodLinear algebraic equation LU decomposition the matrix inverse Gauss-Seidel methodInterpolation Newton divided difference interpolation Lagrange Interpolation Newtonrsquos forwardand backward interpolationNumerical integration The trapezoidal rule The Simpsonrsquos rules Gauss quadratureOrdinary differential equation Eulerrsquos method Improvement of Eulerrsquos method Runge-KuttamethodsModule-II (10 Hours)ProbabilityProbability Random variables Probability distributions Mean and variance of distributionBinomial Poisson and Hypergeometric distributions Normal distribution Distribution of severalrandom variablesModule-III (10 Hours)Mathematical StatisticsRandom sampling Estimation of Parameters Confidence Intervals Testing of hypothesisAcceptance sampling Chi square test for goodness of fit Regression Analysis Fitting StraightLines Correlation analysisText books1 S C Chapra and R P Canale ldquo Numerical methods for Engineersrdquo Fifth EditionMcGraw Hill EducationReading Chapters 2 3(31 32) 4(42 43) 5(51 52 53) 6(64) 9(91 92) 10(102)13(131132135) 16(161 162) 17(173) 20(201 202 203)2 E Kreyszigrdquo Advanced Engineering Mathematics Eighth Edition Wiley IndiaReading Chapters 22 23( except 235 and 238)Reference books1 Jay L Devore ldquoProbability and Statistics for Engineering and SciencesrdquoSeventh Edition ThomsonCENGAGE Learning India Pvt LtdP VOrsquoNeil ldquoAdvanced Engineering Mathematicsrdquo CENGAGE Learning New Delhi

            PCAE1206 AERODYNAMICS ndash I L T P C3 0 0 3

            OBJECTIVE

            12

            To understand the behaviour of airflow over bodies with particular emphasis on airfoilsections in the incompressible flow regime

            Module-I (14 hours)REVIEW OF BASIC FLUID MECHANICS Continuity momentum and energy equations

            UNIT II TWO DIMENSIONAL FLOWS Basic flows ndash Source Sink Free and Forced vortex uniform parallel flow Their combinations Ideal Flow over a circular cylinder DrsquoAlembertrsquos Paradox Magnus effect KuttaJonkowskirsquos Theorem Starting Vortex Kutta condition Pressure and velocity distributions on bodies with and without circulation in ideal and real fluid flows

            Module-II (16 hours)

            AIRFOIL THEORY Cauchy-Riemann relations Complex Potential Methodology of Conformal Transformation Kutta-Joukowski transformation and its applications Karman Trefftz Profiles Thin Airfoil theory and its applications

            SUBSONIC WING THEORY Vortex Filament Biot and Savart Law Bound Vortex and trailing Vortex Horse Shoe Vortex Lifting Line Theory and its limitations

            Module-III (12 hours)INTRODUCTION TO LAMINAR AND TURBULENT FLOWBoundary layer and boundary layer thickness displacement thickness momentum thickness Energy thickness Shape parameter Boundary layer equations for a steady two dimensional incompressible flow Boundary Layer growth over a Flat plate Critical Reynolds Number Blasius solution Basics of Turbulent flow Prandtlrsquos mixing length hypothesis Free shear layers

            TEXT BOOKS1 Houghton EL and Caruthers NB Aerodynamics for Engineering studentsEdward Arnold Publishers Ltd London 19892 Anderson JD Fundamentals of Aerodynamics MaGraw Hill Book Co 1999REFERENCES1 Milne Thomson LH Theoretical Aerodynamics Macmillan 19852 John J Bertin Aerodynamics for Engineers Pearson Education Inc 20023 Clancey L J Aerodynamics Pitman 1986

            13

            PCAE1207 AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS AND INSTRUMENTS L T P C3 0 0 3

            OBJECTIVETo describe the principle and working of aircraft systems and instruments Module-I (9 hours)AIRPLANE CONTROL SYSTEMS Conventional Systems - fully powered flight controls - Power actuated systems ndash Modern control systems - Digital fly by wire systems - Auto pilot system active control Technology

            Module-II (17 hours)AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS Hydraulic systems - Study of typical workable system - components - Pneumatic systems - Advantages - Working principles - Typical Air pressure system ndash Brake system ndash Typical Pneumatic power system - Components Landing Gear systems - Classification

            ENGINE SYSTEMS Fuel systems for Piston and jet engines - Components of multi engines Lubricating systems for piston and jet engines - Starting and Ignition systems - Typical examples for piston and jet engines

            Module-II (14 hours)AUXILIARY SYSTEM Basic Air cycle systems - Vapour Cycle systems Evaporative vapour cycle systems - Evaporative air cycle systems - Fire protection systems Deicing and anti icing systems

            AIRCRAFT INSTRUMENTS Flight Instruments and Navigation Instruments ndash Gyroscope - Accelerometers Air speedIndicators ndash TAS EAS- Mach Meters - Altimeters - Principles and operation - Study of various types of engine instruments - Tachometers - Temperature gauges ndash Pressure gauges - Operation and Principles

            TEXT BOOKS1 McKinley JL and Bent RD ldquoAircraft Maintenance amp Repairrdquo McGraw-Hill 19932 ldquoGeneral Hand Books of Airframe and Powerplant Mechanicsrdquo US Dept ofTransportation Federal Aviation Administation The English Book Store NewDelhi1995REFERENCES1 Mekinley JL and Bent RD ldquoAircraft Power Plantsrdquo McGraw-Hill 19932 Pallet EHJ ldquoAircraft Instruments amp Principlesrdquo Pitman amp Co 19933 Treager S ldquoGas Turbine Technologyrdquo McGraw-Hill 1997

            14

            PCAE1208 PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY L T P C3 0 0 3

            OBJECTIVEThe components such a piston connecting rod crankshaft engine block front axle frame body etc are manufactured by various types of production processes involving casting welding machining metal forming powder metallurgy etc hence Engineering students must study this course production technology UNIT I CASTING nd WELDING 16Casting types procedure to make sand mould types of core making moulding tolls machine moulding special moulding processes-co2 moulding shell moulding investment moulding permanent mould casting pressure die casting centrifugal casting continuous casting casting defects

            Classification of welding processes Principles of Oxyacetylene gas welding AC metal arc welding resistance welding submerged arc welding tungsten inert gas welding metal inert gas welding plasma arc welding thermic welding electron beam welding laser beam welding defects in welding soldering and brazing

            UNIT II MACHIINING 14General principles (with schematic diagrams only) of working and commonly performedoperations in the following machines Lathe Shaper Planer Horizontal milling machineUniversal drilling machine Cylindrical grinding machine Capstan and Turret lathe Basics of CNC machines General principles and applications of the following processesAbrasive jet machining Ultrasonic machining Electric discharge machining Electro chemical machining Plasma are machining Electron beam machining and Laser beammachining

            UNIT IV METAL FORMING AND POWDER METALLURGY 11Types of plastics-characteristics of the forming and shaping processes-Moulding of Thermoplastics-working principles and typical applications of Injection moulding- Thermoforming-processing of thermosets-working principles and typical applications-

            Principles and applications of the following processes Forging Rolling Extrusion Wiredrawing and Spinning Powder metallurgy-Principal steps involved advantages Disadvantages and limitations of powder metallurgy TEXT BOOK1 Harija choudry Elements of workshop Technology vol I and II Media promoters andpublishers pvt Ltd Mumbai 2001REFERENCES1 R K Jain and S C Gupta production Technology Khanna Publishers 16th Edition20012 H M T production technology-Hand book Tata Mc Graw-Hill 20003 Roy A Linberg process and materials of manufacturing technology PHI 20004 M Adithan and A B Cupta manufacturing technology New Age 19965 Serope Kalpajian Steven R Schimid Manuyfacturing Engineering and TechnologyPearson Education Inc2002 (second Indian Reprint)

            15

            PCAE1209 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES ndash I L T P C3 1 0 4

            OBJECTIVETo study different types of beams and columns subjected to various types of loading and support conditions with particular emphasis on aircraft structural components

            Module ndash I (17 hours)STATICALLY DETERMINATE STRUCTURES Analysis of plane Truss-Method of joints-3 D Truss-Plane frames

            STATICALLY INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES Propped Cantilever- Fixed-Fixed beams-Clapeyrons Three Moment Equation - MomentDistribution Method

            Module ndash II (11 hours)ENERGY METHODS 10+4Strain Energy due to axial bending and Torsional loads ndash Castiglianorsquos theorems- Maxwells Reciprocal theorem Unit load method - application to beams trusses framesrings etc -Composite beam

            Module ndash III (14 hours)COLUMNS Columns with various end conditions ndash Eulerrsquos Column curve ndash Rankinersquos formula - Column with initial curvature - Eccentric loading ndash South well plot ndash Beam column

            FAILURE THEORY Maximum Stress theory ndash Maximum Strain Theory ndash Maximum Shear Stress Theory ndash Distortion Theory ndash Maximum Strain energy theory ndash Application to aircraft Structural problems

            1 Donaldson BK ldquoAnalysis of Aircraft Structures ndash An Introductionrdquo McGraw-Hill19932 BruhnEFrdquoAnalysis and design of flight vehicle structuresrdquo Tri set of offset companyUSA1973REFERENCE1 Timoshenko S ldquoStrength of Materialsrdquo Vol I and II Princeton D Von Nostrand Co

            1990

            16

            PCAE1210 PROPULSION ndash I L T P C3 0 0 3

            OBJECTIVETo understand the principles of operation and design of aircraft and spacecraft powerplants

            Module ndash I (10 hours)

            FUNDAMENTALS OF GAS TURBINE ENGINES Illustration of working of gas turbine engine ndash The thrust equation ndash Factors affecting thrustndash Effect of pressure velocity and temperature changes of air entering compressor ndash Methods of thrust augmentation ndash Characteristics of turboprop turbofan and turbojet ndashPerformance characteristics

            Module ndash II (14 hours)

            SUBSONIC AND SUPERSONIC INLETS FOR JET ENGINES Internal flow and Stall in subsonic inlets ndash Boundary layer separation ndash Major features of external flow near a subsonic inlet ndash Relation between minimum area ratio and eternal deceleration ratio ndash Diffuser performance ndash Supersonic inlets ndash Starting problem on supersonic inlets ndash Shock swallowing by area variation ndash External declaration ndash Models of inlet operation

            NOZZLES Theory of flow in isentropic nozzles ndash nozzles and choking ndash Nozzle throat conditions ndashNozzle efficiency ndash Losses in nozzles ndash Over expanded and under ndash expanded nozzles ndashEjector and variable area nozzles ndash Interaction of nozzle flow with adjacent surfaces ndashThrust reversal

            Module ndash III (16 hours)

            COMPRESSORS Principle of operation of centrifugal compressor ndash Work done and pressure rise ndash Velocity diagrams ndash Diffuser vane design considerations ndash Concept of prewhirl rotation stall and surge ndash Elementary theory of axial flow compressor ndash Velocity triangles ndash degree of reaction ndash Three dimensional ndashCompressor blade design ndash Centrifugal and Axial compressor performance characteristics

            COMBUSTION CHAMBERSClassification of combustion chambers ndash Important factors affecting combustion chamber design ndash Combustion process ndash Combustion chamber performance ndash Effect of operating variables on performance ndash Flame tube cooling ndash Flame stabilization ndash Use of flame holders ndash Numerical problems

            TEXT BOOKS1 Hill PG amp Peterson CR ldquoMechanics amp Thermodynamics of Propulsionrdquo Addison ndashWesley Longman INC 1999REFERENCES1 Cohen H Rogers GFC and Saravanamuttoo HIH ldquoGas Turbine TheoryrdquoLongman 19892 Oates GC ldquoAero thermodynamics of Aircraft Engine Componentsrdquo AIAA EducationSeries New York 1985

            17

            3 ldquoRolls Royce Jet Enginerdquo ndash Third Edition ndash 19834 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers amp Distributors Delhi 1999

            18

            Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndashI L T P C0 0 3 2

            OBJECTIVETo study experimentally the load deflection characteristics structural materials underDifferent types of loads

            LIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Determination of Youngrsquos modulus of steel 2 Determination of fracture strength and fracture pattern of ductile and brittlematerials3 Determination of forces in statically indeterminate force system4 Deflection of beams with various end conditions5 Verification of Maxwellrsquos Reciprocal theorem 6 Verification of principle of superposition7 Column ndash Testing8 South ndash wellrsquos plot9 Shear Failure of Bolted and Rivetted Joints10 Non-Destructive Testing Procedures

            TOTAL 40 PERIODS

            19

            Sub Code AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

            OBJECTIVETo familiarize the students in basic aerodynamics and use of wind tunnelsLIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Study of lift and tip vortices2 Flow visualization in water flow channel3 Flow visualization in smoke tunnel4 Plot of RPM Vs test section velocity in a subsonic wind tunnel5 Pressure distribution over circular cylinder6 Pressure distribution over a rough circular cylinder7 Pressure distribution over a symmetric aerofoil8 Pressure distribution over a cambered aerofoil9 Estimation of CL and CD of airfoil10 Force measurement using wind tunnel balance of airfoil

            TOTAL 40 PERIODS

            20

            Sub Code MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY L T P C

            0 0 3 2LIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 LATHE11 Facing plain turning and step turning12 Taper turning using compound rest13 Taper turning using taper turning attachment14 Single start V thread cutting and knurling15 Boring and internal thread cutting2 SHAPER AND SLOTTER21 Machining a V- block (in a Shaper)22 Machining hexagonal shape (in a Shaper)23 Machining internal key-way (in a slotter)413 DRILLING31 Drilling 4 or 6 holes at a given pitch circle on a plate32 Drilling reaming and tapping4 MILLING41 Plain Milling Exercise42 Gear Milling Exercise5 GRINDINGCylindrical Grinding Exercise

            TOTAL 40 PERIODS

            21

            SEMESTER V

            Code No Course Title L T P C

            THEORY

            Aircraft Structures ndash II 3 0 0 3Aerodynamics ndash II 3 0 0 3Propulsion ndash II 3 0 0 3Aircraft Performance 3 0 0 3Control Engineering 3 0 0 3Experimental Stress Analysis 3 0 0 3

            PRACTICAL

            Aircraft Structures Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2CADCAM Lab 0 0 3 2Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness Lab 0 0 3 2

            22

            SEMESTER V

            AE2302 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES ndash II L T P C3 1 0 4

            OBJECTIVETo study the behaviour of various aircraft structural components under different types ofloadsModule ndash I (15 hours) UNSYMMETRICAL BENDING General Principal axis and neutral axis methods- bending stresses in beams of symmetric sections with skew loads- bending stresses in beams of unsymmetrical sections

            SHEAR FLOW IN OPEN SECTIONS Thin walled beams Concept of shear flow shear centre Elastic axis With one axis ofsymmetry with wall effective and ineffective in bending unsymmetrical beam sections

            Module ndash II (14 hours)SHEAR FLOW IN CLOSED SECTIONS Bredt ndash Batho formula Single and multi ndash cell structures- Shear flow in single amp multicellstructures under torsion Shear flow in single and multicell under bending with wallseffective and ineffective

            V-N DIAGRAMLoads on aircraft ndashlift distribution-V-n diagram-Gust loads

            Module ndash III (11 hours)BUCKLING OF PLATES Rectangular sheets under compression local buckling stress of thin walled section-Crippling stresses by Needhamrsquos and Gerardrsquos methods Thin walled column strengthsheet stiffener panels-Effective width

            STRESS ANALYSIS IN WING AND FUSELAGEShear resistant web beams-Tension field web beams(Wagnerrsquos) ndash Shear and bendingmoment distribution for cantilever and semi-cantilever types of beams

            TEXT BOOKS1 Peery DJ and Azar JJ ldquoAircraft Structuresrdquo 2nd edition McGrawndashHill NY 20072 Megson TMG ldquoAircraft Structures for Engineering Studentsrdquo Edward Arnold 2007REFERENCES1 Bruhn EH ldquoAnalysis and Design of Flight vehicles Structuresrdquo Tri ndash state off setcompany USA 19852 Rivello RM ldquoTheory and Analysis of Flight Structuresrdquo McGraw-Hill 1993

            23

            Sub Code AERODYNAMICS ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

            OBJECTIVETo understand the behaviour of airflow both internal and external in compressible flowregime with particular emphasis on supersonic flowsModule ndash I (10 hours)ONE DIMENSIONAL COMPRESSIBLE FLOW Energy Momentum continuity and state equations velocity of sound adiabatic steadystate flow equations Flow through convergent- divergent passage Performance undervarious back pressures

            Module ndash II (16 hours)NORMAL OBLIQUE SHOCKS Prandtl equation and Rankine ndash Hugonoit relation Normal shock equations Pitot statictube corrections for subsonic and supersonic flows Oblique shocks and correspondingequations Hodograph and pressure turning angle shock polar flow past wedges andconcave corners strong weak and detached shocks

            EXPANSION WAVES RAYLEIGH AND FANNO FLOW Flow past convex corners Expansion hodograph Reflection and interaction of shocks and expansion waves Method of Characteristics Two dimensional supersonic nozzlecontours

            Module ndash III (14 hours)SUPERSONIC AND TRANSONIC FLOW Rayleigh and Fanno Flow Lift drag pitching moment and center of pressure of supersonic profiles Lower and upper critical Mach numbers Lift and drag divergence shock induced separation Characteristics of swept wings Effects of thickness camber and aspect ratio of wings Transonic area rule

            TEXT BOOK1 Rathakrishnan E ldquoGas Dynamicsrdquo Prentice Hall of India 2003REFERENCES1 Shapiro AH ldquoDynamics and Thermodynamics of Compressible Fluid Flowrdquo RonaldPress 19822 Zucrow MJ and Anderson JD ldquoElements of gas dynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book CoNew York 19893 Anderson Jr D ndash ldquoModern compressible flowsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co New York

            1999

            24

            Sub Code PROPULSION ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

            OBJECTIVETo study in detail about gas turbines ramjet fundamentals of rocket propulsion andchemical rocketsModule ndash I (10 hours) AIRCRAFT GAS TURBINES 12Impulse and reaction blading of gas turbines ndash Velocity triangles and power output ndash Elementary theory ndash Vortex theory ndash Choice of blade profile pitch and chord ndash stimationof stage performance ndash Limiting factors in gas turbine design- Overall turbine performance ndash Methods of blade cooling ndash Matching of turbine and compressor Module ndash II (15 hours)RAMJET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Sub critical critical and supercritical operation ndash Combustion in ramjet engine ndash Ramjet performance ndash Simple ramjet design calculations ndash Introduction to scramjet

            FUNDAMENTALS OF ROCKET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Specific impulse of a rocket ndash internal ballistics- Rocket nozzleclassification ndash Rocket performance considerations

            Module ndash III (15 hours)CHEMICAL ROCKETS Solid propellant rockets ndash Selection criteria of solid propellants ndash Important hardware components of solid rockets ndash Propellant grain design considerations ndash Liquid propellantrockets ndash Selection of liquid propellants Cooling in liquid rockets ndash Hybrid rockets

            ADVANCED PROPULSION TECHNIQUES Electric rocket propulsion ndash Ion propulsion techniques ndash Nuclear rocket ndash Types ndash Solarsail- Preliminary Concepts in nozzleless propulsion TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York 5th

            Edn 19932 Hill PG amp Peterson CR ldquoMechanics amp Thermodynamics of Propulsionrdquo Addison ndashWesley Longman INC 1999REFERENCES1 Cohen H Rogers GFC and Saravanamuttoo HIH ldquoGas Turbine TheoryrdquoLongman Co ELBS Ed 19892 Gorden CV ldquoAero thermodynamics of Gas Turbine and Rocket Propulsionrdquo AIAAEducation Series New York 19893 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 1988

            25

            Sub Code AIRCRAFT PERFORMANCE L T P C3 0 0 3

            OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the performance of airplanes under various flightconditions like take off cruise landing climbing gliding turning etcModule ndash I (13 hours)GENERAL CONCEPTSInternational Standard atmosphere IAS EAS TAS Propeller theory- Froude momentum and blade element theories Propeller co-efficients Use of propeller charts Performance of fixed and variable pitch propellers High lift devices Thrust augmentation

            DRAG OF BODIESStreamlined and bluff body Types of drag Effect of Reynoldrsquos number on skin friction and pressure drag Drag reduction of airplanes Dragpolar Effect of Mach number on drag polar

            Module ndash II (11 hours)STEADY LEVEL FLIGHTSteady level flight Thrust required and Power required Thrust available and Power available for propeller driven and jet powered aircraft Effect of altitude maximum level flight speed conditions for minimum drag and minimum power required Effect of drag divergence on maximum velocity Range and Endurance of Propeller and Jet airplanes

            Module ndash III (16 hours)GLIDING AND CLIMBING FLIGHTShallow and steep angles of climb Rate of climb Climb hodograph Maximum Climb angle and Maximum Rate of climb- Effect of design parameters for propeller Absolute and service ceiling Gliding flight Glide hodograph

            ACCELERATD FLIGHT Estimation of take-off and landing distances Methods of reducing landing distance level turn minimum turn radius bank angle and load factor Constraints on load factor Pull up and pull down maneuvers maximum turn rate V-n diagram

            TEXT BOOKS1 HoughtonEL and Carruthers NB Aerodynamics for engineering studentsEdward Amold Publishers 19882 Anderson Jr JD Aircraft Performance and Design McGraw-Hill InternationalEdition 1999REFERENCES1 Kuethe AM and Chow CY Foundations of Aerodynamics John Wiley amp Sons19822 JJBertin Aerodynamics for Engineers Prentice-Hall 19883 LJ Clancey Aerodynamics Pitman 19864 Anderson Jr JD Introduction to Flight McGraw-Hill International Edition 1999

            26

            Sub Code CONTROL ENGINEERING L T P C3 0 0 3

            OBJECTIVETo understand the basic concepts of flight control systemModule ndash I (11 hours) INTRODUCTIONHistorical review - Simple pneumatic hydraulic and thermal systems Series and parallelsystems Analogies - Mechanical and electrical components Development of flight control systems OPEN AND CLOSED LOOP SYSTEMSFeedback control systems ndash Block diagram representation of control systems Reductionof block diagrams Output to input ratios Signal flow graph

            Module ndash II (15 hours)CHARACTERISTIC EQUATION AND FUNCTIONS Lap lace transformation Response of systems to different inputs viz Step input impulse ramp parabolic and sinusoidal inputs Time response of first and second order systems steady state errors and error constants of unity feedback circuit

            SAMPLED DATA SYSTEMS Introduction to digital control system Digital Controllers and Digital PID Controllers

            Module ndash III (14 hours)CONCEPT OF STABILITYNecessary and sufficient conditions Routh ndash Hurwitz criteria of stability Root locus andBode techniques Concept and construction frequency response

            TOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Ogato ldquoModern Control Engineeringrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19982 GopalM ldquoControl Systems Principles and designrdquo ndash Tata McGraw-Hill PublicationNew Delhi 2000REFERENCES1 Azzo JJD and CH Houpis ldquoFeed back control system analysis and synthesisrdquoMcGraw ndash Hill International 3rd Edition 19982 Kuo BC ldquoAutomatic control systemsrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19983 Houpis CH and Lamont GB ldquoDigital Control Systemsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co NewYork USA 19954 Naresh K Sinha ldquoControl Systemsrdquo New Age International Publishers New Delhi

            27

            Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS L T P C3 0 0 3

            OBJECTIVETo bring awareness on experimental method of finding the response of the structure todifferent types of loadModule ndash I (15 hours) MEASUREMENTS amp EXTENSOMETER Principles of measurements Accuracy Sensitivity and range of measurements Mechanical Optical Acoustical and Electrical extensometers and their uses Advantagesand disadvantages

            ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE STRAIN GAUGES Principle of operation and requirements Types and their uses Materials for strain gauge Calibration and temperature compensation cross sensitivity Rosette analysis Wheastone bridge for static and dynamic strain measurements strain indicators

            Module ndash II (14 hours)PHOTOELASTICITY Two dimensional photo elasticity Concept of light ndash photoelastic effects stress optic lawInterpretation of fringe pattern Compensation and separation techniques Photo elasticmaterials Introduction to three dimensional photo elasticity

            Module ndash III (11 hours)BRITTLE COATING AND MOIRE METHODSIntroduction to Moire techniques brittle coating methods and holography NON ndash DESTRUCTIVE TESTINGFundamentals of NDT Radiography ultrasonic magnetic particle inspection Fluorescent penetrant technique Eddy current testing Acoustic Emission Technique

            TEXT BOOKS1 Srinath LS Raghava MR Lingaiah K Garagesha G Pant B andRamachandra K ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill New Delhi 1984REFERENCES1 Dally JW and Riley WF ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo McGraw-Hill Inc NewYork 2005 IV edition2 Hetyenyi M ldquoHand book of Experimental Stress Analysisrdquo John Wiley and Sons IncNew York 19723 Pollock AA ldquoAcoustic Emission in Acoustics and Vibration Progressrdquo Ed StephensRWB Chapman and Hall 1993

            28

            Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndash II 0 0 3 100

            OBJECTIVE

            To experimentally study the unsymmetrical bending of beams find the location of shear centre obtain the stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques calibration of photo ndash elastic materials and study on vibration of beams

            LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

            1 Unsymmetrical bending of beams2 Shear centre location for open sections3 Shear centre location for closed sections4 Constant strength beam5 Flexibility matrix for cantilever beam6 Beam with combined loading7 Calibration of Photo- elastic materials8 Stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques9 Vibrations of beams10 Wagner beam ndash Tension field beam

            TOTAL 45

            29

            Sub Code CAD CAM LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

            OBJECTIVETo teach and train the students in the lab about the design and drafting of aerocomponents LIST OF EXPERIMENTSDesign and Modeling of rectangular plate with holeDesign and Modeling of spar componentsDesign and Modeling of Aerofoil structuresDesign and Modeling of cut section for wingsDesign and Modeling of Machine componentDesign and Modeling of Machine componentsDesign and Analysis of a TrussDesign and Analysis of Beam distributed loadDesign of Landing gearFacingTurning(Taper Step)

            TOTAL 40 PERIODS

            30

            HSSM7203 Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness LabLab 30 hoursThis course will focus on communication in professional (work-related) situations of the kind thatBPUT graduates may expect to encounter on entering the professional domainSome typical forms of work-related communication oral or written are listed below Practiceactivities for all four skills can be designed around these or similar situations1 Gaining entry into an organizationi Preparing job-applications and CVsii Facing an interviewiii Participating in group discussion (as part of the recruitmentprocess)2 In-house communicationa Superior Senior 1048782 subordinate junior (individual 1048782 individual group)i Welcoming new entrants to the organization introducing the workplace cultureetcii Briefing subordinates juniors explaining duties and responsibilities etcii Motivating subordinates juniors (lsquopep talkrsquo)iii Instructing directing subordinates juniorsiv Expressing recording appreciation praising rewarding a subordinate or juniorv Reprimanding correcting disciplining a subordinatejunior (for a lapse) askingfor an explanation etcb Subordinate Junior 1048782 Superior Seniori Responding to the aboveii Reporting problems difficulties deficienciesiii Offering suggestions

            31

            SEMESTER VI

            Code No Course Title L T P C

            THEORYHSSM3301 Principles of Management 3 0 0 3

            Finite Element Method 3 0 0 3Aircraft Stability and Control 3 0 0 3Wind Tunnel Techniques 3 0 0 3High Temperature Materials 3 0 0 3

            E1 Elective ndash I 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

            Aero Engine Laboratory 0 0 3 2Aircraft Design Project - I 0 0 3 2Aerodynamics Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2

            32

            SEMESTER VI

            HSSM3301 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (3-0-0)

            Module I Functions of Management Concept of Management Management as an Art or Science The Process of Management Managerial Skills Good Managers are Born not Made Management is concerned with Ideas Things and People How a Manager Induces Workers to Put in Their Best Levels and Types of Management Evolution of Management Thought Managerial Environment The process of Management-Planning Organizing Directing Staffing Controlling

            Module II Marketing Function of Management Modern Concept of Marketing The Functional Classification of Marketing Functions of a Marketing Management Marketing Mix Fundamental Needs of Customers The Role of Distribution channels in Marketing Advertising Marketing Consumerism and Environmentalism

            Module III Financial Function amp HRM Functions Financial Functions Concept of Financial Management Project Appraisal Tools of Financial decisions making Overview of Working Capital HRM Function of Management Human Resource Management Human Resource Development Importance of HRM Overview of Job Analysis Job Description Job Specification Labour Turnover Manpower Planning Recruitment Selection Induction Training and Development Placement Wage and Salary Administration Performance Appraisal Grievance Handling Welfare Aspects

            Reference Books 1 Business Organization amp Management CR Basu TMH 2 Business Organization amp Management Tulsia Pandey Pearson 3 Marketing Management Kotler Keller Koshi Jha Pearson 4 Financial Management IM Pandey Vikas 5 Human Resource Management Aswasthapa TMH 6 Modern Business Organisation amp Management by Sherlekar Himalaya Publishing House

            33

            Sub Code FINITE ELEMENT METHOD L T P C3 0 0 3

            OBJECTIVETo introduce the concept of numerical analysis of structural componentsModule ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION Review of basic approximate methods of analyses ndash Stiffness and Flexibility matrix forsimple cases ndash Governing equation and convergence criteria of finite element method

            DISCRETE ELEMENTS Bar Frame beam elements ndash Application to static dynamic analysis

            Module ndash II (10 hours)

            CONTINUUM ELEMENTS Various types of 2-D-elements Application to plane stress plane strain and axisymmetricproblems Module ndash III (16 hours)ISOPARAMETRIC ELEMENTS Applications to two and three-dimensional problems(four eight and nine nodded element) Numerical Integration

            FIELD PROBLEMApplications to other field problems like heat transfer and fluid flow

            TEXT BOOK1 TirupathiRC and Ashok DB ldquoIntroduction to Finite Elements in EngineeringrdquoPrentice Hall India Third Edition 2003REFERENCES1 Reddy JN ldquoAn Introduction to Finite Element Methodrdquo McGraw-Hill 20002 Krishnamurthy CS ldquoFinite Element Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill 20003 Bathe KJ and Wilson EL ldquoNumerical Methods in Finite Elements AnalysisrdquoPrentice Hall of India 1985

            34

            Sub Code AIRCRAFT STABILITY amp CONTROL L T P C3 1 0 4

            OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the concepts of stable and nonstable configurationof airplanes To introduce the concepts of control of airplanes under variousoperating conditions

            Module ndash I (13 hours)STATIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY AND CONTROL 15General concepts-Degrees of freedom of a rigid body Static and dynamic stability Need for stability in an airplane inherently and marginally stable airplanes Stability and Controllability Requirements of control surfaces criteria for longitudinal static stability contribution to stability by wing tail fuselage wing fuselage combination Total longitudinal stability Neutral point-Stick fixed and Stick free aspects Free elevator factor static margin Hinge moment Power effects on stability-propeller and jet aircrafts longitudinal control Movement of centre of gravity elevator control effectiveness elevator control power elevator angle to trim elevator angle per g maneuver point Stick force gradient and stick force per g Aerodynamic balancing

            Module ndash II (15 hours) STATIC DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND CONTROL Directional stability-yaw and sideslip Criterion of directional stability contribution to static directional stability by wing fuselage tail Power effects on directional stabilitypropeller and jet aircrafts Rudder lock and Dorsal fin Directional control rudder control effectiveness rudder requirements adverse yaw asymmetric power condition spin recovery

            STATIC LATERAL STABILTY AND CONTROL Lateral stability-Dihedral effect criterion for lateral stability evaluation of lateral stability-contribution of fuselage wing wing fuselage tail total static lateral stability lateral control aileron reversal aileron reversal speed

            Module ndash III (12 hours) DYNAMIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY Aircraft Equations of motion small disturbance theory Estimation of longitudinal stability derivatives stability derivatives solving the stability quartic Phugoid motion

            DYNAMIC LATERAL AND DIRECTIONAL STABILITY Dutch roll and spiral instability Auto rotation and spin

            TEXT BOOKS1 Perkins CD amp Hage RE Airplane performance stability and control John Wileyamp Sons 19762 Nelson RC Flight Stability amp Automatic Control McGraw Hill 1998REFERENCES1 McCormick BW Aerodynamics Aeronautics amp Flight Mechanics John Wiley19952 Babister AW Aircraft Stability and response Pergamon Press 19803 Etkin B Dynamics of Flight Stability and Control John Wiley New York 19824 Pamadi BN Performnce Stability Dynamics and Control of Airplanes AIAA Education Series 2004

            35

            Sub Code WIND TUNNEL TECHNIQUES L T P C3 0 0 3

            OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of measurement of forces and moments on models during the wind tunnel testing

            Module ndash I (10 hours)WIND TUNNELSClassification ndashnon-dimensional numbers-types of similarities - Layout of open circuit and closed circuit subsonic wind tunnels ndash design parameters-energy ratio - HP calculationsCalibration

            Module ndash II (15 hours) HIGH SPEED WIND TUNNELSBlow down in draft and induction tunnel layouts and their design features Transonic supersonic and hypersonic tunnels their peculiarities and calibration Helium and gun tunnels Shock tubes

            FLOW VISUALIZATIONSmoke and Tuft grid techniques ndash Dye injection special techniques ndash Optical methods offlow visualization

            Module ndash II (15 hours)WIND TUNNEL MEASUREMENTSPressurevelocity and temperature measurements ndash Force measurements ndash types of balances-Three component and six component balances ndash calibration of measuring instruments

            NON-INTRUSIVE FLOW DIAGNOSTICSLaser ndash Doppler anemometry Particle image velocimetry Laser induced fluorescence TEXT BOOK1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow Speed Wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley Publication1984REFERENCE1 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh Speed wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley 1985

            36

            Sub Code HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS L T P C3 0 0 3

            OBJECTIVETo learn damage mechanism and failure of components of elavated temperatures

            Module ndash I (15 hours)CREEPFactors influencing functional life of components at elevated temperatures definition of creep curve various stages of creep metallurgical factors influencing various stages effect of stress temperatures and strain rate

            Design of transient creep time hardening strain hardening expressions of rupture life ofcreep ductile and brittle materials Monkman-Grant relationship

            Module ndash II (13 hours)FRACTURE AND OXIDATIONVarious types of fracture brittle to ductile from low temperature to high temperature cleavage fracture due to micro void coalescence ndash diffusion controlled void growth fracture maps for different alloys and oxidesOxidation Pilling Bedworth ratio kinetic laws of oxidation ndash defect structure and control of Oxidation by alloy additions

            Module ndash III (12 hours)HOT CORROSION SUPER ALLOYS AND OTHER MATERIALHot gas corrosion deposit modified hot gas corrosion fluxing mechanisms effect of alloying elements on hot corrosion interaction of hot corrosion and creep methods of combat hot corrosion

            Iron base Nickel base abd Cobalt base super alloys composition control solid solution strengthening precipitation hardening by gamma prime grain boundary strengthening TCP phase embrittlement solidfication of single crystals Intermetallics high temperature ceramics

            TEXT BOOKS1 Raj R ldquoFlow and Fracture at Elevated TemperaturesrdquoAmerican Society for MetalsUSA 19852 Hertzberg RW ldquoDeformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering materialsrdquo 4th

            Edition John Wiley USA 19963 Courtney T H ldquoMechanical Behaviour of MaterialsrdquoMcGraw-Hill USA 1990REFERENCES1 Boyle JT Spencer J ldquoStress Analysis for Creeprdquo Butterworths UK 19832 BressersJ ldquoCreep and Fatigue in High Temperature Alloysrdquo Applied Science 19813 McLean D ldquoDirectionally Solidified Materials for High Temperature ServicerdquoThe Metals Society USA 1985

            37

            AE2355 AERO ENGINE LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

            OBJECTIVETo introduce the knowledge of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines1 Study of free convective heat transfer over a flat plate2 Engine (Piston Engine) - cleaning visual inspection NDT checks3 Piston Engine Components - dimensional checks4 Velocity profiles of free jets5 Velocity profiles of wall jets6 Combustion Studies in a model jet engine combustor7 Jet Engine ndash identification of components amp defects8 Jet Engine ndash NDT checks and dimensional checks9 Study of hybrid rocket propulsion system10 Engine starting procedures11 Study of ramjet12 Burn rate measurements of solid propellants

            TOTAL 45 PERIODS

            38

            Sub code AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash I L T P C0 0 3 2

            OBJECTIVETo introduce and develop the basic concept of aircraft designEach student is assigned the design of an Airplane (or Helicopter or any other flightvehicle) for given preliminary specifications The following are the assignments to becarried outEXPERIMENTS1 Comparative configuration study of different types of airplanes2 Comparative study on specification and performance details of aircraft3 Preparation of comparative data sheets4 Work sheet layout procedures5 Comparative graphs preparation and selection of main parameters for the design6 Preliminary weight estimations selection of main parameters7 Power plant selection Aerofoil selection Wing tail and control surfaces8 Preparation of layouts of balance diagram and three view drawings9 Drag estimation10 Detailed performance calculations and stability estimates

            TOTAL 45 PERIODS

            AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY- II

            1 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of symmetric aerofoil section2 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of cambered aerofoil section3 Pressure distribution over a Nose cone model4 Determination of Base drag of a missile model5 Determination of profile drag of bodies by wake survey method6 Study of flow field over a backward facing step7 Pressure distribution over a water tank model for various wind speeds8 Velocity profiles for different simulated terrains9 Calibration of Supersonic Wind Tunnel10 Flow visualization studies in supersonic flows

            TOTAL 45 PERIODS

            39

            40

            SEMESTER VII

            Code No Course Title L T P C

            THEORY

            PCME4404 Production and Operation Management 3 0 0 3Avionics 3 0 0 3Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 0 3Vibrations And Elements of Aeroelasticity 3 0 0 3

            E2 Elective ndash II 3 0 0 3E3 Elective ndash III 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

            Aircraft Design Project ndash II 0 0 3 2Aircraft Systems Lab 0 0 3 2Project Work and Seminar 0 0 3 3

            41

            SEMESTER VII

            PCME4404 Production and Operation Management L T P C

            Objective The course aims at acquainting all engineering graduates irrespective of theirspecializations the basic issues and tools of managing production and operations functionsof an organizationModule I1 Operations Function in an Organization Manufacturing Vrs Service Operations Systemview of Operations Strategic Role of Operations Operations Strategies for CompetitiveAdvantage Operations Quality and Productivity Focus Meeting Global Challenges ofProduction and Operations Imperatives (3 Hours)2 Designing Products Services and Processes New Product Design- Product Life CycleProduct Development Process Process Technology Project Jobshop Batch AssemblyLine Continuous Manufacturing Process Technology Life Cycle Process TechnologyTrends FMS CIM CAD CAM Design for Services Services Process Technology(4 Hours)3 Work Study Methods Study- Techniques of Analysis recording improvement andstandardization Work Measurement Work Measurement Principles using Stopwatch TimeStudy Predetermined Motion Time Standards and Work Sampling Standard TimeEstimation (4 Hours)Module II4 Location and Layout Planning Factor Influencing Plant and Warehouse LocationsImpact of Location on cost and revenues Facility Location Procedure and Models Qualitative Models Breakeven Analysis location Model centroid methodLayout Planning Layout Types Process Layout Product Layout Fixed Position LayoutPlanning block diagramming line balancing computerized layout planning- overviewGroup Technology (4 Hours)5 Forecasting Principles and Method Moving Average weighted Moving AverageExponential Smoothing Winterrsquos Method for Seasonal Demand Forecasting Error(4 Hours)6 Manufacturing Planning and Control The Framework and Components AggregatePlanning Master Production Scheduling Rough-cut-Capacity Planning MaterialRequirements Planning Capacity Requirements Planning (5 Hours)Module III7 Sequencing and Scheduling Single Machine Sequencing Basics and PerformanceEvaluation Criteria Methods for Minimizing Mean Flow Time Parallel Machines Minimization of Makespan Flowshop sequencing 2 and 3 machines cases JohnsonrsquosRule and Jobshop Scheduling Priority dispatching Rules (3 Hours)8 Inventory Control Relevant Costs Basic EOQ Model Model with Quantity discountEconomic Batch Quantity Periodic and Continuous Review Systems Safety Stock ReorderPoint and Order Quantity Calculations ABC Analysis (4 Hours)9 Modern Trends in Manufacturing Just in Time (JIT) System Shop Floor Control ByKanbans Total Quality Management Total Productive Maintenance ISO 9000 QualityCircle Kaizen Poka Yoke Supply Chain Management (4 Hours)Reference Book1 SNChary ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 R Paneerselvam ldquoProduction and Operations Management Prentice Hall of India3 Aswathappa amp Bhatt ndash Production amp Operations Management HPH4 Gaither amp Frazier - Operations Management Cengage Publication5 Russell amp Taylor - Operations Management PHI Publication6 Chase Aquilanno Jacob amp Agarwal - Operations Management TMH Publication7 EE Adam and RJ Ebert ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India

            42

            Sub Code AVIONICS L T P C3 0 0 3

            OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of navigation amp communication systems of aircraft

            Module ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems ndash Integrated Avionicssystem ndash Typical avionics sub systems ndash Design approaches and recent advances -Application Technologies

            PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS Digital Computers ndash Digital number system- number systems and codes-Fundamentals of logic and combinational logic circuits ndashDigital arithmetic ndash interfacing with analoguesystems

            Module ndash II (11 hours)Basic of Microprocessors and application Microprocessors ndash Memories- Microprocessors real time application related to aircraft

            DIGITAL AVIONICS ARCHITECTURE Avionics system architecturendash salient features and applications of Data buses MILndashSTD1553 BndashARINC 429ndashARINC 629

            Module ndash III (15 hours)

            FLIGHT DECK AND COCKPITSControl and display technologies CRT LCD - Touch screen - Direct voice input (DVI) - Civil cockpit and military cockpit MFDS HUD MFK HOTAS AVIONICS SYSTEMS Communication Systems - Navigation systems - Flight control systems - Radar electronic warfare - Utility systems Reliability and maintainability - Certification TEXT BOOKS1 Malcrno AP and Leach DP ldquoDigital Principles and Applicationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill19902 Gaonkar RS ldquoMicroprocessors Architecture ndash Programming and Applicationrdquo Wileyand Sons Ltd New Delhi 1990REFERENCES1 Middleton DH Ed ldquoAvionics Systems Longman Scientific and Technicalrdquo LongmanGroup UK Ltd England 19892 Spitzer CR ldquoDigital Avionic Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ USA19873 Brain Kendal ldquoManual of Avionicsrdquo The English Book House 3rd Edition New Delhi19934 Nagaraja ldquoNavigation systemrdquo5 J Powell ldquoAircraft Radio Systemrdquo

            43

            Sub Code COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

            OBJECTIVETo study the flow of dynamic fluids by computational methods

            Module-I (10 hours) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows Mathematical properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations - Well posed problems - discretization of partial Differential Equations Explicit finite difference methods of subsonic supersonic and viscous flows

            Module-II (15 hours)

            DISCRETIZATION Boundary layer Equations and methods of solution -Implicit time dependent methods forinviscid and viscous compressible flows - Concept of numerical dissipation --Stabilityproperties of explicit and implicit methods - Conservative upwind discretization forHyperbolic systems - Further advantages of upwind differencing GRID GENERATION Structured grids Types and transformations Generation of structured grids Unstructured grids Delany triangulation

            Module-III (15 hours)

            FINITE VOLUME TECHNIQUESFinite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping -Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy - Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques ndash Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives Flux ndash splitting schemes Pressure correction solvers ndash SIMPLE PESO Vorticity transport formulation Implicitsemi-implicit schemes

            TEXT BOOK1 Fletcher CAJ ldquoComputational Techniques for Fluid Dynamicsrdquo Vols I and IISpringer - Verlag Berlin 1988REFERENCES1 John F Wendt (Editor) ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics - An Introductionrdquo Springer ndashVerlag Berlin 19922 Charles Hirsch ldquoNumerical Computation of Internal and External Flowsrdquo Vols I and IIJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 19883 Klaus A Hoffmann and Steve T Chiang ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics forEngineersrdquo Vols I amp II Engineering Education System PO Box 20078 W WichitaKS 67208 - 1078 USA 19934 Anderson JrD ldquoFundamentals of Aerodynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill 2000

            44

            AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

            OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

            Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

            SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

            Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

            Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

            ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

            45

            AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

            OBJECTIVE

            To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

            Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

            LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

            1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

            TOTAL 60

            AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

            OBJECTIVE

            To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

            LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

            1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

            TOTAL 60

            46

            SEMESTER VIII

            Code No Course Title L T P C

            THEORY

            Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

            Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

            47

            Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

            OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

            Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

            METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

            Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

            Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

            FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

            REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

            48

            Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

            OBJECTIVE

            The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

            PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

            OBJECTIVE

            The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

            The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

            Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

            OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

            LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

            1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

            composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

            fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

            49

            1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

            SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

            Code No Course Title L T P C

            Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

            Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

            SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

            Code No Course Title L T P C

            Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

            ELECTIVESndash III

            Code No Course Title L T P C

            Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

            SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

            Code No Course Title L T P C

            Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

            ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

            Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

            50

            Elective Subjects

            Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

            OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

            BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

            Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

            Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

            TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

            TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

            51

            Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

            OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

            Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

            UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

            52

            AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

            OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

            Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

            Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

            MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

            Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

            AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

            TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

            53

            Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

            3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

            Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

            Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

            RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

            Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

            HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

            54

            Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

            OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

            Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

            IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

            Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

            Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

            55

            Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

            OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

            Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

            STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

            Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

            Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

            56

            Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

            Module-I (15hours)

            FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

            COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

            Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

            Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

            COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

            57

            Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

            OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

            Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

            BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

            Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

            BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

            Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

            58

            Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

            OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

            Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

            Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

            Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

            Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

            TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

            59

            Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

            OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

            Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

            PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

            Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

            PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

            Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

            Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

            60

            Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

            Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

            EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

            Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

            Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

            SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

            61

            AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

            OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

            Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

            Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

            AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

            Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

            TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

            62

            Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

            OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

            Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

            VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

            INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

            63

            Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

            OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

            Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

            MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

            Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

            PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

            Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

            64

            Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

            OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

            65

            Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

            Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

            CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

            Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

            CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

            Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

            66

            • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
            • Course Title
              • THEORY
              • SEMESTER III
              • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
              • (for a batch of 30 students)
              • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
              • (for a batch of 30 students)
                • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                • (for a batch of 30 students)
                    • Course Title
                      • THEORY
                      • PRACTICAL
                      • SEMESTER V
                        • Course Title
                          • THEORY
                          • PRACTICAL
                          • SEMESTER VI
                            • Course Title
                              • THEORY
                              • PRACTICAL
                              • SEMESTER VI
                                • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                  • SEMESTER VII
                                    • Course Title
                                      • THEORY
                                      • PRACTICAL
                                      • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                        • TOTAL 60
                                        • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                        • TOTAL 60
                                          • SEMESTER VIII
                                            • Course Title
                                              • THEORY
                                              • PRACTICAL
                                              • Co New York 1989
                                              • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                              • OBJECTIVE
                                              • PROJECT WORK
                                                • OBJECTIVE
                                                  • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                      • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                        • Course Title
                                                        • Course Title
                                                        • Course Title
                                                        • Course Title
                                                        • Course Title
                                                          • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

              PCAE1205 ELEMENTS OF AERONAUTICS L T P C3 1 0 3

              OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of aerospace engineering and the current developments in the fieldMODULE-I (14 Lectures)AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATIONS Brief History-Components of an airplane and their functions Different types of flight vehicles classifications Basic instruments for flying

              INTRODUCTION TO PRINCIPLES OF FLIGHT Physical properties and structure of the atmosphere Temperature pressure and altitude relationships Evolution of lift drag and moment Different types of drag

              MODULE-II (18 Lectures)

              INTRODUCTION TO AERODYNAMICS Aerodynanic forces on aircraft ndash classification of NACA aerofoils aspect ratio wing loading Mach numbercentre of pressure and aerodynamic centre-aerofoil characteristicslift drag curves

              INTRODUCTION TO AIRPLANE STRUCTURES AND MATERIALS General types of construction Monocoque semi-monocoque Typical wing and fuselage structure Metallic and non-metallic materials Use of aluminium alloy titanium stainless steel and composite materials

              MODULE-III (8 Lectures)POWER PLANTS USED IN AIRPLANES Basic ideas about piston turboprop and jet engines Use of propeller and jets for thrust production Comparative merits Principles of operation of rocket types of rockets and typical applications Exploration into space

              TEXT BOOKS1Anderson JD ldquoIntroduction to Flightrdquo McGraw-Hill 1995REFERENCE 1Kermode AC ldquoFlight without Formulaerdquo McGraw-Hill 1997

              7

              PCAE7201 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

              OBJECTIVETo develop the knowledge in testing the materials for hardness fatigue impact tensionand torsionLIST OF EXPERIMENTSBrinell Hardness testRockwell Hardness testTension testTorsion testIzod Impact testCharpy Impact testReverse plate bending Fatigue testRotating Beam Fatigue testTesting of springsBlock Compression Test

              TOTAL 45 PERIODSLIST OF EQUIPMENTS

              (for a batch of 30 students)SlNo Details of Equipments Qty Required For Experiments

              1 Hardness Testing Machine 1 12

              2 Impact Testing Machine 1 5 6

              3 Fatigue tester- Rotating Beam 1 8

              4 Fatigue tester ndashReverse plate bending 1 7

              5 Universal Testing Machine 1 123910

              8

              PCAE7202 FLUID MECHANICS AND MACHINERY LABORATORY L T P C(Common to Aeronautical Automobile Mech amp Prod) 0 0 3 2

              OBJECTIVETo study the flow measurement and the performance of fluid machineryLIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Calibration of venturimeter2 Pressure measurement with pitot static tube3 Determination of pipe flow losses4 Verification of Bernoullirsquos theorem5 Flow visualization by Heleshaw apparatus6 Performance test on centrifugal pumps7 Performance test on reciprocating pumps8 Performance test on piston wheel turbine9 Performance test on Francis turbine10 Determination of Viscosity of a Fluid

              TOTAL 45 PERIODSLIST OF EQUIPMENTS (for a batch of 30 students)

              SlNo Details of Equipments Qty Req Experiment No

              1 Venturimeter setup 1 132 Pipe friction set up 1 33 Pitot tube set up 1 244 Jet pump 1 65 Submersible pump 1 66 Centrifugal pump 1 67 Reciprocating pump 1 78 Pelton wheel turbine and Francis turbine 1 899 Viscosity Meter 1 1010 Hele-shaw apparatus 1 5

              9

              PCAE7203 THERMODYNAMICS LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

              OBJECTIVETo enhance the basic knowledge in applied thermodynamicsLIST OF EXPERIMENTSPerformance test on a 4-stroke engineValve timing of a 4 ndash stroke engine and port timing of a 2 stroke engineDetermination of effectiveness of a parallel flow heat exchangerDetermination of effectiveness of a counter flow heat exchangerDetermination of heating value of a fuelCOP test on a vapour compression refrigeration test rigCOP test on a vapour compression air-conditioning test rigDetermination of specific heat of solidDetermination of Thermal Conductivity of solidDetermination of Thermal Resistance of a Composite wall

              TOTAL 45 PERIODS

              LIST OF EQUIPMENTS (for a batch of 30 students)

              SlNo Details of Equipments Qty Req Experiment No

              1 4 stroke twin cylinder diesel engine 1 12 Cut section model of 4 stroke kirloskar diesel engine and cut

              section model of 2 stroke petrol engine1 2

              3 Parallel and counter flow heat exchanger test rig 1 344 Bomb Calorimeter 1 55 Vapour compression refrigeration test rig 1 66 Vapour compression air-conditioning test rig 1 77 Gas Turbine Engine 1 88 Conductive Heat Transfer set up 1 99 Composite wall 1 10

              10

              Semester IV

              Code No Course Title L T P C

              THEORYBSCM1210 Mathematics ndash IV (Common to all branch for 4th sem) 3 1 0 4PCAE1206 Aerodynamics ndash I 3 0 0 4PCAE1207 Aircraft Systems and Instrumentations 3 0 0 3PCAE1208 Production Technology 3 0 0 3PCAE1209 Aircraft Structures ndash I 3 1 0 3PCAE1210 Propulsion ndash I 3 0 0 3PRACTICALPCAE7204 Aircraft Structures Lab ndash I 0 0 3 2PCAE7205 Aerodynamics Lab- I 0 0 3 2PCAE7206 Manufacturing Technology Lab 0 0 3 2

              11

              SEMESTER IV

              BSCM1210 Mathematics ndash IV(Common to all branch)

              Module-I (20 hours)Numerical methodsApproximation and round of errors Truncation error and Taylorrsquos seriesRoots of equation The bisection method the false-position method fixed point iteration theNewton-Raphson method Mullerrsquos methodLinear algebraic equation LU decomposition the matrix inverse Gauss-Seidel methodInterpolation Newton divided difference interpolation Lagrange Interpolation Newtonrsquos forwardand backward interpolationNumerical integration The trapezoidal rule The Simpsonrsquos rules Gauss quadratureOrdinary differential equation Eulerrsquos method Improvement of Eulerrsquos method Runge-KuttamethodsModule-II (10 Hours)ProbabilityProbability Random variables Probability distributions Mean and variance of distributionBinomial Poisson and Hypergeometric distributions Normal distribution Distribution of severalrandom variablesModule-III (10 Hours)Mathematical StatisticsRandom sampling Estimation of Parameters Confidence Intervals Testing of hypothesisAcceptance sampling Chi square test for goodness of fit Regression Analysis Fitting StraightLines Correlation analysisText books1 S C Chapra and R P Canale ldquo Numerical methods for Engineersrdquo Fifth EditionMcGraw Hill EducationReading Chapters 2 3(31 32) 4(42 43) 5(51 52 53) 6(64) 9(91 92) 10(102)13(131132135) 16(161 162) 17(173) 20(201 202 203)2 E Kreyszigrdquo Advanced Engineering Mathematics Eighth Edition Wiley IndiaReading Chapters 22 23( except 235 and 238)Reference books1 Jay L Devore ldquoProbability and Statistics for Engineering and SciencesrdquoSeventh Edition ThomsonCENGAGE Learning India Pvt LtdP VOrsquoNeil ldquoAdvanced Engineering Mathematicsrdquo CENGAGE Learning New Delhi

              PCAE1206 AERODYNAMICS ndash I L T P C3 0 0 3

              OBJECTIVE

              12

              To understand the behaviour of airflow over bodies with particular emphasis on airfoilsections in the incompressible flow regime

              Module-I (14 hours)REVIEW OF BASIC FLUID MECHANICS Continuity momentum and energy equations

              UNIT II TWO DIMENSIONAL FLOWS Basic flows ndash Source Sink Free and Forced vortex uniform parallel flow Their combinations Ideal Flow over a circular cylinder DrsquoAlembertrsquos Paradox Magnus effect KuttaJonkowskirsquos Theorem Starting Vortex Kutta condition Pressure and velocity distributions on bodies with and without circulation in ideal and real fluid flows

              Module-II (16 hours)

              AIRFOIL THEORY Cauchy-Riemann relations Complex Potential Methodology of Conformal Transformation Kutta-Joukowski transformation and its applications Karman Trefftz Profiles Thin Airfoil theory and its applications

              SUBSONIC WING THEORY Vortex Filament Biot and Savart Law Bound Vortex and trailing Vortex Horse Shoe Vortex Lifting Line Theory and its limitations

              Module-III (12 hours)INTRODUCTION TO LAMINAR AND TURBULENT FLOWBoundary layer and boundary layer thickness displacement thickness momentum thickness Energy thickness Shape parameter Boundary layer equations for a steady two dimensional incompressible flow Boundary Layer growth over a Flat plate Critical Reynolds Number Blasius solution Basics of Turbulent flow Prandtlrsquos mixing length hypothesis Free shear layers

              TEXT BOOKS1 Houghton EL and Caruthers NB Aerodynamics for Engineering studentsEdward Arnold Publishers Ltd London 19892 Anderson JD Fundamentals of Aerodynamics MaGraw Hill Book Co 1999REFERENCES1 Milne Thomson LH Theoretical Aerodynamics Macmillan 19852 John J Bertin Aerodynamics for Engineers Pearson Education Inc 20023 Clancey L J Aerodynamics Pitman 1986

              13

              PCAE1207 AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS AND INSTRUMENTS L T P C3 0 0 3

              OBJECTIVETo describe the principle and working of aircraft systems and instruments Module-I (9 hours)AIRPLANE CONTROL SYSTEMS Conventional Systems - fully powered flight controls - Power actuated systems ndash Modern control systems - Digital fly by wire systems - Auto pilot system active control Technology

              Module-II (17 hours)AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS Hydraulic systems - Study of typical workable system - components - Pneumatic systems - Advantages - Working principles - Typical Air pressure system ndash Brake system ndash Typical Pneumatic power system - Components Landing Gear systems - Classification

              ENGINE SYSTEMS Fuel systems for Piston and jet engines - Components of multi engines Lubricating systems for piston and jet engines - Starting and Ignition systems - Typical examples for piston and jet engines

              Module-II (14 hours)AUXILIARY SYSTEM Basic Air cycle systems - Vapour Cycle systems Evaporative vapour cycle systems - Evaporative air cycle systems - Fire protection systems Deicing and anti icing systems

              AIRCRAFT INSTRUMENTS Flight Instruments and Navigation Instruments ndash Gyroscope - Accelerometers Air speedIndicators ndash TAS EAS- Mach Meters - Altimeters - Principles and operation - Study of various types of engine instruments - Tachometers - Temperature gauges ndash Pressure gauges - Operation and Principles

              TEXT BOOKS1 McKinley JL and Bent RD ldquoAircraft Maintenance amp Repairrdquo McGraw-Hill 19932 ldquoGeneral Hand Books of Airframe and Powerplant Mechanicsrdquo US Dept ofTransportation Federal Aviation Administation The English Book Store NewDelhi1995REFERENCES1 Mekinley JL and Bent RD ldquoAircraft Power Plantsrdquo McGraw-Hill 19932 Pallet EHJ ldquoAircraft Instruments amp Principlesrdquo Pitman amp Co 19933 Treager S ldquoGas Turbine Technologyrdquo McGraw-Hill 1997

              14

              PCAE1208 PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY L T P C3 0 0 3

              OBJECTIVEThe components such a piston connecting rod crankshaft engine block front axle frame body etc are manufactured by various types of production processes involving casting welding machining metal forming powder metallurgy etc hence Engineering students must study this course production technology UNIT I CASTING nd WELDING 16Casting types procedure to make sand mould types of core making moulding tolls machine moulding special moulding processes-co2 moulding shell moulding investment moulding permanent mould casting pressure die casting centrifugal casting continuous casting casting defects

              Classification of welding processes Principles of Oxyacetylene gas welding AC metal arc welding resistance welding submerged arc welding tungsten inert gas welding metal inert gas welding plasma arc welding thermic welding electron beam welding laser beam welding defects in welding soldering and brazing

              UNIT II MACHIINING 14General principles (with schematic diagrams only) of working and commonly performedoperations in the following machines Lathe Shaper Planer Horizontal milling machineUniversal drilling machine Cylindrical grinding machine Capstan and Turret lathe Basics of CNC machines General principles and applications of the following processesAbrasive jet machining Ultrasonic machining Electric discharge machining Electro chemical machining Plasma are machining Electron beam machining and Laser beammachining

              UNIT IV METAL FORMING AND POWDER METALLURGY 11Types of plastics-characteristics of the forming and shaping processes-Moulding of Thermoplastics-working principles and typical applications of Injection moulding- Thermoforming-processing of thermosets-working principles and typical applications-

              Principles and applications of the following processes Forging Rolling Extrusion Wiredrawing and Spinning Powder metallurgy-Principal steps involved advantages Disadvantages and limitations of powder metallurgy TEXT BOOK1 Harija choudry Elements of workshop Technology vol I and II Media promoters andpublishers pvt Ltd Mumbai 2001REFERENCES1 R K Jain and S C Gupta production Technology Khanna Publishers 16th Edition20012 H M T production technology-Hand book Tata Mc Graw-Hill 20003 Roy A Linberg process and materials of manufacturing technology PHI 20004 M Adithan and A B Cupta manufacturing technology New Age 19965 Serope Kalpajian Steven R Schimid Manuyfacturing Engineering and TechnologyPearson Education Inc2002 (second Indian Reprint)

              15

              PCAE1209 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES ndash I L T P C3 1 0 4

              OBJECTIVETo study different types of beams and columns subjected to various types of loading and support conditions with particular emphasis on aircraft structural components

              Module ndash I (17 hours)STATICALLY DETERMINATE STRUCTURES Analysis of plane Truss-Method of joints-3 D Truss-Plane frames

              STATICALLY INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES Propped Cantilever- Fixed-Fixed beams-Clapeyrons Three Moment Equation - MomentDistribution Method

              Module ndash II (11 hours)ENERGY METHODS 10+4Strain Energy due to axial bending and Torsional loads ndash Castiglianorsquos theorems- Maxwells Reciprocal theorem Unit load method - application to beams trusses framesrings etc -Composite beam

              Module ndash III (14 hours)COLUMNS Columns with various end conditions ndash Eulerrsquos Column curve ndash Rankinersquos formula - Column with initial curvature - Eccentric loading ndash South well plot ndash Beam column

              FAILURE THEORY Maximum Stress theory ndash Maximum Strain Theory ndash Maximum Shear Stress Theory ndash Distortion Theory ndash Maximum Strain energy theory ndash Application to aircraft Structural problems

              1 Donaldson BK ldquoAnalysis of Aircraft Structures ndash An Introductionrdquo McGraw-Hill19932 BruhnEFrdquoAnalysis and design of flight vehicle structuresrdquo Tri set of offset companyUSA1973REFERENCE1 Timoshenko S ldquoStrength of Materialsrdquo Vol I and II Princeton D Von Nostrand Co

              1990

              16

              PCAE1210 PROPULSION ndash I L T P C3 0 0 3

              OBJECTIVETo understand the principles of operation and design of aircraft and spacecraft powerplants

              Module ndash I (10 hours)

              FUNDAMENTALS OF GAS TURBINE ENGINES Illustration of working of gas turbine engine ndash The thrust equation ndash Factors affecting thrustndash Effect of pressure velocity and temperature changes of air entering compressor ndash Methods of thrust augmentation ndash Characteristics of turboprop turbofan and turbojet ndashPerformance characteristics

              Module ndash II (14 hours)

              SUBSONIC AND SUPERSONIC INLETS FOR JET ENGINES Internal flow and Stall in subsonic inlets ndash Boundary layer separation ndash Major features of external flow near a subsonic inlet ndash Relation between minimum area ratio and eternal deceleration ratio ndash Diffuser performance ndash Supersonic inlets ndash Starting problem on supersonic inlets ndash Shock swallowing by area variation ndash External declaration ndash Models of inlet operation

              NOZZLES Theory of flow in isentropic nozzles ndash nozzles and choking ndash Nozzle throat conditions ndashNozzle efficiency ndash Losses in nozzles ndash Over expanded and under ndash expanded nozzles ndashEjector and variable area nozzles ndash Interaction of nozzle flow with adjacent surfaces ndashThrust reversal

              Module ndash III (16 hours)

              COMPRESSORS Principle of operation of centrifugal compressor ndash Work done and pressure rise ndash Velocity diagrams ndash Diffuser vane design considerations ndash Concept of prewhirl rotation stall and surge ndash Elementary theory of axial flow compressor ndash Velocity triangles ndash degree of reaction ndash Three dimensional ndashCompressor blade design ndash Centrifugal and Axial compressor performance characteristics

              COMBUSTION CHAMBERSClassification of combustion chambers ndash Important factors affecting combustion chamber design ndash Combustion process ndash Combustion chamber performance ndash Effect of operating variables on performance ndash Flame tube cooling ndash Flame stabilization ndash Use of flame holders ndash Numerical problems

              TEXT BOOKS1 Hill PG amp Peterson CR ldquoMechanics amp Thermodynamics of Propulsionrdquo Addison ndashWesley Longman INC 1999REFERENCES1 Cohen H Rogers GFC and Saravanamuttoo HIH ldquoGas Turbine TheoryrdquoLongman 19892 Oates GC ldquoAero thermodynamics of Aircraft Engine Componentsrdquo AIAA EducationSeries New York 1985

              17

              3 ldquoRolls Royce Jet Enginerdquo ndash Third Edition ndash 19834 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers amp Distributors Delhi 1999

              18

              Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndashI L T P C0 0 3 2

              OBJECTIVETo study experimentally the load deflection characteristics structural materials underDifferent types of loads

              LIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Determination of Youngrsquos modulus of steel 2 Determination of fracture strength and fracture pattern of ductile and brittlematerials3 Determination of forces in statically indeterminate force system4 Deflection of beams with various end conditions5 Verification of Maxwellrsquos Reciprocal theorem 6 Verification of principle of superposition7 Column ndash Testing8 South ndash wellrsquos plot9 Shear Failure of Bolted and Rivetted Joints10 Non-Destructive Testing Procedures

              TOTAL 40 PERIODS

              19

              Sub Code AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

              OBJECTIVETo familiarize the students in basic aerodynamics and use of wind tunnelsLIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Study of lift and tip vortices2 Flow visualization in water flow channel3 Flow visualization in smoke tunnel4 Plot of RPM Vs test section velocity in a subsonic wind tunnel5 Pressure distribution over circular cylinder6 Pressure distribution over a rough circular cylinder7 Pressure distribution over a symmetric aerofoil8 Pressure distribution over a cambered aerofoil9 Estimation of CL and CD of airfoil10 Force measurement using wind tunnel balance of airfoil

              TOTAL 40 PERIODS

              20

              Sub Code MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY L T P C

              0 0 3 2LIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 LATHE11 Facing plain turning and step turning12 Taper turning using compound rest13 Taper turning using taper turning attachment14 Single start V thread cutting and knurling15 Boring and internal thread cutting2 SHAPER AND SLOTTER21 Machining a V- block (in a Shaper)22 Machining hexagonal shape (in a Shaper)23 Machining internal key-way (in a slotter)413 DRILLING31 Drilling 4 or 6 holes at a given pitch circle on a plate32 Drilling reaming and tapping4 MILLING41 Plain Milling Exercise42 Gear Milling Exercise5 GRINDINGCylindrical Grinding Exercise

              TOTAL 40 PERIODS

              21

              SEMESTER V

              Code No Course Title L T P C

              THEORY

              Aircraft Structures ndash II 3 0 0 3Aerodynamics ndash II 3 0 0 3Propulsion ndash II 3 0 0 3Aircraft Performance 3 0 0 3Control Engineering 3 0 0 3Experimental Stress Analysis 3 0 0 3

              PRACTICAL

              Aircraft Structures Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2CADCAM Lab 0 0 3 2Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness Lab 0 0 3 2

              22

              SEMESTER V

              AE2302 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES ndash II L T P C3 1 0 4

              OBJECTIVETo study the behaviour of various aircraft structural components under different types ofloadsModule ndash I (15 hours) UNSYMMETRICAL BENDING General Principal axis and neutral axis methods- bending stresses in beams of symmetric sections with skew loads- bending stresses in beams of unsymmetrical sections

              SHEAR FLOW IN OPEN SECTIONS Thin walled beams Concept of shear flow shear centre Elastic axis With one axis ofsymmetry with wall effective and ineffective in bending unsymmetrical beam sections

              Module ndash II (14 hours)SHEAR FLOW IN CLOSED SECTIONS Bredt ndash Batho formula Single and multi ndash cell structures- Shear flow in single amp multicellstructures under torsion Shear flow in single and multicell under bending with wallseffective and ineffective

              V-N DIAGRAMLoads on aircraft ndashlift distribution-V-n diagram-Gust loads

              Module ndash III (11 hours)BUCKLING OF PLATES Rectangular sheets under compression local buckling stress of thin walled section-Crippling stresses by Needhamrsquos and Gerardrsquos methods Thin walled column strengthsheet stiffener panels-Effective width

              STRESS ANALYSIS IN WING AND FUSELAGEShear resistant web beams-Tension field web beams(Wagnerrsquos) ndash Shear and bendingmoment distribution for cantilever and semi-cantilever types of beams

              TEXT BOOKS1 Peery DJ and Azar JJ ldquoAircraft Structuresrdquo 2nd edition McGrawndashHill NY 20072 Megson TMG ldquoAircraft Structures for Engineering Studentsrdquo Edward Arnold 2007REFERENCES1 Bruhn EH ldquoAnalysis and Design of Flight vehicles Structuresrdquo Tri ndash state off setcompany USA 19852 Rivello RM ldquoTheory and Analysis of Flight Structuresrdquo McGraw-Hill 1993

              23

              Sub Code AERODYNAMICS ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

              OBJECTIVETo understand the behaviour of airflow both internal and external in compressible flowregime with particular emphasis on supersonic flowsModule ndash I (10 hours)ONE DIMENSIONAL COMPRESSIBLE FLOW Energy Momentum continuity and state equations velocity of sound adiabatic steadystate flow equations Flow through convergent- divergent passage Performance undervarious back pressures

              Module ndash II (16 hours)NORMAL OBLIQUE SHOCKS Prandtl equation and Rankine ndash Hugonoit relation Normal shock equations Pitot statictube corrections for subsonic and supersonic flows Oblique shocks and correspondingequations Hodograph and pressure turning angle shock polar flow past wedges andconcave corners strong weak and detached shocks

              EXPANSION WAVES RAYLEIGH AND FANNO FLOW Flow past convex corners Expansion hodograph Reflection and interaction of shocks and expansion waves Method of Characteristics Two dimensional supersonic nozzlecontours

              Module ndash III (14 hours)SUPERSONIC AND TRANSONIC FLOW Rayleigh and Fanno Flow Lift drag pitching moment and center of pressure of supersonic profiles Lower and upper critical Mach numbers Lift and drag divergence shock induced separation Characteristics of swept wings Effects of thickness camber and aspect ratio of wings Transonic area rule

              TEXT BOOK1 Rathakrishnan E ldquoGas Dynamicsrdquo Prentice Hall of India 2003REFERENCES1 Shapiro AH ldquoDynamics and Thermodynamics of Compressible Fluid Flowrdquo RonaldPress 19822 Zucrow MJ and Anderson JD ldquoElements of gas dynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book CoNew York 19893 Anderson Jr D ndash ldquoModern compressible flowsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co New York

              1999

              24

              Sub Code PROPULSION ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

              OBJECTIVETo study in detail about gas turbines ramjet fundamentals of rocket propulsion andchemical rocketsModule ndash I (10 hours) AIRCRAFT GAS TURBINES 12Impulse and reaction blading of gas turbines ndash Velocity triangles and power output ndash Elementary theory ndash Vortex theory ndash Choice of blade profile pitch and chord ndash stimationof stage performance ndash Limiting factors in gas turbine design- Overall turbine performance ndash Methods of blade cooling ndash Matching of turbine and compressor Module ndash II (15 hours)RAMJET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Sub critical critical and supercritical operation ndash Combustion in ramjet engine ndash Ramjet performance ndash Simple ramjet design calculations ndash Introduction to scramjet

              FUNDAMENTALS OF ROCKET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Specific impulse of a rocket ndash internal ballistics- Rocket nozzleclassification ndash Rocket performance considerations

              Module ndash III (15 hours)CHEMICAL ROCKETS Solid propellant rockets ndash Selection criteria of solid propellants ndash Important hardware components of solid rockets ndash Propellant grain design considerations ndash Liquid propellantrockets ndash Selection of liquid propellants Cooling in liquid rockets ndash Hybrid rockets

              ADVANCED PROPULSION TECHNIQUES Electric rocket propulsion ndash Ion propulsion techniques ndash Nuclear rocket ndash Types ndash Solarsail- Preliminary Concepts in nozzleless propulsion TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York 5th

              Edn 19932 Hill PG amp Peterson CR ldquoMechanics amp Thermodynamics of Propulsionrdquo Addison ndashWesley Longman INC 1999REFERENCES1 Cohen H Rogers GFC and Saravanamuttoo HIH ldquoGas Turbine TheoryrdquoLongman Co ELBS Ed 19892 Gorden CV ldquoAero thermodynamics of Gas Turbine and Rocket Propulsionrdquo AIAAEducation Series New York 19893 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 1988

              25

              Sub Code AIRCRAFT PERFORMANCE L T P C3 0 0 3

              OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the performance of airplanes under various flightconditions like take off cruise landing climbing gliding turning etcModule ndash I (13 hours)GENERAL CONCEPTSInternational Standard atmosphere IAS EAS TAS Propeller theory- Froude momentum and blade element theories Propeller co-efficients Use of propeller charts Performance of fixed and variable pitch propellers High lift devices Thrust augmentation

              DRAG OF BODIESStreamlined and bluff body Types of drag Effect of Reynoldrsquos number on skin friction and pressure drag Drag reduction of airplanes Dragpolar Effect of Mach number on drag polar

              Module ndash II (11 hours)STEADY LEVEL FLIGHTSteady level flight Thrust required and Power required Thrust available and Power available for propeller driven and jet powered aircraft Effect of altitude maximum level flight speed conditions for minimum drag and minimum power required Effect of drag divergence on maximum velocity Range and Endurance of Propeller and Jet airplanes

              Module ndash III (16 hours)GLIDING AND CLIMBING FLIGHTShallow and steep angles of climb Rate of climb Climb hodograph Maximum Climb angle and Maximum Rate of climb- Effect of design parameters for propeller Absolute and service ceiling Gliding flight Glide hodograph

              ACCELERATD FLIGHT Estimation of take-off and landing distances Methods of reducing landing distance level turn minimum turn radius bank angle and load factor Constraints on load factor Pull up and pull down maneuvers maximum turn rate V-n diagram

              TEXT BOOKS1 HoughtonEL and Carruthers NB Aerodynamics for engineering studentsEdward Amold Publishers 19882 Anderson Jr JD Aircraft Performance and Design McGraw-Hill InternationalEdition 1999REFERENCES1 Kuethe AM and Chow CY Foundations of Aerodynamics John Wiley amp Sons19822 JJBertin Aerodynamics for Engineers Prentice-Hall 19883 LJ Clancey Aerodynamics Pitman 19864 Anderson Jr JD Introduction to Flight McGraw-Hill International Edition 1999

              26

              Sub Code CONTROL ENGINEERING L T P C3 0 0 3

              OBJECTIVETo understand the basic concepts of flight control systemModule ndash I (11 hours) INTRODUCTIONHistorical review - Simple pneumatic hydraulic and thermal systems Series and parallelsystems Analogies - Mechanical and electrical components Development of flight control systems OPEN AND CLOSED LOOP SYSTEMSFeedback control systems ndash Block diagram representation of control systems Reductionof block diagrams Output to input ratios Signal flow graph

              Module ndash II (15 hours)CHARACTERISTIC EQUATION AND FUNCTIONS Lap lace transformation Response of systems to different inputs viz Step input impulse ramp parabolic and sinusoidal inputs Time response of first and second order systems steady state errors and error constants of unity feedback circuit

              SAMPLED DATA SYSTEMS Introduction to digital control system Digital Controllers and Digital PID Controllers

              Module ndash III (14 hours)CONCEPT OF STABILITYNecessary and sufficient conditions Routh ndash Hurwitz criteria of stability Root locus andBode techniques Concept and construction frequency response

              TOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Ogato ldquoModern Control Engineeringrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19982 GopalM ldquoControl Systems Principles and designrdquo ndash Tata McGraw-Hill PublicationNew Delhi 2000REFERENCES1 Azzo JJD and CH Houpis ldquoFeed back control system analysis and synthesisrdquoMcGraw ndash Hill International 3rd Edition 19982 Kuo BC ldquoAutomatic control systemsrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19983 Houpis CH and Lamont GB ldquoDigital Control Systemsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co NewYork USA 19954 Naresh K Sinha ldquoControl Systemsrdquo New Age International Publishers New Delhi

              27

              Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS L T P C3 0 0 3

              OBJECTIVETo bring awareness on experimental method of finding the response of the structure todifferent types of loadModule ndash I (15 hours) MEASUREMENTS amp EXTENSOMETER Principles of measurements Accuracy Sensitivity and range of measurements Mechanical Optical Acoustical and Electrical extensometers and their uses Advantagesand disadvantages

              ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE STRAIN GAUGES Principle of operation and requirements Types and their uses Materials for strain gauge Calibration and temperature compensation cross sensitivity Rosette analysis Wheastone bridge for static and dynamic strain measurements strain indicators

              Module ndash II (14 hours)PHOTOELASTICITY Two dimensional photo elasticity Concept of light ndash photoelastic effects stress optic lawInterpretation of fringe pattern Compensation and separation techniques Photo elasticmaterials Introduction to three dimensional photo elasticity

              Module ndash III (11 hours)BRITTLE COATING AND MOIRE METHODSIntroduction to Moire techniques brittle coating methods and holography NON ndash DESTRUCTIVE TESTINGFundamentals of NDT Radiography ultrasonic magnetic particle inspection Fluorescent penetrant technique Eddy current testing Acoustic Emission Technique

              TEXT BOOKS1 Srinath LS Raghava MR Lingaiah K Garagesha G Pant B andRamachandra K ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill New Delhi 1984REFERENCES1 Dally JW and Riley WF ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo McGraw-Hill Inc NewYork 2005 IV edition2 Hetyenyi M ldquoHand book of Experimental Stress Analysisrdquo John Wiley and Sons IncNew York 19723 Pollock AA ldquoAcoustic Emission in Acoustics and Vibration Progressrdquo Ed StephensRWB Chapman and Hall 1993

              28

              Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndash II 0 0 3 100

              OBJECTIVE

              To experimentally study the unsymmetrical bending of beams find the location of shear centre obtain the stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques calibration of photo ndash elastic materials and study on vibration of beams

              LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

              1 Unsymmetrical bending of beams2 Shear centre location for open sections3 Shear centre location for closed sections4 Constant strength beam5 Flexibility matrix for cantilever beam6 Beam with combined loading7 Calibration of Photo- elastic materials8 Stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques9 Vibrations of beams10 Wagner beam ndash Tension field beam

              TOTAL 45

              29

              Sub Code CAD CAM LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

              OBJECTIVETo teach and train the students in the lab about the design and drafting of aerocomponents LIST OF EXPERIMENTSDesign and Modeling of rectangular plate with holeDesign and Modeling of spar componentsDesign and Modeling of Aerofoil structuresDesign and Modeling of cut section for wingsDesign and Modeling of Machine componentDesign and Modeling of Machine componentsDesign and Analysis of a TrussDesign and Analysis of Beam distributed loadDesign of Landing gearFacingTurning(Taper Step)

              TOTAL 40 PERIODS

              30

              HSSM7203 Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness LabLab 30 hoursThis course will focus on communication in professional (work-related) situations of the kind thatBPUT graduates may expect to encounter on entering the professional domainSome typical forms of work-related communication oral or written are listed below Practiceactivities for all four skills can be designed around these or similar situations1 Gaining entry into an organizationi Preparing job-applications and CVsii Facing an interviewiii Participating in group discussion (as part of the recruitmentprocess)2 In-house communicationa Superior Senior 1048782 subordinate junior (individual 1048782 individual group)i Welcoming new entrants to the organization introducing the workplace cultureetcii Briefing subordinates juniors explaining duties and responsibilities etcii Motivating subordinates juniors (lsquopep talkrsquo)iii Instructing directing subordinates juniorsiv Expressing recording appreciation praising rewarding a subordinate or juniorv Reprimanding correcting disciplining a subordinatejunior (for a lapse) askingfor an explanation etcb Subordinate Junior 1048782 Superior Seniori Responding to the aboveii Reporting problems difficulties deficienciesiii Offering suggestions

              31

              SEMESTER VI

              Code No Course Title L T P C

              THEORYHSSM3301 Principles of Management 3 0 0 3

              Finite Element Method 3 0 0 3Aircraft Stability and Control 3 0 0 3Wind Tunnel Techniques 3 0 0 3High Temperature Materials 3 0 0 3

              E1 Elective ndash I 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

              Aero Engine Laboratory 0 0 3 2Aircraft Design Project - I 0 0 3 2Aerodynamics Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2

              32

              SEMESTER VI

              HSSM3301 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (3-0-0)

              Module I Functions of Management Concept of Management Management as an Art or Science The Process of Management Managerial Skills Good Managers are Born not Made Management is concerned with Ideas Things and People How a Manager Induces Workers to Put in Their Best Levels and Types of Management Evolution of Management Thought Managerial Environment The process of Management-Planning Organizing Directing Staffing Controlling

              Module II Marketing Function of Management Modern Concept of Marketing The Functional Classification of Marketing Functions of a Marketing Management Marketing Mix Fundamental Needs of Customers The Role of Distribution channels in Marketing Advertising Marketing Consumerism and Environmentalism

              Module III Financial Function amp HRM Functions Financial Functions Concept of Financial Management Project Appraisal Tools of Financial decisions making Overview of Working Capital HRM Function of Management Human Resource Management Human Resource Development Importance of HRM Overview of Job Analysis Job Description Job Specification Labour Turnover Manpower Planning Recruitment Selection Induction Training and Development Placement Wage and Salary Administration Performance Appraisal Grievance Handling Welfare Aspects

              Reference Books 1 Business Organization amp Management CR Basu TMH 2 Business Organization amp Management Tulsia Pandey Pearson 3 Marketing Management Kotler Keller Koshi Jha Pearson 4 Financial Management IM Pandey Vikas 5 Human Resource Management Aswasthapa TMH 6 Modern Business Organisation amp Management by Sherlekar Himalaya Publishing House

              33

              Sub Code FINITE ELEMENT METHOD L T P C3 0 0 3

              OBJECTIVETo introduce the concept of numerical analysis of structural componentsModule ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION Review of basic approximate methods of analyses ndash Stiffness and Flexibility matrix forsimple cases ndash Governing equation and convergence criteria of finite element method

              DISCRETE ELEMENTS Bar Frame beam elements ndash Application to static dynamic analysis

              Module ndash II (10 hours)

              CONTINUUM ELEMENTS Various types of 2-D-elements Application to plane stress plane strain and axisymmetricproblems Module ndash III (16 hours)ISOPARAMETRIC ELEMENTS Applications to two and three-dimensional problems(four eight and nine nodded element) Numerical Integration

              FIELD PROBLEMApplications to other field problems like heat transfer and fluid flow

              TEXT BOOK1 TirupathiRC and Ashok DB ldquoIntroduction to Finite Elements in EngineeringrdquoPrentice Hall India Third Edition 2003REFERENCES1 Reddy JN ldquoAn Introduction to Finite Element Methodrdquo McGraw-Hill 20002 Krishnamurthy CS ldquoFinite Element Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill 20003 Bathe KJ and Wilson EL ldquoNumerical Methods in Finite Elements AnalysisrdquoPrentice Hall of India 1985

              34

              Sub Code AIRCRAFT STABILITY amp CONTROL L T P C3 1 0 4

              OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the concepts of stable and nonstable configurationof airplanes To introduce the concepts of control of airplanes under variousoperating conditions

              Module ndash I (13 hours)STATIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY AND CONTROL 15General concepts-Degrees of freedom of a rigid body Static and dynamic stability Need for stability in an airplane inherently and marginally stable airplanes Stability and Controllability Requirements of control surfaces criteria for longitudinal static stability contribution to stability by wing tail fuselage wing fuselage combination Total longitudinal stability Neutral point-Stick fixed and Stick free aspects Free elevator factor static margin Hinge moment Power effects on stability-propeller and jet aircrafts longitudinal control Movement of centre of gravity elevator control effectiveness elevator control power elevator angle to trim elevator angle per g maneuver point Stick force gradient and stick force per g Aerodynamic balancing

              Module ndash II (15 hours) STATIC DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND CONTROL Directional stability-yaw and sideslip Criterion of directional stability contribution to static directional stability by wing fuselage tail Power effects on directional stabilitypropeller and jet aircrafts Rudder lock and Dorsal fin Directional control rudder control effectiveness rudder requirements adverse yaw asymmetric power condition spin recovery

              STATIC LATERAL STABILTY AND CONTROL Lateral stability-Dihedral effect criterion for lateral stability evaluation of lateral stability-contribution of fuselage wing wing fuselage tail total static lateral stability lateral control aileron reversal aileron reversal speed

              Module ndash III (12 hours) DYNAMIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY Aircraft Equations of motion small disturbance theory Estimation of longitudinal stability derivatives stability derivatives solving the stability quartic Phugoid motion

              DYNAMIC LATERAL AND DIRECTIONAL STABILITY Dutch roll and spiral instability Auto rotation and spin

              TEXT BOOKS1 Perkins CD amp Hage RE Airplane performance stability and control John Wileyamp Sons 19762 Nelson RC Flight Stability amp Automatic Control McGraw Hill 1998REFERENCES1 McCormick BW Aerodynamics Aeronautics amp Flight Mechanics John Wiley19952 Babister AW Aircraft Stability and response Pergamon Press 19803 Etkin B Dynamics of Flight Stability and Control John Wiley New York 19824 Pamadi BN Performnce Stability Dynamics and Control of Airplanes AIAA Education Series 2004

              35

              Sub Code WIND TUNNEL TECHNIQUES L T P C3 0 0 3

              OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of measurement of forces and moments on models during the wind tunnel testing

              Module ndash I (10 hours)WIND TUNNELSClassification ndashnon-dimensional numbers-types of similarities - Layout of open circuit and closed circuit subsonic wind tunnels ndash design parameters-energy ratio - HP calculationsCalibration

              Module ndash II (15 hours) HIGH SPEED WIND TUNNELSBlow down in draft and induction tunnel layouts and their design features Transonic supersonic and hypersonic tunnels their peculiarities and calibration Helium and gun tunnels Shock tubes

              FLOW VISUALIZATIONSmoke and Tuft grid techniques ndash Dye injection special techniques ndash Optical methods offlow visualization

              Module ndash II (15 hours)WIND TUNNEL MEASUREMENTSPressurevelocity and temperature measurements ndash Force measurements ndash types of balances-Three component and six component balances ndash calibration of measuring instruments

              NON-INTRUSIVE FLOW DIAGNOSTICSLaser ndash Doppler anemometry Particle image velocimetry Laser induced fluorescence TEXT BOOK1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow Speed Wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley Publication1984REFERENCE1 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh Speed wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley 1985

              36

              Sub Code HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS L T P C3 0 0 3

              OBJECTIVETo learn damage mechanism and failure of components of elavated temperatures

              Module ndash I (15 hours)CREEPFactors influencing functional life of components at elevated temperatures definition of creep curve various stages of creep metallurgical factors influencing various stages effect of stress temperatures and strain rate

              Design of transient creep time hardening strain hardening expressions of rupture life ofcreep ductile and brittle materials Monkman-Grant relationship

              Module ndash II (13 hours)FRACTURE AND OXIDATIONVarious types of fracture brittle to ductile from low temperature to high temperature cleavage fracture due to micro void coalescence ndash diffusion controlled void growth fracture maps for different alloys and oxidesOxidation Pilling Bedworth ratio kinetic laws of oxidation ndash defect structure and control of Oxidation by alloy additions

              Module ndash III (12 hours)HOT CORROSION SUPER ALLOYS AND OTHER MATERIALHot gas corrosion deposit modified hot gas corrosion fluxing mechanisms effect of alloying elements on hot corrosion interaction of hot corrosion and creep methods of combat hot corrosion

              Iron base Nickel base abd Cobalt base super alloys composition control solid solution strengthening precipitation hardening by gamma prime grain boundary strengthening TCP phase embrittlement solidfication of single crystals Intermetallics high temperature ceramics

              TEXT BOOKS1 Raj R ldquoFlow and Fracture at Elevated TemperaturesrdquoAmerican Society for MetalsUSA 19852 Hertzberg RW ldquoDeformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering materialsrdquo 4th

              Edition John Wiley USA 19963 Courtney T H ldquoMechanical Behaviour of MaterialsrdquoMcGraw-Hill USA 1990REFERENCES1 Boyle JT Spencer J ldquoStress Analysis for Creeprdquo Butterworths UK 19832 BressersJ ldquoCreep and Fatigue in High Temperature Alloysrdquo Applied Science 19813 McLean D ldquoDirectionally Solidified Materials for High Temperature ServicerdquoThe Metals Society USA 1985

              37

              AE2355 AERO ENGINE LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

              OBJECTIVETo introduce the knowledge of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines1 Study of free convective heat transfer over a flat plate2 Engine (Piston Engine) - cleaning visual inspection NDT checks3 Piston Engine Components - dimensional checks4 Velocity profiles of free jets5 Velocity profiles of wall jets6 Combustion Studies in a model jet engine combustor7 Jet Engine ndash identification of components amp defects8 Jet Engine ndash NDT checks and dimensional checks9 Study of hybrid rocket propulsion system10 Engine starting procedures11 Study of ramjet12 Burn rate measurements of solid propellants

              TOTAL 45 PERIODS

              38

              Sub code AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash I L T P C0 0 3 2

              OBJECTIVETo introduce and develop the basic concept of aircraft designEach student is assigned the design of an Airplane (or Helicopter or any other flightvehicle) for given preliminary specifications The following are the assignments to becarried outEXPERIMENTS1 Comparative configuration study of different types of airplanes2 Comparative study on specification and performance details of aircraft3 Preparation of comparative data sheets4 Work sheet layout procedures5 Comparative graphs preparation and selection of main parameters for the design6 Preliminary weight estimations selection of main parameters7 Power plant selection Aerofoil selection Wing tail and control surfaces8 Preparation of layouts of balance diagram and three view drawings9 Drag estimation10 Detailed performance calculations and stability estimates

              TOTAL 45 PERIODS

              AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY- II

              1 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of symmetric aerofoil section2 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of cambered aerofoil section3 Pressure distribution over a Nose cone model4 Determination of Base drag of a missile model5 Determination of profile drag of bodies by wake survey method6 Study of flow field over a backward facing step7 Pressure distribution over a water tank model for various wind speeds8 Velocity profiles for different simulated terrains9 Calibration of Supersonic Wind Tunnel10 Flow visualization studies in supersonic flows

              TOTAL 45 PERIODS

              39

              40

              SEMESTER VII

              Code No Course Title L T P C

              THEORY

              PCME4404 Production and Operation Management 3 0 0 3Avionics 3 0 0 3Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 0 3Vibrations And Elements of Aeroelasticity 3 0 0 3

              E2 Elective ndash II 3 0 0 3E3 Elective ndash III 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

              Aircraft Design Project ndash II 0 0 3 2Aircraft Systems Lab 0 0 3 2Project Work and Seminar 0 0 3 3

              41

              SEMESTER VII

              PCME4404 Production and Operation Management L T P C

              Objective The course aims at acquainting all engineering graduates irrespective of theirspecializations the basic issues and tools of managing production and operations functionsof an organizationModule I1 Operations Function in an Organization Manufacturing Vrs Service Operations Systemview of Operations Strategic Role of Operations Operations Strategies for CompetitiveAdvantage Operations Quality and Productivity Focus Meeting Global Challenges ofProduction and Operations Imperatives (3 Hours)2 Designing Products Services and Processes New Product Design- Product Life CycleProduct Development Process Process Technology Project Jobshop Batch AssemblyLine Continuous Manufacturing Process Technology Life Cycle Process TechnologyTrends FMS CIM CAD CAM Design for Services Services Process Technology(4 Hours)3 Work Study Methods Study- Techniques of Analysis recording improvement andstandardization Work Measurement Work Measurement Principles using Stopwatch TimeStudy Predetermined Motion Time Standards and Work Sampling Standard TimeEstimation (4 Hours)Module II4 Location and Layout Planning Factor Influencing Plant and Warehouse LocationsImpact of Location on cost and revenues Facility Location Procedure and Models Qualitative Models Breakeven Analysis location Model centroid methodLayout Planning Layout Types Process Layout Product Layout Fixed Position LayoutPlanning block diagramming line balancing computerized layout planning- overviewGroup Technology (4 Hours)5 Forecasting Principles and Method Moving Average weighted Moving AverageExponential Smoothing Winterrsquos Method for Seasonal Demand Forecasting Error(4 Hours)6 Manufacturing Planning and Control The Framework and Components AggregatePlanning Master Production Scheduling Rough-cut-Capacity Planning MaterialRequirements Planning Capacity Requirements Planning (5 Hours)Module III7 Sequencing and Scheduling Single Machine Sequencing Basics and PerformanceEvaluation Criteria Methods for Minimizing Mean Flow Time Parallel Machines Minimization of Makespan Flowshop sequencing 2 and 3 machines cases JohnsonrsquosRule and Jobshop Scheduling Priority dispatching Rules (3 Hours)8 Inventory Control Relevant Costs Basic EOQ Model Model with Quantity discountEconomic Batch Quantity Periodic and Continuous Review Systems Safety Stock ReorderPoint and Order Quantity Calculations ABC Analysis (4 Hours)9 Modern Trends in Manufacturing Just in Time (JIT) System Shop Floor Control ByKanbans Total Quality Management Total Productive Maintenance ISO 9000 QualityCircle Kaizen Poka Yoke Supply Chain Management (4 Hours)Reference Book1 SNChary ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 R Paneerselvam ldquoProduction and Operations Management Prentice Hall of India3 Aswathappa amp Bhatt ndash Production amp Operations Management HPH4 Gaither amp Frazier - Operations Management Cengage Publication5 Russell amp Taylor - Operations Management PHI Publication6 Chase Aquilanno Jacob amp Agarwal - Operations Management TMH Publication7 EE Adam and RJ Ebert ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India

              42

              Sub Code AVIONICS L T P C3 0 0 3

              OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of navigation amp communication systems of aircraft

              Module ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems ndash Integrated Avionicssystem ndash Typical avionics sub systems ndash Design approaches and recent advances -Application Technologies

              PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS Digital Computers ndash Digital number system- number systems and codes-Fundamentals of logic and combinational logic circuits ndashDigital arithmetic ndash interfacing with analoguesystems

              Module ndash II (11 hours)Basic of Microprocessors and application Microprocessors ndash Memories- Microprocessors real time application related to aircraft

              DIGITAL AVIONICS ARCHITECTURE Avionics system architecturendash salient features and applications of Data buses MILndashSTD1553 BndashARINC 429ndashARINC 629

              Module ndash III (15 hours)

              FLIGHT DECK AND COCKPITSControl and display technologies CRT LCD - Touch screen - Direct voice input (DVI) - Civil cockpit and military cockpit MFDS HUD MFK HOTAS AVIONICS SYSTEMS Communication Systems - Navigation systems - Flight control systems - Radar electronic warfare - Utility systems Reliability and maintainability - Certification TEXT BOOKS1 Malcrno AP and Leach DP ldquoDigital Principles and Applicationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill19902 Gaonkar RS ldquoMicroprocessors Architecture ndash Programming and Applicationrdquo Wileyand Sons Ltd New Delhi 1990REFERENCES1 Middleton DH Ed ldquoAvionics Systems Longman Scientific and Technicalrdquo LongmanGroup UK Ltd England 19892 Spitzer CR ldquoDigital Avionic Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ USA19873 Brain Kendal ldquoManual of Avionicsrdquo The English Book House 3rd Edition New Delhi19934 Nagaraja ldquoNavigation systemrdquo5 J Powell ldquoAircraft Radio Systemrdquo

              43

              Sub Code COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

              OBJECTIVETo study the flow of dynamic fluids by computational methods

              Module-I (10 hours) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows Mathematical properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations - Well posed problems - discretization of partial Differential Equations Explicit finite difference methods of subsonic supersonic and viscous flows

              Module-II (15 hours)

              DISCRETIZATION Boundary layer Equations and methods of solution -Implicit time dependent methods forinviscid and viscous compressible flows - Concept of numerical dissipation --Stabilityproperties of explicit and implicit methods - Conservative upwind discretization forHyperbolic systems - Further advantages of upwind differencing GRID GENERATION Structured grids Types and transformations Generation of structured grids Unstructured grids Delany triangulation

              Module-III (15 hours)

              FINITE VOLUME TECHNIQUESFinite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping -Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy - Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques ndash Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives Flux ndash splitting schemes Pressure correction solvers ndash SIMPLE PESO Vorticity transport formulation Implicitsemi-implicit schemes

              TEXT BOOK1 Fletcher CAJ ldquoComputational Techniques for Fluid Dynamicsrdquo Vols I and IISpringer - Verlag Berlin 1988REFERENCES1 John F Wendt (Editor) ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics - An Introductionrdquo Springer ndashVerlag Berlin 19922 Charles Hirsch ldquoNumerical Computation of Internal and External Flowsrdquo Vols I and IIJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 19883 Klaus A Hoffmann and Steve T Chiang ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics forEngineersrdquo Vols I amp II Engineering Education System PO Box 20078 W WichitaKS 67208 - 1078 USA 19934 Anderson JrD ldquoFundamentals of Aerodynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill 2000

              44

              AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

              OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

              Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

              SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

              Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

              Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

              ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

              45

              AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

              OBJECTIVE

              To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

              Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

              LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

              1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

              TOTAL 60

              AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

              OBJECTIVE

              To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

              LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

              1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

              TOTAL 60

              46

              SEMESTER VIII

              Code No Course Title L T P C

              THEORY

              Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

              Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

              47

              Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

              OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

              Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

              METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

              Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

              Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

              FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

              REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

              48

              Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

              OBJECTIVE

              The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

              PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

              OBJECTIVE

              The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

              The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

              Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

              OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

              LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

              1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

              composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

              fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

              49

              1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

              SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

              Code No Course Title L T P C

              Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

              Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

              SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

              Code No Course Title L T P C

              Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

              ELECTIVESndash III

              Code No Course Title L T P C

              Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

              SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

              Code No Course Title L T P C

              Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

              ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

              Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

              50

              Elective Subjects

              Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

              OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

              BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

              Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

              Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

              TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

              TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

              51

              Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

              OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

              Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

              UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

              52

              AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

              OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

              Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

              Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

              MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

              Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

              AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

              TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

              53

              Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

              3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

              Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

              Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

              RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

              Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

              HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

              54

              Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

              OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

              Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

              IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

              Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

              Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

              55

              Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

              OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

              Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

              STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

              Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

              Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

              56

              Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

              Module-I (15hours)

              FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

              COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

              Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

              Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

              COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

              57

              Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

              OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

              Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

              BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

              Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

              BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

              Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

              58

              Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

              OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

              Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

              Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

              Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

              Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

              TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

              59

              Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

              OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

              Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

              PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

              Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

              PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

              Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

              Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

              60

              Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

              Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

              EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

              Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

              Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

              SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

              61

              AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

              OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

              Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

              Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

              AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

              Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

              TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

              62

              Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

              OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

              Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

              VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

              INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

              63

              Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

              OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

              Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

              MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

              Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

              PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

              Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

              64

              Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

              OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

              65

              Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

              Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

              CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

              Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

              CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

              Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

              66

              • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
              • Course Title
                • THEORY
                • SEMESTER III
                • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                • (for a batch of 30 students)
                • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                • (for a batch of 30 students)
                  • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                  • (for a batch of 30 students)
                      • Course Title
                        • THEORY
                        • PRACTICAL
                        • SEMESTER V
                          • Course Title
                            • THEORY
                            • PRACTICAL
                            • SEMESTER VI
                              • Course Title
                                • THEORY
                                • PRACTICAL
                                • SEMESTER VI
                                  • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                    • SEMESTER VII
                                      • Course Title
                                        • THEORY
                                        • PRACTICAL
                                        • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                          • TOTAL 60
                                          • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                          • TOTAL 60
                                            • SEMESTER VIII
                                              • Course Title
                                                • THEORY
                                                • PRACTICAL
                                                • Co New York 1989
                                                • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                • OBJECTIVE
                                                • PROJECT WORK
                                                  • OBJECTIVE
                                                    • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                        • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                          • Course Title
                                                          • Course Title
                                                          • Course Title
                                                          • Course Title
                                                          • Course Title
                                                            • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                PCAE7201 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                OBJECTIVETo develop the knowledge in testing the materials for hardness fatigue impact tensionand torsionLIST OF EXPERIMENTSBrinell Hardness testRockwell Hardness testTension testTorsion testIzod Impact testCharpy Impact testReverse plate bending Fatigue testRotating Beam Fatigue testTesting of springsBlock Compression Test

                TOTAL 45 PERIODSLIST OF EQUIPMENTS

                (for a batch of 30 students)SlNo Details of Equipments Qty Required For Experiments

                1 Hardness Testing Machine 1 12

                2 Impact Testing Machine 1 5 6

                3 Fatigue tester- Rotating Beam 1 8

                4 Fatigue tester ndashReverse plate bending 1 7

                5 Universal Testing Machine 1 123910

                8

                PCAE7202 FLUID MECHANICS AND MACHINERY LABORATORY L T P C(Common to Aeronautical Automobile Mech amp Prod) 0 0 3 2

                OBJECTIVETo study the flow measurement and the performance of fluid machineryLIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Calibration of venturimeter2 Pressure measurement with pitot static tube3 Determination of pipe flow losses4 Verification of Bernoullirsquos theorem5 Flow visualization by Heleshaw apparatus6 Performance test on centrifugal pumps7 Performance test on reciprocating pumps8 Performance test on piston wheel turbine9 Performance test on Francis turbine10 Determination of Viscosity of a Fluid

                TOTAL 45 PERIODSLIST OF EQUIPMENTS (for a batch of 30 students)

                SlNo Details of Equipments Qty Req Experiment No

                1 Venturimeter setup 1 132 Pipe friction set up 1 33 Pitot tube set up 1 244 Jet pump 1 65 Submersible pump 1 66 Centrifugal pump 1 67 Reciprocating pump 1 78 Pelton wheel turbine and Francis turbine 1 899 Viscosity Meter 1 1010 Hele-shaw apparatus 1 5

                9

                PCAE7203 THERMODYNAMICS LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                OBJECTIVETo enhance the basic knowledge in applied thermodynamicsLIST OF EXPERIMENTSPerformance test on a 4-stroke engineValve timing of a 4 ndash stroke engine and port timing of a 2 stroke engineDetermination of effectiveness of a parallel flow heat exchangerDetermination of effectiveness of a counter flow heat exchangerDetermination of heating value of a fuelCOP test on a vapour compression refrigeration test rigCOP test on a vapour compression air-conditioning test rigDetermination of specific heat of solidDetermination of Thermal Conductivity of solidDetermination of Thermal Resistance of a Composite wall

                TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                LIST OF EQUIPMENTS (for a batch of 30 students)

                SlNo Details of Equipments Qty Req Experiment No

                1 4 stroke twin cylinder diesel engine 1 12 Cut section model of 4 stroke kirloskar diesel engine and cut

                section model of 2 stroke petrol engine1 2

                3 Parallel and counter flow heat exchanger test rig 1 344 Bomb Calorimeter 1 55 Vapour compression refrigeration test rig 1 66 Vapour compression air-conditioning test rig 1 77 Gas Turbine Engine 1 88 Conductive Heat Transfer set up 1 99 Composite wall 1 10

                10

                Semester IV

                Code No Course Title L T P C

                THEORYBSCM1210 Mathematics ndash IV (Common to all branch for 4th sem) 3 1 0 4PCAE1206 Aerodynamics ndash I 3 0 0 4PCAE1207 Aircraft Systems and Instrumentations 3 0 0 3PCAE1208 Production Technology 3 0 0 3PCAE1209 Aircraft Structures ndash I 3 1 0 3PCAE1210 Propulsion ndash I 3 0 0 3PRACTICALPCAE7204 Aircraft Structures Lab ndash I 0 0 3 2PCAE7205 Aerodynamics Lab- I 0 0 3 2PCAE7206 Manufacturing Technology Lab 0 0 3 2

                11

                SEMESTER IV

                BSCM1210 Mathematics ndash IV(Common to all branch)

                Module-I (20 hours)Numerical methodsApproximation and round of errors Truncation error and Taylorrsquos seriesRoots of equation The bisection method the false-position method fixed point iteration theNewton-Raphson method Mullerrsquos methodLinear algebraic equation LU decomposition the matrix inverse Gauss-Seidel methodInterpolation Newton divided difference interpolation Lagrange Interpolation Newtonrsquos forwardand backward interpolationNumerical integration The trapezoidal rule The Simpsonrsquos rules Gauss quadratureOrdinary differential equation Eulerrsquos method Improvement of Eulerrsquos method Runge-KuttamethodsModule-II (10 Hours)ProbabilityProbability Random variables Probability distributions Mean and variance of distributionBinomial Poisson and Hypergeometric distributions Normal distribution Distribution of severalrandom variablesModule-III (10 Hours)Mathematical StatisticsRandom sampling Estimation of Parameters Confidence Intervals Testing of hypothesisAcceptance sampling Chi square test for goodness of fit Regression Analysis Fitting StraightLines Correlation analysisText books1 S C Chapra and R P Canale ldquo Numerical methods for Engineersrdquo Fifth EditionMcGraw Hill EducationReading Chapters 2 3(31 32) 4(42 43) 5(51 52 53) 6(64) 9(91 92) 10(102)13(131132135) 16(161 162) 17(173) 20(201 202 203)2 E Kreyszigrdquo Advanced Engineering Mathematics Eighth Edition Wiley IndiaReading Chapters 22 23( except 235 and 238)Reference books1 Jay L Devore ldquoProbability and Statistics for Engineering and SciencesrdquoSeventh Edition ThomsonCENGAGE Learning India Pvt LtdP VOrsquoNeil ldquoAdvanced Engineering Mathematicsrdquo CENGAGE Learning New Delhi

                PCAE1206 AERODYNAMICS ndash I L T P C3 0 0 3

                OBJECTIVE

                12

                To understand the behaviour of airflow over bodies with particular emphasis on airfoilsections in the incompressible flow regime

                Module-I (14 hours)REVIEW OF BASIC FLUID MECHANICS Continuity momentum and energy equations

                UNIT II TWO DIMENSIONAL FLOWS Basic flows ndash Source Sink Free and Forced vortex uniform parallel flow Their combinations Ideal Flow over a circular cylinder DrsquoAlembertrsquos Paradox Magnus effect KuttaJonkowskirsquos Theorem Starting Vortex Kutta condition Pressure and velocity distributions on bodies with and without circulation in ideal and real fluid flows

                Module-II (16 hours)

                AIRFOIL THEORY Cauchy-Riemann relations Complex Potential Methodology of Conformal Transformation Kutta-Joukowski transformation and its applications Karman Trefftz Profiles Thin Airfoil theory and its applications

                SUBSONIC WING THEORY Vortex Filament Biot and Savart Law Bound Vortex and trailing Vortex Horse Shoe Vortex Lifting Line Theory and its limitations

                Module-III (12 hours)INTRODUCTION TO LAMINAR AND TURBULENT FLOWBoundary layer and boundary layer thickness displacement thickness momentum thickness Energy thickness Shape parameter Boundary layer equations for a steady two dimensional incompressible flow Boundary Layer growth over a Flat plate Critical Reynolds Number Blasius solution Basics of Turbulent flow Prandtlrsquos mixing length hypothesis Free shear layers

                TEXT BOOKS1 Houghton EL and Caruthers NB Aerodynamics for Engineering studentsEdward Arnold Publishers Ltd London 19892 Anderson JD Fundamentals of Aerodynamics MaGraw Hill Book Co 1999REFERENCES1 Milne Thomson LH Theoretical Aerodynamics Macmillan 19852 John J Bertin Aerodynamics for Engineers Pearson Education Inc 20023 Clancey L J Aerodynamics Pitman 1986

                13

                PCAE1207 AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS AND INSTRUMENTS L T P C3 0 0 3

                OBJECTIVETo describe the principle and working of aircraft systems and instruments Module-I (9 hours)AIRPLANE CONTROL SYSTEMS Conventional Systems - fully powered flight controls - Power actuated systems ndash Modern control systems - Digital fly by wire systems - Auto pilot system active control Technology

                Module-II (17 hours)AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS Hydraulic systems - Study of typical workable system - components - Pneumatic systems - Advantages - Working principles - Typical Air pressure system ndash Brake system ndash Typical Pneumatic power system - Components Landing Gear systems - Classification

                ENGINE SYSTEMS Fuel systems for Piston and jet engines - Components of multi engines Lubricating systems for piston and jet engines - Starting and Ignition systems - Typical examples for piston and jet engines

                Module-II (14 hours)AUXILIARY SYSTEM Basic Air cycle systems - Vapour Cycle systems Evaporative vapour cycle systems - Evaporative air cycle systems - Fire protection systems Deicing and anti icing systems

                AIRCRAFT INSTRUMENTS Flight Instruments and Navigation Instruments ndash Gyroscope - Accelerometers Air speedIndicators ndash TAS EAS- Mach Meters - Altimeters - Principles and operation - Study of various types of engine instruments - Tachometers - Temperature gauges ndash Pressure gauges - Operation and Principles

                TEXT BOOKS1 McKinley JL and Bent RD ldquoAircraft Maintenance amp Repairrdquo McGraw-Hill 19932 ldquoGeneral Hand Books of Airframe and Powerplant Mechanicsrdquo US Dept ofTransportation Federal Aviation Administation The English Book Store NewDelhi1995REFERENCES1 Mekinley JL and Bent RD ldquoAircraft Power Plantsrdquo McGraw-Hill 19932 Pallet EHJ ldquoAircraft Instruments amp Principlesrdquo Pitman amp Co 19933 Treager S ldquoGas Turbine Technologyrdquo McGraw-Hill 1997

                14

                PCAE1208 PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY L T P C3 0 0 3

                OBJECTIVEThe components such a piston connecting rod crankshaft engine block front axle frame body etc are manufactured by various types of production processes involving casting welding machining metal forming powder metallurgy etc hence Engineering students must study this course production technology UNIT I CASTING nd WELDING 16Casting types procedure to make sand mould types of core making moulding tolls machine moulding special moulding processes-co2 moulding shell moulding investment moulding permanent mould casting pressure die casting centrifugal casting continuous casting casting defects

                Classification of welding processes Principles of Oxyacetylene gas welding AC metal arc welding resistance welding submerged arc welding tungsten inert gas welding metal inert gas welding plasma arc welding thermic welding electron beam welding laser beam welding defects in welding soldering and brazing

                UNIT II MACHIINING 14General principles (with schematic diagrams only) of working and commonly performedoperations in the following machines Lathe Shaper Planer Horizontal milling machineUniversal drilling machine Cylindrical grinding machine Capstan and Turret lathe Basics of CNC machines General principles and applications of the following processesAbrasive jet machining Ultrasonic machining Electric discharge machining Electro chemical machining Plasma are machining Electron beam machining and Laser beammachining

                UNIT IV METAL FORMING AND POWDER METALLURGY 11Types of plastics-characteristics of the forming and shaping processes-Moulding of Thermoplastics-working principles and typical applications of Injection moulding- Thermoforming-processing of thermosets-working principles and typical applications-

                Principles and applications of the following processes Forging Rolling Extrusion Wiredrawing and Spinning Powder metallurgy-Principal steps involved advantages Disadvantages and limitations of powder metallurgy TEXT BOOK1 Harija choudry Elements of workshop Technology vol I and II Media promoters andpublishers pvt Ltd Mumbai 2001REFERENCES1 R K Jain and S C Gupta production Technology Khanna Publishers 16th Edition20012 H M T production technology-Hand book Tata Mc Graw-Hill 20003 Roy A Linberg process and materials of manufacturing technology PHI 20004 M Adithan and A B Cupta manufacturing technology New Age 19965 Serope Kalpajian Steven R Schimid Manuyfacturing Engineering and TechnologyPearson Education Inc2002 (second Indian Reprint)

                15

                PCAE1209 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES ndash I L T P C3 1 0 4

                OBJECTIVETo study different types of beams and columns subjected to various types of loading and support conditions with particular emphasis on aircraft structural components

                Module ndash I (17 hours)STATICALLY DETERMINATE STRUCTURES Analysis of plane Truss-Method of joints-3 D Truss-Plane frames

                STATICALLY INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES Propped Cantilever- Fixed-Fixed beams-Clapeyrons Three Moment Equation - MomentDistribution Method

                Module ndash II (11 hours)ENERGY METHODS 10+4Strain Energy due to axial bending and Torsional loads ndash Castiglianorsquos theorems- Maxwells Reciprocal theorem Unit load method - application to beams trusses framesrings etc -Composite beam

                Module ndash III (14 hours)COLUMNS Columns with various end conditions ndash Eulerrsquos Column curve ndash Rankinersquos formula - Column with initial curvature - Eccentric loading ndash South well plot ndash Beam column

                FAILURE THEORY Maximum Stress theory ndash Maximum Strain Theory ndash Maximum Shear Stress Theory ndash Distortion Theory ndash Maximum Strain energy theory ndash Application to aircraft Structural problems

                1 Donaldson BK ldquoAnalysis of Aircraft Structures ndash An Introductionrdquo McGraw-Hill19932 BruhnEFrdquoAnalysis and design of flight vehicle structuresrdquo Tri set of offset companyUSA1973REFERENCE1 Timoshenko S ldquoStrength of Materialsrdquo Vol I and II Princeton D Von Nostrand Co

                1990

                16

                PCAE1210 PROPULSION ndash I L T P C3 0 0 3

                OBJECTIVETo understand the principles of operation and design of aircraft and spacecraft powerplants

                Module ndash I (10 hours)

                FUNDAMENTALS OF GAS TURBINE ENGINES Illustration of working of gas turbine engine ndash The thrust equation ndash Factors affecting thrustndash Effect of pressure velocity and temperature changes of air entering compressor ndash Methods of thrust augmentation ndash Characteristics of turboprop turbofan and turbojet ndashPerformance characteristics

                Module ndash II (14 hours)

                SUBSONIC AND SUPERSONIC INLETS FOR JET ENGINES Internal flow and Stall in subsonic inlets ndash Boundary layer separation ndash Major features of external flow near a subsonic inlet ndash Relation between minimum area ratio and eternal deceleration ratio ndash Diffuser performance ndash Supersonic inlets ndash Starting problem on supersonic inlets ndash Shock swallowing by area variation ndash External declaration ndash Models of inlet operation

                NOZZLES Theory of flow in isentropic nozzles ndash nozzles and choking ndash Nozzle throat conditions ndashNozzle efficiency ndash Losses in nozzles ndash Over expanded and under ndash expanded nozzles ndashEjector and variable area nozzles ndash Interaction of nozzle flow with adjacent surfaces ndashThrust reversal

                Module ndash III (16 hours)

                COMPRESSORS Principle of operation of centrifugal compressor ndash Work done and pressure rise ndash Velocity diagrams ndash Diffuser vane design considerations ndash Concept of prewhirl rotation stall and surge ndash Elementary theory of axial flow compressor ndash Velocity triangles ndash degree of reaction ndash Three dimensional ndashCompressor blade design ndash Centrifugal and Axial compressor performance characteristics

                COMBUSTION CHAMBERSClassification of combustion chambers ndash Important factors affecting combustion chamber design ndash Combustion process ndash Combustion chamber performance ndash Effect of operating variables on performance ndash Flame tube cooling ndash Flame stabilization ndash Use of flame holders ndash Numerical problems

                TEXT BOOKS1 Hill PG amp Peterson CR ldquoMechanics amp Thermodynamics of Propulsionrdquo Addison ndashWesley Longman INC 1999REFERENCES1 Cohen H Rogers GFC and Saravanamuttoo HIH ldquoGas Turbine TheoryrdquoLongman 19892 Oates GC ldquoAero thermodynamics of Aircraft Engine Componentsrdquo AIAA EducationSeries New York 1985

                17

                3 ldquoRolls Royce Jet Enginerdquo ndash Third Edition ndash 19834 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers amp Distributors Delhi 1999

                18

                Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndashI L T P C0 0 3 2

                OBJECTIVETo study experimentally the load deflection characteristics structural materials underDifferent types of loads

                LIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Determination of Youngrsquos modulus of steel 2 Determination of fracture strength and fracture pattern of ductile and brittlematerials3 Determination of forces in statically indeterminate force system4 Deflection of beams with various end conditions5 Verification of Maxwellrsquos Reciprocal theorem 6 Verification of principle of superposition7 Column ndash Testing8 South ndash wellrsquos plot9 Shear Failure of Bolted and Rivetted Joints10 Non-Destructive Testing Procedures

                TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                19

                Sub Code AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                OBJECTIVETo familiarize the students in basic aerodynamics and use of wind tunnelsLIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Study of lift and tip vortices2 Flow visualization in water flow channel3 Flow visualization in smoke tunnel4 Plot of RPM Vs test section velocity in a subsonic wind tunnel5 Pressure distribution over circular cylinder6 Pressure distribution over a rough circular cylinder7 Pressure distribution over a symmetric aerofoil8 Pressure distribution over a cambered aerofoil9 Estimation of CL and CD of airfoil10 Force measurement using wind tunnel balance of airfoil

                TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                20

                Sub Code MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY L T P C

                0 0 3 2LIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 LATHE11 Facing plain turning and step turning12 Taper turning using compound rest13 Taper turning using taper turning attachment14 Single start V thread cutting and knurling15 Boring and internal thread cutting2 SHAPER AND SLOTTER21 Machining a V- block (in a Shaper)22 Machining hexagonal shape (in a Shaper)23 Machining internal key-way (in a slotter)413 DRILLING31 Drilling 4 or 6 holes at a given pitch circle on a plate32 Drilling reaming and tapping4 MILLING41 Plain Milling Exercise42 Gear Milling Exercise5 GRINDINGCylindrical Grinding Exercise

                TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                21

                SEMESTER V

                Code No Course Title L T P C

                THEORY

                Aircraft Structures ndash II 3 0 0 3Aerodynamics ndash II 3 0 0 3Propulsion ndash II 3 0 0 3Aircraft Performance 3 0 0 3Control Engineering 3 0 0 3Experimental Stress Analysis 3 0 0 3

                PRACTICAL

                Aircraft Structures Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2CADCAM Lab 0 0 3 2Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness Lab 0 0 3 2

                22

                SEMESTER V

                AE2302 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES ndash II L T P C3 1 0 4

                OBJECTIVETo study the behaviour of various aircraft structural components under different types ofloadsModule ndash I (15 hours) UNSYMMETRICAL BENDING General Principal axis and neutral axis methods- bending stresses in beams of symmetric sections with skew loads- bending stresses in beams of unsymmetrical sections

                SHEAR FLOW IN OPEN SECTIONS Thin walled beams Concept of shear flow shear centre Elastic axis With one axis ofsymmetry with wall effective and ineffective in bending unsymmetrical beam sections

                Module ndash II (14 hours)SHEAR FLOW IN CLOSED SECTIONS Bredt ndash Batho formula Single and multi ndash cell structures- Shear flow in single amp multicellstructures under torsion Shear flow in single and multicell under bending with wallseffective and ineffective

                V-N DIAGRAMLoads on aircraft ndashlift distribution-V-n diagram-Gust loads

                Module ndash III (11 hours)BUCKLING OF PLATES Rectangular sheets under compression local buckling stress of thin walled section-Crippling stresses by Needhamrsquos and Gerardrsquos methods Thin walled column strengthsheet stiffener panels-Effective width

                STRESS ANALYSIS IN WING AND FUSELAGEShear resistant web beams-Tension field web beams(Wagnerrsquos) ndash Shear and bendingmoment distribution for cantilever and semi-cantilever types of beams

                TEXT BOOKS1 Peery DJ and Azar JJ ldquoAircraft Structuresrdquo 2nd edition McGrawndashHill NY 20072 Megson TMG ldquoAircraft Structures for Engineering Studentsrdquo Edward Arnold 2007REFERENCES1 Bruhn EH ldquoAnalysis and Design of Flight vehicles Structuresrdquo Tri ndash state off setcompany USA 19852 Rivello RM ldquoTheory and Analysis of Flight Structuresrdquo McGraw-Hill 1993

                23

                Sub Code AERODYNAMICS ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

                OBJECTIVETo understand the behaviour of airflow both internal and external in compressible flowregime with particular emphasis on supersonic flowsModule ndash I (10 hours)ONE DIMENSIONAL COMPRESSIBLE FLOW Energy Momentum continuity and state equations velocity of sound adiabatic steadystate flow equations Flow through convergent- divergent passage Performance undervarious back pressures

                Module ndash II (16 hours)NORMAL OBLIQUE SHOCKS Prandtl equation and Rankine ndash Hugonoit relation Normal shock equations Pitot statictube corrections for subsonic and supersonic flows Oblique shocks and correspondingequations Hodograph and pressure turning angle shock polar flow past wedges andconcave corners strong weak and detached shocks

                EXPANSION WAVES RAYLEIGH AND FANNO FLOW Flow past convex corners Expansion hodograph Reflection and interaction of shocks and expansion waves Method of Characteristics Two dimensional supersonic nozzlecontours

                Module ndash III (14 hours)SUPERSONIC AND TRANSONIC FLOW Rayleigh and Fanno Flow Lift drag pitching moment and center of pressure of supersonic profiles Lower and upper critical Mach numbers Lift and drag divergence shock induced separation Characteristics of swept wings Effects of thickness camber and aspect ratio of wings Transonic area rule

                TEXT BOOK1 Rathakrishnan E ldquoGas Dynamicsrdquo Prentice Hall of India 2003REFERENCES1 Shapiro AH ldquoDynamics and Thermodynamics of Compressible Fluid Flowrdquo RonaldPress 19822 Zucrow MJ and Anderson JD ldquoElements of gas dynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book CoNew York 19893 Anderson Jr D ndash ldquoModern compressible flowsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co New York

                1999

                24

                Sub Code PROPULSION ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

                OBJECTIVETo study in detail about gas turbines ramjet fundamentals of rocket propulsion andchemical rocketsModule ndash I (10 hours) AIRCRAFT GAS TURBINES 12Impulse and reaction blading of gas turbines ndash Velocity triangles and power output ndash Elementary theory ndash Vortex theory ndash Choice of blade profile pitch and chord ndash stimationof stage performance ndash Limiting factors in gas turbine design- Overall turbine performance ndash Methods of blade cooling ndash Matching of turbine and compressor Module ndash II (15 hours)RAMJET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Sub critical critical and supercritical operation ndash Combustion in ramjet engine ndash Ramjet performance ndash Simple ramjet design calculations ndash Introduction to scramjet

                FUNDAMENTALS OF ROCKET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Specific impulse of a rocket ndash internal ballistics- Rocket nozzleclassification ndash Rocket performance considerations

                Module ndash III (15 hours)CHEMICAL ROCKETS Solid propellant rockets ndash Selection criteria of solid propellants ndash Important hardware components of solid rockets ndash Propellant grain design considerations ndash Liquid propellantrockets ndash Selection of liquid propellants Cooling in liquid rockets ndash Hybrid rockets

                ADVANCED PROPULSION TECHNIQUES Electric rocket propulsion ndash Ion propulsion techniques ndash Nuclear rocket ndash Types ndash Solarsail- Preliminary Concepts in nozzleless propulsion TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York 5th

                Edn 19932 Hill PG amp Peterson CR ldquoMechanics amp Thermodynamics of Propulsionrdquo Addison ndashWesley Longman INC 1999REFERENCES1 Cohen H Rogers GFC and Saravanamuttoo HIH ldquoGas Turbine TheoryrdquoLongman Co ELBS Ed 19892 Gorden CV ldquoAero thermodynamics of Gas Turbine and Rocket Propulsionrdquo AIAAEducation Series New York 19893 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 1988

                25

                Sub Code AIRCRAFT PERFORMANCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the performance of airplanes under various flightconditions like take off cruise landing climbing gliding turning etcModule ndash I (13 hours)GENERAL CONCEPTSInternational Standard atmosphere IAS EAS TAS Propeller theory- Froude momentum and blade element theories Propeller co-efficients Use of propeller charts Performance of fixed and variable pitch propellers High lift devices Thrust augmentation

                DRAG OF BODIESStreamlined and bluff body Types of drag Effect of Reynoldrsquos number on skin friction and pressure drag Drag reduction of airplanes Dragpolar Effect of Mach number on drag polar

                Module ndash II (11 hours)STEADY LEVEL FLIGHTSteady level flight Thrust required and Power required Thrust available and Power available for propeller driven and jet powered aircraft Effect of altitude maximum level flight speed conditions for minimum drag and minimum power required Effect of drag divergence on maximum velocity Range and Endurance of Propeller and Jet airplanes

                Module ndash III (16 hours)GLIDING AND CLIMBING FLIGHTShallow and steep angles of climb Rate of climb Climb hodograph Maximum Climb angle and Maximum Rate of climb- Effect of design parameters for propeller Absolute and service ceiling Gliding flight Glide hodograph

                ACCELERATD FLIGHT Estimation of take-off and landing distances Methods of reducing landing distance level turn minimum turn radius bank angle and load factor Constraints on load factor Pull up and pull down maneuvers maximum turn rate V-n diagram

                TEXT BOOKS1 HoughtonEL and Carruthers NB Aerodynamics for engineering studentsEdward Amold Publishers 19882 Anderson Jr JD Aircraft Performance and Design McGraw-Hill InternationalEdition 1999REFERENCES1 Kuethe AM and Chow CY Foundations of Aerodynamics John Wiley amp Sons19822 JJBertin Aerodynamics for Engineers Prentice-Hall 19883 LJ Clancey Aerodynamics Pitman 19864 Anderson Jr JD Introduction to Flight McGraw-Hill International Edition 1999

                26

                Sub Code CONTROL ENGINEERING L T P C3 0 0 3

                OBJECTIVETo understand the basic concepts of flight control systemModule ndash I (11 hours) INTRODUCTIONHistorical review - Simple pneumatic hydraulic and thermal systems Series and parallelsystems Analogies - Mechanical and electrical components Development of flight control systems OPEN AND CLOSED LOOP SYSTEMSFeedback control systems ndash Block diagram representation of control systems Reductionof block diagrams Output to input ratios Signal flow graph

                Module ndash II (15 hours)CHARACTERISTIC EQUATION AND FUNCTIONS Lap lace transformation Response of systems to different inputs viz Step input impulse ramp parabolic and sinusoidal inputs Time response of first and second order systems steady state errors and error constants of unity feedback circuit

                SAMPLED DATA SYSTEMS Introduction to digital control system Digital Controllers and Digital PID Controllers

                Module ndash III (14 hours)CONCEPT OF STABILITYNecessary and sufficient conditions Routh ndash Hurwitz criteria of stability Root locus andBode techniques Concept and construction frequency response

                TOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Ogato ldquoModern Control Engineeringrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19982 GopalM ldquoControl Systems Principles and designrdquo ndash Tata McGraw-Hill PublicationNew Delhi 2000REFERENCES1 Azzo JJD and CH Houpis ldquoFeed back control system analysis and synthesisrdquoMcGraw ndash Hill International 3rd Edition 19982 Kuo BC ldquoAutomatic control systemsrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19983 Houpis CH and Lamont GB ldquoDigital Control Systemsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co NewYork USA 19954 Naresh K Sinha ldquoControl Systemsrdquo New Age International Publishers New Delhi

                27

                Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS L T P C3 0 0 3

                OBJECTIVETo bring awareness on experimental method of finding the response of the structure todifferent types of loadModule ndash I (15 hours) MEASUREMENTS amp EXTENSOMETER Principles of measurements Accuracy Sensitivity and range of measurements Mechanical Optical Acoustical and Electrical extensometers and their uses Advantagesand disadvantages

                ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE STRAIN GAUGES Principle of operation and requirements Types and their uses Materials for strain gauge Calibration and temperature compensation cross sensitivity Rosette analysis Wheastone bridge for static and dynamic strain measurements strain indicators

                Module ndash II (14 hours)PHOTOELASTICITY Two dimensional photo elasticity Concept of light ndash photoelastic effects stress optic lawInterpretation of fringe pattern Compensation and separation techniques Photo elasticmaterials Introduction to three dimensional photo elasticity

                Module ndash III (11 hours)BRITTLE COATING AND MOIRE METHODSIntroduction to Moire techniques brittle coating methods and holography NON ndash DESTRUCTIVE TESTINGFundamentals of NDT Radiography ultrasonic magnetic particle inspection Fluorescent penetrant technique Eddy current testing Acoustic Emission Technique

                TEXT BOOKS1 Srinath LS Raghava MR Lingaiah K Garagesha G Pant B andRamachandra K ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill New Delhi 1984REFERENCES1 Dally JW and Riley WF ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo McGraw-Hill Inc NewYork 2005 IV edition2 Hetyenyi M ldquoHand book of Experimental Stress Analysisrdquo John Wiley and Sons IncNew York 19723 Pollock AA ldquoAcoustic Emission in Acoustics and Vibration Progressrdquo Ed StephensRWB Chapman and Hall 1993

                28

                Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndash II 0 0 3 100

                OBJECTIVE

                To experimentally study the unsymmetrical bending of beams find the location of shear centre obtain the stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques calibration of photo ndash elastic materials and study on vibration of beams

                LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                1 Unsymmetrical bending of beams2 Shear centre location for open sections3 Shear centre location for closed sections4 Constant strength beam5 Flexibility matrix for cantilever beam6 Beam with combined loading7 Calibration of Photo- elastic materials8 Stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques9 Vibrations of beams10 Wagner beam ndash Tension field beam

                TOTAL 45

                29

                Sub Code CAD CAM LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                OBJECTIVETo teach and train the students in the lab about the design and drafting of aerocomponents LIST OF EXPERIMENTSDesign and Modeling of rectangular plate with holeDesign and Modeling of spar componentsDesign and Modeling of Aerofoil structuresDesign and Modeling of cut section for wingsDesign and Modeling of Machine componentDesign and Modeling of Machine componentsDesign and Analysis of a TrussDesign and Analysis of Beam distributed loadDesign of Landing gearFacingTurning(Taper Step)

                TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                30

                HSSM7203 Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness LabLab 30 hoursThis course will focus on communication in professional (work-related) situations of the kind thatBPUT graduates may expect to encounter on entering the professional domainSome typical forms of work-related communication oral or written are listed below Practiceactivities for all four skills can be designed around these or similar situations1 Gaining entry into an organizationi Preparing job-applications and CVsii Facing an interviewiii Participating in group discussion (as part of the recruitmentprocess)2 In-house communicationa Superior Senior 1048782 subordinate junior (individual 1048782 individual group)i Welcoming new entrants to the organization introducing the workplace cultureetcii Briefing subordinates juniors explaining duties and responsibilities etcii Motivating subordinates juniors (lsquopep talkrsquo)iii Instructing directing subordinates juniorsiv Expressing recording appreciation praising rewarding a subordinate or juniorv Reprimanding correcting disciplining a subordinatejunior (for a lapse) askingfor an explanation etcb Subordinate Junior 1048782 Superior Seniori Responding to the aboveii Reporting problems difficulties deficienciesiii Offering suggestions

                31

                SEMESTER VI

                Code No Course Title L T P C

                THEORYHSSM3301 Principles of Management 3 0 0 3

                Finite Element Method 3 0 0 3Aircraft Stability and Control 3 0 0 3Wind Tunnel Techniques 3 0 0 3High Temperature Materials 3 0 0 3

                E1 Elective ndash I 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                Aero Engine Laboratory 0 0 3 2Aircraft Design Project - I 0 0 3 2Aerodynamics Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2

                32

                SEMESTER VI

                HSSM3301 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (3-0-0)

                Module I Functions of Management Concept of Management Management as an Art or Science The Process of Management Managerial Skills Good Managers are Born not Made Management is concerned with Ideas Things and People How a Manager Induces Workers to Put in Their Best Levels and Types of Management Evolution of Management Thought Managerial Environment The process of Management-Planning Organizing Directing Staffing Controlling

                Module II Marketing Function of Management Modern Concept of Marketing The Functional Classification of Marketing Functions of a Marketing Management Marketing Mix Fundamental Needs of Customers The Role of Distribution channels in Marketing Advertising Marketing Consumerism and Environmentalism

                Module III Financial Function amp HRM Functions Financial Functions Concept of Financial Management Project Appraisal Tools of Financial decisions making Overview of Working Capital HRM Function of Management Human Resource Management Human Resource Development Importance of HRM Overview of Job Analysis Job Description Job Specification Labour Turnover Manpower Planning Recruitment Selection Induction Training and Development Placement Wage and Salary Administration Performance Appraisal Grievance Handling Welfare Aspects

                Reference Books 1 Business Organization amp Management CR Basu TMH 2 Business Organization amp Management Tulsia Pandey Pearson 3 Marketing Management Kotler Keller Koshi Jha Pearson 4 Financial Management IM Pandey Vikas 5 Human Resource Management Aswasthapa TMH 6 Modern Business Organisation amp Management by Sherlekar Himalaya Publishing House

                33

                Sub Code FINITE ELEMENT METHOD L T P C3 0 0 3

                OBJECTIVETo introduce the concept of numerical analysis of structural componentsModule ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION Review of basic approximate methods of analyses ndash Stiffness and Flexibility matrix forsimple cases ndash Governing equation and convergence criteria of finite element method

                DISCRETE ELEMENTS Bar Frame beam elements ndash Application to static dynamic analysis

                Module ndash II (10 hours)

                CONTINUUM ELEMENTS Various types of 2-D-elements Application to plane stress plane strain and axisymmetricproblems Module ndash III (16 hours)ISOPARAMETRIC ELEMENTS Applications to two and three-dimensional problems(four eight and nine nodded element) Numerical Integration

                FIELD PROBLEMApplications to other field problems like heat transfer and fluid flow

                TEXT BOOK1 TirupathiRC and Ashok DB ldquoIntroduction to Finite Elements in EngineeringrdquoPrentice Hall India Third Edition 2003REFERENCES1 Reddy JN ldquoAn Introduction to Finite Element Methodrdquo McGraw-Hill 20002 Krishnamurthy CS ldquoFinite Element Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill 20003 Bathe KJ and Wilson EL ldquoNumerical Methods in Finite Elements AnalysisrdquoPrentice Hall of India 1985

                34

                Sub Code AIRCRAFT STABILITY amp CONTROL L T P C3 1 0 4

                OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the concepts of stable and nonstable configurationof airplanes To introduce the concepts of control of airplanes under variousoperating conditions

                Module ndash I (13 hours)STATIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY AND CONTROL 15General concepts-Degrees of freedom of a rigid body Static and dynamic stability Need for stability in an airplane inherently and marginally stable airplanes Stability and Controllability Requirements of control surfaces criteria for longitudinal static stability contribution to stability by wing tail fuselage wing fuselage combination Total longitudinal stability Neutral point-Stick fixed and Stick free aspects Free elevator factor static margin Hinge moment Power effects on stability-propeller and jet aircrafts longitudinal control Movement of centre of gravity elevator control effectiveness elevator control power elevator angle to trim elevator angle per g maneuver point Stick force gradient and stick force per g Aerodynamic balancing

                Module ndash II (15 hours) STATIC DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND CONTROL Directional stability-yaw and sideslip Criterion of directional stability contribution to static directional stability by wing fuselage tail Power effects on directional stabilitypropeller and jet aircrafts Rudder lock and Dorsal fin Directional control rudder control effectiveness rudder requirements adverse yaw asymmetric power condition spin recovery

                STATIC LATERAL STABILTY AND CONTROL Lateral stability-Dihedral effect criterion for lateral stability evaluation of lateral stability-contribution of fuselage wing wing fuselage tail total static lateral stability lateral control aileron reversal aileron reversal speed

                Module ndash III (12 hours) DYNAMIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY Aircraft Equations of motion small disturbance theory Estimation of longitudinal stability derivatives stability derivatives solving the stability quartic Phugoid motion

                DYNAMIC LATERAL AND DIRECTIONAL STABILITY Dutch roll and spiral instability Auto rotation and spin

                TEXT BOOKS1 Perkins CD amp Hage RE Airplane performance stability and control John Wileyamp Sons 19762 Nelson RC Flight Stability amp Automatic Control McGraw Hill 1998REFERENCES1 McCormick BW Aerodynamics Aeronautics amp Flight Mechanics John Wiley19952 Babister AW Aircraft Stability and response Pergamon Press 19803 Etkin B Dynamics of Flight Stability and Control John Wiley New York 19824 Pamadi BN Performnce Stability Dynamics and Control of Airplanes AIAA Education Series 2004

                35

                Sub Code WIND TUNNEL TECHNIQUES L T P C3 0 0 3

                OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of measurement of forces and moments on models during the wind tunnel testing

                Module ndash I (10 hours)WIND TUNNELSClassification ndashnon-dimensional numbers-types of similarities - Layout of open circuit and closed circuit subsonic wind tunnels ndash design parameters-energy ratio - HP calculationsCalibration

                Module ndash II (15 hours) HIGH SPEED WIND TUNNELSBlow down in draft and induction tunnel layouts and their design features Transonic supersonic and hypersonic tunnels their peculiarities and calibration Helium and gun tunnels Shock tubes

                FLOW VISUALIZATIONSmoke and Tuft grid techniques ndash Dye injection special techniques ndash Optical methods offlow visualization

                Module ndash II (15 hours)WIND TUNNEL MEASUREMENTSPressurevelocity and temperature measurements ndash Force measurements ndash types of balances-Three component and six component balances ndash calibration of measuring instruments

                NON-INTRUSIVE FLOW DIAGNOSTICSLaser ndash Doppler anemometry Particle image velocimetry Laser induced fluorescence TEXT BOOK1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow Speed Wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley Publication1984REFERENCE1 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh Speed wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley 1985

                36

                Sub Code HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS L T P C3 0 0 3

                OBJECTIVETo learn damage mechanism and failure of components of elavated temperatures

                Module ndash I (15 hours)CREEPFactors influencing functional life of components at elevated temperatures definition of creep curve various stages of creep metallurgical factors influencing various stages effect of stress temperatures and strain rate

                Design of transient creep time hardening strain hardening expressions of rupture life ofcreep ductile and brittle materials Monkman-Grant relationship

                Module ndash II (13 hours)FRACTURE AND OXIDATIONVarious types of fracture brittle to ductile from low temperature to high temperature cleavage fracture due to micro void coalescence ndash diffusion controlled void growth fracture maps for different alloys and oxidesOxidation Pilling Bedworth ratio kinetic laws of oxidation ndash defect structure and control of Oxidation by alloy additions

                Module ndash III (12 hours)HOT CORROSION SUPER ALLOYS AND OTHER MATERIALHot gas corrosion deposit modified hot gas corrosion fluxing mechanisms effect of alloying elements on hot corrosion interaction of hot corrosion and creep methods of combat hot corrosion

                Iron base Nickel base abd Cobalt base super alloys composition control solid solution strengthening precipitation hardening by gamma prime grain boundary strengthening TCP phase embrittlement solidfication of single crystals Intermetallics high temperature ceramics

                TEXT BOOKS1 Raj R ldquoFlow and Fracture at Elevated TemperaturesrdquoAmerican Society for MetalsUSA 19852 Hertzberg RW ldquoDeformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering materialsrdquo 4th

                Edition John Wiley USA 19963 Courtney T H ldquoMechanical Behaviour of MaterialsrdquoMcGraw-Hill USA 1990REFERENCES1 Boyle JT Spencer J ldquoStress Analysis for Creeprdquo Butterworths UK 19832 BressersJ ldquoCreep and Fatigue in High Temperature Alloysrdquo Applied Science 19813 McLean D ldquoDirectionally Solidified Materials for High Temperature ServicerdquoThe Metals Society USA 1985

                37

                AE2355 AERO ENGINE LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                OBJECTIVETo introduce the knowledge of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines1 Study of free convective heat transfer over a flat plate2 Engine (Piston Engine) - cleaning visual inspection NDT checks3 Piston Engine Components - dimensional checks4 Velocity profiles of free jets5 Velocity profiles of wall jets6 Combustion Studies in a model jet engine combustor7 Jet Engine ndash identification of components amp defects8 Jet Engine ndash NDT checks and dimensional checks9 Study of hybrid rocket propulsion system10 Engine starting procedures11 Study of ramjet12 Burn rate measurements of solid propellants

                TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                38

                Sub code AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash I L T P C0 0 3 2

                OBJECTIVETo introduce and develop the basic concept of aircraft designEach student is assigned the design of an Airplane (or Helicopter or any other flightvehicle) for given preliminary specifications The following are the assignments to becarried outEXPERIMENTS1 Comparative configuration study of different types of airplanes2 Comparative study on specification and performance details of aircraft3 Preparation of comparative data sheets4 Work sheet layout procedures5 Comparative graphs preparation and selection of main parameters for the design6 Preliminary weight estimations selection of main parameters7 Power plant selection Aerofoil selection Wing tail and control surfaces8 Preparation of layouts of balance diagram and three view drawings9 Drag estimation10 Detailed performance calculations and stability estimates

                TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY- II

                1 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of symmetric aerofoil section2 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of cambered aerofoil section3 Pressure distribution over a Nose cone model4 Determination of Base drag of a missile model5 Determination of profile drag of bodies by wake survey method6 Study of flow field over a backward facing step7 Pressure distribution over a water tank model for various wind speeds8 Velocity profiles for different simulated terrains9 Calibration of Supersonic Wind Tunnel10 Flow visualization studies in supersonic flows

                TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                39

                40

                SEMESTER VII

                Code No Course Title L T P C

                THEORY

                PCME4404 Production and Operation Management 3 0 0 3Avionics 3 0 0 3Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 0 3Vibrations And Elements of Aeroelasticity 3 0 0 3

                E2 Elective ndash II 3 0 0 3E3 Elective ndash III 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                Aircraft Design Project ndash II 0 0 3 2Aircraft Systems Lab 0 0 3 2Project Work and Seminar 0 0 3 3

                41

                SEMESTER VII

                PCME4404 Production and Operation Management L T P C

                Objective The course aims at acquainting all engineering graduates irrespective of theirspecializations the basic issues and tools of managing production and operations functionsof an organizationModule I1 Operations Function in an Organization Manufacturing Vrs Service Operations Systemview of Operations Strategic Role of Operations Operations Strategies for CompetitiveAdvantage Operations Quality and Productivity Focus Meeting Global Challenges ofProduction and Operations Imperatives (3 Hours)2 Designing Products Services and Processes New Product Design- Product Life CycleProduct Development Process Process Technology Project Jobshop Batch AssemblyLine Continuous Manufacturing Process Technology Life Cycle Process TechnologyTrends FMS CIM CAD CAM Design for Services Services Process Technology(4 Hours)3 Work Study Methods Study- Techniques of Analysis recording improvement andstandardization Work Measurement Work Measurement Principles using Stopwatch TimeStudy Predetermined Motion Time Standards and Work Sampling Standard TimeEstimation (4 Hours)Module II4 Location and Layout Planning Factor Influencing Plant and Warehouse LocationsImpact of Location on cost and revenues Facility Location Procedure and Models Qualitative Models Breakeven Analysis location Model centroid methodLayout Planning Layout Types Process Layout Product Layout Fixed Position LayoutPlanning block diagramming line balancing computerized layout planning- overviewGroup Technology (4 Hours)5 Forecasting Principles and Method Moving Average weighted Moving AverageExponential Smoothing Winterrsquos Method for Seasonal Demand Forecasting Error(4 Hours)6 Manufacturing Planning and Control The Framework and Components AggregatePlanning Master Production Scheduling Rough-cut-Capacity Planning MaterialRequirements Planning Capacity Requirements Planning (5 Hours)Module III7 Sequencing and Scheduling Single Machine Sequencing Basics and PerformanceEvaluation Criteria Methods for Minimizing Mean Flow Time Parallel Machines Minimization of Makespan Flowshop sequencing 2 and 3 machines cases JohnsonrsquosRule and Jobshop Scheduling Priority dispatching Rules (3 Hours)8 Inventory Control Relevant Costs Basic EOQ Model Model with Quantity discountEconomic Batch Quantity Periodic and Continuous Review Systems Safety Stock ReorderPoint and Order Quantity Calculations ABC Analysis (4 Hours)9 Modern Trends in Manufacturing Just in Time (JIT) System Shop Floor Control ByKanbans Total Quality Management Total Productive Maintenance ISO 9000 QualityCircle Kaizen Poka Yoke Supply Chain Management (4 Hours)Reference Book1 SNChary ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 R Paneerselvam ldquoProduction and Operations Management Prentice Hall of India3 Aswathappa amp Bhatt ndash Production amp Operations Management HPH4 Gaither amp Frazier - Operations Management Cengage Publication5 Russell amp Taylor - Operations Management PHI Publication6 Chase Aquilanno Jacob amp Agarwal - Operations Management TMH Publication7 EE Adam and RJ Ebert ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India

                42

                Sub Code AVIONICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of navigation amp communication systems of aircraft

                Module ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems ndash Integrated Avionicssystem ndash Typical avionics sub systems ndash Design approaches and recent advances -Application Technologies

                PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS Digital Computers ndash Digital number system- number systems and codes-Fundamentals of logic and combinational logic circuits ndashDigital arithmetic ndash interfacing with analoguesystems

                Module ndash II (11 hours)Basic of Microprocessors and application Microprocessors ndash Memories- Microprocessors real time application related to aircraft

                DIGITAL AVIONICS ARCHITECTURE Avionics system architecturendash salient features and applications of Data buses MILndashSTD1553 BndashARINC 429ndashARINC 629

                Module ndash III (15 hours)

                FLIGHT DECK AND COCKPITSControl and display technologies CRT LCD - Touch screen - Direct voice input (DVI) - Civil cockpit and military cockpit MFDS HUD MFK HOTAS AVIONICS SYSTEMS Communication Systems - Navigation systems - Flight control systems - Radar electronic warfare - Utility systems Reliability and maintainability - Certification TEXT BOOKS1 Malcrno AP and Leach DP ldquoDigital Principles and Applicationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill19902 Gaonkar RS ldquoMicroprocessors Architecture ndash Programming and Applicationrdquo Wileyand Sons Ltd New Delhi 1990REFERENCES1 Middleton DH Ed ldquoAvionics Systems Longman Scientific and Technicalrdquo LongmanGroup UK Ltd England 19892 Spitzer CR ldquoDigital Avionic Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ USA19873 Brain Kendal ldquoManual of Avionicsrdquo The English Book House 3rd Edition New Delhi19934 Nagaraja ldquoNavigation systemrdquo5 J Powell ldquoAircraft Radio Systemrdquo

                43

                Sub Code COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                OBJECTIVETo study the flow of dynamic fluids by computational methods

                Module-I (10 hours) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows Mathematical properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations - Well posed problems - discretization of partial Differential Equations Explicit finite difference methods of subsonic supersonic and viscous flows

                Module-II (15 hours)

                DISCRETIZATION Boundary layer Equations and methods of solution -Implicit time dependent methods forinviscid and viscous compressible flows - Concept of numerical dissipation --Stabilityproperties of explicit and implicit methods - Conservative upwind discretization forHyperbolic systems - Further advantages of upwind differencing GRID GENERATION Structured grids Types and transformations Generation of structured grids Unstructured grids Delany triangulation

                Module-III (15 hours)

                FINITE VOLUME TECHNIQUESFinite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping -Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy - Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques ndash Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives Flux ndash splitting schemes Pressure correction solvers ndash SIMPLE PESO Vorticity transport formulation Implicitsemi-implicit schemes

                TEXT BOOK1 Fletcher CAJ ldquoComputational Techniques for Fluid Dynamicsrdquo Vols I and IISpringer - Verlag Berlin 1988REFERENCES1 John F Wendt (Editor) ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics - An Introductionrdquo Springer ndashVerlag Berlin 19922 Charles Hirsch ldquoNumerical Computation of Internal and External Flowsrdquo Vols I and IIJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 19883 Klaus A Hoffmann and Steve T Chiang ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics forEngineersrdquo Vols I amp II Engineering Education System PO Box 20078 W WichitaKS 67208 - 1078 USA 19934 Anderson JrD ldquoFundamentals of Aerodynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill 2000

                44

                AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

                Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

                SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

                Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

                Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

                ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

                45

                AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

                OBJECTIVE

                To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

                Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

                LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

                TOTAL 60

                AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

                OBJECTIVE

                To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

                LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

                TOTAL 60

                46

                SEMESTER VIII

                Code No Course Title L T P C

                THEORY

                Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

                47

                Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

                OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

                Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

                METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

                Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

                Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

                FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

                REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

                48

                Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

                OBJECTIVE

                The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

                PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

                OBJECTIVE

                The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

                The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

                Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

                OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

                LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

                composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

                fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

                49

                1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

                SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

                Code No Course Title L T P C

                Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

                Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

                SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

                Code No Course Title L T P C

                Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

                ELECTIVESndash III

                Code No Course Title L T P C

                Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

                SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

                Code No Course Title L T P C

                Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

                ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

                Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

                50

                Elective Subjects

                Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

                BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

                Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

                Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

                TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

                TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

                51

                Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                52

                AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                53

                Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                54

                Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                55

                Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                56

                Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                Module-I (15hours)

                FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                57

                Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                58

                Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                59

                Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                60

                Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                61

                AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                62

                Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                63

                Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                64

                Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                65

                Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                66

                • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                • Course Title
                  • THEORY
                  • SEMESTER III
                  • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                  • (for a batch of 30 students)
                  • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                  • (for a batch of 30 students)
                    • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                    • (for a batch of 30 students)
                        • Course Title
                          • THEORY
                          • PRACTICAL
                          • SEMESTER V
                            • Course Title
                              • THEORY
                              • PRACTICAL
                              • SEMESTER VI
                                • Course Title
                                  • THEORY
                                  • PRACTICAL
                                  • SEMESTER VI
                                    • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                      • SEMESTER VII
                                        • Course Title
                                          • THEORY
                                          • PRACTICAL
                                          • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                            • TOTAL 60
                                            • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                            • TOTAL 60
                                              • SEMESTER VIII
                                                • Course Title
                                                  • THEORY
                                                  • PRACTICAL
                                                  • Co New York 1989
                                                  • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                  • OBJECTIVE
                                                  • PROJECT WORK
                                                    • OBJECTIVE
                                                      • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                          • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                            • Course Title
                                                            • Course Title
                                                            • Course Title
                                                            • Course Title
                                                            • Course Title
                                                              • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                  PCAE7202 FLUID MECHANICS AND MACHINERY LABORATORY L T P C(Common to Aeronautical Automobile Mech amp Prod) 0 0 3 2

                  OBJECTIVETo study the flow measurement and the performance of fluid machineryLIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Calibration of venturimeter2 Pressure measurement with pitot static tube3 Determination of pipe flow losses4 Verification of Bernoullirsquos theorem5 Flow visualization by Heleshaw apparatus6 Performance test on centrifugal pumps7 Performance test on reciprocating pumps8 Performance test on piston wheel turbine9 Performance test on Francis turbine10 Determination of Viscosity of a Fluid

                  TOTAL 45 PERIODSLIST OF EQUIPMENTS (for a batch of 30 students)

                  SlNo Details of Equipments Qty Req Experiment No

                  1 Venturimeter setup 1 132 Pipe friction set up 1 33 Pitot tube set up 1 244 Jet pump 1 65 Submersible pump 1 66 Centrifugal pump 1 67 Reciprocating pump 1 78 Pelton wheel turbine and Francis turbine 1 899 Viscosity Meter 1 1010 Hele-shaw apparatus 1 5

                  9

                  PCAE7203 THERMODYNAMICS LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                  OBJECTIVETo enhance the basic knowledge in applied thermodynamicsLIST OF EXPERIMENTSPerformance test on a 4-stroke engineValve timing of a 4 ndash stroke engine and port timing of a 2 stroke engineDetermination of effectiveness of a parallel flow heat exchangerDetermination of effectiveness of a counter flow heat exchangerDetermination of heating value of a fuelCOP test on a vapour compression refrigeration test rigCOP test on a vapour compression air-conditioning test rigDetermination of specific heat of solidDetermination of Thermal Conductivity of solidDetermination of Thermal Resistance of a Composite wall

                  TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                  LIST OF EQUIPMENTS (for a batch of 30 students)

                  SlNo Details of Equipments Qty Req Experiment No

                  1 4 stroke twin cylinder diesel engine 1 12 Cut section model of 4 stroke kirloskar diesel engine and cut

                  section model of 2 stroke petrol engine1 2

                  3 Parallel and counter flow heat exchanger test rig 1 344 Bomb Calorimeter 1 55 Vapour compression refrigeration test rig 1 66 Vapour compression air-conditioning test rig 1 77 Gas Turbine Engine 1 88 Conductive Heat Transfer set up 1 99 Composite wall 1 10

                  10

                  Semester IV

                  Code No Course Title L T P C

                  THEORYBSCM1210 Mathematics ndash IV (Common to all branch for 4th sem) 3 1 0 4PCAE1206 Aerodynamics ndash I 3 0 0 4PCAE1207 Aircraft Systems and Instrumentations 3 0 0 3PCAE1208 Production Technology 3 0 0 3PCAE1209 Aircraft Structures ndash I 3 1 0 3PCAE1210 Propulsion ndash I 3 0 0 3PRACTICALPCAE7204 Aircraft Structures Lab ndash I 0 0 3 2PCAE7205 Aerodynamics Lab- I 0 0 3 2PCAE7206 Manufacturing Technology Lab 0 0 3 2

                  11

                  SEMESTER IV

                  BSCM1210 Mathematics ndash IV(Common to all branch)

                  Module-I (20 hours)Numerical methodsApproximation and round of errors Truncation error and Taylorrsquos seriesRoots of equation The bisection method the false-position method fixed point iteration theNewton-Raphson method Mullerrsquos methodLinear algebraic equation LU decomposition the matrix inverse Gauss-Seidel methodInterpolation Newton divided difference interpolation Lagrange Interpolation Newtonrsquos forwardand backward interpolationNumerical integration The trapezoidal rule The Simpsonrsquos rules Gauss quadratureOrdinary differential equation Eulerrsquos method Improvement of Eulerrsquos method Runge-KuttamethodsModule-II (10 Hours)ProbabilityProbability Random variables Probability distributions Mean and variance of distributionBinomial Poisson and Hypergeometric distributions Normal distribution Distribution of severalrandom variablesModule-III (10 Hours)Mathematical StatisticsRandom sampling Estimation of Parameters Confidence Intervals Testing of hypothesisAcceptance sampling Chi square test for goodness of fit Regression Analysis Fitting StraightLines Correlation analysisText books1 S C Chapra and R P Canale ldquo Numerical methods for Engineersrdquo Fifth EditionMcGraw Hill EducationReading Chapters 2 3(31 32) 4(42 43) 5(51 52 53) 6(64) 9(91 92) 10(102)13(131132135) 16(161 162) 17(173) 20(201 202 203)2 E Kreyszigrdquo Advanced Engineering Mathematics Eighth Edition Wiley IndiaReading Chapters 22 23( except 235 and 238)Reference books1 Jay L Devore ldquoProbability and Statistics for Engineering and SciencesrdquoSeventh Edition ThomsonCENGAGE Learning India Pvt LtdP VOrsquoNeil ldquoAdvanced Engineering Mathematicsrdquo CENGAGE Learning New Delhi

                  PCAE1206 AERODYNAMICS ndash I L T P C3 0 0 3

                  OBJECTIVE

                  12

                  To understand the behaviour of airflow over bodies with particular emphasis on airfoilsections in the incompressible flow regime

                  Module-I (14 hours)REVIEW OF BASIC FLUID MECHANICS Continuity momentum and energy equations

                  UNIT II TWO DIMENSIONAL FLOWS Basic flows ndash Source Sink Free and Forced vortex uniform parallel flow Their combinations Ideal Flow over a circular cylinder DrsquoAlembertrsquos Paradox Magnus effect KuttaJonkowskirsquos Theorem Starting Vortex Kutta condition Pressure and velocity distributions on bodies with and without circulation in ideal and real fluid flows

                  Module-II (16 hours)

                  AIRFOIL THEORY Cauchy-Riemann relations Complex Potential Methodology of Conformal Transformation Kutta-Joukowski transformation and its applications Karman Trefftz Profiles Thin Airfoil theory and its applications

                  SUBSONIC WING THEORY Vortex Filament Biot and Savart Law Bound Vortex and trailing Vortex Horse Shoe Vortex Lifting Line Theory and its limitations

                  Module-III (12 hours)INTRODUCTION TO LAMINAR AND TURBULENT FLOWBoundary layer and boundary layer thickness displacement thickness momentum thickness Energy thickness Shape parameter Boundary layer equations for a steady two dimensional incompressible flow Boundary Layer growth over a Flat plate Critical Reynolds Number Blasius solution Basics of Turbulent flow Prandtlrsquos mixing length hypothesis Free shear layers

                  TEXT BOOKS1 Houghton EL and Caruthers NB Aerodynamics for Engineering studentsEdward Arnold Publishers Ltd London 19892 Anderson JD Fundamentals of Aerodynamics MaGraw Hill Book Co 1999REFERENCES1 Milne Thomson LH Theoretical Aerodynamics Macmillan 19852 John J Bertin Aerodynamics for Engineers Pearson Education Inc 20023 Clancey L J Aerodynamics Pitman 1986

                  13

                  PCAE1207 AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS AND INSTRUMENTS L T P C3 0 0 3

                  OBJECTIVETo describe the principle and working of aircraft systems and instruments Module-I (9 hours)AIRPLANE CONTROL SYSTEMS Conventional Systems - fully powered flight controls - Power actuated systems ndash Modern control systems - Digital fly by wire systems - Auto pilot system active control Technology

                  Module-II (17 hours)AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS Hydraulic systems - Study of typical workable system - components - Pneumatic systems - Advantages - Working principles - Typical Air pressure system ndash Brake system ndash Typical Pneumatic power system - Components Landing Gear systems - Classification

                  ENGINE SYSTEMS Fuel systems for Piston and jet engines - Components of multi engines Lubricating systems for piston and jet engines - Starting and Ignition systems - Typical examples for piston and jet engines

                  Module-II (14 hours)AUXILIARY SYSTEM Basic Air cycle systems - Vapour Cycle systems Evaporative vapour cycle systems - Evaporative air cycle systems - Fire protection systems Deicing and anti icing systems

                  AIRCRAFT INSTRUMENTS Flight Instruments and Navigation Instruments ndash Gyroscope - Accelerometers Air speedIndicators ndash TAS EAS- Mach Meters - Altimeters - Principles and operation - Study of various types of engine instruments - Tachometers - Temperature gauges ndash Pressure gauges - Operation and Principles

                  TEXT BOOKS1 McKinley JL and Bent RD ldquoAircraft Maintenance amp Repairrdquo McGraw-Hill 19932 ldquoGeneral Hand Books of Airframe and Powerplant Mechanicsrdquo US Dept ofTransportation Federal Aviation Administation The English Book Store NewDelhi1995REFERENCES1 Mekinley JL and Bent RD ldquoAircraft Power Plantsrdquo McGraw-Hill 19932 Pallet EHJ ldquoAircraft Instruments amp Principlesrdquo Pitman amp Co 19933 Treager S ldquoGas Turbine Technologyrdquo McGraw-Hill 1997

                  14

                  PCAE1208 PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY L T P C3 0 0 3

                  OBJECTIVEThe components such a piston connecting rod crankshaft engine block front axle frame body etc are manufactured by various types of production processes involving casting welding machining metal forming powder metallurgy etc hence Engineering students must study this course production technology UNIT I CASTING nd WELDING 16Casting types procedure to make sand mould types of core making moulding tolls machine moulding special moulding processes-co2 moulding shell moulding investment moulding permanent mould casting pressure die casting centrifugal casting continuous casting casting defects

                  Classification of welding processes Principles of Oxyacetylene gas welding AC metal arc welding resistance welding submerged arc welding tungsten inert gas welding metal inert gas welding plasma arc welding thermic welding electron beam welding laser beam welding defects in welding soldering and brazing

                  UNIT II MACHIINING 14General principles (with schematic diagrams only) of working and commonly performedoperations in the following machines Lathe Shaper Planer Horizontal milling machineUniversal drilling machine Cylindrical grinding machine Capstan and Turret lathe Basics of CNC machines General principles and applications of the following processesAbrasive jet machining Ultrasonic machining Electric discharge machining Electro chemical machining Plasma are machining Electron beam machining and Laser beammachining

                  UNIT IV METAL FORMING AND POWDER METALLURGY 11Types of plastics-characteristics of the forming and shaping processes-Moulding of Thermoplastics-working principles and typical applications of Injection moulding- Thermoforming-processing of thermosets-working principles and typical applications-

                  Principles and applications of the following processes Forging Rolling Extrusion Wiredrawing and Spinning Powder metallurgy-Principal steps involved advantages Disadvantages and limitations of powder metallurgy TEXT BOOK1 Harija choudry Elements of workshop Technology vol I and II Media promoters andpublishers pvt Ltd Mumbai 2001REFERENCES1 R K Jain and S C Gupta production Technology Khanna Publishers 16th Edition20012 H M T production technology-Hand book Tata Mc Graw-Hill 20003 Roy A Linberg process and materials of manufacturing technology PHI 20004 M Adithan and A B Cupta manufacturing technology New Age 19965 Serope Kalpajian Steven R Schimid Manuyfacturing Engineering and TechnologyPearson Education Inc2002 (second Indian Reprint)

                  15

                  PCAE1209 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES ndash I L T P C3 1 0 4

                  OBJECTIVETo study different types of beams and columns subjected to various types of loading and support conditions with particular emphasis on aircraft structural components

                  Module ndash I (17 hours)STATICALLY DETERMINATE STRUCTURES Analysis of plane Truss-Method of joints-3 D Truss-Plane frames

                  STATICALLY INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES Propped Cantilever- Fixed-Fixed beams-Clapeyrons Three Moment Equation - MomentDistribution Method

                  Module ndash II (11 hours)ENERGY METHODS 10+4Strain Energy due to axial bending and Torsional loads ndash Castiglianorsquos theorems- Maxwells Reciprocal theorem Unit load method - application to beams trusses framesrings etc -Composite beam

                  Module ndash III (14 hours)COLUMNS Columns with various end conditions ndash Eulerrsquos Column curve ndash Rankinersquos formula - Column with initial curvature - Eccentric loading ndash South well plot ndash Beam column

                  FAILURE THEORY Maximum Stress theory ndash Maximum Strain Theory ndash Maximum Shear Stress Theory ndash Distortion Theory ndash Maximum Strain energy theory ndash Application to aircraft Structural problems

                  1 Donaldson BK ldquoAnalysis of Aircraft Structures ndash An Introductionrdquo McGraw-Hill19932 BruhnEFrdquoAnalysis and design of flight vehicle structuresrdquo Tri set of offset companyUSA1973REFERENCE1 Timoshenko S ldquoStrength of Materialsrdquo Vol I and II Princeton D Von Nostrand Co

                  1990

                  16

                  PCAE1210 PROPULSION ndash I L T P C3 0 0 3

                  OBJECTIVETo understand the principles of operation and design of aircraft and spacecraft powerplants

                  Module ndash I (10 hours)

                  FUNDAMENTALS OF GAS TURBINE ENGINES Illustration of working of gas turbine engine ndash The thrust equation ndash Factors affecting thrustndash Effect of pressure velocity and temperature changes of air entering compressor ndash Methods of thrust augmentation ndash Characteristics of turboprop turbofan and turbojet ndashPerformance characteristics

                  Module ndash II (14 hours)

                  SUBSONIC AND SUPERSONIC INLETS FOR JET ENGINES Internal flow and Stall in subsonic inlets ndash Boundary layer separation ndash Major features of external flow near a subsonic inlet ndash Relation between minimum area ratio and eternal deceleration ratio ndash Diffuser performance ndash Supersonic inlets ndash Starting problem on supersonic inlets ndash Shock swallowing by area variation ndash External declaration ndash Models of inlet operation

                  NOZZLES Theory of flow in isentropic nozzles ndash nozzles and choking ndash Nozzle throat conditions ndashNozzle efficiency ndash Losses in nozzles ndash Over expanded and under ndash expanded nozzles ndashEjector and variable area nozzles ndash Interaction of nozzle flow with adjacent surfaces ndashThrust reversal

                  Module ndash III (16 hours)

                  COMPRESSORS Principle of operation of centrifugal compressor ndash Work done and pressure rise ndash Velocity diagrams ndash Diffuser vane design considerations ndash Concept of prewhirl rotation stall and surge ndash Elementary theory of axial flow compressor ndash Velocity triangles ndash degree of reaction ndash Three dimensional ndashCompressor blade design ndash Centrifugal and Axial compressor performance characteristics

                  COMBUSTION CHAMBERSClassification of combustion chambers ndash Important factors affecting combustion chamber design ndash Combustion process ndash Combustion chamber performance ndash Effect of operating variables on performance ndash Flame tube cooling ndash Flame stabilization ndash Use of flame holders ndash Numerical problems

                  TEXT BOOKS1 Hill PG amp Peterson CR ldquoMechanics amp Thermodynamics of Propulsionrdquo Addison ndashWesley Longman INC 1999REFERENCES1 Cohen H Rogers GFC and Saravanamuttoo HIH ldquoGas Turbine TheoryrdquoLongman 19892 Oates GC ldquoAero thermodynamics of Aircraft Engine Componentsrdquo AIAA EducationSeries New York 1985

                  17

                  3 ldquoRolls Royce Jet Enginerdquo ndash Third Edition ndash 19834 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers amp Distributors Delhi 1999

                  18

                  Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndashI L T P C0 0 3 2

                  OBJECTIVETo study experimentally the load deflection characteristics structural materials underDifferent types of loads

                  LIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Determination of Youngrsquos modulus of steel 2 Determination of fracture strength and fracture pattern of ductile and brittlematerials3 Determination of forces in statically indeterminate force system4 Deflection of beams with various end conditions5 Verification of Maxwellrsquos Reciprocal theorem 6 Verification of principle of superposition7 Column ndash Testing8 South ndash wellrsquos plot9 Shear Failure of Bolted and Rivetted Joints10 Non-Destructive Testing Procedures

                  TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                  19

                  Sub Code AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                  OBJECTIVETo familiarize the students in basic aerodynamics and use of wind tunnelsLIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Study of lift and tip vortices2 Flow visualization in water flow channel3 Flow visualization in smoke tunnel4 Plot of RPM Vs test section velocity in a subsonic wind tunnel5 Pressure distribution over circular cylinder6 Pressure distribution over a rough circular cylinder7 Pressure distribution over a symmetric aerofoil8 Pressure distribution over a cambered aerofoil9 Estimation of CL and CD of airfoil10 Force measurement using wind tunnel balance of airfoil

                  TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                  20

                  Sub Code MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY L T P C

                  0 0 3 2LIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 LATHE11 Facing plain turning and step turning12 Taper turning using compound rest13 Taper turning using taper turning attachment14 Single start V thread cutting and knurling15 Boring and internal thread cutting2 SHAPER AND SLOTTER21 Machining a V- block (in a Shaper)22 Machining hexagonal shape (in a Shaper)23 Machining internal key-way (in a slotter)413 DRILLING31 Drilling 4 or 6 holes at a given pitch circle on a plate32 Drilling reaming and tapping4 MILLING41 Plain Milling Exercise42 Gear Milling Exercise5 GRINDINGCylindrical Grinding Exercise

                  TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                  21

                  SEMESTER V

                  Code No Course Title L T P C

                  THEORY

                  Aircraft Structures ndash II 3 0 0 3Aerodynamics ndash II 3 0 0 3Propulsion ndash II 3 0 0 3Aircraft Performance 3 0 0 3Control Engineering 3 0 0 3Experimental Stress Analysis 3 0 0 3

                  PRACTICAL

                  Aircraft Structures Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2CADCAM Lab 0 0 3 2Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness Lab 0 0 3 2

                  22

                  SEMESTER V

                  AE2302 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES ndash II L T P C3 1 0 4

                  OBJECTIVETo study the behaviour of various aircraft structural components under different types ofloadsModule ndash I (15 hours) UNSYMMETRICAL BENDING General Principal axis and neutral axis methods- bending stresses in beams of symmetric sections with skew loads- bending stresses in beams of unsymmetrical sections

                  SHEAR FLOW IN OPEN SECTIONS Thin walled beams Concept of shear flow shear centre Elastic axis With one axis ofsymmetry with wall effective and ineffective in bending unsymmetrical beam sections

                  Module ndash II (14 hours)SHEAR FLOW IN CLOSED SECTIONS Bredt ndash Batho formula Single and multi ndash cell structures- Shear flow in single amp multicellstructures under torsion Shear flow in single and multicell under bending with wallseffective and ineffective

                  V-N DIAGRAMLoads on aircraft ndashlift distribution-V-n diagram-Gust loads

                  Module ndash III (11 hours)BUCKLING OF PLATES Rectangular sheets under compression local buckling stress of thin walled section-Crippling stresses by Needhamrsquos and Gerardrsquos methods Thin walled column strengthsheet stiffener panels-Effective width

                  STRESS ANALYSIS IN WING AND FUSELAGEShear resistant web beams-Tension field web beams(Wagnerrsquos) ndash Shear and bendingmoment distribution for cantilever and semi-cantilever types of beams

                  TEXT BOOKS1 Peery DJ and Azar JJ ldquoAircraft Structuresrdquo 2nd edition McGrawndashHill NY 20072 Megson TMG ldquoAircraft Structures for Engineering Studentsrdquo Edward Arnold 2007REFERENCES1 Bruhn EH ldquoAnalysis and Design of Flight vehicles Structuresrdquo Tri ndash state off setcompany USA 19852 Rivello RM ldquoTheory and Analysis of Flight Structuresrdquo McGraw-Hill 1993

                  23

                  Sub Code AERODYNAMICS ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

                  OBJECTIVETo understand the behaviour of airflow both internal and external in compressible flowregime with particular emphasis on supersonic flowsModule ndash I (10 hours)ONE DIMENSIONAL COMPRESSIBLE FLOW Energy Momentum continuity and state equations velocity of sound adiabatic steadystate flow equations Flow through convergent- divergent passage Performance undervarious back pressures

                  Module ndash II (16 hours)NORMAL OBLIQUE SHOCKS Prandtl equation and Rankine ndash Hugonoit relation Normal shock equations Pitot statictube corrections for subsonic and supersonic flows Oblique shocks and correspondingequations Hodograph and pressure turning angle shock polar flow past wedges andconcave corners strong weak and detached shocks

                  EXPANSION WAVES RAYLEIGH AND FANNO FLOW Flow past convex corners Expansion hodograph Reflection and interaction of shocks and expansion waves Method of Characteristics Two dimensional supersonic nozzlecontours

                  Module ndash III (14 hours)SUPERSONIC AND TRANSONIC FLOW Rayleigh and Fanno Flow Lift drag pitching moment and center of pressure of supersonic profiles Lower and upper critical Mach numbers Lift and drag divergence shock induced separation Characteristics of swept wings Effects of thickness camber and aspect ratio of wings Transonic area rule

                  TEXT BOOK1 Rathakrishnan E ldquoGas Dynamicsrdquo Prentice Hall of India 2003REFERENCES1 Shapiro AH ldquoDynamics and Thermodynamics of Compressible Fluid Flowrdquo RonaldPress 19822 Zucrow MJ and Anderson JD ldquoElements of gas dynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book CoNew York 19893 Anderson Jr D ndash ldquoModern compressible flowsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co New York

                  1999

                  24

                  Sub Code PROPULSION ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

                  OBJECTIVETo study in detail about gas turbines ramjet fundamentals of rocket propulsion andchemical rocketsModule ndash I (10 hours) AIRCRAFT GAS TURBINES 12Impulse and reaction blading of gas turbines ndash Velocity triangles and power output ndash Elementary theory ndash Vortex theory ndash Choice of blade profile pitch and chord ndash stimationof stage performance ndash Limiting factors in gas turbine design- Overall turbine performance ndash Methods of blade cooling ndash Matching of turbine and compressor Module ndash II (15 hours)RAMJET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Sub critical critical and supercritical operation ndash Combustion in ramjet engine ndash Ramjet performance ndash Simple ramjet design calculations ndash Introduction to scramjet

                  FUNDAMENTALS OF ROCKET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Specific impulse of a rocket ndash internal ballistics- Rocket nozzleclassification ndash Rocket performance considerations

                  Module ndash III (15 hours)CHEMICAL ROCKETS Solid propellant rockets ndash Selection criteria of solid propellants ndash Important hardware components of solid rockets ndash Propellant grain design considerations ndash Liquid propellantrockets ndash Selection of liquid propellants Cooling in liquid rockets ndash Hybrid rockets

                  ADVANCED PROPULSION TECHNIQUES Electric rocket propulsion ndash Ion propulsion techniques ndash Nuclear rocket ndash Types ndash Solarsail- Preliminary Concepts in nozzleless propulsion TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York 5th

                  Edn 19932 Hill PG amp Peterson CR ldquoMechanics amp Thermodynamics of Propulsionrdquo Addison ndashWesley Longman INC 1999REFERENCES1 Cohen H Rogers GFC and Saravanamuttoo HIH ldquoGas Turbine TheoryrdquoLongman Co ELBS Ed 19892 Gorden CV ldquoAero thermodynamics of Gas Turbine and Rocket Propulsionrdquo AIAAEducation Series New York 19893 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 1988

                  25

                  Sub Code AIRCRAFT PERFORMANCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                  OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the performance of airplanes under various flightconditions like take off cruise landing climbing gliding turning etcModule ndash I (13 hours)GENERAL CONCEPTSInternational Standard atmosphere IAS EAS TAS Propeller theory- Froude momentum and blade element theories Propeller co-efficients Use of propeller charts Performance of fixed and variable pitch propellers High lift devices Thrust augmentation

                  DRAG OF BODIESStreamlined and bluff body Types of drag Effect of Reynoldrsquos number on skin friction and pressure drag Drag reduction of airplanes Dragpolar Effect of Mach number on drag polar

                  Module ndash II (11 hours)STEADY LEVEL FLIGHTSteady level flight Thrust required and Power required Thrust available and Power available for propeller driven and jet powered aircraft Effect of altitude maximum level flight speed conditions for minimum drag and minimum power required Effect of drag divergence on maximum velocity Range and Endurance of Propeller and Jet airplanes

                  Module ndash III (16 hours)GLIDING AND CLIMBING FLIGHTShallow and steep angles of climb Rate of climb Climb hodograph Maximum Climb angle and Maximum Rate of climb- Effect of design parameters for propeller Absolute and service ceiling Gliding flight Glide hodograph

                  ACCELERATD FLIGHT Estimation of take-off and landing distances Methods of reducing landing distance level turn minimum turn radius bank angle and load factor Constraints on load factor Pull up and pull down maneuvers maximum turn rate V-n diagram

                  TEXT BOOKS1 HoughtonEL and Carruthers NB Aerodynamics for engineering studentsEdward Amold Publishers 19882 Anderson Jr JD Aircraft Performance and Design McGraw-Hill InternationalEdition 1999REFERENCES1 Kuethe AM and Chow CY Foundations of Aerodynamics John Wiley amp Sons19822 JJBertin Aerodynamics for Engineers Prentice-Hall 19883 LJ Clancey Aerodynamics Pitman 19864 Anderson Jr JD Introduction to Flight McGraw-Hill International Edition 1999

                  26

                  Sub Code CONTROL ENGINEERING L T P C3 0 0 3

                  OBJECTIVETo understand the basic concepts of flight control systemModule ndash I (11 hours) INTRODUCTIONHistorical review - Simple pneumatic hydraulic and thermal systems Series and parallelsystems Analogies - Mechanical and electrical components Development of flight control systems OPEN AND CLOSED LOOP SYSTEMSFeedback control systems ndash Block diagram representation of control systems Reductionof block diagrams Output to input ratios Signal flow graph

                  Module ndash II (15 hours)CHARACTERISTIC EQUATION AND FUNCTIONS Lap lace transformation Response of systems to different inputs viz Step input impulse ramp parabolic and sinusoidal inputs Time response of first and second order systems steady state errors and error constants of unity feedback circuit

                  SAMPLED DATA SYSTEMS Introduction to digital control system Digital Controllers and Digital PID Controllers

                  Module ndash III (14 hours)CONCEPT OF STABILITYNecessary and sufficient conditions Routh ndash Hurwitz criteria of stability Root locus andBode techniques Concept and construction frequency response

                  TOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Ogato ldquoModern Control Engineeringrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19982 GopalM ldquoControl Systems Principles and designrdquo ndash Tata McGraw-Hill PublicationNew Delhi 2000REFERENCES1 Azzo JJD and CH Houpis ldquoFeed back control system analysis and synthesisrdquoMcGraw ndash Hill International 3rd Edition 19982 Kuo BC ldquoAutomatic control systemsrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19983 Houpis CH and Lamont GB ldquoDigital Control Systemsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co NewYork USA 19954 Naresh K Sinha ldquoControl Systemsrdquo New Age International Publishers New Delhi

                  27

                  Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS L T P C3 0 0 3

                  OBJECTIVETo bring awareness on experimental method of finding the response of the structure todifferent types of loadModule ndash I (15 hours) MEASUREMENTS amp EXTENSOMETER Principles of measurements Accuracy Sensitivity and range of measurements Mechanical Optical Acoustical and Electrical extensometers and their uses Advantagesand disadvantages

                  ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE STRAIN GAUGES Principle of operation and requirements Types and their uses Materials for strain gauge Calibration and temperature compensation cross sensitivity Rosette analysis Wheastone bridge for static and dynamic strain measurements strain indicators

                  Module ndash II (14 hours)PHOTOELASTICITY Two dimensional photo elasticity Concept of light ndash photoelastic effects stress optic lawInterpretation of fringe pattern Compensation and separation techniques Photo elasticmaterials Introduction to three dimensional photo elasticity

                  Module ndash III (11 hours)BRITTLE COATING AND MOIRE METHODSIntroduction to Moire techniques brittle coating methods and holography NON ndash DESTRUCTIVE TESTINGFundamentals of NDT Radiography ultrasonic magnetic particle inspection Fluorescent penetrant technique Eddy current testing Acoustic Emission Technique

                  TEXT BOOKS1 Srinath LS Raghava MR Lingaiah K Garagesha G Pant B andRamachandra K ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill New Delhi 1984REFERENCES1 Dally JW and Riley WF ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo McGraw-Hill Inc NewYork 2005 IV edition2 Hetyenyi M ldquoHand book of Experimental Stress Analysisrdquo John Wiley and Sons IncNew York 19723 Pollock AA ldquoAcoustic Emission in Acoustics and Vibration Progressrdquo Ed StephensRWB Chapman and Hall 1993

                  28

                  Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndash II 0 0 3 100

                  OBJECTIVE

                  To experimentally study the unsymmetrical bending of beams find the location of shear centre obtain the stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques calibration of photo ndash elastic materials and study on vibration of beams

                  LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                  1 Unsymmetrical bending of beams2 Shear centre location for open sections3 Shear centre location for closed sections4 Constant strength beam5 Flexibility matrix for cantilever beam6 Beam with combined loading7 Calibration of Photo- elastic materials8 Stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques9 Vibrations of beams10 Wagner beam ndash Tension field beam

                  TOTAL 45

                  29

                  Sub Code CAD CAM LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                  OBJECTIVETo teach and train the students in the lab about the design and drafting of aerocomponents LIST OF EXPERIMENTSDesign and Modeling of rectangular plate with holeDesign and Modeling of spar componentsDesign and Modeling of Aerofoil structuresDesign and Modeling of cut section for wingsDesign and Modeling of Machine componentDesign and Modeling of Machine componentsDesign and Analysis of a TrussDesign and Analysis of Beam distributed loadDesign of Landing gearFacingTurning(Taper Step)

                  TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                  30

                  HSSM7203 Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness LabLab 30 hoursThis course will focus on communication in professional (work-related) situations of the kind thatBPUT graduates may expect to encounter on entering the professional domainSome typical forms of work-related communication oral or written are listed below Practiceactivities for all four skills can be designed around these or similar situations1 Gaining entry into an organizationi Preparing job-applications and CVsii Facing an interviewiii Participating in group discussion (as part of the recruitmentprocess)2 In-house communicationa Superior Senior 1048782 subordinate junior (individual 1048782 individual group)i Welcoming new entrants to the organization introducing the workplace cultureetcii Briefing subordinates juniors explaining duties and responsibilities etcii Motivating subordinates juniors (lsquopep talkrsquo)iii Instructing directing subordinates juniorsiv Expressing recording appreciation praising rewarding a subordinate or juniorv Reprimanding correcting disciplining a subordinatejunior (for a lapse) askingfor an explanation etcb Subordinate Junior 1048782 Superior Seniori Responding to the aboveii Reporting problems difficulties deficienciesiii Offering suggestions

                  31

                  SEMESTER VI

                  Code No Course Title L T P C

                  THEORYHSSM3301 Principles of Management 3 0 0 3

                  Finite Element Method 3 0 0 3Aircraft Stability and Control 3 0 0 3Wind Tunnel Techniques 3 0 0 3High Temperature Materials 3 0 0 3

                  E1 Elective ndash I 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                  Aero Engine Laboratory 0 0 3 2Aircraft Design Project - I 0 0 3 2Aerodynamics Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2

                  32

                  SEMESTER VI

                  HSSM3301 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (3-0-0)

                  Module I Functions of Management Concept of Management Management as an Art or Science The Process of Management Managerial Skills Good Managers are Born not Made Management is concerned with Ideas Things and People How a Manager Induces Workers to Put in Their Best Levels and Types of Management Evolution of Management Thought Managerial Environment The process of Management-Planning Organizing Directing Staffing Controlling

                  Module II Marketing Function of Management Modern Concept of Marketing The Functional Classification of Marketing Functions of a Marketing Management Marketing Mix Fundamental Needs of Customers The Role of Distribution channels in Marketing Advertising Marketing Consumerism and Environmentalism

                  Module III Financial Function amp HRM Functions Financial Functions Concept of Financial Management Project Appraisal Tools of Financial decisions making Overview of Working Capital HRM Function of Management Human Resource Management Human Resource Development Importance of HRM Overview of Job Analysis Job Description Job Specification Labour Turnover Manpower Planning Recruitment Selection Induction Training and Development Placement Wage and Salary Administration Performance Appraisal Grievance Handling Welfare Aspects

                  Reference Books 1 Business Organization amp Management CR Basu TMH 2 Business Organization amp Management Tulsia Pandey Pearson 3 Marketing Management Kotler Keller Koshi Jha Pearson 4 Financial Management IM Pandey Vikas 5 Human Resource Management Aswasthapa TMH 6 Modern Business Organisation amp Management by Sherlekar Himalaya Publishing House

                  33

                  Sub Code FINITE ELEMENT METHOD L T P C3 0 0 3

                  OBJECTIVETo introduce the concept of numerical analysis of structural componentsModule ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION Review of basic approximate methods of analyses ndash Stiffness and Flexibility matrix forsimple cases ndash Governing equation and convergence criteria of finite element method

                  DISCRETE ELEMENTS Bar Frame beam elements ndash Application to static dynamic analysis

                  Module ndash II (10 hours)

                  CONTINUUM ELEMENTS Various types of 2-D-elements Application to plane stress plane strain and axisymmetricproblems Module ndash III (16 hours)ISOPARAMETRIC ELEMENTS Applications to two and three-dimensional problems(four eight and nine nodded element) Numerical Integration

                  FIELD PROBLEMApplications to other field problems like heat transfer and fluid flow

                  TEXT BOOK1 TirupathiRC and Ashok DB ldquoIntroduction to Finite Elements in EngineeringrdquoPrentice Hall India Third Edition 2003REFERENCES1 Reddy JN ldquoAn Introduction to Finite Element Methodrdquo McGraw-Hill 20002 Krishnamurthy CS ldquoFinite Element Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill 20003 Bathe KJ and Wilson EL ldquoNumerical Methods in Finite Elements AnalysisrdquoPrentice Hall of India 1985

                  34

                  Sub Code AIRCRAFT STABILITY amp CONTROL L T P C3 1 0 4

                  OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the concepts of stable and nonstable configurationof airplanes To introduce the concepts of control of airplanes under variousoperating conditions

                  Module ndash I (13 hours)STATIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY AND CONTROL 15General concepts-Degrees of freedom of a rigid body Static and dynamic stability Need for stability in an airplane inherently and marginally stable airplanes Stability and Controllability Requirements of control surfaces criteria for longitudinal static stability contribution to stability by wing tail fuselage wing fuselage combination Total longitudinal stability Neutral point-Stick fixed and Stick free aspects Free elevator factor static margin Hinge moment Power effects on stability-propeller and jet aircrafts longitudinal control Movement of centre of gravity elevator control effectiveness elevator control power elevator angle to trim elevator angle per g maneuver point Stick force gradient and stick force per g Aerodynamic balancing

                  Module ndash II (15 hours) STATIC DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND CONTROL Directional stability-yaw and sideslip Criterion of directional stability contribution to static directional stability by wing fuselage tail Power effects on directional stabilitypropeller and jet aircrafts Rudder lock and Dorsal fin Directional control rudder control effectiveness rudder requirements adverse yaw asymmetric power condition spin recovery

                  STATIC LATERAL STABILTY AND CONTROL Lateral stability-Dihedral effect criterion for lateral stability evaluation of lateral stability-contribution of fuselage wing wing fuselage tail total static lateral stability lateral control aileron reversal aileron reversal speed

                  Module ndash III (12 hours) DYNAMIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY Aircraft Equations of motion small disturbance theory Estimation of longitudinal stability derivatives stability derivatives solving the stability quartic Phugoid motion

                  DYNAMIC LATERAL AND DIRECTIONAL STABILITY Dutch roll and spiral instability Auto rotation and spin

                  TEXT BOOKS1 Perkins CD amp Hage RE Airplane performance stability and control John Wileyamp Sons 19762 Nelson RC Flight Stability amp Automatic Control McGraw Hill 1998REFERENCES1 McCormick BW Aerodynamics Aeronautics amp Flight Mechanics John Wiley19952 Babister AW Aircraft Stability and response Pergamon Press 19803 Etkin B Dynamics of Flight Stability and Control John Wiley New York 19824 Pamadi BN Performnce Stability Dynamics and Control of Airplanes AIAA Education Series 2004

                  35

                  Sub Code WIND TUNNEL TECHNIQUES L T P C3 0 0 3

                  OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of measurement of forces and moments on models during the wind tunnel testing

                  Module ndash I (10 hours)WIND TUNNELSClassification ndashnon-dimensional numbers-types of similarities - Layout of open circuit and closed circuit subsonic wind tunnels ndash design parameters-energy ratio - HP calculationsCalibration

                  Module ndash II (15 hours) HIGH SPEED WIND TUNNELSBlow down in draft and induction tunnel layouts and their design features Transonic supersonic and hypersonic tunnels their peculiarities and calibration Helium and gun tunnels Shock tubes

                  FLOW VISUALIZATIONSmoke and Tuft grid techniques ndash Dye injection special techniques ndash Optical methods offlow visualization

                  Module ndash II (15 hours)WIND TUNNEL MEASUREMENTSPressurevelocity and temperature measurements ndash Force measurements ndash types of balances-Three component and six component balances ndash calibration of measuring instruments

                  NON-INTRUSIVE FLOW DIAGNOSTICSLaser ndash Doppler anemometry Particle image velocimetry Laser induced fluorescence TEXT BOOK1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow Speed Wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley Publication1984REFERENCE1 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh Speed wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley 1985

                  36

                  Sub Code HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS L T P C3 0 0 3

                  OBJECTIVETo learn damage mechanism and failure of components of elavated temperatures

                  Module ndash I (15 hours)CREEPFactors influencing functional life of components at elevated temperatures definition of creep curve various stages of creep metallurgical factors influencing various stages effect of stress temperatures and strain rate

                  Design of transient creep time hardening strain hardening expressions of rupture life ofcreep ductile and brittle materials Monkman-Grant relationship

                  Module ndash II (13 hours)FRACTURE AND OXIDATIONVarious types of fracture brittle to ductile from low temperature to high temperature cleavage fracture due to micro void coalescence ndash diffusion controlled void growth fracture maps for different alloys and oxidesOxidation Pilling Bedworth ratio kinetic laws of oxidation ndash defect structure and control of Oxidation by alloy additions

                  Module ndash III (12 hours)HOT CORROSION SUPER ALLOYS AND OTHER MATERIALHot gas corrosion deposit modified hot gas corrosion fluxing mechanisms effect of alloying elements on hot corrosion interaction of hot corrosion and creep methods of combat hot corrosion

                  Iron base Nickel base abd Cobalt base super alloys composition control solid solution strengthening precipitation hardening by gamma prime grain boundary strengthening TCP phase embrittlement solidfication of single crystals Intermetallics high temperature ceramics

                  TEXT BOOKS1 Raj R ldquoFlow and Fracture at Elevated TemperaturesrdquoAmerican Society for MetalsUSA 19852 Hertzberg RW ldquoDeformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering materialsrdquo 4th

                  Edition John Wiley USA 19963 Courtney T H ldquoMechanical Behaviour of MaterialsrdquoMcGraw-Hill USA 1990REFERENCES1 Boyle JT Spencer J ldquoStress Analysis for Creeprdquo Butterworths UK 19832 BressersJ ldquoCreep and Fatigue in High Temperature Alloysrdquo Applied Science 19813 McLean D ldquoDirectionally Solidified Materials for High Temperature ServicerdquoThe Metals Society USA 1985

                  37

                  AE2355 AERO ENGINE LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                  OBJECTIVETo introduce the knowledge of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines1 Study of free convective heat transfer over a flat plate2 Engine (Piston Engine) - cleaning visual inspection NDT checks3 Piston Engine Components - dimensional checks4 Velocity profiles of free jets5 Velocity profiles of wall jets6 Combustion Studies in a model jet engine combustor7 Jet Engine ndash identification of components amp defects8 Jet Engine ndash NDT checks and dimensional checks9 Study of hybrid rocket propulsion system10 Engine starting procedures11 Study of ramjet12 Burn rate measurements of solid propellants

                  TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                  38

                  Sub code AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash I L T P C0 0 3 2

                  OBJECTIVETo introduce and develop the basic concept of aircraft designEach student is assigned the design of an Airplane (or Helicopter or any other flightvehicle) for given preliminary specifications The following are the assignments to becarried outEXPERIMENTS1 Comparative configuration study of different types of airplanes2 Comparative study on specification and performance details of aircraft3 Preparation of comparative data sheets4 Work sheet layout procedures5 Comparative graphs preparation and selection of main parameters for the design6 Preliminary weight estimations selection of main parameters7 Power plant selection Aerofoil selection Wing tail and control surfaces8 Preparation of layouts of balance diagram and three view drawings9 Drag estimation10 Detailed performance calculations and stability estimates

                  TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                  AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY- II

                  1 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of symmetric aerofoil section2 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of cambered aerofoil section3 Pressure distribution over a Nose cone model4 Determination of Base drag of a missile model5 Determination of profile drag of bodies by wake survey method6 Study of flow field over a backward facing step7 Pressure distribution over a water tank model for various wind speeds8 Velocity profiles for different simulated terrains9 Calibration of Supersonic Wind Tunnel10 Flow visualization studies in supersonic flows

                  TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                  39

                  40

                  SEMESTER VII

                  Code No Course Title L T P C

                  THEORY

                  PCME4404 Production and Operation Management 3 0 0 3Avionics 3 0 0 3Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 0 3Vibrations And Elements of Aeroelasticity 3 0 0 3

                  E2 Elective ndash II 3 0 0 3E3 Elective ndash III 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                  Aircraft Design Project ndash II 0 0 3 2Aircraft Systems Lab 0 0 3 2Project Work and Seminar 0 0 3 3

                  41

                  SEMESTER VII

                  PCME4404 Production and Operation Management L T P C

                  Objective The course aims at acquainting all engineering graduates irrespective of theirspecializations the basic issues and tools of managing production and operations functionsof an organizationModule I1 Operations Function in an Organization Manufacturing Vrs Service Operations Systemview of Operations Strategic Role of Operations Operations Strategies for CompetitiveAdvantage Operations Quality and Productivity Focus Meeting Global Challenges ofProduction and Operations Imperatives (3 Hours)2 Designing Products Services and Processes New Product Design- Product Life CycleProduct Development Process Process Technology Project Jobshop Batch AssemblyLine Continuous Manufacturing Process Technology Life Cycle Process TechnologyTrends FMS CIM CAD CAM Design for Services Services Process Technology(4 Hours)3 Work Study Methods Study- Techniques of Analysis recording improvement andstandardization Work Measurement Work Measurement Principles using Stopwatch TimeStudy Predetermined Motion Time Standards and Work Sampling Standard TimeEstimation (4 Hours)Module II4 Location and Layout Planning Factor Influencing Plant and Warehouse LocationsImpact of Location on cost and revenues Facility Location Procedure and Models Qualitative Models Breakeven Analysis location Model centroid methodLayout Planning Layout Types Process Layout Product Layout Fixed Position LayoutPlanning block diagramming line balancing computerized layout planning- overviewGroup Technology (4 Hours)5 Forecasting Principles and Method Moving Average weighted Moving AverageExponential Smoothing Winterrsquos Method for Seasonal Demand Forecasting Error(4 Hours)6 Manufacturing Planning and Control The Framework and Components AggregatePlanning Master Production Scheduling Rough-cut-Capacity Planning MaterialRequirements Planning Capacity Requirements Planning (5 Hours)Module III7 Sequencing and Scheduling Single Machine Sequencing Basics and PerformanceEvaluation Criteria Methods for Minimizing Mean Flow Time Parallel Machines Minimization of Makespan Flowshop sequencing 2 and 3 machines cases JohnsonrsquosRule and Jobshop Scheduling Priority dispatching Rules (3 Hours)8 Inventory Control Relevant Costs Basic EOQ Model Model with Quantity discountEconomic Batch Quantity Periodic and Continuous Review Systems Safety Stock ReorderPoint and Order Quantity Calculations ABC Analysis (4 Hours)9 Modern Trends in Manufacturing Just in Time (JIT) System Shop Floor Control ByKanbans Total Quality Management Total Productive Maintenance ISO 9000 QualityCircle Kaizen Poka Yoke Supply Chain Management (4 Hours)Reference Book1 SNChary ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 R Paneerselvam ldquoProduction and Operations Management Prentice Hall of India3 Aswathappa amp Bhatt ndash Production amp Operations Management HPH4 Gaither amp Frazier - Operations Management Cengage Publication5 Russell amp Taylor - Operations Management PHI Publication6 Chase Aquilanno Jacob amp Agarwal - Operations Management TMH Publication7 EE Adam and RJ Ebert ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India

                  42

                  Sub Code AVIONICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                  OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of navigation amp communication systems of aircraft

                  Module ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems ndash Integrated Avionicssystem ndash Typical avionics sub systems ndash Design approaches and recent advances -Application Technologies

                  PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS Digital Computers ndash Digital number system- number systems and codes-Fundamentals of logic and combinational logic circuits ndashDigital arithmetic ndash interfacing with analoguesystems

                  Module ndash II (11 hours)Basic of Microprocessors and application Microprocessors ndash Memories- Microprocessors real time application related to aircraft

                  DIGITAL AVIONICS ARCHITECTURE Avionics system architecturendash salient features and applications of Data buses MILndashSTD1553 BndashARINC 429ndashARINC 629

                  Module ndash III (15 hours)

                  FLIGHT DECK AND COCKPITSControl and display technologies CRT LCD - Touch screen - Direct voice input (DVI) - Civil cockpit and military cockpit MFDS HUD MFK HOTAS AVIONICS SYSTEMS Communication Systems - Navigation systems - Flight control systems - Radar electronic warfare - Utility systems Reliability and maintainability - Certification TEXT BOOKS1 Malcrno AP and Leach DP ldquoDigital Principles and Applicationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill19902 Gaonkar RS ldquoMicroprocessors Architecture ndash Programming and Applicationrdquo Wileyand Sons Ltd New Delhi 1990REFERENCES1 Middleton DH Ed ldquoAvionics Systems Longman Scientific and Technicalrdquo LongmanGroup UK Ltd England 19892 Spitzer CR ldquoDigital Avionic Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ USA19873 Brain Kendal ldquoManual of Avionicsrdquo The English Book House 3rd Edition New Delhi19934 Nagaraja ldquoNavigation systemrdquo5 J Powell ldquoAircraft Radio Systemrdquo

                  43

                  Sub Code COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                  OBJECTIVETo study the flow of dynamic fluids by computational methods

                  Module-I (10 hours) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows Mathematical properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations - Well posed problems - discretization of partial Differential Equations Explicit finite difference methods of subsonic supersonic and viscous flows

                  Module-II (15 hours)

                  DISCRETIZATION Boundary layer Equations and methods of solution -Implicit time dependent methods forinviscid and viscous compressible flows - Concept of numerical dissipation --Stabilityproperties of explicit and implicit methods - Conservative upwind discretization forHyperbolic systems - Further advantages of upwind differencing GRID GENERATION Structured grids Types and transformations Generation of structured grids Unstructured grids Delany triangulation

                  Module-III (15 hours)

                  FINITE VOLUME TECHNIQUESFinite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping -Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy - Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques ndash Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives Flux ndash splitting schemes Pressure correction solvers ndash SIMPLE PESO Vorticity transport formulation Implicitsemi-implicit schemes

                  TEXT BOOK1 Fletcher CAJ ldquoComputational Techniques for Fluid Dynamicsrdquo Vols I and IISpringer - Verlag Berlin 1988REFERENCES1 John F Wendt (Editor) ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics - An Introductionrdquo Springer ndashVerlag Berlin 19922 Charles Hirsch ldquoNumerical Computation of Internal and External Flowsrdquo Vols I and IIJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 19883 Klaus A Hoffmann and Steve T Chiang ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics forEngineersrdquo Vols I amp II Engineering Education System PO Box 20078 W WichitaKS 67208 - 1078 USA 19934 Anderson JrD ldquoFundamentals of Aerodynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill 2000

                  44

                  AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                  OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

                  Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

                  SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

                  Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

                  Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

                  ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

                  45

                  AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

                  OBJECTIVE

                  To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

                  Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

                  LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                  1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

                  TOTAL 60

                  AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

                  OBJECTIVE

                  To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

                  LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                  1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

                  TOTAL 60

                  46

                  SEMESTER VIII

                  Code No Course Title L T P C

                  THEORY

                  Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                  Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

                  47

                  Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

                  OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

                  Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

                  METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

                  Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

                  Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

                  FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

                  REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

                  48

                  Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

                  OBJECTIVE

                  The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

                  PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

                  OBJECTIVE

                  The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

                  The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

                  Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

                  OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

                  LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                  1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

                  composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

                  fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

                  49

                  1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

                  SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

                  Code No Course Title L T P C

                  Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

                  Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

                  SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

                  Code No Course Title L T P C

                  Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

                  ELECTIVESndash III

                  Code No Course Title L T P C

                  Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

                  SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

                  Code No Course Title L T P C

                  Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

                  ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

                  Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

                  50

                  Elective Subjects

                  Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                  OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

                  BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

                  Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

                  Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

                  TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

                  TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

                  51

                  Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                  OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                  Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                  UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                  52

                  AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                  OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                  Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                  Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                  MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                  Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                  AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                  TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                  53

                  Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                  3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                  Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                  Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                  RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                  Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                  HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                  54

                  Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                  OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                  Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                  IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                  Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                  Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                  55

                  Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                  OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                  Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                  STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                  Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                  Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                  56

                  Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                  Module-I (15hours)

                  FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                  COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                  Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                  Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                  COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                  57

                  Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                  OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                  Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                  BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                  Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                  BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                  Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                  58

                  Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                  OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                  Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                  Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                  Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                  Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                  TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                  59

                  Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                  OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                  Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                  PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                  Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                  PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                  Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                  Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                  60

                  Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                  Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                  EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                  Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                  Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                  SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                  61

                  AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                  OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                  Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                  Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                  AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                  Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                  TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                  62

                  Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                  OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                  Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                  VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                  INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                  63

                  Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                  OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                  Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                  MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                  Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                  PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                  Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                  64

                  Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                  OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                  65

                  Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                  Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                  CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                  Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                  CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                  Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                  66

                  • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                  • Course Title
                    • THEORY
                    • SEMESTER III
                    • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                    • (for a batch of 30 students)
                    • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                    • (for a batch of 30 students)
                      • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                      • (for a batch of 30 students)
                          • Course Title
                            • THEORY
                            • PRACTICAL
                            • SEMESTER V
                              • Course Title
                                • THEORY
                                • PRACTICAL
                                • SEMESTER VI
                                  • Course Title
                                    • THEORY
                                    • PRACTICAL
                                    • SEMESTER VI
                                      • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                        • SEMESTER VII
                                          • Course Title
                                            • THEORY
                                            • PRACTICAL
                                            • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                              • TOTAL 60
                                              • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                              • TOTAL 60
                                                • SEMESTER VIII
                                                  • Course Title
                                                    • THEORY
                                                    • PRACTICAL
                                                    • Co New York 1989
                                                    • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                    • OBJECTIVE
                                                    • PROJECT WORK
                                                      • OBJECTIVE
                                                        • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                            • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                              • Course Title
                                                              • Course Title
                                                              • Course Title
                                                              • Course Title
                                                              • Course Title
                                                                • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                    PCAE7203 THERMODYNAMICS LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                    OBJECTIVETo enhance the basic knowledge in applied thermodynamicsLIST OF EXPERIMENTSPerformance test on a 4-stroke engineValve timing of a 4 ndash stroke engine and port timing of a 2 stroke engineDetermination of effectiveness of a parallel flow heat exchangerDetermination of effectiveness of a counter flow heat exchangerDetermination of heating value of a fuelCOP test on a vapour compression refrigeration test rigCOP test on a vapour compression air-conditioning test rigDetermination of specific heat of solidDetermination of Thermal Conductivity of solidDetermination of Thermal Resistance of a Composite wall

                    TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                    LIST OF EQUIPMENTS (for a batch of 30 students)

                    SlNo Details of Equipments Qty Req Experiment No

                    1 4 stroke twin cylinder diesel engine 1 12 Cut section model of 4 stroke kirloskar diesel engine and cut

                    section model of 2 stroke petrol engine1 2

                    3 Parallel and counter flow heat exchanger test rig 1 344 Bomb Calorimeter 1 55 Vapour compression refrigeration test rig 1 66 Vapour compression air-conditioning test rig 1 77 Gas Turbine Engine 1 88 Conductive Heat Transfer set up 1 99 Composite wall 1 10

                    10

                    Semester IV

                    Code No Course Title L T P C

                    THEORYBSCM1210 Mathematics ndash IV (Common to all branch for 4th sem) 3 1 0 4PCAE1206 Aerodynamics ndash I 3 0 0 4PCAE1207 Aircraft Systems and Instrumentations 3 0 0 3PCAE1208 Production Technology 3 0 0 3PCAE1209 Aircraft Structures ndash I 3 1 0 3PCAE1210 Propulsion ndash I 3 0 0 3PRACTICALPCAE7204 Aircraft Structures Lab ndash I 0 0 3 2PCAE7205 Aerodynamics Lab- I 0 0 3 2PCAE7206 Manufacturing Technology Lab 0 0 3 2

                    11

                    SEMESTER IV

                    BSCM1210 Mathematics ndash IV(Common to all branch)

                    Module-I (20 hours)Numerical methodsApproximation and round of errors Truncation error and Taylorrsquos seriesRoots of equation The bisection method the false-position method fixed point iteration theNewton-Raphson method Mullerrsquos methodLinear algebraic equation LU decomposition the matrix inverse Gauss-Seidel methodInterpolation Newton divided difference interpolation Lagrange Interpolation Newtonrsquos forwardand backward interpolationNumerical integration The trapezoidal rule The Simpsonrsquos rules Gauss quadratureOrdinary differential equation Eulerrsquos method Improvement of Eulerrsquos method Runge-KuttamethodsModule-II (10 Hours)ProbabilityProbability Random variables Probability distributions Mean and variance of distributionBinomial Poisson and Hypergeometric distributions Normal distribution Distribution of severalrandom variablesModule-III (10 Hours)Mathematical StatisticsRandom sampling Estimation of Parameters Confidence Intervals Testing of hypothesisAcceptance sampling Chi square test for goodness of fit Regression Analysis Fitting StraightLines Correlation analysisText books1 S C Chapra and R P Canale ldquo Numerical methods for Engineersrdquo Fifth EditionMcGraw Hill EducationReading Chapters 2 3(31 32) 4(42 43) 5(51 52 53) 6(64) 9(91 92) 10(102)13(131132135) 16(161 162) 17(173) 20(201 202 203)2 E Kreyszigrdquo Advanced Engineering Mathematics Eighth Edition Wiley IndiaReading Chapters 22 23( except 235 and 238)Reference books1 Jay L Devore ldquoProbability and Statistics for Engineering and SciencesrdquoSeventh Edition ThomsonCENGAGE Learning India Pvt LtdP VOrsquoNeil ldquoAdvanced Engineering Mathematicsrdquo CENGAGE Learning New Delhi

                    PCAE1206 AERODYNAMICS ndash I L T P C3 0 0 3

                    OBJECTIVE

                    12

                    To understand the behaviour of airflow over bodies with particular emphasis on airfoilsections in the incompressible flow regime

                    Module-I (14 hours)REVIEW OF BASIC FLUID MECHANICS Continuity momentum and energy equations

                    UNIT II TWO DIMENSIONAL FLOWS Basic flows ndash Source Sink Free and Forced vortex uniform parallel flow Their combinations Ideal Flow over a circular cylinder DrsquoAlembertrsquos Paradox Magnus effect KuttaJonkowskirsquos Theorem Starting Vortex Kutta condition Pressure and velocity distributions on bodies with and without circulation in ideal and real fluid flows

                    Module-II (16 hours)

                    AIRFOIL THEORY Cauchy-Riemann relations Complex Potential Methodology of Conformal Transformation Kutta-Joukowski transformation and its applications Karman Trefftz Profiles Thin Airfoil theory and its applications

                    SUBSONIC WING THEORY Vortex Filament Biot and Savart Law Bound Vortex and trailing Vortex Horse Shoe Vortex Lifting Line Theory and its limitations

                    Module-III (12 hours)INTRODUCTION TO LAMINAR AND TURBULENT FLOWBoundary layer and boundary layer thickness displacement thickness momentum thickness Energy thickness Shape parameter Boundary layer equations for a steady two dimensional incompressible flow Boundary Layer growth over a Flat plate Critical Reynolds Number Blasius solution Basics of Turbulent flow Prandtlrsquos mixing length hypothesis Free shear layers

                    TEXT BOOKS1 Houghton EL and Caruthers NB Aerodynamics for Engineering studentsEdward Arnold Publishers Ltd London 19892 Anderson JD Fundamentals of Aerodynamics MaGraw Hill Book Co 1999REFERENCES1 Milne Thomson LH Theoretical Aerodynamics Macmillan 19852 John J Bertin Aerodynamics for Engineers Pearson Education Inc 20023 Clancey L J Aerodynamics Pitman 1986

                    13

                    PCAE1207 AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS AND INSTRUMENTS L T P C3 0 0 3

                    OBJECTIVETo describe the principle and working of aircraft systems and instruments Module-I (9 hours)AIRPLANE CONTROL SYSTEMS Conventional Systems - fully powered flight controls - Power actuated systems ndash Modern control systems - Digital fly by wire systems - Auto pilot system active control Technology

                    Module-II (17 hours)AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS Hydraulic systems - Study of typical workable system - components - Pneumatic systems - Advantages - Working principles - Typical Air pressure system ndash Brake system ndash Typical Pneumatic power system - Components Landing Gear systems - Classification

                    ENGINE SYSTEMS Fuel systems for Piston and jet engines - Components of multi engines Lubricating systems for piston and jet engines - Starting and Ignition systems - Typical examples for piston and jet engines

                    Module-II (14 hours)AUXILIARY SYSTEM Basic Air cycle systems - Vapour Cycle systems Evaporative vapour cycle systems - Evaporative air cycle systems - Fire protection systems Deicing and anti icing systems

                    AIRCRAFT INSTRUMENTS Flight Instruments and Navigation Instruments ndash Gyroscope - Accelerometers Air speedIndicators ndash TAS EAS- Mach Meters - Altimeters - Principles and operation - Study of various types of engine instruments - Tachometers - Temperature gauges ndash Pressure gauges - Operation and Principles

                    TEXT BOOKS1 McKinley JL and Bent RD ldquoAircraft Maintenance amp Repairrdquo McGraw-Hill 19932 ldquoGeneral Hand Books of Airframe and Powerplant Mechanicsrdquo US Dept ofTransportation Federal Aviation Administation The English Book Store NewDelhi1995REFERENCES1 Mekinley JL and Bent RD ldquoAircraft Power Plantsrdquo McGraw-Hill 19932 Pallet EHJ ldquoAircraft Instruments amp Principlesrdquo Pitman amp Co 19933 Treager S ldquoGas Turbine Technologyrdquo McGraw-Hill 1997

                    14

                    PCAE1208 PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY L T P C3 0 0 3

                    OBJECTIVEThe components such a piston connecting rod crankshaft engine block front axle frame body etc are manufactured by various types of production processes involving casting welding machining metal forming powder metallurgy etc hence Engineering students must study this course production technology UNIT I CASTING nd WELDING 16Casting types procedure to make sand mould types of core making moulding tolls machine moulding special moulding processes-co2 moulding shell moulding investment moulding permanent mould casting pressure die casting centrifugal casting continuous casting casting defects

                    Classification of welding processes Principles of Oxyacetylene gas welding AC metal arc welding resistance welding submerged arc welding tungsten inert gas welding metal inert gas welding plasma arc welding thermic welding electron beam welding laser beam welding defects in welding soldering and brazing

                    UNIT II MACHIINING 14General principles (with schematic diagrams only) of working and commonly performedoperations in the following machines Lathe Shaper Planer Horizontal milling machineUniversal drilling machine Cylindrical grinding machine Capstan and Turret lathe Basics of CNC machines General principles and applications of the following processesAbrasive jet machining Ultrasonic machining Electric discharge machining Electro chemical machining Plasma are machining Electron beam machining and Laser beammachining

                    UNIT IV METAL FORMING AND POWDER METALLURGY 11Types of plastics-characteristics of the forming and shaping processes-Moulding of Thermoplastics-working principles and typical applications of Injection moulding- Thermoforming-processing of thermosets-working principles and typical applications-

                    Principles and applications of the following processes Forging Rolling Extrusion Wiredrawing and Spinning Powder metallurgy-Principal steps involved advantages Disadvantages and limitations of powder metallurgy TEXT BOOK1 Harija choudry Elements of workshop Technology vol I and II Media promoters andpublishers pvt Ltd Mumbai 2001REFERENCES1 R K Jain and S C Gupta production Technology Khanna Publishers 16th Edition20012 H M T production technology-Hand book Tata Mc Graw-Hill 20003 Roy A Linberg process and materials of manufacturing technology PHI 20004 M Adithan and A B Cupta manufacturing technology New Age 19965 Serope Kalpajian Steven R Schimid Manuyfacturing Engineering and TechnologyPearson Education Inc2002 (second Indian Reprint)

                    15

                    PCAE1209 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES ndash I L T P C3 1 0 4

                    OBJECTIVETo study different types of beams and columns subjected to various types of loading and support conditions with particular emphasis on aircraft structural components

                    Module ndash I (17 hours)STATICALLY DETERMINATE STRUCTURES Analysis of plane Truss-Method of joints-3 D Truss-Plane frames

                    STATICALLY INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES Propped Cantilever- Fixed-Fixed beams-Clapeyrons Three Moment Equation - MomentDistribution Method

                    Module ndash II (11 hours)ENERGY METHODS 10+4Strain Energy due to axial bending and Torsional loads ndash Castiglianorsquos theorems- Maxwells Reciprocal theorem Unit load method - application to beams trusses framesrings etc -Composite beam

                    Module ndash III (14 hours)COLUMNS Columns with various end conditions ndash Eulerrsquos Column curve ndash Rankinersquos formula - Column with initial curvature - Eccentric loading ndash South well plot ndash Beam column

                    FAILURE THEORY Maximum Stress theory ndash Maximum Strain Theory ndash Maximum Shear Stress Theory ndash Distortion Theory ndash Maximum Strain energy theory ndash Application to aircraft Structural problems

                    1 Donaldson BK ldquoAnalysis of Aircraft Structures ndash An Introductionrdquo McGraw-Hill19932 BruhnEFrdquoAnalysis and design of flight vehicle structuresrdquo Tri set of offset companyUSA1973REFERENCE1 Timoshenko S ldquoStrength of Materialsrdquo Vol I and II Princeton D Von Nostrand Co

                    1990

                    16

                    PCAE1210 PROPULSION ndash I L T P C3 0 0 3

                    OBJECTIVETo understand the principles of operation and design of aircraft and spacecraft powerplants

                    Module ndash I (10 hours)

                    FUNDAMENTALS OF GAS TURBINE ENGINES Illustration of working of gas turbine engine ndash The thrust equation ndash Factors affecting thrustndash Effect of pressure velocity and temperature changes of air entering compressor ndash Methods of thrust augmentation ndash Characteristics of turboprop turbofan and turbojet ndashPerformance characteristics

                    Module ndash II (14 hours)

                    SUBSONIC AND SUPERSONIC INLETS FOR JET ENGINES Internal flow and Stall in subsonic inlets ndash Boundary layer separation ndash Major features of external flow near a subsonic inlet ndash Relation between minimum area ratio and eternal deceleration ratio ndash Diffuser performance ndash Supersonic inlets ndash Starting problem on supersonic inlets ndash Shock swallowing by area variation ndash External declaration ndash Models of inlet operation

                    NOZZLES Theory of flow in isentropic nozzles ndash nozzles and choking ndash Nozzle throat conditions ndashNozzle efficiency ndash Losses in nozzles ndash Over expanded and under ndash expanded nozzles ndashEjector and variable area nozzles ndash Interaction of nozzle flow with adjacent surfaces ndashThrust reversal

                    Module ndash III (16 hours)

                    COMPRESSORS Principle of operation of centrifugal compressor ndash Work done and pressure rise ndash Velocity diagrams ndash Diffuser vane design considerations ndash Concept of prewhirl rotation stall and surge ndash Elementary theory of axial flow compressor ndash Velocity triangles ndash degree of reaction ndash Three dimensional ndashCompressor blade design ndash Centrifugal and Axial compressor performance characteristics

                    COMBUSTION CHAMBERSClassification of combustion chambers ndash Important factors affecting combustion chamber design ndash Combustion process ndash Combustion chamber performance ndash Effect of operating variables on performance ndash Flame tube cooling ndash Flame stabilization ndash Use of flame holders ndash Numerical problems

                    TEXT BOOKS1 Hill PG amp Peterson CR ldquoMechanics amp Thermodynamics of Propulsionrdquo Addison ndashWesley Longman INC 1999REFERENCES1 Cohen H Rogers GFC and Saravanamuttoo HIH ldquoGas Turbine TheoryrdquoLongman 19892 Oates GC ldquoAero thermodynamics of Aircraft Engine Componentsrdquo AIAA EducationSeries New York 1985

                    17

                    3 ldquoRolls Royce Jet Enginerdquo ndash Third Edition ndash 19834 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers amp Distributors Delhi 1999

                    18

                    Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndashI L T P C0 0 3 2

                    OBJECTIVETo study experimentally the load deflection characteristics structural materials underDifferent types of loads

                    LIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Determination of Youngrsquos modulus of steel 2 Determination of fracture strength and fracture pattern of ductile and brittlematerials3 Determination of forces in statically indeterminate force system4 Deflection of beams with various end conditions5 Verification of Maxwellrsquos Reciprocal theorem 6 Verification of principle of superposition7 Column ndash Testing8 South ndash wellrsquos plot9 Shear Failure of Bolted and Rivetted Joints10 Non-Destructive Testing Procedures

                    TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                    19

                    Sub Code AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                    OBJECTIVETo familiarize the students in basic aerodynamics and use of wind tunnelsLIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Study of lift and tip vortices2 Flow visualization in water flow channel3 Flow visualization in smoke tunnel4 Plot of RPM Vs test section velocity in a subsonic wind tunnel5 Pressure distribution over circular cylinder6 Pressure distribution over a rough circular cylinder7 Pressure distribution over a symmetric aerofoil8 Pressure distribution over a cambered aerofoil9 Estimation of CL and CD of airfoil10 Force measurement using wind tunnel balance of airfoil

                    TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                    20

                    Sub Code MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY L T P C

                    0 0 3 2LIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 LATHE11 Facing plain turning and step turning12 Taper turning using compound rest13 Taper turning using taper turning attachment14 Single start V thread cutting and knurling15 Boring and internal thread cutting2 SHAPER AND SLOTTER21 Machining a V- block (in a Shaper)22 Machining hexagonal shape (in a Shaper)23 Machining internal key-way (in a slotter)413 DRILLING31 Drilling 4 or 6 holes at a given pitch circle on a plate32 Drilling reaming and tapping4 MILLING41 Plain Milling Exercise42 Gear Milling Exercise5 GRINDINGCylindrical Grinding Exercise

                    TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                    21

                    SEMESTER V

                    Code No Course Title L T P C

                    THEORY

                    Aircraft Structures ndash II 3 0 0 3Aerodynamics ndash II 3 0 0 3Propulsion ndash II 3 0 0 3Aircraft Performance 3 0 0 3Control Engineering 3 0 0 3Experimental Stress Analysis 3 0 0 3

                    PRACTICAL

                    Aircraft Structures Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2CADCAM Lab 0 0 3 2Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness Lab 0 0 3 2

                    22

                    SEMESTER V

                    AE2302 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES ndash II L T P C3 1 0 4

                    OBJECTIVETo study the behaviour of various aircraft structural components under different types ofloadsModule ndash I (15 hours) UNSYMMETRICAL BENDING General Principal axis and neutral axis methods- bending stresses in beams of symmetric sections with skew loads- bending stresses in beams of unsymmetrical sections

                    SHEAR FLOW IN OPEN SECTIONS Thin walled beams Concept of shear flow shear centre Elastic axis With one axis ofsymmetry with wall effective and ineffective in bending unsymmetrical beam sections

                    Module ndash II (14 hours)SHEAR FLOW IN CLOSED SECTIONS Bredt ndash Batho formula Single and multi ndash cell structures- Shear flow in single amp multicellstructures under torsion Shear flow in single and multicell under bending with wallseffective and ineffective

                    V-N DIAGRAMLoads on aircraft ndashlift distribution-V-n diagram-Gust loads

                    Module ndash III (11 hours)BUCKLING OF PLATES Rectangular sheets under compression local buckling stress of thin walled section-Crippling stresses by Needhamrsquos and Gerardrsquos methods Thin walled column strengthsheet stiffener panels-Effective width

                    STRESS ANALYSIS IN WING AND FUSELAGEShear resistant web beams-Tension field web beams(Wagnerrsquos) ndash Shear and bendingmoment distribution for cantilever and semi-cantilever types of beams

                    TEXT BOOKS1 Peery DJ and Azar JJ ldquoAircraft Structuresrdquo 2nd edition McGrawndashHill NY 20072 Megson TMG ldquoAircraft Structures for Engineering Studentsrdquo Edward Arnold 2007REFERENCES1 Bruhn EH ldquoAnalysis and Design of Flight vehicles Structuresrdquo Tri ndash state off setcompany USA 19852 Rivello RM ldquoTheory and Analysis of Flight Structuresrdquo McGraw-Hill 1993

                    23

                    Sub Code AERODYNAMICS ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

                    OBJECTIVETo understand the behaviour of airflow both internal and external in compressible flowregime with particular emphasis on supersonic flowsModule ndash I (10 hours)ONE DIMENSIONAL COMPRESSIBLE FLOW Energy Momentum continuity and state equations velocity of sound adiabatic steadystate flow equations Flow through convergent- divergent passage Performance undervarious back pressures

                    Module ndash II (16 hours)NORMAL OBLIQUE SHOCKS Prandtl equation and Rankine ndash Hugonoit relation Normal shock equations Pitot statictube corrections for subsonic and supersonic flows Oblique shocks and correspondingequations Hodograph and pressure turning angle shock polar flow past wedges andconcave corners strong weak and detached shocks

                    EXPANSION WAVES RAYLEIGH AND FANNO FLOW Flow past convex corners Expansion hodograph Reflection and interaction of shocks and expansion waves Method of Characteristics Two dimensional supersonic nozzlecontours

                    Module ndash III (14 hours)SUPERSONIC AND TRANSONIC FLOW Rayleigh and Fanno Flow Lift drag pitching moment and center of pressure of supersonic profiles Lower and upper critical Mach numbers Lift and drag divergence shock induced separation Characteristics of swept wings Effects of thickness camber and aspect ratio of wings Transonic area rule

                    TEXT BOOK1 Rathakrishnan E ldquoGas Dynamicsrdquo Prentice Hall of India 2003REFERENCES1 Shapiro AH ldquoDynamics and Thermodynamics of Compressible Fluid Flowrdquo RonaldPress 19822 Zucrow MJ and Anderson JD ldquoElements of gas dynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book CoNew York 19893 Anderson Jr D ndash ldquoModern compressible flowsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co New York

                    1999

                    24

                    Sub Code PROPULSION ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

                    OBJECTIVETo study in detail about gas turbines ramjet fundamentals of rocket propulsion andchemical rocketsModule ndash I (10 hours) AIRCRAFT GAS TURBINES 12Impulse and reaction blading of gas turbines ndash Velocity triangles and power output ndash Elementary theory ndash Vortex theory ndash Choice of blade profile pitch and chord ndash stimationof stage performance ndash Limiting factors in gas turbine design- Overall turbine performance ndash Methods of blade cooling ndash Matching of turbine and compressor Module ndash II (15 hours)RAMJET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Sub critical critical and supercritical operation ndash Combustion in ramjet engine ndash Ramjet performance ndash Simple ramjet design calculations ndash Introduction to scramjet

                    FUNDAMENTALS OF ROCKET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Specific impulse of a rocket ndash internal ballistics- Rocket nozzleclassification ndash Rocket performance considerations

                    Module ndash III (15 hours)CHEMICAL ROCKETS Solid propellant rockets ndash Selection criteria of solid propellants ndash Important hardware components of solid rockets ndash Propellant grain design considerations ndash Liquid propellantrockets ndash Selection of liquid propellants Cooling in liquid rockets ndash Hybrid rockets

                    ADVANCED PROPULSION TECHNIQUES Electric rocket propulsion ndash Ion propulsion techniques ndash Nuclear rocket ndash Types ndash Solarsail- Preliminary Concepts in nozzleless propulsion TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York 5th

                    Edn 19932 Hill PG amp Peterson CR ldquoMechanics amp Thermodynamics of Propulsionrdquo Addison ndashWesley Longman INC 1999REFERENCES1 Cohen H Rogers GFC and Saravanamuttoo HIH ldquoGas Turbine TheoryrdquoLongman Co ELBS Ed 19892 Gorden CV ldquoAero thermodynamics of Gas Turbine and Rocket Propulsionrdquo AIAAEducation Series New York 19893 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 1988

                    25

                    Sub Code AIRCRAFT PERFORMANCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                    OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the performance of airplanes under various flightconditions like take off cruise landing climbing gliding turning etcModule ndash I (13 hours)GENERAL CONCEPTSInternational Standard atmosphere IAS EAS TAS Propeller theory- Froude momentum and blade element theories Propeller co-efficients Use of propeller charts Performance of fixed and variable pitch propellers High lift devices Thrust augmentation

                    DRAG OF BODIESStreamlined and bluff body Types of drag Effect of Reynoldrsquos number on skin friction and pressure drag Drag reduction of airplanes Dragpolar Effect of Mach number on drag polar

                    Module ndash II (11 hours)STEADY LEVEL FLIGHTSteady level flight Thrust required and Power required Thrust available and Power available for propeller driven and jet powered aircraft Effect of altitude maximum level flight speed conditions for minimum drag and minimum power required Effect of drag divergence on maximum velocity Range and Endurance of Propeller and Jet airplanes

                    Module ndash III (16 hours)GLIDING AND CLIMBING FLIGHTShallow and steep angles of climb Rate of climb Climb hodograph Maximum Climb angle and Maximum Rate of climb- Effect of design parameters for propeller Absolute and service ceiling Gliding flight Glide hodograph

                    ACCELERATD FLIGHT Estimation of take-off and landing distances Methods of reducing landing distance level turn minimum turn radius bank angle and load factor Constraints on load factor Pull up and pull down maneuvers maximum turn rate V-n diagram

                    TEXT BOOKS1 HoughtonEL and Carruthers NB Aerodynamics for engineering studentsEdward Amold Publishers 19882 Anderson Jr JD Aircraft Performance and Design McGraw-Hill InternationalEdition 1999REFERENCES1 Kuethe AM and Chow CY Foundations of Aerodynamics John Wiley amp Sons19822 JJBertin Aerodynamics for Engineers Prentice-Hall 19883 LJ Clancey Aerodynamics Pitman 19864 Anderson Jr JD Introduction to Flight McGraw-Hill International Edition 1999

                    26

                    Sub Code CONTROL ENGINEERING L T P C3 0 0 3

                    OBJECTIVETo understand the basic concepts of flight control systemModule ndash I (11 hours) INTRODUCTIONHistorical review - Simple pneumatic hydraulic and thermal systems Series and parallelsystems Analogies - Mechanical and electrical components Development of flight control systems OPEN AND CLOSED LOOP SYSTEMSFeedback control systems ndash Block diagram representation of control systems Reductionof block diagrams Output to input ratios Signal flow graph

                    Module ndash II (15 hours)CHARACTERISTIC EQUATION AND FUNCTIONS Lap lace transformation Response of systems to different inputs viz Step input impulse ramp parabolic and sinusoidal inputs Time response of first and second order systems steady state errors and error constants of unity feedback circuit

                    SAMPLED DATA SYSTEMS Introduction to digital control system Digital Controllers and Digital PID Controllers

                    Module ndash III (14 hours)CONCEPT OF STABILITYNecessary and sufficient conditions Routh ndash Hurwitz criteria of stability Root locus andBode techniques Concept and construction frequency response

                    TOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Ogato ldquoModern Control Engineeringrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19982 GopalM ldquoControl Systems Principles and designrdquo ndash Tata McGraw-Hill PublicationNew Delhi 2000REFERENCES1 Azzo JJD and CH Houpis ldquoFeed back control system analysis and synthesisrdquoMcGraw ndash Hill International 3rd Edition 19982 Kuo BC ldquoAutomatic control systemsrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19983 Houpis CH and Lamont GB ldquoDigital Control Systemsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co NewYork USA 19954 Naresh K Sinha ldquoControl Systemsrdquo New Age International Publishers New Delhi

                    27

                    Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS L T P C3 0 0 3

                    OBJECTIVETo bring awareness on experimental method of finding the response of the structure todifferent types of loadModule ndash I (15 hours) MEASUREMENTS amp EXTENSOMETER Principles of measurements Accuracy Sensitivity and range of measurements Mechanical Optical Acoustical and Electrical extensometers and their uses Advantagesand disadvantages

                    ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE STRAIN GAUGES Principle of operation and requirements Types and their uses Materials for strain gauge Calibration and temperature compensation cross sensitivity Rosette analysis Wheastone bridge for static and dynamic strain measurements strain indicators

                    Module ndash II (14 hours)PHOTOELASTICITY Two dimensional photo elasticity Concept of light ndash photoelastic effects stress optic lawInterpretation of fringe pattern Compensation and separation techniques Photo elasticmaterials Introduction to three dimensional photo elasticity

                    Module ndash III (11 hours)BRITTLE COATING AND MOIRE METHODSIntroduction to Moire techniques brittle coating methods and holography NON ndash DESTRUCTIVE TESTINGFundamentals of NDT Radiography ultrasonic magnetic particle inspection Fluorescent penetrant technique Eddy current testing Acoustic Emission Technique

                    TEXT BOOKS1 Srinath LS Raghava MR Lingaiah K Garagesha G Pant B andRamachandra K ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill New Delhi 1984REFERENCES1 Dally JW and Riley WF ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo McGraw-Hill Inc NewYork 2005 IV edition2 Hetyenyi M ldquoHand book of Experimental Stress Analysisrdquo John Wiley and Sons IncNew York 19723 Pollock AA ldquoAcoustic Emission in Acoustics and Vibration Progressrdquo Ed StephensRWB Chapman and Hall 1993

                    28

                    Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndash II 0 0 3 100

                    OBJECTIVE

                    To experimentally study the unsymmetrical bending of beams find the location of shear centre obtain the stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques calibration of photo ndash elastic materials and study on vibration of beams

                    LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                    1 Unsymmetrical bending of beams2 Shear centre location for open sections3 Shear centre location for closed sections4 Constant strength beam5 Flexibility matrix for cantilever beam6 Beam with combined loading7 Calibration of Photo- elastic materials8 Stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques9 Vibrations of beams10 Wagner beam ndash Tension field beam

                    TOTAL 45

                    29

                    Sub Code CAD CAM LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                    OBJECTIVETo teach and train the students in the lab about the design and drafting of aerocomponents LIST OF EXPERIMENTSDesign and Modeling of rectangular plate with holeDesign and Modeling of spar componentsDesign and Modeling of Aerofoil structuresDesign and Modeling of cut section for wingsDesign and Modeling of Machine componentDesign and Modeling of Machine componentsDesign and Analysis of a TrussDesign and Analysis of Beam distributed loadDesign of Landing gearFacingTurning(Taper Step)

                    TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                    30

                    HSSM7203 Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness LabLab 30 hoursThis course will focus on communication in professional (work-related) situations of the kind thatBPUT graduates may expect to encounter on entering the professional domainSome typical forms of work-related communication oral or written are listed below Practiceactivities for all four skills can be designed around these or similar situations1 Gaining entry into an organizationi Preparing job-applications and CVsii Facing an interviewiii Participating in group discussion (as part of the recruitmentprocess)2 In-house communicationa Superior Senior 1048782 subordinate junior (individual 1048782 individual group)i Welcoming new entrants to the organization introducing the workplace cultureetcii Briefing subordinates juniors explaining duties and responsibilities etcii Motivating subordinates juniors (lsquopep talkrsquo)iii Instructing directing subordinates juniorsiv Expressing recording appreciation praising rewarding a subordinate or juniorv Reprimanding correcting disciplining a subordinatejunior (for a lapse) askingfor an explanation etcb Subordinate Junior 1048782 Superior Seniori Responding to the aboveii Reporting problems difficulties deficienciesiii Offering suggestions

                    31

                    SEMESTER VI

                    Code No Course Title L T P C

                    THEORYHSSM3301 Principles of Management 3 0 0 3

                    Finite Element Method 3 0 0 3Aircraft Stability and Control 3 0 0 3Wind Tunnel Techniques 3 0 0 3High Temperature Materials 3 0 0 3

                    E1 Elective ndash I 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                    Aero Engine Laboratory 0 0 3 2Aircraft Design Project - I 0 0 3 2Aerodynamics Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2

                    32

                    SEMESTER VI

                    HSSM3301 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (3-0-0)

                    Module I Functions of Management Concept of Management Management as an Art or Science The Process of Management Managerial Skills Good Managers are Born not Made Management is concerned with Ideas Things and People How a Manager Induces Workers to Put in Their Best Levels and Types of Management Evolution of Management Thought Managerial Environment The process of Management-Planning Organizing Directing Staffing Controlling

                    Module II Marketing Function of Management Modern Concept of Marketing The Functional Classification of Marketing Functions of a Marketing Management Marketing Mix Fundamental Needs of Customers The Role of Distribution channels in Marketing Advertising Marketing Consumerism and Environmentalism

                    Module III Financial Function amp HRM Functions Financial Functions Concept of Financial Management Project Appraisal Tools of Financial decisions making Overview of Working Capital HRM Function of Management Human Resource Management Human Resource Development Importance of HRM Overview of Job Analysis Job Description Job Specification Labour Turnover Manpower Planning Recruitment Selection Induction Training and Development Placement Wage and Salary Administration Performance Appraisal Grievance Handling Welfare Aspects

                    Reference Books 1 Business Organization amp Management CR Basu TMH 2 Business Organization amp Management Tulsia Pandey Pearson 3 Marketing Management Kotler Keller Koshi Jha Pearson 4 Financial Management IM Pandey Vikas 5 Human Resource Management Aswasthapa TMH 6 Modern Business Organisation amp Management by Sherlekar Himalaya Publishing House

                    33

                    Sub Code FINITE ELEMENT METHOD L T P C3 0 0 3

                    OBJECTIVETo introduce the concept of numerical analysis of structural componentsModule ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION Review of basic approximate methods of analyses ndash Stiffness and Flexibility matrix forsimple cases ndash Governing equation and convergence criteria of finite element method

                    DISCRETE ELEMENTS Bar Frame beam elements ndash Application to static dynamic analysis

                    Module ndash II (10 hours)

                    CONTINUUM ELEMENTS Various types of 2-D-elements Application to plane stress plane strain and axisymmetricproblems Module ndash III (16 hours)ISOPARAMETRIC ELEMENTS Applications to two and three-dimensional problems(four eight and nine nodded element) Numerical Integration

                    FIELD PROBLEMApplications to other field problems like heat transfer and fluid flow

                    TEXT BOOK1 TirupathiRC and Ashok DB ldquoIntroduction to Finite Elements in EngineeringrdquoPrentice Hall India Third Edition 2003REFERENCES1 Reddy JN ldquoAn Introduction to Finite Element Methodrdquo McGraw-Hill 20002 Krishnamurthy CS ldquoFinite Element Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill 20003 Bathe KJ and Wilson EL ldquoNumerical Methods in Finite Elements AnalysisrdquoPrentice Hall of India 1985

                    34

                    Sub Code AIRCRAFT STABILITY amp CONTROL L T P C3 1 0 4

                    OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the concepts of stable and nonstable configurationof airplanes To introduce the concepts of control of airplanes under variousoperating conditions

                    Module ndash I (13 hours)STATIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY AND CONTROL 15General concepts-Degrees of freedom of a rigid body Static and dynamic stability Need for stability in an airplane inherently and marginally stable airplanes Stability and Controllability Requirements of control surfaces criteria for longitudinal static stability contribution to stability by wing tail fuselage wing fuselage combination Total longitudinal stability Neutral point-Stick fixed and Stick free aspects Free elevator factor static margin Hinge moment Power effects on stability-propeller and jet aircrafts longitudinal control Movement of centre of gravity elevator control effectiveness elevator control power elevator angle to trim elevator angle per g maneuver point Stick force gradient and stick force per g Aerodynamic balancing

                    Module ndash II (15 hours) STATIC DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND CONTROL Directional stability-yaw and sideslip Criterion of directional stability contribution to static directional stability by wing fuselage tail Power effects on directional stabilitypropeller and jet aircrafts Rudder lock and Dorsal fin Directional control rudder control effectiveness rudder requirements adverse yaw asymmetric power condition spin recovery

                    STATIC LATERAL STABILTY AND CONTROL Lateral stability-Dihedral effect criterion for lateral stability evaluation of lateral stability-contribution of fuselage wing wing fuselage tail total static lateral stability lateral control aileron reversal aileron reversal speed

                    Module ndash III (12 hours) DYNAMIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY Aircraft Equations of motion small disturbance theory Estimation of longitudinal stability derivatives stability derivatives solving the stability quartic Phugoid motion

                    DYNAMIC LATERAL AND DIRECTIONAL STABILITY Dutch roll and spiral instability Auto rotation and spin

                    TEXT BOOKS1 Perkins CD amp Hage RE Airplane performance stability and control John Wileyamp Sons 19762 Nelson RC Flight Stability amp Automatic Control McGraw Hill 1998REFERENCES1 McCormick BW Aerodynamics Aeronautics amp Flight Mechanics John Wiley19952 Babister AW Aircraft Stability and response Pergamon Press 19803 Etkin B Dynamics of Flight Stability and Control John Wiley New York 19824 Pamadi BN Performnce Stability Dynamics and Control of Airplanes AIAA Education Series 2004

                    35

                    Sub Code WIND TUNNEL TECHNIQUES L T P C3 0 0 3

                    OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of measurement of forces and moments on models during the wind tunnel testing

                    Module ndash I (10 hours)WIND TUNNELSClassification ndashnon-dimensional numbers-types of similarities - Layout of open circuit and closed circuit subsonic wind tunnels ndash design parameters-energy ratio - HP calculationsCalibration

                    Module ndash II (15 hours) HIGH SPEED WIND TUNNELSBlow down in draft and induction tunnel layouts and their design features Transonic supersonic and hypersonic tunnels their peculiarities and calibration Helium and gun tunnels Shock tubes

                    FLOW VISUALIZATIONSmoke and Tuft grid techniques ndash Dye injection special techniques ndash Optical methods offlow visualization

                    Module ndash II (15 hours)WIND TUNNEL MEASUREMENTSPressurevelocity and temperature measurements ndash Force measurements ndash types of balances-Three component and six component balances ndash calibration of measuring instruments

                    NON-INTRUSIVE FLOW DIAGNOSTICSLaser ndash Doppler anemometry Particle image velocimetry Laser induced fluorescence TEXT BOOK1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow Speed Wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley Publication1984REFERENCE1 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh Speed wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley 1985

                    36

                    Sub Code HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS L T P C3 0 0 3

                    OBJECTIVETo learn damage mechanism and failure of components of elavated temperatures

                    Module ndash I (15 hours)CREEPFactors influencing functional life of components at elevated temperatures definition of creep curve various stages of creep metallurgical factors influencing various stages effect of stress temperatures and strain rate

                    Design of transient creep time hardening strain hardening expressions of rupture life ofcreep ductile and brittle materials Monkman-Grant relationship

                    Module ndash II (13 hours)FRACTURE AND OXIDATIONVarious types of fracture brittle to ductile from low temperature to high temperature cleavage fracture due to micro void coalescence ndash diffusion controlled void growth fracture maps for different alloys and oxidesOxidation Pilling Bedworth ratio kinetic laws of oxidation ndash defect structure and control of Oxidation by alloy additions

                    Module ndash III (12 hours)HOT CORROSION SUPER ALLOYS AND OTHER MATERIALHot gas corrosion deposit modified hot gas corrosion fluxing mechanisms effect of alloying elements on hot corrosion interaction of hot corrosion and creep methods of combat hot corrosion

                    Iron base Nickel base abd Cobalt base super alloys composition control solid solution strengthening precipitation hardening by gamma prime grain boundary strengthening TCP phase embrittlement solidfication of single crystals Intermetallics high temperature ceramics

                    TEXT BOOKS1 Raj R ldquoFlow and Fracture at Elevated TemperaturesrdquoAmerican Society for MetalsUSA 19852 Hertzberg RW ldquoDeformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering materialsrdquo 4th

                    Edition John Wiley USA 19963 Courtney T H ldquoMechanical Behaviour of MaterialsrdquoMcGraw-Hill USA 1990REFERENCES1 Boyle JT Spencer J ldquoStress Analysis for Creeprdquo Butterworths UK 19832 BressersJ ldquoCreep and Fatigue in High Temperature Alloysrdquo Applied Science 19813 McLean D ldquoDirectionally Solidified Materials for High Temperature ServicerdquoThe Metals Society USA 1985

                    37

                    AE2355 AERO ENGINE LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                    OBJECTIVETo introduce the knowledge of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines1 Study of free convective heat transfer over a flat plate2 Engine (Piston Engine) - cleaning visual inspection NDT checks3 Piston Engine Components - dimensional checks4 Velocity profiles of free jets5 Velocity profiles of wall jets6 Combustion Studies in a model jet engine combustor7 Jet Engine ndash identification of components amp defects8 Jet Engine ndash NDT checks and dimensional checks9 Study of hybrid rocket propulsion system10 Engine starting procedures11 Study of ramjet12 Burn rate measurements of solid propellants

                    TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                    38

                    Sub code AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash I L T P C0 0 3 2

                    OBJECTIVETo introduce and develop the basic concept of aircraft designEach student is assigned the design of an Airplane (or Helicopter or any other flightvehicle) for given preliminary specifications The following are the assignments to becarried outEXPERIMENTS1 Comparative configuration study of different types of airplanes2 Comparative study on specification and performance details of aircraft3 Preparation of comparative data sheets4 Work sheet layout procedures5 Comparative graphs preparation and selection of main parameters for the design6 Preliminary weight estimations selection of main parameters7 Power plant selection Aerofoil selection Wing tail and control surfaces8 Preparation of layouts of balance diagram and three view drawings9 Drag estimation10 Detailed performance calculations and stability estimates

                    TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                    AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY- II

                    1 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of symmetric aerofoil section2 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of cambered aerofoil section3 Pressure distribution over a Nose cone model4 Determination of Base drag of a missile model5 Determination of profile drag of bodies by wake survey method6 Study of flow field over a backward facing step7 Pressure distribution over a water tank model for various wind speeds8 Velocity profiles for different simulated terrains9 Calibration of Supersonic Wind Tunnel10 Flow visualization studies in supersonic flows

                    TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                    39

                    40

                    SEMESTER VII

                    Code No Course Title L T P C

                    THEORY

                    PCME4404 Production and Operation Management 3 0 0 3Avionics 3 0 0 3Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 0 3Vibrations And Elements of Aeroelasticity 3 0 0 3

                    E2 Elective ndash II 3 0 0 3E3 Elective ndash III 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                    Aircraft Design Project ndash II 0 0 3 2Aircraft Systems Lab 0 0 3 2Project Work and Seminar 0 0 3 3

                    41

                    SEMESTER VII

                    PCME4404 Production and Operation Management L T P C

                    Objective The course aims at acquainting all engineering graduates irrespective of theirspecializations the basic issues and tools of managing production and operations functionsof an organizationModule I1 Operations Function in an Organization Manufacturing Vrs Service Operations Systemview of Operations Strategic Role of Operations Operations Strategies for CompetitiveAdvantage Operations Quality and Productivity Focus Meeting Global Challenges ofProduction and Operations Imperatives (3 Hours)2 Designing Products Services and Processes New Product Design- Product Life CycleProduct Development Process Process Technology Project Jobshop Batch AssemblyLine Continuous Manufacturing Process Technology Life Cycle Process TechnologyTrends FMS CIM CAD CAM Design for Services Services Process Technology(4 Hours)3 Work Study Methods Study- Techniques of Analysis recording improvement andstandardization Work Measurement Work Measurement Principles using Stopwatch TimeStudy Predetermined Motion Time Standards and Work Sampling Standard TimeEstimation (4 Hours)Module II4 Location and Layout Planning Factor Influencing Plant and Warehouse LocationsImpact of Location on cost and revenues Facility Location Procedure and Models Qualitative Models Breakeven Analysis location Model centroid methodLayout Planning Layout Types Process Layout Product Layout Fixed Position LayoutPlanning block diagramming line balancing computerized layout planning- overviewGroup Technology (4 Hours)5 Forecasting Principles and Method Moving Average weighted Moving AverageExponential Smoothing Winterrsquos Method for Seasonal Demand Forecasting Error(4 Hours)6 Manufacturing Planning and Control The Framework and Components AggregatePlanning Master Production Scheduling Rough-cut-Capacity Planning MaterialRequirements Planning Capacity Requirements Planning (5 Hours)Module III7 Sequencing and Scheduling Single Machine Sequencing Basics and PerformanceEvaluation Criteria Methods for Minimizing Mean Flow Time Parallel Machines Minimization of Makespan Flowshop sequencing 2 and 3 machines cases JohnsonrsquosRule and Jobshop Scheduling Priority dispatching Rules (3 Hours)8 Inventory Control Relevant Costs Basic EOQ Model Model with Quantity discountEconomic Batch Quantity Periodic and Continuous Review Systems Safety Stock ReorderPoint and Order Quantity Calculations ABC Analysis (4 Hours)9 Modern Trends in Manufacturing Just in Time (JIT) System Shop Floor Control ByKanbans Total Quality Management Total Productive Maintenance ISO 9000 QualityCircle Kaizen Poka Yoke Supply Chain Management (4 Hours)Reference Book1 SNChary ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 R Paneerselvam ldquoProduction and Operations Management Prentice Hall of India3 Aswathappa amp Bhatt ndash Production amp Operations Management HPH4 Gaither amp Frazier - Operations Management Cengage Publication5 Russell amp Taylor - Operations Management PHI Publication6 Chase Aquilanno Jacob amp Agarwal - Operations Management TMH Publication7 EE Adam and RJ Ebert ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India

                    42

                    Sub Code AVIONICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                    OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of navigation amp communication systems of aircraft

                    Module ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems ndash Integrated Avionicssystem ndash Typical avionics sub systems ndash Design approaches and recent advances -Application Technologies

                    PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS Digital Computers ndash Digital number system- number systems and codes-Fundamentals of logic and combinational logic circuits ndashDigital arithmetic ndash interfacing with analoguesystems

                    Module ndash II (11 hours)Basic of Microprocessors and application Microprocessors ndash Memories- Microprocessors real time application related to aircraft

                    DIGITAL AVIONICS ARCHITECTURE Avionics system architecturendash salient features and applications of Data buses MILndashSTD1553 BndashARINC 429ndashARINC 629

                    Module ndash III (15 hours)

                    FLIGHT DECK AND COCKPITSControl and display technologies CRT LCD - Touch screen - Direct voice input (DVI) - Civil cockpit and military cockpit MFDS HUD MFK HOTAS AVIONICS SYSTEMS Communication Systems - Navigation systems - Flight control systems - Radar electronic warfare - Utility systems Reliability and maintainability - Certification TEXT BOOKS1 Malcrno AP and Leach DP ldquoDigital Principles and Applicationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill19902 Gaonkar RS ldquoMicroprocessors Architecture ndash Programming and Applicationrdquo Wileyand Sons Ltd New Delhi 1990REFERENCES1 Middleton DH Ed ldquoAvionics Systems Longman Scientific and Technicalrdquo LongmanGroup UK Ltd England 19892 Spitzer CR ldquoDigital Avionic Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ USA19873 Brain Kendal ldquoManual of Avionicsrdquo The English Book House 3rd Edition New Delhi19934 Nagaraja ldquoNavigation systemrdquo5 J Powell ldquoAircraft Radio Systemrdquo

                    43

                    Sub Code COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                    OBJECTIVETo study the flow of dynamic fluids by computational methods

                    Module-I (10 hours) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows Mathematical properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations - Well posed problems - discretization of partial Differential Equations Explicit finite difference methods of subsonic supersonic and viscous flows

                    Module-II (15 hours)

                    DISCRETIZATION Boundary layer Equations and methods of solution -Implicit time dependent methods forinviscid and viscous compressible flows - Concept of numerical dissipation --Stabilityproperties of explicit and implicit methods - Conservative upwind discretization forHyperbolic systems - Further advantages of upwind differencing GRID GENERATION Structured grids Types and transformations Generation of structured grids Unstructured grids Delany triangulation

                    Module-III (15 hours)

                    FINITE VOLUME TECHNIQUESFinite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping -Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy - Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques ndash Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives Flux ndash splitting schemes Pressure correction solvers ndash SIMPLE PESO Vorticity transport formulation Implicitsemi-implicit schemes

                    TEXT BOOK1 Fletcher CAJ ldquoComputational Techniques for Fluid Dynamicsrdquo Vols I and IISpringer - Verlag Berlin 1988REFERENCES1 John F Wendt (Editor) ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics - An Introductionrdquo Springer ndashVerlag Berlin 19922 Charles Hirsch ldquoNumerical Computation of Internal and External Flowsrdquo Vols I and IIJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 19883 Klaus A Hoffmann and Steve T Chiang ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics forEngineersrdquo Vols I amp II Engineering Education System PO Box 20078 W WichitaKS 67208 - 1078 USA 19934 Anderson JrD ldquoFundamentals of Aerodynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill 2000

                    44

                    AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                    OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

                    Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

                    SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

                    Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

                    Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

                    ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

                    45

                    AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

                    OBJECTIVE

                    To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

                    Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

                    LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                    1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

                    TOTAL 60

                    AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

                    OBJECTIVE

                    To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

                    LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                    1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

                    TOTAL 60

                    46

                    SEMESTER VIII

                    Code No Course Title L T P C

                    THEORY

                    Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                    Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

                    47

                    Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

                    OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

                    Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

                    METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

                    Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

                    Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

                    FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

                    REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

                    48

                    Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

                    OBJECTIVE

                    The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

                    PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

                    OBJECTIVE

                    The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

                    The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

                    Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

                    OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

                    LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                    1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

                    composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

                    fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

                    49

                    1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

                    SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

                    Code No Course Title L T P C

                    Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

                    Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

                    SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

                    Code No Course Title L T P C

                    Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

                    ELECTIVESndash III

                    Code No Course Title L T P C

                    Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

                    SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

                    Code No Course Title L T P C

                    Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

                    ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

                    Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

                    50

                    Elective Subjects

                    Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                    OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

                    BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

                    Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

                    Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

                    TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

                    TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

                    51

                    Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                    OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                    Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                    UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                    52

                    AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                    OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                    Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                    Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                    MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                    Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                    AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                    TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                    53

                    Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                    3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                    Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                    Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                    RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                    Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                    HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                    54

                    Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                    OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                    Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                    IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                    Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                    Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                    55

                    Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                    OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                    Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                    STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                    Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                    Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                    56

                    Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                    Module-I (15hours)

                    FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                    COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                    Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                    Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                    COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                    57

                    Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                    OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                    Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                    BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                    Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                    BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                    Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                    58

                    Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                    OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                    Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                    Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                    Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                    Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                    TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                    59

                    Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                    OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                    Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                    PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                    Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                    PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                    Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                    Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                    60

                    Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                    Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                    EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                    Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                    Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                    SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                    61

                    AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                    OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                    Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                    Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                    AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                    Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                    TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                    62

                    Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                    OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                    Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                    VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                    INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                    63

                    Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                    OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                    Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                    MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                    Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                    PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                    Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                    64

                    Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                    OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                    65

                    Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                    Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                    CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                    Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                    CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                    Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                    66

                    • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                    • Course Title
                      • THEORY
                      • SEMESTER III
                      • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                      • (for a batch of 30 students)
                      • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                      • (for a batch of 30 students)
                        • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                        • (for a batch of 30 students)
                            • Course Title
                              • THEORY
                              • PRACTICAL
                              • SEMESTER V
                                • Course Title
                                  • THEORY
                                  • PRACTICAL
                                  • SEMESTER VI
                                    • Course Title
                                      • THEORY
                                      • PRACTICAL
                                      • SEMESTER VI
                                        • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                          • SEMESTER VII
                                            • Course Title
                                              • THEORY
                                              • PRACTICAL
                                              • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                • TOTAL 60
                                                • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                • TOTAL 60
                                                  • SEMESTER VIII
                                                    • Course Title
                                                      • THEORY
                                                      • PRACTICAL
                                                      • Co New York 1989
                                                      • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                      • OBJECTIVE
                                                      • PROJECT WORK
                                                        • OBJECTIVE
                                                          • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                              • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                • Course Title
                                                                • Course Title
                                                                • Course Title
                                                                • Course Title
                                                                • Course Title
                                                                  • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                      Semester IV

                      Code No Course Title L T P C

                      THEORYBSCM1210 Mathematics ndash IV (Common to all branch for 4th sem) 3 1 0 4PCAE1206 Aerodynamics ndash I 3 0 0 4PCAE1207 Aircraft Systems and Instrumentations 3 0 0 3PCAE1208 Production Technology 3 0 0 3PCAE1209 Aircraft Structures ndash I 3 1 0 3PCAE1210 Propulsion ndash I 3 0 0 3PRACTICALPCAE7204 Aircraft Structures Lab ndash I 0 0 3 2PCAE7205 Aerodynamics Lab- I 0 0 3 2PCAE7206 Manufacturing Technology Lab 0 0 3 2

                      11

                      SEMESTER IV

                      BSCM1210 Mathematics ndash IV(Common to all branch)

                      Module-I (20 hours)Numerical methodsApproximation and round of errors Truncation error and Taylorrsquos seriesRoots of equation The bisection method the false-position method fixed point iteration theNewton-Raphson method Mullerrsquos methodLinear algebraic equation LU decomposition the matrix inverse Gauss-Seidel methodInterpolation Newton divided difference interpolation Lagrange Interpolation Newtonrsquos forwardand backward interpolationNumerical integration The trapezoidal rule The Simpsonrsquos rules Gauss quadratureOrdinary differential equation Eulerrsquos method Improvement of Eulerrsquos method Runge-KuttamethodsModule-II (10 Hours)ProbabilityProbability Random variables Probability distributions Mean and variance of distributionBinomial Poisson and Hypergeometric distributions Normal distribution Distribution of severalrandom variablesModule-III (10 Hours)Mathematical StatisticsRandom sampling Estimation of Parameters Confidence Intervals Testing of hypothesisAcceptance sampling Chi square test for goodness of fit Regression Analysis Fitting StraightLines Correlation analysisText books1 S C Chapra and R P Canale ldquo Numerical methods for Engineersrdquo Fifth EditionMcGraw Hill EducationReading Chapters 2 3(31 32) 4(42 43) 5(51 52 53) 6(64) 9(91 92) 10(102)13(131132135) 16(161 162) 17(173) 20(201 202 203)2 E Kreyszigrdquo Advanced Engineering Mathematics Eighth Edition Wiley IndiaReading Chapters 22 23( except 235 and 238)Reference books1 Jay L Devore ldquoProbability and Statistics for Engineering and SciencesrdquoSeventh Edition ThomsonCENGAGE Learning India Pvt LtdP VOrsquoNeil ldquoAdvanced Engineering Mathematicsrdquo CENGAGE Learning New Delhi

                      PCAE1206 AERODYNAMICS ndash I L T P C3 0 0 3

                      OBJECTIVE

                      12

                      To understand the behaviour of airflow over bodies with particular emphasis on airfoilsections in the incompressible flow regime

                      Module-I (14 hours)REVIEW OF BASIC FLUID MECHANICS Continuity momentum and energy equations

                      UNIT II TWO DIMENSIONAL FLOWS Basic flows ndash Source Sink Free and Forced vortex uniform parallel flow Their combinations Ideal Flow over a circular cylinder DrsquoAlembertrsquos Paradox Magnus effect KuttaJonkowskirsquos Theorem Starting Vortex Kutta condition Pressure and velocity distributions on bodies with and without circulation in ideal and real fluid flows

                      Module-II (16 hours)

                      AIRFOIL THEORY Cauchy-Riemann relations Complex Potential Methodology of Conformal Transformation Kutta-Joukowski transformation and its applications Karman Trefftz Profiles Thin Airfoil theory and its applications

                      SUBSONIC WING THEORY Vortex Filament Biot and Savart Law Bound Vortex and trailing Vortex Horse Shoe Vortex Lifting Line Theory and its limitations

                      Module-III (12 hours)INTRODUCTION TO LAMINAR AND TURBULENT FLOWBoundary layer and boundary layer thickness displacement thickness momentum thickness Energy thickness Shape parameter Boundary layer equations for a steady two dimensional incompressible flow Boundary Layer growth over a Flat plate Critical Reynolds Number Blasius solution Basics of Turbulent flow Prandtlrsquos mixing length hypothesis Free shear layers

                      TEXT BOOKS1 Houghton EL and Caruthers NB Aerodynamics for Engineering studentsEdward Arnold Publishers Ltd London 19892 Anderson JD Fundamentals of Aerodynamics MaGraw Hill Book Co 1999REFERENCES1 Milne Thomson LH Theoretical Aerodynamics Macmillan 19852 John J Bertin Aerodynamics for Engineers Pearson Education Inc 20023 Clancey L J Aerodynamics Pitman 1986

                      13

                      PCAE1207 AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS AND INSTRUMENTS L T P C3 0 0 3

                      OBJECTIVETo describe the principle and working of aircraft systems and instruments Module-I (9 hours)AIRPLANE CONTROL SYSTEMS Conventional Systems - fully powered flight controls - Power actuated systems ndash Modern control systems - Digital fly by wire systems - Auto pilot system active control Technology

                      Module-II (17 hours)AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS Hydraulic systems - Study of typical workable system - components - Pneumatic systems - Advantages - Working principles - Typical Air pressure system ndash Brake system ndash Typical Pneumatic power system - Components Landing Gear systems - Classification

                      ENGINE SYSTEMS Fuel systems for Piston and jet engines - Components of multi engines Lubricating systems for piston and jet engines - Starting and Ignition systems - Typical examples for piston and jet engines

                      Module-II (14 hours)AUXILIARY SYSTEM Basic Air cycle systems - Vapour Cycle systems Evaporative vapour cycle systems - Evaporative air cycle systems - Fire protection systems Deicing and anti icing systems

                      AIRCRAFT INSTRUMENTS Flight Instruments and Navigation Instruments ndash Gyroscope - Accelerometers Air speedIndicators ndash TAS EAS- Mach Meters - Altimeters - Principles and operation - Study of various types of engine instruments - Tachometers - Temperature gauges ndash Pressure gauges - Operation and Principles

                      TEXT BOOKS1 McKinley JL and Bent RD ldquoAircraft Maintenance amp Repairrdquo McGraw-Hill 19932 ldquoGeneral Hand Books of Airframe and Powerplant Mechanicsrdquo US Dept ofTransportation Federal Aviation Administation The English Book Store NewDelhi1995REFERENCES1 Mekinley JL and Bent RD ldquoAircraft Power Plantsrdquo McGraw-Hill 19932 Pallet EHJ ldquoAircraft Instruments amp Principlesrdquo Pitman amp Co 19933 Treager S ldquoGas Turbine Technologyrdquo McGraw-Hill 1997

                      14

                      PCAE1208 PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY L T P C3 0 0 3

                      OBJECTIVEThe components such a piston connecting rod crankshaft engine block front axle frame body etc are manufactured by various types of production processes involving casting welding machining metal forming powder metallurgy etc hence Engineering students must study this course production technology UNIT I CASTING nd WELDING 16Casting types procedure to make sand mould types of core making moulding tolls machine moulding special moulding processes-co2 moulding shell moulding investment moulding permanent mould casting pressure die casting centrifugal casting continuous casting casting defects

                      Classification of welding processes Principles of Oxyacetylene gas welding AC metal arc welding resistance welding submerged arc welding tungsten inert gas welding metal inert gas welding plasma arc welding thermic welding electron beam welding laser beam welding defects in welding soldering and brazing

                      UNIT II MACHIINING 14General principles (with schematic diagrams only) of working and commonly performedoperations in the following machines Lathe Shaper Planer Horizontal milling machineUniversal drilling machine Cylindrical grinding machine Capstan and Turret lathe Basics of CNC machines General principles and applications of the following processesAbrasive jet machining Ultrasonic machining Electric discharge machining Electro chemical machining Plasma are machining Electron beam machining and Laser beammachining

                      UNIT IV METAL FORMING AND POWDER METALLURGY 11Types of plastics-characteristics of the forming and shaping processes-Moulding of Thermoplastics-working principles and typical applications of Injection moulding- Thermoforming-processing of thermosets-working principles and typical applications-

                      Principles and applications of the following processes Forging Rolling Extrusion Wiredrawing and Spinning Powder metallurgy-Principal steps involved advantages Disadvantages and limitations of powder metallurgy TEXT BOOK1 Harija choudry Elements of workshop Technology vol I and II Media promoters andpublishers pvt Ltd Mumbai 2001REFERENCES1 R K Jain and S C Gupta production Technology Khanna Publishers 16th Edition20012 H M T production technology-Hand book Tata Mc Graw-Hill 20003 Roy A Linberg process and materials of manufacturing technology PHI 20004 M Adithan and A B Cupta manufacturing technology New Age 19965 Serope Kalpajian Steven R Schimid Manuyfacturing Engineering and TechnologyPearson Education Inc2002 (second Indian Reprint)

                      15

                      PCAE1209 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES ndash I L T P C3 1 0 4

                      OBJECTIVETo study different types of beams and columns subjected to various types of loading and support conditions with particular emphasis on aircraft structural components

                      Module ndash I (17 hours)STATICALLY DETERMINATE STRUCTURES Analysis of plane Truss-Method of joints-3 D Truss-Plane frames

                      STATICALLY INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES Propped Cantilever- Fixed-Fixed beams-Clapeyrons Three Moment Equation - MomentDistribution Method

                      Module ndash II (11 hours)ENERGY METHODS 10+4Strain Energy due to axial bending and Torsional loads ndash Castiglianorsquos theorems- Maxwells Reciprocal theorem Unit load method - application to beams trusses framesrings etc -Composite beam

                      Module ndash III (14 hours)COLUMNS Columns with various end conditions ndash Eulerrsquos Column curve ndash Rankinersquos formula - Column with initial curvature - Eccentric loading ndash South well plot ndash Beam column

                      FAILURE THEORY Maximum Stress theory ndash Maximum Strain Theory ndash Maximum Shear Stress Theory ndash Distortion Theory ndash Maximum Strain energy theory ndash Application to aircraft Structural problems

                      1 Donaldson BK ldquoAnalysis of Aircraft Structures ndash An Introductionrdquo McGraw-Hill19932 BruhnEFrdquoAnalysis and design of flight vehicle structuresrdquo Tri set of offset companyUSA1973REFERENCE1 Timoshenko S ldquoStrength of Materialsrdquo Vol I and II Princeton D Von Nostrand Co

                      1990

                      16

                      PCAE1210 PROPULSION ndash I L T P C3 0 0 3

                      OBJECTIVETo understand the principles of operation and design of aircraft and spacecraft powerplants

                      Module ndash I (10 hours)

                      FUNDAMENTALS OF GAS TURBINE ENGINES Illustration of working of gas turbine engine ndash The thrust equation ndash Factors affecting thrustndash Effect of pressure velocity and temperature changes of air entering compressor ndash Methods of thrust augmentation ndash Characteristics of turboprop turbofan and turbojet ndashPerformance characteristics

                      Module ndash II (14 hours)

                      SUBSONIC AND SUPERSONIC INLETS FOR JET ENGINES Internal flow and Stall in subsonic inlets ndash Boundary layer separation ndash Major features of external flow near a subsonic inlet ndash Relation between minimum area ratio and eternal deceleration ratio ndash Diffuser performance ndash Supersonic inlets ndash Starting problem on supersonic inlets ndash Shock swallowing by area variation ndash External declaration ndash Models of inlet operation

                      NOZZLES Theory of flow in isentropic nozzles ndash nozzles and choking ndash Nozzle throat conditions ndashNozzle efficiency ndash Losses in nozzles ndash Over expanded and under ndash expanded nozzles ndashEjector and variable area nozzles ndash Interaction of nozzle flow with adjacent surfaces ndashThrust reversal

                      Module ndash III (16 hours)

                      COMPRESSORS Principle of operation of centrifugal compressor ndash Work done and pressure rise ndash Velocity diagrams ndash Diffuser vane design considerations ndash Concept of prewhirl rotation stall and surge ndash Elementary theory of axial flow compressor ndash Velocity triangles ndash degree of reaction ndash Three dimensional ndashCompressor blade design ndash Centrifugal and Axial compressor performance characteristics

                      COMBUSTION CHAMBERSClassification of combustion chambers ndash Important factors affecting combustion chamber design ndash Combustion process ndash Combustion chamber performance ndash Effect of operating variables on performance ndash Flame tube cooling ndash Flame stabilization ndash Use of flame holders ndash Numerical problems

                      TEXT BOOKS1 Hill PG amp Peterson CR ldquoMechanics amp Thermodynamics of Propulsionrdquo Addison ndashWesley Longman INC 1999REFERENCES1 Cohen H Rogers GFC and Saravanamuttoo HIH ldquoGas Turbine TheoryrdquoLongman 19892 Oates GC ldquoAero thermodynamics of Aircraft Engine Componentsrdquo AIAA EducationSeries New York 1985

                      17

                      3 ldquoRolls Royce Jet Enginerdquo ndash Third Edition ndash 19834 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers amp Distributors Delhi 1999

                      18

                      Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndashI L T P C0 0 3 2

                      OBJECTIVETo study experimentally the load deflection characteristics structural materials underDifferent types of loads

                      LIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Determination of Youngrsquos modulus of steel 2 Determination of fracture strength and fracture pattern of ductile and brittlematerials3 Determination of forces in statically indeterminate force system4 Deflection of beams with various end conditions5 Verification of Maxwellrsquos Reciprocal theorem 6 Verification of principle of superposition7 Column ndash Testing8 South ndash wellrsquos plot9 Shear Failure of Bolted and Rivetted Joints10 Non-Destructive Testing Procedures

                      TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                      19

                      Sub Code AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                      OBJECTIVETo familiarize the students in basic aerodynamics and use of wind tunnelsLIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Study of lift and tip vortices2 Flow visualization in water flow channel3 Flow visualization in smoke tunnel4 Plot of RPM Vs test section velocity in a subsonic wind tunnel5 Pressure distribution over circular cylinder6 Pressure distribution over a rough circular cylinder7 Pressure distribution over a symmetric aerofoil8 Pressure distribution over a cambered aerofoil9 Estimation of CL and CD of airfoil10 Force measurement using wind tunnel balance of airfoil

                      TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                      20

                      Sub Code MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY L T P C

                      0 0 3 2LIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 LATHE11 Facing plain turning and step turning12 Taper turning using compound rest13 Taper turning using taper turning attachment14 Single start V thread cutting and knurling15 Boring and internal thread cutting2 SHAPER AND SLOTTER21 Machining a V- block (in a Shaper)22 Machining hexagonal shape (in a Shaper)23 Machining internal key-way (in a slotter)413 DRILLING31 Drilling 4 or 6 holes at a given pitch circle on a plate32 Drilling reaming and tapping4 MILLING41 Plain Milling Exercise42 Gear Milling Exercise5 GRINDINGCylindrical Grinding Exercise

                      TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                      21

                      SEMESTER V

                      Code No Course Title L T P C

                      THEORY

                      Aircraft Structures ndash II 3 0 0 3Aerodynamics ndash II 3 0 0 3Propulsion ndash II 3 0 0 3Aircraft Performance 3 0 0 3Control Engineering 3 0 0 3Experimental Stress Analysis 3 0 0 3

                      PRACTICAL

                      Aircraft Structures Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2CADCAM Lab 0 0 3 2Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness Lab 0 0 3 2

                      22

                      SEMESTER V

                      AE2302 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES ndash II L T P C3 1 0 4

                      OBJECTIVETo study the behaviour of various aircraft structural components under different types ofloadsModule ndash I (15 hours) UNSYMMETRICAL BENDING General Principal axis and neutral axis methods- bending stresses in beams of symmetric sections with skew loads- bending stresses in beams of unsymmetrical sections

                      SHEAR FLOW IN OPEN SECTIONS Thin walled beams Concept of shear flow shear centre Elastic axis With one axis ofsymmetry with wall effective and ineffective in bending unsymmetrical beam sections

                      Module ndash II (14 hours)SHEAR FLOW IN CLOSED SECTIONS Bredt ndash Batho formula Single and multi ndash cell structures- Shear flow in single amp multicellstructures under torsion Shear flow in single and multicell under bending with wallseffective and ineffective

                      V-N DIAGRAMLoads on aircraft ndashlift distribution-V-n diagram-Gust loads

                      Module ndash III (11 hours)BUCKLING OF PLATES Rectangular sheets under compression local buckling stress of thin walled section-Crippling stresses by Needhamrsquos and Gerardrsquos methods Thin walled column strengthsheet stiffener panels-Effective width

                      STRESS ANALYSIS IN WING AND FUSELAGEShear resistant web beams-Tension field web beams(Wagnerrsquos) ndash Shear and bendingmoment distribution for cantilever and semi-cantilever types of beams

                      TEXT BOOKS1 Peery DJ and Azar JJ ldquoAircraft Structuresrdquo 2nd edition McGrawndashHill NY 20072 Megson TMG ldquoAircraft Structures for Engineering Studentsrdquo Edward Arnold 2007REFERENCES1 Bruhn EH ldquoAnalysis and Design of Flight vehicles Structuresrdquo Tri ndash state off setcompany USA 19852 Rivello RM ldquoTheory and Analysis of Flight Structuresrdquo McGraw-Hill 1993

                      23

                      Sub Code AERODYNAMICS ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

                      OBJECTIVETo understand the behaviour of airflow both internal and external in compressible flowregime with particular emphasis on supersonic flowsModule ndash I (10 hours)ONE DIMENSIONAL COMPRESSIBLE FLOW Energy Momentum continuity and state equations velocity of sound adiabatic steadystate flow equations Flow through convergent- divergent passage Performance undervarious back pressures

                      Module ndash II (16 hours)NORMAL OBLIQUE SHOCKS Prandtl equation and Rankine ndash Hugonoit relation Normal shock equations Pitot statictube corrections for subsonic and supersonic flows Oblique shocks and correspondingequations Hodograph and pressure turning angle shock polar flow past wedges andconcave corners strong weak and detached shocks

                      EXPANSION WAVES RAYLEIGH AND FANNO FLOW Flow past convex corners Expansion hodograph Reflection and interaction of shocks and expansion waves Method of Characteristics Two dimensional supersonic nozzlecontours

                      Module ndash III (14 hours)SUPERSONIC AND TRANSONIC FLOW Rayleigh and Fanno Flow Lift drag pitching moment and center of pressure of supersonic profiles Lower and upper critical Mach numbers Lift and drag divergence shock induced separation Characteristics of swept wings Effects of thickness camber and aspect ratio of wings Transonic area rule

                      TEXT BOOK1 Rathakrishnan E ldquoGas Dynamicsrdquo Prentice Hall of India 2003REFERENCES1 Shapiro AH ldquoDynamics and Thermodynamics of Compressible Fluid Flowrdquo RonaldPress 19822 Zucrow MJ and Anderson JD ldquoElements of gas dynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book CoNew York 19893 Anderson Jr D ndash ldquoModern compressible flowsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co New York

                      1999

                      24

                      Sub Code PROPULSION ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

                      OBJECTIVETo study in detail about gas turbines ramjet fundamentals of rocket propulsion andchemical rocketsModule ndash I (10 hours) AIRCRAFT GAS TURBINES 12Impulse and reaction blading of gas turbines ndash Velocity triangles and power output ndash Elementary theory ndash Vortex theory ndash Choice of blade profile pitch and chord ndash stimationof stage performance ndash Limiting factors in gas turbine design- Overall turbine performance ndash Methods of blade cooling ndash Matching of turbine and compressor Module ndash II (15 hours)RAMJET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Sub critical critical and supercritical operation ndash Combustion in ramjet engine ndash Ramjet performance ndash Simple ramjet design calculations ndash Introduction to scramjet

                      FUNDAMENTALS OF ROCKET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Specific impulse of a rocket ndash internal ballistics- Rocket nozzleclassification ndash Rocket performance considerations

                      Module ndash III (15 hours)CHEMICAL ROCKETS Solid propellant rockets ndash Selection criteria of solid propellants ndash Important hardware components of solid rockets ndash Propellant grain design considerations ndash Liquid propellantrockets ndash Selection of liquid propellants Cooling in liquid rockets ndash Hybrid rockets

                      ADVANCED PROPULSION TECHNIQUES Electric rocket propulsion ndash Ion propulsion techniques ndash Nuclear rocket ndash Types ndash Solarsail- Preliminary Concepts in nozzleless propulsion TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York 5th

                      Edn 19932 Hill PG amp Peterson CR ldquoMechanics amp Thermodynamics of Propulsionrdquo Addison ndashWesley Longman INC 1999REFERENCES1 Cohen H Rogers GFC and Saravanamuttoo HIH ldquoGas Turbine TheoryrdquoLongman Co ELBS Ed 19892 Gorden CV ldquoAero thermodynamics of Gas Turbine and Rocket Propulsionrdquo AIAAEducation Series New York 19893 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 1988

                      25

                      Sub Code AIRCRAFT PERFORMANCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                      OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the performance of airplanes under various flightconditions like take off cruise landing climbing gliding turning etcModule ndash I (13 hours)GENERAL CONCEPTSInternational Standard atmosphere IAS EAS TAS Propeller theory- Froude momentum and blade element theories Propeller co-efficients Use of propeller charts Performance of fixed and variable pitch propellers High lift devices Thrust augmentation

                      DRAG OF BODIESStreamlined and bluff body Types of drag Effect of Reynoldrsquos number on skin friction and pressure drag Drag reduction of airplanes Dragpolar Effect of Mach number on drag polar

                      Module ndash II (11 hours)STEADY LEVEL FLIGHTSteady level flight Thrust required and Power required Thrust available and Power available for propeller driven and jet powered aircraft Effect of altitude maximum level flight speed conditions for minimum drag and minimum power required Effect of drag divergence on maximum velocity Range and Endurance of Propeller and Jet airplanes

                      Module ndash III (16 hours)GLIDING AND CLIMBING FLIGHTShallow and steep angles of climb Rate of climb Climb hodograph Maximum Climb angle and Maximum Rate of climb- Effect of design parameters for propeller Absolute and service ceiling Gliding flight Glide hodograph

                      ACCELERATD FLIGHT Estimation of take-off and landing distances Methods of reducing landing distance level turn minimum turn radius bank angle and load factor Constraints on load factor Pull up and pull down maneuvers maximum turn rate V-n diagram

                      TEXT BOOKS1 HoughtonEL and Carruthers NB Aerodynamics for engineering studentsEdward Amold Publishers 19882 Anderson Jr JD Aircraft Performance and Design McGraw-Hill InternationalEdition 1999REFERENCES1 Kuethe AM and Chow CY Foundations of Aerodynamics John Wiley amp Sons19822 JJBertin Aerodynamics for Engineers Prentice-Hall 19883 LJ Clancey Aerodynamics Pitman 19864 Anderson Jr JD Introduction to Flight McGraw-Hill International Edition 1999

                      26

                      Sub Code CONTROL ENGINEERING L T P C3 0 0 3

                      OBJECTIVETo understand the basic concepts of flight control systemModule ndash I (11 hours) INTRODUCTIONHistorical review - Simple pneumatic hydraulic and thermal systems Series and parallelsystems Analogies - Mechanical and electrical components Development of flight control systems OPEN AND CLOSED LOOP SYSTEMSFeedback control systems ndash Block diagram representation of control systems Reductionof block diagrams Output to input ratios Signal flow graph

                      Module ndash II (15 hours)CHARACTERISTIC EQUATION AND FUNCTIONS Lap lace transformation Response of systems to different inputs viz Step input impulse ramp parabolic and sinusoidal inputs Time response of first and second order systems steady state errors and error constants of unity feedback circuit

                      SAMPLED DATA SYSTEMS Introduction to digital control system Digital Controllers and Digital PID Controllers

                      Module ndash III (14 hours)CONCEPT OF STABILITYNecessary and sufficient conditions Routh ndash Hurwitz criteria of stability Root locus andBode techniques Concept and construction frequency response

                      TOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Ogato ldquoModern Control Engineeringrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19982 GopalM ldquoControl Systems Principles and designrdquo ndash Tata McGraw-Hill PublicationNew Delhi 2000REFERENCES1 Azzo JJD and CH Houpis ldquoFeed back control system analysis and synthesisrdquoMcGraw ndash Hill International 3rd Edition 19982 Kuo BC ldquoAutomatic control systemsrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19983 Houpis CH and Lamont GB ldquoDigital Control Systemsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co NewYork USA 19954 Naresh K Sinha ldquoControl Systemsrdquo New Age International Publishers New Delhi

                      27

                      Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS L T P C3 0 0 3

                      OBJECTIVETo bring awareness on experimental method of finding the response of the structure todifferent types of loadModule ndash I (15 hours) MEASUREMENTS amp EXTENSOMETER Principles of measurements Accuracy Sensitivity and range of measurements Mechanical Optical Acoustical and Electrical extensometers and their uses Advantagesand disadvantages

                      ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE STRAIN GAUGES Principle of operation and requirements Types and their uses Materials for strain gauge Calibration and temperature compensation cross sensitivity Rosette analysis Wheastone bridge for static and dynamic strain measurements strain indicators

                      Module ndash II (14 hours)PHOTOELASTICITY Two dimensional photo elasticity Concept of light ndash photoelastic effects stress optic lawInterpretation of fringe pattern Compensation and separation techniques Photo elasticmaterials Introduction to three dimensional photo elasticity

                      Module ndash III (11 hours)BRITTLE COATING AND MOIRE METHODSIntroduction to Moire techniques brittle coating methods and holography NON ndash DESTRUCTIVE TESTINGFundamentals of NDT Radiography ultrasonic magnetic particle inspection Fluorescent penetrant technique Eddy current testing Acoustic Emission Technique

                      TEXT BOOKS1 Srinath LS Raghava MR Lingaiah K Garagesha G Pant B andRamachandra K ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill New Delhi 1984REFERENCES1 Dally JW and Riley WF ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo McGraw-Hill Inc NewYork 2005 IV edition2 Hetyenyi M ldquoHand book of Experimental Stress Analysisrdquo John Wiley and Sons IncNew York 19723 Pollock AA ldquoAcoustic Emission in Acoustics and Vibration Progressrdquo Ed StephensRWB Chapman and Hall 1993

                      28

                      Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndash II 0 0 3 100

                      OBJECTIVE

                      To experimentally study the unsymmetrical bending of beams find the location of shear centre obtain the stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques calibration of photo ndash elastic materials and study on vibration of beams

                      LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                      1 Unsymmetrical bending of beams2 Shear centre location for open sections3 Shear centre location for closed sections4 Constant strength beam5 Flexibility matrix for cantilever beam6 Beam with combined loading7 Calibration of Photo- elastic materials8 Stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques9 Vibrations of beams10 Wagner beam ndash Tension field beam

                      TOTAL 45

                      29

                      Sub Code CAD CAM LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                      OBJECTIVETo teach and train the students in the lab about the design and drafting of aerocomponents LIST OF EXPERIMENTSDesign and Modeling of rectangular plate with holeDesign and Modeling of spar componentsDesign and Modeling of Aerofoil structuresDesign and Modeling of cut section for wingsDesign and Modeling of Machine componentDesign and Modeling of Machine componentsDesign and Analysis of a TrussDesign and Analysis of Beam distributed loadDesign of Landing gearFacingTurning(Taper Step)

                      TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                      30

                      HSSM7203 Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness LabLab 30 hoursThis course will focus on communication in professional (work-related) situations of the kind thatBPUT graduates may expect to encounter on entering the professional domainSome typical forms of work-related communication oral or written are listed below Practiceactivities for all four skills can be designed around these or similar situations1 Gaining entry into an organizationi Preparing job-applications and CVsii Facing an interviewiii Participating in group discussion (as part of the recruitmentprocess)2 In-house communicationa Superior Senior 1048782 subordinate junior (individual 1048782 individual group)i Welcoming new entrants to the organization introducing the workplace cultureetcii Briefing subordinates juniors explaining duties and responsibilities etcii Motivating subordinates juniors (lsquopep talkrsquo)iii Instructing directing subordinates juniorsiv Expressing recording appreciation praising rewarding a subordinate or juniorv Reprimanding correcting disciplining a subordinatejunior (for a lapse) askingfor an explanation etcb Subordinate Junior 1048782 Superior Seniori Responding to the aboveii Reporting problems difficulties deficienciesiii Offering suggestions

                      31

                      SEMESTER VI

                      Code No Course Title L T P C

                      THEORYHSSM3301 Principles of Management 3 0 0 3

                      Finite Element Method 3 0 0 3Aircraft Stability and Control 3 0 0 3Wind Tunnel Techniques 3 0 0 3High Temperature Materials 3 0 0 3

                      E1 Elective ndash I 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                      Aero Engine Laboratory 0 0 3 2Aircraft Design Project - I 0 0 3 2Aerodynamics Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2

                      32

                      SEMESTER VI

                      HSSM3301 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (3-0-0)

                      Module I Functions of Management Concept of Management Management as an Art or Science The Process of Management Managerial Skills Good Managers are Born not Made Management is concerned with Ideas Things and People How a Manager Induces Workers to Put in Their Best Levels and Types of Management Evolution of Management Thought Managerial Environment The process of Management-Planning Organizing Directing Staffing Controlling

                      Module II Marketing Function of Management Modern Concept of Marketing The Functional Classification of Marketing Functions of a Marketing Management Marketing Mix Fundamental Needs of Customers The Role of Distribution channels in Marketing Advertising Marketing Consumerism and Environmentalism

                      Module III Financial Function amp HRM Functions Financial Functions Concept of Financial Management Project Appraisal Tools of Financial decisions making Overview of Working Capital HRM Function of Management Human Resource Management Human Resource Development Importance of HRM Overview of Job Analysis Job Description Job Specification Labour Turnover Manpower Planning Recruitment Selection Induction Training and Development Placement Wage and Salary Administration Performance Appraisal Grievance Handling Welfare Aspects

                      Reference Books 1 Business Organization amp Management CR Basu TMH 2 Business Organization amp Management Tulsia Pandey Pearson 3 Marketing Management Kotler Keller Koshi Jha Pearson 4 Financial Management IM Pandey Vikas 5 Human Resource Management Aswasthapa TMH 6 Modern Business Organisation amp Management by Sherlekar Himalaya Publishing House

                      33

                      Sub Code FINITE ELEMENT METHOD L T P C3 0 0 3

                      OBJECTIVETo introduce the concept of numerical analysis of structural componentsModule ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION Review of basic approximate methods of analyses ndash Stiffness and Flexibility matrix forsimple cases ndash Governing equation and convergence criteria of finite element method

                      DISCRETE ELEMENTS Bar Frame beam elements ndash Application to static dynamic analysis

                      Module ndash II (10 hours)

                      CONTINUUM ELEMENTS Various types of 2-D-elements Application to plane stress plane strain and axisymmetricproblems Module ndash III (16 hours)ISOPARAMETRIC ELEMENTS Applications to two and three-dimensional problems(four eight and nine nodded element) Numerical Integration

                      FIELD PROBLEMApplications to other field problems like heat transfer and fluid flow

                      TEXT BOOK1 TirupathiRC and Ashok DB ldquoIntroduction to Finite Elements in EngineeringrdquoPrentice Hall India Third Edition 2003REFERENCES1 Reddy JN ldquoAn Introduction to Finite Element Methodrdquo McGraw-Hill 20002 Krishnamurthy CS ldquoFinite Element Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill 20003 Bathe KJ and Wilson EL ldquoNumerical Methods in Finite Elements AnalysisrdquoPrentice Hall of India 1985

                      34

                      Sub Code AIRCRAFT STABILITY amp CONTROL L T P C3 1 0 4

                      OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the concepts of stable and nonstable configurationof airplanes To introduce the concepts of control of airplanes under variousoperating conditions

                      Module ndash I (13 hours)STATIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY AND CONTROL 15General concepts-Degrees of freedom of a rigid body Static and dynamic stability Need for stability in an airplane inherently and marginally stable airplanes Stability and Controllability Requirements of control surfaces criteria for longitudinal static stability contribution to stability by wing tail fuselage wing fuselage combination Total longitudinal stability Neutral point-Stick fixed and Stick free aspects Free elevator factor static margin Hinge moment Power effects on stability-propeller and jet aircrafts longitudinal control Movement of centre of gravity elevator control effectiveness elevator control power elevator angle to trim elevator angle per g maneuver point Stick force gradient and stick force per g Aerodynamic balancing

                      Module ndash II (15 hours) STATIC DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND CONTROL Directional stability-yaw and sideslip Criterion of directional stability contribution to static directional stability by wing fuselage tail Power effects on directional stabilitypropeller and jet aircrafts Rudder lock and Dorsal fin Directional control rudder control effectiveness rudder requirements adverse yaw asymmetric power condition spin recovery

                      STATIC LATERAL STABILTY AND CONTROL Lateral stability-Dihedral effect criterion for lateral stability evaluation of lateral stability-contribution of fuselage wing wing fuselage tail total static lateral stability lateral control aileron reversal aileron reversal speed

                      Module ndash III (12 hours) DYNAMIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY Aircraft Equations of motion small disturbance theory Estimation of longitudinal stability derivatives stability derivatives solving the stability quartic Phugoid motion

                      DYNAMIC LATERAL AND DIRECTIONAL STABILITY Dutch roll and spiral instability Auto rotation and spin

                      TEXT BOOKS1 Perkins CD amp Hage RE Airplane performance stability and control John Wileyamp Sons 19762 Nelson RC Flight Stability amp Automatic Control McGraw Hill 1998REFERENCES1 McCormick BW Aerodynamics Aeronautics amp Flight Mechanics John Wiley19952 Babister AW Aircraft Stability and response Pergamon Press 19803 Etkin B Dynamics of Flight Stability and Control John Wiley New York 19824 Pamadi BN Performnce Stability Dynamics and Control of Airplanes AIAA Education Series 2004

                      35

                      Sub Code WIND TUNNEL TECHNIQUES L T P C3 0 0 3

                      OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of measurement of forces and moments on models during the wind tunnel testing

                      Module ndash I (10 hours)WIND TUNNELSClassification ndashnon-dimensional numbers-types of similarities - Layout of open circuit and closed circuit subsonic wind tunnels ndash design parameters-energy ratio - HP calculationsCalibration

                      Module ndash II (15 hours) HIGH SPEED WIND TUNNELSBlow down in draft and induction tunnel layouts and their design features Transonic supersonic and hypersonic tunnels their peculiarities and calibration Helium and gun tunnels Shock tubes

                      FLOW VISUALIZATIONSmoke and Tuft grid techniques ndash Dye injection special techniques ndash Optical methods offlow visualization

                      Module ndash II (15 hours)WIND TUNNEL MEASUREMENTSPressurevelocity and temperature measurements ndash Force measurements ndash types of balances-Three component and six component balances ndash calibration of measuring instruments

                      NON-INTRUSIVE FLOW DIAGNOSTICSLaser ndash Doppler anemometry Particle image velocimetry Laser induced fluorescence TEXT BOOK1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow Speed Wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley Publication1984REFERENCE1 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh Speed wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley 1985

                      36

                      Sub Code HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS L T P C3 0 0 3

                      OBJECTIVETo learn damage mechanism and failure of components of elavated temperatures

                      Module ndash I (15 hours)CREEPFactors influencing functional life of components at elevated temperatures definition of creep curve various stages of creep metallurgical factors influencing various stages effect of stress temperatures and strain rate

                      Design of transient creep time hardening strain hardening expressions of rupture life ofcreep ductile and brittle materials Monkman-Grant relationship

                      Module ndash II (13 hours)FRACTURE AND OXIDATIONVarious types of fracture brittle to ductile from low temperature to high temperature cleavage fracture due to micro void coalescence ndash diffusion controlled void growth fracture maps for different alloys and oxidesOxidation Pilling Bedworth ratio kinetic laws of oxidation ndash defect structure and control of Oxidation by alloy additions

                      Module ndash III (12 hours)HOT CORROSION SUPER ALLOYS AND OTHER MATERIALHot gas corrosion deposit modified hot gas corrosion fluxing mechanisms effect of alloying elements on hot corrosion interaction of hot corrosion and creep methods of combat hot corrosion

                      Iron base Nickel base abd Cobalt base super alloys composition control solid solution strengthening precipitation hardening by gamma prime grain boundary strengthening TCP phase embrittlement solidfication of single crystals Intermetallics high temperature ceramics

                      TEXT BOOKS1 Raj R ldquoFlow and Fracture at Elevated TemperaturesrdquoAmerican Society for MetalsUSA 19852 Hertzberg RW ldquoDeformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering materialsrdquo 4th

                      Edition John Wiley USA 19963 Courtney T H ldquoMechanical Behaviour of MaterialsrdquoMcGraw-Hill USA 1990REFERENCES1 Boyle JT Spencer J ldquoStress Analysis for Creeprdquo Butterworths UK 19832 BressersJ ldquoCreep and Fatigue in High Temperature Alloysrdquo Applied Science 19813 McLean D ldquoDirectionally Solidified Materials for High Temperature ServicerdquoThe Metals Society USA 1985

                      37

                      AE2355 AERO ENGINE LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                      OBJECTIVETo introduce the knowledge of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines1 Study of free convective heat transfer over a flat plate2 Engine (Piston Engine) - cleaning visual inspection NDT checks3 Piston Engine Components - dimensional checks4 Velocity profiles of free jets5 Velocity profiles of wall jets6 Combustion Studies in a model jet engine combustor7 Jet Engine ndash identification of components amp defects8 Jet Engine ndash NDT checks and dimensional checks9 Study of hybrid rocket propulsion system10 Engine starting procedures11 Study of ramjet12 Burn rate measurements of solid propellants

                      TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                      38

                      Sub code AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash I L T P C0 0 3 2

                      OBJECTIVETo introduce and develop the basic concept of aircraft designEach student is assigned the design of an Airplane (or Helicopter or any other flightvehicle) for given preliminary specifications The following are the assignments to becarried outEXPERIMENTS1 Comparative configuration study of different types of airplanes2 Comparative study on specification and performance details of aircraft3 Preparation of comparative data sheets4 Work sheet layout procedures5 Comparative graphs preparation and selection of main parameters for the design6 Preliminary weight estimations selection of main parameters7 Power plant selection Aerofoil selection Wing tail and control surfaces8 Preparation of layouts of balance diagram and three view drawings9 Drag estimation10 Detailed performance calculations and stability estimates

                      TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                      AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY- II

                      1 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of symmetric aerofoil section2 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of cambered aerofoil section3 Pressure distribution over a Nose cone model4 Determination of Base drag of a missile model5 Determination of profile drag of bodies by wake survey method6 Study of flow field over a backward facing step7 Pressure distribution over a water tank model for various wind speeds8 Velocity profiles for different simulated terrains9 Calibration of Supersonic Wind Tunnel10 Flow visualization studies in supersonic flows

                      TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                      39

                      40

                      SEMESTER VII

                      Code No Course Title L T P C

                      THEORY

                      PCME4404 Production and Operation Management 3 0 0 3Avionics 3 0 0 3Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 0 3Vibrations And Elements of Aeroelasticity 3 0 0 3

                      E2 Elective ndash II 3 0 0 3E3 Elective ndash III 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                      Aircraft Design Project ndash II 0 0 3 2Aircraft Systems Lab 0 0 3 2Project Work and Seminar 0 0 3 3

                      41

                      SEMESTER VII

                      PCME4404 Production and Operation Management L T P C

                      Objective The course aims at acquainting all engineering graduates irrespective of theirspecializations the basic issues and tools of managing production and operations functionsof an organizationModule I1 Operations Function in an Organization Manufacturing Vrs Service Operations Systemview of Operations Strategic Role of Operations Operations Strategies for CompetitiveAdvantage Operations Quality and Productivity Focus Meeting Global Challenges ofProduction and Operations Imperatives (3 Hours)2 Designing Products Services and Processes New Product Design- Product Life CycleProduct Development Process Process Technology Project Jobshop Batch AssemblyLine Continuous Manufacturing Process Technology Life Cycle Process TechnologyTrends FMS CIM CAD CAM Design for Services Services Process Technology(4 Hours)3 Work Study Methods Study- Techniques of Analysis recording improvement andstandardization Work Measurement Work Measurement Principles using Stopwatch TimeStudy Predetermined Motion Time Standards and Work Sampling Standard TimeEstimation (4 Hours)Module II4 Location and Layout Planning Factor Influencing Plant and Warehouse LocationsImpact of Location on cost and revenues Facility Location Procedure and Models Qualitative Models Breakeven Analysis location Model centroid methodLayout Planning Layout Types Process Layout Product Layout Fixed Position LayoutPlanning block diagramming line balancing computerized layout planning- overviewGroup Technology (4 Hours)5 Forecasting Principles and Method Moving Average weighted Moving AverageExponential Smoothing Winterrsquos Method for Seasonal Demand Forecasting Error(4 Hours)6 Manufacturing Planning and Control The Framework and Components AggregatePlanning Master Production Scheduling Rough-cut-Capacity Planning MaterialRequirements Planning Capacity Requirements Planning (5 Hours)Module III7 Sequencing and Scheduling Single Machine Sequencing Basics and PerformanceEvaluation Criteria Methods for Minimizing Mean Flow Time Parallel Machines Minimization of Makespan Flowshop sequencing 2 and 3 machines cases JohnsonrsquosRule and Jobshop Scheduling Priority dispatching Rules (3 Hours)8 Inventory Control Relevant Costs Basic EOQ Model Model with Quantity discountEconomic Batch Quantity Periodic and Continuous Review Systems Safety Stock ReorderPoint and Order Quantity Calculations ABC Analysis (4 Hours)9 Modern Trends in Manufacturing Just in Time (JIT) System Shop Floor Control ByKanbans Total Quality Management Total Productive Maintenance ISO 9000 QualityCircle Kaizen Poka Yoke Supply Chain Management (4 Hours)Reference Book1 SNChary ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 R Paneerselvam ldquoProduction and Operations Management Prentice Hall of India3 Aswathappa amp Bhatt ndash Production amp Operations Management HPH4 Gaither amp Frazier - Operations Management Cengage Publication5 Russell amp Taylor - Operations Management PHI Publication6 Chase Aquilanno Jacob amp Agarwal - Operations Management TMH Publication7 EE Adam and RJ Ebert ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India

                      42

                      Sub Code AVIONICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                      OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of navigation amp communication systems of aircraft

                      Module ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems ndash Integrated Avionicssystem ndash Typical avionics sub systems ndash Design approaches and recent advances -Application Technologies

                      PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS Digital Computers ndash Digital number system- number systems and codes-Fundamentals of logic and combinational logic circuits ndashDigital arithmetic ndash interfacing with analoguesystems

                      Module ndash II (11 hours)Basic of Microprocessors and application Microprocessors ndash Memories- Microprocessors real time application related to aircraft

                      DIGITAL AVIONICS ARCHITECTURE Avionics system architecturendash salient features and applications of Data buses MILndashSTD1553 BndashARINC 429ndashARINC 629

                      Module ndash III (15 hours)

                      FLIGHT DECK AND COCKPITSControl and display technologies CRT LCD - Touch screen - Direct voice input (DVI) - Civil cockpit and military cockpit MFDS HUD MFK HOTAS AVIONICS SYSTEMS Communication Systems - Navigation systems - Flight control systems - Radar electronic warfare - Utility systems Reliability and maintainability - Certification TEXT BOOKS1 Malcrno AP and Leach DP ldquoDigital Principles and Applicationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill19902 Gaonkar RS ldquoMicroprocessors Architecture ndash Programming and Applicationrdquo Wileyand Sons Ltd New Delhi 1990REFERENCES1 Middleton DH Ed ldquoAvionics Systems Longman Scientific and Technicalrdquo LongmanGroup UK Ltd England 19892 Spitzer CR ldquoDigital Avionic Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ USA19873 Brain Kendal ldquoManual of Avionicsrdquo The English Book House 3rd Edition New Delhi19934 Nagaraja ldquoNavigation systemrdquo5 J Powell ldquoAircraft Radio Systemrdquo

                      43

                      Sub Code COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                      OBJECTIVETo study the flow of dynamic fluids by computational methods

                      Module-I (10 hours) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows Mathematical properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations - Well posed problems - discretization of partial Differential Equations Explicit finite difference methods of subsonic supersonic and viscous flows

                      Module-II (15 hours)

                      DISCRETIZATION Boundary layer Equations and methods of solution -Implicit time dependent methods forinviscid and viscous compressible flows - Concept of numerical dissipation --Stabilityproperties of explicit and implicit methods - Conservative upwind discretization forHyperbolic systems - Further advantages of upwind differencing GRID GENERATION Structured grids Types and transformations Generation of structured grids Unstructured grids Delany triangulation

                      Module-III (15 hours)

                      FINITE VOLUME TECHNIQUESFinite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping -Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy - Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques ndash Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives Flux ndash splitting schemes Pressure correction solvers ndash SIMPLE PESO Vorticity transport formulation Implicitsemi-implicit schemes

                      TEXT BOOK1 Fletcher CAJ ldquoComputational Techniques for Fluid Dynamicsrdquo Vols I and IISpringer - Verlag Berlin 1988REFERENCES1 John F Wendt (Editor) ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics - An Introductionrdquo Springer ndashVerlag Berlin 19922 Charles Hirsch ldquoNumerical Computation of Internal and External Flowsrdquo Vols I and IIJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 19883 Klaus A Hoffmann and Steve T Chiang ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics forEngineersrdquo Vols I amp II Engineering Education System PO Box 20078 W WichitaKS 67208 - 1078 USA 19934 Anderson JrD ldquoFundamentals of Aerodynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill 2000

                      44

                      AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                      OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

                      Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

                      SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

                      Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

                      Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

                      ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

                      45

                      AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

                      OBJECTIVE

                      To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

                      Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

                      LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                      1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

                      TOTAL 60

                      AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

                      OBJECTIVE

                      To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

                      LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                      1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

                      TOTAL 60

                      46

                      SEMESTER VIII

                      Code No Course Title L T P C

                      THEORY

                      Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                      Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

                      47

                      Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

                      OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

                      Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

                      METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

                      Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

                      Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

                      FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

                      REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

                      48

                      Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

                      OBJECTIVE

                      The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

                      PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

                      OBJECTIVE

                      The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

                      The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

                      Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

                      OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

                      LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                      1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

                      composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

                      fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

                      49

                      1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

                      SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

                      Code No Course Title L T P C

                      Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

                      Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

                      SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

                      Code No Course Title L T P C

                      Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

                      ELECTIVESndash III

                      Code No Course Title L T P C

                      Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

                      SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

                      Code No Course Title L T P C

                      Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

                      ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

                      Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

                      50

                      Elective Subjects

                      Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                      OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

                      BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

                      Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

                      Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

                      TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

                      TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

                      51

                      Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                      OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                      Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                      UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                      52

                      AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                      OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                      Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                      Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                      MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                      Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                      AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                      TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                      53

                      Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                      3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                      Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                      Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                      RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                      Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                      HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                      54

                      Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                      OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                      Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                      IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                      Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                      Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                      55

                      Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                      OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                      Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                      STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                      Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                      Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                      56

                      Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                      Module-I (15hours)

                      FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                      COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                      Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                      Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                      COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                      57

                      Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                      OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                      Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                      BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                      Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                      BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                      Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                      58

                      Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                      OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                      Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                      Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                      Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                      Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                      TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                      59

                      Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                      OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                      Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                      PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                      Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                      PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                      Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                      Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                      60

                      Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                      Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                      EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                      Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                      Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                      SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                      61

                      AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                      OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                      Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                      Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                      AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                      Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                      TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                      62

                      Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                      OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                      Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                      VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                      INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                      63

                      Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                      OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                      Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                      MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                      Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                      PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                      Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                      64

                      Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                      OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                      65

                      Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                      Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                      CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                      Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                      CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                      Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                      66

                      • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                      • Course Title
                        • THEORY
                        • SEMESTER III
                        • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                        • (for a batch of 30 students)
                        • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                        • (for a batch of 30 students)
                          • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                          • (for a batch of 30 students)
                              • Course Title
                                • THEORY
                                • PRACTICAL
                                • SEMESTER V
                                  • Course Title
                                    • THEORY
                                    • PRACTICAL
                                    • SEMESTER VI
                                      • Course Title
                                        • THEORY
                                        • PRACTICAL
                                        • SEMESTER VI
                                          • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                            • SEMESTER VII
                                              • Course Title
                                                • THEORY
                                                • PRACTICAL
                                                • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                  • TOTAL 60
                                                  • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                  • TOTAL 60
                                                    • SEMESTER VIII
                                                      • Course Title
                                                        • THEORY
                                                        • PRACTICAL
                                                        • Co New York 1989
                                                        • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                        • OBJECTIVE
                                                        • PROJECT WORK
                                                          • OBJECTIVE
                                                            • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                    • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                        SEMESTER IV

                        BSCM1210 Mathematics ndash IV(Common to all branch)

                        Module-I (20 hours)Numerical methodsApproximation and round of errors Truncation error and Taylorrsquos seriesRoots of equation The bisection method the false-position method fixed point iteration theNewton-Raphson method Mullerrsquos methodLinear algebraic equation LU decomposition the matrix inverse Gauss-Seidel methodInterpolation Newton divided difference interpolation Lagrange Interpolation Newtonrsquos forwardand backward interpolationNumerical integration The trapezoidal rule The Simpsonrsquos rules Gauss quadratureOrdinary differential equation Eulerrsquos method Improvement of Eulerrsquos method Runge-KuttamethodsModule-II (10 Hours)ProbabilityProbability Random variables Probability distributions Mean and variance of distributionBinomial Poisson and Hypergeometric distributions Normal distribution Distribution of severalrandom variablesModule-III (10 Hours)Mathematical StatisticsRandom sampling Estimation of Parameters Confidence Intervals Testing of hypothesisAcceptance sampling Chi square test for goodness of fit Regression Analysis Fitting StraightLines Correlation analysisText books1 S C Chapra and R P Canale ldquo Numerical methods for Engineersrdquo Fifth EditionMcGraw Hill EducationReading Chapters 2 3(31 32) 4(42 43) 5(51 52 53) 6(64) 9(91 92) 10(102)13(131132135) 16(161 162) 17(173) 20(201 202 203)2 E Kreyszigrdquo Advanced Engineering Mathematics Eighth Edition Wiley IndiaReading Chapters 22 23( except 235 and 238)Reference books1 Jay L Devore ldquoProbability and Statistics for Engineering and SciencesrdquoSeventh Edition ThomsonCENGAGE Learning India Pvt LtdP VOrsquoNeil ldquoAdvanced Engineering Mathematicsrdquo CENGAGE Learning New Delhi

                        PCAE1206 AERODYNAMICS ndash I L T P C3 0 0 3

                        OBJECTIVE

                        12

                        To understand the behaviour of airflow over bodies with particular emphasis on airfoilsections in the incompressible flow regime

                        Module-I (14 hours)REVIEW OF BASIC FLUID MECHANICS Continuity momentum and energy equations

                        UNIT II TWO DIMENSIONAL FLOWS Basic flows ndash Source Sink Free and Forced vortex uniform parallel flow Their combinations Ideal Flow over a circular cylinder DrsquoAlembertrsquos Paradox Magnus effect KuttaJonkowskirsquos Theorem Starting Vortex Kutta condition Pressure and velocity distributions on bodies with and without circulation in ideal and real fluid flows

                        Module-II (16 hours)

                        AIRFOIL THEORY Cauchy-Riemann relations Complex Potential Methodology of Conformal Transformation Kutta-Joukowski transformation and its applications Karman Trefftz Profiles Thin Airfoil theory and its applications

                        SUBSONIC WING THEORY Vortex Filament Biot and Savart Law Bound Vortex and trailing Vortex Horse Shoe Vortex Lifting Line Theory and its limitations

                        Module-III (12 hours)INTRODUCTION TO LAMINAR AND TURBULENT FLOWBoundary layer and boundary layer thickness displacement thickness momentum thickness Energy thickness Shape parameter Boundary layer equations for a steady two dimensional incompressible flow Boundary Layer growth over a Flat plate Critical Reynolds Number Blasius solution Basics of Turbulent flow Prandtlrsquos mixing length hypothesis Free shear layers

                        TEXT BOOKS1 Houghton EL and Caruthers NB Aerodynamics for Engineering studentsEdward Arnold Publishers Ltd London 19892 Anderson JD Fundamentals of Aerodynamics MaGraw Hill Book Co 1999REFERENCES1 Milne Thomson LH Theoretical Aerodynamics Macmillan 19852 John J Bertin Aerodynamics for Engineers Pearson Education Inc 20023 Clancey L J Aerodynamics Pitman 1986

                        13

                        PCAE1207 AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS AND INSTRUMENTS L T P C3 0 0 3

                        OBJECTIVETo describe the principle and working of aircraft systems and instruments Module-I (9 hours)AIRPLANE CONTROL SYSTEMS Conventional Systems - fully powered flight controls - Power actuated systems ndash Modern control systems - Digital fly by wire systems - Auto pilot system active control Technology

                        Module-II (17 hours)AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS Hydraulic systems - Study of typical workable system - components - Pneumatic systems - Advantages - Working principles - Typical Air pressure system ndash Brake system ndash Typical Pneumatic power system - Components Landing Gear systems - Classification

                        ENGINE SYSTEMS Fuel systems for Piston and jet engines - Components of multi engines Lubricating systems for piston and jet engines - Starting and Ignition systems - Typical examples for piston and jet engines

                        Module-II (14 hours)AUXILIARY SYSTEM Basic Air cycle systems - Vapour Cycle systems Evaporative vapour cycle systems - Evaporative air cycle systems - Fire protection systems Deicing and anti icing systems

                        AIRCRAFT INSTRUMENTS Flight Instruments and Navigation Instruments ndash Gyroscope - Accelerometers Air speedIndicators ndash TAS EAS- Mach Meters - Altimeters - Principles and operation - Study of various types of engine instruments - Tachometers - Temperature gauges ndash Pressure gauges - Operation and Principles

                        TEXT BOOKS1 McKinley JL and Bent RD ldquoAircraft Maintenance amp Repairrdquo McGraw-Hill 19932 ldquoGeneral Hand Books of Airframe and Powerplant Mechanicsrdquo US Dept ofTransportation Federal Aviation Administation The English Book Store NewDelhi1995REFERENCES1 Mekinley JL and Bent RD ldquoAircraft Power Plantsrdquo McGraw-Hill 19932 Pallet EHJ ldquoAircraft Instruments amp Principlesrdquo Pitman amp Co 19933 Treager S ldquoGas Turbine Technologyrdquo McGraw-Hill 1997

                        14

                        PCAE1208 PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY L T P C3 0 0 3

                        OBJECTIVEThe components such a piston connecting rod crankshaft engine block front axle frame body etc are manufactured by various types of production processes involving casting welding machining metal forming powder metallurgy etc hence Engineering students must study this course production technology UNIT I CASTING nd WELDING 16Casting types procedure to make sand mould types of core making moulding tolls machine moulding special moulding processes-co2 moulding shell moulding investment moulding permanent mould casting pressure die casting centrifugal casting continuous casting casting defects

                        Classification of welding processes Principles of Oxyacetylene gas welding AC metal arc welding resistance welding submerged arc welding tungsten inert gas welding metal inert gas welding plasma arc welding thermic welding electron beam welding laser beam welding defects in welding soldering and brazing

                        UNIT II MACHIINING 14General principles (with schematic diagrams only) of working and commonly performedoperations in the following machines Lathe Shaper Planer Horizontal milling machineUniversal drilling machine Cylindrical grinding machine Capstan and Turret lathe Basics of CNC machines General principles and applications of the following processesAbrasive jet machining Ultrasonic machining Electric discharge machining Electro chemical machining Plasma are machining Electron beam machining and Laser beammachining

                        UNIT IV METAL FORMING AND POWDER METALLURGY 11Types of plastics-characteristics of the forming and shaping processes-Moulding of Thermoplastics-working principles and typical applications of Injection moulding- Thermoforming-processing of thermosets-working principles and typical applications-

                        Principles and applications of the following processes Forging Rolling Extrusion Wiredrawing and Spinning Powder metallurgy-Principal steps involved advantages Disadvantages and limitations of powder metallurgy TEXT BOOK1 Harija choudry Elements of workshop Technology vol I and II Media promoters andpublishers pvt Ltd Mumbai 2001REFERENCES1 R K Jain and S C Gupta production Technology Khanna Publishers 16th Edition20012 H M T production technology-Hand book Tata Mc Graw-Hill 20003 Roy A Linberg process and materials of manufacturing technology PHI 20004 M Adithan and A B Cupta manufacturing technology New Age 19965 Serope Kalpajian Steven R Schimid Manuyfacturing Engineering and TechnologyPearson Education Inc2002 (second Indian Reprint)

                        15

                        PCAE1209 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES ndash I L T P C3 1 0 4

                        OBJECTIVETo study different types of beams and columns subjected to various types of loading and support conditions with particular emphasis on aircraft structural components

                        Module ndash I (17 hours)STATICALLY DETERMINATE STRUCTURES Analysis of plane Truss-Method of joints-3 D Truss-Plane frames

                        STATICALLY INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES Propped Cantilever- Fixed-Fixed beams-Clapeyrons Three Moment Equation - MomentDistribution Method

                        Module ndash II (11 hours)ENERGY METHODS 10+4Strain Energy due to axial bending and Torsional loads ndash Castiglianorsquos theorems- Maxwells Reciprocal theorem Unit load method - application to beams trusses framesrings etc -Composite beam

                        Module ndash III (14 hours)COLUMNS Columns with various end conditions ndash Eulerrsquos Column curve ndash Rankinersquos formula - Column with initial curvature - Eccentric loading ndash South well plot ndash Beam column

                        FAILURE THEORY Maximum Stress theory ndash Maximum Strain Theory ndash Maximum Shear Stress Theory ndash Distortion Theory ndash Maximum Strain energy theory ndash Application to aircraft Structural problems

                        1 Donaldson BK ldquoAnalysis of Aircraft Structures ndash An Introductionrdquo McGraw-Hill19932 BruhnEFrdquoAnalysis and design of flight vehicle structuresrdquo Tri set of offset companyUSA1973REFERENCE1 Timoshenko S ldquoStrength of Materialsrdquo Vol I and II Princeton D Von Nostrand Co

                        1990

                        16

                        PCAE1210 PROPULSION ndash I L T P C3 0 0 3

                        OBJECTIVETo understand the principles of operation and design of aircraft and spacecraft powerplants

                        Module ndash I (10 hours)

                        FUNDAMENTALS OF GAS TURBINE ENGINES Illustration of working of gas turbine engine ndash The thrust equation ndash Factors affecting thrustndash Effect of pressure velocity and temperature changes of air entering compressor ndash Methods of thrust augmentation ndash Characteristics of turboprop turbofan and turbojet ndashPerformance characteristics

                        Module ndash II (14 hours)

                        SUBSONIC AND SUPERSONIC INLETS FOR JET ENGINES Internal flow and Stall in subsonic inlets ndash Boundary layer separation ndash Major features of external flow near a subsonic inlet ndash Relation between minimum area ratio and eternal deceleration ratio ndash Diffuser performance ndash Supersonic inlets ndash Starting problem on supersonic inlets ndash Shock swallowing by area variation ndash External declaration ndash Models of inlet operation

                        NOZZLES Theory of flow in isentropic nozzles ndash nozzles and choking ndash Nozzle throat conditions ndashNozzle efficiency ndash Losses in nozzles ndash Over expanded and under ndash expanded nozzles ndashEjector and variable area nozzles ndash Interaction of nozzle flow with adjacent surfaces ndashThrust reversal

                        Module ndash III (16 hours)

                        COMPRESSORS Principle of operation of centrifugal compressor ndash Work done and pressure rise ndash Velocity diagrams ndash Diffuser vane design considerations ndash Concept of prewhirl rotation stall and surge ndash Elementary theory of axial flow compressor ndash Velocity triangles ndash degree of reaction ndash Three dimensional ndashCompressor blade design ndash Centrifugal and Axial compressor performance characteristics

                        COMBUSTION CHAMBERSClassification of combustion chambers ndash Important factors affecting combustion chamber design ndash Combustion process ndash Combustion chamber performance ndash Effect of operating variables on performance ndash Flame tube cooling ndash Flame stabilization ndash Use of flame holders ndash Numerical problems

                        TEXT BOOKS1 Hill PG amp Peterson CR ldquoMechanics amp Thermodynamics of Propulsionrdquo Addison ndashWesley Longman INC 1999REFERENCES1 Cohen H Rogers GFC and Saravanamuttoo HIH ldquoGas Turbine TheoryrdquoLongman 19892 Oates GC ldquoAero thermodynamics of Aircraft Engine Componentsrdquo AIAA EducationSeries New York 1985

                        17

                        3 ldquoRolls Royce Jet Enginerdquo ndash Third Edition ndash 19834 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers amp Distributors Delhi 1999

                        18

                        Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndashI L T P C0 0 3 2

                        OBJECTIVETo study experimentally the load deflection characteristics structural materials underDifferent types of loads

                        LIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Determination of Youngrsquos modulus of steel 2 Determination of fracture strength and fracture pattern of ductile and brittlematerials3 Determination of forces in statically indeterminate force system4 Deflection of beams with various end conditions5 Verification of Maxwellrsquos Reciprocal theorem 6 Verification of principle of superposition7 Column ndash Testing8 South ndash wellrsquos plot9 Shear Failure of Bolted and Rivetted Joints10 Non-Destructive Testing Procedures

                        TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                        19

                        Sub Code AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                        OBJECTIVETo familiarize the students in basic aerodynamics and use of wind tunnelsLIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Study of lift and tip vortices2 Flow visualization in water flow channel3 Flow visualization in smoke tunnel4 Plot of RPM Vs test section velocity in a subsonic wind tunnel5 Pressure distribution over circular cylinder6 Pressure distribution over a rough circular cylinder7 Pressure distribution over a symmetric aerofoil8 Pressure distribution over a cambered aerofoil9 Estimation of CL and CD of airfoil10 Force measurement using wind tunnel balance of airfoil

                        TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                        20

                        Sub Code MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY L T P C

                        0 0 3 2LIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 LATHE11 Facing plain turning and step turning12 Taper turning using compound rest13 Taper turning using taper turning attachment14 Single start V thread cutting and knurling15 Boring and internal thread cutting2 SHAPER AND SLOTTER21 Machining a V- block (in a Shaper)22 Machining hexagonal shape (in a Shaper)23 Machining internal key-way (in a slotter)413 DRILLING31 Drilling 4 or 6 holes at a given pitch circle on a plate32 Drilling reaming and tapping4 MILLING41 Plain Milling Exercise42 Gear Milling Exercise5 GRINDINGCylindrical Grinding Exercise

                        TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                        21

                        SEMESTER V

                        Code No Course Title L T P C

                        THEORY

                        Aircraft Structures ndash II 3 0 0 3Aerodynamics ndash II 3 0 0 3Propulsion ndash II 3 0 0 3Aircraft Performance 3 0 0 3Control Engineering 3 0 0 3Experimental Stress Analysis 3 0 0 3

                        PRACTICAL

                        Aircraft Structures Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2CADCAM Lab 0 0 3 2Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness Lab 0 0 3 2

                        22

                        SEMESTER V

                        AE2302 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES ndash II L T P C3 1 0 4

                        OBJECTIVETo study the behaviour of various aircraft structural components under different types ofloadsModule ndash I (15 hours) UNSYMMETRICAL BENDING General Principal axis and neutral axis methods- bending stresses in beams of symmetric sections with skew loads- bending stresses in beams of unsymmetrical sections

                        SHEAR FLOW IN OPEN SECTIONS Thin walled beams Concept of shear flow shear centre Elastic axis With one axis ofsymmetry with wall effective and ineffective in bending unsymmetrical beam sections

                        Module ndash II (14 hours)SHEAR FLOW IN CLOSED SECTIONS Bredt ndash Batho formula Single and multi ndash cell structures- Shear flow in single amp multicellstructures under torsion Shear flow in single and multicell under bending with wallseffective and ineffective

                        V-N DIAGRAMLoads on aircraft ndashlift distribution-V-n diagram-Gust loads

                        Module ndash III (11 hours)BUCKLING OF PLATES Rectangular sheets under compression local buckling stress of thin walled section-Crippling stresses by Needhamrsquos and Gerardrsquos methods Thin walled column strengthsheet stiffener panels-Effective width

                        STRESS ANALYSIS IN WING AND FUSELAGEShear resistant web beams-Tension field web beams(Wagnerrsquos) ndash Shear and bendingmoment distribution for cantilever and semi-cantilever types of beams

                        TEXT BOOKS1 Peery DJ and Azar JJ ldquoAircraft Structuresrdquo 2nd edition McGrawndashHill NY 20072 Megson TMG ldquoAircraft Structures for Engineering Studentsrdquo Edward Arnold 2007REFERENCES1 Bruhn EH ldquoAnalysis and Design of Flight vehicles Structuresrdquo Tri ndash state off setcompany USA 19852 Rivello RM ldquoTheory and Analysis of Flight Structuresrdquo McGraw-Hill 1993

                        23

                        Sub Code AERODYNAMICS ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

                        OBJECTIVETo understand the behaviour of airflow both internal and external in compressible flowregime with particular emphasis on supersonic flowsModule ndash I (10 hours)ONE DIMENSIONAL COMPRESSIBLE FLOW Energy Momentum continuity and state equations velocity of sound adiabatic steadystate flow equations Flow through convergent- divergent passage Performance undervarious back pressures

                        Module ndash II (16 hours)NORMAL OBLIQUE SHOCKS Prandtl equation and Rankine ndash Hugonoit relation Normal shock equations Pitot statictube corrections for subsonic and supersonic flows Oblique shocks and correspondingequations Hodograph and pressure turning angle shock polar flow past wedges andconcave corners strong weak and detached shocks

                        EXPANSION WAVES RAYLEIGH AND FANNO FLOW Flow past convex corners Expansion hodograph Reflection and interaction of shocks and expansion waves Method of Characteristics Two dimensional supersonic nozzlecontours

                        Module ndash III (14 hours)SUPERSONIC AND TRANSONIC FLOW Rayleigh and Fanno Flow Lift drag pitching moment and center of pressure of supersonic profiles Lower and upper critical Mach numbers Lift and drag divergence shock induced separation Characteristics of swept wings Effects of thickness camber and aspect ratio of wings Transonic area rule

                        TEXT BOOK1 Rathakrishnan E ldquoGas Dynamicsrdquo Prentice Hall of India 2003REFERENCES1 Shapiro AH ldquoDynamics and Thermodynamics of Compressible Fluid Flowrdquo RonaldPress 19822 Zucrow MJ and Anderson JD ldquoElements of gas dynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book CoNew York 19893 Anderson Jr D ndash ldquoModern compressible flowsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co New York

                        1999

                        24

                        Sub Code PROPULSION ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

                        OBJECTIVETo study in detail about gas turbines ramjet fundamentals of rocket propulsion andchemical rocketsModule ndash I (10 hours) AIRCRAFT GAS TURBINES 12Impulse and reaction blading of gas turbines ndash Velocity triangles and power output ndash Elementary theory ndash Vortex theory ndash Choice of blade profile pitch and chord ndash stimationof stage performance ndash Limiting factors in gas turbine design- Overall turbine performance ndash Methods of blade cooling ndash Matching of turbine and compressor Module ndash II (15 hours)RAMJET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Sub critical critical and supercritical operation ndash Combustion in ramjet engine ndash Ramjet performance ndash Simple ramjet design calculations ndash Introduction to scramjet

                        FUNDAMENTALS OF ROCKET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Specific impulse of a rocket ndash internal ballistics- Rocket nozzleclassification ndash Rocket performance considerations

                        Module ndash III (15 hours)CHEMICAL ROCKETS Solid propellant rockets ndash Selection criteria of solid propellants ndash Important hardware components of solid rockets ndash Propellant grain design considerations ndash Liquid propellantrockets ndash Selection of liquid propellants Cooling in liquid rockets ndash Hybrid rockets

                        ADVANCED PROPULSION TECHNIQUES Electric rocket propulsion ndash Ion propulsion techniques ndash Nuclear rocket ndash Types ndash Solarsail- Preliminary Concepts in nozzleless propulsion TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York 5th

                        Edn 19932 Hill PG amp Peterson CR ldquoMechanics amp Thermodynamics of Propulsionrdquo Addison ndashWesley Longman INC 1999REFERENCES1 Cohen H Rogers GFC and Saravanamuttoo HIH ldquoGas Turbine TheoryrdquoLongman Co ELBS Ed 19892 Gorden CV ldquoAero thermodynamics of Gas Turbine and Rocket Propulsionrdquo AIAAEducation Series New York 19893 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 1988

                        25

                        Sub Code AIRCRAFT PERFORMANCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                        OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the performance of airplanes under various flightconditions like take off cruise landing climbing gliding turning etcModule ndash I (13 hours)GENERAL CONCEPTSInternational Standard atmosphere IAS EAS TAS Propeller theory- Froude momentum and blade element theories Propeller co-efficients Use of propeller charts Performance of fixed and variable pitch propellers High lift devices Thrust augmentation

                        DRAG OF BODIESStreamlined and bluff body Types of drag Effect of Reynoldrsquos number on skin friction and pressure drag Drag reduction of airplanes Dragpolar Effect of Mach number on drag polar

                        Module ndash II (11 hours)STEADY LEVEL FLIGHTSteady level flight Thrust required and Power required Thrust available and Power available for propeller driven and jet powered aircraft Effect of altitude maximum level flight speed conditions for minimum drag and minimum power required Effect of drag divergence on maximum velocity Range and Endurance of Propeller and Jet airplanes

                        Module ndash III (16 hours)GLIDING AND CLIMBING FLIGHTShallow and steep angles of climb Rate of climb Climb hodograph Maximum Climb angle and Maximum Rate of climb- Effect of design parameters for propeller Absolute and service ceiling Gliding flight Glide hodograph

                        ACCELERATD FLIGHT Estimation of take-off and landing distances Methods of reducing landing distance level turn minimum turn radius bank angle and load factor Constraints on load factor Pull up and pull down maneuvers maximum turn rate V-n diagram

                        TEXT BOOKS1 HoughtonEL and Carruthers NB Aerodynamics for engineering studentsEdward Amold Publishers 19882 Anderson Jr JD Aircraft Performance and Design McGraw-Hill InternationalEdition 1999REFERENCES1 Kuethe AM and Chow CY Foundations of Aerodynamics John Wiley amp Sons19822 JJBertin Aerodynamics for Engineers Prentice-Hall 19883 LJ Clancey Aerodynamics Pitman 19864 Anderson Jr JD Introduction to Flight McGraw-Hill International Edition 1999

                        26

                        Sub Code CONTROL ENGINEERING L T P C3 0 0 3

                        OBJECTIVETo understand the basic concepts of flight control systemModule ndash I (11 hours) INTRODUCTIONHistorical review - Simple pneumatic hydraulic and thermal systems Series and parallelsystems Analogies - Mechanical and electrical components Development of flight control systems OPEN AND CLOSED LOOP SYSTEMSFeedback control systems ndash Block diagram representation of control systems Reductionof block diagrams Output to input ratios Signal flow graph

                        Module ndash II (15 hours)CHARACTERISTIC EQUATION AND FUNCTIONS Lap lace transformation Response of systems to different inputs viz Step input impulse ramp parabolic and sinusoidal inputs Time response of first and second order systems steady state errors and error constants of unity feedback circuit

                        SAMPLED DATA SYSTEMS Introduction to digital control system Digital Controllers and Digital PID Controllers

                        Module ndash III (14 hours)CONCEPT OF STABILITYNecessary and sufficient conditions Routh ndash Hurwitz criteria of stability Root locus andBode techniques Concept and construction frequency response

                        TOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Ogato ldquoModern Control Engineeringrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19982 GopalM ldquoControl Systems Principles and designrdquo ndash Tata McGraw-Hill PublicationNew Delhi 2000REFERENCES1 Azzo JJD and CH Houpis ldquoFeed back control system analysis and synthesisrdquoMcGraw ndash Hill International 3rd Edition 19982 Kuo BC ldquoAutomatic control systemsrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19983 Houpis CH and Lamont GB ldquoDigital Control Systemsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co NewYork USA 19954 Naresh K Sinha ldquoControl Systemsrdquo New Age International Publishers New Delhi

                        27

                        Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS L T P C3 0 0 3

                        OBJECTIVETo bring awareness on experimental method of finding the response of the structure todifferent types of loadModule ndash I (15 hours) MEASUREMENTS amp EXTENSOMETER Principles of measurements Accuracy Sensitivity and range of measurements Mechanical Optical Acoustical and Electrical extensometers and their uses Advantagesand disadvantages

                        ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE STRAIN GAUGES Principle of operation and requirements Types and their uses Materials for strain gauge Calibration and temperature compensation cross sensitivity Rosette analysis Wheastone bridge for static and dynamic strain measurements strain indicators

                        Module ndash II (14 hours)PHOTOELASTICITY Two dimensional photo elasticity Concept of light ndash photoelastic effects stress optic lawInterpretation of fringe pattern Compensation and separation techniques Photo elasticmaterials Introduction to three dimensional photo elasticity

                        Module ndash III (11 hours)BRITTLE COATING AND MOIRE METHODSIntroduction to Moire techniques brittle coating methods and holography NON ndash DESTRUCTIVE TESTINGFundamentals of NDT Radiography ultrasonic magnetic particle inspection Fluorescent penetrant technique Eddy current testing Acoustic Emission Technique

                        TEXT BOOKS1 Srinath LS Raghava MR Lingaiah K Garagesha G Pant B andRamachandra K ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill New Delhi 1984REFERENCES1 Dally JW and Riley WF ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo McGraw-Hill Inc NewYork 2005 IV edition2 Hetyenyi M ldquoHand book of Experimental Stress Analysisrdquo John Wiley and Sons IncNew York 19723 Pollock AA ldquoAcoustic Emission in Acoustics and Vibration Progressrdquo Ed StephensRWB Chapman and Hall 1993

                        28

                        Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndash II 0 0 3 100

                        OBJECTIVE

                        To experimentally study the unsymmetrical bending of beams find the location of shear centre obtain the stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques calibration of photo ndash elastic materials and study on vibration of beams

                        LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                        1 Unsymmetrical bending of beams2 Shear centre location for open sections3 Shear centre location for closed sections4 Constant strength beam5 Flexibility matrix for cantilever beam6 Beam with combined loading7 Calibration of Photo- elastic materials8 Stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques9 Vibrations of beams10 Wagner beam ndash Tension field beam

                        TOTAL 45

                        29

                        Sub Code CAD CAM LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                        OBJECTIVETo teach and train the students in the lab about the design and drafting of aerocomponents LIST OF EXPERIMENTSDesign and Modeling of rectangular plate with holeDesign and Modeling of spar componentsDesign and Modeling of Aerofoil structuresDesign and Modeling of cut section for wingsDesign and Modeling of Machine componentDesign and Modeling of Machine componentsDesign and Analysis of a TrussDesign and Analysis of Beam distributed loadDesign of Landing gearFacingTurning(Taper Step)

                        TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                        30

                        HSSM7203 Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness LabLab 30 hoursThis course will focus on communication in professional (work-related) situations of the kind thatBPUT graduates may expect to encounter on entering the professional domainSome typical forms of work-related communication oral or written are listed below Practiceactivities for all four skills can be designed around these or similar situations1 Gaining entry into an organizationi Preparing job-applications and CVsii Facing an interviewiii Participating in group discussion (as part of the recruitmentprocess)2 In-house communicationa Superior Senior 1048782 subordinate junior (individual 1048782 individual group)i Welcoming new entrants to the organization introducing the workplace cultureetcii Briefing subordinates juniors explaining duties and responsibilities etcii Motivating subordinates juniors (lsquopep talkrsquo)iii Instructing directing subordinates juniorsiv Expressing recording appreciation praising rewarding a subordinate or juniorv Reprimanding correcting disciplining a subordinatejunior (for a lapse) askingfor an explanation etcb Subordinate Junior 1048782 Superior Seniori Responding to the aboveii Reporting problems difficulties deficienciesiii Offering suggestions

                        31

                        SEMESTER VI

                        Code No Course Title L T P C

                        THEORYHSSM3301 Principles of Management 3 0 0 3

                        Finite Element Method 3 0 0 3Aircraft Stability and Control 3 0 0 3Wind Tunnel Techniques 3 0 0 3High Temperature Materials 3 0 0 3

                        E1 Elective ndash I 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                        Aero Engine Laboratory 0 0 3 2Aircraft Design Project - I 0 0 3 2Aerodynamics Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2

                        32

                        SEMESTER VI

                        HSSM3301 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (3-0-0)

                        Module I Functions of Management Concept of Management Management as an Art or Science The Process of Management Managerial Skills Good Managers are Born not Made Management is concerned with Ideas Things and People How a Manager Induces Workers to Put in Their Best Levels and Types of Management Evolution of Management Thought Managerial Environment The process of Management-Planning Organizing Directing Staffing Controlling

                        Module II Marketing Function of Management Modern Concept of Marketing The Functional Classification of Marketing Functions of a Marketing Management Marketing Mix Fundamental Needs of Customers The Role of Distribution channels in Marketing Advertising Marketing Consumerism and Environmentalism

                        Module III Financial Function amp HRM Functions Financial Functions Concept of Financial Management Project Appraisal Tools of Financial decisions making Overview of Working Capital HRM Function of Management Human Resource Management Human Resource Development Importance of HRM Overview of Job Analysis Job Description Job Specification Labour Turnover Manpower Planning Recruitment Selection Induction Training and Development Placement Wage and Salary Administration Performance Appraisal Grievance Handling Welfare Aspects

                        Reference Books 1 Business Organization amp Management CR Basu TMH 2 Business Organization amp Management Tulsia Pandey Pearson 3 Marketing Management Kotler Keller Koshi Jha Pearson 4 Financial Management IM Pandey Vikas 5 Human Resource Management Aswasthapa TMH 6 Modern Business Organisation amp Management by Sherlekar Himalaya Publishing House

                        33

                        Sub Code FINITE ELEMENT METHOD L T P C3 0 0 3

                        OBJECTIVETo introduce the concept of numerical analysis of structural componentsModule ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION Review of basic approximate methods of analyses ndash Stiffness and Flexibility matrix forsimple cases ndash Governing equation and convergence criteria of finite element method

                        DISCRETE ELEMENTS Bar Frame beam elements ndash Application to static dynamic analysis

                        Module ndash II (10 hours)

                        CONTINUUM ELEMENTS Various types of 2-D-elements Application to plane stress plane strain and axisymmetricproblems Module ndash III (16 hours)ISOPARAMETRIC ELEMENTS Applications to two and three-dimensional problems(four eight and nine nodded element) Numerical Integration

                        FIELD PROBLEMApplications to other field problems like heat transfer and fluid flow

                        TEXT BOOK1 TirupathiRC and Ashok DB ldquoIntroduction to Finite Elements in EngineeringrdquoPrentice Hall India Third Edition 2003REFERENCES1 Reddy JN ldquoAn Introduction to Finite Element Methodrdquo McGraw-Hill 20002 Krishnamurthy CS ldquoFinite Element Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill 20003 Bathe KJ and Wilson EL ldquoNumerical Methods in Finite Elements AnalysisrdquoPrentice Hall of India 1985

                        34

                        Sub Code AIRCRAFT STABILITY amp CONTROL L T P C3 1 0 4

                        OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the concepts of stable and nonstable configurationof airplanes To introduce the concepts of control of airplanes under variousoperating conditions

                        Module ndash I (13 hours)STATIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY AND CONTROL 15General concepts-Degrees of freedom of a rigid body Static and dynamic stability Need for stability in an airplane inherently and marginally stable airplanes Stability and Controllability Requirements of control surfaces criteria for longitudinal static stability contribution to stability by wing tail fuselage wing fuselage combination Total longitudinal stability Neutral point-Stick fixed and Stick free aspects Free elevator factor static margin Hinge moment Power effects on stability-propeller and jet aircrafts longitudinal control Movement of centre of gravity elevator control effectiveness elevator control power elevator angle to trim elevator angle per g maneuver point Stick force gradient and stick force per g Aerodynamic balancing

                        Module ndash II (15 hours) STATIC DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND CONTROL Directional stability-yaw and sideslip Criterion of directional stability contribution to static directional stability by wing fuselage tail Power effects on directional stabilitypropeller and jet aircrafts Rudder lock and Dorsal fin Directional control rudder control effectiveness rudder requirements adverse yaw asymmetric power condition spin recovery

                        STATIC LATERAL STABILTY AND CONTROL Lateral stability-Dihedral effect criterion for lateral stability evaluation of lateral stability-contribution of fuselage wing wing fuselage tail total static lateral stability lateral control aileron reversal aileron reversal speed

                        Module ndash III (12 hours) DYNAMIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY Aircraft Equations of motion small disturbance theory Estimation of longitudinal stability derivatives stability derivatives solving the stability quartic Phugoid motion

                        DYNAMIC LATERAL AND DIRECTIONAL STABILITY Dutch roll and spiral instability Auto rotation and spin

                        TEXT BOOKS1 Perkins CD amp Hage RE Airplane performance stability and control John Wileyamp Sons 19762 Nelson RC Flight Stability amp Automatic Control McGraw Hill 1998REFERENCES1 McCormick BW Aerodynamics Aeronautics amp Flight Mechanics John Wiley19952 Babister AW Aircraft Stability and response Pergamon Press 19803 Etkin B Dynamics of Flight Stability and Control John Wiley New York 19824 Pamadi BN Performnce Stability Dynamics and Control of Airplanes AIAA Education Series 2004

                        35

                        Sub Code WIND TUNNEL TECHNIQUES L T P C3 0 0 3

                        OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of measurement of forces and moments on models during the wind tunnel testing

                        Module ndash I (10 hours)WIND TUNNELSClassification ndashnon-dimensional numbers-types of similarities - Layout of open circuit and closed circuit subsonic wind tunnels ndash design parameters-energy ratio - HP calculationsCalibration

                        Module ndash II (15 hours) HIGH SPEED WIND TUNNELSBlow down in draft and induction tunnel layouts and their design features Transonic supersonic and hypersonic tunnels their peculiarities and calibration Helium and gun tunnels Shock tubes

                        FLOW VISUALIZATIONSmoke and Tuft grid techniques ndash Dye injection special techniques ndash Optical methods offlow visualization

                        Module ndash II (15 hours)WIND TUNNEL MEASUREMENTSPressurevelocity and temperature measurements ndash Force measurements ndash types of balances-Three component and six component balances ndash calibration of measuring instruments

                        NON-INTRUSIVE FLOW DIAGNOSTICSLaser ndash Doppler anemometry Particle image velocimetry Laser induced fluorescence TEXT BOOK1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow Speed Wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley Publication1984REFERENCE1 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh Speed wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley 1985

                        36

                        Sub Code HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS L T P C3 0 0 3

                        OBJECTIVETo learn damage mechanism and failure of components of elavated temperatures

                        Module ndash I (15 hours)CREEPFactors influencing functional life of components at elevated temperatures definition of creep curve various stages of creep metallurgical factors influencing various stages effect of stress temperatures and strain rate

                        Design of transient creep time hardening strain hardening expressions of rupture life ofcreep ductile and brittle materials Monkman-Grant relationship

                        Module ndash II (13 hours)FRACTURE AND OXIDATIONVarious types of fracture brittle to ductile from low temperature to high temperature cleavage fracture due to micro void coalescence ndash diffusion controlled void growth fracture maps for different alloys and oxidesOxidation Pilling Bedworth ratio kinetic laws of oxidation ndash defect structure and control of Oxidation by alloy additions

                        Module ndash III (12 hours)HOT CORROSION SUPER ALLOYS AND OTHER MATERIALHot gas corrosion deposit modified hot gas corrosion fluxing mechanisms effect of alloying elements on hot corrosion interaction of hot corrosion and creep methods of combat hot corrosion

                        Iron base Nickel base abd Cobalt base super alloys composition control solid solution strengthening precipitation hardening by gamma prime grain boundary strengthening TCP phase embrittlement solidfication of single crystals Intermetallics high temperature ceramics

                        TEXT BOOKS1 Raj R ldquoFlow and Fracture at Elevated TemperaturesrdquoAmerican Society for MetalsUSA 19852 Hertzberg RW ldquoDeformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering materialsrdquo 4th

                        Edition John Wiley USA 19963 Courtney T H ldquoMechanical Behaviour of MaterialsrdquoMcGraw-Hill USA 1990REFERENCES1 Boyle JT Spencer J ldquoStress Analysis for Creeprdquo Butterworths UK 19832 BressersJ ldquoCreep and Fatigue in High Temperature Alloysrdquo Applied Science 19813 McLean D ldquoDirectionally Solidified Materials for High Temperature ServicerdquoThe Metals Society USA 1985

                        37

                        AE2355 AERO ENGINE LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                        OBJECTIVETo introduce the knowledge of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines1 Study of free convective heat transfer over a flat plate2 Engine (Piston Engine) - cleaning visual inspection NDT checks3 Piston Engine Components - dimensional checks4 Velocity profiles of free jets5 Velocity profiles of wall jets6 Combustion Studies in a model jet engine combustor7 Jet Engine ndash identification of components amp defects8 Jet Engine ndash NDT checks and dimensional checks9 Study of hybrid rocket propulsion system10 Engine starting procedures11 Study of ramjet12 Burn rate measurements of solid propellants

                        TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                        38

                        Sub code AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash I L T P C0 0 3 2

                        OBJECTIVETo introduce and develop the basic concept of aircraft designEach student is assigned the design of an Airplane (or Helicopter or any other flightvehicle) for given preliminary specifications The following are the assignments to becarried outEXPERIMENTS1 Comparative configuration study of different types of airplanes2 Comparative study on specification and performance details of aircraft3 Preparation of comparative data sheets4 Work sheet layout procedures5 Comparative graphs preparation and selection of main parameters for the design6 Preliminary weight estimations selection of main parameters7 Power plant selection Aerofoil selection Wing tail and control surfaces8 Preparation of layouts of balance diagram and three view drawings9 Drag estimation10 Detailed performance calculations and stability estimates

                        TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                        AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY- II

                        1 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of symmetric aerofoil section2 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of cambered aerofoil section3 Pressure distribution over a Nose cone model4 Determination of Base drag of a missile model5 Determination of profile drag of bodies by wake survey method6 Study of flow field over a backward facing step7 Pressure distribution over a water tank model for various wind speeds8 Velocity profiles for different simulated terrains9 Calibration of Supersonic Wind Tunnel10 Flow visualization studies in supersonic flows

                        TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                        39

                        40

                        SEMESTER VII

                        Code No Course Title L T P C

                        THEORY

                        PCME4404 Production and Operation Management 3 0 0 3Avionics 3 0 0 3Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 0 3Vibrations And Elements of Aeroelasticity 3 0 0 3

                        E2 Elective ndash II 3 0 0 3E3 Elective ndash III 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                        Aircraft Design Project ndash II 0 0 3 2Aircraft Systems Lab 0 0 3 2Project Work and Seminar 0 0 3 3

                        41

                        SEMESTER VII

                        PCME4404 Production and Operation Management L T P C

                        Objective The course aims at acquainting all engineering graduates irrespective of theirspecializations the basic issues and tools of managing production and operations functionsof an organizationModule I1 Operations Function in an Organization Manufacturing Vrs Service Operations Systemview of Operations Strategic Role of Operations Operations Strategies for CompetitiveAdvantage Operations Quality and Productivity Focus Meeting Global Challenges ofProduction and Operations Imperatives (3 Hours)2 Designing Products Services and Processes New Product Design- Product Life CycleProduct Development Process Process Technology Project Jobshop Batch AssemblyLine Continuous Manufacturing Process Technology Life Cycle Process TechnologyTrends FMS CIM CAD CAM Design for Services Services Process Technology(4 Hours)3 Work Study Methods Study- Techniques of Analysis recording improvement andstandardization Work Measurement Work Measurement Principles using Stopwatch TimeStudy Predetermined Motion Time Standards and Work Sampling Standard TimeEstimation (4 Hours)Module II4 Location and Layout Planning Factor Influencing Plant and Warehouse LocationsImpact of Location on cost and revenues Facility Location Procedure and Models Qualitative Models Breakeven Analysis location Model centroid methodLayout Planning Layout Types Process Layout Product Layout Fixed Position LayoutPlanning block diagramming line balancing computerized layout planning- overviewGroup Technology (4 Hours)5 Forecasting Principles and Method Moving Average weighted Moving AverageExponential Smoothing Winterrsquos Method for Seasonal Demand Forecasting Error(4 Hours)6 Manufacturing Planning and Control The Framework and Components AggregatePlanning Master Production Scheduling Rough-cut-Capacity Planning MaterialRequirements Planning Capacity Requirements Planning (5 Hours)Module III7 Sequencing and Scheduling Single Machine Sequencing Basics and PerformanceEvaluation Criteria Methods for Minimizing Mean Flow Time Parallel Machines Minimization of Makespan Flowshop sequencing 2 and 3 machines cases JohnsonrsquosRule and Jobshop Scheduling Priority dispatching Rules (3 Hours)8 Inventory Control Relevant Costs Basic EOQ Model Model with Quantity discountEconomic Batch Quantity Periodic and Continuous Review Systems Safety Stock ReorderPoint and Order Quantity Calculations ABC Analysis (4 Hours)9 Modern Trends in Manufacturing Just in Time (JIT) System Shop Floor Control ByKanbans Total Quality Management Total Productive Maintenance ISO 9000 QualityCircle Kaizen Poka Yoke Supply Chain Management (4 Hours)Reference Book1 SNChary ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 R Paneerselvam ldquoProduction and Operations Management Prentice Hall of India3 Aswathappa amp Bhatt ndash Production amp Operations Management HPH4 Gaither amp Frazier - Operations Management Cengage Publication5 Russell amp Taylor - Operations Management PHI Publication6 Chase Aquilanno Jacob amp Agarwal - Operations Management TMH Publication7 EE Adam and RJ Ebert ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India

                        42

                        Sub Code AVIONICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                        OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of navigation amp communication systems of aircraft

                        Module ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems ndash Integrated Avionicssystem ndash Typical avionics sub systems ndash Design approaches and recent advances -Application Technologies

                        PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS Digital Computers ndash Digital number system- number systems and codes-Fundamentals of logic and combinational logic circuits ndashDigital arithmetic ndash interfacing with analoguesystems

                        Module ndash II (11 hours)Basic of Microprocessors and application Microprocessors ndash Memories- Microprocessors real time application related to aircraft

                        DIGITAL AVIONICS ARCHITECTURE Avionics system architecturendash salient features and applications of Data buses MILndashSTD1553 BndashARINC 429ndashARINC 629

                        Module ndash III (15 hours)

                        FLIGHT DECK AND COCKPITSControl and display technologies CRT LCD - Touch screen - Direct voice input (DVI) - Civil cockpit and military cockpit MFDS HUD MFK HOTAS AVIONICS SYSTEMS Communication Systems - Navigation systems - Flight control systems - Radar electronic warfare - Utility systems Reliability and maintainability - Certification TEXT BOOKS1 Malcrno AP and Leach DP ldquoDigital Principles and Applicationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill19902 Gaonkar RS ldquoMicroprocessors Architecture ndash Programming and Applicationrdquo Wileyand Sons Ltd New Delhi 1990REFERENCES1 Middleton DH Ed ldquoAvionics Systems Longman Scientific and Technicalrdquo LongmanGroup UK Ltd England 19892 Spitzer CR ldquoDigital Avionic Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ USA19873 Brain Kendal ldquoManual of Avionicsrdquo The English Book House 3rd Edition New Delhi19934 Nagaraja ldquoNavigation systemrdquo5 J Powell ldquoAircraft Radio Systemrdquo

                        43

                        Sub Code COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                        OBJECTIVETo study the flow of dynamic fluids by computational methods

                        Module-I (10 hours) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows Mathematical properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations - Well posed problems - discretization of partial Differential Equations Explicit finite difference methods of subsonic supersonic and viscous flows

                        Module-II (15 hours)

                        DISCRETIZATION Boundary layer Equations and methods of solution -Implicit time dependent methods forinviscid and viscous compressible flows - Concept of numerical dissipation --Stabilityproperties of explicit and implicit methods - Conservative upwind discretization forHyperbolic systems - Further advantages of upwind differencing GRID GENERATION Structured grids Types and transformations Generation of structured grids Unstructured grids Delany triangulation

                        Module-III (15 hours)

                        FINITE VOLUME TECHNIQUESFinite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping -Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy - Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques ndash Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives Flux ndash splitting schemes Pressure correction solvers ndash SIMPLE PESO Vorticity transport formulation Implicitsemi-implicit schemes

                        TEXT BOOK1 Fletcher CAJ ldquoComputational Techniques for Fluid Dynamicsrdquo Vols I and IISpringer - Verlag Berlin 1988REFERENCES1 John F Wendt (Editor) ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics - An Introductionrdquo Springer ndashVerlag Berlin 19922 Charles Hirsch ldquoNumerical Computation of Internal and External Flowsrdquo Vols I and IIJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 19883 Klaus A Hoffmann and Steve T Chiang ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics forEngineersrdquo Vols I amp II Engineering Education System PO Box 20078 W WichitaKS 67208 - 1078 USA 19934 Anderson JrD ldquoFundamentals of Aerodynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill 2000

                        44

                        AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                        OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

                        Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

                        SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

                        Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

                        Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

                        ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

                        45

                        AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

                        OBJECTIVE

                        To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

                        Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

                        LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                        1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

                        TOTAL 60

                        AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

                        OBJECTIVE

                        To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

                        LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                        1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

                        TOTAL 60

                        46

                        SEMESTER VIII

                        Code No Course Title L T P C

                        THEORY

                        Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                        Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

                        47

                        Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

                        OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

                        Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

                        METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

                        Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

                        Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

                        FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

                        REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

                        48

                        Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

                        OBJECTIVE

                        The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

                        PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

                        OBJECTIVE

                        The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

                        The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

                        Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

                        OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

                        LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                        1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

                        composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

                        fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

                        49

                        1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

                        SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

                        Code No Course Title L T P C

                        Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

                        Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

                        SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

                        Code No Course Title L T P C

                        Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

                        ELECTIVESndash III

                        Code No Course Title L T P C

                        Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

                        SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

                        Code No Course Title L T P C

                        Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

                        ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

                        Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

                        50

                        Elective Subjects

                        Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                        OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

                        BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

                        Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

                        Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

                        TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

                        TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

                        51

                        Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                        OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                        Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                        UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                        52

                        AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                        OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                        Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                        Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                        MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                        Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                        AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                        TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                        53

                        Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                        3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                        Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                        Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                        RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                        Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                        HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                        54

                        Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                        OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                        Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                        IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                        Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                        Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                        55

                        Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                        OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                        Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                        STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                        Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                        Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                        56

                        Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                        Module-I (15hours)

                        FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                        COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                        Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                        Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                        COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                        57

                        Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                        OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                        Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                        BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                        Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                        BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                        Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                        58

                        Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                        OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                        Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                        Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                        Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                        Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                        TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                        59

                        Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                        OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                        Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                        PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                        Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                        PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                        Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                        Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                        60

                        Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                        Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                        EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                        Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                        Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                        SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                        61

                        AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                        OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                        Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                        Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                        AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                        Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                        TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                        62

                        Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                        OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                        Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                        VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                        INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                        63

                        Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                        OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                        Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                        MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                        Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                        PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                        Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                        64

                        Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                        OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                        65

                        Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                        Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                        CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                        Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                        CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                        Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                        66

                        • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                        • Course Title
                          • THEORY
                          • SEMESTER III
                          • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                          • (for a batch of 30 students)
                          • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                          • (for a batch of 30 students)
                            • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                            • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                • Course Title
                                  • THEORY
                                  • PRACTICAL
                                  • SEMESTER V
                                    • Course Title
                                      • THEORY
                                      • PRACTICAL
                                      • SEMESTER VI
                                        • Course Title
                                          • THEORY
                                          • PRACTICAL
                                          • SEMESTER VI
                                            • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                              • SEMESTER VII
                                                • Course Title
                                                  • THEORY
                                                  • PRACTICAL
                                                  • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                    • TOTAL 60
                                                    • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                    • TOTAL 60
                                                      • SEMESTER VIII
                                                        • Course Title
                                                          • THEORY
                                                          • PRACTICAL
                                                          • Co New York 1989
                                                          • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                          • OBJECTIVE
                                                          • PROJECT WORK
                                                            • OBJECTIVE
                                                              • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                  • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                      • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                          To understand the behaviour of airflow over bodies with particular emphasis on airfoilsections in the incompressible flow regime

                          Module-I (14 hours)REVIEW OF BASIC FLUID MECHANICS Continuity momentum and energy equations

                          UNIT II TWO DIMENSIONAL FLOWS Basic flows ndash Source Sink Free and Forced vortex uniform parallel flow Their combinations Ideal Flow over a circular cylinder DrsquoAlembertrsquos Paradox Magnus effect KuttaJonkowskirsquos Theorem Starting Vortex Kutta condition Pressure and velocity distributions on bodies with and without circulation in ideal and real fluid flows

                          Module-II (16 hours)

                          AIRFOIL THEORY Cauchy-Riemann relations Complex Potential Methodology of Conformal Transformation Kutta-Joukowski transformation and its applications Karman Trefftz Profiles Thin Airfoil theory and its applications

                          SUBSONIC WING THEORY Vortex Filament Biot and Savart Law Bound Vortex and trailing Vortex Horse Shoe Vortex Lifting Line Theory and its limitations

                          Module-III (12 hours)INTRODUCTION TO LAMINAR AND TURBULENT FLOWBoundary layer and boundary layer thickness displacement thickness momentum thickness Energy thickness Shape parameter Boundary layer equations for a steady two dimensional incompressible flow Boundary Layer growth over a Flat plate Critical Reynolds Number Blasius solution Basics of Turbulent flow Prandtlrsquos mixing length hypothesis Free shear layers

                          TEXT BOOKS1 Houghton EL and Caruthers NB Aerodynamics for Engineering studentsEdward Arnold Publishers Ltd London 19892 Anderson JD Fundamentals of Aerodynamics MaGraw Hill Book Co 1999REFERENCES1 Milne Thomson LH Theoretical Aerodynamics Macmillan 19852 John J Bertin Aerodynamics for Engineers Pearson Education Inc 20023 Clancey L J Aerodynamics Pitman 1986

                          13

                          PCAE1207 AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS AND INSTRUMENTS L T P C3 0 0 3

                          OBJECTIVETo describe the principle and working of aircraft systems and instruments Module-I (9 hours)AIRPLANE CONTROL SYSTEMS Conventional Systems - fully powered flight controls - Power actuated systems ndash Modern control systems - Digital fly by wire systems - Auto pilot system active control Technology

                          Module-II (17 hours)AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS Hydraulic systems - Study of typical workable system - components - Pneumatic systems - Advantages - Working principles - Typical Air pressure system ndash Brake system ndash Typical Pneumatic power system - Components Landing Gear systems - Classification

                          ENGINE SYSTEMS Fuel systems for Piston and jet engines - Components of multi engines Lubricating systems for piston and jet engines - Starting and Ignition systems - Typical examples for piston and jet engines

                          Module-II (14 hours)AUXILIARY SYSTEM Basic Air cycle systems - Vapour Cycle systems Evaporative vapour cycle systems - Evaporative air cycle systems - Fire protection systems Deicing and anti icing systems

                          AIRCRAFT INSTRUMENTS Flight Instruments and Navigation Instruments ndash Gyroscope - Accelerometers Air speedIndicators ndash TAS EAS- Mach Meters - Altimeters - Principles and operation - Study of various types of engine instruments - Tachometers - Temperature gauges ndash Pressure gauges - Operation and Principles

                          TEXT BOOKS1 McKinley JL and Bent RD ldquoAircraft Maintenance amp Repairrdquo McGraw-Hill 19932 ldquoGeneral Hand Books of Airframe and Powerplant Mechanicsrdquo US Dept ofTransportation Federal Aviation Administation The English Book Store NewDelhi1995REFERENCES1 Mekinley JL and Bent RD ldquoAircraft Power Plantsrdquo McGraw-Hill 19932 Pallet EHJ ldquoAircraft Instruments amp Principlesrdquo Pitman amp Co 19933 Treager S ldquoGas Turbine Technologyrdquo McGraw-Hill 1997

                          14

                          PCAE1208 PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY L T P C3 0 0 3

                          OBJECTIVEThe components such a piston connecting rod crankshaft engine block front axle frame body etc are manufactured by various types of production processes involving casting welding machining metal forming powder metallurgy etc hence Engineering students must study this course production technology UNIT I CASTING nd WELDING 16Casting types procedure to make sand mould types of core making moulding tolls machine moulding special moulding processes-co2 moulding shell moulding investment moulding permanent mould casting pressure die casting centrifugal casting continuous casting casting defects

                          Classification of welding processes Principles of Oxyacetylene gas welding AC metal arc welding resistance welding submerged arc welding tungsten inert gas welding metal inert gas welding plasma arc welding thermic welding electron beam welding laser beam welding defects in welding soldering and brazing

                          UNIT II MACHIINING 14General principles (with schematic diagrams only) of working and commonly performedoperations in the following machines Lathe Shaper Planer Horizontal milling machineUniversal drilling machine Cylindrical grinding machine Capstan and Turret lathe Basics of CNC machines General principles and applications of the following processesAbrasive jet machining Ultrasonic machining Electric discharge machining Electro chemical machining Plasma are machining Electron beam machining and Laser beammachining

                          UNIT IV METAL FORMING AND POWDER METALLURGY 11Types of plastics-characteristics of the forming and shaping processes-Moulding of Thermoplastics-working principles and typical applications of Injection moulding- Thermoforming-processing of thermosets-working principles and typical applications-

                          Principles and applications of the following processes Forging Rolling Extrusion Wiredrawing and Spinning Powder metallurgy-Principal steps involved advantages Disadvantages and limitations of powder metallurgy TEXT BOOK1 Harija choudry Elements of workshop Technology vol I and II Media promoters andpublishers pvt Ltd Mumbai 2001REFERENCES1 R K Jain and S C Gupta production Technology Khanna Publishers 16th Edition20012 H M T production technology-Hand book Tata Mc Graw-Hill 20003 Roy A Linberg process and materials of manufacturing technology PHI 20004 M Adithan and A B Cupta manufacturing technology New Age 19965 Serope Kalpajian Steven R Schimid Manuyfacturing Engineering and TechnologyPearson Education Inc2002 (second Indian Reprint)

                          15

                          PCAE1209 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES ndash I L T P C3 1 0 4

                          OBJECTIVETo study different types of beams and columns subjected to various types of loading and support conditions with particular emphasis on aircraft structural components

                          Module ndash I (17 hours)STATICALLY DETERMINATE STRUCTURES Analysis of plane Truss-Method of joints-3 D Truss-Plane frames

                          STATICALLY INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES Propped Cantilever- Fixed-Fixed beams-Clapeyrons Three Moment Equation - MomentDistribution Method

                          Module ndash II (11 hours)ENERGY METHODS 10+4Strain Energy due to axial bending and Torsional loads ndash Castiglianorsquos theorems- Maxwells Reciprocal theorem Unit load method - application to beams trusses framesrings etc -Composite beam

                          Module ndash III (14 hours)COLUMNS Columns with various end conditions ndash Eulerrsquos Column curve ndash Rankinersquos formula - Column with initial curvature - Eccentric loading ndash South well plot ndash Beam column

                          FAILURE THEORY Maximum Stress theory ndash Maximum Strain Theory ndash Maximum Shear Stress Theory ndash Distortion Theory ndash Maximum Strain energy theory ndash Application to aircraft Structural problems

                          1 Donaldson BK ldquoAnalysis of Aircraft Structures ndash An Introductionrdquo McGraw-Hill19932 BruhnEFrdquoAnalysis and design of flight vehicle structuresrdquo Tri set of offset companyUSA1973REFERENCE1 Timoshenko S ldquoStrength of Materialsrdquo Vol I and II Princeton D Von Nostrand Co

                          1990

                          16

                          PCAE1210 PROPULSION ndash I L T P C3 0 0 3

                          OBJECTIVETo understand the principles of operation and design of aircraft and spacecraft powerplants

                          Module ndash I (10 hours)

                          FUNDAMENTALS OF GAS TURBINE ENGINES Illustration of working of gas turbine engine ndash The thrust equation ndash Factors affecting thrustndash Effect of pressure velocity and temperature changes of air entering compressor ndash Methods of thrust augmentation ndash Characteristics of turboprop turbofan and turbojet ndashPerformance characteristics

                          Module ndash II (14 hours)

                          SUBSONIC AND SUPERSONIC INLETS FOR JET ENGINES Internal flow and Stall in subsonic inlets ndash Boundary layer separation ndash Major features of external flow near a subsonic inlet ndash Relation between minimum area ratio and eternal deceleration ratio ndash Diffuser performance ndash Supersonic inlets ndash Starting problem on supersonic inlets ndash Shock swallowing by area variation ndash External declaration ndash Models of inlet operation

                          NOZZLES Theory of flow in isentropic nozzles ndash nozzles and choking ndash Nozzle throat conditions ndashNozzle efficiency ndash Losses in nozzles ndash Over expanded and under ndash expanded nozzles ndashEjector and variable area nozzles ndash Interaction of nozzle flow with adjacent surfaces ndashThrust reversal

                          Module ndash III (16 hours)

                          COMPRESSORS Principle of operation of centrifugal compressor ndash Work done and pressure rise ndash Velocity diagrams ndash Diffuser vane design considerations ndash Concept of prewhirl rotation stall and surge ndash Elementary theory of axial flow compressor ndash Velocity triangles ndash degree of reaction ndash Three dimensional ndashCompressor blade design ndash Centrifugal and Axial compressor performance characteristics

                          COMBUSTION CHAMBERSClassification of combustion chambers ndash Important factors affecting combustion chamber design ndash Combustion process ndash Combustion chamber performance ndash Effect of operating variables on performance ndash Flame tube cooling ndash Flame stabilization ndash Use of flame holders ndash Numerical problems

                          TEXT BOOKS1 Hill PG amp Peterson CR ldquoMechanics amp Thermodynamics of Propulsionrdquo Addison ndashWesley Longman INC 1999REFERENCES1 Cohen H Rogers GFC and Saravanamuttoo HIH ldquoGas Turbine TheoryrdquoLongman 19892 Oates GC ldquoAero thermodynamics of Aircraft Engine Componentsrdquo AIAA EducationSeries New York 1985

                          17

                          3 ldquoRolls Royce Jet Enginerdquo ndash Third Edition ndash 19834 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers amp Distributors Delhi 1999

                          18

                          Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndashI L T P C0 0 3 2

                          OBJECTIVETo study experimentally the load deflection characteristics structural materials underDifferent types of loads

                          LIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Determination of Youngrsquos modulus of steel 2 Determination of fracture strength and fracture pattern of ductile and brittlematerials3 Determination of forces in statically indeterminate force system4 Deflection of beams with various end conditions5 Verification of Maxwellrsquos Reciprocal theorem 6 Verification of principle of superposition7 Column ndash Testing8 South ndash wellrsquos plot9 Shear Failure of Bolted and Rivetted Joints10 Non-Destructive Testing Procedures

                          TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                          19

                          Sub Code AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                          OBJECTIVETo familiarize the students in basic aerodynamics and use of wind tunnelsLIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Study of lift and tip vortices2 Flow visualization in water flow channel3 Flow visualization in smoke tunnel4 Plot of RPM Vs test section velocity in a subsonic wind tunnel5 Pressure distribution over circular cylinder6 Pressure distribution over a rough circular cylinder7 Pressure distribution over a symmetric aerofoil8 Pressure distribution over a cambered aerofoil9 Estimation of CL and CD of airfoil10 Force measurement using wind tunnel balance of airfoil

                          TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                          20

                          Sub Code MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY L T P C

                          0 0 3 2LIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 LATHE11 Facing plain turning and step turning12 Taper turning using compound rest13 Taper turning using taper turning attachment14 Single start V thread cutting and knurling15 Boring and internal thread cutting2 SHAPER AND SLOTTER21 Machining a V- block (in a Shaper)22 Machining hexagonal shape (in a Shaper)23 Machining internal key-way (in a slotter)413 DRILLING31 Drilling 4 or 6 holes at a given pitch circle on a plate32 Drilling reaming and tapping4 MILLING41 Plain Milling Exercise42 Gear Milling Exercise5 GRINDINGCylindrical Grinding Exercise

                          TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                          21

                          SEMESTER V

                          Code No Course Title L T P C

                          THEORY

                          Aircraft Structures ndash II 3 0 0 3Aerodynamics ndash II 3 0 0 3Propulsion ndash II 3 0 0 3Aircraft Performance 3 0 0 3Control Engineering 3 0 0 3Experimental Stress Analysis 3 0 0 3

                          PRACTICAL

                          Aircraft Structures Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2CADCAM Lab 0 0 3 2Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness Lab 0 0 3 2

                          22

                          SEMESTER V

                          AE2302 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES ndash II L T P C3 1 0 4

                          OBJECTIVETo study the behaviour of various aircraft structural components under different types ofloadsModule ndash I (15 hours) UNSYMMETRICAL BENDING General Principal axis and neutral axis methods- bending stresses in beams of symmetric sections with skew loads- bending stresses in beams of unsymmetrical sections

                          SHEAR FLOW IN OPEN SECTIONS Thin walled beams Concept of shear flow shear centre Elastic axis With one axis ofsymmetry with wall effective and ineffective in bending unsymmetrical beam sections

                          Module ndash II (14 hours)SHEAR FLOW IN CLOSED SECTIONS Bredt ndash Batho formula Single and multi ndash cell structures- Shear flow in single amp multicellstructures under torsion Shear flow in single and multicell under bending with wallseffective and ineffective

                          V-N DIAGRAMLoads on aircraft ndashlift distribution-V-n diagram-Gust loads

                          Module ndash III (11 hours)BUCKLING OF PLATES Rectangular sheets under compression local buckling stress of thin walled section-Crippling stresses by Needhamrsquos and Gerardrsquos methods Thin walled column strengthsheet stiffener panels-Effective width

                          STRESS ANALYSIS IN WING AND FUSELAGEShear resistant web beams-Tension field web beams(Wagnerrsquos) ndash Shear and bendingmoment distribution for cantilever and semi-cantilever types of beams

                          TEXT BOOKS1 Peery DJ and Azar JJ ldquoAircraft Structuresrdquo 2nd edition McGrawndashHill NY 20072 Megson TMG ldquoAircraft Structures for Engineering Studentsrdquo Edward Arnold 2007REFERENCES1 Bruhn EH ldquoAnalysis and Design of Flight vehicles Structuresrdquo Tri ndash state off setcompany USA 19852 Rivello RM ldquoTheory and Analysis of Flight Structuresrdquo McGraw-Hill 1993

                          23

                          Sub Code AERODYNAMICS ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

                          OBJECTIVETo understand the behaviour of airflow both internal and external in compressible flowregime with particular emphasis on supersonic flowsModule ndash I (10 hours)ONE DIMENSIONAL COMPRESSIBLE FLOW Energy Momentum continuity and state equations velocity of sound adiabatic steadystate flow equations Flow through convergent- divergent passage Performance undervarious back pressures

                          Module ndash II (16 hours)NORMAL OBLIQUE SHOCKS Prandtl equation and Rankine ndash Hugonoit relation Normal shock equations Pitot statictube corrections for subsonic and supersonic flows Oblique shocks and correspondingequations Hodograph and pressure turning angle shock polar flow past wedges andconcave corners strong weak and detached shocks

                          EXPANSION WAVES RAYLEIGH AND FANNO FLOW Flow past convex corners Expansion hodograph Reflection and interaction of shocks and expansion waves Method of Characteristics Two dimensional supersonic nozzlecontours

                          Module ndash III (14 hours)SUPERSONIC AND TRANSONIC FLOW Rayleigh and Fanno Flow Lift drag pitching moment and center of pressure of supersonic profiles Lower and upper critical Mach numbers Lift and drag divergence shock induced separation Characteristics of swept wings Effects of thickness camber and aspect ratio of wings Transonic area rule

                          TEXT BOOK1 Rathakrishnan E ldquoGas Dynamicsrdquo Prentice Hall of India 2003REFERENCES1 Shapiro AH ldquoDynamics and Thermodynamics of Compressible Fluid Flowrdquo RonaldPress 19822 Zucrow MJ and Anderson JD ldquoElements of gas dynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book CoNew York 19893 Anderson Jr D ndash ldquoModern compressible flowsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co New York

                          1999

                          24

                          Sub Code PROPULSION ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

                          OBJECTIVETo study in detail about gas turbines ramjet fundamentals of rocket propulsion andchemical rocketsModule ndash I (10 hours) AIRCRAFT GAS TURBINES 12Impulse and reaction blading of gas turbines ndash Velocity triangles and power output ndash Elementary theory ndash Vortex theory ndash Choice of blade profile pitch and chord ndash stimationof stage performance ndash Limiting factors in gas turbine design- Overall turbine performance ndash Methods of blade cooling ndash Matching of turbine and compressor Module ndash II (15 hours)RAMJET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Sub critical critical and supercritical operation ndash Combustion in ramjet engine ndash Ramjet performance ndash Simple ramjet design calculations ndash Introduction to scramjet

                          FUNDAMENTALS OF ROCKET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Specific impulse of a rocket ndash internal ballistics- Rocket nozzleclassification ndash Rocket performance considerations

                          Module ndash III (15 hours)CHEMICAL ROCKETS Solid propellant rockets ndash Selection criteria of solid propellants ndash Important hardware components of solid rockets ndash Propellant grain design considerations ndash Liquid propellantrockets ndash Selection of liquid propellants Cooling in liquid rockets ndash Hybrid rockets

                          ADVANCED PROPULSION TECHNIQUES Electric rocket propulsion ndash Ion propulsion techniques ndash Nuclear rocket ndash Types ndash Solarsail- Preliminary Concepts in nozzleless propulsion TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York 5th

                          Edn 19932 Hill PG amp Peterson CR ldquoMechanics amp Thermodynamics of Propulsionrdquo Addison ndashWesley Longman INC 1999REFERENCES1 Cohen H Rogers GFC and Saravanamuttoo HIH ldquoGas Turbine TheoryrdquoLongman Co ELBS Ed 19892 Gorden CV ldquoAero thermodynamics of Gas Turbine and Rocket Propulsionrdquo AIAAEducation Series New York 19893 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 1988

                          25

                          Sub Code AIRCRAFT PERFORMANCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                          OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the performance of airplanes under various flightconditions like take off cruise landing climbing gliding turning etcModule ndash I (13 hours)GENERAL CONCEPTSInternational Standard atmosphere IAS EAS TAS Propeller theory- Froude momentum and blade element theories Propeller co-efficients Use of propeller charts Performance of fixed and variable pitch propellers High lift devices Thrust augmentation

                          DRAG OF BODIESStreamlined and bluff body Types of drag Effect of Reynoldrsquos number on skin friction and pressure drag Drag reduction of airplanes Dragpolar Effect of Mach number on drag polar

                          Module ndash II (11 hours)STEADY LEVEL FLIGHTSteady level flight Thrust required and Power required Thrust available and Power available for propeller driven and jet powered aircraft Effect of altitude maximum level flight speed conditions for minimum drag and minimum power required Effect of drag divergence on maximum velocity Range and Endurance of Propeller and Jet airplanes

                          Module ndash III (16 hours)GLIDING AND CLIMBING FLIGHTShallow and steep angles of climb Rate of climb Climb hodograph Maximum Climb angle and Maximum Rate of climb- Effect of design parameters for propeller Absolute and service ceiling Gliding flight Glide hodograph

                          ACCELERATD FLIGHT Estimation of take-off and landing distances Methods of reducing landing distance level turn minimum turn radius bank angle and load factor Constraints on load factor Pull up and pull down maneuvers maximum turn rate V-n diagram

                          TEXT BOOKS1 HoughtonEL and Carruthers NB Aerodynamics for engineering studentsEdward Amold Publishers 19882 Anderson Jr JD Aircraft Performance and Design McGraw-Hill InternationalEdition 1999REFERENCES1 Kuethe AM and Chow CY Foundations of Aerodynamics John Wiley amp Sons19822 JJBertin Aerodynamics for Engineers Prentice-Hall 19883 LJ Clancey Aerodynamics Pitman 19864 Anderson Jr JD Introduction to Flight McGraw-Hill International Edition 1999

                          26

                          Sub Code CONTROL ENGINEERING L T P C3 0 0 3

                          OBJECTIVETo understand the basic concepts of flight control systemModule ndash I (11 hours) INTRODUCTIONHistorical review - Simple pneumatic hydraulic and thermal systems Series and parallelsystems Analogies - Mechanical and electrical components Development of flight control systems OPEN AND CLOSED LOOP SYSTEMSFeedback control systems ndash Block diagram representation of control systems Reductionof block diagrams Output to input ratios Signal flow graph

                          Module ndash II (15 hours)CHARACTERISTIC EQUATION AND FUNCTIONS Lap lace transformation Response of systems to different inputs viz Step input impulse ramp parabolic and sinusoidal inputs Time response of first and second order systems steady state errors and error constants of unity feedback circuit

                          SAMPLED DATA SYSTEMS Introduction to digital control system Digital Controllers and Digital PID Controllers

                          Module ndash III (14 hours)CONCEPT OF STABILITYNecessary and sufficient conditions Routh ndash Hurwitz criteria of stability Root locus andBode techniques Concept and construction frequency response

                          TOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Ogato ldquoModern Control Engineeringrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19982 GopalM ldquoControl Systems Principles and designrdquo ndash Tata McGraw-Hill PublicationNew Delhi 2000REFERENCES1 Azzo JJD and CH Houpis ldquoFeed back control system analysis and synthesisrdquoMcGraw ndash Hill International 3rd Edition 19982 Kuo BC ldquoAutomatic control systemsrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19983 Houpis CH and Lamont GB ldquoDigital Control Systemsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co NewYork USA 19954 Naresh K Sinha ldquoControl Systemsrdquo New Age International Publishers New Delhi

                          27

                          Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS L T P C3 0 0 3

                          OBJECTIVETo bring awareness on experimental method of finding the response of the structure todifferent types of loadModule ndash I (15 hours) MEASUREMENTS amp EXTENSOMETER Principles of measurements Accuracy Sensitivity and range of measurements Mechanical Optical Acoustical and Electrical extensometers and their uses Advantagesand disadvantages

                          ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE STRAIN GAUGES Principle of operation and requirements Types and their uses Materials for strain gauge Calibration and temperature compensation cross sensitivity Rosette analysis Wheastone bridge for static and dynamic strain measurements strain indicators

                          Module ndash II (14 hours)PHOTOELASTICITY Two dimensional photo elasticity Concept of light ndash photoelastic effects stress optic lawInterpretation of fringe pattern Compensation and separation techniques Photo elasticmaterials Introduction to three dimensional photo elasticity

                          Module ndash III (11 hours)BRITTLE COATING AND MOIRE METHODSIntroduction to Moire techniques brittle coating methods and holography NON ndash DESTRUCTIVE TESTINGFundamentals of NDT Radiography ultrasonic magnetic particle inspection Fluorescent penetrant technique Eddy current testing Acoustic Emission Technique

                          TEXT BOOKS1 Srinath LS Raghava MR Lingaiah K Garagesha G Pant B andRamachandra K ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill New Delhi 1984REFERENCES1 Dally JW and Riley WF ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo McGraw-Hill Inc NewYork 2005 IV edition2 Hetyenyi M ldquoHand book of Experimental Stress Analysisrdquo John Wiley and Sons IncNew York 19723 Pollock AA ldquoAcoustic Emission in Acoustics and Vibration Progressrdquo Ed StephensRWB Chapman and Hall 1993

                          28

                          Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndash II 0 0 3 100

                          OBJECTIVE

                          To experimentally study the unsymmetrical bending of beams find the location of shear centre obtain the stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques calibration of photo ndash elastic materials and study on vibration of beams

                          LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                          1 Unsymmetrical bending of beams2 Shear centre location for open sections3 Shear centre location for closed sections4 Constant strength beam5 Flexibility matrix for cantilever beam6 Beam with combined loading7 Calibration of Photo- elastic materials8 Stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques9 Vibrations of beams10 Wagner beam ndash Tension field beam

                          TOTAL 45

                          29

                          Sub Code CAD CAM LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                          OBJECTIVETo teach and train the students in the lab about the design and drafting of aerocomponents LIST OF EXPERIMENTSDesign and Modeling of rectangular plate with holeDesign and Modeling of spar componentsDesign and Modeling of Aerofoil structuresDesign and Modeling of cut section for wingsDesign and Modeling of Machine componentDesign and Modeling of Machine componentsDesign and Analysis of a TrussDesign and Analysis of Beam distributed loadDesign of Landing gearFacingTurning(Taper Step)

                          TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                          30

                          HSSM7203 Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness LabLab 30 hoursThis course will focus on communication in professional (work-related) situations of the kind thatBPUT graduates may expect to encounter on entering the professional domainSome typical forms of work-related communication oral or written are listed below Practiceactivities for all four skills can be designed around these or similar situations1 Gaining entry into an organizationi Preparing job-applications and CVsii Facing an interviewiii Participating in group discussion (as part of the recruitmentprocess)2 In-house communicationa Superior Senior 1048782 subordinate junior (individual 1048782 individual group)i Welcoming new entrants to the organization introducing the workplace cultureetcii Briefing subordinates juniors explaining duties and responsibilities etcii Motivating subordinates juniors (lsquopep talkrsquo)iii Instructing directing subordinates juniorsiv Expressing recording appreciation praising rewarding a subordinate or juniorv Reprimanding correcting disciplining a subordinatejunior (for a lapse) askingfor an explanation etcb Subordinate Junior 1048782 Superior Seniori Responding to the aboveii Reporting problems difficulties deficienciesiii Offering suggestions

                          31

                          SEMESTER VI

                          Code No Course Title L T P C

                          THEORYHSSM3301 Principles of Management 3 0 0 3

                          Finite Element Method 3 0 0 3Aircraft Stability and Control 3 0 0 3Wind Tunnel Techniques 3 0 0 3High Temperature Materials 3 0 0 3

                          E1 Elective ndash I 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                          Aero Engine Laboratory 0 0 3 2Aircraft Design Project - I 0 0 3 2Aerodynamics Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2

                          32

                          SEMESTER VI

                          HSSM3301 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (3-0-0)

                          Module I Functions of Management Concept of Management Management as an Art or Science The Process of Management Managerial Skills Good Managers are Born not Made Management is concerned with Ideas Things and People How a Manager Induces Workers to Put in Their Best Levels and Types of Management Evolution of Management Thought Managerial Environment The process of Management-Planning Organizing Directing Staffing Controlling

                          Module II Marketing Function of Management Modern Concept of Marketing The Functional Classification of Marketing Functions of a Marketing Management Marketing Mix Fundamental Needs of Customers The Role of Distribution channels in Marketing Advertising Marketing Consumerism and Environmentalism

                          Module III Financial Function amp HRM Functions Financial Functions Concept of Financial Management Project Appraisal Tools of Financial decisions making Overview of Working Capital HRM Function of Management Human Resource Management Human Resource Development Importance of HRM Overview of Job Analysis Job Description Job Specification Labour Turnover Manpower Planning Recruitment Selection Induction Training and Development Placement Wage and Salary Administration Performance Appraisal Grievance Handling Welfare Aspects

                          Reference Books 1 Business Organization amp Management CR Basu TMH 2 Business Organization amp Management Tulsia Pandey Pearson 3 Marketing Management Kotler Keller Koshi Jha Pearson 4 Financial Management IM Pandey Vikas 5 Human Resource Management Aswasthapa TMH 6 Modern Business Organisation amp Management by Sherlekar Himalaya Publishing House

                          33

                          Sub Code FINITE ELEMENT METHOD L T P C3 0 0 3

                          OBJECTIVETo introduce the concept of numerical analysis of structural componentsModule ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION Review of basic approximate methods of analyses ndash Stiffness and Flexibility matrix forsimple cases ndash Governing equation and convergence criteria of finite element method

                          DISCRETE ELEMENTS Bar Frame beam elements ndash Application to static dynamic analysis

                          Module ndash II (10 hours)

                          CONTINUUM ELEMENTS Various types of 2-D-elements Application to plane stress plane strain and axisymmetricproblems Module ndash III (16 hours)ISOPARAMETRIC ELEMENTS Applications to two and three-dimensional problems(four eight and nine nodded element) Numerical Integration

                          FIELD PROBLEMApplications to other field problems like heat transfer and fluid flow

                          TEXT BOOK1 TirupathiRC and Ashok DB ldquoIntroduction to Finite Elements in EngineeringrdquoPrentice Hall India Third Edition 2003REFERENCES1 Reddy JN ldquoAn Introduction to Finite Element Methodrdquo McGraw-Hill 20002 Krishnamurthy CS ldquoFinite Element Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill 20003 Bathe KJ and Wilson EL ldquoNumerical Methods in Finite Elements AnalysisrdquoPrentice Hall of India 1985

                          34

                          Sub Code AIRCRAFT STABILITY amp CONTROL L T P C3 1 0 4

                          OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the concepts of stable and nonstable configurationof airplanes To introduce the concepts of control of airplanes under variousoperating conditions

                          Module ndash I (13 hours)STATIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY AND CONTROL 15General concepts-Degrees of freedom of a rigid body Static and dynamic stability Need for stability in an airplane inherently and marginally stable airplanes Stability and Controllability Requirements of control surfaces criteria for longitudinal static stability contribution to stability by wing tail fuselage wing fuselage combination Total longitudinal stability Neutral point-Stick fixed and Stick free aspects Free elevator factor static margin Hinge moment Power effects on stability-propeller and jet aircrafts longitudinal control Movement of centre of gravity elevator control effectiveness elevator control power elevator angle to trim elevator angle per g maneuver point Stick force gradient and stick force per g Aerodynamic balancing

                          Module ndash II (15 hours) STATIC DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND CONTROL Directional stability-yaw and sideslip Criterion of directional stability contribution to static directional stability by wing fuselage tail Power effects on directional stabilitypropeller and jet aircrafts Rudder lock and Dorsal fin Directional control rudder control effectiveness rudder requirements adverse yaw asymmetric power condition spin recovery

                          STATIC LATERAL STABILTY AND CONTROL Lateral stability-Dihedral effect criterion for lateral stability evaluation of lateral stability-contribution of fuselage wing wing fuselage tail total static lateral stability lateral control aileron reversal aileron reversal speed

                          Module ndash III (12 hours) DYNAMIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY Aircraft Equations of motion small disturbance theory Estimation of longitudinal stability derivatives stability derivatives solving the stability quartic Phugoid motion

                          DYNAMIC LATERAL AND DIRECTIONAL STABILITY Dutch roll and spiral instability Auto rotation and spin

                          TEXT BOOKS1 Perkins CD amp Hage RE Airplane performance stability and control John Wileyamp Sons 19762 Nelson RC Flight Stability amp Automatic Control McGraw Hill 1998REFERENCES1 McCormick BW Aerodynamics Aeronautics amp Flight Mechanics John Wiley19952 Babister AW Aircraft Stability and response Pergamon Press 19803 Etkin B Dynamics of Flight Stability and Control John Wiley New York 19824 Pamadi BN Performnce Stability Dynamics and Control of Airplanes AIAA Education Series 2004

                          35

                          Sub Code WIND TUNNEL TECHNIQUES L T P C3 0 0 3

                          OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of measurement of forces and moments on models during the wind tunnel testing

                          Module ndash I (10 hours)WIND TUNNELSClassification ndashnon-dimensional numbers-types of similarities - Layout of open circuit and closed circuit subsonic wind tunnels ndash design parameters-energy ratio - HP calculationsCalibration

                          Module ndash II (15 hours) HIGH SPEED WIND TUNNELSBlow down in draft and induction tunnel layouts and their design features Transonic supersonic and hypersonic tunnels their peculiarities and calibration Helium and gun tunnels Shock tubes

                          FLOW VISUALIZATIONSmoke and Tuft grid techniques ndash Dye injection special techniques ndash Optical methods offlow visualization

                          Module ndash II (15 hours)WIND TUNNEL MEASUREMENTSPressurevelocity and temperature measurements ndash Force measurements ndash types of balances-Three component and six component balances ndash calibration of measuring instruments

                          NON-INTRUSIVE FLOW DIAGNOSTICSLaser ndash Doppler anemometry Particle image velocimetry Laser induced fluorescence TEXT BOOK1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow Speed Wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley Publication1984REFERENCE1 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh Speed wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley 1985

                          36

                          Sub Code HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS L T P C3 0 0 3

                          OBJECTIVETo learn damage mechanism and failure of components of elavated temperatures

                          Module ndash I (15 hours)CREEPFactors influencing functional life of components at elevated temperatures definition of creep curve various stages of creep metallurgical factors influencing various stages effect of stress temperatures and strain rate

                          Design of transient creep time hardening strain hardening expressions of rupture life ofcreep ductile and brittle materials Monkman-Grant relationship

                          Module ndash II (13 hours)FRACTURE AND OXIDATIONVarious types of fracture brittle to ductile from low temperature to high temperature cleavage fracture due to micro void coalescence ndash diffusion controlled void growth fracture maps for different alloys and oxidesOxidation Pilling Bedworth ratio kinetic laws of oxidation ndash defect structure and control of Oxidation by alloy additions

                          Module ndash III (12 hours)HOT CORROSION SUPER ALLOYS AND OTHER MATERIALHot gas corrosion deposit modified hot gas corrosion fluxing mechanisms effect of alloying elements on hot corrosion interaction of hot corrosion and creep methods of combat hot corrosion

                          Iron base Nickel base abd Cobalt base super alloys composition control solid solution strengthening precipitation hardening by gamma prime grain boundary strengthening TCP phase embrittlement solidfication of single crystals Intermetallics high temperature ceramics

                          TEXT BOOKS1 Raj R ldquoFlow and Fracture at Elevated TemperaturesrdquoAmerican Society for MetalsUSA 19852 Hertzberg RW ldquoDeformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering materialsrdquo 4th

                          Edition John Wiley USA 19963 Courtney T H ldquoMechanical Behaviour of MaterialsrdquoMcGraw-Hill USA 1990REFERENCES1 Boyle JT Spencer J ldquoStress Analysis for Creeprdquo Butterworths UK 19832 BressersJ ldquoCreep and Fatigue in High Temperature Alloysrdquo Applied Science 19813 McLean D ldquoDirectionally Solidified Materials for High Temperature ServicerdquoThe Metals Society USA 1985

                          37

                          AE2355 AERO ENGINE LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                          OBJECTIVETo introduce the knowledge of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines1 Study of free convective heat transfer over a flat plate2 Engine (Piston Engine) - cleaning visual inspection NDT checks3 Piston Engine Components - dimensional checks4 Velocity profiles of free jets5 Velocity profiles of wall jets6 Combustion Studies in a model jet engine combustor7 Jet Engine ndash identification of components amp defects8 Jet Engine ndash NDT checks and dimensional checks9 Study of hybrid rocket propulsion system10 Engine starting procedures11 Study of ramjet12 Burn rate measurements of solid propellants

                          TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                          38

                          Sub code AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash I L T P C0 0 3 2

                          OBJECTIVETo introduce and develop the basic concept of aircraft designEach student is assigned the design of an Airplane (or Helicopter or any other flightvehicle) for given preliminary specifications The following are the assignments to becarried outEXPERIMENTS1 Comparative configuration study of different types of airplanes2 Comparative study on specification and performance details of aircraft3 Preparation of comparative data sheets4 Work sheet layout procedures5 Comparative graphs preparation and selection of main parameters for the design6 Preliminary weight estimations selection of main parameters7 Power plant selection Aerofoil selection Wing tail and control surfaces8 Preparation of layouts of balance diagram and three view drawings9 Drag estimation10 Detailed performance calculations and stability estimates

                          TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                          AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY- II

                          1 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of symmetric aerofoil section2 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of cambered aerofoil section3 Pressure distribution over a Nose cone model4 Determination of Base drag of a missile model5 Determination of profile drag of bodies by wake survey method6 Study of flow field over a backward facing step7 Pressure distribution over a water tank model for various wind speeds8 Velocity profiles for different simulated terrains9 Calibration of Supersonic Wind Tunnel10 Flow visualization studies in supersonic flows

                          TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                          39

                          40

                          SEMESTER VII

                          Code No Course Title L T P C

                          THEORY

                          PCME4404 Production and Operation Management 3 0 0 3Avionics 3 0 0 3Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 0 3Vibrations And Elements of Aeroelasticity 3 0 0 3

                          E2 Elective ndash II 3 0 0 3E3 Elective ndash III 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                          Aircraft Design Project ndash II 0 0 3 2Aircraft Systems Lab 0 0 3 2Project Work and Seminar 0 0 3 3

                          41

                          SEMESTER VII

                          PCME4404 Production and Operation Management L T P C

                          Objective The course aims at acquainting all engineering graduates irrespective of theirspecializations the basic issues and tools of managing production and operations functionsof an organizationModule I1 Operations Function in an Organization Manufacturing Vrs Service Operations Systemview of Operations Strategic Role of Operations Operations Strategies for CompetitiveAdvantage Operations Quality and Productivity Focus Meeting Global Challenges ofProduction and Operations Imperatives (3 Hours)2 Designing Products Services and Processes New Product Design- Product Life CycleProduct Development Process Process Technology Project Jobshop Batch AssemblyLine Continuous Manufacturing Process Technology Life Cycle Process TechnologyTrends FMS CIM CAD CAM Design for Services Services Process Technology(4 Hours)3 Work Study Methods Study- Techniques of Analysis recording improvement andstandardization Work Measurement Work Measurement Principles using Stopwatch TimeStudy Predetermined Motion Time Standards and Work Sampling Standard TimeEstimation (4 Hours)Module II4 Location and Layout Planning Factor Influencing Plant and Warehouse LocationsImpact of Location on cost and revenues Facility Location Procedure and Models Qualitative Models Breakeven Analysis location Model centroid methodLayout Planning Layout Types Process Layout Product Layout Fixed Position LayoutPlanning block diagramming line balancing computerized layout planning- overviewGroup Technology (4 Hours)5 Forecasting Principles and Method Moving Average weighted Moving AverageExponential Smoothing Winterrsquos Method for Seasonal Demand Forecasting Error(4 Hours)6 Manufacturing Planning and Control The Framework and Components AggregatePlanning Master Production Scheduling Rough-cut-Capacity Planning MaterialRequirements Planning Capacity Requirements Planning (5 Hours)Module III7 Sequencing and Scheduling Single Machine Sequencing Basics and PerformanceEvaluation Criteria Methods for Minimizing Mean Flow Time Parallel Machines Minimization of Makespan Flowshop sequencing 2 and 3 machines cases JohnsonrsquosRule and Jobshop Scheduling Priority dispatching Rules (3 Hours)8 Inventory Control Relevant Costs Basic EOQ Model Model with Quantity discountEconomic Batch Quantity Periodic and Continuous Review Systems Safety Stock ReorderPoint and Order Quantity Calculations ABC Analysis (4 Hours)9 Modern Trends in Manufacturing Just in Time (JIT) System Shop Floor Control ByKanbans Total Quality Management Total Productive Maintenance ISO 9000 QualityCircle Kaizen Poka Yoke Supply Chain Management (4 Hours)Reference Book1 SNChary ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 R Paneerselvam ldquoProduction and Operations Management Prentice Hall of India3 Aswathappa amp Bhatt ndash Production amp Operations Management HPH4 Gaither amp Frazier - Operations Management Cengage Publication5 Russell amp Taylor - Operations Management PHI Publication6 Chase Aquilanno Jacob amp Agarwal - Operations Management TMH Publication7 EE Adam and RJ Ebert ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India

                          42

                          Sub Code AVIONICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                          OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of navigation amp communication systems of aircraft

                          Module ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems ndash Integrated Avionicssystem ndash Typical avionics sub systems ndash Design approaches and recent advances -Application Technologies

                          PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS Digital Computers ndash Digital number system- number systems and codes-Fundamentals of logic and combinational logic circuits ndashDigital arithmetic ndash interfacing with analoguesystems

                          Module ndash II (11 hours)Basic of Microprocessors and application Microprocessors ndash Memories- Microprocessors real time application related to aircraft

                          DIGITAL AVIONICS ARCHITECTURE Avionics system architecturendash salient features and applications of Data buses MILndashSTD1553 BndashARINC 429ndashARINC 629

                          Module ndash III (15 hours)

                          FLIGHT DECK AND COCKPITSControl and display technologies CRT LCD - Touch screen - Direct voice input (DVI) - Civil cockpit and military cockpit MFDS HUD MFK HOTAS AVIONICS SYSTEMS Communication Systems - Navigation systems - Flight control systems - Radar electronic warfare - Utility systems Reliability and maintainability - Certification TEXT BOOKS1 Malcrno AP and Leach DP ldquoDigital Principles and Applicationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill19902 Gaonkar RS ldquoMicroprocessors Architecture ndash Programming and Applicationrdquo Wileyand Sons Ltd New Delhi 1990REFERENCES1 Middleton DH Ed ldquoAvionics Systems Longman Scientific and Technicalrdquo LongmanGroup UK Ltd England 19892 Spitzer CR ldquoDigital Avionic Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ USA19873 Brain Kendal ldquoManual of Avionicsrdquo The English Book House 3rd Edition New Delhi19934 Nagaraja ldquoNavigation systemrdquo5 J Powell ldquoAircraft Radio Systemrdquo

                          43

                          Sub Code COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                          OBJECTIVETo study the flow of dynamic fluids by computational methods

                          Module-I (10 hours) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows Mathematical properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations - Well posed problems - discretization of partial Differential Equations Explicit finite difference methods of subsonic supersonic and viscous flows

                          Module-II (15 hours)

                          DISCRETIZATION Boundary layer Equations and methods of solution -Implicit time dependent methods forinviscid and viscous compressible flows - Concept of numerical dissipation --Stabilityproperties of explicit and implicit methods - Conservative upwind discretization forHyperbolic systems - Further advantages of upwind differencing GRID GENERATION Structured grids Types and transformations Generation of structured grids Unstructured grids Delany triangulation

                          Module-III (15 hours)

                          FINITE VOLUME TECHNIQUESFinite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping -Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy - Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques ndash Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives Flux ndash splitting schemes Pressure correction solvers ndash SIMPLE PESO Vorticity transport formulation Implicitsemi-implicit schemes

                          TEXT BOOK1 Fletcher CAJ ldquoComputational Techniques for Fluid Dynamicsrdquo Vols I and IISpringer - Verlag Berlin 1988REFERENCES1 John F Wendt (Editor) ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics - An Introductionrdquo Springer ndashVerlag Berlin 19922 Charles Hirsch ldquoNumerical Computation of Internal and External Flowsrdquo Vols I and IIJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 19883 Klaus A Hoffmann and Steve T Chiang ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics forEngineersrdquo Vols I amp II Engineering Education System PO Box 20078 W WichitaKS 67208 - 1078 USA 19934 Anderson JrD ldquoFundamentals of Aerodynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill 2000

                          44

                          AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                          OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

                          Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

                          SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

                          Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

                          Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

                          ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

                          45

                          AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

                          OBJECTIVE

                          To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

                          Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

                          LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                          1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

                          TOTAL 60

                          AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

                          OBJECTIVE

                          To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

                          LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                          1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

                          TOTAL 60

                          46

                          SEMESTER VIII

                          Code No Course Title L T P C

                          THEORY

                          Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                          Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

                          47

                          Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

                          OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

                          Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

                          METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

                          Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

                          Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

                          FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

                          REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

                          48

                          Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

                          OBJECTIVE

                          The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

                          PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

                          OBJECTIVE

                          The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

                          The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

                          Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

                          OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

                          LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                          1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

                          composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

                          fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

                          49

                          1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

                          SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

                          Code No Course Title L T P C

                          Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

                          Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

                          SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

                          Code No Course Title L T P C

                          Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

                          ELECTIVESndash III

                          Code No Course Title L T P C

                          Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

                          SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

                          Code No Course Title L T P C

                          Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

                          ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

                          Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

                          50

                          Elective Subjects

                          Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                          OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

                          BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

                          Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

                          Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

                          TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

                          TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

                          51

                          Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                          OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                          Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                          UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                          52

                          AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                          OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                          Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                          Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                          MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                          Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                          AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                          TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                          53

                          Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                          3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                          Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                          Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                          RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                          Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                          HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                          54

                          Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                          OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                          Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                          IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                          Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                          Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                          55

                          Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                          OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                          Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                          STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                          Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                          Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                          56

                          Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                          Module-I (15hours)

                          FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                          COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                          Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                          Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                          COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                          57

                          Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                          OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                          Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                          BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                          Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                          BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                          Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                          58

                          Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                          OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                          Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                          Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                          Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                          Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                          TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                          59

                          Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                          OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                          Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                          PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                          Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                          PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                          Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                          Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                          60

                          Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                          Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                          EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                          Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                          Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                          SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                          61

                          AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                          OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                          Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                          Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                          AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                          Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                          TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                          62

                          Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                          OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                          Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                          VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                          INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                          63

                          Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                          OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                          Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                          MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                          Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                          PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                          Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                          64

                          Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                          OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                          65

                          Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                          Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                          CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                          Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                          CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                          Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                          66

                          • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                          • Course Title
                            • THEORY
                            • SEMESTER III
                            • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                            • (for a batch of 30 students)
                            • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                            • (for a batch of 30 students)
                              • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                              • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                  • Course Title
                                    • THEORY
                                    • PRACTICAL
                                    • SEMESTER V
                                      • Course Title
                                        • THEORY
                                        • PRACTICAL
                                        • SEMESTER VI
                                          • Course Title
                                            • THEORY
                                            • PRACTICAL
                                            • SEMESTER VI
                                              • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                • SEMESTER VII
                                                  • Course Title
                                                    • THEORY
                                                    • PRACTICAL
                                                    • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                      • TOTAL 60
                                                      • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                      • TOTAL 60
                                                        • SEMESTER VIII
                                                          • Course Title
                                                            • THEORY
                                                            • PRACTICAL
                                                            • Co New York 1989
                                                            • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                            • OBJECTIVE
                                                            • PROJECT WORK
                                                              • OBJECTIVE
                                                                • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                    • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                        • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                            PCAE1207 AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS AND INSTRUMENTS L T P C3 0 0 3

                            OBJECTIVETo describe the principle and working of aircraft systems and instruments Module-I (9 hours)AIRPLANE CONTROL SYSTEMS Conventional Systems - fully powered flight controls - Power actuated systems ndash Modern control systems - Digital fly by wire systems - Auto pilot system active control Technology

                            Module-II (17 hours)AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS Hydraulic systems - Study of typical workable system - components - Pneumatic systems - Advantages - Working principles - Typical Air pressure system ndash Brake system ndash Typical Pneumatic power system - Components Landing Gear systems - Classification

                            ENGINE SYSTEMS Fuel systems for Piston and jet engines - Components of multi engines Lubricating systems for piston and jet engines - Starting and Ignition systems - Typical examples for piston and jet engines

                            Module-II (14 hours)AUXILIARY SYSTEM Basic Air cycle systems - Vapour Cycle systems Evaporative vapour cycle systems - Evaporative air cycle systems - Fire protection systems Deicing and anti icing systems

                            AIRCRAFT INSTRUMENTS Flight Instruments and Navigation Instruments ndash Gyroscope - Accelerometers Air speedIndicators ndash TAS EAS- Mach Meters - Altimeters - Principles and operation - Study of various types of engine instruments - Tachometers - Temperature gauges ndash Pressure gauges - Operation and Principles

                            TEXT BOOKS1 McKinley JL and Bent RD ldquoAircraft Maintenance amp Repairrdquo McGraw-Hill 19932 ldquoGeneral Hand Books of Airframe and Powerplant Mechanicsrdquo US Dept ofTransportation Federal Aviation Administation The English Book Store NewDelhi1995REFERENCES1 Mekinley JL and Bent RD ldquoAircraft Power Plantsrdquo McGraw-Hill 19932 Pallet EHJ ldquoAircraft Instruments amp Principlesrdquo Pitman amp Co 19933 Treager S ldquoGas Turbine Technologyrdquo McGraw-Hill 1997

                            14

                            PCAE1208 PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY L T P C3 0 0 3

                            OBJECTIVEThe components such a piston connecting rod crankshaft engine block front axle frame body etc are manufactured by various types of production processes involving casting welding machining metal forming powder metallurgy etc hence Engineering students must study this course production technology UNIT I CASTING nd WELDING 16Casting types procedure to make sand mould types of core making moulding tolls machine moulding special moulding processes-co2 moulding shell moulding investment moulding permanent mould casting pressure die casting centrifugal casting continuous casting casting defects

                            Classification of welding processes Principles of Oxyacetylene gas welding AC metal arc welding resistance welding submerged arc welding tungsten inert gas welding metal inert gas welding plasma arc welding thermic welding electron beam welding laser beam welding defects in welding soldering and brazing

                            UNIT II MACHIINING 14General principles (with schematic diagrams only) of working and commonly performedoperations in the following machines Lathe Shaper Planer Horizontal milling machineUniversal drilling machine Cylindrical grinding machine Capstan and Turret lathe Basics of CNC machines General principles and applications of the following processesAbrasive jet machining Ultrasonic machining Electric discharge machining Electro chemical machining Plasma are machining Electron beam machining and Laser beammachining

                            UNIT IV METAL FORMING AND POWDER METALLURGY 11Types of plastics-characteristics of the forming and shaping processes-Moulding of Thermoplastics-working principles and typical applications of Injection moulding- Thermoforming-processing of thermosets-working principles and typical applications-

                            Principles and applications of the following processes Forging Rolling Extrusion Wiredrawing and Spinning Powder metallurgy-Principal steps involved advantages Disadvantages and limitations of powder metallurgy TEXT BOOK1 Harija choudry Elements of workshop Technology vol I and II Media promoters andpublishers pvt Ltd Mumbai 2001REFERENCES1 R K Jain and S C Gupta production Technology Khanna Publishers 16th Edition20012 H M T production technology-Hand book Tata Mc Graw-Hill 20003 Roy A Linberg process and materials of manufacturing technology PHI 20004 M Adithan and A B Cupta manufacturing technology New Age 19965 Serope Kalpajian Steven R Schimid Manuyfacturing Engineering and TechnologyPearson Education Inc2002 (second Indian Reprint)

                            15

                            PCAE1209 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES ndash I L T P C3 1 0 4

                            OBJECTIVETo study different types of beams and columns subjected to various types of loading and support conditions with particular emphasis on aircraft structural components

                            Module ndash I (17 hours)STATICALLY DETERMINATE STRUCTURES Analysis of plane Truss-Method of joints-3 D Truss-Plane frames

                            STATICALLY INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES Propped Cantilever- Fixed-Fixed beams-Clapeyrons Three Moment Equation - MomentDistribution Method

                            Module ndash II (11 hours)ENERGY METHODS 10+4Strain Energy due to axial bending and Torsional loads ndash Castiglianorsquos theorems- Maxwells Reciprocal theorem Unit load method - application to beams trusses framesrings etc -Composite beam

                            Module ndash III (14 hours)COLUMNS Columns with various end conditions ndash Eulerrsquos Column curve ndash Rankinersquos formula - Column with initial curvature - Eccentric loading ndash South well plot ndash Beam column

                            FAILURE THEORY Maximum Stress theory ndash Maximum Strain Theory ndash Maximum Shear Stress Theory ndash Distortion Theory ndash Maximum Strain energy theory ndash Application to aircraft Structural problems

                            1 Donaldson BK ldquoAnalysis of Aircraft Structures ndash An Introductionrdquo McGraw-Hill19932 BruhnEFrdquoAnalysis and design of flight vehicle structuresrdquo Tri set of offset companyUSA1973REFERENCE1 Timoshenko S ldquoStrength of Materialsrdquo Vol I and II Princeton D Von Nostrand Co

                            1990

                            16

                            PCAE1210 PROPULSION ndash I L T P C3 0 0 3

                            OBJECTIVETo understand the principles of operation and design of aircraft and spacecraft powerplants

                            Module ndash I (10 hours)

                            FUNDAMENTALS OF GAS TURBINE ENGINES Illustration of working of gas turbine engine ndash The thrust equation ndash Factors affecting thrustndash Effect of pressure velocity and temperature changes of air entering compressor ndash Methods of thrust augmentation ndash Characteristics of turboprop turbofan and turbojet ndashPerformance characteristics

                            Module ndash II (14 hours)

                            SUBSONIC AND SUPERSONIC INLETS FOR JET ENGINES Internal flow and Stall in subsonic inlets ndash Boundary layer separation ndash Major features of external flow near a subsonic inlet ndash Relation between minimum area ratio and eternal deceleration ratio ndash Diffuser performance ndash Supersonic inlets ndash Starting problem on supersonic inlets ndash Shock swallowing by area variation ndash External declaration ndash Models of inlet operation

                            NOZZLES Theory of flow in isentropic nozzles ndash nozzles and choking ndash Nozzle throat conditions ndashNozzle efficiency ndash Losses in nozzles ndash Over expanded and under ndash expanded nozzles ndashEjector and variable area nozzles ndash Interaction of nozzle flow with adjacent surfaces ndashThrust reversal

                            Module ndash III (16 hours)

                            COMPRESSORS Principle of operation of centrifugal compressor ndash Work done and pressure rise ndash Velocity diagrams ndash Diffuser vane design considerations ndash Concept of prewhirl rotation stall and surge ndash Elementary theory of axial flow compressor ndash Velocity triangles ndash degree of reaction ndash Three dimensional ndashCompressor blade design ndash Centrifugal and Axial compressor performance characteristics

                            COMBUSTION CHAMBERSClassification of combustion chambers ndash Important factors affecting combustion chamber design ndash Combustion process ndash Combustion chamber performance ndash Effect of operating variables on performance ndash Flame tube cooling ndash Flame stabilization ndash Use of flame holders ndash Numerical problems

                            TEXT BOOKS1 Hill PG amp Peterson CR ldquoMechanics amp Thermodynamics of Propulsionrdquo Addison ndashWesley Longman INC 1999REFERENCES1 Cohen H Rogers GFC and Saravanamuttoo HIH ldquoGas Turbine TheoryrdquoLongman 19892 Oates GC ldquoAero thermodynamics of Aircraft Engine Componentsrdquo AIAA EducationSeries New York 1985

                            17

                            3 ldquoRolls Royce Jet Enginerdquo ndash Third Edition ndash 19834 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers amp Distributors Delhi 1999

                            18

                            Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndashI L T P C0 0 3 2

                            OBJECTIVETo study experimentally the load deflection characteristics structural materials underDifferent types of loads

                            LIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Determination of Youngrsquos modulus of steel 2 Determination of fracture strength and fracture pattern of ductile and brittlematerials3 Determination of forces in statically indeterminate force system4 Deflection of beams with various end conditions5 Verification of Maxwellrsquos Reciprocal theorem 6 Verification of principle of superposition7 Column ndash Testing8 South ndash wellrsquos plot9 Shear Failure of Bolted and Rivetted Joints10 Non-Destructive Testing Procedures

                            TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                            19

                            Sub Code AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                            OBJECTIVETo familiarize the students in basic aerodynamics and use of wind tunnelsLIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Study of lift and tip vortices2 Flow visualization in water flow channel3 Flow visualization in smoke tunnel4 Plot of RPM Vs test section velocity in a subsonic wind tunnel5 Pressure distribution over circular cylinder6 Pressure distribution over a rough circular cylinder7 Pressure distribution over a symmetric aerofoil8 Pressure distribution over a cambered aerofoil9 Estimation of CL and CD of airfoil10 Force measurement using wind tunnel balance of airfoil

                            TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                            20

                            Sub Code MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY L T P C

                            0 0 3 2LIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 LATHE11 Facing plain turning and step turning12 Taper turning using compound rest13 Taper turning using taper turning attachment14 Single start V thread cutting and knurling15 Boring and internal thread cutting2 SHAPER AND SLOTTER21 Machining a V- block (in a Shaper)22 Machining hexagonal shape (in a Shaper)23 Machining internal key-way (in a slotter)413 DRILLING31 Drilling 4 or 6 holes at a given pitch circle on a plate32 Drilling reaming and tapping4 MILLING41 Plain Milling Exercise42 Gear Milling Exercise5 GRINDINGCylindrical Grinding Exercise

                            TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                            21

                            SEMESTER V

                            Code No Course Title L T P C

                            THEORY

                            Aircraft Structures ndash II 3 0 0 3Aerodynamics ndash II 3 0 0 3Propulsion ndash II 3 0 0 3Aircraft Performance 3 0 0 3Control Engineering 3 0 0 3Experimental Stress Analysis 3 0 0 3

                            PRACTICAL

                            Aircraft Structures Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2CADCAM Lab 0 0 3 2Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness Lab 0 0 3 2

                            22

                            SEMESTER V

                            AE2302 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES ndash II L T P C3 1 0 4

                            OBJECTIVETo study the behaviour of various aircraft structural components under different types ofloadsModule ndash I (15 hours) UNSYMMETRICAL BENDING General Principal axis and neutral axis methods- bending stresses in beams of symmetric sections with skew loads- bending stresses in beams of unsymmetrical sections

                            SHEAR FLOW IN OPEN SECTIONS Thin walled beams Concept of shear flow shear centre Elastic axis With one axis ofsymmetry with wall effective and ineffective in bending unsymmetrical beam sections

                            Module ndash II (14 hours)SHEAR FLOW IN CLOSED SECTIONS Bredt ndash Batho formula Single and multi ndash cell structures- Shear flow in single amp multicellstructures under torsion Shear flow in single and multicell under bending with wallseffective and ineffective

                            V-N DIAGRAMLoads on aircraft ndashlift distribution-V-n diagram-Gust loads

                            Module ndash III (11 hours)BUCKLING OF PLATES Rectangular sheets under compression local buckling stress of thin walled section-Crippling stresses by Needhamrsquos and Gerardrsquos methods Thin walled column strengthsheet stiffener panels-Effective width

                            STRESS ANALYSIS IN WING AND FUSELAGEShear resistant web beams-Tension field web beams(Wagnerrsquos) ndash Shear and bendingmoment distribution for cantilever and semi-cantilever types of beams

                            TEXT BOOKS1 Peery DJ and Azar JJ ldquoAircraft Structuresrdquo 2nd edition McGrawndashHill NY 20072 Megson TMG ldquoAircraft Structures for Engineering Studentsrdquo Edward Arnold 2007REFERENCES1 Bruhn EH ldquoAnalysis and Design of Flight vehicles Structuresrdquo Tri ndash state off setcompany USA 19852 Rivello RM ldquoTheory and Analysis of Flight Structuresrdquo McGraw-Hill 1993

                            23

                            Sub Code AERODYNAMICS ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

                            OBJECTIVETo understand the behaviour of airflow both internal and external in compressible flowregime with particular emphasis on supersonic flowsModule ndash I (10 hours)ONE DIMENSIONAL COMPRESSIBLE FLOW Energy Momentum continuity and state equations velocity of sound adiabatic steadystate flow equations Flow through convergent- divergent passage Performance undervarious back pressures

                            Module ndash II (16 hours)NORMAL OBLIQUE SHOCKS Prandtl equation and Rankine ndash Hugonoit relation Normal shock equations Pitot statictube corrections for subsonic and supersonic flows Oblique shocks and correspondingequations Hodograph and pressure turning angle shock polar flow past wedges andconcave corners strong weak and detached shocks

                            EXPANSION WAVES RAYLEIGH AND FANNO FLOW Flow past convex corners Expansion hodograph Reflection and interaction of shocks and expansion waves Method of Characteristics Two dimensional supersonic nozzlecontours

                            Module ndash III (14 hours)SUPERSONIC AND TRANSONIC FLOW Rayleigh and Fanno Flow Lift drag pitching moment and center of pressure of supersonic profiles Lower and upper critical Mach numbers Lift and drag divergence shock induced separation Characteristics of swept wings Effects of thickness camber and aspect ratio of wings Transonic area rule

                            TEXT BOOK1 Rathakrishnan E ldquoGas Dynamicsrdquo Prentice Hall of India 2003REFERENCES1 Shapiro AH ldquoDynamics and Thermodynamics of Compressible Fluid Flowrdquo RonaldPress 19822 Zucrow MJ and Anderson JD ldquoElements of gas dynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book CoNew York 19893 Anderson Jr D ndash ldquoModern compressible flowsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co New York

                            1999

                            24

                            Sub Code PROPULSION ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

                            OBJECTIVETo study in detail about gas turbines ramjet fundamentals of rocket propulsion andchemical rocketsModule ndash I (10 hours) AIRCRAFT GAS TURBINES 12Impulse and reaction blading of gas turbines ndash Velocity triangles and power output ndash Elementary theory ndash Vortex theory ndash Choice of blade profile pitch and chord ndash stimationof stage performance ndash Limiting factors in gas turbine design- Overall turbine performance ndash Methods of blade cooling ndash Matching of turbine and compressor Module ndash II (15 hours)RAMJET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Sub critical critical and supercritical operation ndash Combustion in ramjet engine ndash Ramjet performance ndash Simple ramjet design calculations ndash Introduction to scramjet

                            FUNDAMENTALS OF ROCKET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Specific impulse of a rocket ndash internal ballistics- Rocket nozzleclassification ndash Rocket performance considerations

                            Module ndash III (15 hours)CHEMICAL ROCKETS Solid propellant rockets ndash Selection criteria of solid propellants ndash Important hardware components of solid rockets ndash Propellant grain design considerations ndash Liquid propellantrockets ndash Selection of liquid propellants Cooling in liquid rockets ndash Hybrid rockets

                            ADVANCED PROPULSION TECHNIQUES Electric rocket propulsion ndash Ion propulsion techniques ndash Nuclear rocket ndash Types ndash Solarsail- Preliminary Concepts in nozzleless propulsion TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York 5th

                            Edn 19932 Hill PG amp Peterson CR ldquoMechanics amp Thermodynamics of Propulsionrdquo Addison ndashWesley Longman INC 1999REFERENCES1 Cohen H Rogers GFC and Saravanamuttoo HIH ldquoGas Turbine TheoryrdquoLongman Co ELBS Ed 19892 Gorden CV ldquoAero thermodynamics of Gas Turbine and Rocket Propulsionrdquo AIAAEducation Series New York 19893 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 1988

                            25

                            Sub Code AIRCRAFT PERFORMANCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                            OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the performance of airplanes under various flightconditions like take off cruise landing climbing gliding turning etcModule ndash I (13 hours)GENERAL CONCEPTSInternational Standard atmosphere IAS EAS TAS Propeller theory- Froude momentum and blade element theories Propeller co-efficients Use of propeller charts Performance of fixed and variable pitch propellers High lift devices Thrust augmentation

                            DRAG OF BODIESStreamlined and bluff body Types of drag Effect of Reynoldrsquos number on skin friction and pressure drag Drag reduction of airplanes Dragpolar Effect of Mach number on drag polar

                            Module ndash II (11 hours)STEADY LEVEL FLIGHTSteady level flight Thrust required and Power required Thrust available and Power available for propeller driven and jet powered aircraft Effect of altitude maximum level flight speed conditions for minimum drag and minimum power required Effect of drag divergence on maximum velocity Range and Endurance of Propeller and Jet airplanes

                            Module ndash III (16 hours)GLIDING AND CLIMBING FLIGHTShallow and steep angles of climb Rate of climb Climb hodograph Maximum Climb angle and Maximum Rate of climb- Effect of design parameters for propeller Absolute and service ceiling Gliding flight Glide hodograph

                            ACCELERATD FLIGHT Estimation of take-off and landing distances Methods of reducing landing distance level turn minimum turn radius bank angle and load factor Constraints on load factor Pull up and pull down maneuvers maximum turn rate V-n diagram

                            TEXT BOOKS1 HoughtonEL and Carruthers NB Aerodynamics for engineering studentsEdward Amold Publishers 19882 Anderson Jr JD Aircraft Performance and Design McGraw-Hill InternationalEdition 1999REFERENCES1 Kuethe AM and Chow CY Foundations of Aerodynamics John Wiley amp Sons19822 JJBertin Aerodynamics for Engineers Prentice-Hall 19883 LJ Clancey Aerodynamics Pitman 19864 Anderson Jr JD Introduction to Flight McGraw-Hill International Edition 1999

                            26

                            Sub Code CONTROL ENGINEERING L T P C3 0 0 3

                            OBJECTIVETo understand the basic concepts of flight control systemModule ndash I (11 hours) INTRODUCTIONHistorical review - Simple pneumatic hydraulic and thermal systems Series and parallelsystems Analogies - Mechanical and electrical components Development of flight control systems OPEN AND CLOSED LOOP SYSTEMSFeedback control systems ndash Block diagram representation of control systems Reductionof block diagrams Output to input ratios Signal flow graph

                            Module ndash II (15 hours)CHARACTERISTIC EQUATION AND FUNCTIONS Lap lace transformation Response of systems to different inputs viz Step input impulse ramp parabolic and sinusoidal inputs Time response of first and second order systems steady state errors and error constants of unity feedback circuit

                            SAMPLED DATA SYSTEMS Introduction to digital control system Digital Controllers and Digital PID Controllers

                            Module ndash III (14 hours)CONCEPT OF STABILITYNecessary and sufficient conditions Routh ndash Hurwitz criteria of stability Root locus andBode techniques Concept and construction frequency response

                            TOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Ogato ldquoModern Control Engineeringrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19982 GopalM ldquoControl Systems Principles and designrdquo ndash Tata McGraw-Hill PublicationNew Delhi 2000REFERENCES1 Azzo JJD and CH Houpis ldquoFeed back control system analysis and synthesisrdquoMcGraw ndash Hill International 3rd Edition 19982 Kuo BC ldquoAutomatic control systemsrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19983 Houpis CH and Lamont GB ldquoDigital Control Systemsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co NewYork USA 19954 Naresh K Sinha ldquoControl Systemsrdquo New Age International Publishers New Delhi

                            27

                            Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS L T P C3 0 0 3

                            OBJECTIVETo bring awareness on experimental method of finding the response of the structure todifferent types of loadModule ndash I (15 hours) MEASUREMENTS amp EXTENSOMETER Principles of measurements Accuracy Sensitivity and range of measurements Mechanical Optical Acoustical and Electrical extensometers and their uses Advantagesand disadvantages

                            ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE STRAIN GAUGES Principle of operation and requirements Types and their uses Materials for strain gauge Calibration and temperature compensation cross sensitivity Rosette analysis Wheastone bridge for static and dynamic strain measurements strain indicators

                            Module ndash II (14 hours)PHOTOELASTICITY Two dimensional photo elasticity Concept of light ndash photoelastic effects stress optic lawInterpretation of fringe pattern Compensation and separation techniques Photo elasticmaterials Introduction to three dimensional photo elasticity

                            Module ndash III (11 hours)BRITTLE COATING AND MOIRE METHODSIntroduction to Moire techniques brittle coating methods and holography NON ndash DESTRUCTIVE TESTINGFundamentals of NDT Radiography ultrasonic magnetic particle inspection Fluorescent penetrant technique Eddy current testing Acoustic Emission Technique

                            TEXT BOOKS1 Srinath LS Raghava MR Lingaiah K Garagesha G Pant B andRamachandra K ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill New Delhi 1984REFERENCES1 Dally JW and Riley WF ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo McGraw-Hill Inc NewYork 2005 IV edition2 Hetyenyi M ldquoHand book of Experimental Stress Analysisrdquo John Wiley and Sons IncNew York 19723 Pollock AA ldquoAcoustic Emission in Acoustics and Vibration Progressrdquo Ed StephensRWB Chapman and Hall 1993

                            28

                            Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndash II 0 0 3 100

                            OBJECTIVE

                            To experimentally study the unsymmetrical bending of beams find the location of shear centre obtain the stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques calibration of photo ndash elastic materials and study on vibration of beams

                            LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                            1 Unsymmetrical bending of beams2 Shear centre location for open sections3 Shear centre location for closed sections4 Constant strength beam5 Flexibility matrix for cantilever beam6 Beam with combined loading7 Calibration of Photo- elastic materials8 Stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques9 Vibrations of beams10 Wagner beam ndash Tension field beam

                            TOTAL 45

                            29

                            Sub Code CAD CAM LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                            OBJECTIVETo teach and train the students in the lab about the design and drafting of aerocomponents LIST OF EXPERIMENTSDesign and Modeling of rectangular plate with holeDesign and Modeling of spar componentsDesign and Modeling of Aerofoil structuresDesign and Modeling of cut section for wingsDesign and Modeling of Machine componentDesign and Modeling of Machine componentsDesign and Analysis of a TrussDesign and Analysis of Beam distributed loadDesign of Landing gearFacingTurning(Taper Step)

                            TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                            30

                            HSSM7203 Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness LabLab 30 hoursThis course will focus on communication in professional (work-related) situations of the kind thatBPUT graduates may expect to encounter on entering the professional domainSome typical forms of work-related communication oral or written are listed below Practiceactivities for all four skills can be designed around these or similar situations1 Gaining entry into an organizationi Preparing job-applications and CVsii Facing an interviewiii Participating in group discussion (as part of the recruitmentprocess)2 In-house communicationa Superior Senior 1048782 subordinate junior (individual 1048782 individual group)i Welcoming new entrants to the organization introducing the workplace cultureetcii Briefing subordinates juniors explaining duties and responsibilities etcii Motivating subordinates juniors (lsquopep talkrsquo)iii Instructing directing subordinates juniorsiv Expressing recording appreciation praising rewarding a subordinate or juniorv Reprimanding correcting disciplining a subordinatejunior (for a lapse) askingfor an explanation etcb Subordinate Junior 1048782 Superior Seniori Responding to the aboveii Reporting problems difficulties deficienciesiii Offering suggestions

                            31

                            SEMESTER VI

                            Code No Course Title L T P C

                            THEORYHSSM3301 Principles of Management 3 0 0 3

                            Finite Element Method 3 0 0 3Aircraft Stability and Control 3 0 0 3Wind Tunnel Techniques 3 0 0 3High Temperature Materials 3 0 0 3

                            E1 Elective ndash I 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                            Aero Engine Laboratory 0 0 3 2Aircraft Design Project - I 0 0 3 2Aerodynamics Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2

                            32

                            SEMESTER VI

                            HSSM3301 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (3-0-0)

                            Module I Functions of Management Concept of Management Management as an Art or Science The Process of Management Managerial Skills Good Managers are Born not Made Management is concerned with Ideas Things and People How a Manager Induces Workers to Put in Their Best Levels and Types of Management Evolution of Management Thought Managerial Environment The process of Management-Planning Organizing Directing Staffing Controlling

                            Module II Marketing Function of Management Modern Concept of Marketing The Functional Classification of Marketing Functions of a Marketing Management Marketing Mix Fundamental Needs of Customers The Role of Distribution channels in Marketing Advertising Marketing Consumerism and Environmentalism

                            Module III Financial Function amp HRM Functions Financial Functions Concept of Financial Management Project Appraisal Tools of Financial decisions making Overview of Working Capital HRM Function of Management Human Resource Management Human Resource Development Importance of HRM Overview of Job Analysis Job Description Job Specification Labour Turnover Manpower Planning Recruitment Selection Induction Training and Development Placement Wage and Salary Administration Performance Appraisal Grievance Handling Welfare Aspects

                            Reference Books 1 Business Organization amp Management CR Basu TMH 2 Business Organization amp Management Tulsia Pandey Pearson 3 Marketing Management Kotler Keller Koshi Jha Pearson 4 Financial Management IM Pandey Vikas 5 Human Resource Management Aswasthapa TMH 6 Modern Business Organisation amp Management by Sherlekar Himalaya Publishing House

                            33

                            Sub Code FINITE ELEMENT METHOD L T P C3 0 0 3

                            OBJECTIVETo introduce the concept of numerical analysis of structural componentsModule ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION Review of basic approximate methods of analyses ndash Stiffness and Flexibility matrix forsimple cases ndash Governing equation and convergence criteria of finite element method

                            DISCRETE ELEMENTS Bar Frame beam elements ndash Application to static dynamic analysis

                            Module ndash II (10 hours)

                            CONTINUUM ELEMENTS Various types of 2-D-elements Application to plane stress plane strain and axisymmetricproblems Module ndash III (16 hours)ISOPARAMETRIC ELEMENTS Applications to two and three-dimensional problems(four eight and nine nodded element) Numerical Integration

                            FIELD PROBLEMApplications to other field problems like heat transfer and fluid flow

                            TEXT BOOK1 TirupathiRC and Ashok DB ldquoIntroduction to Finite Elements in EngineeringrdquoPrentice Hall India Third Edition 2003REFERENCES1 Reddy JN ldquoAn Introduction to Finite Element Methodrdquo McGraw-Hill 20002 Krishnamurthy CS ldquoFinite Element Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill 20003 Bathe KJ and Wilson EL ldquoNumerical Methods in Finite Elements AnalysisrdquoPrentice Hall of India 1985

                            34

                            Sub Code AIRCRAFT STABILITY amp CONTROL L T P C3 1 0 4

                            OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the concepts of stable and nonstable configurationof airplanes To introduce the concepts of control of airplanes under variousoperating conditions

                            Module ndash I (13 hours)STATIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY AND CONTROL 15General concepts-Degrees of freedom of a rigid body Static and dynamic stability Need for stability in an airplane inherently and marginally stable airplanes Stability and Controllability Requirements of control surfaces criteria for longitudinal static stability contribution to stability by wing tail fuselage wing fuselage combination Total longitudinal stability Neutral point-Stick fixed and Stick free aspects Free elevator factor static margin Hinge moment Power effects on stability-propeller and jet aircrafts longitudinal control Movement of centre of gravity elevator control effectiveness elevator control power elevator angle to trim elevator angle per g maneuver point Stick force gradient and stick force per g Aerodynamic balancing

                            Module ndash II (15 hours) STATIC DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND CONTROL Directional stability-yaw and sideslip Criterion of directional stability contribution to static directional stability by wing fuselage tail Power effects on directional stabilitypropeller and jet aircrafts Rudder lock and Dorsal fin Directional control rudder control effectiveness rudder requirements adverse yaw asymmetric power condition spin recovery

                            STATIC LATERAL STABILTY AND CONTROL Lateral stability-Dihedral effect criterion for lateral stability evaluation of lateral stability-contribution of fuselage wing wing fuselage tail total static lateral stability lateral control aileron reversal aileron reversal speed

                            Module ndash III (12 hours) DYNAMIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY Aircraft Equations of motion small disturbance theory Estimation of longitudinal stability derivatives stability derivatives solving the stability quartic Phugoid motion

                            DYNAMIC LATERAL AND DIRECTIONAL STABILITY Dutch roll and spiral instability Auto rotation and spin

                            TEXT BOOKS1 Perkins CD amp Hage RE Airplane performance stability and control John Wileyamp Sons 19762 Nelson RC Flight Stability amp Automatic Control McGraw Hill 1998REFERENCES1 McCormick BW Aerodynamics Aeronautics amp Flight Mechanics John Wiley19952 Babister AW Aircraft Stability and response Pergamon Press 19803 Etkin B Dynamics of Flight Stability and Control John Wiley New York 19824 Pamadi BN Performnce Stability Dynamics and Control of Airplanes AIAA Education Series 2004

                            35

                            Sub Code WIND TUNNEL TECHNIQUES L T P C3 0 0 3

                            OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of measurement of forces and moments on models during the wind tunnel testing

                            Module ndash I (10 hours)WIND TUNNELSClassification ndashnon-dimensional numbers-types of similarities - Layout of open circuit and closed circuit subsonic wind tunnels ndash design parameters-energy ratio - HP calculationsCalibration

                            Module ndash II (15 hours) HIGH SPEED WIND TUNNELSBlow down in draft and induction tunnel layouts and their design features Transonic supersonic and hypersonic tunnels their peculiarities and calibration Helium and gun tunnels Shock tubes

                            FLOW VISUALIZATIONSmoke and Tuft grid techniques ndash Dye injection special techniques ndash Optical methods offlow visualization

                            Module ndash II (15 hours)WIND TUNNEL MEASUREMENTSPressurevelocity and temperature measurements ndash Force measurements ndash types of balances-Three component and six component balances ndash calibration of measuring instruments

                            NON-INTRUSIVE FLOW DIAGNOSTICSLaser ndash Doppler anemometry Particle image velocimetry Laser induced fluorescence TEXT BOOK1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow Speed Wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley Publication1984REFERENCE1 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh Speed wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley 1985

                            36

                            Sub Code HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS L T P C3 0 0 3

                            OBJECTIVETo learn damage mechanism and failure of components of elavated temperatures

                            Module ndash I (15 hours)CREEPFactors influencing functional life of components at elevated temperatures definition of creep curve various stages of creep metallurgical factors influencing various stages effect of stress temperatures and strain rate

                            Design of transient creep time hardening strain hardening expressions of rupture life ofcreep ductile and brittle materials Monkman-Grant relationship

                            Module ndash II (13 hours)FRACTURE AND OXIDATIONVarious types of fracture brittle to ductile from low temperature to high temperature cleavage fracture due to micro void coalescence ndash diffusion controlled void growth fracture maps for different alloys and oxidesOxidation Pilling Bedworth ratio kinetic laws of oxidation ndash defect structure and control of Oxidation by alloy additions

                            Module ndash III (12 hours)HOT CORROSION SUPER ALLOYS AND OTHER MATERIALHot gas corrosion deposit modified hot gas corrosion fluxing mechanisms effect of alloying elements on hot corrosion interaction of hot corrosion and creep methods of combat hot corrosion

                            Iron base Nickel base abd Cobalt base super alloys composition control solid solution strengthening precipitation hardening by gamma prime grain boundary strengthening TCP phase embrittlement solidfication of single crystals Intermetallics high temperature ceramics

                            TEXT BOOKS1 Raj R ldquoFlow and Fracture at Elevated TemperaturesrdquoAmerican Society for MetalsUSA 19852 Hertzberg RW ldquoDeformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering materialsrdquo 4th

                            Edition John Wiley USA 19963 Courtney T H ldquoMechanical Behaviour of MaterialsrdquoMcGraw-Hill USA 1990REFERENCES1 Boyle JT Spencer J ldquoStress Analysis for Creeprdquo Butterworths UK 19832 BressersJ ldquoCreep and Fatigue in High Temperature Alloysrdquo Applied Science 19813 McLean D ldquoDirectionally Solidified Materials for High Temperature ServicerdquoThe Metals Society USA 1985

                            37

                            AE2355 AERO ENGINE LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                            OBJECTIVETo introduce the knowledge of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines1 Study of free convective heat transfer over a flat plate2 Engine (Piston Engine) - cleaning visual inspection NDT checks3 Piston Engine Components - dimensional checks4 Velocity profiles of free jets5 Velocity profiles of wall jets6 Combustion Studies in a model jet engine combustor7 Jet Engine ndash identification of components amp defects8 Jet Engine ndash NDT checks and dimensional checks9 Study of hybrid rocket propulsion system10 Engine starting procedures11 Study of ramjet12 Burn rate measurements of solid propellants

                            TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                            38

                            Sub code AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash I L T P C0 0 3 2

                            OBJECTIVETo introduce and develop the basic concept of aircraft designEach student is assigned the design of an Airplane (or Helicopter or any other flightvehicle) for given preliminary specifications The following are the assignments to becarried outEXPERIMENTS1 Comparative configuration study of different types of airplanes2 Comparative study on specification and performance details of aircraft3 Preparation of comparative data sheets4 Work sheet layout procedures5 Comparative graphs preparation and selection of main parameters for the design6 Preliminary weight estimations selection of main parameters7 Power plant selection Aerofoil selection Wing tail and control surfaces8 Preparation of layouts of balance diagram and three view drawings9 Drag estimation10 Detailed performance calculations and stability estimates

                            TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                            AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY- II

                            1 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of symmetric aerofoil section2 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of cambered aerofoil section3 Pressure distribution over a Nose cone model4 Determination of Base drag of a missile model5 Determination of profile drag of bodies by wake survey method6 Study of flow field over a backward facing step7 Pressure distribution over a water tank model for various wind speeds8 Velocity profiles for different simulated terrains9 Calibration of Supersonic Wind Tunnel10 Flow visualization studies in supersonic flows

                            TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                            39

                            40

                            SEMESTER VII

                            Code No Course Title L T P C

                            THEORY

                            PCME4404 Production and Operation Management 3 0 0 3Avionics 3 0 0 3Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 0 3Vibrations And Elements of Aeroelasticity 3 0 0 3

                            E2 Elective ndash II 3 0 0 3E3 Elective ndash III 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                            Aircraft Design Project ndash II 0 0 3 2Aircraft Systems Lab 0 0 3 2Project Work and Seminar 0 0 3 3

                            41

                            SEMESTER VII

                            PCME4404 Production and Operation Management L T P C

                            Objective The course aims at acquainting all engineering graduates irrespective of theirspecializations the basic issues and tools of managing production and operations functionsof an organizationModule I1 Operations Function in an Organization Manufacturing Vrs Service Operations Systemview of Operations Strategic Role of Operations Operations Strategies for CompetitiveAdvantage Operations Quality and Productivity Focus Meeting Global Challenges ofProduction and Operations Imperatives (3 Hours)2 Designing Products Services and Processes New Product Design- Product Life CycleProduct Development Process Process Technology Project Jobshop Batch AssemblyLine Continuous Manufacturing Process Technology Life Cycle Process TechnologyTrends FMS CIM CAD CAM Design for Services Services Process Technology(4 Hours)3 Work Study Methods Study- Techniques of Analysis recording improvement andstandardization Work Measurement Work Measurement Principles using Stopwatch TimeStudy Predetermined Motion Time Standards and Work Sampling Standard TimeEstimation (4 Hours)Module II4 Location and Layout Planning Factor Influencing Plant and Warehouse LocationsImpact of Location on cost and revenues Facility Location Procedure and Models Qualitative Models Breakeven Analysis location Model centroid methodLayout Planning Layout Types Process Layout Product Layout Fixed Position LayoutPlanning block diagramming line balancing computerized layout planning- overviewGroup Technology (4 Hours)5 Forecasting Principles and Method Moving Average weighted Moving AverageExponential Smoothing Winterrsquos Method for Seasonal Demand Forecasting Error(4 Hours)6 Manufacturing Planning and Control The Framework and Components AggregatePlanning Master Production Scheduling Rough-cut-Capacity Planning MaterialRequirements Planning Capacity Requirements Planning (5 Hours)Module III7 Sequencing and Scheduling Single Machine Sequencing Basics and PerformanceEvaluation Criteria Methods for Minimizing Mean Flow Time Parallel Machines Minimization of Makespan Flowshop sequencing 2 and 3 machines cases JohnsonrsquosRule and Jobshop Scheduling Priority dispatching Rules (3 Hours)8 Inventory Control Relevant Costs Basic EOQ Model Model with Quantity discountEconomic Batch Quantity Periodic and Continuous Review Systems Safety Stock ReorderPoint and Order Quantity Calculations ABC Analysis (4 Hours)9 Modern Trends in Manufacturing Just in Time (JIT) System Shop Floor Control ByKanbans Total Quality Management Total Productive Maintenance ISO 9000 QualityCircle Kaizen Poka Yoke Supply Chain Management (4 Hours)Reference Book1 SNChary ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 R Paneerselvam ldquoProduction and Operations Management Prentice Hall of India3 Aswathappa amp Bhatt ndash Production amp Operations Management HPH4 Gaither amp Frazier - Operations Management Cengage Publication5 Russell amp Taylor - Operations Management PHI Publication6 Chase Aquilanno Jacob amp Agarwal - Operations Management TMH Publication7 EE Adam and RJ Ebert ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India

                            42

                            Sub Code AVIONICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                            OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of navigation amp communication systems of aircraft

                            Module ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems ndash Integrated Avionicssystem ndash Typical avionics sub systems ndash Design approaches and recent advances -Application Technologies

                            PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS Digital Computers ndash Digital number system- number systems and codes-Fundamentals of logic and combinational logic circuits ndashDigital arithmetic ndash interfacing with analoguesystems

                            Module ndash II (11 hours)Basic of Microprocessors and application Microprocessors ndash Memories- Microprocessors real time application related to aircraft

                            DIGITAL AVIONICS ARCHITECTURE Avionics system architecturendash salient features and applications of Data buses MILndashSTD1553 BndashARINC 429ndashARINC 629

                            Module ndash III (15 hours)

                            FLIGHT DECK AND COCKPITSControl and display technologies CRT LCD - Touch screen - Direct voice input (DVI) - Civil cockpit and military cockpit MFDS HUD MFK HOTAS AVIONICS SYSTEMS Communication Systems - Navigation systems - Flight control systems - Radar electronic warfare - Utility systems Reliability and maintainability - Certification TEXT BOOKS1 Malcrno AP and Leach DP ldquoDigital Principles and Applicationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill19902 Gaonkar RS ldquoMicroprocessors Architecture ndash Programming and Applicationrdquo Wileyand Sons Ltd New Delhi 1990REFERENCES1 Middleton DH Ed ldquoAvionics Systems Longman Scientific and Technicalrdquo LongmanGroup UK Ltd England 19892 Spitzer CR ldquoDigital Avionic Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ USA19873 Brain Kendal ldquoManual of Avionicsrdquo The English Book House 3rd Edition New Delhi19934 Nagaraja ldquoNavigation systemrdquo5 J Powell ldquoAircraft Radio Systemrdquo

                            43

                            Sub Code COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                            OBJECTIVETo study the flow of dynamic fluids by computational methods

                            Module-I (10 hours) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows Mathematical properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations - Well posed problems - discretization of partial Differential Equations Explicit finite difference methods of subsonic supersonic and viscous flows

                            Module-II (15 hours)

                            DISCRETIZATION Boundary layer Equations and methods of solution -Implicit time dependent methods forinviscid and viscous compressible flows - Concept of numerical dissipation --Stabilityproperties of explicit and implicit methods - Conservative upwind discretization forHyperbolic systems - Further advantages of upwind differencing GRID GENERATION Structured grids Types and transformations Generation of structured grids Unstructured grids Delany triangulation

                            Module-III (15 hours)

                            FINITE VOLUME TECHNIQUESFinite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping -Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy - Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques ndash Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives Flux ndash splitting schemes Pressure correction solvers ndash SIMPLE PESO Vorticity transport formulation Implicitsemi-implicit schemes

                            TEXT BOOK1 Fletcher CAJ ldquoComputational Techniques for Fluid Dynamicsrdquo Vols I and IISpringer - Verlag Berlin 1988REFERENCES1 John F Wendt (Editor) ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics - An Introductionrdquo Springer ndashVerlag Berlin 19922 Charles Hirsch ldquoNumerical Computation of Internal and External Flowsrdquo Vols I and IIJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 19883 Klaus A Hoffmann and Steve T Chiang ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics forEngineersrdquo Vols I amp II Engineering Education System PO Box 20078 W WichitaKS 67208 - 1078 USA 19934 Anderson JrD ldquoFundamentals of Aerodynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill 2000

                            44

                            AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                            OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

                            Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

                            SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

                            Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

                            Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

                            ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

                            45

                            AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

                            OBJECTIVE

                            To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

                            Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

                            LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                            1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

                            TOTAL 60

                            AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

                            OBJECTIVE

                            To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

                            LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                            1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

                            TOTAL 60

                            46

                            SEMESTER VIII

                            Code No Course Title L T P C

                            THEORY

                            Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                            Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

                            47

                            Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

                            OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

                            Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

                            METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

                            Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

                            Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

                            FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

                            REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

                            48

                            Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

                            OBJECTIVE

                            The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

                            PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

                            OBJECTIVE

                            The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

                            The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

                            Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

                            OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

                            LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                            1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

                            composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

                            fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

                            49

                            1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

                            SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

                            Code No Course Title L T P C

                            Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

                            Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

                            SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

                            Code No Course Title L T P C

                            Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

                            ELECTIVESndash III

                            Code No Course Title L T P C

                            Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

                            SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

                            Code No Course Title L T P C

                            Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

                            ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

                            Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

                            50

                            Elective Subjects

                            Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                            OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

                            BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

                            Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

                            Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

                            TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

                            TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

                            51

                            Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                            OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                            Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                            UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                            52

                            AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                            OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                            Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                            Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                            MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                            Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                            AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                            TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                            53

                            Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                            3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                            Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                            Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                            RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                            Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                            HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                            54

                            Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                            OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                            Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                            IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                            Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                            Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                            55

                            Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                            OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                            Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                            STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                            Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                            Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                            56

                            Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                            Module-I (15hours)

                            FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                            COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                            Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                            Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                            COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                            57

                            Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                            OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                            Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                            BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                            Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                            BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                            Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                            58

                            Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                            OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                            Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                            Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                            Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                            Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                            TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                            59

                            Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                            OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                            Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                            PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                            Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                            PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                            Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                            Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                            60

                            Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                            Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                            EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                            Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                            Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                            SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                            61

                            AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                            OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                            Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                            Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                            AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                            Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                            TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                            62

                            Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                            OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                            Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                            VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                            INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                            63

                            Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                            OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                            Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                            MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                            Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                            PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                            Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                            64

                            Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                            OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                            65

                            Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                            Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                            CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                            Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                            CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                            Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                            66

                            • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                            • Course Title
                              • THEORY
                              • SEMESTER III
                              • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                              • (for a batch of 30 students)
                              • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                              • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                    • Course Title
                                      • THEORY
                                      • PRACTICAL
                                      • SEMESTER V
                                        • Course Title
                                          • THEORY
                                          • PRACTICAL
                                          • SEMESTER VI
                                            • Course Title
                                              • THEORY
                                              • PRACTICAL
                                              • SEMESTER VI
                                                • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                  • SEMESTER VII
                                                    • Course Title
                                                      • THEORY
                                                      • PRACTICAL
                                                      • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                        • TOTAL 60
                                                        • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                        • TOTAL 60
                                                          • SEMESTER VIII
                                                            • Course Title
                                                              • THEORY
                                                              • PRACTICAL
                                                              • Co New York 1989
                                                              • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                              • OBJECTIVE
                                                              • PROJECT WORK
                                                                • OBJECTIVE
                                                                  • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                      • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                          • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                              PCAE1208 PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY L T P C3 0 0 3

                              OBJECTIVEThe components such a piston connecting rod crankshaft engine block front axle frame body etc are manufactured by various types of production processes involving casting welding machining metal forming powder metallurgy etc hence Engineering students must study this course production technology UNIT I CASTING nd WELDING 16Casting types procedure to make sand mould types of core making moulding tolls machine moulding special moulding processes-co2 moulding shell moulding investment moulding permanent mould casting pressure die casting centrifugal casting continuous casting casting defects

                              Classification of welding processes Principles of Oxyacetylene gas welding AC metal arc welding resistance welding submerged arc welding tungsten inert gas welding metal inert gas welding plasma arc welding thermic welding electron beam welding laser beam welding defects in welding soldering and brazing

                              UNIT II MACHIINING 14General principles (with schematic diagrams only) of working and commonly performedoperations in the following machines Lathe Shaper Planer Horizontal milling machineUniversal drilling machine Cylindrical grinding machine Capstan and Turret lathe Basics of CNC machines General principles and applications of the following processesAbrasive jet machining Ultrasonic machining Electric discharge machining Electro chemical machining Plasma are machining Electron beam machining and Laser beammachining

                              UNIT IV METAL FORMING AND POWDER METALLURGY 11Types of plastics-characteristics of the forming and shaping processes-Moulding of Thermoplastics-working principles and typical applications of Injection moulding- Thermoforming-processing of thermosets-working principles and typical applications-

                              Principles and applications of the following processes Forging Rolling Extrusion Wiredrawing and Spinning Powder metallurgy-Principal steps involved advantages Disadvantages and limitations of powder metallurgy TEXT BOOK1 Harija choudry Elements of workshop Technology vol I and II Media promoters andpublishers pvt Ltd Mumbai 2001REFERENCES1 R K Jain and S C Gupta production Technology Khanna Publishers 16th Edition20012 H M T production technology-Hand book Tata Mc Graw-Hill 20003 Roy A Linberg process and materials of manufacturing technology PHI 20004 M Adithan and A B Cupta manufacturing technology New Age 19965 Serope Kalpajian Steven R Schimid Manuyfacturing Engineering and TechnologyPearson Education Inc2002 (second Indian Reprint)

                              15

                              PCAE1209 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES ndash I L T P C3 1 0 4

                              OBJECTIVETo study different types of beams and columns subjected to various types of loading and support conditions with particular emphasis on aircraft structural components

                              Module ndash I (17 hours)STATICALLY DETERMINATE STRUCTURES Analysis of plane Truss-Method of joints-3 D Truss-Plane frames

                              STATICALLY INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES Propped Cantilever- Fixed-Fixed beams-Clapeyrons Three Moment Equation - MomentDistribution Method

                              Module ndash II (11 hours)ENERGY METHODS 10+4Strain Energy due to axial bending and Torsional loads ndash Castiglianorsquos theorems- Maxwells Reciprocal theorem Unit load method - application to beams trusses framesrings etc -Composite beam

                              Module ndash III (14 hours)COLUMNS Columns with various end conditions ndash Eulerrsquos Column curve ndash Rankinersquos formula - Column with initial curvature - Eccentric loading ndash South well plot ndash Beam column

                              FAILURE THEORY Maximum Stress theory ndash Maximum Strain Theory ndash Maximum Shear Stress Theory ndash Distortion Theory ndash Maximum Strain energy theory ndash Application to aircraft Structural problems

                              1 Donaldson BK ldquoAnalysis of Aircraft Structures ndash An Introductionrdquo McGraw-Hill19932 BruhnEFrdquoAnalysis and design of flight vehicle structuresrdquo Tri set of offset companyUSA1973REFERENCE1 Timoshenko S ldquoStrength of Materialsrdquo Vol I and II Princeton D Von Nostrand Co

                              1990

                              16

                              PCAE1210 PROPULSION ndash I L T P C3 0 0 3

                              OBJECTIVETo understand the principles of operation and design of aircraft and spacecraft powerplants

                              Module ndash I (10 hours)

                              FUNDAMENTALS OF GAS TURBINE ENGINES Illustration of working of gas turbine engine ndash The thrust equation ndash Factors affecting thrustndash Effect of pressure velocity and temperature changes of air entering compressor ndash Methods of thrust augmentation ndash Characteristics of turboprop turbofan and turbojet ndashPerformance characteristics

                              Module ndash II (14 hours)

                              SUBSONIC AND SUPERSONIC INLETS FOR JET ENGINES Internal flow and Stall in subsonic inlets ndash Boundary layer separation ndash Major features of external flow near a subsonic inlet ndash Relation between minimum area ratio and eternal deceleration ratio ndash Diffuser performance ndash Supersonic inlets ndash Starting problem on supersonic inlets ndash Shock swallowing by area variation ndash External declaration ndash Models of inlet operation

                              NOZZLES Theory of flow in isentropic nozzles ndash nozzles and choking ndash Nozzle throat conditions ndashNozzle efficiency ndash Losses in nozzles ndash Over expanded and under ndash expanded nozzles ndashEjector and variable area nozzles ndash Interaction of nozzle flow with adjacent surfaces ndashThrust reversal

                              Module ndash III (16 hours)

                              COMPRESSORS Principle of operation of centrifugal compressor ndash Work done and pressure rise ndash Velocity diagrams ndash Diffuser vane design considerations ndash Concept of prewhirl rotation stall and surge ndash Elementary theory of axial flow compressor ndash Velocity triangles ndash degree of reaction ndash Three dimensional ndashCompressor blade design ndash Centrifugal and Axial compressor performance characteristics

                              COMBUSTION CHAMBERSClassification of combustion chambers ndash Important factors affecting combustion chamber design ndash Combustion process ndash Combustion chamber performance ndash Effect of operating variables on performance ndash Flame tube cooling ndash Flame stabilization ndash Use of flame holders ndash Numerical problems

                              TEXT BOOKS1 Hill PG amp Peterson CR ldquoMechanics amp Thermodynamics of Propulsionrdquo Addison ndashWesley Longman INC 1999REFERENCES1 Cohen H Rogers GFC and Saravanamuttoo HIH ldquoGas Turbine TheoryrdquoLongman 19892 Oates GC ldquoAero thermodynamics of Aircraft Engine Componentsrdquo AIAA EducationSeries New York 1985

                              17

                              3 ldquoRolls Royce Jet Enginerdquo ndash Third Edition ndash 19834 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers amp Distributors Delhi 1999

                              18

                              Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndashI L T P C0 0 3 2

                              OBJECTIVETo study experimentally the load deflection characteristics structural materials underDifferent types of loads

                              LIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Determination of Youngrsquos modulus of steel 2 Determination of fracture strength and fracture pattern of ductile and brittlematerials3 Determination of forces in statically indeterminate force system4 Deflection of beams with various end conditions5 Verification of Maxwellrsquos Reciprocal theorem 6 Verification of principle of superposition7 Column ndash Testing8 South ndash wellrsquos plot9 Shear Failure of Bolted and Rivetted Joints10 Non-Destructive Testing Procedures

                              TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                              19

                              Sub Code AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                              OBJECTIVETo familiarize the students in basic aerodynamics and use of wind tunnelsLIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Study of lift and tip vortices2 Flow visualization in water flow channel3 Flow visualization in smoke tunnel4 Plot of RPM Vs test section velocity in a subsonic wind tunnel5 Pressure distribution over circular cylinder6 Pressure distribution over a rough circular cylinder7 Pressure distribution over a symmetric aerofoil8 Pressure distribution over a cambered aerofoil9 Estimation of CL and CD of airfoil10 Force measurement using wind tunnel balance of airfoil

                              TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                              20

                              Sub Code MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY L T P C

                              0 0 3 2LIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 LATHE11 Facing plain turning and step turning12 Taper turning using compound rest13 Taper turning using taper turning attachment14 Single start V thread cutting and knurling15 Boring and internal thread cutting2 SHAPER AND SLOTTER21 Machining a V- block (in a Shaper)22 Machining hexagonal shape (in a Shaper)23 Machining internal key-way (in a slotter)413 DRILLING31 Drilling 4 or 6 holes at a given pitch circle on a plate32 Drilling reaming and tapping4 MILLING41 Plain Milling Exercise42 Gear Milling Exercise5 GRINDINGCylindrical Grinding Exercise

                              TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                              21

                              SEMESTER V

                              Code No Course Title L T P C

                              THEORY

                              Aircraft Structures ndash II 3 0 0 3Aerodynamics ndash II 3 0 0 3Propulsion ndash II 3 0 0 3Aircraft Performance 3 0 0 3Control Engineering 3 0 0 3Experimental Stress Analysis 3 0 0 3

                              PRACTICAL

                              Aircraft Structures Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2CADCAM Lab 0 0 3 2Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness Lab 0 0 3 2

                              22

                              SEMESTER V

                              AE2302 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES ndash II L T P C3 1 0 4

                              OBJECTIVETo study the behaviour of various aircraft structural components under different types ofloadsModule ndash I (15 hours) UNSYMMETRICAL BENDING General Principal axis and neutral axis methods- bending stresses in beams of symmetric sections with skew loads- bending stresses in beams of unsymmetrical sections

                              SHEAR FLOW IN OPEN SECTIONS Thin walled beams Concept of shear flow shear centre Elastic axis With one axis ofsymmetry with wall effective and ineffective in bending unsymmetrical beam sections

                              Module ndash II (14 hours)SHEAR FLOW IN CLOSED SECTIONS Bredt ndash Batho formula Single and multi ndash cell structures- Shear flow in single amp multicellstructures under torsion Shear flow in single and multicell under bending with wallseffective and ineffective

                              V-N DIAGRAMLoads on aircraft ndashlift distribution-V-n diagram-Gust loads

                              Module ndash III (11 hours)BUCKLING OF PLATES Rectangular sheets under compression local buckling stress of thin walled section-Crippling stresses by Needhamrsquos and Gerardrsquos methods Thin walled column strengthsheet stiffener panels-Effective width

                              STRESS ANALYSIS IN WING AND FUSELAGEShear resistant web beams-Tension field web beams(Wagnerrsquos) ndash Shear and bendingmoment distribution for cantilever and semi-cantilever types of beams

                              TEXT BOOKS1 Peery DJ and Azar JJ ldquoAircraft Structuresrdquo 2nd edition McGrawndashHill NY 20072 Megson TMG ldquoAircraft Structures for Engineering Studentsrdquo Edward Arnold 2007REFERENCES1 Bruhn EH ldquoAnalysis and Design of Flight vehicles Structuresrdquo Tri ndash state off setcompany USA 19852 Rivello RM ldquoTheory and Analysis of Flight Structuresrdquo McGraw-Hill 1993

                              23

                              Sub Code AERODYNAMICS ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

                              OBJECTIVETo understand the behaviour of airflow both internal and external in compressible flowregime with particular emphasis on supersonic flowsModule ndash I (10 hours)ONE DIMENSIONAL COMPRESSIBLE FLOW Energy Momentum continuity and state equations velocity of sound adiabatic steadystate flow equations Flow through convergent- divergent passage Performance undervarious back pressures

                              Module ndash II (16 hours)NORMAL OBLIQUE SHOCKS Prandtl equation and Rankine ndash Hugonoit relation Normal shock equations Pitot statictube corrections for subsonic and supersonic flows Oblique shocks and correspondingequations Hodograph and pressure turning angle shock polar flow past wedges andconcave corners strong weak and detached shocks

                              EXPANSION WAVES RAYLEIGH AND FANNO FLOW Flow past convex corners Expansion hodograph Reflection and interaction of shocks and expansion waves Method of Characteristics Two dimensional supersonic nozzlecontours

                              Module ndash III (14 hours)SUPERSONIC AND TRANSONIC FLOW Rayleigh and Fanno Flow Lift drag pitching moment and center of pressure of supersonic profiles Lower and upper critical Mach numbers Lift and drag divergence shock induced separation Characteristics of swept wings Effects of thickness camber and aspect ratio of wings Transonic area rule

                              TEXT BOOK1 Rathakrishnan E ldquoGas Dynamicsrdquo Prentice Hall of India 2003REFERENCES1 Shapiro AH ldquoDynamics and Thermodynamics of Compressible Fluid Flowrdquo RonaldPress 19822 Zucrow MJ and Anderson JD ldquoElements of gas dynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book CoNew York 19893 Anderson Jr D ndash ldquoModern compressible flowsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co New York

                              1999

                              24

                              Sub Code PROPULSION ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

                              OBJECTIVETo study in detail about gas turbines ramjet fundamentals of rocket propulsion andchemical rocketsModule ndash I (10 hours) AIRCRAFT GAS TURBINES 12Impulse and reaction blading of gas turbines ndash Velocity triangles and power output ndash Elementary theory ndash Vortex theory ndash Choice of blade profile pitch and chord ndash stimationof stage performance ndash Limiting factors in gas turbine design- Overall turbine performance ndash Methods of blade cooling ndash Matching of turbine and compressor Module ndash II (15 hours)RAMJET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Sub critical critical and supercritical operation ndash Combustion in ramjet engine ndash Ramjet performance ndash Simple ramjet design calculations ndash Introduction to scramjet

                              FUNDAMENTALS OF ROCKET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Specific impulse of a rocket ndash internal ballistics- Rocket nozzleclassification ndash Rocket performance considerations

                              Module ndash III (15 hours)CHEMICAL ROCKETS Solid propellant rockets ndash Selection criteria of solid propellants ndash Important hardware components of solid rockets ndash Propellant grain design considerations ndash Liquid propellantrockets ndash Selection of liquid propellants Cooling in liquid rockets ndash Hybrid rockets

                              ADVANCED PROPULSION TECHNIQUES Electric rocket propulsion ndash Ion propulsion techniques ndash Nuclear rocket ndash Types ndash Solarsail- Preliminary Concepts in nozzleless propulsion TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York 5th

                              Edn 19932 Hill PG amp Peterson CR ldquoMechanics amp Thermodynamics of Propulsionrdquo Addison ndashWesley Longman INC 1999REFERENCES1 Cohen H Rogers GFC and Saravanamuttoo HIH ldquoGas Turbine TheoryrdquoLongman Co ELBS Ed 19892 Gorden CV ldquoAero thermodynamics of Gas Turbine and Rocket Propulsionrdquo AIAAEducation Series New York 19893 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 1988

                              25

                              Sub Code AIRCRAFT PERFORMANCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                              OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the performance of airplanes under various flightconditions like take off cruise landing climbing gliding turning etcModule ndash I (13 hours)GENERAL CONCEPTSInternational Standard atmosphere IAS EAS TAS Propeller theory- Froude momentum and blade element theories Propeller co-efficients Use of propeller charts Performance of fixed and variable pitch propellers High lift devices Thrust augmentation

                              DRAG OF BODIESStreamlined and bluff body Types of drag Effect of Reynoldrsquos number on skin friction and pressure drag Drag reduction of airplanes Dragpolar Effect of Mach number on drag polar

                              Module ndash II (11 hours)STEADY LEVEL FLIGHTSteady level flight Thrust required and Power required Thrust available and Power available for propeller driven and jet powered aircraft Effect of altitude maximum level flight speed conditions for minimum drag and minimum power required Effect of drag divergence on maximum velocity Range and Endurance of Propeller and Jet airplanes

                              Module ndash III (16 hours)GLIDING AND CLIMBING FLIGHTShallow and steep angles of climb Rate of climb Climb hodograph Maximum Climb angle and Maximum Rate of climb- Effect of design parameters for propeller Absolute and service ceiling Gliding flight Glide hodograph

                              ACCELERATD FLIGHT Estimation of take-off and landing distances Methods of reducing landing distance level turn minimum turn radius bank angle and load factor Constraints on load factor Pull up and pull down maneuvers maximum turn rate V-n diagram

                              TEXT BOOKS1 HoughtonEL and Carruthers NB Aerodynamics for engineering studentsEdward Amold Publishers 19882 Anderson Jr JD Aircraft Performance and Design McGraw-Hill InternationalEdition 1999REFERENCES1 Kuethe AM and Chow CY Foundations of Aerodynamics John Wiley amp Sons19822 JJBertin Aerodynamics for Engineers Prentice-Hall 19883 LJ Clancey Aerodynamics Pitman 19864 Anderson Jr JD Introduction to Flight McGraw-Hill International Edition 1999

                              26

                              Sub Code CONTROL ENGINEERING L T P C3 0 0 3

                              OBJECTIVETo understand the basic concepts of flight control systemModule ndash I (11 hours) INTRODUCTIONHistorical review - Simple pneumatic hydraulic and thermal systems Series and parallelsystems Analogies - Mechanical and electrical components Development of flight control systems OPEN AND CLOSED LOOP SYSTEMSFeedback control systems ndash Block diagram representation of control systems Reductionof block diagrams Output to input ratios Signal flow graph

                              Module ndash II (15 hours)CHARACTERISTIC EQUATION AND FUNCTIONS Lap lace transformation Response of systems to different inputs viz Step input impulse ramp parabolic and sinusoidal inputs Time response of first and second order systems steady state errors and error constants of unity feedback circuit

                              SAMPLED DATA SYSTEMS Introduction to digital control system Digital Controllers and Digital PID Controllers

                              Module ndash III (14 hours)CONCEPT OF STABILITYNecessary and sufficient conditions Routh ndash Hurwitz criteria of stability Root locus andBode techniques Concept and construction frequency response

                              TOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Ogato ldquoModern Control Engineeringrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19982 GopalM ldquoControl Systems Principles and designrdquo ndash Tata McGraw-Hill PublicationNew Delhi 2000REFERENCES1 Azzo JJD and CH Houpis ldquoFeed back control system analysis and synthesisrdquoMcGraw ndash Hill International 3rd Edition 19982 Kuo BC ldquoAutomatic control systemsrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19983 Houpis CH and Lamont GB ldquoDigital Control Systemsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co NewYork USA 19954 Naresh K Sinha ldquoControl Systemsrdquo New Age International Publishers New Delhi

                              27

                              Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS L T P C3 0 0 3

                              OBJECTIVETo bring awareness on experimental method of finding the response of the structure todifferent types of loadModule ndash I (15 hours) MEASUREMENTS amp EXTENSOMETER Principles of measurements Accuracy Sensitivity and range of measurements Mechanical Optical Acoustical and Electrical extensometers and their uses Advantagesand disadvantages

                              ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE STRAIN GAUGES Principle of operation and requirements Types and their uses Materials for strain gauge Calibration and temperature compensation cross sensitivity Rosette analysis Wheastone bridge for static and dynamic strain measurements strain indicators

                              Module ndash II (14 hours)PHOTOELASTICITY Two dimensional photo elasticity Concept of light ndash photoelastic effects stress optic lawInterpretation of fringe pattern Compensation and separation techniques Photo elasticmaterials Introduction to three dimensional photo elasticity

                              Module ndash III (11 hours)BRITTLE COATING AND MOIRE METHODSIntroduction to Moire techniques brittle coating methods and holography NON ndash DESTRUCTIVE TESTINGFundamentals of NDT Radiography ultrasonic magnetic particle inspection Fluorescent penetrant technique Eddy current testing Acoustic Emission Technique

                              TEXT BOOKS1 Srinath LS Raghava MR Lingaiah K Garagesha G Pant B andRamachandra K ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill New Delhi 1984REFERENCES1 Dally JW and Riley WF ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo McGraw-Hill Inc NewYork 2005 IV edition2 Hetyenyi M ldquoHand book of Experimental Stress Analysisrdquo John Wiley and Sons IncNew York 19723 Pollock AA ldquoAcoustic Emission in Acoustics and Vibration Progressrdquo Ed StephensRWB Chapman and Hall 1993

                              28

                              Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndash II 0 0 3 100

                              OBJECTIVE

                              To experimentally study the unsymmetrical bending of beams find the location of shear centre obtain the stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques calibration of photo ndash elastic materials and study on vibration of beams

                              LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                              1 Unsymmetrical bending of beams2 Shear centre location for open sections3 Shear centre location for closed sections4 Constant strength beam5 Flexibility matrix for cantilever beam6 Beam with combined loading7 Calibration of Photo- elastic materials8 Stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques9 Vibrations of beams10 Wagner beam ndash Tension field beam

                              TOTAL 45

                              29

                              Sub Code CAD CAM LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                              OBJECTIVETo teach and train the students in the lab about the design and drafting of aerocomponents LIST OF EXPERIMENTSDesign and Modeling of rectangular plate with holeDesign and Modeling of spar componentsDesign and Modeling of Aerofoil structuresDesign and Modeling of cut section for wingsDesign and Modeling of Machine componentDesign and Modeling of Machine componentsDesign and Analysis of a TrussDesign and Analysis of Beam distributed loadDesign of Landing gearFacingTurning(Taper Step)

                              TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                              30

                              HSSM7203 Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness LabLab 30 hoursThis course will focus on communication in professional (work-related) situations of the kind thatBPUT graduates may expect to encounter on entering the professional domainSome typical forms of work-related communication oral or written are listed below Practiceactivities for all four skills can be designed around these or similar situations1 Gaining entry into an organizationi Preparing job-applications and CVsii Facing an interviewiii Participating in group discussion (as part of the recruitmentprocess)2 In-house communicationa Superior Senior 1048782 subordinate junior (individual 1048782 individual group)i Welcoming new entrants to the organization introducing the workplace cultureetcii Briefing subordinates juniors explaining duties and responsibilities etcii Motivating subordinates juniors (lsquopep talkrsquo)iii Instructing directing subordinates juniorsiv Expressing recording appreciation praising rewarding a subordinate or juniorv Reprimanding correcting disciplining a subordinatejunior (for a lapse) askingfor an explanation etcb Subordinate Junior 1048782 Superior Seniori Responding to the aboveii Reporting problems difficulties deficienciesiii Offering suggestions

                              31

                              SEMESTER VI

                              Code No Course Title L T P C

                              THEORYHSSM3301 Principles of Management 3 0 0 3

                              Finite Element Method 3 0 0 3Aircraft Stability and Control 3 0 0 3Wind Tunnel Techniques 3 0 0 3High Temperature Materials 3 0 0 3

                              E1 Elective ndash I 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                              Aero Engine Laboratory 0 0 3 2Aircraft Design Project - I 0 0 3 2Aerodynamics Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2

                              32

                              SEMESTER VI

                              HSSM3301 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (3-0-0)

                              Module I Functions of Management Concept of Management Management as an Art or Science The Process of Management Managerial Skills Good Managers are Born not Made Management is concerned with Ideas Things and People How a Manager Induces Workers to Put in Their Best Levels and Types of Management Evolution of Management Thought Managerial Environment The process of Management-Planning Organizing Directing Staffing Controlling

                              Module II Marketing Function of Management Modern Concept of Marketing The Functional Classification of Marketing Functions of a Marketing Management Marketing Mix Fundamental Needs of Customers The Role of Distribution channels in Marketing Advertising Marketing Consumerism and Environmentalism

                              Module III Financial Function amp HRM Functions Financial Functions Concept of Financial Management Project Appraisal Tools of Financial decisions making Overview of Working Capital HRM Function of Management Human Resource Management Human Resource Development Importance of HRM Overview of Job Analysis Job Description Job Specification Labour Turnover Manpower Planning Recruitment Selection Induction Training and Development Placement Wage and Salary Administration Performance Appraisal Grievance Handling Welfare Aspects

                              Reference Books 1 Business Organization amp Management CR Basu TMH 2 Business Organization amp Management Tulsia Pandey Pearson 3 Marketing Management Kotler Keller Koshi Jha Pearson 4 Financial Management IM Pandey Vikas 5 Human Resource Management Aswasthapa TMH 6 Modern Business Organisation amp Management by Sherlekar Himalaya Publishing House

                              33

                              Sub Code FINITE ELEMENT METHOD L T P C3 0 0 3

                              OBJECTIVETo introduce the concept of numerical analysis of structural componentsModule ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION Review of basic approximate methods of analyses ndash Stiffness and Flexibility matrix forsimple cases ndash Governing equation and convergence criteria of finite element method

                              DISCRETE ELEMENTS Bar Frame beam elements ndash Application to static dynamic analysis

                              Module ndash II (10 hours)

                              CONTINUUM ELEMENTS Various types of 2-D-elements Application to plane stress plane strain and axisymmetricproblems Module ndash III (16 hours)ISOPARAMETRIC ELEMENTS Applications to two and three-dimensional problems(four eight and nine nodded element) Numerical Integration

                              FIELD PROBLEMApplications to other field problems like heat transfer and fluid flow

                              TEXT BOOK1 TirupathiRC and Ashok DB ldquoIntroduction to Finite Elements in EngineeringrdquoPrentice Hall India Third Edition 2003REFERENCES1 Reddy JN ldquoAn Introduction to Finite Element Methodrdquo McGraw-Hill 20002 Krishnamurthy CS ldquoFinite Element Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill 20003 Bathe KJ and Wilson EL ldquoNumerical Methods in Finite Elements AnalysisrdquoPrentice Hall of India 1985

                              34

                              Sub Code AIRCRAFT STABILITY amp CONTROL L T P C3 1 0 4

                              OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the concepts of stable and nonstable configurationof airplanes To introduce the concepts of control of airplanes under variousoperating conditions

                              Module ndash I (13 hours)STATIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY AND CONTROL 15General concepts-Degrees of freedom of a rigid body Static and dynamic stability Need for stability in an airplane inherently and marginally stable airplanes Stability and Controllability Requirements of control surfaces criteria for longitudinal static stability contribution to stability by wing tail fuselage wing fuselage combination Total longitudinal stability Neutral point-Stick fixed and Stick free aspects Free elevator factor static margin Hinge moment Power effects on stability-propeller and jet aircrafts longitudinal control Movement of centre of gravity elevator control effectiveness elevator control power elevator angle to trim elevator angle per g maneuver point Stick force gradient and stick force per g Aerodynamic balancing

                              Module ndash II (15 hours) STATIC DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND CONTROL Directional stability-yaw and sideslip Criterion of directional stability contribution to static directional stability by wing fuselage tail Power effects on directional stabilitypropeller and jet aircrafts Rudder lock and Dorsal fin Directional control rudder control effectiveness rudder requirements adverse yaw asymmetric power condition spin recovery

                              STATIC LATERAL STABILTY AND CONTROL Lateral stability-Dihedral effect criterion for lateral stability evaluation of lateral stability-contribution of fuselage wing wing fuselage tail total static lateral stability lateral control aileron reversal aileron reversal speed

                              Module ndash III (12 hours) DYNAMIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY Aircraft Equations of motion small disturbance theory Estimation of longitudinal stability derivatives stability derivatives solving the stability quartic Phugoid motion

                              DYNAMIC LATERAL AND DIRECTIONAL STABILITY Dutch roll and spiral instability Auto rotation and spin

                              TEXT BOOKS1 Perkins CD amp Hage RE Airplane performance stability and control John Wileyamp Sons 19762 Nelson RC Flight Stability amp Automatic Control McGraw Hill 1998REFERENCES1 McCormick BW Aerodynamics Aeronautics amp Flight Mechanics John Wiley19952 Babister AW Aircraft Stability and response Pergamon Press 19803 Etkin B Dynamics of Flight Stability and Control John Wiley New York 19824 Pamadi BN Performnce Stability Dynamics and Control of Airplanes AIAA Education Series 2004

                              35

                              Sub Code WIND TUNNEL TECHNIQUES L T P C3 0 0 3

                              OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of measurement of forces and moments on models during the wind tunnel testing

                              Module ndash I (10 hours)WIND TUNNELSClassification ndashnon-dimensional numbers-types of similarities - Layout of open circuit and closed circuit subsonic wind tunnels ndash design parameters-energy ratio - HP calculationsCalibration

                              Module ndash II (15 hours) HIGH SPEED WIND TUNNELSBlow down in draft and induction tunnel layouts and their design features Transonic supersonic and hypersonic tunnels their peculiarities and calibration Helium and gun tunnels Shock tubes

                              FLOW VISUALIZATIONSmoke and Tuft grid techniques ndash Dye injection special techniques ndash Optical methods offlow visualization

                              Module ndash II (15 hours)WIND TUNNEL MEASUREMENTSPressurevelocity and temperature measurements ndash Force measurements ndash types of balances-Three component and six component balances ndash calibration of measuring instruments

                              NON-INTRUSIVE FLOW DIAGNOSTICSLaser ndash Doppler anemometry Particle image velocimetry Laser induced fluorescence TEXT BOOK1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow Speed Wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley Publication1984REFERENCE1 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh Speed wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley 1985

                              36

                              Sub Code HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS L T P C3 0 0 3

                              OBJECTIVETo learn damage mechanism and failure of components of elavated temperatures

                              Module ndash I (15 hours)CREEPFactors influencing functional life of components at elevated temperatures definition of creep curve various stages of creep metallurgical factors influencing various stages effect of stress temperatures and strain rate

                              Design of transient creep time hardening strain hardening expressions of rupture life ofcreep ductile and brittle materials Monkman-Grant relationship

                              Module ndash II (13 hours)FRACTURE AND OXIDATIONVarious types of fracture brittle to ductile from low temperature to high temperature cleavage fracture due to micro void coalescence ndash diffusion controlled void growth fracture maps for different alloys and oxidesOxidation Pilling Bedworth ratio kinetic laws of oxidation ndash defect structure and control of Oxidation by alloy additions

                              Module ndash III (12 hours)HOT CORROSION SUPER ALLOYS AND OTHER MATERIALHot gas corrosion deposit modified hot gas corrosion fluxing mechanisms effect of alloying elements on hot corrosion interaction of hot corrosion and creep methods of combat hot corrosion

                              Iron base Nickel base abd Cobalt base super alloys composition control solid solution strengthening precipitation hardening by gamma prime grain boundary strengthening TCP phase embrittlement solidfication of single crystals Intermetallics high temperature ceramics

                              TEXT BOOKS1 Raj R ldquoFlow and Fracture at Elevated TemperaturesrdquoAmerican Society for MetalsUSA 19852 Hertzberg RW ldquoDeformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering materialsrdquo 4th

                              Edition John Wiley USA 19963 Courtney T H ldquoMechanical Behaviour of MaterialsrdquoMcGraw-Hill USA 1990REFERENCES1 Boyle JT Spencer J ldquoStress Analysis for Creeprdquo Butterworths UK 19832 BressersJ ldquoCreep and Fatigue in High Temperature Alloysrdquo Applied Science 19813 McLean D ldquoDirectionally Solidified Materials for High Temperature ServicerdquoThe Metals Society USA 1985

                              37

                              AE2355 AERO ENGINE LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                              OBJECTIVETo introduce the knowledge of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines1 Study of free convective heat transfer over a flat plate2 Engine (Piston Engine) - cleaning visual inspection NDT checks3 Piston Engine Components - dimensional checks4 Velocity profiles of free jets5 Velocity profiles of wall jets6 Combustion Studies in a model jet engine combustor7 Jet Engine ndash identification of components amp defects8 Jet Engine ndash NDT checks and dimensional checks9 Study of hybrid rocket propulsion system10 Engine starting procedures11 Study of ramjet12 Burn rate measurements of solid propellants

                              TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                              38

                              Sub code AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash I L T P C0 0 3 2

                              OBJECTIVETo introduce and develop the basic concept of aircraft designEach student is assigned the design of an Airplane (or Helicopter or any other flightvehicle) for given preliminary specifications The following are the assignments to becarried outEXPERIMENTS1 Comparative configuration study of different types of airplanes2 Comparative study on specification and performance details of aircraft3 Preparation of comparative data sheets4 Work sheet layout procedures5 Comparative graphs preparation and selection of main parameters for the design6 Preliminary weight estimations selection of main parameters7 Power plant selection Aerofoil selection Wing tail and control surfaces8 Preparation of layouts of balance diagram and three view drawings9 Drag estimation10 Detailed performance calculations and stability estimates

                              TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                              AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY- II

                              1 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of symmetric aerofoil section2 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of cambered aerofoil section3 Pressure distribution over a Nose cone model4 Determination of Base drag of a missile model5 Determination of profile drag of bodies by wake survey method6 Study of flow field over a backward facing step7 Pressure distribution over a water tank model for various wind speeds8 Velocity profiles for different simulated terrains9 Calibration of Supersonic Wind Tunnel10 Flow visualization studies in supersonic flows

                              TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                              39

                              40

                              SEMESTER VII

                              Code No Course Title L T P C

                              THEORY

                              PCME4404 Production and Operation Management 3 0 0 3Avionics 3 0 0 3Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 0 3Vibrations And Elements of Aeroelasticity 3 0 0 3

                              E2 Elective ndash II 3 0 0 3E3 Elective ndash III 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                              Aircraft Design Project ndash II 0 0 3 2Aircraft Systems Lab 0 0 3 2Project Work and Seminar 0 0 3 3

                              41

                              SEMESTER VII

                              PCME4404 Production and Operation Management L T P C

                              Objective The course aims at acquainting all engineering graduates irrespective of theirspecializations the basic issues and tools of managing production and operations functionsof an organizationModule I1 Operations Function in an Organization Manufacturing Vrs Service Operations Systemview of Operations Strategic Role of Operations Operations Strategies for CompetitiveAdvantage Operations Quality and Productivity Focus Meeting Global Challenges ofProduction and Operations Imperatives (3 Hours)2 Designing Products Services and Processes New Product Design- Product Life CycleProduct Development Process Process Technology Project Jobshop Batch AssemblyLine Continuous Manufacturing Process Technology Life Cycle Process TechnologyTrends FMS CIM CAD CAM Design for Services Services Process Technology(4 Hours)3 Work Study Methods Study- Techniques of Analysis recording improvement andstandardization Work Measurement Work Measurement Principles using Stopwatch TimeStudy Predetermined Motion Time Standards and Work Sampling Standard TimeEstimation (4 Hours)Module II4 Location and Layout Planning Factor Influencing Plant and Warehouse LocationsImpact of Location on cost and revenues Facility Location Procedure and Models Qualitative Models Breakeven Analysis location Model centroid methodLayout Planning Layout Types Process Layout Product Layout Fixed Position LayoutPlanning block diagramming line balancing computerized layout planning- overviewGroup Technology (4 Hours)5 Forecasting Principles and Method Moving Average weighted Moving AverageExponential Smoothing Winterrsquos Method for Seasonal Demand Forecasting Error(4 Hours)6 Manufacturing Planning and Control The Framework and Components AggregatePlanning Master Production Scheduling Rough-cut-Capacity Planning MaterialRequirements Planning Capacity Requirements Planning (5 Hours)Module III7 Sequencing and Scheduling Single Machine Sequencing Basics and PerformanceEvaluation Criteria Methods for Minimizing Mean Flow Time Parallel Machines Minimization of Makespan Flowshop sequencing 2 and 3 machines cases JohnsonrsquosRule and Jobshop Scheduling Priority dispatching Rules (3 Hours)8 Inventory Control Relevant Costs Basic EOQ Model Model with Quantity discountEconomic Batch Quantity Periodic and Continuous Review Systems Safety Stock ReorderPoint and Order Quantity Calculations ABC Analysis (4 Hours)9 Modern Trends in Manufacturing Just in Time (JIT) System Shop Floor Control ByKanbans Total Quality Management Total Productive Maintenance ISO 9000 QualityCircle Kaizen Poka Yoke Supply Chain Management (4 Hours)Reference Book1 SNChary ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 R Paneerselvam ldquoProduction and Operations Management Prentice Hall of India3 Aswathappa amp Bhatt ndash Production amp Operations Management HPH4 Gaither amp Frazier - Operations Management Cengage Publication5 Russell amp Taylor - Operations Management PHI Publication6 Chase Aquilanno Jacob amp Agarwal - Operations Management TMH Publication7 EE Adam and RJ Ebert ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India

                              42

                              Sub Code AVIONICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                              OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of navigation amp communication systems of aircraft

                              Module ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems ndash Integrated Avionicssystem ndash Typical avionics sub systems ndash Design approaches and recent advances -Application Technologies

                              PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS Digital Computers ndash Digital number system- number systems and codes-Fundamentals of logic and combinational logic circuits ndashDigital arithmetic ndash interfacing with analoguesystems

                              Module ndash II (11 hours)Basic of Microprocessors and application Microprocessors ndash Memories- Microprocessors real time application related to aircraft

                              DIGITAL AVIONICS ARCHITECTURE Avionics system architecturendash salient features and applications of Data buses MILndashSTD1553 BndashARINC 429ndashARINC 629

                              Module ndash III (15 hours)

                              FLIGHT DECK AND COCKPITSControl and display technologies CRT LCD - Touch screen - Direct voice input (DVI) - Civil cockpit and military cockpit MFDS HUD MFK HOTAS AVIONICS SYSTEMS Communication Systems - Navigation systems - Flight control systems - Radar electronic warfare - Utility systems Reliability and maintainability - Certification TEXT BOOKS1 Malcrno AP and Leach DP ldquoDigital Principles and Applicationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill19902 Gaonkar RS ldquoMicroprocessors Architecture ndash Programming and Applicationrdquo Wileyand Sons Ltd New Delhi 1990REFERENCES1 Middleton DH Ed ldquoAvionics Systems Longman Scientific and Technicalrdquo LongmanGroup UK Ltd England 19892 Spitzer CR ldquoDigital Avionic Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ USA19873 Brain Kendal ldquoManual of Avionicsrdquo The English Book House 3rd Edition New Delhi19934 Nagaraja ldquoNavigation systemrdquo5 J Powell ldquoAircraft Radio Systemrdquo

                              43

                              Sub Code COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                              OBJECTIVETo study the flow of dynamic fluids by computational methods

                              Module-I (10 hours) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows Mathematical properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations - Well posed problems - discretization of partial Differential Equations Explicit finite difference methods of subsonic supersonic and viscous flows

                              Module-II (15 hours)

                              DISCRETIZATION Boundary layer Equations and methods of solution -Implicit time dependent methods forinviscid and viscous compressible flows - Concept of numerical dissipation --Stabilityproperties of explicit and implicit methods - Conservative upwind discretization forHyperbolic systems - Further advantages of upwind differencing GRID GENERATION Structured grids Types and transformations Generation of structured grids Unstructured grids Delany triangulation

                              Module-III (15 hours)

                              FINITE VOLUME TECHNIQUESFinite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping -Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy - Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques ndash Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives Flux ndash splitting schemes Pressure correction solvers ndash SIMPLE PESO Vorticity transport formulation Implicitsemi-implicit schemes

                              TEXT BOOK1 Fletcher CAJ ldquoComputational Techniques for Fluid Dynamicsrdquo Vols I and IISpringer - Verlag Berlin 1988REFERENCES1 John F Wendt (Editor) ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics - An Introductionrdquo Springer ndashVerlag Berlin 19922 Charles Hirsch ldquoNumerical Computation of Internal and External Flowsrdquo Vols I and IIJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 19883 Klaus A Hoffmann and Steve T Chiang ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics forEngineersrdquo Vols I amp II Engineering Education System PO Box 20078 W WichitaKS 67208 - 1078 USA 19934 Anderson JrD ldquoFundamentals of Aerodynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill 2000

                              44

                              AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                              OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

                              Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

                              SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

                              Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

                              Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

                              ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

                              45

                              AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

                              OBJECTIVE

                              To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

                              Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

                              LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                              1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

                              TOTAL 60

                              AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

                              OBJECTIVE

                              To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

                              LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                              1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

                              TOTAL 60

                              46

                              SEMESTER VIII

                              Code No Course Title L T P C

                              THEORY

                              Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                              Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

                              47

                              Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

                              OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

                              Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

                              METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

                              Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

                              Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

                              FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

                              REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

                              48

                              Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

                              OBJECTIVE

                              The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

                              PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

                              OBJECTIVE

                              The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

                              The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

                              Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

                              OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

                              LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                              1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

                              composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

                              fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

                              49

                              1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

                              SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

                              Code No Course Title L T P C

                              Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

                              Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

                              SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

                              Code No Course Title L T P C

                              Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

                              ELECTIVESndash III

                              Code No Course Title L T P C

                              Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

                              SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

                              Code No Course Title L T P C

                              Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

                              ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

                              Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

                              50

                              Elective Subjects

                              Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                              OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

                              BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

                              Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

                              Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

                              TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

                              TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

                              51

                              Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                              OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                              Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                              UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                              52

                              AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                              OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                              Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                              Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                              MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                              Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                              AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                              TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                              53

                              Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                              3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                              Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                              Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                              RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                              Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                              HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                              54

                              Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                              OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                              Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                              IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                              Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                              Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                              55

                              Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                              OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                              Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                              STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                              Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                              Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                              56

                              Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                              Module-I (15hours)

                              FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                              COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                              Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                              Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                              COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                              57

                              Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                              OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                              Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                              BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                              Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                              BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                              Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                              58

                              Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                              OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                              Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                              Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                              Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                              Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                              TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                              59

                              Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                              OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                              Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                              PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                              Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                              PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                              Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                              Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                              60

                              Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                              Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                              EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                              Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                              Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                              SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                              61

                              AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                              OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                              Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                              Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                              AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                              Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                              TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                              62

                              Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                              OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                              Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                              VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                              INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                              63

                              Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                              OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                              Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                              MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                              Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                              PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                              Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                              64

                              Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                              OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                              65

                              Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                              Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                              CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                              Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                              CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                              Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                              66

                              • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                              • Course Title
                                • THEORY
                                • SEMESTER III
                                • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                  • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                  • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                      • Course Title
                                        • THEORY
                                        • PRACTICAL
                                        • SEMESTER V
                                          • Course Title
                                            • THEORY
                                            • PRACTICAL
                                            • SEMESTER VI
                                              • Course Title
                                                • THEORY
                                                • PRACTICAL
                                                • SEMESTER VI
                                                  • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                    • SEMESTER VII
                                                      • Course Title
                                                        • THEORY
                                                        • PRACTICAL
                                                        • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                          • TOTAL 60
                                                          • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                          • TOTAL 60
                                                            • SEMESTER VIII
                                                              • Course Title
                                                                • THEORY
                                                                • PRACTICAL
                                                                • Co New York 1989
                                                                • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                • OBJECTIVE
                                                                • PROJECT WORK
                                                                  • OBJECTIVE
                                                                    • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                        • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                            • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                PCAE1209 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES ndash I L T P C3 1 0 4

                                OBJECTIVETo study different types of beams and columns subjected to various types of loading and support conditions with particular emphasis on aircraft structural components

                                Module ndash I (17 hours)STATICALLY DETERMINATE STRUCTURES Analysis of plane Truss-Method of joints-3 D Truss-Plane frames

                                STATICALLY INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES Propped Cantilever- Fixed-Fixed beams-Clapeyrons Three Moment Equation - MomentDistribution Method

                                Module ndash II (11 hours)ENERGY METHODS 10+4Strain Energy due to axial bending and Torsional loads ndash Castiglianorsquos theorems- Maxwells Reciprocal theorem Unit load method - application to beams trusses framesrings etc -Composite beam

                                Module ndash III (14 hours)COLUMNS Columns with various end conditions ndash Eulerrsquos Column curve ndash Rankinersquos formula - Column with initial curvature - Eccentric loading ndash South well plot ndash Beam column

                                FAILURE THEORY Maximum Stress theory ndash Maximum Strain Theory ndash Maximum Shear Stress Theory ndash Distortion Theory ndash Maximum Strain energy theory ndash Application to aircraft Structural problems

                                1 Donaldson BK ldquoAnalysis of Aircraft Structures ndash An Introductionrdquo McGraw-Hill19932 BruhnEFrdquoAnalysis and design of flight vehicle structuresrdquo Tri set of offset companyUSA1973REFERENCE1 Timoshenko S ldquoStrength of Materialsrdquo Vol I and II Princeton D Von Nostrand Co

                                1990

                                16

                                PCAE1210 PROPULSION ndash I L T P C3 0 0 3

                                OBJECTIVETo understand the principles of operation and design of aircraft and spacecraft powerplants

                                Module ndash I (10 hours)

                                FUNDAMENTALS OF GAS TURBINE ENGINES Illustration of working of gas turbine engine ndash The thrust equation ndash Factors affecting thrustndash Effect of pressure velocity and temperature changes of air entering compressor ndash Methods of thrust augmentation ndash Characteristics of turboprop turbofan and turbojet ndashPerformance characteristics

                                Module ndash II (14 hours)

                                SUBSONIC AND SUPERSONIC INLETS FOR JET ENGINES Internal flow and Stall in subsonic inlets ndash Boundary layer separation ndash Major features of external flow near a subsonic inlet ndash Relation between minimum area ratio and eternal deceleration ratio ndash Diffuser performance ndash Supersonic inlets ndash Starting problem on supersonic inlets ndash Shock swallowing by area variation ndash External declaration ndash Models of inlet operation

                                NOZZLES Theory of flow in isentropic nozzles ndash nozzles and choking ndash Nozzle throat conditions ndashNozzle efficiency ndash Losses in nozzles ndash Over expanded and under ndash expanded nozzles ndashEjector and variable area nozzles ndash Interaction of nozzle flow with adjacent surfaces ndashThrust reversal

                                Module ndash III (16 hours)

                                COMPRESSORS Principle of operation of centrifugal compressor ndash Work done and pressure rise ndash Velocity diagrams ndash Diffuser vane design considerations ndash Concept of prewhirl rotation stall and surge ndash Elementary theory of axial flow compressor ndash Velocity triangles ndash degree of reaction ndash Three dimensional ndashCompressor blade design ndash Centrifugal and Axial compressor performance characteristics

                                COMBUSTION CHAMBERSClassification of combustion chambers ndash Important factors affecting combustion chamber design ndash Combustion process ndash Combustion chamber performance ndash Effect of operating variables on performance ndash Flame tube cooling ndash Flame stabilization ndash Use of flame holders ndash Numerical problems

                                TEXT BOOKS1 Hill PG amp Peterson CR ldquoMechanics amp Thermodynamics of Propulsionrdquo Addison ndashWesley Longman INC 1999REFERENCES1 Cohen H Rogers GFC and Saravanamuttoo HIH ldquoGas Turbine TheoryrdquoLongman 19892 Oates GC ldquoAero thermodynamics of Aircraft Engine Componentsrdquo AIAA EducationSeries New York 1985

                                17

                                3 ldquoRolls Royce Jet Enginerdquo ndash Third Edition ndash 19834 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers amp Distributors Delhi 1999

                                18

                                Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndashI L T P C0 0 3 2

                                OBJECTIVETo study experimentally the load deflection characteristics structural materials underDifferent types of loads

                                LIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Determination of Youngrsquos modulus of steel 2 Determination of fracture strength and fracture pattern of ductile and brittlematerials3 Determination of forces in statically indeterminate force system4 Deflection of beams with various end conditions5 Verification of Maxwellrsquos Reciprocal theorem 6 Verification of principle of superposition7 Column ndash Testing8 South ndash wellrsquos plot9 Shear Failure of Bolted and Rivetted Joints10 Non-Destructive Testing Procedures

                                TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                                19

                                Sub Code AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                                OBJECTIVETo familiarize the students in basic aerodynamics and use of wind tunnelsLIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Study of lift and tip vortices2 Flow visualization in water flow channel3 Flow visualization in smoke tunnel4 Plot of RPM Vs test section velocity in a subsonic wind tunnel5 Pressure distribution over circular cylinder6 Pressure distribution over a rough circular cylinder7 Pressure distribution over a symmetric aerofoil8 Pressure distribution over a cambered aerofoil9 Estimation of CL and CD of airfoil10 Force measurement using wind tunnel balance of airfoil

                                TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                                20

                                Sub Code MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY L T P C

                                0 0 3 2LIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 LATHE11 Facing plain turning and step turning12 Taper turning using compound rest13 Taper turning using taper turning attachment14 Single start V thread cutting and knurling15 Boring and internal thread cutting2 SHAPER AND SLOTTER21 Machining a V- block (in a Shaper)22 Machining hexagonal shape (in a Shaper)23 Machining internal key-way (in a slotter)413 DRILLING31 Drilling 4 or 6 holes at a given pitch circle on a plate32 Drilling reaming and tapping4 MILLING41 Plain Milling Exercise42 Gear Milling Exercise5 GRINDINGCylindrical Grinding Exercise

                                TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                                21

                                SEMESTER V

                                Code No Course Title L T P C

                                THEORY

                                Aircraft Structures ndash II 3 0 0 3Aerodynamics ndash II 3 0 0 3Propulsion ndash II 3 0 0 3Aircraft Performance 3 0 0 3Control Engineering 3 0 0 3Experimental Stress Analysis 3 0 0 3

                                PRACTICAL

                                Aircraft Structures Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2CADCAM Lab 0 0 3 2Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness Lab 0 0 3 2

                                22

                                SEMESTER V

                                AE2302 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES ndash II L T P C3 1 0 4

                                OBJECTIVETo study the behaviour of various aircraft structural components under different types ofloadsModule ndash I (15 hours) UNSYMMETRICAL BENDING General Principal axis and neutral axis methods- bending stresses in beams of symmetric sections with skew loads- bending stresses in beams of unsymmetrical sections

                                SHEAR FLOW IN OPEN SECTIONS Thin walled beams Concept of shear flow shear centre Elastic axis With one axis ofsymmetry with wall effective and ineffective in bending unsymmetrical beam sections

                                Module ndash II (14 hours)SHEAR FLOW IN CLOSED SECTIONS Bredt ndash Batho formula Single and multi ndash cell structures- Shear flow in single amp multicellstructures under torsion Shear flow in single and multicell under bending with wallseffective and ineffective

                                V-N DIAGRAMLoads on aircraft ndashlift distribution-V-n diagram-Gust loads

                                Module ndash III (11 hours)BUCKLING OF PLATES Rectangular sheets under compression local buckling stress of thin walled section-Crippling stresses by Needhamrsquos and Gerardrsquos methods Thin walled column strengthsheet stiffener panels-Effective width

                                STRESS ANALYSIS IN WING AND FUSELAGEShear resistant web beams-Tension field web beams(Wagnerrsquos) ndash Shear and bendingmoment distribution for cantilever and semi-cantilever types of beams

                                TEXT BOOKS1 Peery DJ and Azar JJ ldquoAircraft Structuresrdquo 2nd edition McGrawndashHill NY 20072 Megson TMG ldquoAircraft Structures for Engineering Studentsrdquo Edward Arnold 2007REFERENCES1 Bruhn EH ldquoAnalysis and Design of Flight vehicles Structuresrdquo Tri ndash state off setcompany USA 19852 Rivello RM ldquoTheory and Analysis of Flight Structuresrdquo McGraw-Hill 1993

                                23

                                Sub Code AERODYNAMICS ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                OBJECTIVETo understand the behaviour of airflow both internal and external in compressible flowregime with particular emphasis on supersonic flowsModule ndash I (10 hours)ONE DIMENSIONAL COMPRESSIBLE FLOW Energy Momentum continuity and state equations velocity of sound adiabatic steadystate flow equations Flow through convergent- divergent passage Performance undervarious back pressures

                                Module ndash II (16 hours)NORMAL OBLIQUE SHOCKS Prandtl equation and Rankine ndash Hugonoit relation Normal shock equations Pitot statictube corrections for subsonic and supersonic flows Oblique shocks and correspondingequations Hodograph and pressure turning angle shock polar flow past wedges andconcave corners strong weak and detached shocks

                                EXPANSION WAVES RAYLEIGH AND FANNO FLOW Flow past convex corners Expansion hodograph Reflection and interaction of shocks and expansion waves Method of Characteristics Two dimensional supersonic nozzlecontours

                                Module ndash III (14 hours)SUPERSONIC AND TRANSONIC FLOW Rayleigh and Fanno Flow Lift drag pitching moment and center of pressure of supersonic profiles Lower and upper critical Mach numbers Lift and drag divergence shock induced separation Characteristics of swept wings Effects of thickness camber and aspect ratio of wings Transonic area rule

                                TEXT BOOK1 Rathakrishnan E ldquoGas Dynamicsrdquo Prentice Hall of India 2003REFERENCES1 Shapiro AH ldquoDynamics and Thermodynamics of Compressible Fluid Flowrdquo RonaldPress 19822 Zucrow MJ and Anderson JD ldquoElements of gas dynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book CoNew York 19893 Anderson Jr D ndash ldquoModern compressible flowsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co New York

                                1999

                                24

                                Sub Code PROPULSION ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                OBJECTIVETo study in detail about gas turbines ramjet fundamentals of rocket propulsion andchemical rocketsModule ndash I (10 hours) AIRCRAFT GAS TURBINES 12Impulse and reaction blading of gas turbines ndash Velocity triangles and power output ndash Elementary theory ndash Vortex theory ndash Choice of blade profile pitch and chord ndash stimationof stage performance ndash Limiting factors in gas turbine design- Overall turbine performance ndash Methods of blade cooling ndash Matching of turbine and compressor Module ndash II (15 hours)RAMJET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Sub critical critical and supercritical operation ndash Combustion in ramjet engine ndash Ramjet performance ndash Simple ramjet design calculations ndash Introduction to scramjet

                                FUNDAMENTALS OF ROCKET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Specific impulse of a rocket ndash internal ballistics- Rocket nozzleclassification ndash Rocket performance considerations

                                Module ndash III (15 hours)CHEMICAL ROCKETS Solid propellant rockets ndash Selection criteria of solid propellants ndash Important hardware components of solid rockets ndash Propellant grain design considerations ndash Liquid propellantrockets ndash Selection of liquid propellants Cooling in liquid rockets ndash Hybrid rockets

                                ADVANCED PROPULSION TECHNIQUES Electric rocket propulsion ndash Ion propulsion techniques ndash Nuclear rocket ndash Types ndash Solarsail- Preliminary Concepts in nozzleless propulsion TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York 5th

                                Edn 19932 Hill PG amp Peterson CR ldquoMechanics amp Thermodynamics of Propulsionrdquo Addison ndashWesley Longman INC 1999REFERENCES1 Cohen H Rogers GFC and Saravanamuttoo HIH ldquoGas Turbine TheoryrdquoLongman Co ELBS Ed 19892 Gorden CV ldquoAero thermodynamics of Gas Turbine and Rocket Propulsionrdquo AIAAEducation Series New York 19893 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 1988

                                25

                                Sub Code AIRCRAFT PERFORMANCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the performance of airplanes under various flightconditions like take off cruise landing climbing gliding turning etcModule ndash I (13 hours)GENERAL CONCEPTSInternational Standard atmosphere IAS EAS TAS Propeller theory- Froude momentum and blade element theories Propeller co-efficients Use of propeller charts Performance of fixed and variable pitch propellers High lift devices Thrust augmentation

                                DRAG OF BODIESStreamlined and bluff body Types of drag Effect of Reynoldrsquos number on skin friction and pressure drag Drag reduction of airplanes Dragpolar Effect of Mach number on drag polar

                                Module ndash II (11 hours)STEADY LEVEL FLIGHTSteady level flight Thrust required and Power required Thrust available and Power available for propeller driven and jet powered aircraft Effect of altitude maximum level flight speed conditions for minimum drag and minimum power required Effect of drag divergence on maximum velocity Range and Endurance of Propeller and Jet airplanes

                                Module ndash III (16 hours)GLIDING AND CLIMBING FLIGHTShallow and steep angles of climb Rate of climb Climb hodograph Maximum Climb angle and Maximum Rate of climb- Effect of design parameters for propeller Absolute and service ceiling Gliding flight Glide hodograph

                                ACCELERATD FLIGHT Estimation of take-off and landing distances Methods of reducing landing distance level turn minimum turn radius bank angle and load factor Constraints on load factor Pull up and pull down maneuvers maximum turn rate V-n diagram

                                TEXT BOOKS1 HoughtonEL and Carruthers NB Aerodynamics for engineering studentsEdward Amold Publishers 19882 Anderson Jr JD Aircraft Performance and Design McGraw-Hill InternationalEdition 1999REFERENCES1 Kuethe AM and Chow CY Foundations of Aerodynamics John Wiley amp Sons19822 JJBertin Aerodynamics for Engineers Prentice-Hall 19883 LJ Clancey Aerodynamics Pitman 19864 Anderson Jr JD Introduction to Flight McGraw-Hill International Edition 1999

                                26

                                Sub Code CONTROL ENGINEERING L T P C3 0 0 3

                                OBJECTIVETo understand the basic concepts of flight control systemModule ndash I (11 hours) INTRODUCTIONHistorical review - Simple pneumatic hydraulic and thermal systems Series and parallelsystems Analogies - Mechanical and electrical components Development of flight control systems OPEN AND CLOSED LOOP SYSTEMSFeedback control systems ndash Block diagram representation of control systems Reductionof block diagrams Output to input ratios Signal flow graph

                                Module ndash II (15 hours)CHARACTERISTIC EQUATION AND FUNCTIONS Lap lace transformation Response of systems to different inputs viz Step input impulse ramp parabolic and sinusoidal inputs Time response of first and second order systems steady state errors and error constants of unity feedback circuit

                                SAMPLED DATA SYSTEMS Introduction to digital control system Digital Controllers and Digital PID Controllers

                                Module ndash III (14 hours)CONCEPT OF STABILITYNecessary and sufficient conditions Routh ndash Hurwitz criteria of stability Root locus andBode techniques Concept and construction frequency response

                                TOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Ogato ldquoModern Control Engineeringrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19982 GopalM ldquoControl Systems Principles and designrdquo ndash Tata McGraw-Hill PublicationNew Delhi 2000REFERENCES1 Azzo JJD and CH Houpis ldquoFeed back control system analysis and synthesisrdquoMcGraw ndash Hill International 3rd Edition 19982 Kuo BC ldquoAutomatic control systemsrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19983 Houpis CH and Lamont GB ldquoDigital Control Systemsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co NewYork USA 19954 Naresh K Sinha ldquoControl Systemsrdquo New Age International Publishers New Delhi

                                27

                                Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                OBJECTIVETo bring awareness on experimental method of finding the response of the structure todifferent types of loadModule ndash I (15 hours) MEASUREMENTS amp EXTENSOMETER Principles of measurements Accuracy Sensitivity and range of measurements Mechanical Optical Acoustical and Electrical extensometers and their uses Advantagesand disadvantages

                                ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE STRAIN GAUGES Principle of operation and requirements Types and their uses Materials for strain gauge Calibration and temperature compensation cross sensitivity Rosette analysis Wheastone bridge for static and dynamic strain measurements strain indicators

                                Module ndash II (14 hours)PHOTOELASTICITY Two dimensional photo elasticity Concept of light ndash photoelastic effects stress optic lawInterpretation of fringe pattern Compensation and separation techniques Photo elasticmaterials Introduction to three dimensional photo elasticity

                                Module ndash III (11 hours)BRITTLE COATING AND MOIRE METHODSIntroduction to Moire techniques brittle coating methods and holography NON ndash DESTRUCTIVE TESTINGFundamentals of NDT Radiography ultrasonic magnetic particle inspection Fluorescent penetrant technique Eddy current testing Acoustic Emission Technique

                                TEXT BOOKS1 Srinath LS Raghava MR Lingaiah K Garagesha G Pant B andRamachandra K ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill New Delhi 1984REFERENCES1 Dally JW and Riley WF ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo McGraw-Hill Inc NewYork 2005 IV edition2 Hetyenyi M ldquoHand book of Experimental Stress Analysisrdquo John Wiley and Sons IncNew York 19723 Pollock AA ldquoAcoustic Emission in Acoustics and Vibration Progressrdquo Ed StephensRWB Chapman and Hall 1993

                                28

                                Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                OBJECTIVE

                                To experimentally study the unsymmetrical bending of beams find the location of shear centre obtain the stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques calibration of photo ndash elastic materials and study on vibration of beams

                                LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                1 Unsymmetrical bending of beams2 Shear centre location for open sections3 Shear centre location for closed sections4 Constant strength beam5 Flexibility matrix for cantilever beam6 Beam with combined loading7 Calibration of Photo- elastic materials8 Stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques9 Vibrations of beams10 Wagner beam ndash Tension field beam

                                TOTAL 45

                                29

                                Sub Code CAD CAM LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                                OBJECTIVETo teach and train the students in the lab about the design and drafting of aerocomponents LIST OF EXPERIMENTSDesign and Modeling of rectangular plate with holeDesign and Modeling of spar componentsDesign and Modeling of Aerofoil structuresDesign and Modeling of cut section for wingsDesign and Modeling of Machine componentDesign and Modeling of Machine componentsDesign and Analysis of a TrussDesign and Analysis of Beam distributed loadDesign of Landing gearFacingTurning(Taper Step)

                                TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                                30

                                HSSM7203 Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness LabLab 30 hoursThis course will focus on communication in professional (work-related) situations of the kind thatBPUT graduates may expect to encounter on entering the professional domainSome typical forms of work-related communication oral or written are listed below Practiceactivities for all four skills can be designed around these or similar situations1 Gaining entry into an organizationi Preparing job-applications and CVsii Facing an interviewiii Participating in group discussion (as part of the recruitmentprocess)2 In-house communicationa Superior Senior 1048782 subordinate junior (individual 1048782 individual group)i Welcoming new entrants to the organization introducing the workplace cultureetcii Briefing subordinates juniors explaining duties and responsibilities etcii Motivating subordinates juniors (lsquopep talkrsquo)iii Instructing directing subordinates juniorsiv Expressing recording appreciation praising rewarding a subordinate or juniorv Reprimanding correcting disciplining a subordinatejunior (for a lapse) askingfor an explanation etcb Subordinate Junior 1048782 Superior Seniori Responding to the aboveii Reporting problems difficulties deficienciesiii Offering suggestions

                                31

                                SEMESTER VI

                                Code No Course Title L T P C

                                THEORYHSSM3301 Principles of Management 3 0 0 3

                                Finite Element Method 3 0 0 3Aircraft Stability and Control 3 0 0 3Wind Tunnel Techniques 3 0 0 3High Temperature Materials 3 0 0 3

                                E1 Elective ndash I 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                Aero Engine Laboratory 0 0 3 2Aircraft Design Project - I 0 0 3 2Aerodynamics Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2

                                32

                                SEMESTER VI

                                HSSM3301 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (3-0-0)

                                Module I Functions of Management Concept of Management Management as an Art or Science The Process of Management Managerial Skills Good Managers are Born not Made Management is concerned with Ideas Things and People How a Manager Induces Workers to Put in Their Best Levels and Types of Management Evolution of Management Thought Managerial Environment The process of Management-Planning Organizing Directing Staffing Controlling

                                Module II Marketing Function of Management Modern Concept of Marketing The Functional Classification of Marketing Functions of a Marketing Management Marketing Mix Fundamental Needs of Customers The Role of Distribution channels in Marketing Advertising Marketing Consumerism and Environmentalism

                                Module III Financial Function amp HRM Functions Financial Functions Concept of Financial Management Project Appraisal Tools of Financial decisions making Overview of Working Capital HRM Function of Management Human Resource Management Human Resource Development Importance of HRM Overview of Job Analysis Job Description Job Specification Labour Turnover Manpower Planning Recruitment Selection Induction Training and Development Placement Wage and Salary Administration Performance Appraisal Grievance Handling Welfare Aspects

                                Reference Books 1 Business Organization amp Management CR Basu TMH 2 Business Organization amp Management Tulsia Pandey Pearson 3 Marketing Management Kotler Keller Koshi Jha Pearson 4 Financial Management IM Pandey Vikas 5 Human Resource Management Aswasthapa TMH 6 Modern Business Organisation amp Management by Sherlekar Himalaya Publishing House

                                33

                                Sub Code FINITE ELEMENT METHOD L T P C3 0 0 3

                                OBJECTIVETo introduce the concept of numerical analysis of structural componentsModule ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION Review of basic approximate methods of analyses ndash Stiffness and Flexibility matrix forsimple cases ndash Governing equation and convergence criteria of finite element method

                                DISCRETE ELEMENTS Bar Frame beam elements ndash Application to static dynamic analysis

                                Module ndash II (10 hours)

                                CONTINUUM ELEMENTS Various types of 2-D-elements Application to plane stress plane strain and axisymmetricproblems Module ndash III (16 hours)ISOPARAMETRIC ELEMENTS Applications to two and three-dimensional problems(four eight and nine nodded element) Numerical Integration

                                FIELD PROBLEMApplications to other field problems like heat transfer and fluid flow

                                TEXT BOOK1 TirupathiRC and Ashok DB ldquoIntroduction to Finite Elements in EngineeringrdquoPrentice Hall India Third Edition 2003REFERENCES1 Reddy JN ldquoAn Introduction to Finite Element Methodrdquo McGraw-Hill 20002 Krishnamurthy CS ldquoFinite Element Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill 20003 Bathe KJ and Wilson EL ldquoNumerical Methods in Finite Elements AnalysisrdquoPrentice Hall of India 1985

                                34

                                Sub Code AIRCRAFT STABILITY amp CONTROL L T P C3 1 0 4

                                OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the concepts of stable and nonstable configurationof airplanes To introduce the concepts of control of airplanes under variousoperating conditions

                                Module ndash I (13 hours)STATIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY AND CONTROL 15General concepts-Degrees of freedom of a rigid body Static and dynamic stability Need for stability in an airplane inherently and marginally stable airplanes Stability and Controllability Requirements of control surfaces criteria for longitudinal static stability contribution to stability by wing tail fuselage wing fuselage combination Total longitudinal stability Neutral point-Stick fixed and Stick free aspects Free elevator factor static margin Hinge moment Power effects on stability-propeller and jet aircrafts longitudinal control Movement of centre of gravity elevator control effectiveness elevator control power elevator angle to trim elevator angle per g maneuver point Stick force gradient and stick force per g Aerodynamic balancing

                                Module ndash II (15 hours) STATIC DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND CONTROL Directional stability-yaw and sideslip Criterion of directional stability contribution to static directional stability by wing fuselage tail Power effects on directional stabilitypropeller and jet aircrafts Rudder lock and Dorsal fin Directional control rudder control effectiveness rudder requirements adverse yaw asymmetric power condition spin recovery

                                STATIC LATERAL STABILTY AND CONTROL Lateral stability-Dihedral effect criterion for lateral stability evaluation of lateral stability-contribution of fuselage wing wing fuselage tail total static lateral stability lateral control aileron reversal aileron reversal speed

                                Module ndash III (12 hours) DYNAMIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY Aircraft Equations of motion small disturbance theory Estimation of longitudinal stability derivatives stability derivatives solving the stability quartic Phugoid motion

                                DYNAMIC LATERAL AND DIRECTIONAL STABILITY Dutch roll and spiral instability Auto rotation and spin

                                TEXT BOOKS1 Perkins CD amp Hage RE Airplane performance stability and control John Wileyamp Sons 19762 Nelson RC Flight Stability amp Automatic Control McGraw Hill 1998REFERENCES1 McCormick BW Aerodynamics Aeronautics amp Flight Mechanics John Wiley19952 Babister AW Aircraft Stability and response Pergamon Press 19803 Etkin B Dynamics of Flight Stability and Control John Wiley New York 19824 Pamadi BN Performnce Stability Dynamics and Control of Airplanes AIAA Education Series 2004

                                35

                                Sub Code WIND TUNNEL TECHNIQUES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of measurement of forces and moments on models during the wind tunnel testing

                                Module ndash I (10 hours)WIND TUNNELSClassification ndashnon-dimensional numbers-types of similarities - Layout of open circuit and closed circuit subsonic wind tunnels ndash design parameters-energy ratio - HP calculationsCalibration

                                Module ndash II (15 hours) HIGH SPEED WIND TUNNELSBlow down in draft and induction tunnel layouts and their design features Transonic supersonic and hypersonic tunnels their peculiarities and calibration Helium and gun tunnels Shock tubes

                                FLOW VISUALIZATIONSmoke and Tuft grid techniques ndash Dye injection special techniques ndash Optical methods offlow visualization

                                Module ndash II (15 hours)WIND TUNNEL MEASUREMENTSPressurevelocity and temperature measurements ndash Force measurements ndash types of balances-Three component and six component balances ndash calibration of measuring instruments

                                NON-INTRUSIVE FLOW DIAGNOSTICSLaser ndash Doppler anemometry Particle image velocimetry Laser induced fluorescence TEXT BOOK1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow Speed Wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley Publication1984REFERENCE1 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh Speed wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley 1985

                                36

                                Sub Code HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                OBJECTIVETo learn damage mechanism and failure of components of elavated temperatures

                                Module ndash I (15 hours)CREEPFactors influencing functional life of components at elevated temperatures definition of creep curve various stages of creep metallurgical factors influencing various stages effect of stress temperatures and strain rate

                                Design of transient creep time hardening strain hardening expressions of rupture life ofcreep ductile and brittle materials Monkman-Grant relationship

                                Module ndash II (13 hours)FRACTURE AND OXIDATIONVarious types of fracture brittle to ductile from low temperature to high temperature cleavage fracture due to micro void coalescence ndash diffusion controlled void growth fracture maps for different alloys and oxidesOxidation Pilling Bedworth ratio kinetic laws of oxidation ndash defect structure and control of Oxidation by alloy additions

                                Module ndash III (12 hours)HOT CORROSION SUPER ALLOYS AND OTHER MATERIALHot gas corrosion deposit modified hot gas corrosion fluxing mechanisms effect of alloying elements on hot corrosion interaction of hot corrosion and creep methods of combat hot corrosion

                                Iron base Nickel base abd Cobalt base super alloys composition control solid solution strengthening precipitation hardening by gamma prime grain boundary strengthening TCP phase embrittlement solidfication of single crystals Intermetallics high temperature ceramics

                                TEXT BOOKS1 Raj R ldquoFlow and Fracture at Elevated TemperaturesrdquoAmerican Society for MetalsUSA 19852 Hertzberg RW ldquoDeformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering materialsrdquo 4th

                                Edition John Wiley USA 19963 Courtney T H ldquoMechanical Behaviour of MaterialsrdquoMcGraw-Hill USA 1990REFERENCES1 Boyle JT Spencer J ldquoStress Analysis for Creeprdquo Butterworths UK 19832 BressersJ ldquoCreep and Fatigue in High Temperature Alloysrdquo Applied Science 19813 McLean D ldquoDirectionally Solidified Materials for High Temperature ServicerdquoThe Metals Society USA 1985

                                37

                                AE2355 AERO ENGINE LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                                OBJECTIVETo introduce the knowledge of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines1 Study of free convective heat transfer over a flat plate2 Engine (Piston Engine) - cleaning visual inspection NDT checks3 Piston Engine Components - dimensional checks4 Velocity profiles of free jets5 Velocity profiles of wall jets6 Combustion Studies in a model jet engine combustor7 Jet Engine ndash identification of components amp defects8 Jet Engine ndash NDT checks and dimensional checks9 Study of hybrid rocket propulsion system10 Engine starting procedures11 Study of ramjet12 Burn rate measurements of solid propellants

                                TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                38

                                Sub code AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash I L T P C0 0 3 2

                                OBJECTIVETo introduce and develop the basic concept of aircraft designEach student is assigned the design of an Airplane (or Helicopter or any other flightvehicle) for given preliminary specifications The following are the assignments to becarried outEXPERIMENTS1 Comparative configuration study of different types of airplanes2 Comparative study on specification and performance details of aircraft3 Preparation of comparative data sheets4 Work sheet layout procedures5 Comparative graphs preparation and selection of main parameters for the design6 Preliminary weight estimations selection of main parameters7 Power plant selection Aerofoil selection Wing tail and control surfaces8 Preparation of layouts of balance diagram and three view drawings9 Drag estimation10 Detailed performance calculations and stability estimates

                                TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY- II

                                1 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of symmetric aerofoil section2 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of cambered aerofoil section3 Pressure distribution over a Nose cone model4 Determination of Base drag of a missile model5 Determination of profile drag of bodies by wake survey method6 Study of flow field over a backward facing step7 Pressure distribution over a water tank model for various wind speeds8 Velocity profiles for different simulated terrains9 Calibration of Supersonic Wind Tunnel10 Flow visualization studies in supersonic flows

                                TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                39

                                40

                                SEMESTER VII

                                Code No Course Title L T P C

                                THEORY

                                PCME4404 Production and Operation Management 3 0 0 3Avionics 3 0 0 3Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 0 3Vibrations And Elements of Aeroelasticity 3 0 0 3

                                E2 Elective ndash II 3 0 0 3E3 Elective ndash III 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                Aircraft Design Project ndash II 0 0 3 2Aircraft Systems Lab 0 0 3 2Project Work and Seminar 0 0 3 3

                                41

                                SEMESTER VII

                                PCME4404 Production and Operation Management L T P C

                                Objective The course aims at acquainting all engineering graduates irrespective of theirspecializations the basic issues and tools of managing production and operations functionsof an organizationModule I1 Operations Function in an Organization Manufacturing Vrs Service Operations Systemview of Operations Strategic Role of Operations Operations Strategies for CompetitiveAdvantage Operations Quality and Productivity Focus Meeting Global Challenges ofProduction and Operations Imperatives (3 Hours)2 Designing Products Services and Processes New Product Design- Product Life CycleProduct Development Process Process Technology Project Jobshop Batch AssemblyLine Continuous Manufacturing Process Technology Life Cycle Process TechnologyTrends FMS CIM CAD CAM Design for Services Services Process Technology(4 Hours)3 Work Study Methods Study- Techniques of Analysis recording improvement andstandardization Work Measurement Work Measurement Principles using Stopwatch TimeStudy Predetermined Motion Time Standards and Work Sampling Standard TimeEstimation (4 Hours)Module II4 Location and Layout Planning Factor Influencing Plant and Warehouse LocationsImpact of Location on cost and revenues Facility Location Procedure and Models Qualitative Models Breakeven Analysis location Model centroid methodLayout Planning Layout Types Process Layout Product Layout Fixed Position LayoutPlanning block diagramming line balancing computerized layout planning- overviewGroup Technology (4 Hours)5 Forecasting Principles and Method Moving Average weighted Moving AverageExponential Smoothing Winterrsquos Method for Seasonal Demand Forecasting Error(4 Hours)6 Manufacturing Planning and Control The Framework and Components AggregatePlanning Master Production Scheduling Rough-cut-Capacity Planning MaterialRequirements Planning Capacity Requirements Planning (5 Hours)Module III7 Sequencing and Scheduling Single Machine Sequencing Basics and PerformanceEvaluation Criteria Methods for Minimizing Mean Flow Time Parallel Machines Minimization of Makespan Flowshop sequencing 2 and 3 machines cases JohnsonrsquosRule and Jobshop Scheduling Priority dispatching Rules (3 Hours)8 Inventory Control Relevant Costs Basic EOQ Model Model with Quantity discountEconomic Batch Quantity Periodic and Continuous Review Systems Safety Stock ReorderPoint and Order Quantity Calculations ABC Analysis (4 Hours)9 Modern Trends in Manufacturing Just in Time (JIT) System Shop Floor Control ByKanbans Total Quality Management Total Productive Maintenance ISO 9000 QualityCircle Kaizen Poka Yoke Supply Chain Management (4 Hours)Reference Book1 SNChary ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 R Paneerselvam ldquoProduction and Operations Management Prentice Hall of India3 Aswathappa amp Bhatt ndash Production amp Operations Management HPH4 Gaither amp Frazier - Operations Management Cengage Publication5 Russell amp Taylor - Operations Management PHI Publication6 Chase Aquilanno Jacob amp Agarwal - Operations Management TMH Publication7 EE Adam and RJ Ebert ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India

                                42

                                Sub Code AVIONICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of navigation amp communication systems of aircraft

                                Module ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems ndash Integrated Avionicssystem ndash Typical avionics sub systems ndash Design approaches and recent advances -Application Technologies

                                PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS Digital Computers ndash Digital number system- number systems and codes-Fundamentals of logic and combinational logic circuits ndashDigital arithmetic ndash interfacing with analoguesystems

                                Module ndash II (11 hours)Basic of Microprocessors and application Microprocessors ndash Memories- Microprocessors real time application related to aircraft

                                DIGITAL AVIONICS ARCHITECTURE Avionics system architecturendash salient features and applications of Data buses MILndashSTD1553 BndashARINC 429ndashARINC 629

                                Module ndash III (15 hours)

                                FLIGHT DECK AND COCKPITSControl and display technologies CRT LCD - Touch screen - Direct voice input (DVI) - Civil cockpit and military cockpit MFDS HUD MFK HOTAS AVIONICS SYSTEMS Communication Systems - Navigation systems - Flight control systems - Radar electronic warfare - Utility systems Reliability and maintainability - Certification TEXT BOOKS1 Malcrno AP and Leach DP ldquoDigital Principles and Applicationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill19902 Gaonkar RS ldquoMicroprocessors Architecture ndash Programming and Applicationrdquo Wileyand Sons Ltd New Delhi 1990REFERENCES1 Middleton DH Ed ldquoAvionics Systems Longman Scientific and Technicalrdquo LongmanGroup UK Ltd England 19892 Spitzer CR ldquoDigital Avionic Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ USA19873 Brain Kendal ldquoManual of Avionicsrdquo The English Book House 3rd Edition New Delhi19934 Nagaraja ldquoNavigation systemrdquo5 J Powell ldquoAircraft Radio Systemrdquo

                                43

                                Sub Code COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                OBJECTIVETo study the flow of dynamic fluids by computational methods

                                Module-I (10 hours) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows Mathematical properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations - Well posed problems - discretization of partial Differential Equations Explicit finite difference methods of subsonic supersonic and viscous flows

                                Module-II (15 hours)

                                DISCRETIZATION Boundary layer Equations and methods of solution -Implicit time dependent methods forinviscid and viscous compressible flows - Concept of numerical dissipation --Stabilityproperties of explicit and implicit methods - Conservative upwind discretization forHyperbolic systems - Further advantages of upwind differencing GRID GENERATION Structured grids Types and transformations Generation of structured grids Unstructured grids Delany triangulation

                                Module-III (15 hours)

                                FINITE VOLUME TECHNIQUESFinite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping -Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy - Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques ndash Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives Flux ndash splitting schemes Pressure correction solvers ndash SIMPLE PESO Vorticity transport formulation Implicitsemi-implicit schemes

                                TEXT BOOK1 Fletcher CAJ ldquoComputational Techniques for Fluid Dynamicsrdquo Vols I and IISpringer - Verlag Berlin 1988REFERENCES1 John F Wendt (Editor) ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics - An Introductionrdquo Springer ndashVerlag Berlin 19922 Charles Hirsch ldquoNumerical Computation of Internal and External Flowsrdquo Vols I and IIJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 19883 Klaus A Hoffmann and Steve T Chiang ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics forEngineersrdquo Vols I amp II Engineering Education System PO Box 20078 W WichitaKS 67208 - 1078 USA 19934 Anderson JrD ldquoFundamentals of Aerodynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill 2000

                                44

                                AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

                                Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

                                SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

                                Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

                                Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

                                ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

                                45

                                AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                OBJECTIVE

                                To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

                                Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

                                LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

                                TOTAL 60

                                AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

                                OBJECTIVE

                                To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

                                LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

                                TOTAL 60

                                46

                                SEMESTER VIII

                                Code No Course Title L T P C

                                THEORY

                                Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

                                47

                                Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

                                OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

                                Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

                                METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

                                Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

                                Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

                                FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

                                REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

                                48

                                Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

                                OBJECTIVE

                                The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

                                PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

                                OBJECTIVE

                                The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

                                The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

                                Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

                                OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

                                LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

                                composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

                                fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

                                49

                                1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

                                SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

                                Code No Course Title L T P C

                                Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

                                Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

                                SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

                                Code No Course Title L T P C

                                Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

                                ELECTIVESndash III

                                Code No Course Title L T P C

                                Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

                                SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

                                Code No Course Title L T P C

                                Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

                                ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

                                Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

                                50

                                Elective Subjects

                                Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

                                BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

                                Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

                                Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

                                TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

                                TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

                                51

                                Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                                OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                                Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                                UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                                52

                                AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                                OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                                Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                                Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                                MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                                Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                                AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                                TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                                53

                                Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                                3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                                Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                                Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                                RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                                Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                                HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                                54

                                Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                                Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                                IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                                Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                                Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                                55

                                Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                                Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                                STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                                Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                                Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                                56

                                Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                                Module-I (15hours)

                                FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                                COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                                Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                                Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                                COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                                57

                                Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                                Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                                BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                                Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                                BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                                Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                                58

                                Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                                OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                                Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                                Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                                Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                                Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                                TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                                59

                                Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                60

                                Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                61

                                AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                62

                                Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                63

                                Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                64

                                Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                65

                                Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                66

                                • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                • Course Title
                                  • THEORY
                                  • SEMESTER III
                                  • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                  • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                  • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                  • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                    • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                    • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                        • Course Title
                                          • THEORY
                                          • PRACTICAL
                                          • SEMESTER V
                                            • Course Title
                                              • THEORY
                                              • PRACTICAL
                                              • SEMESTER VI
                                                • Course Title
                                                  • THEORY
                                                  • PRACTICAL
                                                  • SEMESTER VI
                                                    • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                      • SEMESTER VII
                                                        • Course Title
                                                          • THEORY
                                                          • PRACTICAL
                                                          • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                            • TOTAL 60
                                                            • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                            • TOTAL 60
                                                              • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                • Course Title
                                                                  • THEORY
                                                                  • PRACTICAL
                                                                  • Co New York 1989
                                                                  • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                  • OBJECTIVE
                                                                  • PROJECT WORK
                                                                    • OBJECTIVE
                                                                      • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                          • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                              • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                  PCAE1210 PROPULSION ndash I L T P C3 0 0 3

                                  OBJECTIVETo understand the principles of operation and design of aircraft and spacecraft powerplants

                                  Module ndash I (10 hours)

                                  FUNDAMENTALS OF GAS TURBINE ENGINES Illustration of working of gas turbine engine ndash The thrust equation ndash Factors affecting thrustndash Effect of pressure velocity and temperature changes of air entering compressor ndash Methods of thrust augmentation ndash Characteristics of turboprop turbofan and turbojet ndashPerformance characteristics

                                  Module ndash II (14 hours)

                                  SUBSONIC AND SUPERSONIC INLETS FOR JET ENGINES Internal flow and Stall in subsonic inlets ndash Boundary layer separation ndash Major features of external flow near a subsonic inlet ndash Relation between minimum area ratio and eternal deceleration ratio ndash Diffuser performance ndash Supersonic inlets ndash Starting problem on supersonic inlets ndash Shock swallowing by area variation ndash External declaration ndash Models of inlet operation

                                  NOZZLES Theory of flow in isentropic nozzles ndash nozzles and choking ndash Nozzle throat conditions ndashNozzle efficiency ndash Losses in nozzles ndash Over expanded and under ndash expanded nozzles ndashEjector and variable area nozzles ndash Interaction of nozzle flow with adjacent surfaces ndashThrust reversal

                                  Module ndash III (16 hours)

                                  COMPRESSORS Principle of operation of centrifugal compressor ndash Work done and pressure rise ndash Velocity diagrams ndash Diffuser vane design considerations ndash Concept of prewhirl rotation stall and surge ndash Elementary theory of axial flow compressor ndash Velocity triangles ndash degree of reaction ndash Three dimensional ndashCompressor blade design ndash Centrifugal and Axial compressor performance characteristics

                                  COMBUSTION CHAMBERSClassification of combustion chambers ndash Important factors affecting combustion chamber design ndash Combustion process ndash Combustion chamber performance ndash Effect of operating variables on performance ndash Flame tube cooling ndash Flame stabilization ndash Use of flame holders ndash Numerical problems

                                  TEXT BOOKS1 Hill PG amp Peterson CR ldquoMechanics amp Thermodynamics of Propulsionrdquo Addison ndashWesley Longman INC 1999REFERENCES1 Cohen H Rogers GFC and Saravanamuttoo HIH ldquoGas Turbine TheoryrdquoLongman 19892 Oates GC ldquoAero thermodynamics of Aircraft Engine Componentsrdquo AIAA EducationSeries New York 1985

                                  17

                                  3 ldquoRolls Royce Jet Enginerdquo ndash Third Edition ndash 19834 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers amp Distributors Delhi 1999

                                  18

                                  Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndashI L T P C0 0 3 2

                                  OBJECTIVETo study experimentally the load deflection characteristics structural materials underDifferent types of loads

                                  LIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Determination of Youngrsquos modulus of steel 2 Determination of fracture strength and fracture pattern of ductile and brittlematerials3 Determination of forces in statically indeterminate force system4 Deflection of beams with various end conditions5 Verification of Maxwellrsquos Reciprocal theorem 6 Verification of principle of superposition7 Column ndash Testing8 South ndash wellrsquos plot9 Shear Failure of Bolted and Rivetted Joints10 Non-Destructive Testing Procedures

                                  TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                                  19

                                  Sub Code AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                                  OBJECTIVETo familiarize the students in basic aerodynamics and use of wind tunnelsLIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Study of lift and tip vortices2 Flow visualization in water flow channel3 Flow visualization in smoke tunnel4 Plot of RPM Vs test section velocity in a subsonic wind tunnel5 Pressure distribution over circular cylinder6 Pressure distribution over a rough circular cylinder7 Pressure distribution over a symmetric aerofoil8 Pressure distribution over a cambered aerofoil9 Estimation of CL and CD of airfoil10 Force measurement using wind tunnel balance of airfoil

                                  TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                                  20

                                  Sub Code MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY L T P C

                                  0 0 3 2LIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 LATHE11 Facing plain turning and step turning12 Taper turning using compound rest13 Taper turning using taper turning attachment14 Single start V thread cutting and knurling15 Boring and internal thread cutting2 SHAPER AND SLOTTER21 Machining a V- block (in a Shaper)22 Machining hexagonal shape (in a Shaper)23 Machining internal key-way (in a slotter)413 DRILLING31 Drilling 4 or 6 holes at a given pitch circle on a plate32 Drilling reaming and tapping4 MILLING41 Plain Milling Exercise42 Gear Milling Exercise5 GRINDINGCylindrical Grinding Exercise

                                  TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                                  21

                                  SEMESTER V

                                  Code No Course Title L T P C

                                  THEORY

                                  Aircraft Structures ndash II 3 0 0 3Aerodynamics ndash II 3 0 0 3Propulsion ndash II 3 0 0 3Aircraft Performance 3 0 0 3Control Engineering 3 0 0 3Experimental Stress Analysis 3 0 0 3

                                  PRACTICAL

                                  Aircraft Structures Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2CADCAM Lab 0 0 3 2Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness Lab 0 0 3 2

                                  22

                                  SEMESTER V

                                  AE2302 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES ndash II L T P C3 1 0 4

                                  OBJECTIVETo study the behaviour of various aircraft structural components under different types ofloadsModule ndash I (15 hours) UNSYMMETRICAL BENDING General Principal axis and neutral axis methods- bending stresses in beams of symmetric sections with skew loads- bending stresses in beams of unsymmetrical sections

                                  SHEAR FLOW IN OPEN SECTIONS Thin walled beams Concept of shear flow shear centre Elastic axis With one axis ofsymmetry with wall effective and ineffective in bending unsymmetrical beam sections

                                  Module ndash II (14 hours)SHEAR FLOW IN CLOSED SECTIONS Bredt ndash Batho formula Single and multi ndash cell structures- Shear flow in single amp multicellstructures under torsion Shear flow in single and multicell under bending with wallseffective and ineffective

                                  V-N DIAGRAMLoads on aircraft ndashlift distribution-V-n diagram-Gust loads

                                  Module ndash III (11 hours)BUCKLING OF PLATES Rectangular sheets under compression local buckling stress of thin walled section-Crippling stresses by Needhamrsquos and Gerardrsquos methods Thin walled column strengthsheet stiffener panels-Effective width

                                  STRESS ANALYSIS IN WING AND FUSELAGEShear resistant web beams-Tension field web beams(Wagnerrsquos) ndash Shear and bendingmoment distribution for cantilever and semi-cantilever types of beams

                                  TEXT BOOKS1 Peery DJ and Azar JJ ldquoAircraft Structuresrdquo 2nd edition McGrawndashHill NY 20072 Megson TMG ldquoAircraft Structures for Engineering Studentsrdquo Edward Arnold 2007REFERENCES1 Bruhn EH ldquoAnalysis and Design of Flight vehicles Structuresrdquo Tri ndash state off setcompany USA 19852 Rivello RM ldquoTheory and Analysis of Flight Structuresrdquo McGraw-Hill 1993

                                  23

                                  Sub Code AERODYNAMICS ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                  OBJECTIVETo understand the behaviour of airflow both internal and external in compressible flowregime with particular emphasis on supersonic flowsModule ndash I (10 hours)ONE DIMENSIONAL COMPRESSIBLE FLOW Energy Momentum continuity and state equations velocity of sound adiabatic steadystate flow equations Flow through convergent- divergent passage Performance undervarious back pressures

                                  Module ndash II (16 hours)NORMAL OBLIQUE SHOCKS Prandtl equation and Rankine ndash Hugonoit relation Normal shock equations Pitot statictube corrections for subsonic and supersonic flows Oblique shocks and correspondingequations Hodograph and pressure turning angle shock polar flow past wedges andconcave corners strong weak and detached shocks

                                  EXPANSION WAVES RAYLEIGH AND FANNO FLOW Flow past convex corners Expansion hodograph Reflection and interaction of shocks and expansion waves Method of Characteristics Two dimensional supersonic nozzlecontours

                                  Module ndash III (14 hours)SUPERSONIC AND TRANSONIC FLOW Rayleigh and Fanno Flow Lift drag pitching moment and center of pressure of supersonic profiles Lower and upper critical Mach numbers Lift and drag divergence shock induced separation Characteristics of swept wings Effects of thickness camber and aspect ratio of wings Transonic area rule

                                  TEXT BOOK1 Rathakrishnan E ldquoGas Dynamicsrdquo Prentice Hall of India 2003REFERENCES1 Shapiro AH ldquoDynamics and Thermodynamics of Compressible Fluid Flowrdquo RonaldPress 19822 Zucrow MJ and Anderson JD ldquoElements of gas dynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book CoNew York 19893 Anderson Jr D ndash ldquoModern compressible flowsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co New York

                                  1999

                                  24

                                  Sub Code PROPULSION ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                  OBJECTIVETo study in detail about gas turbines ramjet fundamentals of rocket propulsion andchemical rocketsModule ndash I (10 hours) AIRCRAFT GAS TURBINES 12Impulse and reaction blading of gas turbines ndash Velocity triangles and power output ndash Elementary theory ndash Vortex theory ndash Choice of blade profile pitch and chord ndash stimationof stage performance ndash Limiting factors in gas turbine design- Overall turbine performance ndash Methods of blade cooling ndash Matching of turbine and compressor Module ndash II (15 hours)RAMJET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Sub critical critical and supercritical operation ndash Combustion in ramjet engine ndash Ramjet performance ndash Simple ramjet design calculations ndash Introduction to scramjet

                                  FUNDAMENTALS OF ROCKET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Specific impulse of a rocket ndash internal ballistics- Rocket nozzleclassification ndash Rocket performance considerations

                                  Module ndash III (15 hours)CHEMICAL ROCKETS Solid propellant rockets ndash Selection criteria of solid propellants ndash Important hardware components of solid rockets ndash Propellant grain design considerations ndash Liquid propellantrockets ndash Selection of liquid propellants Cooling in liquid rockets ndash Hybrid rockets

                                  ADVANCED PROPULSION TECHNIQUES Electric rocket propulsion ndash Ion propulsion techniques ndash Nuclear rocket ndash Types ndash Solarsail- Preliminary Concepts in nozzleless propulsion TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York 5th

                                  Edn 19932 Hill PG amp Peterson CR ldquoMechanics amp Thermodynamics of Propulsionrdquo Addison ndashWesley Longman INC 1999REFERENCES1 Cohen H Rogers GFC and Saravanamuttoo HIH ldquoGas Turbine TheoryrdquoLongman Co ELBS Ed 19892 Gorden CV ldquoAero thermodynamics of Gas Turbine and Rocket Propulsionrdquo AIAAEducation Series New York 19893 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 1988

                                  25

                                  Sub Code AIRCRAFT PERFORMANCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                  OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the performance of airplanes under various flightconditions like take off cruise landing climbing gliding turning etcModule ndash I (13 hours)GENERAL CONCEPTSInternational Standard atmosphere IAS EAS TAS Propeller theory- Froude momentum and blade element theories Propeller co-efficients Use of propeller charts Performance of fixed and variable pitch propellers High lift devices Thrust augmentation

                                  DRAG OF BODIESStreamlined and bluff body Types of drag Effect of Reynoldrsquos number on skin friction and pressure drag Drag reduction of airplanes Dragpolar Effect of Mach number on drag polar

                                  Module ndash II (11 hours)STEADY LEVEL FLIGHTSteady level flight Thrust required and Power required Thrust available and Power available for propeller driven and jet powered aircraft Effect of altitude maximum level flight speed conditions for minimum drag and minimum power required Effect of drag divergence on maximum velocity Range and Endurance of Propeller and Jet airplanes

                                  Module ndash III (16 hours)GLIDING AND CLIMBING FLIGHTShallow and steep angles of climb Rate of climb Climb hodograph Maximum Climb angle and Maximum Rate of climb- Effect of design parameters for propeller Absolute and service ceiling Gliding flight Glide hodograph

                                  ACCELERATD FLIGHT Estimation of take-off and landing distances Methods of reducing landing distance level turn minimum turn radius bank angle and load factor Constraints on load factor Pull up and pull down maneuvers maximum turn rate V-n diagram

                                  TEXT BOOKS1 HoughtonEL and Carruthers NB Aerodynamics for engineering studentsEdward Amold Publishers 19882 Anderson Jr JD Aircraft Performance and Design McGraw-Hill InternationalEdition 1999REFERENCES1 Kuethe AM and Chow CY Foundations of Aerodynamics John Wiley amp Sons19822 JJBertin Aerodynamics for Engineers Prentice-Hall 19883 LJ Clancey Aerodynamics Pitman 19864 Anderson Jr JD Introduction to Flight McGraw-Hill International Edition 1999

                                  26

                                  Sub Code CONTROL ENGINEERING L T P C3 0 0 3

                                  OBJECTIVETo understand the basic concepts of flight control systemModule ndash I (11 hours) INTRODUCTIONHistorical review - Simple pneumatic hydraulic and thermal systems Series and parallelsystems Analogies - Mechanical and electrical components Development of flight control systems OPEN AND CLOSED LOOP SYSTEMSFeedback control systems ndash Block diagram representation of control systems Reductionof block diagrams Output to input ratios Signal flow graph

                                  Module ndash II (15 hours)CHARACTERISTIC EQUATION AND FUNCTIONS Lap lace transformation Response of systems to different inputs viz Step input impulse ramp parabolic and sinusoidal inputs Time response of first and second order systems steady state errors and error constants of unity feedback circuit

                                  SAMPLED DATA SYSTEMS Introduction to digital control system Digital Controllers and Digital PID Controllers

                                  Module ndash III (14 hours)CONCEPT OF STABILITYNecessary and sufficient conditions Routh ndash Hurwitz criteria of stability Root locus andBode techniques Concept and construction frequency response

                                  TOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Ogato ldquoModern Control Engineeringrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19982 GopalM ldquoControl Systems Principles and designrdquo ndash Tata McGraw-Hill PublicationNew Delhi 2000REFERENCES1 Azzo JJD and CH Houpis ldquoFeed back control system analysis and synthesisrdquoMcGraw ndash Hill International 3rd Edition 19982 Kuo BC ldquoAutomatic control systemsrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19983 Houpis CH and Lamont GB ldquoDigital Control Systemsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co NewYork USA 19954 Naresh K Sinha ldquoControl Systemsrdquo New Age International Publishers New Delhi

                                  27

                                  Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                  OBJECTIVETo bring awareness on experimental method of finding the response of the structure todifferent types of loadModule ndash I (15 hours) MEASUREMENTS amp EXTENSOMETER Principles of measurements Accuracy Sensitivity and range of measurements Mechanical Optical Acoustical and Electrical extensometers and their uses Advantagesand disadvantages

                                  ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE STRAIN GAUGES Principle of operation and requirements Types and their uses Materials for strain gauge Calibration and temperature compensation cross sensitivity Rosette analysis Wheastone bridge for static and dynamic strain measurements strain indicators

                                  Module ndash II (14 hours)PHOTOELASTICITY Two dimensional photo elasticity Concept of light ndash photoelastic effects stress optic lawInterpretation of fringe pattern Compensation and separation techniques Photo elasticmaterials Introduction to three dimensional photo elasticity

                                  Module ndash III (11 hours)BRITTLE COATING AND MOIRE METHODSIntroduction to Moire techniques brittle coating methods and holography NON ndash DESTRUCTIVE TESTINGFundamentals of NDT Radiography ultrasonic magnetic particle inspection Fluorescent penetrant technique Eddy current testing Acoustic Emission Technique

                                  TEXT BOOKS1 Srinath LS Raghava MR Lingaiah K Garagesha G Pant B andRamachandra K ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill New Delhi 1984REFERENCES1 Dally JW and Riley WF ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo McGraw-Hill Inc NewYork 2005 IV edition2 Hetyenyi M ldquoHand book of Experimental Stress Analysisrdquo John Wiley and Sons IncNew York 19723 Pollock AA ldquoAcoustic Emission in Acoustics and Vibration Progressrdquo Ed StephensRWB Chapman and Hall 1993

                                  28

                                  Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                  OBJECTIVE

                                  To experimentally study the unsymmetrical bending of beams find the location of shear centre obtain the stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques calibration of photo ndash elastic materials and study on vibration of beams

                                  LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                  1 Unsymmetrical bending of beams2 Shear centre location for open sections3 Shear centre location for closed sections4 Constant strength beam5 Flexibility matrix for cantilever beam6 Beam with combined loading7 Calibration of Photo- elastic materials8 Stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques9 Vibrations of beams10 Wagner beam ndash Tension field beam

                                  TOTAL 45

                                  29

                                  Sub Code CAD CAM LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                                  OBJECTIVETo teach and train the students in the lab about the design and drafting of aerocomponents LIST OF EXPERIMENTSDesign and Modeling of rectangular plate with holeDesign and Modeling of spar componentsDesign and Modeling of Aerofoil structuresDesign and Modeling of cut section for wingsDesign and Modeling of Machine componentDesign and Modeling of Machine componentsDesign and Analysis of a TrussDesign and Analysis of Beam distributed loadDesign of Landing gearFacingTurning(Taper Step)

                                  TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                                  30

                                  HSSM7203 Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness LabLab 30 hoursThis course will focus on communication in professional (work-related) situations of the kind thatBPUT graduates may expect to encounter on entering the professional domainSome typical forms of work-related communication oral or written are listed below Practiceactivities for all four skills can be designed around these or similar situations1 Gaining entry into an organizationi Preparing job-applications and CVsii Facing an interviewiii Participating in group discussion (as part of the recruitmentprocess)2 In-house communicationa Superior Senior 1048782 subordinate junior (individual 1048782 individual group)i Welcoming new entrants to the organization introducing the workplace cultureetcii Briefing subordinates juniors explaining duties and responsibilities etcii Motivating subordinates juniors (lsquopep talkrsquo)iii Instructing directing subordinates juniorsiv Expressing recording appreciation praising rewarding a subordinate or juniorv Reprimanding correcting disciplining a subordinatejunior (for a lapse) askingfor an explanation etcb Subordinate Junior 1048782 Superior Seniori Responding to the aboveii Reporting problems difficulties deficienciesiii Offering suggestions

                                  31

                                  SEMESTER VI

                                  Code No Course Title L T P C

                                  THEORYHSSM3301 Principles of Management 3 0 0 3

                                  Finite Element Method 3 0 0 3Aircraft Stability and Control 3 0 0 3Wind Tunnel Techniques 3 0 0 3High Temperature Materials 3 0 0 3

                                  E1 Elective ndash I 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                  Aero Engine Laboratory 0 0 3 2Aircraft Design Project - I 0 0 3 2Aerodynamics Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2

                                  32

                                  SEMESTER VI

                                  HSSM3301 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (3-0-0)

                                  Module I Functions of Management Concept of Management Management as an Art or Science The Process of Management Managerial Skills Good Managers are Born not Made Management is concerned with Ideas Things and People How a Manager Induces Workers to Put in Their Best Levels and Types of Management Evolution of Management Thought Managerial Environment The process of Management-Planning Organizing Directing Staffing Controlling

                                  Module II Marketing Function of Management Modern Concept of Marketing The Functional Classification of Marketing Functions of a Marketing Management Marketing Mix Fundamental Needs of Customers The Role of Distribution channels in Marketing Advertising Marketing Consumerism and Environmentalism

                                  Module III Financial Function amp HRM Functions Financial Functions Concept of Financial Management Project Appraisal Tools of Financial decisions making Overview of Working Capital HRM Function of Management Human Resource Management Human Resource Development Importance of HRM Overview of Job Analysis Job Description Job Specification Labour Turnover Manpower Planning Recruitment Selection Induction Training and Development Placement Wage and Salary Administration Performance Appraisal Grievance Handling Welfare Aspects

                                  Reference Books 1 Business Organization amp Management CR Basu TMH 2 Business Organization amp Management Tulsia Pandey Pearson 3 Marketing Management Kotler Keller Koshi Jha Pearson 4 Financial Management IM Pandey Vikas 5 Human Resource Management Aswasthapa TMH 6 Modern Business Organisation amp Management by Sherlekar Himalaya Publishing House

                                  33

                                  Sub Code FINITE ELEMENT METHOD L T P C3 0 0 3

                                  OBJECTIVETo introduce the concept of numerical analysis of structural componentsModule ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION Review of basic approximate methods of analyses ndash Stiffness and Flexibility matrix forsimple cases ndash Governing equation and convergence criteria of finite element method

                                  DISCRETE ELEMENTS Bar Frame beam elements ndash Application to static dynamic analysis

                                  Module ndash II (10 hours)

                                  CONTINUUM ELEMENTS Various types of 2-D-elements Application to plane stress plane strain and axisymmetricproblems Module ndash III (16 hours)ISOPARAMETRIC ELEMENTS Applications to two and three-dimensional problems(four eight and nine nodded element) Numerical Integration

                                  FIELD PROBLEMApplications to other field problems like heat transfer and fluid flow

                                  TEXT BOOK1 TirupathiRC and Ashok DB ldquoIntroduction to Finite Elements in EngineeringrdquoPrentice Hall India Third Edition 2003REFERENCES1 Reddy JN ldquoAn Introduction to Finite Element Methodrdquo McGraw-Hill 20002 Krishnamurthy CS ldquoFinite Element Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill 20003 Bathe KJ and Wilson EL ldquoNumerical Methods in Finite Elements AnalysisrdquoPrentice Hall of India 1985

                                  34

                                  Sub Code AIRCRAFT STABILITY amp CONTROL L T P C3 1 0 4

                                  OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the concepts of stable and nonstable configurationof airplanes To introduce the concepts of control of airplanes under variousoperating conditions

                                  Module ndash I (13 hours)STATIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY AND CONTROL 15General concepts-Degrees of freedom of a rigid body Static and dynamic stability Need for stability in an airplane inherently and marginally stable airplanes Stability and Controllability Requirements of control surfaces criteria for longitudinal static stability contribution to stability by wing tail fuselage wing fuselage combination Total longitudinal stability Neutral point-Stick fixed and Stick free aspects Free elevator factor static margin Hinge moment Power effects on stability-propeller and jet aircrafts longitudinal control Movement of centre of gravity elevator control effectiveness elevator control power elevator angle to trim elevator angle per g maneuver point Stick force gradient and stick force per g Aerodynamic balancing

                                  Module ndash II (15 hours) STATIC DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND CONTROL Directional stability-yaw and sideslip Criterion of directional stability contribution to static directional stability by wing fuselage tail Power effects on directional stabilitypropeller and jet aircrafts Rudder lock and Dorsal fin Directional control rudder control effectiveness rudder requirements adverse yaw asymmetric power condition spin recovery

                                  STATIC LATERAL STABILTY AND CONTROL Lateral stability-Dihedral effect criterion for lateral stability evaluation of lateral stability-contribution of fuselage wing wing fuselage tail total static lateral stability lateral control aileron reversal aileron reversal speed

                                  Module ndash III (12 hours) DYNAMIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY Aircraft Equations of motion small disturbance theory Estimation of longitudinal stability derivatives stability derivatives solving the stability quartic Phugoid motion

                                  DYNAMIC LATERAL AND DIRECTIONAL STABILITY Dutch roll and spiral instability Auto rotation and spin

                                  TEXT BOOKS1 Perkins CD amp Hage RE Airplane performance stability and control John Wileyamp Sons 19762 Nelson RC Flight Stability amp Automatic Control McGraw Hill 1998REFERENCES1 McCormick BW Aerodynamics Aeronautics amp Flight Mechanics John Wiley19952 Babister AW Aircraft Stability and response Pergamon Press 19803 Etkin B Dynamics of Flight Stability and Control John Wiley New York 19824 Pamadi BN Performnce Stability Dynamics and Control of Airplanes AIAA Education Series 2004

                                  35

                                  Sub Code WIND TUNNEL TECHNIQUES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                  OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of measurement of forces and moments on models during the wind tunnel testing

                                  Module ndash I (10 hours)WIND TUNNELSClassification ndashnon-dimensional numbers-types of similarities - Layout of open circuit and closed circuit subsonic wind tunnels ndash design parameters-energy ratio - HP calculationsCalibration

                                  Module ndash II (15 hours) HIGH SPEED WIND TUNNELSBlow down in draft and induction tunnel layouts and their design features Transonic supersonic and hypersonic tunnels their peculiarities and calibration Helium and gun tunnels Shock tubes

                                  FLOW VISUALIZATIONSmoke and Tuft grid techniques ndash Dye injection special techniques ndash Optical methods offlow visualization

                                  Module ndash II (15 hours)WIND TUNNEL MEASUREMENTSPressurevelocity and temperature measurements ndash Force measurements ndash types of balances-Three component and six component balances ndash calibration of measuring instruments

                                  NON-INTRUSIVE FLOW DIAGNOSTICSLaser ndash Doppler anemometry Particle image velocimetry Laser induced fluorescence TEXT BOOK1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow Speed Wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley Publication1984REFERENCE1 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh Speed wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley 1985

                                  36

                                  Sub Code HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                  OBJECTIVETo learn damage mechanism and failure of components of elavated temperatures

                                  Module ndash I (15 hours)CREEPFactors influencing functional life of components at elevated temperatures definition of creep curve various stages of creep metallurgical factors influencing various stages effect of stress temperatures and strain rate

                                  Design of transient creep time hardening strain hardening expressions of rupture life ofcreep ductile and brittle materials Monkman-Grant relationship

                                  Module ndash II (13 hours)FRACTURE AND OXIDATIONVarious types of fracture brittle to ductile from low temperature to high temperature cleavage fracture due to micro void coalescence ndash diffusion controlled void growth fracture maps for different alloys and oxidesOxidation Pilling Bedworth ratio kinetic laws of oxidation ndash defect structure and control of Oxidation by alloy additions

                                  Module ndash III (12 hours)HOT CORROSION SUPER ALLOYS AND OTHER MATERIALHot gas corrosion deposit modified hot gas corrosion fluxing mechanisms effect of alloying elements on hot corrosion interaction of hot corrosion and creep methods of combat hot corrosion

                                  Iron base Nickel base abd Cobalt base super alloys composition control solid solution strengthening precipitation hardening by gamma prime grain boundary strengthening TCP phase embrittlement solidfication of single crystals Intermetallics high temperature ceramics

                                  TEXT BOOKS1 Raj R ldquoFlow and Fracture at Elevated TemperaturesrdquoAmerican Society for MetalsUSA 19852 Hertzberg RW ldquoDeformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering materialsrdquo 4th

                                  Edition John Wiley USA 19963 Courtney T H ldquoMechanical Behaviour of MaterialsrdquoMcGraw-Hill USA 1990REFERENCES1 Boyle JT Spencer J ldquoStress Analysis for Creeprdquo Butterworths UK 19832 BressersJ ldquoCreep and Fatigue in High Temperature Alloysrdquo Applied Science 19813 McLean D ldquoDirectionally Solidified Materials for High Temperature ServicerdquoThe Metals Society USA 1985

                                  37

                                  AE2355 AERO ENGINE LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                                  OBJECTIVETo introduce the knowledge of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines1 Study of free convective heat transfer over a flat plate2 Engine (Piston Engine) - cleaning visual inspection NDT checks3 Piston Engine Components - dimensional checks4 Velocity profiles of free jets5 Velocity profiles of wall jets6 Combustion Studies in a model jet engine combustor7 Jet Engine ndash identification of components amp defects8 Jet Engine ndash NDT checks and dimensional checks9 Study of hybrid rocket propulsion system10 Engine starting procedures11 Study of ramjet12 Burn rate measurements of solid propellants

                                  TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                  38

                                  Sub code AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash I L T P C0 0 3 2

                                  OBJECTIVETo introduce and develop the basic concept of aircraft designEach student is assigned the design of an Airplane (or Helicopter or any other flightvehicle) for given preliminary specifications The following are the assignments to becarried outEXPERIMENTS1 Comparative configuration study of different types of airplanes2 Comparative study on specification and performance details of aircraft3 Preparation of comparative data sheets4 Work sheet layout procedures5 Comparative graphs preparation and selection of main parameters for the design6 Preliminary weight estimations selection of main parameters7 Power plant selection Aerofoil selection Wing tail and control surfaces8 Preparation of layouts of balance diagram and three view drawings9 Drag estimation10 Detailed performance calculations and stability estimates

                                  TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                  AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY- II

                                  1 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of symmetric aerofoil section2 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of cambered aerofoil section3 Pressure distribution over a Nose cone model4 Determination of Base drag of a missile model5 Determination of profile drag of bodies by wake survey method6 Study of flow field over a backward facing step7 Pressure distribution over a water tank model for various wind speeds8 Velocity profiles for different simulated terrains9 Calibration of Supersonic Wind Tunnel10 Flow visualization studies in supersonic flows

                                  TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                  39

                                  40

                                  SEMESTER VII

                                  Code No Course Title L T P C

                                  THEORY

                                  PCME4404 Production and Operation Management 3 0 0 3Avionics 3 0 0 3Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 0 3Vibrations And Elements of Aeroelasticity 3 0 0 3

                                  E2 Elective ndash II 3 0 0 3E3 Elective ndash III 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                  Aircraft Design Project ndash II 0 0 3 2Aircraft Systems Lab 0 0 3 2Project Work and Seminar 0 0 3 3

                                  41

                                  SEMESTER VII

                                  PCME4404 Production and Operation Management L T P C

                                  Objective The course aims at acquainting all engineering graduates irrespective of theirspecializations the basic issues and tools of managing production and operations functionsof an organizationModule I1 Operations Function in an Organization Manufacturing Vrs Service Operations Systemview of Operations Strategic Role of Operations Operations Strategies for CompetitiveAdvantage Operations Quality and Productivity Focus Meeting Global Challenges ofProduction and Operations Imperatives (3 Hours)2 Designing Products Services and Processes New Product Design- Product Life CycleProduct Development Process Process Technology Project Jobshop Batch AssemblyLine Continuous Manufacturing Process Technology Life Cycle Process TechnologyTrends FMS CIM CAD CAM Design for Services Services Process Technology(4 Hours)3 Work Study Methods Study- Techniques of Analysis recording improvement andstandardization Work Measurement Work Measurement Principles using Stopwatch TimeStudy Predetermined Motion Time Standards and Work Sampling Standard TimeEstimation (4 Hours)Module II4 Location and Layout Planning Factor Influencing Plant and Warehouse LocationsImpact of Location on cost and revenues Facility Location Procedure and Models Qualitative Models Breakeven Analysis location Model centroid methodLayout Planning Layout Types Process Layout Product Layout Fixed Position LayoutPlanning block diagramming line balancing computerized layout planning- overviewGroup Technology (4 Hours)5 Forecasting Principles and Method Moving Average weighted Moving AverageExponential Smoothing Winterrsquos Method for Seasonal Demand Forecasting Error(4 Hours)6 Manufacturing Planning and Control The Framework and Components AggregatePlanning Master Production Scheduling Rough-cut-Capacity Planning MaterialRequirements Planning Capacity Requirements Planning (5 Hours)Module III7 Sequencing and Scheduling Single Machine Sequencing Basics and PerformanceEvaluation Criteria Methods for Minimizing Mean Flow Time Parallel Machines Minimization of Makespan Flowshop sequencing 2 and 3 machines cases JohnsonrsquosRule and Jobshop Scheduling Priority dispatching Rules (3 Hours)8 Inventory Control Relevant Costs Basic EOQ Model Model with Quantity discountEconomic Batch Quantity Periodic and Continuous Review Systems Safety Stock ReorderPoint and Order Quantity Calculations ABC Analysis (4 Hours)9 Modern Trends in Manufacturing Just in Time (JIT) System Shop Floor Control ByKanbans Total Quality Management Total Productive Maintenance ISO 9000 QualityCircle Kaizen Poka Yoke Supply Chain Management (4 Hours)Reference Book1 SNChary ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 R Paneerselvam ldquoProduction and Operations Management Prentice Hall of India3 Aswathappa amp Bhatt ndash Production amp Operations Management HPH4 Gaither amp Frazier - Operations Management Cengage Publication5 Russell amp Taylor - Operations Management PHI Publication6 Chase Aquilanno Jacob amp Agarwal - Operations Management TMH Publication7 EE Adam and RJ Ebert ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India

                                  42

                                  Sub Code AVIONICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                  OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of navigation amp communication systems of aircraft

                                  Module ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems ndash Integrated Avionicssystem ndash Typical avionics sub systems ndash Design approaches and recent advances -Application Technologies

                                  PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS Digital Computers ndash Digital number system- number systems and codes-Fundamentals of logic and combinational logic circuits ndashDigital arithmetic ndash interfacing with analoguesystems

                                  Module ndash II (11 hours)Basic of Microprocessors and application Microprocessors ndash Memories- Microprocessors real time application related to aircraft

                                  DIGITAL AVIONICS ARCHITECTURE Avionics system architecturendash salient features and applications of Data buses MILndashSTD1553 BndashARINC 429ndashARINC 629

                                  Module ndash III (15 hours)

                                  FLIGHT DECK AND COCKPITSControl and display technologies CRT LCD - Touch screen - Direct voice input (DVI) - Civil cockpit and military cockpit MFDS HUD MFK HOTAS AVIONICS SYSTEMS Communication Systems - Navigation systems - Flight control systems - Radar electronic warfare - Utility systems Reliability and maintainability - Certification TEXT BOOKS1 Malcrno AP and Leach DP ldquoDigital Principles and Applicationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill19902 Gaonkar RS ldquoMicroprocessors Architecture ndash Programming and Applicationrdquo Wileyand Sons Ltd New Delhi 1990REFERENCES1 Middleton DH Ed ldquoAvionics Systems Longman Scientific and Technicalrdquo LongmanGroup UK Ltd England 19892 Spitzer CR ldquoDigital Avionic Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ USA19873 Brain Kendal ldquoManual of Avionicsrdquo The English Book House 3rd Edition New Delhi19934 Nagaraja ldquoNavigation systemrdquo5 J Powell ldquoAircraft Radio Systemrdquo

                                  43

                                  Sub Code COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                  OBJECTIVETo study the flow of dynamic fluids by computational methods

                                  Module-I (10 hours) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows Mathematical properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations - Well posed problems - discretization of partial Differential Equations Explicit finite difference methods of subsonic supersonic and viscous flows

                                  Module-II (15 hours)

                                  DISCRETIZATION Boundary layer Equations and methods of solution -Implicit time dependent methods forinviscid and viscous compressible flows - Concept of numerical dissipation --Stabilityproperties of explicit and implicit methods - Conservative upwind discretization forHyperbolic systems - Further advantages of upwind differencing GRID GENERATION Structured grids Types and transformations Generation of structured grids Unstructured grids Delany triangulation

                                  Module-III (15 hours)

                                  FINITE VOLUME TECHNIQUESFinite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping -Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy - Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques ndash Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives Flux ndash splitting schemes Pressure correction solvers ndash SIMPLE PESO Vorticity transport formulation Implicitsemi-implicit schemes

                                  TEXT BOOK1 Fletcher CAJ ldquoComputational Techniques for Fluid Dynamicsrdquo Vols I and IISpringer - Verlag Berlin 1988REFERENCES1 John F Wendt (Editor) ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics - An Introductionrdquo Springer ndashVerlag Berlin 19922 Charles Hirsch ldquoNumerical Computation of Internal and External Flowsrdquo Vols I and IIJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 19883 Klaus A Hoffmann and Steve T Chiang ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics forEngineersrdquo Vols I amp II Engineering Education System PO Box 20078 W WichitaKS 67208 - 1078 USA 19934 Anderson JrD ldquoFundamentals of Aerodynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill 2000

                                  44

                                  AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                  OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

                                  Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

                                  SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

                                  Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

                                  Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

                                  ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

                                  45

                                  AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                  OBJECTIVE

                                  To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

                                  Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

                                  LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                  1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

                                  TOTAL 60

                                  AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

                                  OBJECTIVE

                                  To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

                                  LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                  1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

                                  TOTAL 60

                                  46

                                  SEMESTER VIII

                                  Code No Course Title L T P C

                                  THEORY

                                  Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                  Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

                                  47

                                  Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

                                  OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

                                  Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

                                  METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

                                  Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

                                  Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

                                  FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

                                  REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

                                  48

                                  Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

                                  OBJECTIVE

                                  The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

                                  PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

                                  OBJECTIVE

                                  The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

                                  The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

                                  Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

                                  OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

                                  LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                  1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

                                  composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

                                  fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

                                  49

                                  1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

                                  SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

                                  Code No Course Title L T P C

                                  Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

                                  Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

                                  SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

                                  Code No Course Title L T P C

                                  Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

                                  ELECTIVESndash III

                                  Code No Course Title L T P C

                                  Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

                                  SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

                                  Code No Course Title L T P C

                                  Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

                                  ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

                                  Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

                                  50

                                  Elective Subjects

                                  Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                  OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

                                  BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

                                  Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

                                  Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

                                  TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

                                  TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

                                  51

                                  Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                                  OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                                  Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                                  UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                                  52

                                  AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                                  OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                                  Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                                  Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                                  MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                                  Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                                  AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                                  TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                                  53

                                  Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                                  3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                                  Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                                  Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                                  RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                                  Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                                  HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                                  54

                                  Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                  OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                                  Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                                  IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                                  Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                                  Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                                  55

                                  Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                  OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                                  Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                                  STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                                  Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                                  Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                                  56

                                  Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                                  Module-I (15hours)

                                  FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                                  COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                                  Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                                  Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                                  COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                                  57

                                  Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                  OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                                  Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                                  BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                                  Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                                  BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                                  Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                                  58

                                  Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                                  OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                                  Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                                  Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                                  Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                                  Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                                  TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                                  59

                                  Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                  OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                  Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                  PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                  Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                  PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                  Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                  Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                  60

                                  Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                  Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                  EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                  Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                  Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                  SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                  61

                                  AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                  OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                  Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                  Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                  AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                  Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                  TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                  62

                                  Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                  OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                  Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                  VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                  INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                  63

                                  Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                  OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                  Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                  MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                  Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                  PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                  Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                  64

                                  Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                  OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                  65

                                  Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                  Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                  CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                  Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                  CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                  Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                  66

                                  • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                  • Course Title
                                    • THEORY
                                    • SEMESTER III
                                    • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                    • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                    • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                    • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                      • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                      • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                          • Course Title
                                            • THEORY
                                            • PRACTICAL
                                            • SEMESTER V
                                              • Course Title
                                                • THEORY
                                                • PRACTICAL
                                                • SEMESTER VI
                                                  • Course Title
                                                    • THEORY
                                                    • PRACTICAL
                                                    • SEMESTER VI
                                                      • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                        • SEMESTER VII
                                                          • Course Title
                                                            • THEORY
                                                            • PRACTICAL
                                                            • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                              • TOTAL 60
                                                              • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                              • TOTAL 60
                                                                • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                    • THEORY
                                                                    • PRACTICAL
                                                                    • Co New York 1989
                                                                    • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                    • OBJECTIVE
                                                                    • PROJECT WORK
                                                                      • OBJECTIVE
                                                                        • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                            • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                    3 ldquoRolls Royce Jet Enginerdquo ndash Third Edition ndash 19834 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers amp Distributors Delhi 1999

                                    18

                                    Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndashI L T P C0 0 3 2

                                    OBJECTIVETo study experimentally the load deflection characteristics structural materials underDifferent types of loads

                                    LIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Determination of Youngrsquos modulus of steel 2 Determination of fracture strength and fracture pattern of ductile and brittlematerials3 Determination of forces in statically indeterminate force system4 Deflection of beams with various end conditions5 Verification of Maxwellrsquos Reciprocal theorem 6 Verification of principle of superposition7 Column ndash Testing8 South ndash wellrsquos plot9 Shear Failure of Bolted and Rivetted Joints10 Non-Destructive Testing Procedures

                                    TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                                    19

                                    Sub Code AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                                    OBJECTIVETo familiarize the students in basic aerodynamics and use of wind tunnelsLIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Study of lift and tip vortices2 Flow visualization in water flow channel3 Flow visualization in smoke tunnel4 Plot of RPM Vs test section velocity in a subsonic wind tunnel5 Pressure distribution over circular cylinder6 Pressure distribution over a rough circular cylinder7 Pressure distribution over a symmetric aerofoil8 Pressure distribution over a cambered aerofoil9 Estimation of CL and CD of airfoil10 Force measurement using wind tunnel balance of airfoil

                                    TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                                    20

                                    Sub Code MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY L T P C

                                    0 0 3 2LIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 LATHE11 Facing plain turning and step turning12 Taper turning using compound rest13 Taper turning using taper turning attachment14 Single start V thread cutting and knurling15 Boring and internal thread cutting2 SHAPER AND SLOTTER21 Machining a V- block (in a Shaper)22 Machining hexagonal shape (in a Shaper)23 Machining internal key-way (in a slotter)413 DRILLING31 Drilling 4 or 6 holes at a given pitch circle on a plate32 Drilling reaming and tapping4 MILLING41 Plain Milling Exercise42 Gear Milling Exercise5 GRINDINGCylindrical Grinding Exercise

                                    TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                                    21

                                    SEMESTER V

                                    Code No Course Title L T P C

                                    THEORY

                                    Aircraft Structures ndash II 3 0 0 3Aerodynamics ndash II 3 0 0 3Propulsion ndash II 3 0 0 3Aircraft Performance 3 0 0 3Control Engineering 3 0 0 3Experimental Stress Analysis 3 0 0 3

                                    PRACTICAL

                                    Aircraft Structures Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2CADCAM Lab 0 0 3 2Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness Lab 0 0 3 2

                                    22

                                    SEMESTER V

                                    AE2302 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES ndash II L T P C3 1 0 4

                                    OBJECTIVETo study the behaviour of various aircraft structural components under different types ofloadsModule ndash I (15 hours) UNSYMMETRICAL BENDING General Principal axis and neutral axis methods- bending stresses in beams of symmetric sections with skew loads- bending stresses in beams of unsymmetrical sections

                                    SHEAR FLOW IN OPEN SECTIONS Thin walled beams Concept of shear flow shear centre Elastic axis With one axis ofsymmetry with wall effective and ineffective in bending unsymmetrical beam sections

                                    Module ndash II (14 hours)SHEAR FLOW IN CLOSED SECTIONS Bredt ndash Batho formula Single and multi ndash cell structures- Shear flow in single amp multicellstructures under torsion Shear flow in single and multicell under bending with wallseffective and ineffective

                                    V-N DIAGRAMLoads on aircraft ndashlift distribution-V-n diagram-Gust loads

                                    Module ndash III (11 hours)BUCKLING OF PLATES Rectangular sheets under compression local buckling stress of thin walled section-Crippling stresses by Needhamrsquos and Gerardrsquos methods Thin walled column strengthsheet stiffener panels-Effective width

                                    STRESS ANALYSIS IN WING AND FUSELAGEShear resistant web beams-Tension field web beams(Wagnerrsquos) ndash Shear and bendingmoment distribution for cantilever and semi-cantilever types of beams

                                    TEXT BOOKS1 Peery DJ and Azar JJ ldquoAircraft Structuresrdquo 2nd edition McGrawndashHill NY 20072 Megson TMG ldquoAircraft Structures for Engineering Studentsrdquo Edward Arnold 2007REFERENCES1 Bruhn EH ldquoAnalysis and Design of Flight vehicles Structuresrdquo Tri ndash state off setcompany USA 19852 Rivello RM ldquoTheory and Analysis of Flight Structuresrdquo McGraw-Hill 1993

                                    23

                                    Sub Code AERODYNAMICS ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                    OBJECTIVETo understand the behaviour of airflow both internal and external in compressible flowregime with particular emphasis on supersonic flowsModule ndash I (10 hours)ONE DIMENSIONAL COMPRESSIBLE FLOW Energy Momentum continuity and state equations velocity of sound adiabatic steadystate flow equations Flow through convergent- divergent passage Performance undervarious back pressures

                                    Module ndash II (16 hours)NORMAL OBLIQUE SHOCKS Prandtl equation and Rankine ndash Hugonoit relation Normal shock equations Pitot statictube corrections for subsonic and supersonic flows Oblique shocks and correspondingequations Hodograph and pressure turning angle shock polar flow past wedges andconcave corners strong weak and detached shocks

                                    EXPANSION WAVES RAYLEIGH AND FANNO FLOW Flow past convex corners Expansion hodograph Reflection and interaction of shocks and expansion waves Method of Characteristics Two dimensional supersonic nozzlecontours

                                    Module ndash III (14 hours)SUPERSONIC AND TRANSONIC FLOW Rayleigh and Fanno Flow Lift drag pitching moment and center of pressure of supersonic profiles Lower and upper critical Mach numbers Lift and drag divergence shock induced separation Characteristics of swept wings Effects of thickness camber and aspect ratio of wings Transonic area rule

                                    TEXT BOOK1 Rathakrishnan E ldquoGas Dynamicsrdquo Prentice Hall of India 2003REFERENCES1 Shapiro AH ldquoDynamics and Thermodynamics of Compressible Fluid Flowrdquo RonaldPress 19822 Zucrow MJ and Anderson JD ldquoElements of gas dynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book CoNew York 19893 Anderson Jr D ndash ldquoModern compressible flowsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co New York

                                    1999

                                    24

                                    Sub Code PROPULSION ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                    OBJECTIVETo study in detail about gas turbines ramjet fundamentals of rocket propulsion andchemical rocketsModule ndash I (10 hours) AIRCRAFT GAS TURBINES 12Impulse and reaction blading of gas turbines ndash Velocity triangles and power output ndash Elementary theory ndash Vortex theory ndash Choice of blade profile pitch and chord ndash stimationof stage performance ndash Limiting factors in gas turbine design- Overall turbine performance ndash Methods of blade cooling ndash Matching of turbine and compressor Module ndash II (15 hours)RAMJET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Sub critical critical and supercritical operation ndash Combustion in ramjet engine ndash Ramjet performance ndash Simple ramjet design calculations ndash Introduction to scramjet

                                    FUNDAMENTALS OF ROCKET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Specific impulse of a rocket ndash internal ballistics- Rocket nozzleclassification ndash Rocket performance considerations

                                    Module ndash III (15 hours)CHEMICAL ROCKETS Solid propellant rockets ndash Selection criteria of solid propellants ndash Important hardware components of solid rockets ndash Propellant grain design considerations ndash Liquid propellantrockets ndash Selection of liquid propellants Cooling in liquid rockets ndash Hybrid rockets

                                    ADVANCED PROPULSION TECHNIQUES Electric rocket propulsion ndash Ion propulsion techniques ndash Nuclear rocket ndash Types ndash Solarsail- Preliminary Concepts in nozzleless propulsion TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York 5th

                                    Edn 19932 Hill PG amp Peterson CR ldquoMechanics amp Thermodynamics of Propulsionrdquo Addison ndashWesley Longman INC 1999REFERENCES1 Cohen H Rogers GFC and Saravanamuttoo HIH ldquoGas Turbine TheoryrdquoLongman Co ELBS Ed 19892 Gorden CV ldquoAero thermodynamics of Gas Turbine and Rocket Propulsionrdquo AIAAEducation Series New York 19893 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 1988

                                    25

                                    Sub Code AIRCRAFT PERFORMANCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                    OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the performance of airplanes under various flightconditions like take off cruise landing climbing gliding turning etcModule ndash I (13 hours)GENERAL CONCEPTSInternational Standard atmosphere IAS EAS TAS Propeller theory- Froude momentum and blade element theories Propeller co-efficients Use of propeller charts Performance of fixed and variable pitch propellers High lift devices Thrust augmentation

                                    DRAG OF BODIESStreamlined and bluff body Types of drag Effect of Reynoldrsquos number on skin friction and pressure drag Drag reduction of airplanes Dragpolar Effect of Mach number on drag polar

                                    Module ndash II (11 hours)STEADY LEVEL FLIGHTSteady level flight Thrust required and Power required Thrust available and Power available for propeller driven and jet powered aircraft Effect of altitude maximum level flight speed conditions for minimum drag and minimum power required Effect of drag divergence on maximum velocity Range and Endurance of Propeller and Jet airplanes

                                    Module ndash III (16 hours)GLIDING AND CLIMBING FLIGHTShallow and steep angles of climb Rate of climb Climb hodograph Maximum Climb angle and Maximum Rate of climb- Effect of design parameters for propeller Absolute and service ceiling Gliding flight Glide hodograph

                                    ACCELERATD FLIGHT Estimation of take-off and landing distances Methods of reducing landing distance level turn minimum turn radius bank angle and load factor Constraints on load factor Pull up and pull down maneuvers maximum turn rate V-n diagram

                                    TEXT BOOKS1 HoughtonEL and Carruthers NB Aerodynamics for engineering studentsEdward Amold Publishers 19882 Anderson Jr JD Aircraft Performance and Design McGraw-Hill InternationalEdition 1999REFERENCES1 Kuethe AM and Chow CY Foundations of Aerodynamics John Wiley amp Sons19822 JJBertin Aerodynamics for Engineers Prentice-Hall 19883 LJ Clancey Aerodynamics Pitman 19864 Anderson Jr JD Introduction to Flight McGraw-Hill International Edition 1999

                                    26

                                    Sub Code CONTROL ENGINEERING L T P C3 0 0 3

                                    OBJECTIVETo understand the basic concepts of flight control systemModule ndash I (11 hours) INTRODUCTIONHistorical review - Simple pneumatic hydraulic and thermal systems Series and parallelsystems Analogies - Mechanical and electrical components Development of flight control systems OPEN AND CLOSED LOOP SYSTEMSFeedback control systems ndash Block diagram representation of control systems Reductionof block diagrams Output to input ratios Signal flow graph

                                    Module ndash II (15 hours)CHARACTERISTIC EQUATION AND FUNCTIONS Lap lace transformation Response of systems to different inputs viz Step input impulse ramp parabolic and sinusoidal inputs Time response of first and second order systems steady state errors and error constants of unity feedback circuit

                                    SAMPLED DATA SYSTEMS Introduction to digital control system Digital Controllers and Digital PID Controllers

                                    Module ndash III (14 hours)CONCEPT OF STABILITYNecessary and sufficient conditions Routh ndash Hurwitz criteria of stability Root locus andBode techniques Concept and construction frequency response

                                    TOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Ogato ldquoModern Control Engineeringrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19982 GopalM ldquoControl Systems Principles and designrdquo ndash Tata McGraw-Hill PublicationNew Delhi 2000REFERENCES1 Azzo JJD and CH Houpis ldquoFeed back control system analysis and synthesisrdquoMcGraw ndash Hill International 3rd Edition 19982 Kuo BC ldquoAutomatic control systemsrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19983 Houpis CH and Lamont GB ldquoDigital Control Systemsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co NewYork USA 19954 Naresh K Sinha ldquoControl Systemsrdquo New Age International Publishers New Delhi

                                    27

                                    Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                    OBJECTIVETo bring awareness on experimental method of finding the response of the structure todifferent types of loadModule ndash I (15 hours) MEASUREMENTS amp EXTENSOMETER Principles of measurements Accuracy Sensitivity and range of measurements Mechanical Optical Acoustical and Electrical extensometers and their uses Advantagesand disadvantages

                                    ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE STRAIN GAUGES Principle of operation and requirements Types and their uses Materials for strain gauge Calibration and temperature compensation cross sensitivity Rosette analysis Wheastone bridge for static and dynamic strain measurements strain indicators

                                    Module ndash II (14 hours)PHOTOELASTICITY Two dimensional photo elasticity Concept of light ndash photoelastic effects stress optic lawInterpretation of fringe pattern Compensation and separation techniques Photo elasticmaterials Introduction to three dimensional photo elasticity

                                    Module ndash III (11 hours)BRITTLE COATING AND MOIRE METHODSIntroduction to Moire techniques brittle coating methods and holography NON ndash DESTRUCTIVE TESTINGFundamentals of NDT Radiography ultrasonic magnetic particle inspection Fluorescent penetrant technique Eddy current testing Acoustic Emission Technique

                                    TEXT BOOKS1 Srinath LS Raghava MR Lingaiah K Garagesha G Pant B andRamachandra K ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill New Delhi 1984REFERENCES1 Dally JW and Riley WF ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo McGraw-Hill Inc NewYork 2005 IV edition2 Hetyenyi M ldquoHand book of Experimental Stress Analysisrdquo John Wiley and Sons IncNew York 19723 Pollock AA ldquoAcoustic Emission in Acoustics and Vibration Progressrdquo Ed StephensRWB Chapman and Hall 1993

                                    28

                                    Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                    OBJECTIVE

                                    To experimentally study the unsymmetrical bending of beams find the location of shear centre obtain the stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques calibration of photo ndash elastic materials and study on vibration of beams

                                    LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                    1 Unsymmetrical bending of beams2 Shear centre location for open sections3 Shear centre location for closed sections4 Constant strength beam5 Flexibility matrix for cantilever beam6 Beam with combined loading7 Calibration of Photo- elastic materials8 Stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques9 Vibrations of beams10 Wagner beam ndash Tension field beam

                                    TOTAL 45

                                    29

                                    Sub Code CAD CAM LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                                    OBJECTIVETo teach and train the students in the lab about the design and drafting of aerocomponents LIST OF EXPERIMENTSDesign and Modeling of rectangular plate with holeDesign and Modeling of spar componentsDesign and Modeling of Aerofoil structuresDesign and Modeling of cut section for wingsDesign and Modeling of Machine componentDesign and Modeling of Machine componentsDesign and Analysis of a TrussDesign and Analysis of Beam distributed loadDesign of Landing gearFacingTurning(Taper Step)

                                    TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                                    30

                                    HSSM7203 Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness LabLab 30 hoursThis course will focus on communication in professional (work-related) situations of the kind thatBPUT graduates may expect to encounter on entering the professional domainSome typical forms of work-related communication oral or written are listed below Practiceactivities for all four skills can be designed around these or similar situations1 Gaining entry into an organizationi Preparing job-applications and CVsii Facing an interviewiii Participating in group discussion (as part of the recruitmentprocess)2 In-house communicationa Superior Senior 1048782 subordinate junior (individual 1048782 individual group)i Welcoming new entrants to the organization introducing the workplace cultureetcii Briefing subordinates juniors explaining duties and responsibilities etcii Motivating subordinates juniors (lsquopep talkrsquo)iii Instructing directing subordinates juniorsiv Expressing recording appreciation praising rewarding a subordinate or juniorv Reprimanding correcting disciplining a subordinatejunior (for a lapse) askingfor an explanation etcb Subordinate Junior 1048782 Superior Seniori Responding to the aboveii Reporting problems difficulties deficienciesiii Offering suggestions

                                    31

                                    SEMESTER VI

                                    Code No Course Title L T P C

                                    THEORYHSSM3301 Principles of Management 3 0 0 3

                                    Finite Element Method 3 0 0 3Aircraft Stability and Control 3 0 0 3Wind Tunnel Techniques 3 0 0 3High Temperature Materials 3 0 0 3

                                    E1 Elective ndash I 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                    Aero Engine Laboratory 0 0 3 2Aircraft Design Project - I 0 0 3 2Aerodynamics Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2

                                    32

                                    SEMESTER VI

                                    HSSM3301 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (3-0-0)

                                    Module I Functions of Management Concept of Management Management as an Art or Science The Process of Management Managerial Skills Good Managers are Born not Made Management is concerned with Ideas Things and People How a Manager Induces Workers to Put in Their Best Levels and Types of Management Evolution of Management Thought Managerial Environment The process of Management-Planning Organizing Directing Staffing Controlling

                                    Module II Marketing Function of Management Modern Concept of Marketing The Functional Classification of Marketing Functions of a Marketing Management Marketing Mix Fundamental Needs of Customers The Role of Distribution channels in Marketing Advertising Marketing Consumerism and Environmentalism

                                    Module III Financial Function amp HRM Functions Financial Functions Concept of Financial Management Project Appraisal Tools of Financial decisions making Overview of Working Capital HRM Function of Management Human Resource Management Human Resource Development Importance of HRM Overview of Job Analysis Job Description Job Specification Labour Turnover Manpower Planning Recruitment Selection Induction Training and Development Placement Wage and Salary Administration Performance Appraisal Grievance Handling Welfare Aspects

                                    Reference Books 1 Business Organization amp Management CR Basu TMH 2 Business Organization amp Management Tulsia Pandey Pearson 3 Marketing Management Kotler Keller Koshi Jha Pearson 4 Financial Management IM Pandey Vikas 5 Human Resource Management Aswasthapa TMH 6 Modern Business Organisation amp Management by Sherlekar Himalaya Publishing House

                                    33

                                    Sub Code FINITE ELEMENT METHOD L T P C3 0 0 3

                                    OBJECTIVETo introduce the concept of numerical analysis of structural componentsModule ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION Review of basic approximate methods of analyses ndash Stiffness and Flexibility matrix forsimple cases ndash Governing equation and convergence criteria of finite element method

                                    DISCRETE ELEMENTS Bar Frame beam elements ndash Application to static dynamic analysis

                                    Module ndash II (10 hours)

                                    CONTINUUM ELEMENTS Various types of 2-D-elements Application to plane stress plane strain and axisymmetricproblems Module ndash III (16 hours)ISOPARAMETRIC ELEMENTS Applications to two and three-dimensional problems(four eight and nine nodded element) Numerical Integration

                                    FIELD PROBLEMApplications to other field problems like heat transfer and fluid flow

                                    TEXT BOOK1 TirupathiRC and Ashok DB ldquoIntroduction to Finite Elements in EngineeringrdquoPrentice Hall India Third Edition 2003REFERENCES1 Reddy JN ldquoAn Introduction to Finite Element Methodrdquo McGraw-Hill 20002 Krishnamurthy CS ldquoFinite Element Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill 20003 Bathe KJ and Wilson EL ldquoNumerical Methods in Finite Elements AnalysisrdquoPrentice Hall of India 1985

                                    34

                                    Sub Code AIRCRAFT STABILITY amp CONTROL L T P C3 1 0 4

                                    OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the concepts of stable and nonstable configurationof airplanes To introduce the concepts of control of airplanes under variousoperating conditions

                                    Module ndash I (13 hours)STATIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY AND CONTROL 15General concepts-Degrees of freedom of a rigid body Static and dynamic stability Need for stability in an airplane inherently and marginally stable airplanes Stability and Controllability Requirements of control surfaces criteria for longitudinal static stability contribution to stability by wing tail fuselage wing fuselage combination Total longitudinal stability Neutral point-Stick fixed and Stick free aspects Free elevator factor static margin Hinge moment Power effects on stability-propeller and jet aircrafts longitudinal control Movement of centre of gravity elevator control effectiveness elevator control power elevator angle to trim elevator angle per g maneuver point Stick force gradient and stick force per g Aerodynamic balancing

                                    Module ndash II (15 hours) STATIC DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND CONTROL Directional stability-yaw and sideslip Criterion of directional stability contribution to static directional stability by wing fuselage tail Power effects on directional stabilitypropeller and jet aircrafts Rudder lock and Dorsal fin Directional control rudder control effectiveness rudder requirements adverse yaw asymmetric power condition spin recovery

                                    STATIC LATERAL STABILTY AND CONTROL Lateral stability-Dihedral effect criterion for lateral stability evaluation of lateral stability-contribution of fuselage wing wing fuselage tail total static lateral stability lateral control aileron reversal aileron reversal speed

                                    Module ndash III (12 hours) DYNAMIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY Aircraft Equations of motion small disturbance theory Estimation of longitudinal stability derivatives stability derivatives solving the stability quartic Phugoid motion

                                    DYNAMIC LATERAL AND DIRECTIONAL STABILITY Dutch roll and spiral instability Auto rotation and spin

                                    TEXT BOOKS1 Perkins CD amp Hage RE Airplane performance stability and control John Wileyamp Sons 19762 Nelson RC Flight Stability amp Automatic Control McGraw Hill 1998REFERENCES1 McCormick BW Aerodynamics Aeronautics amp Flight Mechanics John Wiley19952 Babister AW Aircraft Stability and response Pergamon Press 19803 Etkin B Dynamics of Flight Stability and Control John Wiley New York 19824 Pamadi BN Performnce Stability Dynamics and Control of Airplanes AIAA Education Series 2004

                                    35

                                    Sub Code WIND TUNNEL TECHNIQUES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                    OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of measurement of forces and moments on models during the wind tunnel testing

                                    Module ndash I (10 hours)WIND TUNNELSClassification ndashnon-dimensional numbers-types of similarities - Layout of open circuit and closed circuit subsonic wind tunnels ndash design parameters-energy ratio - HP calculationsCalibration

                                    Module ndash II (15 hours) HIGH SPEED WIND TUNNELSBlow down in draft and induction tunnel layouts and their design features Transonic supersonic and hypersonic tunnels their peculiarities and calibration Helium and gun tunnels Shock tubes

                                    FLOW VISUALIZATIONSmoke and Tuft grid techniques ndash Dye injection special techniques ndash Optical methods offlow visualization

                                    Module ndash II (15 hours)WIND TUNNEL MEASUREMENTSPressurevelocity and temperature measurements ndash Force measurements ndash types of balances-Three component and six component balances ndash calibration of measuring instruments

                                    NON-INTRUSIVE FLOW DIAGNOSTICSLaser ndash Doppler anemometry Particle image velocimetry Laser induced fluorescence TEXT BOOK1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow Speed Wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley Publication1984REFERENCE1 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh Speed wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley 1985

                                    36

                                    Sub Code HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                    OBJECTIVETo learn damage mechanism and failure of components of elavated temperatures

                                    Module ndash I (15 hours)CREEPFactors influencing functional life of components at elevated temperatures definition of creep curve various stages of creep metallurgical factors influencing various stages effect of stress temperatures and strain rate

                                    Design of transient creep time hardening strain hardening expressions of rupture life ofcreep ductile and brittle materials Monkman-Grant relationship

                                    Module ndash II (13 hours)FRACTURE AND OXIDATIONVarious types of fracture brittle to ductile from low temperature to high temperature cleavage fracture due to micro void coalescence ndash diffusion controlled void growth fracture maps for different alloys and oxidesOxidation Pilling Bedworth ratio kinetic laws of oxidation ndash defect structure and control of Oxidation by alloy additions

                                    Module ndash III (12 hours)HOT CORROSION SUPER ALLOYS AND OTHER MATERIALHot gas corrosion deposit modified hot gas corrosion fluxing mechanisms effect of alloying elements on hot corrosion interaction of hot corrosion and creep methods of combat hot corrosion

                                    Iron base Nickel base abd Cobalt base super alloys composition control solid solution strengthening precipitation hardening by gamma prime grain boundary strengthening TCP phase embrittlement solidfication of single crystals Intermetallics high temperature ceramics

                                    TEXT BOOKS1 Raj R ldquoFlow and Fracture at Elevated TemperaturesrdquoAmerican Society for MetalsUSA 19852 Hertzberg RW ldquoDeformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering materialsrdquo 4th

                                    Edition John Wiley USA 19963 Courtney T H ldquoMechanical Behaviour of MaterialsrdquoMcGraw-Hill USA 1990REFERENCES1 Boyle JT Spencer J ldquoStress Analysis for Creeprdquo Butterworths UK 19832 BressersJ ldquoCreep and Fatigue in High Temperature Alloysrdquo Applied Science 19813 McLean D ldquoDirectionally Solidified Materials for High Temperature ServicerdquoThe Metals Society USA 1985

                                    37

                                    AE2355 AERO ENGINE LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                                    OBJECTIVETo introduce the knowledge of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines1 Study of free convective heat transfer over a flat plate2 Engine (Piston Engine) - cleaning visual inspection NDT checks3 Piston Engine Components - dimensional checks4 Velocity profiles of free jets5 Velocity profiles of wall jets6 Combustion Studies in a model jet engine combustor7 Jet Engine ndash identification of components amp defects8 Jet Engine ndash NDT checks and dimensional checks9 Study of hybrid rocket propulsion system10 Engine starting procedures11 Study of ramjet12 Burn rate measurements of solid propellants

                                    TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                    38

                                    Sub code AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash I L T P C0 0 3 2

                                    OBJECTIVETo introduce and develop the basic concept of aircraft designEach student is assigned the design of an Airplane (or Helicopter or any other flightvehicle) for given preliminary specifications The following are the assignments to becarried outEXPERIMENTS1 Comparative configuration study of different types of airplanes2 Comparative study on specification and performance details of aircraft3 Preparation of comparative data sheets4 Work sheet layout procedures5 Comparative graphs preparation and selection of main parameters for the design6 Preliminary weight estimations selection of main parameters7 Power plant selection Aerofoil selection Wing tail and control surfaces8 Preparation of layouts of balance diagram and three view drawings9 Drag estimation10 Detailed performance calculations and stability estimates

                                    TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                    AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY- II

                                    1 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of symmetric aerofoil section2 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of cambered aerofoil section3 Pressure distribution over a Nose cone model4 Determination of Base drag of a missile model5 Determination of profile drag of bodies by wake survey method6 Study of flow field over a backward facing step7 Pressure distribution over a water tank model for various wind speeds8 Velocity profiles for different simulated terrains9 Calibration of Supersonic Wind Tunnel10 Flow visualization studies in supersonic flows

                                    TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                    39

                                    40

                                    SEMESTER VII

                                    Code No Course Title L T P C

                                    THEORY

                                    PCME4404 Production and Operation Management 3 0 0 3Avionics 3 0 0 3Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 0 3Vibrations And Elements of Aeroelasticity 3 0 0 3

                                    E2 Elective ndash II 3 0 0 3E3 Elective ndash III 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                    Aircraft Design Project ndash II 0 0 3 2Aircraft Systems Lab 0 0 3 2Project Work and Seminar 0 0 3 3

                                    41

                                    SEMESTER VII

                                    PCME4404 Production and Operation Management L T P C

                                    Objective The course aims at acquainting all engineering graduates irrespective of theirspecializations the basic issues and tools of managing production and operations functionsof an organizationModule I1 Operations Function in an Organization Manufacturing Vrs Service Operations Systemview of Operations Strategic Role of Operations Operations Strategies for CompetitiveAdvantage Operations Quality and Productivity Focus Meeting Global Challenges ofProduction and Operations Imperatives (3 Hours)2 Designing Products Services and Processes New Product Design- Product Life CycleProduct Development Process Process Technology Project Jobshop Batch AssemblyLine Continuous Manufacturing Process Technology Life Cycle Process TechnologyTrends FMS CIM CAD CAM Design for Services Services Process Technology(4 Hours)3 Work Study Methods Study- Techniques of Analysis recording improvement andstandardization Work Measurement Work Measurement Principles using Stopwatch TimeStudy Predetermined Motion Time Standards and Work Sampling Standard TimeEstimation (4 Hours)Module II4 Location and Layout Planning Factor Influencing Plant and Warehouse LocationsImpact of Location on cost and revenues Facility Location Procedure and Models Qualitative Models Breakeven Analysis location Model centroid methodLayout Planning Layout Types Process Layout Product Layout Fixed Position LayoutPlanning block diagramming line balancing computerized layout planning- overviewGroup Technology (4 Hours)5 Forecasting Principles and Method Moving Average weighted Moving AverageExponential Smoothing Winterrsquos Method for Seasonal Demand Forecasting Error(4 Hours)6 Manufacturing Planning and Control The Framework and Components AggregatePlanning Master Production Scheduling Rough-cut-Capacity Planning MaterialRequirements Planning Capacity Requirements Planning (5 Hours)Module III7 Sequencing and Scheduling Single Machine Sequencing Basics and PerformanceEvaluation Criteria Methods for Minimizing Mean Flow Time Parallel Machines Minimization of Makespan Flowshop sequencing 2 and 3 machines cases JohnsonrsquosRule and Jobshop Scheduling Priority dispatching Rules (3 Hours)8 Inventory Control Relevant Costs Basic EOQ Model Model with Quantity discountEconomic Batch Quantity Periodic and Continuous Review Systems Safety Stock ReorderPoint and Order Quantity Calculations ABC Analysis (4 Hours)9 Modern Trends in Manufacturing Just in Time (JIT) System Shop Floor Control ByKanbans Total Quality Management Total Productive Maintenance ISO 9000 QualityCircle Kaizen Poka Yoke Supply Chain Management (4 Hours)Reference Book1 SNChary ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 R Paneerselvam ldquoProduction and Operations Management Prentice Hall of India3 Aswathappa amp Bhatt ndash Production amp Operations Management HPH4 Gaither amp Frazier - Operations Management Cengage Publication5 Russell amp Taylor - Operations Management PHI Publication6 Chase Aquilanno Jacob amp Agarwal - Operations Management TMH Publication7 EE Adam and RJ Ebert ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India

                                    42

                                    Sub Code AVIONICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                    OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of navigation amp communication systems of aircraft

                                    Module ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems ndash Integrated Avionicssystem ndash Typical avionics sub systems ndash Design approaches and recent advances -Application Technologies

                                    PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS Digital Computers ndash Digital number system- number systems and codes-Fundamentals of logic and combinational logic circuits ndashDigital arithmetic ndash interfacing with analoguesystems

                                    Module ndash II (11 hours)Basic of Microprocessors and application Microprocessors ndash Memories- Microprocessors real time application related to aircraft

                                    DIGITAL AVIONICS ARCHITECTURE Avionics system architecturendash salient features and applications of Data buses MILndashSTD1553 BndashARINC 429ndashARINC 629

                                    Module ndash III (15 hours)

                                    FLIGHT DECK AND COCKPITSControl and display technologies CRT LCD - Touch screen - Direct voice input (DVI) - Civil cockpit and military cockpit MFDS HUD MFK HOTAS AVIONICS SYSTEMS Communication Systems - Navigation systems - Flight control systems - Radar electronic warfare - Utility systems Reliability and maintainability - Certification TEXT BOOKS1 Malcrno AP and Leach DP ldquoDigital Principles and Applicationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill19902 Gaonkar RS ldquoMicroprocessors Architecture ndash Programming and Applicationrdquo Wileyand Sons Ltd New Delhi 1990REFERENCES1 Middleton DH Ed ldquoAvionics Systems Longman Scientific and Technicalrdquo LongmanGroup UK Ltd England 19892 Spitzer CR ldquoDigital Avionic Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ USA19873 Brain Kendal ldquoManual of Avionicsrdquo The English Book House 3rd Edition New Delhi19934 Nagaraja ldquoNavigation systemrdquo5 J Powell ldquoAircraft Radio Systemrdquo

                                    43

                                    Sub Code COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                    OBJECTIVETo study the flow of dynamic fluids by computational methods

                                    Module-I (10 hours) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows Mathematical properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations - Well posed problems - discretization of partial Differential Equations Explicit finite difference methods of subsonic supersonic and viscous flows

                                    Module-II (15 hours)

                                    DISCRETIZATION Boundary layer Equations and methods of solution -Implicit time dependent methods forinviscid and viscous compressible flows - Concept of numerical dissipation --Stabilityproperties of explicit and implicit methods - Conservative upwind discretization forHyperbolic systems - Further advantages of upwind differencing GRID GENERATION Structured grids Types and transformations Generation of structured grids Unstructured grids Delany triangulation

                                    Module-III (15 hours)

                                    FINITE VOLUME TECHNIQUESFinite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping -Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy - Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques ndash Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives Flux ndash splitting schemes Pressure correction solvers ndash SIMPLE PESO Vorticity transport formulation Implicitsemi-implicit schemes

                                    TEXT BOOK1 Fletcher CAJ ldquoComputational Techniques for Fluid Dynamicsrdquo Vols I and IISpringer - Verlag Berlin 1988REFERENCES1 John F Wendt (Editor) ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics - An Introductionrdquo Springer ndashVerlag Berlin 19922 Charles Hirsch ldquoNumerical Computation of Internal and External Flowsrdquo Vols I and IIJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 19883 Klaus A Hoffmann and Steve T Chiang ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics forEngineersrdquo Vols I amp II Engineering Education System PO Box 20078 W WichitaKS 67208 - 1078 USA 19934 Anderson JrD ldquoFundamentals of Aerodynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill 2000

                                    44

                                    AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                    OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

                                    Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

                                    SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

                                    Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

                                    Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

                                    ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

                                    45

                                    AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                    OBJECTIVE

                                    To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

                                    Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

                                    LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                    1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

                                    TOTAL 60

                                    AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

                                    OBJECTIVE

                                    To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

                                    LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                    1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

                                    TOTAL 60

                                    46

                                    SEMESTER VIII

                                    Code No Course Title L T P C

                                    THEORY

                                    Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                    Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

                                    47

                                    Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

                                    OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

                                    Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

                                    METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

                                    Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

                                    Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

                                    FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

                                    REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

                                    48

                                    Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

                                    OBJECTIVE

                                    The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

                                    PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

                                    OBJECTIVE

                                    The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

                                    The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

                                    Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

                                    OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

                                    LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                    1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

                                    composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

                                    fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

                                    49

                                    1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

                                    SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

                                    Code No Course Title L T P C

                                    Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

                                    Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

                                    SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

                                    Code No Course Title L T P C

                                    Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

                                    ELECTIVESndash III

                                    Code No Course Title L T P C

                                    Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

                                    SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

                                    Code No Course Title L T P C

                                    Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

                                    ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

                                    Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

                                    50

                                    Elective Subjects

                                    Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                    OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

                                    BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

                                    Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

                                    Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

                                    TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

                                    TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

                                    51

                                    Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                                    OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                                    Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                                    UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                                    52

                                    AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                                    OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                                    Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                                    Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                                    MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                                    Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                                    AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                                    TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                                    53

                                    Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                                    3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                                    Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                                    Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                                    RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                                    Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                                    HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                                    54

                                    Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                    OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                                    Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                                    IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                                    Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                                    Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                                    55

                                    Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                    OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                                    Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                                    STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                                    Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                                    Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                                    56

                                    Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                                    Module-I (15hours)

                                    FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                                    COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                                    Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                                    Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                                    COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                                    57

                                    Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                    OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                                    Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                                    BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                                    Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                                    BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                                    Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                                    58

                                    Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                                    OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                                    Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                                    Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                                    Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                                    Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                                    TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                                    59

                                    Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                    OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                    Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                    PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                    Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                    PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                    Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                    Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                    60

                                    Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                    Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                    EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                    Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                    Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                    SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                    61

                                    AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                    OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                    Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                    Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                    AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                    Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                    TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                    62

                                    Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                    OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                    Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                    VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                    INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                    63

                                    Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                    OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                    Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                    MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                    Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                    PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                    Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                    64

                                    Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                    OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                    65

                                    Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                    Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                    CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                    Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                    CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                    Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                    66

                                    • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                    • Course Title
                                      • THEORY
                                      • SEMESTER III
                                      • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                      • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                      • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                      • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                        • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                        • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                            • Course Title
                                              • THEORY
                                              • PRACTICAL
                                              • SEMESTER V
                                                • Course Title
                                                  • THEORY
                                                  • PRACTICAL
                                                  • SEMESTER VI
                                                    • Course Title
                                                      • THEORY
                                                      • PRACTICAL
                                                      • SEMESTER VI
                                                        • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                          • SEMESTER VII
                                                            • Course Title
                                                              • THEORY
                                                              • PRACTICAL
                                                              • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                • TOTAL 60
                                                                • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                • TOTAL 60
                                                                  • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                      • THEORY
                                                                      • PRACTICAL
                                                                      • Co New York 1989
                                                                      • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                      • OBJECTIVE
                                                                      • PROJECT WORK
                                                                        • OBJECTIVE
                                                                          • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                              • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                  • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                      Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndashI L T P C0 0 3 2

                                      OBJECTIVETo study experimentally the load deflection characteristics structural materials underDifferent types of loads

                                      LIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Determination of Youngrsquos modulus of steel 2 Determination of fracture strength and fracture pattern of ductile and brittlematerials3 Determination of forces in statically indeterminate force system4 Deflection of beams with various end conditions5 Verification of Maxwellrsquos Reciprocal theorem 6 Verification of principle of superposition7 Column ndash Testing8 South ndash wellrsquos plot9 Shear Failure of Bolted and Rivetted Joints10 Non-Destructive Testing Procedures

                                      TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                                      19

                                      Sub Code AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                                      OBJECTIVETo familiarize the students in basic aerodynamics and use of wind tunnelsLIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Study of lift and tip vortices2 Flow visualization in water flow channel3 Flow visualization in smoke tunnel4 Plot of RPM Vs test section velocity in a subsonic wind tunnel5 Pressure distribution over circular cylinder6 Pressure distribution over a rough circular cylinder7 Pressure distribution over a symmetric aerofoil8 Pressure distribution over a cambered aerofoil9 Estimation of CL and CD of airfoil10 Force measurement using wind tunnel balance of airfoil

                                      TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                                      20

                                      Sub Code MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY L T P C

                                      0 0 3 2LIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 LATHE11 Facing plain turning and step turning12 Taper turning using compound rest13 Taper turning using taper turning attachment14 Single start V thread cutting and knurling15 Boring and internal thread cutting2 SHAPER AND SLOTTER21 Machining a V- block (in a Shaper)22 Machining hexagonal shape (in a Shaper)23 Machining internal key-way (in a slotter)413 DRILLING31 Drilling 4 or 6 holes at a given pitch circle on a plate32 Drilling reaming and tapping4 MILLING41 Plain Milling Exercise42 Gear Milling Exercise5 GRINDINGCylindrical Grinding Exercise

                                      TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                                      21

                                      SEMESTER V

                                      Code No Course Title L T P C

                                      THEORY

                                      Aircraft Structures ndash II 3 0 0 3Aerodynamics ndash II 3 0 0 3Propulsion ndash II 3 0 0 3Aircraft Performance 3 0 0 3Control Engineering 3 0 0 3Experimental Stress Analysis 3 0 0 3

                                      PRACTICAL

                                      Aircraft Structures Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2CADCAM Lab 0 0 3 2Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness Lab 0 0 3 2

                                      22

                                      SEMESTER V

                                      AE2302 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES ndash II L T P C3 1 0 4

                                      OBJECTIVETo study the behaviour of various aircraft structural components under different types ofloadsModule ndash I (15 hours) UNSYMMETRICAL BENDING General Principal axis and neutral axis methods- bending stresses in beams of symmetric sections with skew loads- bending stresses in beams of unsymmetrical sections

                                      SHEAR FLOW IN OPEN SECTIONS Thin walled beams Concept of shear flow shear centre Elastic axis With one axis ofsymmetry with wall effective and ineffective in bending unsymmetrical beam sections

                                      Module ndash II (14 hours)SHEAR FLOW IN CLOSED SECTIONS Bredt ndash Batho formula Single and multi ndash cell structures- Shear flow in single amp multicellstructures under torsion Shear flow in single and multicell under bending with wallseffective and ineffective

                                      V-N DIAGRAMLoads on aircraft ndashlift distribution-V-n diagram-Gust loads

                                      Module ndash III (11 hours)BUCKLING OF PLATES Rectangular sheets under compression local buckling stress of thin walled section-Crippling stresses by Needhamrsquos and Gerardrsquos methods Thin walled column strengthsheet stiffener panels-Effective width

                                      STRESS ANALYSIS IN WING AND FUSELAGEShear resistant web beams-Tension field web beams(Wagnerrsquos) ndash Shear and bendingmoment distribution for cantilever and semi-cantilever types of beams

                                      TEXT BOOKS1 Peery DJ and Azar JJ ldquoAircraft Structuresrdquo 2nd edition McGrawndashHill NY 20072 Megson TMG ldquoAircraft Structures for Engineering Studentsrdquo Edward Arnold 2007REFERENCES1 Bruhn EH ldquoAnalysis and Design of Flight vehicles Structuresrdquo Tri ndash state off setcompany USA 19852 Rivello RM ldquoTheory and Analysis of Flight Structuresrdquo McGraw-Hill 1993

                                      23

                                      Sub Code AERODYNAMICS ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                      OBJECTIVETo understand the behaviour of airflow both internal and external in compressible flowregime with particular emphasis on supersonic flowsModule ndash I (10 hours)ONE DIMENSIONAL COMPRESSIBLE FLOW Energy Momentum continuity and state equations velocity of sound adiabatic steadystate flow equations Flow through convergent- divergent passage Performance undervarious back pressures

                                      Module ndash II (16 hours)NORMAL OBLIQUE SHOCKS Prandtl equation and Rankine ndash Hugonoit relation Normal shock equations Pitot statictube corrections for subsonic and supersonic flows Oblique shocks and correspondingequations Hodograph and pressure turning angle shock polar flow past wedges andconcave corners strong weak and detached shocks

                                      EXPANSION WAVES RAYLEIGH AND FANNO FLOW Flow past convex corners Expansion hodograph Reflection and interaction of shocks and expansion waves Method of Characteristics Two dimensional supersonic nozzlecontours

                                      Module ndash III (14 hours)SUPERSONIC AND TRANSONIC FLOW Rayleigh and Fanno Flow Lift drag pitching moment and center of pressure of supersonic profiles Lower and upper critical Mach numbers Lift and drag divergence shock induced separation Characteristics of swept wings Effects of thickness camber and aspect ratio of wings Transonic area rule

                                      TEXT BOOK1 Rathakrishnan E ldquoGas Dynamicsrdquo Prentice Hall of India 2003REFERENCES1 Shapiro AH ldquoDynamics and Thermodynamics of Compressible Fluid Flowrdquo RonaldPress 19822 Zucrow MJ and Anderson JD ldquoElements of gas dynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book CoNew York 19893 Anderson Jr D ndash ldquoModern compressible flowsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co New York

                                      1999

                                      24

                                      Sub Code PROPULSION ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                      OBJECTIVETo study in detail about gas turbines ramjet fundamentals of rocket propulsion andchemical rocketsModule ndash I (10 hours) AIRCRAFT GAS TURBINES 12Impulse and reaction blading of gas turbines ndash Velocity triangles and power output ndash Elementary theory ndash Vortex theory ndash Choice of blade profile pitch and chord ndash stimationof stage performance ndash Limiting factors in gas turbine design- Overall turbine performance ndash Methods of blade cooling ndash Matching of turbine and compressor Module ndash II (15 hours)RAMJET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Sub critical critical and supercritical operation ndash Combustion in ramjet engine ndash Ramjet performance ndash Simple ramjet design calculations ndash Introduction to scramjet

                                      FUNDAMENTALS OF ROCKET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Specific impulse of a rocket ndash internal ballistics- Rocket nozzleclassification ndash Rocket performance considerations

                                      Module ndash III (15 hours)CHEMICAL ROCKETS Solid propellant rockets ndash Selection criteria of solid propellants ndash Important hardware components of solid rockets ndash Propellant grain design considerations ndash Liquid propellantrockets ndash Selection of liquid propellants Cooling in liquid rockets ndash Hybrid rockets

                                      ADVANCED PROPULSION TECHNIQUES Electric rocket propulsion ndash Ion propulsion techniques ndash Nuclear rocket ndash Types ndash Solarsail- Preliminary Concepts in nozzleless propulsion TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York 5th

                                      Edn 19932 Hill PG amp Peterson CR ldquoMechanics amp Thermodynamics of Propulsionrdquo Addison ndashWesley Longman INC 1999REFERENCES1 Cohen H Rogers GFC and Saravanamuttoo HIH ldquoGas Turbine TheoryrdquoLongman Co ELBS Ed 19892 Gorden CV ldquoAero thermodynamics of Gas Turbine and Rocket Propulsionrdquo AIAAEducation Series New York 19893 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 1988

                                      25

                                      Sub Code AIRCRAFT PERFORMANCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                      OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the performance of airplanes under various flightconditions like take off cruise landing climbing gliding turning etcModule ndash I (13 hours)GENERAL CONCEPTSInternational Standard atmosphere IAS EAS TAS Propeller theory- Froude momentum and blade element theories Propeller co-efficients Use of propeller charts Performance of fixed and variable pitch propellers High lift devices Thrust augmentation

                                      DRAG OF BODIESStreamlined and bluff body Types of drag Effect of Reynoldrsquos number on skin friction and pressure drag Drag reduction of airplanes Dragpolar Effect of Mach number on drag polar

                                      Module ndash II (11 hours)STEADY LEVEL FLIGHTSteady level flight Thrust required and Power required Thrust available and Power available for propeller driven and jet powered aircraft Effect of altitude maximum level flight speed conditions for minimum drag and minimum power required Effect of drag divergence on maximum velocity Range and Endurance of Propeller and Jet airplanes

                                      Module ndash III (16 hours)GLIDING AND CLIMBING FLIGHTShallow and steep angles of climb Rate of climb Climb hodograph Maximum Climb angle and Maximum Rate of climb- Effect of design parameters for propeller Absolute and service ceiling Gliding flight Glide hodograph

                                      ACCELERATD FLIGHT Estimation of take-off and landing distances Methods of reducing landing distance level turn minimum turn radius bank angle and load factor Constraints on load factor Pull up and pull down maneuvers maximum turn rate V-n diagram

                                      TEXT BOOKS1 HoughtonEL and Carruthers NB Aerodynamics for engineering studentsEdward Amold Publishers 19882 Anderson Jr JD Aircraft Performance and Design McGraw-Hill InternationalEdition 1999REFERENCES1 Kuethe AM and Chow CY Foundations of Aerodynamics John Wiley amp Sons19822 JJBertin Aerodynamics for Engineers Prentice-Hall 19883 LJ Clancey Aerodynamics Pitman 19864 Anderson Jr JD Introduction to Flight McGraw-Hill International Edition 1999

                                      26

                                      Sub Code CONTROL ENGINEERING L T P C3 0 0 3

                                      OBJECTIVETo understand the basic concepts of flight control systemModule ndash I (11 hours) INTRODUCTIONHistorical review - Simple pneumatic hydraulic and thermal systems Series and parallelsystems Analogies - Mechanical and electrical components Development of flight control systems OPEN AND CLOSED LOOP SYSTEMSFeedback control systems ndash Block diagram representation of control systems Reductionof block diagrams Output to input ratios Signal flow graph

                                      Module ndash II (15 hours)CHARACTERISTIC EQUATION AND FUNCTIONS Lap lace transformation Response of systems to different inputs viz Step input impulse ramp parabolic and sinusoidal inputs Time response of first and second order systems steady state errors and error constants of unity feedback circuit

                                      SAMPLED DATA SYSTEMS Introduction to digital control system Digital Controllers and Digital PID Controllers

                                      Module ndash III (14 hours)CONCEPT OF STABILITYNecessary and sufficient conditions Routh ndash Hurwitz criteria of stability Root locus andBode techniques Concept and construction frequency response

                                      TOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Ogato ldquoModern Control Engineeringrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19982 GopalM ldquoControl Systems Principles and designrdquo ndash Tata McGraw-Hill PublicationNew Delhi 2000REFERENCES1 Azzo JJD and CH Houpis ldquoFeed back control system analysis and synthesisrdquoMcGraw ndash Hill International 3rd Edition 19982 Kuo BC ldquoAutomatic control systemsrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19983 Houpis CH and Lamont GB ldquoDigital Control Systemsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co NewYork USA 19954 Naresh K Sinha ldquoControl Systemsrdquo New Age International Publishers New Delhi

                                      27

                                      Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                      OBJECTIVETo bring awareness on experimental method of finding the response of the structure todifferent types of loadModule ndash I (15 hours) MEASUREMENTS amp EXTENSOMETER Principles of measurements Accuracy Sensitivity and range of measurements Mechanical Optical Acoustical and Electrical extensometers and their uses Advantagesand disadvantages

                                      ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE STRAIN GAUGES Principle of operation and requirements Types and their uses Materials for strain gauge Calibration and temperature compensation cross sensitivity Rosette analysis Wheastone bridge for static and dynamic strain measurements strain indicators

                                      Module ndash II (14 hours)PHOTOELASTICITY Two dimensional photo elasticity Concept of light ndash photoelastic effects stress optic lawInterpretation of fringe pattern Compensation and separation techniques Photo elasticmaterials Introduction to three dimensional photo elasticity

                                      Module ndash III (11 hours)BRITTLE COATING AND MOIRE METHODSIntroduction to Moire techniques brittle coating methods and holography NON ndash DESTRUCTIVE TESTINGFundamentals of NDT Radiography ultrasonic magnetic particle inspection Fluorescent penetrant technique Eddy current testing Acoustic Emission Technique

                                      TEXT BOOKS1 Srinath LS Raghava MR Lingaiah K Garagesha G Pant B andRamachandra K ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill New Delhi 1984REFERENCES1 Dally JW and Riley WF ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo McGraw-Hill Inc NewYork 2005 IV edition2 Hetyenyi M ldquoHand book of Experimental Stress Analysisrdquo John Wiley and Sons IncNew York 19723 Pollock AA ldquoAcoustic Emission in Acoustics and Vibration Progressrdquo Ed StephensRWB Chapman and Hall 1993

                                      28

                                      Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                      OBJECTIVE

                                      To experimentally study the unsymmetrical bending of beams find the location of shear centre obtain the stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques calibration of photo ndash elastic materials and study on vibration of beams

                                      LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                      1 Unsymmetrical bending of beams2 Shear centre location for open sections3 Shear centre location for closed sections4 Constant strength beam5 Flexibility matrix for cantilever beam6 Beam with combined loading7 Calibration of Photo- elastic materials8 Stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques9 Vibrations of beams10 Wagner beam ndash Tension field beam

                                      TOTAL 45

                                      29

                                      Sub Code CAD CAM LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                                      OBJECTIVETo teach and train the students in the lab about the design and drafting of aerocomponents LIST OF EXPERIMENTSDesign and Modeling of rectangular plate with holeDesign and Modeling of spar componentsDesign and Modeling of Aerofoil structuresDesign and Modeling of cut section for wingsDesign and Modeling of Machine componentDesign and Modeling of Machine componentsDesign and Analysis of a TrussDesign and Analysis of Beam distributed loadDesign of Landing gearFacingTurning(Taper Step)

                                      TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                                      30

                                      HSSM7203 Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness LabLab 30 hoursThis course will focus on communication in professional (work-related) situations of the kind thatBPUT graduates may expect to encounter on entering the professional domainSome typical forms of work-related communication oral or written are listed below Practiceactivities for all four skills can be designed around these or similar situations1 Gaining entry into an organizationi Preparing job-applications and CVsii Facing an interviewiii Participating in group discussion (as part of the recruitmentprocess)2 In-house communicationa Superior Senior 1048782 subordinate junior (individual 1048782 individual group)i Welcoming new entrants to the organization introducing the workplace cultureetcii Briefing subordinates juniors explaining duties and responsibilities etcii Motivating subordinates juniors (lsquopep talkrsquo)iii Instructing directing subordinates juniorsiv Expressing recording appreciation praising rewarding a subordinate or juniorv Reprimanding correcting disciplining a subordinatejunior (for a lapse) askingfor an explanation etcb Subordinate Junior 1048782 Superior Seniori Responding to the aboveii Reporting problems difficulties deficienciesiii Offering suggestions

                                      31

                                      SEMESTER VI

                                      Code No Course Title L T P C

                                      THEORYHSSM3301 Principles of Management 3 0 0 3

                                      Finite Element Method 3 0 0 3Aircraft Stability and Control 3 0 0 3Wind Tunnel Techniques 3 0 0 3High Temperature Materials 3 0 0 3

                                      E1 Elective ndash I 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                      Aero Engine Laboratory 0 0 3 2Aircraft Design Project - I 0 0 3 2Aerodynamics Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2

                                      32

                                      SEMESTER VI

                                      HSSM3301 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (3-0-0)

                                      Module I Functions of Management Concept of Management Management as an Art or Science The Process of Management Managerial Skills Good Managers are Born not Made Management is concerned with Ideas Things and People How a Manager Induces Workers to Put in Their Best Levels and Types of Management Evolution of Management Thought Managerial Environment The process of Management-Planning Organizing Directing Staffing Controlling

                                      Module II Marketing Function of Management Modern Concept of Marketing The Functional Classification of Marketing Functions of a Marketing Management Marketing Mix Fundamental Needs of Customers The Role of Distribution channels in Marketing Advertising Marketing Consumerism and Environmentalism

                                      Module III Financial Function amp HRM Functions Financial Functions Concept of Financial Management Project Appraisal Tools of Financial decisions making Overview of Working Capital HRM Function of Management Human Resource Management Human Resource Development Importance of HRM Overview of Job Analysis Job Description Job Specification Labour Turnover Manpower Planning Recruitment Selection Induction Training and Development Placement Wage and Salary Administration Performance Appraisal Grievance Handling Welfare Aspects

                                      Reference Books 1 Business Organization amp Management CR Basu TMH 2 Business Organization amp Management Tulsia Pandey Pearson 3 Marketing Management Kotler Keller Koshi Jha Pearson 4 Financial Management IM Pandey Vikas 5 Human Resource Management Aswasthapa TMH 6 Modern Business Organisation amp Management by Sherlekar Himalaya Publishing House

                                      33

                                      Sub Code FINITE ELEMENT METHOD L T P C3 0 0 3

                                      OBJECTIVETo introduce the concept of numerical analysis of structural componentsModule ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION Review of basic approximate methods of analyses ndash Stiffness and Flexibility matrix forsimple cases ndash Governing equation and convergence criteria of finite element method

                                      DISCRETE ELEMENTS Bar Frame beam elements ndash Application to static dynamic analysis

                                      Module ndash II (10 hours)

                                      CONTINUUM ELEMENTS Various types of 2-D-elements Application to plane stress plane strain and axisymmetricproblems Module ndash III (16 hours)ISOPARAMETRIC ELEMENTS Applications to two and three-dimensional problems(four eight and nine nodded element) Numerical Integration

                                      FIELD PROBLEMApplications to other field problems like heat transfer and fluid flow

                                      TEXT BOOK1 TirupathiRC and Ashok DB ldquoIntroduction to Finite Elements in EngineeringrdquoPrentice Hall India Third Edition 2003REFERENCES1 Reddy JN ldquoAn Introduction to Finite Element Methodrdquo McGraw-Hill 20002 Krishnamurthy CS ldquoFinite Element Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill 20003 Bathe KJ and Wilson EL ldquoNumerical Methods in Finite Elements AnalysisrdquoPrentice Hall of India 1985

                                      34

                                      Sub Code AIRCRAFT STABILITY amp CONTROL L T P C3 1 0 4

                                      OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the concepts of stable and nonstable configurationof airplanes To introduce the concepts of control of airplanes under variousoperating conditions

                                      Module ndash I (13 hours)STATIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY AND CONTROL 15General concepts-Degrees of freedom of a rigid body Static and dynamic stability Need for stability in an airplane inherently and marginally stable airplanes Stability and Controllability Requirements of control surfaces criteria for longitudinal static stability contribution to stability by wing tail fuselage wing fuselage combination Total longitudinal stability Neutral point-Stick fixed and Stick free aspects Free elevator factor static margin Hinge moment Power effects on stability-propeller and jet aircrafts longitudinal control Movement of centre of gravity elevator control effectiveness elevator control power elevator angle to trim elevator angle per g maneuver point Stick force gradient and stick force per g Aerodynamic balancing

                                      Module ndash II (15 hours) STATIC DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND CONTROL Directional stability-yaw and sideslip Criterion of directional stability contribution to static directional stability by wing fuselage tail Power effects on directional stabilitypropeller and jet aircrafts Rudder lock and Dorsal fin Directional control rudder control effectiveness rudder requirements adverse yaw asymmetric power condition spin recovery

                                      STATIC LATERAL STABILTY AND CONTROL Lateral stability-Dihedral effect criterion for lateral stability evaluation of lateral stability-contribution of fuselage wing wing fuselage tail total static lateral stability lateral control aileron reversal aileron reversal speed

                                      Module ndash III (12 hours) DYNAMIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY Aircraft Equations of motion small disturbance theory Estimation of longitudinal stability derivatives stability derivatives solving the stability quartic Phugoid motion

                                      DYNAMIC LATERAL AND DIRECTIONAL STABILITY Dutch roll and spiral instability Auto rotation and spin

                                      TEXT BOOKS1 Perkins CD amp Hage RE Airplane performance stability and control John Wileyamp Sons 19762 Nelson RC Flight Stability amp Automatic Control McGraw Hill 1998REFERENCES1 McCormick BW Aerodynamics Aeronautics amp Flight Mechanics John Wiley19952 Babister AW Aircraft Stability and response Pergamon Press 19803 Etkin B Dynamics of Flight Stability and Control John Wiley New York 19824 Pamadi BN Performnce Stability Dynamics and Control of Airplanes AIAA Education Series 2004

                                      35

                                      Sub Code WIND TUNNEL TECHNIQUES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                      OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of measurement of forces and moments on models during the wind tunnel testing

                                      Module ndash I (10 hours)WIND TUNNELSClassification ndashnon-dimensional numbers-types of similarities - Layout of open circuit and closed circuit subsonic wind tunnels ndash design parameters-energy ratio - HP calculationsCalibration

                                      Module ndash II (15 hours) HIGH SPEED WIND TUNNELSBlow down in draft and induction tunnel layouts and their design features Transonic supersonic and hypersonic tunnels their peculiarities and calibration Helium and gun tunnels Shock tubes

                                      FLOW VISUALIZATIONSmoke and Tuft grid techniques ndash Dye injection special techniques ndash Optical methods offlow visualization

                                      Module ndash II (15 hours)WIND TUNNEL MEASUREMENTSPressurevelocity and temperature measurements ndash Force measurements ndash types of balances-Three component and six component balances ndash calibration of measuring instruments

                                      NON-INTRUSIVE FLOW DIAGNOSTICSLaser ndash Doppler anemometry Particle image velocimetry Laser induced fluorescence TEXT BOOK1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow Speed Wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley Publication1984REFERENCE1 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh Speed wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley 1985

                                      36

                                      Sub Code HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                      OBJECTIVETo learn damage mechanism and failure of components of elavated temperatures

                                      Module ndash I (15 hours)CREEPFactors influencing functional life of components at elevated temperatures definition of creep curve various stages of creep metallurgical factors influencing various stages effect of stress temperatures and strain rate

                                      Design of transient creep time hardening strain hardening expressions of rupture life ofcreep ductile and brittle materials Monkman-Grant relationship

                                      Module ndash II (13 hours)FRACTURE AND OXIDATIONVarious types of fracture brittle to ductile from low temperature to high temperature cleavage fracture due to micro void coalescence ndash diffusion controlled void growth fracture maps for different alloys and oxidesOxidation Pilling Bedworth ratio kinetic laws of oxidation ndash defect structure and control of Oxidation by alloy additions

                                      Module ndash III (12 hours)HOT CORROSION SUPER ALLOYS AND OTHER MATERIALHot gas corrosion deposit modified hot gas corrosion fluxing mechanisms effect of alloying elements on hot corrosion interaction of hot corrosion and creep methods of combat hot corrosion

                                      Iron base Nickel base abd Cobalt base super alloys composition control solid solution strengthening precipitation hardening by gamma prime grain boundary strengthening TCP phase embrittlement solidfication of single crystals Intermetallics high temperature ceramics

                                      TEXT BOOKS1 Raj R ldquoFlow and Fracture at Elevated TemperaturesrdquoAmerican Society for MetalsUSA 19852 Hertzberg RW ldquoDeformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering materialsrdquo 4th

                                      Edition John Wiley USA 19963 Courtney T H ldquoMechanical Behaviour of MaterialsrdquoMcGraw-Hill USA 1990REFERENCES1 Boyle JT Spencer J ldquoStress Analysis for Creeprdquo Butterworths UK 19832 BressersJ ldquoCreep and Fatigue in High Temperature Alloysrdquo Applied Science 19813 McLean D ldquoDirectionally Solidified Materials for High Temperature ServicerdquoThe Metals Society USA 1985

                                      37

                                      AE2355 AERO ENGINE LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                                      OBJECTIVETo introduce the knowledge of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines1 Study of free convective heat transfer over a flat plate2 Engine (Piston Engine) - cleaning visual inspection NDT checks3 Piston Engine Components - dimensional checks4 Velocity profiles of free jets5 Velocity profiles of wall jets6 Combustion Studies in a model jet engine combustor7 Jet Engine ndash identification of components amp defects8 Jet Engine ndash NDT checks and dimensional checks9 Study of hybrid rocket propulsion system10 Engine starting procedures11 Study of ramjet12 Burn rate measurements of solid propellants

                                      TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                      38

                                      Sub code AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash I L T P C0 0 3 2

                                      OBJECTIVETo introduce and develop the basic concept of aircraft designEach student is assigned the design of an Airplane (or Helicopter or any other flightvehicle) for given preliminary specifications The following are the assignments to becarried outEXPERIMENTS1 Comparative configuration study of different types of airplanes2 Comparative study on specification and performance details of aircraft3 Preparation of comparative data sheets4 Work sheet layout procedures5 Comparative graphs preparation and selection of main parameters for the design6 Preliminary weight estimations selection of main parameters7 Power plant selection Aerofoil selection Wing tail and control surfaces8 Preparation of layouts of balance diagram and three view drawings9 Drag estimation10 Detailed performance calculations and stability estimates

                                      TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                      AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY- II

                                      1 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of symmetric aerofoil section2 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of cambered aerofoil section3 Pressure distribution over a Nose cone model4 Determination of Base drag of a missile model5 Determination of profile drag of bodies by wake survey method6 Study of flow field over a backward facing step7 Pressure distribution over a water tank model for various wind speeds8 Velocity profiles for different simulated terrains9 Calibration of Supersonic Wind Tunnel10 Flow visualization studies in supersonic flows

                                      TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                      39

                                      40

                                      SEMESTER VII

                                      Code No Course Title L T P C

                                      THEORY

                                      PCME4404 Production and Operation Management 3 0 0 3Avionics 3 0 0 3Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 0 3Vibrations And Elements of Aeroelasticity 3 0 0 3

                                      E2 Elective ndash II 3 0 0 3E3 Elective ndash III 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                      Aircraft Design Project ndash II 0 0 3 2Aircraft Systems Lab 0 0 3 2Project Work and Seminar 0 0 3 3

                                      41

                                      SEMESTER VII

                                      PCME4404 Production and Operation Management L T P C

                                      Objective The course aims at acquainting all engineering graduates irrespective of theirspecializations the basic issues and tools of managing production and operations functionsof an organizationModule I1 Operations Function in an Organization Manufacturing Vrs Service Operations Systemview of Operations Strategic Role of Operations Operations Strategies for CompetitiveAdvantage Operations Quality and Productivity Focus Meeting Global Challenges ofProduction and Operations Imperatives (3 Hours)2 Designing Products Services and Processes New Product Design- Product Life CycleProduct Development Process Process Technology Project Jobshop Batch AssemblyLine Continuous Manufacturing Process Technology Life Cycle Process TechnologyTrends FMS CIM CAD CAM Design for Services Services Process Technology(4 Hours)3 Work Study Methods Study- Techniques of Analysis recording improvement andstandardization Work Measurement Work Measurement Principles using Stopwatch TimeStudy Predetermined Motion Time Standards and Work Sampling Standard TimeEstimation (4 Hours)Module II4 Location and Layout Planning Factor Influencing Plant and Warehouse LocationsImpact of Location on cost and revenues Facility Location Procedure and Models Qualitative Models Breakeven Analysis location Model centroid methodLayout Planning Layout Types Process Layout Product Layout Fixed Position LayoutPlanning block diagramming line balancing computerized layout planning- overviewGroup Technology (4 Hours)5 Forecasting Principles and Method Moving Average weighted Moving AverageExponential Smoothing Winterrsquos Method for Seasonal Demand Forecasting Error(4 Hours)6 Manufacturing Planning and Control The Framework and Components AggregatePlanning Master Production Scheduling Rough-cut-Capacity Planning MaterialRequirements Planning Capacity Requirements Planning (5 Hours)Module III7 Sequencing and Scheduling Single Machine Sequencing Basics and PerformanceEvaluation Criteria Methods for Minimizing Mean Flow Time Parallel Machines Minimization of Makespan Flowshop sequencing 2 and 3 machines cases JohnsonrsquosRule and Jobshop Scheduling Priority dispatching Rules (3 Hours)8 Inventory Control Relevant Costs Basic EOQ Model Model with Quantity discountEconomic Batch Quantity Periodic and Continuous Review Systems Safety Stock ReorderPoint and Order Quantity Calculations ABC Analysis (4 Hours)9 Modern Trends in Manufacturing Just in Time (JIT) System Shop Floor Control ByKanbans Total Quality Management Total Productive Maintenance ISO 9000 QualityCircle Kaizen Poka Yoke Supply Chain Management (4 Hours)Reference Book1 SNChary ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 R Paneerselvam ldquoProduction and Operations Management Prentice Hall of India3 Aswathappa amp Bhatt ndash Production amp Operations Management HPH4 Gaither amp Frazier - Operations Management Cengage Publication5 Russell amp Taylor - Operations Management PHI Publication6 Chase Aquilanno Jacob amp Agarwal - Operations Management TMH Publication7 EE Adam and RJ Ebert ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India

                                      42

                                      Sub Code AVIONICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                      OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of navigation amp communication systems of aircraft

                                      Module ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems ndash Integrated Avionicssystem ndash Typical avionics sub systems ndash Design approaches and recent advances -Application Technologies

                                      PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS Digital Computers ndash Digital number system- number systems and codes-Fundamentals of logic and combinational logic circuits ndashDigital arithmetic ndash interfacing with analoguesystems

                                      Module ndash II (11 hours)Basic of Microprocessors and application Microprocessors ndash Memories- Microprocessors real time application related to aircraft

                                      DIGITAL AVIONICS ARCHITECTURE Avionics system architecturendash salient features and applications of Data buses MILndashSTD1553 BndashARINC 429ndashARINC 629

                                      Module ndash III (15 hours)

                                      FLIGHT DECK AND COCKPITSControl and display technologies CRT LCD - Touch screen - Direct voice input (DVI) - Civil cockpit and military cockpit MFDS HUD MFK HOTAS AVIONICS SYSTEMS Communication Systems - Navigation systems - Flight control systems - Radar electronic warfare - Utility systems Reliability and maintainability - Certification TEXT BOOKS1 Malcrno AP and Leach DP ldquoDigital Principles and Applicationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill19902 Gaonkar RS ldquoMicroprocessors Architecture ndash Programming and Applicationrdquo Wileyand Sons Ltd New Delhi 1990REFERENCES1 Middleton DH Ed ldquoAvionics Systems Longman Scientific and Technicalrdquo LongmanGroup UK Ltd England 19892 Spitzer CR ldquoDigital Avionic Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ USA19873 Brain Kendal ldquoManual of Avionicsrdquo The English Book House 3rd Edition New Delhi19934 Nagaraja ldquoNavigation systemrdquo5 J Powell ldquoAircraft Radio Systemrdquo

                                      43

                                      Sub Code COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                      OBJECTIVETo study the flow of dynamic fluids by computational methods

                                      Module-I (10 hours) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows Mathematical properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations - Well posed problems - discretization of partial Differential Equations Explicit finite difference methods of subsonic supersonic and viscous flows

                                      Module-II (15 hours)

                                      DISCRETIZATION Boundary layer Equations and methods of solution -Implicit time dependent methods forinviscid and viscous compressible flows - Concept of numerical dissipation --Stabilityproperties of explicit and implicit methods - Conservative upwind discretization forHyperbolic systems - Further advantages of upwind differencing GRID GENERATION Structured grids Types and transformations Generation of structured grids Unstructured grids Delany triangulation

                                      Module-III (15 hours)

                                      FINITE VOLUME TECHNIQUESFinite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping -Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy - Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques ndash Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives Flux ndash splitting schemes Pressure correction solvers ndash SIMPLE PESO Vorticity transport formulation Implicitsemi-implicit schemes

                                      TEXT BOOK1 Fletcher CAJ ldquoComputational Techniques for Fluid Dynamicsrdquo Vols I and IISpringer - Verlag Berlin 1988REFERENCES1 John F Wendt (Editor) ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics - An Introductionrdquo Springer ndashVerlag Berlin 19922 Charles Hirsch ldquoNumerical Computation of Internal and External Flowsrdquo Vols I and IIJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 19883 Klaus A Hoffmann and Steve T Chiang ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics forEngineersrdquo Vols I amp II Engineering Education System PO Box 20078 W WichitaKS 67208 - 1078 USA 19934 Anderson JrD ldquoFundamentals of Aerodynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill 2000

                                      44

                                      AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                      OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

                                      Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

                                      SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

                                      Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

                                      Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

                                      ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

                                      45

                                      AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                      OBJECTIVE

                                      To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

                                      Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

                                      LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                      1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

                                      TOTAL 60

                                      AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

                                      OBJECTIVE

                                      To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

                                      LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                      1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

                                      TOTAL 60

                                      46

                                      SEMESTER VIII

                                      Code No Course Title L T P C

                                      THEORY

                                      Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                      Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

                                      47

                                      Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

                                      OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

                                      Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

                                      METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

                                      Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

                                      Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

                                      FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

                                      REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

                                      48

                                      Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

                                      OBJECTIVE

                                      The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

                                      PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

                                      OBJECTIVE

                                      The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

                                      The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

                                      Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

                                      OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

                                      LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                      1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

                                      composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

                                      fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

                                      49

                                      1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

                                      SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

                                      Code No Course Title L T P C

                                      Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

                                      Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

                                      SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

                                      Code No Course Title L T P C

                                      Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

                                      ELECTIVESndash III

                                      Code No Course Title L T P C

                                      Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

                                      SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

                                      Code No Course Title L T P C

                                      Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

                                      ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

                                      Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

                                      50

                                      Elective Subjects

                                      Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                      OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

                                      BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

                                      Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

                                      Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

                                      TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

                                      TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

                                      51

                                      Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                                      OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                                      Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                                      UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                                      52

                                      AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                                      OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                                      Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                                      Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                                      MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                                      Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                                      AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                                      TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                                      53

                                      Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                                      3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                                      Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                                      Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                                      RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                                      Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                                      HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                                      54

                                      Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                      OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                                      Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                                      IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                                      Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                                      Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                                      55

                                      Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                      OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                                      Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                                      STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                                      Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                                      Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                                      56

                                      Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                                      Module-I (15hours)

                                      FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                                      COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                                      Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                                      Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                                      COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                                      57

                                      Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                      OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                                      Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                                      BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                                      Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                                      BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                                      Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                                      58

                                      Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                                      OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                                      Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                                      Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                                      Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                                      Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                                      TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                                      59

                                      Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                      OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                      Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                      PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                      Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                      PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                      Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                      Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                      60

                                      Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                      Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                      EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                      Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                      Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                      SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                      61

                                      AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                      OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                      Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                      Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                      AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                      Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                      TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                      62

                                      Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                      OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                      Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                      VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                      INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                      63

                                      Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                      OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                      Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                      MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                      Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                      PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                      Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                      64

                                      Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                      OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                      65

                                      Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                      Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                      CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                      Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                      CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                      Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                      66

                                      • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                      • Course Title
                                        • THEORY
                                        • SEMESTER III
                                        • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                        • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                        • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                        • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                          • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                          • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                              • Course Title
                                                • THEORY
                                                • PRACTICAL
                                                • SEMESTER V
                                                  • Course Title
                                                    • THEORY
                                                    • PRACTICAL
                                                    • SEMESTER VI
                                                      • Course Title
                                                        • THEORY
                                                        • PRACTICAL
                                                        • SEMESTER VI
                                                          • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                            • SEMESTER VII
                                                              • Course Title
                                                                • THEORY
                                                                • PRACTICAL
                                                                • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                  • TOTAL 60
                                                                  • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                  • TOTAL 60
                                                                    • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                        • THEORY
                                                                        • PRACTICAL
                                                                        • Co New York 1989
                                                                        • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                        • OBJECTIVE
                                                                        • PROJECT WORK
                                                                          • OBJECTIVE
                                                                            • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                    • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                        Sub Code AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                                        OBJECTIVETo familiarize the students in basic aerodynamics and use of wind tunnelsLIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 Study of lift and tip vortices2 Flow visualization in water flow channel3 Flow visualization in smoke tunnel4 Plot of RPM Vs test section velocity in a subsonic wind tunnel5 Pressure distribution over circular cylinder6 Pressure distribution over a rough circular cylinder7 Pressure distribution over a symmetric aerofoil8 Pressure distribution over a cambered aerofoil9 Estimation of CL and CD of airfoil10 Force measurement using wind tunnel balance of airfoil

                                        TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                                        20

                                        Sub Code MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY L T P C

                                        0 0 3 2LIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 LATHE11 Facing plain turning and step turning12 Taper turning using compound rest13 Taper turning using taper turning attachment14 Single start V thread cutting and knurling15 Boring and internal thread cutting2 SHAPER AND SLOTTER21 Machining a V- block (in a Shaper)22 Machining hexagonal shape (in a Shaper)23 Machining internal key-way (in a slotter)413 DRILLING31 Drilling 4 or 6 holes at a given pitch circle on a plate32 Drilling reaming and tapping4 MILLING41 Plain Milling Exercise42 Gear Milling Exercise5 GRINDINGCylindrical Grinding Exercise

                                        TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                                        21

                                        SEMESTER V

                                        Code No Course Title L T P C

                                        THEORY

                                        Aircraft Structures ndash II 3 0 0 3Aerodynamics ndash II 3 0 0 3Propulsion ndash II 3 0 0 3Aircraft Performance 3 0 0 3Control Engineering 3 0 0 3Experimental Stress Analysis 3 0 0 3

                                        PRACTICAL

                                        Aircraft Structures Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2CADCAM Lab 0 0 3 2Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness Lab 0 0 3 2

                                        22

                                        SEMESTER V

                                        AE2302 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES ndash II L T P C3 1 0 4

                                        OBJECTIVETo study the behaviour of various aircraft structural components under different types ofloadsModule ndash I (15 hours) UNSYMMETRICAL BENDING General Principal axis and neutral axis methods- bending stresses in beams of symmetric sections with skew loads- bending stresses in beams of unsymmetrical sections

                                        SHEAR FLOW IN OPEN SECTIONS Thin walled beams Concept of shear flow shear centre Elastic axis With one axis ofsymmetry with wall effective and ineffective in bending unsymmetrical beam sections

                                        Module ndash II (14 hours)SHEAR FLOW IN CLOSED SECTIONS Bredt ndash Batho formula Single and multi ndash cell structures- Shear flow in single amp multicellstructures under torsion Shear flow in single and multicell under bending with wallseffective and ineffective

                                        V-N DIAGRAMLoads on aircraft ndashlift distribution-V-n diagram-Gust loads

                                        Module ndash III (11 hours)BUCKLING OF PLATES Rectangular sheets under compression local buckling stress of thin walled section-Crippling stresses by Needhamrsquos and Gerardrsquos methods Thin walled column strengthsheet stiffener panels-Effective width

                                        STRESS ANALYSIS IN WING AND FUSELAGEShear resistant web beams-Tension field web beams(Wagnerrsquos) ndash Shear and bendingmoment distribution for cantilever and semi-cantilever types of beams

                                        TEXT BOOKS1 Peery DJ and Azar JJ ldquoAircraft Structuresrdquo 2nd edition McGrawndashHill NY 20072 Megson TMG ldquoAircraft Structures for Engineering Studentsrdquo Edward Arnold 2007REFERENCES1 Bruhn EH ldquoAnalysis and Design of Flight vehicles Structuresrdquo Tri ndash state off setcompany USA 19852 Rivello RM ldquoTheory and Analysis of Flight Structuresrdquo McGraw-Hill 1993

                                        23

                                        Sub Code AERODYNAMICS ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                        OBJECTIVETo understand the behaviour of airflow both internal and external in compressible flowregime with particular emphasis on supersonic flowsModule ndash I (10 hours)ONE DIMENSIONAL COMPRESSIBLE FLOW Energy Momentum continuity and state equations velocity of sound adiabatic steadystate flow equations Flow through convergent- divergent passage Performance undervarious back pressures

                                        Module ndash II (16 hours)NORMAL OBLIQUE SHOCKS Prandtl equation and Rankine ndash Hugonoit relation Normal shock equations Pitot statictube corrections for subsonic and supersonic flows Oblique shocks and correspondingequations Hodograph and pressure turning angle shock polar flow past wedges andconcave corners strong weak and detached shocks

                                        EXPANSION WAVES RAYLEIGH AND FANNO FLOW Flow past convex corners Expansion hodograph Reflection and interaction of shocks and expansion waves Method of Characteristics Two dimensional supersonic nozzlecontours

                                        Module ndash III (14 hours)SUPERSONIC AND TRANSONIC FLOW Rayleigh and Fanno Flow Lift drag pitching moment and center of pressure of supersonic profiles Lower and upper critical Mach numbers Lift and drag divergence shock induced separation Characteristics of swept wings Effects of thickness camber and aspect ratio of wings Transonic area rule

                                        TEXT BOOK1 Rathakrishnan E ldquoGas Dynamicsrdquo Prentice Hall of India 2003REFERENCES1 Shapiro AH ldquoDynamics and Thermodynamics of Compressible Fluid Flowrdquo RonaldPress 19822 Zucrow MJ and Anderson JD ldquoElements of gas dynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book CoNew York 19893 Anderson Jr D ndash ldquoModern compressible flowsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co New York

                                        1999

                                        24

                                        Sub Code PROPULSION ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                        OBJECTIVETo study in detail about gas turbines ramjet fundamentals of rocket propulsion andchemical rocketsModule ndash I (10 hours) AIRCRAFT GAS TURBINES 12Impulse and reaction blading of gas turbines ndash Velocity triangles and power output ndash Elementary theory ndash Vortex theory ndash Choice of blade profile pitch and chord ndash stimationof stage performance ndash Limiting factors in gas turbine design- Overall turbine performance ndash Methods of blade cooling ndash Matching of turbine and compressor Module ndash II (15 hours)RAMJET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Sub critical critical and supercritical operation ndash Combustion in ramjet engine ndash Ramjet performance ndash Simple ramjet design calculations ndash Introduction to scramjet

                                        FUNDAMENTALS OF ROCKET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Specific impulse of a rocket ndash internal ballistics- Rocket nozzleclassification ndash Rocket performance considerations

                                        Module ndash III (15 hours)CHEMICAL ROCKETS Solid propellant rockets ndash Selection criteria of solid propellants ndash Important hardware components of solid rockets ndash Propellant grain design considerations ndash Liquid propellantrockets ndash Selection of liquid propellants Cooling in liquid rockets ndash Hybrid rockets

                                        ADVANCED PROPULSION TECHNIQUES Electric rocket propulsion ndash Ion propulsion techniques ndash Nuclear rocket ndash Types ndash Solarsail- Preliminary Concepts in nozzleless propulsion TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York 5th

                                        Edn 19932 Hill PG amp Peterson CR ldquoMechanics amp Thermodynamics of Propulsionrdquo Addison ndashWesley Longman INC 1999REFERENCES1 Cohen H Rogers GFC and Saravanamuttoo HIH ldquoGas Turbine TheoryrdquoLongman Co ELBS Ed 19892 Gorden CV ldquoAero thermodynamics of Gas Turbine and Rocket Propulsionrdquo AIAAEducation Series New York 19893 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 1988

                                        25

                                        Sub Code AIRCRAFT PERFORMANCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                        OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the performance of airplanes under various flightconditions like take off cruise landing climbing gliding turning etcModule ndash I (13 hours)GENERAL CONCEPTSInternational Standard atmosphere IAS EAS TAS Propeller theory- Froude momentum and blade element theories Propeller co-efficients Use of propeller charts Performance of fixed and variable pitch propellers High lift devices Thrust augmentation

                                        DRAG OF BODIESStreamlined and bluff body Types of drag Effect of Reynoldrsquos number on skin friction and pressure drag Drag reduction of airplanes Dragpolar Effect of Mach number on drag polar

                                        Module ndash II (11 hours)STEADY LEVEL FLIGHTSteady level flight Thrust required and Power required Thrust available and Power available for propeller driven and jet powered aircraft Effect of altitude maximum level flight speed conditions for minimum drag and minimum power required Effect of drag divergence on maximum velocity Range and Endurance of Propeller and Jet airplanes

                                        Module ndash III (16 hours)GLIDING AND CLIMBING FLIGHTShallow and steep angles of climb Rate of climb Climb hodograph Maximum Climb angle and Maximum Rate of climb- Effect of design parameters for propeller Absolute and service ceiling Gliding flight Glide hodograph

                                        ACCELERATD FLIGHT Estimation of take-off and landing distances Methods of reducing landing distance level turn minimum turn radius bank angle and load factor Constraints on load factor Pull up and pull down maneuvers maximum turn rate V-n diagram

                                        TEXT BOOKS1 HoughtonEL and Carruthers NB Aerodynamics for engineering studentsEdward Amold Publishers 19882 Anderson Jr JD Aircraft Performance and Design McGraw-Hill InternationalEdition 1999REFERENCES1 Kuethe AM and Chow CY Foundations of Aerodynamics John Wiley amp Sons19822 JJBertin Aerodynamics for Engineers Prentice-Hall 19883 LJ Clancey Aerodynamics Pitman 19864 Anderson Jr JD Introduction to Flight McGraw-Hill International Edition 1999

                                        26

                                        Sub Code CONTROL ENGINEERING L T P C3 0 0 3

                                        OBJECTIVETo understand the basic concepts of flight control systemModule ndash I (11 hours) INTRODUCTIONHistorical review - Simple pneumatic hydraulic and thermal systems Series and parallelsystems Analogies - Mechanical and electrical components Development of flight control systems OPEN AND CLOSED LOOP SYSTEMSFeedback control systems ndash Block diagram representation of control systems Reductionof block diagrams Output to input ratios Signal flow graph

                                        Module ndash II (15 hours)CHARACTERISTIC EQUATION AND FUNCTIONS Lap lace transformation Response of systems to different inputs viz Step input impulse ramp parabolic and sinusoidal inputs Time response of first and second order systems steady state errors and error constants of unity feedback circuit

                                        SAMPLED DATA SYSTEMS Introduction to digital control system Digital Controllers and Digital PID Controllers

                                        Module ndash III (14 hours)CONCEPT OF STABILITYNecessary and sufficient conditions Routh ndash Hurwitz criteria of stability Root locus andBode techniques Concept and construction frequency response

                                        TOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Ogato ldquoModern Control Engineeringrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19982 GopalM ldquoControl Systems Principles and designrdquo ndash Tata McGraw-Hill PublicationNew Delhi 2000REFERENCES1 Azzo JJD and CH Houpis ldquoFeed back control system analysis and synthesisrdquoMcGraw ndash Hill International 3rd Edition 19982 Kuo BC ldquoAutomatic control systemsrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19983 Houpis CH and Lamont GB ldquoDigital Control Systemsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co NewYork USA 19954 Naresh K Sinha ldquoControl Systemsrdquo New Age International Publishers New Delhi

                                        27

                                        Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                        OBJECTIVETo bring awareness on experimental method of finding the response of the structure todifferent types of loadModule ndash I (15 hours) MEASUREMENTS amp EXTENSOMETER Principles of measurements Accuracy Sensitivity and range of measurements Mechanical Optical Acoustical and Electrical extensometers and their uses Advantagesand disadvantages

                                        ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE STRAIN GAUGES Principle of operation and requirements Types and their uses Materials for strain gauge Calibration and temperature compensation cross sensitivity Rosette analysis Wheastone bridge for static and dynamic strain measurements strain indicators

                                        Module ndash II (14 hours)PHOTOELASTICITY Two dimensional photo elasticity Concept of light ndash photoelastic effects stress optic lawInterpretation of fringe pattern Compensation and separation techniques Photo elasticmaterials Introduction to three dimensional photo elasticity

                                        Module ndash III (11 hours)BRITTLE COATING AND MOIRE METHODSIntroduction to Moire techniques brittle coating methods and holography NON ndash DESTRUCTIVE TESTINGFundamentals of NDT Radiography ultrasonic magnetic particle inspection Fluorescent penetrant technique Eddy current testing Acoustic Emission Technique

                                        TEXT BOOKS1 Srinath LS Raghava MR Lingaiah K Garagesha G Pant B andRamachandra K ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill New Delhi 1984REFERENCES1 Dally JW and Riley WF ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo McGraw-Hill Inc NewYork 2005 IV edition2 Hetyenyi M ldquoHand book of Experimental Stress Analysisrdquo John Wiley and Sons IncNew York 19723 Pollock AA ldquoAcoustic Emission in Acoustics and Vibration Progressrdquo Ed StephensRWB Chapman and Hall 1993

                                        28

                                        Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                        OBJECTIVE

                                        To experimentally study the unsymmetrical bending of beams find the location of shear centre obtain the stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques calibration of photo ndash elastic materials and study on vibration of beams

                                        LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                        1 Unsymmetrical bending of beams2 Shear centre location for open sections3 Shear centre location for closed sections4 Constant strength beam5 Flexibility matrix for cantilever beam6 Beam with combined loading7 Calibration of Photo- elastic materials8 Stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques9 Vibrations of beams10 Wagner beam ndash Tension field beam

                                        TOTAL 45

                                        29

                                        Sub Code CAD CAM LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                                        OBJECTIVETo teach and train the students in the lab about the design and drafting of aerocomponents LIST OF EXPERIMENTSDesign and Modeling of rectangular plate with holeDesign and Modeling of spar componentsDesign and Modeling of Aerofoil structuresDesign and Modeling of cut section for wingsDesign and Modeling of Machine componentDesign and Modeling of Machine componentsDesign and Analysis of a TrussDesign and Analysis of Beam distributed loadDesign of Landing gearFacingTurning(Taper Step)

                                        TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                                        30

                                        HSSM7203 Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness LabLab 30 hoursThis course will focus on communication in professional (work-related) situations of the kind thatBPUT graduates may expect to encounter on entering the professional domainSome typical forms of work-related communication oral or written are listed below Practiceactivities for all four skills can be designed around these or similar situations1 Gaining entry into an organizationi Preparing job-applications and CVsii Facing an interviewiii Participating in group discussion (as part of the recruitmentprocess)2 In-house communicationa Superior Senior 1048782 subordinate junior (individual 1048782 individual group)i Welcoming new entrants to the organization introducing the workplace cultureetcii Briefing subordinates juniors explaining duties and responsibilities etcii Motivating subordinates juniors (lsquopep talkrsquo)iii Instructing directing subordinates juniorsiv Expressing recording appreciation praising rewarding a subordinate or juniorv Reprimanding correcting disciplining a subordinatejunior (for a lapse) askingfor an explanation etcb Subordinate Junior 1048782 Superior Seniori Responding to the aboveii Reporting problems difficulties deficienciesiii Offering suggestions

                                        31

                                        SEMESTER VI

                                        Code No Course Title L T P C

                                        THEORYHSSM3301 Principles of Management 3 0 0 3

                                        Finite Element Method 3 0 0 3Aircraft Stability and Control 3 0 0 3Wind Tunnel Techniques 3 0 0 3High Temperature Materials 3 0 0 3

                                        E1 Elective ndash I 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                        Aero Engine Laboratory 0 0 3 2Aircraft Design Project - I 0 0 3 2Aerodynamics Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2

                                        32

                                        SEMESTER VI

                                        HSSM3301 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (3-0-0)

                                        Module I Functions of Management Concept of Management Management as an Art or Science The Process of Management Managerial Skills Good Managers are Born not Made Management is concerned with Ideas Things and People How a Manager Induces Workers to Put in Their Best Levels and Types of Management Evolution of Management Thought Managerial Environment The process of Management-Planning Organizing Directing Staffing Controlling

                                        Module II Marketing Function of Management Modern Concept of Marketing The Functional Classification of Marketing Functions of a Marketing Management Marketing Mix Fundamental Needs of Customers The Role of Distribution channels in Marketing Advertising Marketing Consumerism and Environmentalism

                                        Module III Financial Function amp HRM Functions Financial Functions Concept of Financial Management Project Appraisal Tools of Financial decisions making Overview of Working Capital HRM Function of Management Human Resource Management Human Resource Development Importance of HRM Overview of Job Analysis Job Description Job Specification Labour Turnover Manpower Planning Recruitment Selection Induction Training and Development Placement Wage and Salary Administration Performance Appraisal Grievance Handling Welfare Aspects

                                        Reference Books 1 Business Organization amp Management CR Basu TMH 2 Business Organization amp Management Tulsia Pandey Pearson 3 Marketing Management Kotler Keller Koshi Jha Pearson 4 Financial Management IM Pandey Vikas 5 Human Resource Management Aswasthapa TMH 6 Modern Business Organisation amp Management by Sherlekar Himalaya Publishing House

                                        33

                                        Sub Code FINITE ELEMENT METHOD L T P C3 0 0 3

                                        OBJECTIVETo introduce the concept of numerical analysis of structural componentsModule ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION Review of basic approximate methods of analyses ndash Stiffness and Flexibility matrix forsimple cases ndash Governing equation and convergence criteria of finite element method

                                        DISCRETE ELEMENTS Bar Frame beam elements ndash Application to static dynamic analysis

                                        Module ndash II (10 hours)

                                        CONTINUUM ELEMENTS Various types of 2-D-elements Application to plane stress plane strain and axisymmetricproblems Module ndash III (16 hours)ISOPARAMETRIC ELEMENTS Applications to two and three-dimensional problems(four eight and nine nodded element) Numerical Integration

                                        FIELD PROBLEMApplications to other field problems like heat transfer and fluid flow

                                        TEXT BOOK1 TirupathiRC and Ashok DB ldquoIntroduction to Finite Elements in EngineeringrdquoPrentice Hall India Third Edition 2003REFERENCES1 Reddy JN ldquoAn Introduction to Finite Element Methodrdquo McGraw-Hill 20002 Krishnamurthy CS ldquoFinite Element Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill 20003 Bathe KJ and Wilson EL ldquoNumerical Methods in Finite Elements AnalysisrdquoPrentice Hall of India 1985

                                        34

                                        Sub Code AIRCRAFT STABILITY amp CONTROL L T P C3 1 0 4

                                        OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the concepts of stable and nonstable configurationof airplanes To introduce the concepts of control of airplanes under variousoperating conditions

                                        Module ndash I (13 hours)STATIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY AND CONTROL 15General concepts-Degrees of freedom of a rigid body Static and dynamic stability Need for stability in an airplane inherently and marginally stable airplanes Stability and Controllability Requirements of control surfaces criteria for longitudinal static stability contribution to stability by wing tail fuselage wing fuselage combination Total longitudinal stability Neutral point-Stick fixed and Stick free aspects Free elevator factor static margin Hinge moment Power effects on stability-propeller and jet aircrafts longitudinal control Movement of centre of gravity elevator control effectiveness elevator control power elevator angle to trim elevator angle per g maneuver point Stick force gradient and stick force per g Aerodynamic balancing

                                        Module ndash II (15 hours) STATIC DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND CONTROL Directional stability-yaw and sideslip Criterion of directional stability contribution to static directional stability by wing fuselage tail Power effects on directional stabilitypropeller and jet aircrafts Rudder lock and Dorsal fin Directional control rudder control effectiveness rudder requirements adverse yaw asymmetric power condition spin recovery

                                        STATIC LATERAL STABILTY AND CONTROL Lateral stability-Dihedral effect criterion for lateral stability evaluation of lateral stability-contribution of fuselage wing wing fuselage tail total static lateral stability lateral control aileron reversal aileron reversal speed

                                        Module ndash III (12 hours) DYNAMIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY Aircraft Equations of motion small disturbance theory Estimation of longitudinal stability derivatives stability derivatives solving the stability quartic Phugoid motion

                                        DYNAMIC LATERAL AND DIRECTIONAL STABILITY Dutch roll and spiral instability Auto rotation and spin

                                        TEXT BOOKS1 Perkins CD amp Hage RE Airplane performance stability and control John Wileyamp Sons 19762 Nelson RC Flight Stability amp Automatic Control McGraw Hill 1998REFERENCES1 McCormick BW Aerodynamics Aeronautics amp Flight Mechanics John Wiley19952 Babister AW Aircraft Stability and response Pergamon Press 19803 Etkin B Dynamics of Flight Stability and Control John Wiley New York 19824 Pamadi BN Performnce Stability Dynamics and Control of Airplanes AIAA Education Series 2004

                                        35

                                        Sub Code WIND TUNNEL TECHNIQUES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                        OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of measurement of forces and moments on models during the wind tunnel testing

                                        Module ndash I (10 hours)WIND TUNNELSClassification ndashnon-dimensional numbers-types of similarities - Layout of open circuit and closed circuit subsonic wind tunnels ndash design parameters-energy ratio - HP calculationsCalibration

                                        Module ndash II (15 hours) HIGH SPEED WIND TUNNELSBlow down in draft and induction tunnel layouts and their design features Transonic supersonic and hypersonic tunnels their peculiarities and calibration Helium and gun tunnels Shock tubes

                                        FLOW VISUALIZATIONSmoke and Tuft grid techniques ndash Dye injection special techniques ndash Optical methods offlow visualization

                                        Module ndash II (15 hours)WIND TUNNEL MEASUREMENTSPressurevelocity and temperature measurements ndash Force measurements ndash types of balances-Three component and six component balances ndash calibration of measuring instruments

                                        NON-INTRUSIVE FLOW DIAGNOSTICSLaser ndash Doppler anemometry Particle image velocimetry Laser induced fluorescence TEXT BOOK1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow Speed Wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley Publication1984REFERENCE1 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh Speed wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley 1985

                                        36

                                        Sub Code HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                        OBJECTIVETo learn damage mechanism and failure of components of elavated temperatures

                                        Module ndash I (15 hours)CREEPFactors influencing functional life of components at elevated temperatures definition of creep curve various stages of creep metallurgical factors influencing various stages effect of stress temperatures and strain rate

                                        Design of transient creep time hardening strain hardening expressions of rupture life ofcreep ductile and brittle materials Monkman-Grant relationship

                                        Module ndash II (13 hours)FRACTURE AND OXIDATIONVarious types of fracture brittle to ductile from low temperature to high temperature cleavage fracture due to micro void coalescence ndash diffusion controlled void growth fracture maps for different alloys and oxidesOxidation Pilling Bedworth ratio kinetic laws of oxidation ndash defect structure and control of Oxidation by alloy additions

                                        Module ndash III (12 hours)HOT CORROSION SUPER ALLOYS AND OTHER MATERIALHot gas corrosion deposit modified hot gas corrosion fluxing mechanisms effect of alloying elements on hot corrosion interaction of hot corrosion and creep methods of combat hot corrosion

                                        Iron base Nickel base abd Cobalt base super alloys composition control solid solution strengthening precipitation hardening by gamma prime grain boundary strengthening TCP phase embrittlement solidfication of single crystals Intermetallics high temperature ceramics

                                        TEXT BOOKS1 Raj R ldquoFlow and Fracture at Elevated TemperaturesrdquoAmerican Society for MetalsUSA 19852 Hertzberg RW ldquoDeformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering materialsrdquo 4th

                                        Edition John Wiley USA 19963 Courtney T H ldquoMechanical Behaviour of MaterialsrdquoMcGraw-Hill USA 1990REFERENCES1 Boyle JT Spencer J ldquoStress Analysis for Creeprdquo Butterworths UK 19832 BressersJ ldquoCreep and Fatigue in High Temperature Alloysrdquo Applied Science 19813 McLean D ldquoDirectionally Solidified Materials for High Temperature ServicerdquoThe Metals Society USA 1985

                                        37

                                        AE2355 AERO ENGINE LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                                        OBJECTIVETo introduce the knowledge of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines1 Study of free convective heat transfer over a flat plate2 Engine (Piston Engine) - cleaning visual inspection NDT checks3 Piston Engine Components - dimensional checks4 Velocity profiles of free jets5 Velocity profiles of wall jets6 Combustion Studies in a model jet engine combustor7 Jet Engine ndash identification of components amp defects8 Jet Engine ndash NDT checks and dimensional checks9 Study of hybrid rocket propulsion system10 Engine starting procedures11 Study of ramjet12 Burn rate measurements of solid propellants

                                        TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                        38

                                        Sub code AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash I L T P C0 0 3 2

                                        OBJECTIVETo introduce and develop the basic concept of aircraft designEach student is assigned the design of an Airplane (or Helicopter or any other flightvehicle) for given preliminary specifications The following are the assignments to becarried outEXPERIMENTS1 Comparative configuration study of different types of airplanes2 Comparative study on specification and performance details of aircraft3 Preparation of comparative data sheets4 Work sheet layout procedures5 Comparative graphs preparation and selection of main parameters for the design6 Preliminary weight estimations selection of main parameters7 Power plant selection Aerofoil selection Wing tail and control surfaces8 Preparation of layouts of balance diagram and three view drawings9 Drag estimation10 Detailed performance calculations and stability estimates

                                        TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                        AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY- II

                                        1 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of symmetric aerofoil section2 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of cambered aerofoil section3 Pressure distribution over a Nose cone model4 Determination of Base drag of a missile model5 Determination of profile drag of bodies by wake survey method6 Study of flow field over a backward facing step7 Pressure distribution over a water tank model for various wind speeds8 Velocity profiles for different simulated terrains9 Calibration of Supersonic Wind Tunnel10 Flow visualization studies in supersonic flows

                                        TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                        39

                                        40

                                        SEMESTER VII

                                        Code No Course Title L T P C

                                        THEORY

                                        PCME4404 Production and Operation Management 3 0 0 3Avionics 3 0 0 3Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 0 3Vibrations And Elements of Aeroelasticity 3 0 0 3

                                        E2 Elective ndash II 3 0 0 3E3 Elective ndash III 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                        Aircraft Design Project ndash II 0 0 3 2Aircraft Systems Lab 0 0 3 2Project Work and Seminar 0 0 3 3

                                        41

                                        SEMESTER VII

                                        PCME4404 Production and Operation Management L T P C

                                        Objective The course aims at acquainting all engineering graduates irrespective of theirspecializations the basic issues and tools of managing production and operations functionsof an organizationModule I1 Operations Function in an Organization Manufacturing Vrs Service Operations Systemview of Operations Strategic Role of Operations Operations Strategies for CompetitiveAdvantage Operations Quality and Productivity Focus Meeting Global Challenges ofProduction and Operations Imperatives (3 Hours)2 Designing Products Services and Processes New Product Design- Product Life CycleProduct Development Process Process Technology Project Jobshop Batch AssemblyLine Continuous Manufacturing Process Technology Life Cycle Process TechnologyTrends FMS CIM CAD CAM Design for Services Services Process Technology(4 Hours)3 Work Study Methods Study- Techniques of Analysis recording improvement andstandardization Work Measurement Work Measurement Principles using Stopwatch TimeStudy Predetermined Motion Time Standards and Work Sampling Standard TimeEstimation (4 Hours)Module II4 Location and Layout Planning Factor Influencing Plant and Warehouse LocationsImpact of Location on cost and revenues Facility Location Procedure and Models Qualitative Models Breakeven Analysis location Model centroid methodLayout Planning Layout Types Process Layout Product Layout Fixed Position LayoutPlanning block diagramming line balancing computerized layout planning- overviewGroup Technology (4 Hours)5 Forecasting Principles and Method Moving Average weighted Moving AverageExponential Smoothing Winterrsquos Method for Seasonal Demand Forecasting Error(4 Hours)6 Manufacturing Planning and Control The Framework and Components AggregatePlanning Master Production Scheduling Rough-cut-Capacity Planning MaterialRequirements Planning Capacity Requirements Planning (5 Hours)Module III7 Sequencing and Scheduling Single Machine Sequencing Basics and PerformanceEvaluation Criteria Methods for Minimizing Mean Flow Time Parallel Machines Minimization of Makespan Flowshop sequencing 2 and 3 machines cases JohnsonrsquosRule and Jobshop Scheduling Priority dispatching Rules (3 Hours)8 Inventory Control Relevant Costs Basic EOQ Model Model with Quantity discountEconomic Batch Quantity Periodic and Continuous Review Systems Safety Stock ReorderPoint and Order Quantity Calculations ABC Analysis (4 Hours)9 Modern Trends in Manufacturing Just in Time (JIT) System Shop Floor Control ByKanbans Total Quality Management Total Productive Maintenance ISO 9000 QualityCircle Kaizen Poka Yoke Supply Chain Management (4 Hours)Reference Book1 SNChary ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 R Paneerselvam ldquoProduction and Operations Management Prentice Hall of India3 Aswathappa amp Bhatt ndash Production amp Operations Management HPH4 Gaither amp Frazier - Operations Management Cengage Publication5 Russell amp Taylor - Operations Management PHI Publication6 Chase Aquilanno Jacob amp Agarwal - Operations Management TMH Publication7 EE Adam and RJ Ebert ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India

                                        42

                                        Sub Code AVIONICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                        OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of navigation amp communication systems of aircraft

                                        Module ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems ndash Integrated Avionicssystem ndash Typical avionics sub systems ndash Design approaches and recent advances -Application Technologies

                                        PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS Digital Computers ndash Digital number system- number systems and codes-Fundamentals of logic and combinational logic circuits ndashDigital arithmetic ndash interfacing with analoguesystems

                                        Module ndash II (11 hours)Basic of Microprocessors and application Microprocessors ndash Memories- Microprocessors real time application related to aircraft

                                        DIGITAL AVIONICS ARCHITECTURE Avionics system architecturendash salient features and applications of Data buses MILndashSTD1553 BndashARINC 429ndashARINC 629

                                        Module ndash III (15 hours)

                                        FLIGHT DECK AND COCKPITSControl and display technologies CRT LCD - Touch screen - Direct voice input (DVI) - Civil cockpit and military cockpit MFDS HUD MFK HOTAS AVIONICS SYSTEMS Communication Systems - Navigation systems - Flight control systems - Radar electronic warfare - Utility systems Reliability and maintainability - Certification TEXT BOOKS1 Malcrno AP and Leach DP ldquoDigital Principles and Applicationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill19902 Gaonkar RS ldquoMicroprocessors Architecture ndash Programming and Applicationrdquo Wileyand Sons Ltd New Delhi 1990REFERENCES1 Middleton DH Ed ldquoAvionics Systems Longman Scientific and Technicalrdquo LongmanGroup UK Ltd England 19892 Spitzer CR ldquoDigital Avionic Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ USA19873 Brain Kendal ldquoManual of Avionicsrdquo The English Book House 3rd Edition New Delhi19934 Nagaraja ldquoNavigation systemrdquo5 J Powell ldquoAircraft Radio Systemrdquo

                                        43

                                        Sub Code COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                        OBJECTIVETo study the flow of dynamic fluids by computational methods

                                        Module-I (10 hours) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows Mathematical properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations - Well posed problems - discretization of partial Differential Equations Explicit finite difference methods of subsonic supersonic and viscous flows

                                        Module-II (15 hours)

                                        DISCRETIZATION Boundary layer Equations and methods of solution -Implicit time dependent methods forinviscid and viscous compressible flows - Concept of numerical dissipation --Stabilityproperties of explicit and implicit methods - Conservative upwind discretization forHyperbolic systems - Further advantages of upwind differencing GRID GENERATION Structured grids Types and transformations Generation of structured grids Unstructured grids Delany triangulation

                                        Module-III (15 hours)

                                        FINITE VOLUME TECHNIQUESFinite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping -Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy - Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques ndash Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives Flux ndash splitting schemes Pressure correction solvers ndash SIMPLE PESO Vorticity transport formulation Implicitsemi-implicit schemes

                                        TEXT BOOK1 Fletcher CAJ ldquoComputational Techniques for Fluid Dynamicsrdquo Vols I and IISpringer - Verlag Berlin 1988REFERENCES1 John F Wendt (Editor) ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics - An Introductionrdquo Springer ndashVerlag Berlin 19922 Charles Hirsch ldquoNumerical Computation of Internal and External Flowsrdquo Vols I and IIJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 19883 Klaus A Hoffmann and Steve T Chiang ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics forEngineersrdquo Vols I amp II Engineering Education System PO Box 20078 W WichitaKS 67208 - 1078 USA 19934 Anderson JrD ldquoFundamentals of Aerodynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill 2000

                                        44

                                        AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                        OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

                                        Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

                                        SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

                                        Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

                                        Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

                                        ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

                                        45

                                        AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                        OBJECTIVE

                                        To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

                                        Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

                                        LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                        1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

                                        TOTAL 60

                                        AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

                                        OBJECTIVE

                                        To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

                                        LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                        1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

                                        TOTAL 60

                                        46

                                        SEMESTER VIII

                                        Code No Course Title L T P C

                                        THEORY

                                        Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                        Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

                                        47

                                        Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

                                        OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

                                        Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

                                        METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

                                        Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

                                        Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

                                        FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

                                        REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

                                        48

                                        Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

                                        OBJECTIVE

                                        The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

                                        PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

                                        OBJECTIVE

                                        The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

                                        The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

                                        Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

                                        OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

                                        LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                        1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

                                        composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

                                        fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

                                        49

                                        1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

                                        SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

                                        Code No Course Title L T P C

                                        Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

                                        Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

                                        SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

                                        Code No Course Title L T P C

                                        Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

                                        ELECTIVESndash III

                                        Code No Course Title L T P C

                                        Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

                                        SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

                                        Code No Course Title L T P C

                                        Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

                                        ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

                                        Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

                                        50

                                        Elective Subjects

                                        Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                        OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

                                        BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

                                        Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

                                        Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

                                        TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

                                        TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

                                        51

                                        Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                                        OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                                        Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                                        UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                                        52

                                        AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                                        OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                                        Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                                        Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                                        MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                                        Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                                        AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                                        TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                                        53

                                        Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                                        3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                                        Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                                        Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                                        RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                                        Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                                        HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                                        54

                                        Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                        OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                                        Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                                        IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                                        Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                                        Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                                        55

                                        Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                        OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                                        Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                                        STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                                        Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                                        Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                                        56

                                        Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                                        Module-I (15hours)

                                        FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                                        COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                                        Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                                        Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                                        COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                                        57

                                        Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                        OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                                        Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                                        BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                                        Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                                        BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                                        Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                                        58

                                        Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                                        OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                                        Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                                        Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                                        Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                                        Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                                        TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                                        59

                                        Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                        OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                        Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                        PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                        Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                        PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                        Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                        Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                        60

                                        Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                        Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                        EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                        Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                        Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                        SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                        61

                                        AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                        OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                        Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                        Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                        AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                        Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                        TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                        62

                                        Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                        OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                        Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                        VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                        INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                        63

                                        Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                        OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                        Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                        MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                        Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                        PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                        Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                        64

                                        Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                        OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                        65

                                        Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                        Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                        CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                        Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                        CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                        Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                        66

                                        • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                        • Course Title
                                          • THEORY
                                          • SEMESTER III
                                          • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                          • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                          • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                          • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                            • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                            • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                • Course Title
                                                  • THEORY
                                                  • PRACTICAL
                                                  • SEMESTER V
                                                    • Course Title
                                                      • THEORY
                                                      • PRACTICAL
                                                      • SEMESTER VI
                                                        • Course Title
                                                          • THEORY
                                                          • PRACTICAL
                                                          • SEMESTER VI
                                                            • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                              • SEMESTER VII
                                                                • Course Title
                                                                  • THEORY
                                                                  • PRACTICAL
                                                                  • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                    • TOTAL 60
                                                                    • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                    • TOTAL 60
                                                                      • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                          • THEORY
                                                                          • PRACTICAL
                                                                          • Co New York 1989
                                                                          • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                          • OBJECTIVE
                                                                          • PROJECT WORK
                                                                            • OBJECTIVE
                                                                              • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                  • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                      • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                          Sub Code MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY L T P C

                                          0 0 3 2LIST OF EXPERIMENTS1 LATHE11 Facing plain turning and step turning12 Taper turning using compound rest13 Taper turning using taper turning attachment14 Single start V thread cutting and knurling15 Boring and internal thread cutting2 SHAPER AND SLOTTER21 Machining a V- block (in a Shaper)22 Machining hexagonal shape (in a Shaper)23 Machining internal key-way (in a slotter)413 DRILLING31 Drilling 4 or 6 holes at a given pitch circle on a plate32 Drilling reaming and tapping4 MILLING41 Plain Milling Exercise42 Gear Milling Exercise5 GRINDINGCylindrical Grinding Exercise

                                          TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                                          21

                                          SEMESTER V

                                          Code No Course Title L T P C

                                          THEORY

                                          Aircraft Structures ndash II 3 0 0 3Aerodynamics ndash II 3 0 0 3Propulsion ndash II 3 0 0 3Aircraft Performance 3 0 0 3Control Engineering 3 0 0 3Experimental Stress Analysis 3 0 0 3

                                          PRACTICAL

                                          Aircraft Structures Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2CADCAM Lab 0 0 3 2Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness Lab 0 0 3 2

                                          22

                                          SEMESTER V

                                          AE2302 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES ndash II L T P C3 1 0 4

                                          OBJECTIVETo study the behaviour of various aircraft structural components under different types ofloadsModule ndash I (15 hours) UNSYMMETRICAL BENDING General Principal axis and neutral axis methods- bending stresses in beams of symmetric sections with skew loads- bending stresses in beams of unsymmetrical sections

                                          SHEAR FLOW IN OPEN SECTIONS Thin walled beams Concept of shear flow shear centre Elastic axis With one axis ofsymmetry with wall effective and ineffective in bending unsymmetrical beam sections

                                          Module ndash II (14 hours)SHEAR FLOW IN CLOSED SECTIONS Bredt ndash Batho formula Single and multi ndash cell structures- Shear flow in single amp multicellstructures under torsion Shear flow in single and multicell under bending with wallseffective and ineffective

                                          V-N DIAGRAMLoads on aircraft ndashlift distribution-V-n diagram-Gust loads

                                          Module ndash III (11 hours)BUCKLING OF PLATES Rectangular sheets under compression local buckling stress of thin walled section-Crippling stresses by Needhamrsquos and Gerardrsquos methods Thin walled column strengthsheet stiffener panels-Effective width

                                          STRESS ANALYSIS IN WING AND FUSELAGEShear resistant web beams-Tension field web beams(Wagnerrsquos) ndash Shear and bendingmoment distribution for cantilever and semi-cantilever types of beams

                                          TEXT BOOKS1 Peery DJ and Azar JJ ldquoAircraft Structuresrdquo 2nd edition McGrawndashHill NY 20072 Megson TMG ldquoAircraft Structures for Engineering Studentsrdquo Edward Arnold 2007REFERENCES1 Bruhn EH ldquoAnalysis and Design of Flight vehicles Structuresrdquo Tri ndash state off setcompany USA 19852 Rivello RM ldquoTheory and Analysis of Flight Structuresrdquo McGraw-Hill 1993

                                          23

                                          Sub Code AERODYNAMICS ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                          OBJECTIVETo understand the behaviour of airflow both internal and external in compressible flowregime with particular emphasis on supersonic flowsModule ndash I (10 hours)ONE DIMENSIONAL COMPRESSIBLE FLOW Energy Momentum continuity and state equations velocity of sound adiabatic steadystate flow equations Flow through convergent- divergent passage Performance undervarious back pressures

                                          Module ndash II (16 hours)NORMAL OBLIQUE SHOCKS Prandtl equation and Rankine ndash Hugonoit relation Normal shock equations Pitot statictube corrections for subsonic and supersonic flows Oblique shocks and correspondingequations Hodograph and pressure turning angle shock polar flow past wedges andconcave corners strong weak and detached shocks

                                          EXPANSION WAVES RAYLEIGH AND FANNO FLOW Flow past convex corners Expansion hodograph Reflection and interaction of shocks and expansion waves Method of Characteristics Two dimensional supersonic nozzlecontours

                                          Module ndash III (14 hours)SUPERSONIC AND TRANSONIC FLOW Rayleigh and Fanno Flow Lift drag pitching moment and center of pressure of supersonic profiles Lower and upper critical Mach numbers Lift and drag divergence shock induced separation Characteristics of swept wings Effects of thickness camber and aspect ratio of wings Transonic area rule

                                          TEXT BOOK1 Rathakrishnan E ldquoGas Dynamicsrdquo Prentice Hall of India 2003REFERENCES1 Shapiro AH ldquoDynamics and Thermodynamics of Compressible Fluid Flowrdquo RonaldPress 19822 Zucrow MJ and Anderson JD ldquoElements of gas dynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book CoNew York 19893 Anderson Jr D ndash ldquoModern compressible flowsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co New York

                                          1999

                                          24

                                          Sub Code PROPULSION ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                          OBJECTIVETo study in detail about gas turbines ramjet fundamentals of rocket propulsion andchemical rocketsModule ndash I (10 hours) AIRCRAFT GAS TURBINES 12Impulse and reaction blading of gas turbines ndash Velocity triangles and power output ndash Elementary theory ndash Vortex theory ndash Choice of blade profile pitch and chord ndash stimationof stage performance ndash Limiting factors in gas turbine design- Overall turbine performance ndash Methods of blade cooling ndash Matching of turbine and compressor Module ndash II (15 hours)RAMJET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Sub critical critical and supercritical operation ndash Combustion in ramjet engine ndash Ramjet performance ndash Simple ramjet design calculations ndash Introduction to scramjet

                                          FUNDAMENTALS OF ROCKET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Specific impulse of a rocket ndash internal ballistics- Rocket nozzleclassification ndash Rocket performance considerations

                                          Module ndash III (15 hours)CHEMICAL ROCKETS Solid propellant rockets ndash Selection criteria of solid propellants ndash Important hardware components of solid rockets ndash Propellant grain design considerations ndash Liquid propellantrockets ndash Selection of liquid propellants Cooling in liquid rockets ndash Hybrid rockets

                                          ADVANCED PROPULSION TECHNIQUES Electric rocket propulsion ndash Ion propulsion techniques ndash Nuclear rocket ndash Types ndash Solarsail- Preliminary Concepts in nozzleless propulsion TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York 5th

                                          Edn 19932 Hill PG amp Peterson CR ldquoMechanics amp Thermodynamics of Propulsionrdquo Addison ndashWesley Longman INC 1999REFERENCES1 Cohen H Rogers GFC and Saravanamuttoo HIH ldquoGas Turbine TheoryrdquoLongman Co ELBS Ed 19892 Gorden CV ldquoAero thermodynamics of Gas Turbine and Rocket Propulsionrdquo AIAAEducation Series New York 19893 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 1988

                                          25

                                          Sub Code AIRCRAFT PERFORMANCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                          OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the performance of airplanes under various flightconditions like take off cruise landing climbing gliding turning etcModule ndash I (13 hours)GENERAL CONCEPTSInternational Standard atmosphere IAS EAS TAS Propeller theory- Froude momentum and blade element theories Propeller co-efficients Use of propeller charts Performance of fixed and variable pitch propellers High lift devices Thrust augmentation

                                          DRAG OF BODIESStreamlined and bluff body Types of drag Effect of Reynoldrsquos number on skin friction and pressure drag Drag reduction of airplanes Dragpolar Effect of Mach number on drag polar

                                          Module ndash II (11 hours)STEADY LEVEL FLIGHTSteady level flight Thrust required and Power required Thrust available and Power available for propeller driven and jet powered aircraft Effect of altitude maximum level flight speed conditions for minimum drag and minimum power required Effect of drag divergence on maximum velocity Range and Endurance of Propeller and Jet airplanes

                                          Module ndash III (16 hours)GLIDING AND CLIMBING FLIGHTShallow and steep angles of climb Rate of climb Climb hodograph Maximum Climb angle and Maximum Rate of climb- Effect of design parameters for propeller Absolute and service ceiling Gliding flight Glide hodograph

                                          ACCELERATD FLIGHT Estimation of take-off and landing distances Methods of reducing landing distance level turn minimum turn radius bank angle and load factor Constraints on load factor Pull up and pull down maneuvers maximum turn rate V-n diagram

                                          TEXT BOOKS1 HoughtonEL and Carruthers NB Aerodynamics for engineering studentsEdward Amold Publishers 19882 Anderson Jr JD Aircraft Performance and Design McGraw-Hill InternationalEdition 1999REFERENCES1 Kuethe AM and Chow CY Foundations of Aerodynamics John Wiley amp Sons19822 JJBertin Aerodynamics for Engineers Prentice-Hall 19883 LJ Clancey Aerodynamics Pitman 19864 Anderson Jr JD Introduction to Flight McGraw-Hill International Edition 1999

                                          26

                                          Sub Code CONTROL ENGINEERING L T P C3 0 0 3

                                          OBJECTIVETo understand the basic concepts of flight control systemModule ndash I (11 hours) INTRODUCTIONHistorical review - Simple pneumatic hydraulic and thermal systems Series and parallelsystems Analogies - Mechanical and electrical components Development of flight control systems OPEN AND CLOSED LOOP SYSTEMSFeedback control systems ndash Block diagram representation of control systems Reductionof block diagrams Output to input ratios Signal flow graph

                                          Module ndash II (15 hours)CHARACTERISTIC EQUATION AND FUNCTIONS Lap lace transformation Response of systems to different inputs viz Step input impulse ramp parabolic and sinusoidal inputs Time response of first and second order systems steady state errors and error constants of unity feedback circuit

                                          SAMPLED DATA SYSTEMS Introduction to digital control system Digital Controllers and Digital PID Controllers

                                          Module ndash III (14 hours)CONCEPT OF STABILITYNecessary and sufficient conditions Routh ndash Hurwitz criteria of stability Root locus andBode techniques Concept and construction frequency response

                                          TOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Ogato ldquoModern Control Engineeringrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19982 GopalM ldquoControl Systems Principles and designrdquo ndash Tata McGraw-Hill PublicationNew Delhi 2000REFERENCES1 Azzo JJD and CH Houpis ldquoFeed back control system analysis and synthesisrdquoMcGraw ndash Hill International 3rd Edition 19982 Kuo BC ldquoAutomatic control systemsrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19983 Houpis CH and Lamont GB ldquoDigital Control Systemsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co NewYork USA 19954 Naresh K Sinha ldquoControl Systemsrdquo New Age International Publishers New Delhi

                                          27

                                          Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                          OBJECTIVETo bring awareness on experimental method of finding the response of the structure todifferent types of loadModule ndash I (15 hours) MEASUREMENTS amp EXTENSOMETER Principles of measurements Accuracy Sensitivity and range of measurements Mechanical Optical Acoustical and Electrical extensometers and their uses Advantagesand disadvantages

                                          ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE STRAIN GAUGES Principle of operation and requirements Types and their uses Materials for strain gauge Calibration and temperature compensation cross sensitivity Rosette analysis Wheastone bridge for static and dynamic strain measurements strain indicators

                                          Module ndash II (14 hours)PHOTOELASTICITY Two dimensional photo elasticity Concept of light ndash photoelastic effects stress optic lawInterpretation of fringe pattern Compensation and separation techniques Photo elasticmaterials Introduction to three dimensional photo elasticity

                                          Module ndash III (11 hours)BRITTLE COATING AND MOIRE METHODSIntroduction to Moire techniques brittle coating methods and holography NON ndash DESTRUCTIVE TESTINGFundamentals of NDT Radiography ultrasonic magnetic particle inspection Fluorescent penetrant technique Eddy current testing Acoustic Emission Technique

                                          TEXT BOOKS1 Srinath LS Raghava MR Lingaiah K Garagesha G Pant B andRamachandra K ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill New Delhi 1984REFERENCES1 Dally JW and Riley WF ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo McGraw-Hill Inc NewYork 2005 IV edition2 Hetyenyi M ldquoHand book of Experimental Stress Analysisrdquo John Wiley and Sons IncNew York 19723 Pollock AA ldquoAcoustic Emission in Acoustics and Vibration Progressrdquo Ed StephensRWB Chapman and Hall 1993

                                          28

                                          Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                          OBJECTIVE

                                          To experimentally study the unsymmetrical bending of beams find the location of shear centre obtain the stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques calibration of photo ndash elastic materials and study on vibration of beams

                                          LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                          1 Unsymmetrical bending of beams2 Shear centre location for open sections3 Shear centre location for closed sections4 Constant strength beam5 Flexibility matrix for cantilever beam6 Beam with combined loading7 Calibration of Photo- elastic materials8 Stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques9 Vibrations of beams10 Wagner beam ndash Tension field beam

                                          TOTAL 45

                                          29

                                          Sub Code CAD CAM LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                                          OBJECTIVETo teach and train the students in the lab about the design and drafting of aerocomponents LIST OF EXPERIMENTSDesign and Modeling of rectangular plate with holeDesign and Modeling of spar componentsDesign and Modeling of Aerofoil structuresDesign and Modeling of cut section for wingsDesign and Modeling of Machine componentDesign and Modeling of Machine componentsDesign and Analysis of a TrussDesign and Analysis of Beam distributed loadDesign of Landing gearFacingTurning(Taper Step)

                                          TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                                          30

                                          HSSM7203 Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness LabLab 30 hoursThis course will focus on communication in professional (work-related) situations of the kind thatBPUT graduates may expect to encounter on entering the professional domainSome typical forms of work-related communication oral or written are listed below Practiceactivities for all four skills can be designed around these or similar situations1 Gaining entry into an organizationi Preparing job-applications and CVsii Facing an interviewiii Participating in group discussion (as part of the recruitmentprocess)2 In-house communicationa Superior Senior 1048782 subordinate junior (individual 1048782 individual group)i Welcoming new entrants to the organization introducing the workplace cultureetcii Briefing subordinates juniors explaining duties and responsibilities etcii Motivating subordinates juniors (lsquopep talkrsquo)iii Instructing directing subordinates juniorsiv Expressing recording appreciation praising rewarding a subordinate or juniorv Reprimanding correcting disciplining a subordinatejunior (for a lapse) askingfor an explanation etcb Subordinate Junior 1048782 Superior Seniori Responding to the aboveii Reporting problems difficulties deficienciesiii Offering suggestions

                                          31

                                          SEMESTER VI

                                          Code No Course Title L T P C

                                          THEORYHSSM3301 Principles of Management 3 0 0 3

                                          Finite Element Method 3 0 0 3Aircraft Stability and Control 3 0 0 3Wind Tunnel Techniques 3 0 0 3High Temperature Materials 3 0 0 3

                                          E1 Elective ndash I 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                          Aero Engine Laboratory 0 0 3 2Aircraft Design Project - I 0 0 3 2Aerodynamics Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2

                                          32

                                          SEMESTER VI

                                          HSSM3301 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (3-0-0)

                                          Module I Functions of Management Concept of Management Management as an Art or Science The Process of Management Managerial Skills Good Managers are Born not Made Management is concerned with Ideas Things and People How a Manager Induces Workers to Put in Their Best Levels and Types of Management Evolution of Management Thought Managerial Environment The process of Management-Planning Organizing Directing Staffing Controlling

                                          Module II Marketing Function of Management Modern Concept of Marketing The Functional Classification of Marketing Functions of a Marketing Management Marketing Mix Fundamental Needs of Customers The Role of Distribution channels in Marketing Advertising Marketing Consumerism and Environmentalism

                                          Module III Financial Function amp HRM Functions Financial Functions Concept of Financial Management Project Appraisal Tools of Financial decisions making Overview of Working Capital HRM Function of Management Human Resource Management Human Resource Development Importance of HRM Overview of Job Analysis Job Description Job Specification Labour Turnover Manpower Planning Recruitment Selection Induction Training and Development Placement Wage and Salary Administration Performance Appraisal Grievance Handling Welfare Aspects

                                          Reference Books 1 Business Organization amp Management CR Basu TMH 2 Business Organization amp Management Tulsia Pandey Pearson 3 Marketing Management Kotler Keller Koshi Jha Pearson 4 Financial Management IM Pandey Vikas 5 Human Resource Management Aswasthapa TMH 6 Modern Business Organisation amp Management by Sherlekar Himalaya Publishing House

                                          33

                                          Sub Code FINITE ELEMENT METHOD L T P C3 0 0 3

                                          OBJECTIVETo introduce the concept of numerical analysis of structural componentsModule ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION Review of basic approximate methods of analyses ndash Stiffness and Flexibility matrix forsimple cases ndash Governing equation and convergence criteria of finite element method

                                          DISCRETE ELEMENTS Bar Frame beam elements ndash Application to static dynamic analysis

                                          Module ndash II (10 hours)

                                          CONTINUUM ELEMENTS Various types of 2-D-elements Application to plane stress plane strain and axisymmetricproblems Module ndash III (16 hours)ISOPARAMETRIC ELEMENTS Applications to two and three-dimensional problems(four eight and nine nodded element) Numerical Integration

                                          FIELD PROBLEMApplications to other field problems like heat transfer and fluid flow

                                          TEXT BOOK1 TirupathiRC and Ashok DB ldquoIntroduction to Finite Elements in EngineeringrdquoPrentice Hall India Third Edition 2003REFERENCES1 Reddy JN ldquoAn Introduction to Finite Element Methodrdquo McGraw-Hill 20002 Krishnamurthy CS ldquoFinite Element Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill 20003 Bathe KJ and Wilson EL ldquoNumerical Methods in Finite Elements AnalysisrdquoPrentice Hall of India 1985

                                          34

                                          Sub Code AIRCRAFT STABILITY amp CONTROL L T P C3 1 0 4

                                          OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the concepts of stable and nonstable configurationof airplanes To introduce the concepts of control of airplanes under variousoperating conditions

                                          Module ndash I (13 hours)STATIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY AND CONTROL 15General concepts-Degrees of freedom of a rigid body Static and dynamic stability Need for stability in an airplane inherently and marginally stable airplanes Stability and Controllability Requirements of control surfaces criteria for longitudinal static stability contribution to stability by wing tail fuselage wing fuselage combination Total longitudinal stability Neutral point-Stick fixed and Stick free aspects Free elevator factor static margin Hinge moment Power effects on stability-propeller and jet aircrafts longitudinal control Movement of centre of gravity elevator control effectiveness elevator control power elevator angle to trim elevator angle per g maneuver point Stick force gradient and stick force per g Aerodynamic balancing

                                          Module ndash II (15 hours) STATIC DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND CONTROL Directional stability-yaw and sideslip Criterion of directional stability contribution to static directional stability by wing fuselage tail Power effects on directional stabilitypropeller and jet aircrafts Rudder lock and Dorsal fin Directional control rudder control effectiveness rudder requirements adverse yaw asymmetric power condition spin recovery

                                          STATIC LATERAL STABILTY AND CONTROL Lateral stability-Dihedral effect criterion for lateral stability evaluation of lateral stability-contribution of fuselage wing wing fuselage tail total static lateral stability lateral control aileron reversal aileron reversal speed

                                          Module ndash III (12 hours) DYNAMIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY Aircraft Equations of motion small disturbance theory Estimation of longitudinal stability derivatives stability derivatives solving the stability quartic Phugoid motion

                                          DYNAMIC LATERAL AND DIRECTIONAL STABILITY Dutch roll and spiral instability Auto rotation and spin

                                          TEXT BOOKS1 Perkins CD amp Hage RE Airplane performance stability and control John Wileyamp Sons 19762 Nelson RC Flight Stability amp Automatic Control McGraw Hill 1998REFERENCES1 McCormick BW Aerodynamics Aeronautics amp Flight Mechanics John Wiley19952 Babister AW Aircraft Stability and response Pergamon Press 19803 Etkin B Dynamics of Flight Stability and Control John Wiley New York 19824 Pamadi BN Performnce Stability Dynamics and Control of Airplanes AIAA Education Series 2004

                                          35

                                          Sub Code WIND TUNNEL TECHNIQUES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                          OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of measurement of forces and moments on models during the wind tunnel testing

                                          Module ndash I (10 hours)WIND TUNNELSClassification ndashnon-dimensional numbers-types of similarities - Layout of open circuit and closed circuit subsonic wind tunnels ndash design parameters-energy ratio - HP calculationsCalibration

                                          Module ndash II (15 hours) HIGH SPEED WIND TUNNELSBlow down in draft and induction tunnel layouts and their design features Transonic supersonic and hypersonic tunnels their peculiarities and calibration Helium and gun tunnels Shock tubes

                                          FLOW VISUALIZATIONSmoke and Tuft grid techniques ndash Dye injection special techniques ndash Optical methods offlow visualization

                                          Module ndash II (15 hours)WIND TUNNEL MEASUREMENTSPressurevelocity and temperature measurements ndash Force measurements ndash types of balances-Three component and six component balances ndash calibration of measuring instruments

                                          NON-INTRUSIVE FLOW DIAGNOSTICSLaser ndash Doppler anemometry Particle image velocimetry Laser induced fluorescence TEXT BOOK1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow Speed Wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley Publication1984REFERENCE1 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh Speed wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley 1985

                                          36

                                          Sub Code HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                          OBJECTIVETo learn damage mechanism and failure of components of elavated temperatures

                                          Module ndash I (15 hours)CREEPFactors influencing functional life of components at elevated temperatures definition of creep curve various stages of creep metallurgical factors influencing various stages effect of stress temperatures and strain rate

                                          Design of transient creep time hardening strain hardening expressions of rupture life ofcreep ductile and brittle materials Monkman-Grant relationship

                                          Module ndash II (13 hours)FRACTURE AND OXIDATIONVarious types of fracture brittle to ductile from low temperature to high temperature cleavage fracture due to micro void coalescence ndash diffusion controlled void growth fracture maps for different alloys and oxidesOxidation Pilling Bedworth ratio kinetic laws of oxidation ndash defect structure and control of Oxidation by alloy additions

                                          Module ndash III (12 hours)HOT CORROSION SUPER ALLOYS AND OTHER MATERIALHot gas corrosion deposit modified hot gas corrosion fluxing mechanisms effect of alloying elements on hot corrosion interaction of hot corrosion and creep methods of combat hot corrosion

                                          Iron base Nickel base abd Cobalt base super alloys composition control solid solution strengthening precipitation hardening by gamma prime grain boundary strengthening TCP phase embrittlement solidfication of single crystals Intermetallics high temperature ceramics

                                          TEXT BOOKS1 Raj R ldquoFlow and Fracture at Elevated TemperaturesrdquoAmerican Society for MetalsUSA 19852 Hertzberg RW ldquoDeformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering materialsrdquo 4th

                                          Edition John Wiley USA 19963 Courtney T H ldquoMechanical Behaviour of MaterialsrdquoMcGraw-Hill USA 1990REFERENCES1 Boyle JT Spencer J ldquoStress Analysis for Creeprdquo Butterworths UK 19832 BressersJ ldquoCreep and Fatigue in High Temperature Alloysrdquo Applied Science 19813 McLean D ldquoDirectionally Solidified Materials for High Temperature ServicerdquoThe Metals Society USA 1985

                                          37

                                          AE2355 AERO ENGINE LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                                          OBJECTIVETo introduce the knowledge of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines1 Study of free convective heat transfer over a flat plate2 Engine (Piston Engine) - cleaning visual inspection NDT checks3 Piston Engine Components - dimensional checks4 Velocity profiles of free jets5 Velocity profiles of wall jets6 Combustion Studies in a model jet engine combustor7 Jet Engine ndash identification of components amp defects8 Jet Engine ndash NDT checks and dimensional checks9 Study of hybrid rocket propulsion system10 Engine starting procedures11 Study of ramjet12 Burn rate measurements of solid propellants

                                          TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                          38

                                          Sub code AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash I L T P C0 0 3 2

                                          OBJECTIVETo introduce and develop the basic concept of aircraft designEach student is assigned the design of an Airplane (or Helicopter or any other flightvehicle) for given preliminary specifications The following are the assignments to becarried outEXPERIMENTS1 Comparative configuration study of different types of airplanes2 Comparative study on specification and performance details of aircraft3 Preparation of comparative data sheets4 Work sheet layout procedures5 Comparative graphs preparation and selection of main parameters for the design6 Preliminary weight estimations selection of main parameters7 Power plant selection Aerofoil selection Wing tail and control surfaces8 Preparation of layouts of balance diagram and three view drawings9 Drag estimation10 Detailed performance calculations and stability estimates

                                          TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                          AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY- II

                                          1 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of symmetric aerofoil section2 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of cambered aerofoil section3 Pressure distribution over a Nose cone model4 Determination of Base drag of a missile model5 Determination of profile drag of bodies by wake survey method6 Study of flow field over a backward facing step7 Pressure distribution over a water tank model for various wind speeds8 Velocity profiles for different simulated terrains9 Calibration of Supersonic Wind Tunnel10 Flow visualization studies in supersonic flows

                                          TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                          39

                                          40

                                          SEMESTER VII

                                          Code No Course Title L T P C

                                          THEORY

                                          PCME4404 Production and Operation Management 3 0 0 3Avionics 3 0 0 3Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 0 3Vibrations And Elements of Aeroelasticity 3 0 0 3

                                          E2 Elective ndash II 3 0 0 3E3 Elective ndash III 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                          Aircraft Design Project ndash II 0 0 3 2Aircraft Systems Lab 0 0 3 2Project Work and Seminar 0 0 3 3

                                          41

                                          SEMESTER VII

                                          PCME4404 Production and Operation Management L T P C

                                          Objective The course aims at acquainting all engineering graduates irrespective of theirspecializations the basic issues and tools of managing production and operations functionsof an organizationModule I1 Operations Function in an Organization Manufacturing Vrs Service Operations Systemview of Operations Strategic Role of Operations Operations Strategies for CompetitiveAdvantage Operations Quality and Productivity Focus Meeting Global Challenges ofProduction and Operations Imperatives (3 Hours)2 Designing Products Services and Processes New Product Design- Product Life CycleProduct Development Process Process Technology Project Jobshop Batch AssemblyLine Continuous Manufacturing Process Technology Life Cycle Process TechnologyTrends FMS CIM CAD CAM Design for Services Services Process Technology(4 Hours)3 Work Study Methods Study- Techniques of Analysis recording improvement andstandardization Work Measurement Work Measurement Principles using Stopwatch TimeStudy Predetermined Motion Time Standards and Work Sampling Standard TimeEstimation (4 Hours)Module II4 Location and Layout Planning Factor Influencing Plant and Warehouse LocationsImpact of Location on cost and revenues Facility Location Procedure and Models Qualitative Models Breakeven Analysis location Model centroid methodLayout Planning Layout Types Process Layout Product Layout Fixed Position LayoutPlanning block diagramming line balancing computerized layout planning- overviewGroup Technology (4 Hours)5 Forecasting Principles and Method Moving Average weighted Moving AverageExponential Smoothing Winterrsquos Method for Seasonal Demand Forecasting Error(4 Hours)6 Manufacturing Planning and Control The Framework and Components AggregatePlanning Master Production Scheduling Rough-cut-Capacity Planning MaterialRequirements Planning Capacity Requirements Planning (5 Hours)Module III7 Sequencing and Scheduling Single Machine Sequencing Basics and PerformanceEvaluation Criteria Methods for Minimizing Mean Flow Time Parallel Machines Minimization of Makespan Flowshop sequencing 2 and 3 machines cases JohnsonrsquosRule and Jobshop Scheduling Priority dispatching Rules (3 Hours)8 Inventory Control Relevant Costs Basic EOQ Model Model with Quantity discountEconomic Batch Quantity Periodic and Continuous Review Systems Safety Stock ReorderPoint and Order Quantity Calculations ABC Analysis (4 Hours)9 Modern Trends in Manufacturing Just in Time (JIT) System Shop Floor Control ByKanbans Total Quality Management Total Productive Maintenance ISO 9000 QualityCircle Kaizen Poka Yoke Supply Chain Management (4 Hours)Reference Book1 SNChary ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 R Paneerselvam ldquoProduction and Operations Management Prentice Hall of India3 Aswathappa amp Bhatt ndash Production amp Operations Management HPH4 Gaither amp Frazier - Operations Management Cengage Publication5 Russell amp Taylor - Operations Management PHI Publication6 Chase Aquilanno Jacob amp Agarwal - Operations Management TMH Publication7 EE Adam and RJ Ebert ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India

                                          42

                                          Sub Code AVIONICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                          OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of navigation amp communication systems of aircraft

                                          Module ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems ndash Integrated Avionicssystem ndash Typical avionics sub systems ndash Design approaches and recent advances -Application Technologies

                                          PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS Digital Computers ndash Digital number system- number systems and codes-Fundamentals of logic and combinational logic circuits ndashDigital arithmetic ndash interfacing with analoguesystems

                                          Module ndash II (11 hours)Basic of Microprocessors and application Microprocessors ndash Memories- Microprocessors real time application related to aircraft

                                          DIGITAL AVIONICS ARCHITECTURE Avionics system architecturendash salient features and applications of Data buses MILndashSTD1553 BndashARINC 429ndashARINC 629

                                          Module ndash III (15 hours)

                                          FLIGHT DECK AND COCKPITSControl and display technologies CRT LCD - Touch screen - Direct voice input (DVI) - Civil cockpit and military cockpit MFDS HUD MFK HOTAS AVIONICS SYSTEMS Communication Systems - Navigation systems - Flight control systems - Radar electronic warfare - Utility systems Reliability and maintainability - Certification TEXT BOOKS1 Malcrno AP and Leach DP ldquoDigital Principles and Applicationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill19902 Gaonkar RS ldquoMicroprocessors Architecture ndash Programming and Applicationrdquo Wileyand Sons Ltd New Delhi 1990REFERENCES1 Middleton DH Ed ldquoAvionics Systems Longman Scientific and Technicalrdquo LongmanGroup UK Ltd England 19892 Spitzer CR ldquoDigital Avionic Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ USA19873 Brain Kendal ldquoManual of Avionicsrdquo The English Book House 3rd Edition New Delhi19934 Nagaraja ldquoNavigation systemrdquo5 J Powell ldquoAircraft Radio Systemrdquo

                                          43

                                          Sub Code COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                          OBJECTIVETo study the flow of dynamic fluids by computational methods

                                          Module-I (10 hours) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows Mathematical properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations - Well posed problems - discretization of partial Differential Equations Explicit finite difference methods of subsonic supersonic and viscous flows

                                          Module-II (15 hours)

                                          DISCRETIZATION Boundary layer Equations and methods of solution -Implicit time dependent methods forinviscid and viscous compressible flows - Concept of numerical dissipation --Stabilityproperties of explicit and implicit methods - Conservative upwind discretization forHyperbolic systems - Further advantages of upwind differencing GRID GENERATION Structured grids Types and transformations Generation of structured grids Unstructured grids Delany triangulation

                                          Module-III (15 hours)

                                          FINITE VOLUME TECHNIQUESFinite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping -Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy - Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques ndash Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives Flux ndash splitting schemes Pressure correction solvers ndash SIMPLE PESO Vorticity transport formulation Implicitsemi-implicit schemes

                                          TEXT BOOK1 Fletcher CAJ ldquoComputational Techniques for Fluid Dynamicsrdquo Vols I and IISpringer - Verlag Berlin 1988REFERENCES1 John F Wendt (Editor) ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics - An Introductionrdquo Springer ndashVerlag Berlin 19922 Charles Hirsch ldquoNumerical Computation of Internal and External Flowsrdquo Vols I and IIJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 19883 Klaus A Hoffmann and Steve T Chiang ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics forEngineersrdquo Vols I amp II Engineering Education System PO Box 20078 W WichitaKS 67208 - 1078 USA 19934 Anderson JrD ldquoFundamentals of Aerodynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill 2000

                                          44

                                          AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                          OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

                                          Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

                                          SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

                                          Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

                                          Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

                                          ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

                                          45

                                          AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                          OBJECTIVE

                                          To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

                                          Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

                                          LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                          1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

                                          TOTAL 60

                                          AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

                                          OBJECTIVE

                                          To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

                                          LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                          1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

                                          TOTAL 60

                                          46

                                          SEMESTER VIII

                                          Code No Course Title L T P C

                                          THEORY

                                          Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                          Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

                                          47

                                          Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

                                          OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

                                          Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

                                          METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

                                          Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

                                          Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

                                          FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

                                          REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

                                          48

                                          Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

                                          OBJECTIVE

                                          The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

                                          PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

                                          OBJECTIVE

                                          The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

                                          The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

                                          Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

                                          OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

                                          LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                          1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

                                          composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

                                          fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

                                          49

                                          1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

                                          SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

                                          Code No Course Title L T P C

                                          Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

                                          Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

                                          SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

                                          Code No Course Title L T P C

                                          Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

                                          ELECTIVESndash III

                                          Code No Course Title L T P C

                                          Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

                                          SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

                                          Code No Course Title L T P C

                                          Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

                                          ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

                                          Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

                                          50

                                          Elective Subjects

                                          Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                          OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

                                          BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

                                          Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

                                          Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

                                          TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

                                          TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

                                          51

                                          Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                                          OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                                          Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                                          UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                                          52

                                          AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                                          OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                                          Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                                          Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                                          MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                                          Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                                          AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                                          TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                                          53

                                          Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                                          3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                                          Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                                          Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                                          RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                                          Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                                          HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                                          54

                                          Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                          OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                                          Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                                          IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                                          Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                                          Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                                          55

                                          Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                          OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                                          Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                                          STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                                          Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                                          Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                                          56

                                          Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                                          Module-I (15hours)

                                          FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                                          COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                                          Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                                          Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                                          COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                                          57

                                          Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                          OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                                          Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                                          BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                                          Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                                          BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                                          Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                                          58

                                          Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                                          OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                                          Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                                          Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                                          Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                                          Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                                          TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                                          59

                                          Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                          OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                          Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                          PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                          Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                          PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                          Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                          Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                          60

                                          Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                          Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                          EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                          Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                          Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                          SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                          61

                                          AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                          OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                          Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                          Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                          AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                          Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                          TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                          62

                                          Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                          OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                          Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                          VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                          INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                          63

                                          Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                          OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                          Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                          MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                          Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                          PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                          Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                          64

                                          Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                          OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                          65

                                          Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                          Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                          CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                          Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                          CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                          Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                          66

                                          • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                          • Course Title
                                            • THEORY
                                            • SEMESTER III
                                            • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                            • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                            • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                            • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                              • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                              • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                  • Course Title
                                                    • THEORY
                                                    • PRACTICAL
                                                    • SEMESTER V
                                                      • Course Title
                                                        • THEORY
                                                        • PRACTICAL
                                                        • SEMESTER VI
                                                          • Course Title
                                                            • THEORY
                                                            • PRACTICAL
                                                            • SEMESTER VI
                                                              • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                • SEMESTER VII
                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                    • THEORY
                                                                    • PRACTICAL
                                                                    • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                      • TOTAL 60
                                                                      • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                      • TOTAL 60
                                                                        • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                            • THEORY
                                                                            • PRACTICAL
                                                                            • Co New York 1989
                                                                            • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                            • OBJECTIVE
                                                                            • PROJECT WORK
                                                                              • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                    • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                        • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                            SEMESTER V

                                            Code No Course Title L T P C

                                            THEORY

                                            Aircraft Structures ndash II 3 0 0 3Aerodynamics ndash II 3 0 0 3Propulsion ndash II 3 0 0 3Aircraft Performance 3 0 0 3Control Engineering 3 0 0 3Experimental Stress Analysis 3 0 0 3

                                            PRACTICAL

                                            Aircraft Structures Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2CADCAM Lab 0 0 3 2Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness Lab 0 0 3 2

                                            22

                                            SEMESTER V

                                            AE2302 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES ndash II L T P C3 1 0 4

                                            OBJECTIVETo study the behaviour of various aircraft structural components under different types ofloadsModule ndash I (15 hours) UNSYMMETRICAL BENDING General Principal axis and neutral axis methods- bending stresses in beams of symmetric sections with skew loads- bending stresses in beams of unsymmetrical sections

                                            SHEAR FLOW IN OPEN SECTIONS Thin walled beams Concept of shear flow shear centre Elastic axis With one axis ofsymmetry with wall effective and ineffective in bending unsymmetrical beam sections

                                            Module ndash II (14 hours)SHEAR FLOW IN CLOSED SECTIONS Bredt ndash Batho formula Single and multi ndash cell structures- Shear flow in single amp multicellstructures under torsion Shear flow in single and multicell under bending with wallseffective and ineffective

                                            V-N DIAGRAMLoads on aircraft ndashlift distribution-V-n diagram-Gust loads

                                            Module ndash III (11 hours)BUCKLING OF PLATES Rectangular sheets under compression local buckling stress of thin walled section-Crippling stresses by Needhamrsquos and Gerardrsquos methods Thin walled column strengthsheet stiffener panels-Effective width

                                            STRESS ANALYSIS IN WING AND FUSELAGEShear resistant web beams-Tension field web beams(Wagnerrsquos) ndash Shear and bendingmoment distribution for cantilever and semi-cantilever types of beams

                                            TEXT BOOKS1 Peery DJ and Azar JJ ldquoAircraft Structuresrdquo 2nd edition McGrawndashHill NY 20072 Megson TMG ldquoAircraft Structures for Engineering Studentsrdquo Edward Arnold 2007REFERENCES1 Bruhn EH ldquoAnalysis and Design of Flight vehicles Structuresrdquo Tri ndash state off setcompany USA 19852 Rivello RM ldquoTheory and Analysis of Flight Structuresrdquo McGraw-Hill 1993

                                            23

                                            Sub Code AERODYNAMICS ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                            OBJECTIVETo understand the behaviour of airflow both internal and external in compressible flowregime with particular emphasis on supersonic flowsModule ndash I (10 hours)ONE DIMENSIONAL COMPRESSIBLE FLOW Energy Momentum continuity and state equations velocity of sound adiabatic steadystate flow equations Flow through convergent- divergent passage Performance undervarious back pressures

                                            Module ndash II (16 hours)NORMAL OBLIQUE SHOCKS Prandtl equation and Rankine ndash Hugonoit relation Normal shock equations Pitot statictube corrections for subsonic and supersonic flows Oblique shocks and correspondingequations Hodograph and pressure turning angle shock polar flow past wedges andconcave corners strong weak and detached shocks

                                            EXPANSION WAVES RAYLEIGH AND FANNO FLOW Flow past convex corners Expansion hodograph Reflection and interaction of shocks and expansion waves Method of Characteristics Two dimensional supersonic nozzlecontours

                                            Module ndash III (14 hours)SUPERSONIC AND TRANSONIC FLOW Rayleigh and Fanno Flow Lift drag pitching moment and center of pressure of supersonic profiles Lower and upper critical Mach numbers Lift and drag divergence shock induced separation Characteristics of swept wings Effects of thickness camber and aspect ratio of wings Transonic area rule

                                            TEXT BOOK1 Rathakrishnan E ldquoGas Dynamicsrdquo Prentice Hall of India 2003REFERENCES1 Shapiro AH ldquoDynamics and Thermodynamics of Compressible Fluid Flowrdquo RonaldPress 19822 Zucrow MJ and Anderson JD ldquoElements of gas dynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book CoNew York 19893 Anderson Jr D ndash ldquoModern compressible flowsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co New York

                                            1999

                                            24

                                            Sub Code PROPULSION ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                            OBJECTIVETo study in detail about gas turbines ramjet fundamentals of rocket propulsion andchemical rocketsModule ndash I (10 hours) AIRCRAFT GAS TURBINES 12Impulse and reaction blading of gas turbines ndash Velocity triangles and power output ndash Elementary theory ndash Vortex theory ndash Choice of blade profile pitch and chord ndash stimationof stage performance ndash Limiting factors in gas turbine design- Overall turbine performance ndash Methods of blade cooling ndash Matching of turbine and compressor Module ndash II (15 hours)RAMJET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Sub critical critical and supercritical operation ndash Combustion in ramjet engine ndash Ramjet performance ndash Simple ramjet design calculations ndash Introduction to scramjet

                                            FUNDAMENTALS OF ROCKET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Specific impulse of a rocket ndash internal ballistics- Rocket nozzleclassification ndash Rocket performance considerations

                                            Module ndash III (15 hours)CHEMICAL ROCKETS Solid propellant rockets ndash Selection criteria of solid propellants ndash Important hardware components of solid rockets ndash Propellant grain design considerations ndash Liquid propellantrockets ndash Selection of liquid propellants Cooling in liquid rockets ndash Hybrid rockets

                                            ADVANCED PROPULSION TECHNIQUES Electric rocket propulsion ndash Ion propulsion techniques ndash Nuclear rocket ndash Types ndash Solarsail- Preliminary Concepts in nozzleless propulsion TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York 5th

                                            Edn 19932 Hill PG amp Peterson CR ldquoMechanics amp Thermodynamics of Propulsionrdquo Addison ndashWesley Longman INC 1999REFERENCES1 Cohen H Rogers GFC and Saravanamuttoo HIH ldquoGas Turbine TheoryrdquoLongman Co ELBS Ed 19892 Gorden CV ldquoAero thermodynamics of Gas Turbine and Rocket Propulsionrdquo AIAAEducation Series New York 19893 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 1988

                                            25

                                            Sub Code AIRCRAFT PERFORMANCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                            OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the performance of airplanes under various flightconditions like take off cruise landing climbing gliding turning etcModule ndash I (13 hours)GENERAL CONCEPTSInternational Standard atmosphere IAS EAS TAS Propeller theory- Froude momentum and blade element theories Propeller co-efficients Use of propeller charts Performance of fixed and variable pitch propellers High lift devices Thrust augmentation

                                            DRAG OF BODIESStreamlined and bluff body Types of drag Effect of Reynoldrsquos number on skin friction and pressure drag Drag reduction of airplanes Dragpolar Effect of Mach number on drag polar

                                            Module ndash II (11 hours)STEADY LEVEL FLIGHTSteady level flight Thrust required and Power required Thrust available and Power available for propeller driven and jet powered aircraft Effect of altitude maximum level flight speed conditions for minimum drag and minimum power required Effect of drag divergence on maximum velocity Range and Endurance of Propeller and Jet airplanes

                                            Module ndash III (16 hours)GLIDING AND CLIMBING FLIGHTShallow and steep angles of climb Rate of climb Climb hodograph Maximum Climb angle and Maximum Rate of climb- Effect of design parameters for propeller Absolute and service ceiling Gliding flight Glide hodograph

                                            ACCELERATD FLIGHT Estimation of take-off and landing distances Methods of reducing landing distance level turn minimum turn radius bank angle and load factor Constraints on load factor Pull up and pull down maneuvers maximum turn rate V-n diagram

                                            TEXT BOOKS1 HoughtonEL and Carruthers NB Aerodynamics for engineering studentsEdward Amold Publishers 19882 Anderson Jr JD Aircraft Performance and Design McGraw-Hill InternationalEdition 1999REFERENCES1 Kuethe AM and Chow CY Foundations of Aerodynamics John Wiley amp Sons19822 JJBertin Aerodynamics for Engineers Prentice-Hall 19883 LJ Clancey Aerodynamics Pitman 19864 Anderson Jr JD Introduction to Flight McGraw-Hill International Edition 1999

                                            26

                                            Sub Code CONTROL ENGINEERING L T P C3 0 0 3

                                            OBJECTIVETo understand the basic concepts of flight control systemModule ndash I (11 hours) INTRODUCTIONHistorical review - Simple pneumatic hydraulic and thermal systems Series and parallelsystems Analogies - Mechanical and electrical components Development of flight control systems OPEN AND CLOSED LOOP SYSTEMSFeedback control systems ndash Block diagram representation of control systems Reductionof block diagrams Output to input ratios Signal flow graph

                                            Module ndash II (15 hours)CHARACTERISTIC EQUATION AND FUNCTIONS Lap lace transformation Response of systems to different inputs viz Step input impulse ramp parabolic and sinusoidal inputs Time response of first and second order systems steady state errors and error constants of unity feedback circuit

                                            SAMPLED DATA SYSTEMS Introduction to digital control system Digital Controllers and Digital PID Controllers

                                            Module ndash III (14 hours)CONCEPT OF STABILITYNecessary and sufficient conditions Routh ndash Hurwitz criteria of stability Root locus andBode techniques Concept and construction frequency response

                                            TOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Ogato ldquoModern Control Engineeringrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19982 GopalM ldquoControl Systems Principles and designrdquo ndash Tata McGraw-Hill PublicationNew Delhi 2000REFERENCES1 Azzo JJD and CH Houpis ldquoFeed back control system analysis and synthesisrdquoMcGraw ndash Hill International 3rd Edition 19982 Kuo BC ldquoAutomatic control systemsrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19983 Houpis CH and Lamont GB ldquoDigital Control Systemsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co NewYork USA 19954 Naresh K Sinha ldquoControl Systemsrdquo New Age International Publishers New Delhi

                                            27

                                            Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                            OBJECTIVETo bring awareness on experimental method of finding the response of the structure todifferent types of loadModule ndash I (15 hours) MEASUREMENTS amp EXTENSOMETER Principles of measurements Accuracy Sensitivity and range of measurements Mechanical Optical Acoustical and Electrical extensometers and their uses Advantagesand disadvantages

                                            ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE STRAIN GAUGES Principle of operation and requirements Types and their uses Materials for strain gauge Calibration and temperature compensation cross sensitivity Rosette analysis Wheastone bridge for static and dynamic strain measurements strain indicators

                                            Module ndash II (14 hours)PHOTOELASTICITY Two dimensional photo elasticity Concept of light ndash photoelastic effects stress optic lawInterpretation of fringe pattern Compensation and separation techniques Photo elasticmaterials Introduction to three dimensional photo elasticity

                                            Module ndash III (11 hours)BRITTLE COATING AND MOIRE METHODSIntroduction to Moire techniques brittle coating methods and holography NON ndash DESTRUCTIVE TESTINGFundamentals of NDT Radiography ultrasonic magnetic particle inspection Fluorescent penetrant technique Eddy current testing Acoustic Emission Technique

                                            TEXT BOOKS1 Srinath LS Raghava MR Lingaiah K Garagesha G Pant B andRamachandra K ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill New Delhi 1984REFERENCES1 Dally JW and Riley WF ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo McGraw-Hill Inc NewYork 2005 IV edition2 Hetyenyi M ldquoHand book of Experimental Stress Analysisrdquo John Wiley and Sons IncNew York 19723 Pollock AA ldquoAcoustic Emission in Acoustics and Vibration Progressrdquo Ed StephensRWB Chapman and Hall 1993

                                            28

                                            Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                            OBJECTIVE

                                            To experimentally study the unsymmetrical bending of beams find the location of shear centre obtain the stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques calibration of photo ndash elastic materials and study on vibration of beams

                                            LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                            1 Unsymmetrical bending of beams2 Shear centre location for open sections3 Shear centre location for closed sections4 Constant strength beam5 Flexibility matrix for cantilever beam6 Beam with combined loading7 Calibration of Photo- elastic materials8 Stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques9 Vibrations of beams10 Wagner beam ndash Tension field beam

                                            TOTAL 45

                                            29

                                            Sub Code CAD CAM LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                                            OBJECTIVETo teach and train the students in the lab about the design and drafting of aerocomponents LIST OF EXPERIMENTSDesign and Modeling of rectangular plate with holeDesign and Modeling of spar componentsDesign and Modeling of Aerofoil structuresDesign and Modeling of cut section for wingsDesign and Modeling of Machine componentDesign and Modeling of Machine componentsDesign and Analysis of a TrussDesign and Analysis of Beam distributed loadDesign of Landing gearFacingTurning(Taper Step)

                                            TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                                            30

                                            HSSM7203 Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness LabLab 30 hoursThis course will focus on communication in professional (work-related) situations of the kind thatBPUT graduates may expect to encounter on entering the professional domainSome typical forms of work-related communication oral or written are listed below Practiceactivities for all four skills can be designed around these or similar situations1 Gaining entry into an organizationi Preparing job-applications and CVsii Facing an interviewiii Participating in group discussion (as part of the recruitmentprocess)2 In-house communicationa Superior Senior 1048782 subordinate junior (individual 1048782 individual group)i Welcoming new entrants to the organization introducing the workplace cultureetcii Briefing subordinates juniors explaining duties and responsibilities etcii Motivating subordinates juniors (lsquopep talkrsquo)iii Instructing directing subordinates juniorsiv Expressing recording appreciation praising rewarding a subordinate or juniorv Reprimanding correcting disciplining a subordinatejunior (for a lapse) askingfor an explanation etcb Subordinate Junior 1048782 Superior Seniori Responding to the aboveii Reporting problems difficulties deficienciesiii Offering suggestions

                                            31

                                            SEMESTER VI

                                            Code No Course Title L T P C

                                            THEORYHSSM3301 Principles of Management 3 0 0 3

                                            Finite Element Method 3 0 0 3Aircraft Stability and Control 3 0 0 3Wind Tunnel Techniques 3 0 0 3High Temperature Materials 3 0 0 3

                                            E1 Elective ndash I 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                            Aero Engine Laboratory 0 0 3 2Aircraft Design Project - I 0 0 3 2Aerodynamics Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2

                                            32

                                            SEMESTER VI

                                            HSSM3301 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (3-0-0)

                                            Module I Functions of Management Concept of Management Management as an Art or Science The Process of Management Managerial Skills Good Managers are Born not Made Management is concerned with Ideas Things and People How a Manager Induces Workers to Put in Their Best Levels and Types of Management Evolution of Management Thought Managerial Environment The process of Management-Planning Organizing Directing Staffing Controlling

                                            Module II Marketing Function of Management Modern Concept of Marketing The Functional Classification of Marketing Functions of a Marketing Management Marketing Mix Fundamental Needs of Customers The Role of Distribution channels in Marketing Advertising Marketing Consumerism and Environmentalism

                                            Module III Financial Function amp HRM Functions Financial Functions Concept of Financial Management Project Appraisal Tools of Financial decisions making Overview of Working Capital HRM Function of Management Human Resource Management Human Resource Development Importance of HRM Overview of Job Analysis Job Description Job Specification Labour Turnover Manpower Planning Recruitment Selection Induction Training and Development Placement Wage and Salary Administration Performance Appraisal Grievance Handling Welfare Aspects

                                            Reference Books 1 Business Organization amp Management CR Basu TMH 2 Business Organization amp Management Tulsia Pandey Pearson 3 Marketing Management Kotler Keller Koshi Jha Pearson 4 Financial Management IM Pandey Vikas 5 Human Resource Management Aswasthapa TMH 6 Modern Business Organisation amp Management by Sherlekar Himalaya Publishing House

                                            33

                                            Sub Code FINITE ELEMENT METHOD L T P C3 0 0 3

                                            OBJECTIVETo introduce the concept of numerical analysis of structural componentsModule ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION Review of basic approximate methods of analyses ndash Stiffness and Flexibility matrix forsimple cases ndash Governing equation and convergence criteria of finite element method

                                            DISCRETE ELEMENTS Bar Frame beam elements ndash Application to static dynamic analysis

                                            Module ndash II (10 hours)

                                            CONTINUUM ELEMENTS Various types of 2-D-elements Application to plane stress plane strain and axisymmetricproblems Module ndash III (16 hours)ISOPARAMETRIC ELEMENTS Applications to two and three-dimensional problems(four eight and nine nodded element) Numerical Integration

                                            FIELD PROBLEMApplications to other field problems like heat transfer and fluid flow

                                            TEXT BOOK1 TirupathiRC and Ashok DB ldquoIntroduction to Finite Elements in EngineeringrdquoPrentice Hall India Third Edition 2003REFERENCES1 Reddy JN ldquoAn Introduction to Finite Element Methodrdquo McGraw-Hill 20002 Krishnamurthy CS ldquoFinite Element Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill 20003 Bathe KJ and Wilson EL ldquoNumerical Methods in Finite Elements AnalysisrdquoPrentice Hall of India 1985

                                            34

                                            Sub Code AIRCRAFT STABILITY amp CONTROL L T P C3 1 0 4

                                            OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the concepts of stable and nonstable configurationof airplanes To introduce the concepts of control of airplanes under variousoperating conditions

                                            Module ndash I (13 hours)STATIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY AND CONTROL 15General concepts-Degrees of freedom of a rigid body Static and dynamic stability Need for stability in an airplane inherently and marginally stable airplanes Stability and Controllability Requirements of control surfaces criteria for longitudinal static stability contribution to stability by wing tail fuselage wing fuselage combination Total longitudinal stability Neutral point-Stick fixed and Stick free aspects Free elevator factor static margin Hinge moment Power effects on stability-propeller and jet aircrafts longitudinal control Movement of centre of gravity elevator control effectiveness elevator control power elevator angle to trim elevator angle per g maneuver point Stick force gradient and stick force per g Aerodynamic balancing

                                            Module ndash II (15 hours) STATIC DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND CONTROL Directional stability-yaw and sideslip Criterion of directional stability contribution to static directional stability by wing fuselage tail Power effects on directional stabilitypropeller and jet aircrafts Rudder lock and Dorsal fin Directional control rudder control effectiveness rudder requirements adverse yaw asymmetric power condition spin recovery

                                            STATIC LATERAL STABILTY AND CONTROL Lateral stability-Dihedral effect criterion for lateral stability evaluation of lateral stability-contribution of fuselage wing wing fuselage tail total static lateral stability lateral control aileron reversal aileron reversal speed

                                            Module ndash III (12 hours) DYNAMIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY Aircraft Equations of motion small disturbance theory Estimation of longitudinal stability derivatives stability derivatives solving the stability quartic Phugoid motion

                                            DYNAMIC LATERAL AND DIRECTIONAL STABILITY Dutch roll and spiral instability Auto rotation and spin

                                            TEXT BOOKS1 Perkins CD amp Hage RE Airplane performance stability and control John Wileyamp Sons 19762 Nelson RC Flight Stability amp Automatic Control McGraw Hill 1998REFERENCES1 McCormick BW Aerodynamics Aeronautics amp Flight Mechanics John Wiley19952 Babister AW Aircraft Stability and response Pergamon Press 19803 Etkin B Dynamics of Flight Stability and Control John Wiley New York 19824 Pamadi BN Performnce Stability Dynamics and Control of Airplanes AIAA Education Series 2004

                                            35

                                            Sub Code WIND TUNNEL TECHNIQUES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                            OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of measurement of forces and moments on models during the wind tunnel testing

                                            Module ndash I (10 hours)WIND TUNNELSClassification ndashnon-dimensional numbers-types of similarities - Layout of open circuit and closed circuit subsonic wind tunnels ndash design parameters-energy ratio - HP calculationsCalibration

                                            Module ndash II (15 hours) HIGH SPEED WIND TUNNELSBlow down in draft and induction tunnel layouts and their design features Transonic supersonic and hypersonic tunnels their peculiarities and calibration Helium and gun tunnels Shock tubes

                                            FLOW VISUALIZATIONSmoke and Tuft grid techniques ndash Dye injection special techniques ndash Optical methods offlow visualization

                                            Module ndash II (15 hours)WIND TUNNEL MEASUREMENTSPressurevelocity and temperature measurements ndash Force measurements ndash types of balances-Three component and six component balances ndash calibration of measuring instruments

                                            NON-INTRUSIVE FLOW DIAGNOSTICSLaser ndash Doppler anemometry Particle image velocimetry Laser induced fluorescence TEXT BOOK1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow Speed Wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley Publication1984REFERENCE1 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh Speed wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley 1985

                                            36

                                            Sub Code HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                            OBJECTIVETo learn damage mechanism and failure of components of elavated temperatures

                                            Module ndash I (15 hours)CREEPFactors influencing functional life of components at elevated temperatures definition of creep curve various stages of creep metallurgical factors influencing various stages effect of stress temperatures and strain rate

                                            Design of transient creep time hardening strain hardening expressions of rupture life ofcreep ductile and brittle materials Monkman-Grant relationship

                                            Module ndash II (13 hours)FRACTURE AND OXIDATIONVarious types of fracture brittle to ductile from low temperature to high temperature cleavage fracture due to micro void coalescence ndash diffusion controlled void growth fracture maps for different alloys and oxidesOxidation Pilling Bedworth ratio kinetic laws of oxidation ndash defect structure and control of Oxidation by alloy additions

                                            Module ndash III (12 hours)HOT CORROSION SUPER ALLOYS AND OTHER MATERIALHot gas corrosion deposit modified hot gas corrosion fluxing mechanisms effect of alloying elements on hot corrosion interaction of hot corrosion and creep methods of combat hot corrosion

                                            Iron base Nickel base abd Cobalt base super alloys composition control solid solution strengthening precipitation hardening by gamma prime grain boundary strengthening TCP phase embrittlement solidfication of single crystals Intermetallics high temperature ceramics

                                            TEXT BOOKS1 Raj R ldquoFlow and Fracture at Elevated TemperaturesrdquoAmerican Society for MetalsUSA 19852 Hertzberg RW ldquoDeformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering materialsrdquo 4th

                                            Edition John Wiley USA 19963 Courtney T H ldquoMechanical Behaviour of MaterialsrdquoMcGraw-Hill USA 1990REFERENCES1 Boyle JT Spencer J ldquoStress Analysis for Creeprdquo Butterworths UK 19832 BressersJ ldquoCreep and Fatigue in High Temperature Alloysrdquo Applied Science 19813 McLean D ldquoDirectionally Solidified Materials for High Temperature ServicerdquoThe Metals Society USA 1985

                                            37

                                            AE2355 AERO ENGINE LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                                            OBJECTIVETo introduce the knowledge of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines1 Study of free convective heat transfer over a flat plate2 Engine (Piston Engine) - cleaning visual inspection NDT checks3 Piston Engine Components - dimensional checks4 Velocity profiles of free jets5 Velocity profiles of wall jets6 Combustion Studies in a model jet engine combustor7 Jet Engine ndash identification of components amp defects8 Jet Engine ndash NDT checks and dimensional checks9 Study of hybrid rocket propulsion system10 Engine starting procedures11 Study of ramjet12 Burn rate measurements of solid propellants

                                            TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                            38

                                            Sub code AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash I L T P C0 0 3 2

                                            OBJECTIVETo introduce and develop the basic concept of aircraft designEach student is assigned the design of an Airplane (or Helicopter or any other flightvehicle) for given preliminary specifications The following are the assignments to becarried outEXPERIMENTS1 Comparative configuration study of different types of airplanes2 Comparative study on specification and performance details of aircraft3 Preparation of comparative data sheets4 Work sheet layout procedures5 Comparative graphs preparation and selection of main parameters for the design6 Preliminary weight estimations selection of main parameters7 Power plant selection Aerofoil selection Wing tail and control surfaces8 Preparation of layouts of balance diagram and three view drawings9 Drag estimation10 Detailed performance calculations and stability estimates

                                            TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                            AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY- II

                                            1 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of symmetric aerofoil section2 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of cambered aerofoil section3 Pressure distribution over a Nose cone model4 Determination of Base drag of a missile model5 Determination of profile drag of bodies by wake survey method6 Study of flow field over a backward facing step7 Pressure distribution over a water tank model for various wind speeds8 Velocity profiles for different simulated terrains9 Calibration of Supersonic Wind Tunnel10 Flow visualization studies in supersonic flows

                                            TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                            39

                                            40

                                            SEMESTER VII

                                            Code No Course Title L T P C

                                            THEORY

                                            PCME4404 Production and Operation Management 3 0 0 3Avionics 3 0 0 3Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 0 3Vibrations And Elements of Aeroelasticity 3 0 0 3

                                            E2 Elective ndash II 3 0 0 3E3 Elective ndash III 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                            Aircraft Design Project ndash II 0 0 3 2Aircraft Systems Lab 0 0 3 2Project Work and Seminar 0 0 3 3

                                            41

                                            SEMESTER VII

                                            PCME4404 Production and Operation Management L T P C

                                            Objective The course aims at acquainting all engineering graduates irrespective of theirspecializations the basic issues and tools of managing production and operations functionsof an organizationModule I1 Operations Function in an Organization Manufacturing Vrs Service Operations Systemview of Operations Strategic Role of Operations Operations Strategies for CompetitiveAdvantage Operations Quality and Productivity Focus Meeting Global Challenges ofProduction and Operations Imperatives (3 Hours)2 Designing Products Services and Processes New Product Design- Product Life CycleProduct Development Process Process Technology Project Jobshop Batch AssemblyLine Continuous Manufacturing Process Technology Life Cycle Process TechnologyTrends FMS CIM CAD CAM Design for Services Services Process Technology(4 Hours)3 Work Study Methods Study- Techniques of Analysis recording improvement andstandardization Work Measurement Work Measurement Principles using Stopwatch TimeStudy Predetermined Motion Time Standards and Work Sampling Standard TimeEstimation (4 Hours)Module II4 Location and Layout Planning Factor Influencing Plant and Warehouse LocationsImpact of Location on cost and revenues Facility Location Procedure and Models Qualitative Models Breakeven Analysis location Model centroid methodLayout Planning Layout Types Process Layout Product Layout Fixed Position LayoutPlanning block diagramming line balancing computerized layout planning- overviewGroup Technology (4 Hours)5 Forecasting Principles and Method Moving Average weighted Moving AverageExponential Smoothing Winterrsquos Method for Seasonal Demand Forecasting Error(4 Hours)6 Manufacturing Planning and Control The Framework and Components AggregatePlanning Master Production Scheduling Rough-cut-Capacity Planning MaterialRequirements Planning Capacity Requirements Planning (5 Hours)Module III7 Sequencing and Scheduling Single Machine Sequencing Basics and PerformanceEvaluation Criteria Methods for Minimizing Mean Flow Time Parallel Machines Minimization of Makespan Flowshop sequencing 2 and 3 machines cases JohnsonrsquosRule and Jobshop Scheduling Priority dispatching Rules (3 Hours)8 Inventory Control Relevant Costs Basic EOQ Model Model with Quantity discountEconomic Batch Quantity Periodic and Continuous Review Systems Safety Stock ReorderPoint and Order Quantity Calculations ABC Analysis (4 Hours)9 Modern Trends in Manufacturing Just in Time (JIT) System Shop Floor Control ByKanbans Total Quality Management Total Productive Maintenance ISO 9000 QualityCircle Kaizen Poka Yoke Supply Chain Management (4 Hours)Reference Book1 SNChary ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 R Paneerselvam ldquoProduction and Operations Management Prentice Hall of India3 Aswathappa amp Bhatt ndash Production amp Operations Management HPH4 Gaither amp Frazier - Operations Management Cengage Publication5 Russell amp Taylor - Operations Management PHI Publication6 Chase Aquilanno Jacob amp Agarwal - Operations Management TMH Publication7 EE Adam and RJ Ebert ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India

                                            42

                                            Sub Code AVIONICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                            OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of navigation amp communication systems of aircraft

                                            Module ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems ndash Integrated Avionicssystem ndash Typical avionics sub systems ndash Design approaches and recent advances -Application Technologies

                                            PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS Digital Computers ndash Digital number system- number systems and codes-Fundamentals of logic and combinational logic circuits ndashDigital arithmetic ndash interfacing with analoguesystems

                                            Module ndash II (11 hours)Basic of Microprocessors and application Microprocessors ndash Memories- Microprocessors real time application related to aircraft

                                            DIGITAL AVIONICS ARCHITECTURE Avionics system architecturendash salient features and applications of Data buses MILndashSTD1553 BndashARINC 429ndashARINC 629

                                            Module ndash III (15 hours)

                                            FLIGHT DECK AND COCKPITSControl and display technologies CRT LCD - Touch screen - Direct voice input (DVI) - Civil cockpit and military cockpit MFDS HUD MFK HOTAS AVIONICS SYSTEMS Communication Systems - Navigation systems - Flight control systems - Radar electronic warfare - Utility systems Reliability and maintainability - Certification TEXT BOOKS1 Malcrno AP and Leach DP ldquoDigital Principles and Applicationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill19902 Gaonkar RS ldquoMicroprocessors Architecture ndash Programming and Applicationrdquo Wileyand Sons Ltd New Delhi 1990REFERENCES1 Middleton DH Ed ldquoAvionics Systems Longman Scientific and Technicalrdquo LongmanGroup UK Ltd England 19892 Spitzer CR ldquoDigital Avionic Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ USA19873 Brain Kendal ldquoManual of Avionicsrdquo The English Book House 3rd Edition New Delhi19934 Nagaraja ldquoNavigation systemrdquo5 J Powell ldquoAircraft Radio Systemrdquo

                                            43

                                            Sub Code COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                            OBJECTIVETo study the flow of dynamic fluids by computational methods

                                            Module-I (10 hours) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows Mathematical properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations - Well posed problems - discretization of partial Differential Equations Explicit finite difference methods of subsonic supersonic and viscous flows

                                            Module-II (15 hours)

                                            DISCRETIZATION Boundary layer Equations and methods of solution -Implicit time dependent methods forinviscid and viscous compressible flows - Concept of numerical dissipation --Stabilityproperties of explicit and implicit methods - Conservative upwind discretization forHyperbolic systems - Further advantages of upwind differencing GRID GENERATION Structured grids Types and transformations Generation of structured grids Unstructured grids Delany triangulation

                                            Module-III (15 hours)

                                            FINITE VOLUME TECHNIQUESFinite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping -Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy - Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques ndash Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives Flux ndash splitting schemes Pressure correction solvers ndash SIMPLE PESO Vorticity transport formulation Implicitsemi-implicit schemes

                                            TEXT BOOK1 Fletcher CAJ ldquoComputational Techniques for Fluid Dynamicsrdquo Vols I and IISpringer - Verlag Berlin 1988REFERENCES1 John F Wendt (Editor) ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics - An Introductionrdquo Springer ndashVerlag Berlin 19922 Charles Hirsch ldquoNumerical Computation of Internal and External Flowsrdquo Vols I and IIJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 19883 Klaus A Hoffmann and Steve T Chiang ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics forEngineersrdquo Vols I amp II Engineering Education System PO Box 20078 W WichitaKS 67208 - 1078 USA 19934 Anderson JrD ldquoFundamentals of Aerodynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill 2000

                                            44

                                            AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                            OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

                                            Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

                                            SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

                                            Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

                                            Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

                                            ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

                                            45

                                            AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                            OBJECTIVE

                                            To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

                                            Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

                                            LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                            1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

                                            TOTAL 60

                                            AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

                                            OBJECTIVE

                                            To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

                                            LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                            1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

                                            TOTAL 60

                                            46

                                            SEMESTER VIII

                                            Code No Course Title L T P C

                                            THEORY

                                            Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                            Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

                                            47

                                            Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

                                            OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

                                            Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

                                            METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

                                            Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

                                            Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

                                            FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

                                            REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

                                            48

                                            Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

                                            OBJECTIVE

                                            The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

                                            PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

                                            OBJECTIVE

                                            The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

                                            The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

                                            Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

                                            OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

                                            LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                            1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

                                            composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

                                            fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

                                            49

                                            1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

                                            SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

                                            Code No Course Title L T P C

                                            Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

                                            Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

                                            SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

                                            Code No Course Title L T P C

                                            Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

                                            ELECTIVESndash III

                                            Code No Course Title L T P C

                                            Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

                                            SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

                                            Code No Course Title L T P C

                                            Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

                                            ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

                                            Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

                                            50

                                            Elective Subjects

                                            Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                            OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

                                            BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

                                            Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

                                            Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

                                            TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

                                            TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

                                            51

                                            Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                                            OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                                            Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                                            UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                                            52

                                            AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                                            OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                                            Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                                            Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                                            MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                                            Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                                            AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                                            TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                                            53

                                            Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                                            3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                                            Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                                            Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                                            RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                                            Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                                            HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                                            54

                                            Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                            OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                                            Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                                            IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                                            Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                                            Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                                            55

                                            Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                            OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                                            Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                                            STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                                            Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                                            Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                                            56

                                            Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                                            Module-I (15hours)

                                            FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                                            COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                                            Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                                            Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                                            COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                                            57

                                            Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                            OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                                            Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                                            BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                                            Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                                            BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                                            Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                                            58

                                            Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                                            OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                                            Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                                            Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                                            Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                                            Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                                            TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                                            59

                                            Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                            OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                            Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                            PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                            Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                            PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                            Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                            Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                            60

                                            Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                            Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                            EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                            Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                            Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                            SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                            61

                                            AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                            OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                            Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                            Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                            AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                            Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                            TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                            62

                                            Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                            OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                            Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                            VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                            INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                            63

                                            Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                            OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                            Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                            MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                            Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                            PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                            Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                            64

                                            Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                            OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                            65

                                            Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                            Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                            CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                            Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                            CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                            Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                            66

                                            • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                            • Course Title
                                              • THEORY
                                              • SEMESTER III
                                              • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                              • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                              • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                              • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                    • Course Title
                                                      • THEORY
                                                      • PRACTICAL
                                                      • SEMESTER V
                                                        • Course Title
                                                          • THEORY
                                                          • PRACTICAL
                                                          • SEMESTER VI
                                                            • Course Title
                                                              • THEORY
                                                              • PRACTICAL
                                                              • SEMESTER VI
                                                                • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                  • SEMESTER VII
                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                      • THEORY
                                                                      • PRACTICAL
                                                                      • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                        • TOTAL 60
                                                                        • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                        • TOTAL 60
                                                                          • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                              • THEORY
                                                                              • PRACTICAL
                                                                              • Co New York 1989
                                                                              • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                              • OBJECTIVE
                                                                              • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                  • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                      • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                          • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                              SEMESTER V

                                              AE2302 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES ndash II L T P C3 1 0 4

                                              OBJECTIVETo study the behaviour of various aircraft structural components under different types ofloadsModule ndash I (15 hours) UNSYMMETRICAL BENDING General Principal axis and neutral axis methods- bending stresses in beams of symmetric sections with skew loads- bending stresses in beams of unsymmetrical sections

                                              SHEAR FLOW IN OPEN SECTIONS Thin walled beams Concept of shear flow shear centre Elastic axis With one axis ofsymmetry with wall effective and ineffective in bending unsymmetrical beam sections

                                              Module ndash II (14 hours)SHEAR FLOW IN CLOSED SECTIONS Bredt ndash Batho formula Single and multi ndash cell structures- Shear flow in single amp multicellstructures under torsion Shear flow in single and multicell under bending with wallseffective and ineffective

                                              V-N DIAGRAMLoads on aircraft ndashlift distribution-V-n diagram-Gust loads

                                              Module ndash III (11 hours)BUCKLING OF PLATES Rectangular sheets under compression local buckling stress of thin walled section-Crippling stresses by Needhamrsquos and Gerardrsquos methods Thin walled column strengthsheet stiffener panels-Effective width

                                              STRESS ANALYSIS IN WING AND FUSELAGEShear resistant web beams-Tension field web beams(Wagnerrsquos) ndash Shear and bendingmoment distribution for cantilever and semi-cantilever types of beams

                                              TEXT BOOKS1 Peery DJ and Azar JJ ldquoAircraft Structuresrdquo 2nd edition McGrawndashHill NY 20072 Megson TMG ldquoAircraft Structures for Engineering Studentsrdquo Edward Arnold 2007REFERENCES1 Bruhn EH ldquoAnalysis and Design of Flight vehicles Structuresrdquo Tri ndash state off setcompany USA 19852 Rivello RM ldquoTheory and Analysis of Flight Structuresrdquo McGraw-Hill 1993

                                              23

                                              Sub Code AERODYNAMICS ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                              OBJECTIVETo understand the behaviour of airflow both internal and external in compressible flowregime with particular emphasis on supersonic flowsModule ndash I (10 hours)ONE DIMENSIONAL COMPRESSIBLE FLOW Energy Momentum continuity and state equations velocity of sound adiabatic steadystate flow equations Flow through convergent- divergent passage Performance undervarious back pressures

                                              Module ndash II (16 hours)NORMAL OBLIQUE SHOCKS Prandtl equation and Rankine ndash Hugonoit relation Normal shock equations Pitot statictube corrections for subsonic and supersonic flows Oblique shocks and correspondingequations Hodograph and pressure turning angle shock polar flow past wedges andconcave corners strong weak and detached shocks

                                              EXPANSION WAVES RAYLEIGH AND FANNO FLOW Flow past convex corners Expansion hodograph Reflection and interaction of shocks and expansion waves Method of Characteristics Two dimensional supersonic nozzlecontours

                                              Module ndash III (14 hours)SUPERSONIC AND TRANSONIC FLOW Rayleigh and Fanno Flow Lift drag pitching moment and center of pressure of supersonic profiles Lower and upper critical Mach numbers Lift and drag divergence shock induced separation Characteristics of swept wings Effects of thickness camber and aspect ratio of wings Transonic area rule

                                              TEXT BOOK1 Rathakrishnan E ldquoGas Dynamicsrdquo Prentice Hall of India 2003REFERENCES1 Shapiro AH ldquoDynamics and Thermodynamics of Compressible Fluid Flowrdquo RonaldPress 19822 Zucrow MJ and Anderson JD ldquoElements of gas dynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book CoNew York 19893 Anderson Jr D ndash ldquoModern compressible flowsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co New York

                                              1999

                                              24

                                              Sub Code PROPULSION ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                              OBJECTIVETo study in detail about gas turbines ramjet fundamentals of rocket propulsion andchemical rocketsModule ndash I (10 hours) AIRCRAFT GAS TURBINES 12Impulse and reaction blading of gas turbines ndash Velocity triangles and power output ndash Elementary theory ndash Vortex theory ndash Choice of blade profile pitch and chord ndash stimationof stage performance ndash Limiting factors in gas turbine design- Overall turbine performance ndash Methods of blade cooling ndash Matching of turbine and compressor Module ndash II (15 hours)RAMJET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Sub critical critical and supercritical operation ndash Combustion in ramjet engine ndash Ramjet performance ndash Simple ramjet design calculations ndash Introduction to scramjet

                                              FUNDAMENTALS OF ROCKET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Specific impulse of a rocket ndash internal ballistics- Rocket nozzleclassification ndash Rocket performance considerations

                                              Module ndash III (15 hours)CHEMICAL ROCKETS Solid propellant rockets ndash Selection criteria of solid propellants ndash Important hardware components of solid rockets ndash Propellant grain design considerations ndash Liquid propellantrockets ndash Selection of liquid propellants Cooling in liquid rockets ndash Hybrid rockets

                                              ADVANCED PROPULSION TECHNIQUES Electric rocket propulsion ndash Ion propulsion techniques ndash Nuclear rocket ndash Types ndash Solarsail- Preliminary Concepts in nozzleless propulsion TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York 5th

                                              Edn 19932 Hill PG amp Peterson CR ldquoMechanics amp Thermodynamics of Propulsionrdquo Addison ndashWesley Longman INC 1999REFERENCES1 Cohen H Rogers GFC and Saravanamuttoo HIH ldquoGas Turbine TheoryrdquoLongman Co ELBS Ed 19892 Gorden CV ldquoAero thermodynamics of Gas Turbine and Rocket Propulsionrdquo AIAAEducation Series New York 19893 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 1988

                                              25

                                              Sub Code AIRCRAFT PERFORMANCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                              OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the performance of airplanes under various flightconditions like take off cruise landing climbing gliding turning etcModule ndash I (13 hours)GENERAL CONCEPTSInternational Standard atmosphere IAS EAS TAS Propeller theory- Froude momentum and blade element theories Propeller co-efficients Use of propeller charts Performance of fixed and variable pitch propellers High lift devices Thrust augmentation

                                              DRAG OF BODIESStreamlined and bluff body Types of drag Effect of Reynoldrsquos number on skin friction and pressure drag Drag reduction of airplanes Dragpolar Effect of Mach number on drag polar

                                              Module ndash II (11 hours)STEADY LEVEL FLIGHTSteady level flight Thrust required and Power required Thrust available and Power available for propeller driven and jet powered aircraft Effect of altitude maximum level flight speed conditions for minimum drag and minimum power required Effect of drag divergence on maximum velocity Range and Endurance of Propeller and Jet airplanes

                                              Module ndash III (16 hours)GLIDING AND CLIMBING FLIGHTShallow and steep angles of climb Rate of climb Climb hodograph Maximum Climb angle and Maximum Rate of climb- Effect of design parameters for propeller Absolute and service ceiling Gliding flight Glide hodograph

                                              ACCELERATD FLIGHT Estimation of take-off and landing distances Methods of reducing landing distance level turn minimum turn radius bank angle and load factor Constraints on load factor Pull up and pull down maneuvers maximum turn rate V-n diagram

                                              TEXT BOOKS1 HoughtonEL and Carruthers NB Aerodynamics for engineering studentsEdward Amold Publishers 19882 Anderson Jr JD Aircraft Performance and Design McGraw-Hill InternationalEdition 1999REFERENCES1 Kuethe AM and Chow CY Foundations of Aerodynamics John Wiley amp Sons19822 JJBertin Aerodynamics for Engineers Prentice-Hall 19883 LJ Clancey Aerodynamics Pitman 19864 Anderson Jr JD Introduction to Flight McGraw-Hill International Edition 1999

                                              26

                                              Sub Code CONTROL ENGINEERING L T P C3 0 0 3

                                              OBJECTIVETo understand the basic concepts of flight control systemModule ndash I (11 hours) INTRODUCTIONHistorical review - Simple pneumatic hydraulic and thermal systems Series and parallelsystems Analogies - Mechanical and electrical components Development of flight control systems OPEN AND CLOSED LOOP SYSTEMSFeedback control systems ndash Block diagram representation of control systems Reductionof block diagrams Output to input ratios Signal flow graph

                                              Module ndash II (15 hours)CHARACTERISTIC EQUATION AND FUNCTIONS Lap lace transformation Response of systems to different inputs viz Step input impulse ramp parabolic and sinusoidal inputs Time response of first and second order systems steady state errors and error constants of unity feedback circuit

                                              SAMPLED DATA SYSTEMS Introduction to digital control system Digital Controllers and Digital PID Controllers

                                              Module ndash III (14 hours)CONCEPT OF STABILITYNecessary and sufficient conditions Routh ndash Hurwitz criteria of stability Root locus andBode techniques Concept and construction frequency response

                                              TOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Ogato ldquoModern Control Engineeringrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19982 GopalM ldquoControl Systems Principles and designrdquo ndash Tata McGraw-Hill PublicationNew Delhi 2000REFERENCES1 Azzo JJD and CH Houpis ldquoFeed back control system analysis and synthesisrdquoMcGraw ndash Hill International 3rd Edition 19982 Kuo BC ldquoAutomatic control systemsrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19983 Houpis CH and Lamont GB ldquoDigital Control Systemsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co NewYork USA 19954 Naresh K Sinha ldquoControl Systemsrdquo New Age International Publishers New Delhi

                                              27

                                              Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                              OBJECTIVETo bring awareness on experimental method of finding the response of the structure todifferent types of loadModule ndash I (15 hours) MEASUREMENTS amp EXTENSOMETER Principles of measurements Accuracy Sensitivity and range of measurements Mechanical Optical Acoustical and Electrical extensometers and their uses Advantagesand disadvantages

                                              ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE STRAIN GAUGES Principle of operation and requirements Types and their uses Materials for strain gauge Calibration and temperature compensation cross sensitivity Rosette analysis Wheastone bridge for static and dynamic strain measurements strain indicators

                                              Module ndash II (14 hours)PHOTOELASTICITY Two dimensional photo elasticity Concept of light ndash photoelastic effects stress optic lawInterpretation of fringe pattern Compensation and separation techniques Photo elasticmaterials Introduction to three dimensional photo elasticity

                                              Module ndash III (11 hours)BRITTLE COATING AND MOIRE METHODSIntroduction to Moire techniques brittle coating methods and holography NON ndash DESTRUCTIVE TESTINGFundamentals of NDT Radiography ultrasonic magnetic particle inspection Fluorescent penetrant technique Eddy current testing Acoustic Emission Technique

                                              TEXT BOOKS1 Srinath LS Raghava MR Lingaiah K Garagesha G Pant B andRamachandra K ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill New Delhi 1984REFERENCES1 Dally JW and Riley WF ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo McGraw-Hill Inc NewYork 2005 IV edition2 Hetyenyi M ldquoHand book of Experimental Stress Analysisrdquo John Wiley and Sons IncNew York 19723 Pollock AA ldquoAcoustic Emission in Acoustics and Vibration Progressrdquo Ed StephensRWB Chapman and Hall 1993

                                              28

                                              Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                              OBJECTIVE

                                              To experimentally study the unsymmetrical bending of beams find the location of shear centre obtain the stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques calibration of photo ndash elastic materials and study on vibration of beams

                                              LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                              1 Unsymmetrical bending of beams2 Shear centre location for open sections3 Shear centre location for closed sections4 Constant strength beam5 Flexibility matrix for cantilever beam6 Beam with combined loading7 Calibration of Photo- elastic materials8 Stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques9 Vibrations of beams10 Wagner beam ndash Tension field beam

                                              TOTAL 45

                                              29

                                              Sub Code CAD CAM LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                                              OBJECTIVETo teach and train the students in the lab about the design and drafting of aerocomponents LIST OF EXPERIMENTSDesign and Modeling of rectangular plate with holeDesign and Modeling of spar componentsDesign and Modeling of Aerofoil structuresDesign and Modeling of cut section for wingsDesign and Modeling of Machine componentDesign and Modeling of Machine componentsDesign and Analysis of a TrussDesign and Analysis of Beam distributed loadDesign of Landing gearFacingTurning(Taper Step)

                                              TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                                              30

                                              HSSM7203 Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness LabLab 30 hoursThis course will focus on communication in professional (work-related) situations of the kind thatBPUT graduates may expect to encounter on entering the professional domainSome typical forms of work-related communication oral or written are listed below Practiceactivities for all four skills can be designed around these or similar situations1 Gaining entry into an organizationi Preparing job-applications and CVsii Facing an interviewiii Participating in group discussion (as part of the recruitmentprocess)2 In-house communicationa Superior Senior 1048782 subordinate junior (individual 1048782 individual group)i Welcoming new entrants to the organization introducing the workplace cultureetcii Briefing subordinates juniors explaining duties and responsibilities etcii Motivating subordinates juniors (lsquopep talkrsquo)iii Instructing directing subordinates juniorsiv Expressing recording appreciation praising rewarding a subordinate or juniorv Reprimanding correcting disciplining a subordinatejunior (for a lapse) askingfor an explanation etcb Subordinate Junior 1048782 Superior Seniori Responding to the aboveii Reporting problems difficulties deficienciesiii Offering suggestions

                                              31

                                              SEMESTER VI

                                              Code No Course Title L T P C

                                              THEORYHSSM3301 Principles of Management 3 0 0 3

                                              Finite Element Method 3 0 0 3Aircraft Stability and Control 3 0 0 3Wind Tunnel Techniques 3 0 0 3High Temperature Materials 3 0 0 3

                                              E1 Elective ndash I 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                              Aero Engine Laboratory 0 0 3 2Aircraft Design Project - I 0 0 3 2Aerodynamics Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2

                                              32

                                              SEMESTER VI

                                              HSSM3301 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (3-0-0)

                                              Module I Functions of Management Concept of Management Management as an Art or Science The Process of Management Managerial Skills Good Managers are Born not Made Management is concerned with Ideas Things and People How a Manager Induces Workers to Put in Their Best Levels and Types of Management Evolution of Management Thought Managerial Environment The process of Management-Planning Organizing Directing Staffing Controlling

                                              Module II Marketing Function of Management Modern Concept of Marketing The Functional Classification of Marketing Functions of a Marketing Management Marketing Mix Fundamental Needs of Customers The Role of Distribution channels in Marketing Advertising Marketing Consumerism and Environmentalism

                                              Module III Financial Function amp HRM Functions Financial Functions Concept of Financial Management Project Appraisal Tools of Financial decisions making Overview of Working Capital HRM Function of Management Human Resource Management Human Resource Development Importance of HRM Overview of Job Analysis Job Description Job Specification Labour Turnover Manpower Planning Recruitment Selection Induction Training and Development Placement Wage and Salary Administration Performance Appraisal Grievance Handling Welfare Aspects

                                              Reference Books 1 Business Organization amp Management CR Basu TMH 2 Business Organization amp Management Tulsia Pandey Pearson 3 Marketing Management Kotler Keller Koshi Jha Pearson 4 Financial Management IM Pandey Vikas 5 Human Resource Management Aswasthapa TMH 6 Modern Business Organisation amp Management by Sherlekar Himalaya Publishing House

                                              33

                                              Sub Code FINITE ELEMENT METHOD L T P C3 0 0 3

                                              OBJECTIVETo introduce the concept of numerical analysis of structural componentsModule ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION Review of basic approximate methods of analyses ndash Stiffness and Flexibility matrix forsimple cases ndash Governing equation and convergence criteria of finite element method

                                              DISCRETE ELEMENTS Bar Frame beam elements ndash Application to static dynamic analysis

                                              Module ndash II (10 hours)

                                              CONTINUUM ELEMENTS Various types of 2-D-elements Application to plane stress plane strain and axisymmetricproblems Module ndash III (16 hours)ISOPARAMETRIC ELEMENTS Applications to two and three-dimensional problems(four eight and nine nodded element) Numerical Integration

                                              FIELD PROBLEMApplications to other field problems like heat transfer and fluid flow

                                              TEXT BOOK1 TirupathiRC and Ashok DB ldquoIntroduction to Finite Elements in EngineeringrdquoPrentice Hall India Third Edition 2003REFERENCES1 Reddy JN ldquoAn Introduction to Finite Element Methodrdquo McGraw-Hill 20002 Krishnamurthy CS ldquoFinite Element Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill 20003 Bathe KJ and Wilson EL ldquoNumerical Methods in Finite Elements AnalysisrdquoPrentice Hall of India 1985

                                              34

                                              Sub Code AIRCRAFT STABILITY amp CONTROL L T P C3 1 0 4

                                              OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the concepts of stable and nonstable configurationof airplanes To introduce the concepts of control of airplanes under variousoperating conditions

                                              Module ndash I (13 hours)STATIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY AND CONTROL 15General concepts-Degrees of freedom of a rigid body Static and dynamic stability Need for stability in an airplane inherently and marginally stable airplanes Stability and Controllability Requirements of control surfaces criteria for longitudinal static stability contribution to stability by wing tail fuselage wing fuselage combination Total longitudinal stability Neutral point-Stick fixed and Stick free aspects Free elevator factor static margin Hinge moment Power effects on stability-propeller and jet aircrafts longitudinal control Movement of centre of gravity elevator control effectiveness elevator control power elevator angle to trim elevator angle per g maneuver point Stick force gradient and stick force per g Aerodynamic balancing

                                              Module ndash II (15 hours) STATIC DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND CONTROL Directional stability-yaw and sideslip Criterion of directional stability contribution to static directional stability by wing fuselage tail Power effects on directional stabilitypropeller and jet aircrafts Rudder lock and Dorsal fin Directional control rudder control effectiveness rudder requirements adverse yaw asymmetric power condition spin recovery

                                              STATIC LATERAL STABILTY AND CONTROL Lateral stability-Dihedral effect criterion for lateral stability evaluation of lateral stability-contribution of fuselage wing wing fuselage tail total static lateral stability lateral control aileron reversal aileron reversal speed

                                              Module ndash III (12 hours) DYNAMIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY Aircraft Equations of motion small disturbance theory Estimation of longitudinal stability derivatives stability derivatives solving the stability quartic Phugoid motion

                                              DYNAMIC LATERAL AND DIRECTIONAL STABILITY Dutch roll and spiral instability Auto rotation and spin

                                              TEXT BOOKS1 Perkins CD amp Hage RE Airplane performance stability and control John Wileyamp Sons 19762 Nelson RC Flight Stability amp Automatic Control McGraw Hill 1998REFERENCES1 McCormick BW Aerodynamics Aeronautics amp Flight Mechanics John Wiley19952 Babister AW Aircraft Stability and response Pergamon Press 19803 Etkin B Dynamics of Flight Stability and Control John Wiley New York 19824 Pamadi BN Performnce Stability Dynamics and Control of Airplanes AIAA Education Series 2004

                                              35

                                              Sub Code WIND TUNNEL TECHNIQUES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                              OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of measurement of forces and moments on models during the wind tunnel testing

                                              Module ndash I (10 hours)WIND TUNNELSClassification ndashnon-dimensional numbers-types of similarities - Layout of open circuit and closed circuit subsonic wind tunnels ndash design parameters-energy ratio - HP calculationsCalibration

                                              Module ndash II (15 hours) HIGH SPEED WIND TUNNELSBlow down in draft and induction tunnel layouts and their design features Transonic supersonic and hypersonic tunnels their peculiarities and calibration Helium and gun tunnels Shock tubes

                                              FLOW VISUALIZATIONSmoke and Tuft grid techniques ndash Dye injection special techniques ndash Optical methods offlow visualization

                                              Module ndash II (15 hours)WIND TUNNEL MEASUREMENTSPressurevelocity and temperature measurements ndash Force measurements ndash types of balances-Three component and six component balances ndash calibration of measuring instruments

                                              NON-INTRUSIVE FLOW DIAGNOSTICSLaser ndash Doppler anemometry Particle image velocimetry Laser induced fluorescence TEXT BOOK1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow Speed Wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley Publication1984REFERENCE1 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh Speed wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley 1985

                                              36

                                              Sub Code HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                              OBJECTIVETo learn damage mechanism and failure of components of elavated temperatures

                                              Module ndash I (15 hours)CREEPFactors influencing functional life of components at elevated temperatures definition of creep curve various stages of creep metallurgical factors influencing various stages effect of stress temperatures and strain rate

                                              Design of transient creep time hardening strain hardening expressions of rupture life ofcreep ductile and brittle materials Monkman-Grant relationship

                                              Module ndash II (13 hours)FRACTURE AND OXIDATIONVarious types of fracture brittle to ductile from low temperature to high temperature cleavage fracture due to micro void coalescence ndash diffusion controlled void growth fracture maps for different alloys and oxidesOxidation Pilling Bedworth ratio kinetic laws of oxidation ndash defect structure and control of Oxidation by alloy additions

                                              Module ndash III (12 hours)HOT CORROSION SUPER ALLOYS AND OTHER MATERIALHot gas corrosion deposit modified hot gas corrosion fluxing mechanisms effect of alloying elements on hot corrosion interaction of hot corrosion and creep methods of combat hot corrosion

                                              Iron base Nickel base abd Cobalt base super alloys composition control solid solution strengthening precipitation hardening by gamma prime grain boundary strengthening TCP phase embrittlement solidfication of single crystals Intermetallics high temperature ceramics

                                              TEXT BOOKS1 Raj R ldquoFlow and Fracture at Elevated TemperaturesrdquoAmerican Society for MetalsUSA 19852 Hertzberg RW ldquoDeformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering materialsrdquo 4th

                                              Edition John Wiley USA 19963 Courtney T H ldquoMechanical Behaviour of MaterialsrdquoMcGraw-Hill USA 1990REFERENCES1 Boyle JT Spencer J ldquoStress Analysis for Creeprdquo Butterworths UK 19832 BressersJ ldquoCreep and Fatigue in High Temperature Alloysrdquo Applied Science 19813 McLean D ldquoDirectionally Solidified Materials for High Temperature ServicerdquoThe Metals Society USA 1985

                                              37

                                              AE2355 AERO ENGINE LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                                              OBJECTIVETo introduce the knowledge of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines1 Study of free convective heat transfer over a flat plate2 Engine (Piston Engine) - cleaning visual inspection NDT checks3 Piston Engine Components - dimensional checks4 Velocity profiles of free jets5 Velocity profiles of wall jets6 Combustion Studies in a model jet engine combustor7 Jet Engine ndash identification of components amp defects8 Jet Engine ndash NDT checks and dimensional checks9 Study of hybrid rocket propulsion system10 Engine starting procedures11 Study of ramjet12 Burn rate measurements of solid propellants

                                              TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                              38

                                              Sub code AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash I L T P C0 0 3 2

                                              OBJECTIVETo introduce and develop the basic concept of aircraft designEach student is assigned the design of an Airplane (or Helicopter or any other flightvehicle) for given preliminary specifications The following are the assignments to becarried outEXPERIMENTS1 Comparative configuration study of different types of airplanes2 Comparative study on specification and performance details of aircraft3 Preparation of comparative data sheets4 Work sheet layout procedures5 Comparative graphs preparation and selection of main parameters for the design6 Preliminary weight estimations selection of main parameters7 Power plant selection Aerofoil selection Wing tail and control surfaces8 Preparation of layouts of balance diagram and three view drawings9 Drag estimation10 Detailed performance calculations and stability estimates

                                              TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                              AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY- II

                                              1 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of symmetric aerofoil section2 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of cambered aerofoil section3 Pressure distribution over a Nose cone model4 Determination of Base drag of a missile model5 Determination of profile drag of bodies by wake survey method6 Study of flow field over a backward facing step7 Pressure distribution over a water tank model for various wind speeds8 Velocity profiles for different simulated terrains9 Calibration of Supersonic Wind Tunnel10 Flow visualization studies in supersonic flows

                                              TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                              39

                                              40

                                              SEMESTER VII

                                              Code No Course Title L T P C

                                              THEORY

                                              PCME4404 Production and Operation Management 3 0 0 3Avionics 3 0 0 3Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 0 3Vibrations And Elements of Aeroelasticity 3 0 0 3

                                              E2 Elective ndash II 3 0 0 3E3 Elective ndash III 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                              Aircraft Design Project ndash II 0 0 3 2Aircraft Systems Lab 0 0 3 2Project Work and Seminar 0 0 3 3

                                              41

                                              SEMESTER VII

                                              PCME4404 Production and Operation Management L T P C

                                              Objective The course aims at acquainting all engineering graduates irrespective of theirspecializations the basic issues and tools of managing production and operations functionsof an organizationModule I1 Operations Function in an Organization Manufacturing Vrs Service Operations Systemview of Operations Strategic Role of Operations Operations Strategies for CompetitiveAdvantage Operations Quality and Productivity Focus Meeting Global Challenges ofProduction and Operations Imperatives (3 Hours)2 Designing Products Services and Processes New Product Design- Product Life CycleProduct Development Process Process Technology Project Jobshop Batch AssemblyLine Continuous Manufacturing Process Technology Life Cycle Process TechnologyTrends FMS CIM CAD CAM Design for Services Services Process Technology(4 Hours)3 Work Study Methods Study- Techniques of Analysis recording improvement andstandardization Work Measurement Work Measurement Principles using Stopwatch TimeStudy Predetermined Motion Time Standards and Work Sampling Standard TimeEstimation (4 Hours)Module II4 Location and Layout Planning Factor Influencing Plant and Warehouse LocationsImpact of Location on cost and revenues Facility Location Procedure and Models Qualitative Models Breakeven Analysis location Model centroid methodLayout Planning Layout Types Process Layout Product Layout Fixed Position LayoutPlanning block diagramming line balancing computerized layout planning- overviewGroup Technology (4 Hours)5 Forecasting Principles and Method Moving Average weighted Moving AverageExponential Smoothing Winterrsquos Method for Seasonal Demand Forecasting Error(4 Hours)6 Manufacturing Planning and Control The Framework and Components AggregatePlanning Master Production Scheduling Rough-cut-Capacity Planning MaterialRequirements Planning Capacity Requirements Planning (5 Hours)Module III7 Sequencing and Scheduling Single Machine Sequencing Basics and PerformanceEvaluation Criteria Methods for Minimizing Mean Flow Time Parallel Machines Minimization of Makespan Flowshop sequencing 2 and 3 machines cases JohnsonrsquosRule and Jobshop Scheduling Priority dispatching Rules (3 Hours)8 Inventory Control Relevant Costs Basic EOQ Model Model with Quantity discountEconomic Batch Quantity Periodic and Continuous Review Systems Safety Stock ReorderPoint and Order Quantity Calculations ABC Analysis (4 Hours)9 Modern Trends in Manufacturing Just in Time (JIT) System Shop Floor Control ByKanbans Total Quality Management Total Productive Maintenance ISO 9000 QualityCircle Kaizen Poka Yoke Supply Chain Management (4 Hours)Reference Book1 SNChary ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 R Paneerselvam ldquoProduction and Operations Management Prentice Hall of India3 Aswathappa amp Bhatt ndash Production amp Operations Management HPH4 Gaither amp Frazier - Operations Management Cengage Publication5 Russell amp Taylor - Operations Management PHI Publication6 Chase Aquilanno Jacob amp Agarwal - Operations Management TMH Publication7 EE Adam and RJ Ebert ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India

                                              42

                                              Sub Code AVIONICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                              OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of navigation amp communication systems of aircraft

                                              Module ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems ndash Integrated Avionicssystem ndash Typical avionics sub systems ndash Design approaches and recent advances -Application Technologies

                                              PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS Digital Computers ndash Digital number system- number systems and codes-Fundamentals of logic and combinational logic circuits ndashDigital arithmetic ndash interfacing with analoguesystems

                                              Module ndash II (11 hours)Basic of Microprocessors and application Microprocessors ndash Memories- Microprocessors real time application related to aircraft

                                              DIGITAL AVIONICS ARCHITECTURE Avionics system architecturendash salient features and applications of Data buses MILndashSTD1553 BndashARINC 429ndashARINC 629

                                              Module ndash III (15 hours)

                                              FLIGHT DECK AND COCKPITSControl and display technologies CRT LCD - Touch screen - Direct voice input (DVI) - Civil cockpit and military cockpit MFDS HUD MFK HOTAS AVIONICS SYSTEMS Communication Systems - Navigation systems - Flight control systems - Radar electronic warfare - Utility systems Reliability and maintainability - Certification TEXT BOOKS1 Malcrno AP and Leach DP ldquoDigital Principles and Applicationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill19902 Gaonkar RS ldquoMicroprocessors Architecture ndash Programming and Applicationrdquo Wileyand Sons Ltd New Delhi 1990REFERENCES1 Middleton DH Ed ldquoAvionics Systems Longman Scientific and Technicalrdquo LongmanGroup UK Ltd England 19892 Spitzer CR ldquoDigital Avionic Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ USA19873 Brain Kendal ldquoManual of Avionicsrdquo The English Book House 3rd Edition New Delhi19934 Nagaraja ldquoNavigation systemrdquo5 J Powell ldquoAircraft Radio Systemrdquo

                                              43

                                              Sub Code COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                              OBJECTIVETo study the flow of dynamic fluids by computational methods

                                              Module-I (10 hours) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows Mathematical properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations - Well posed problems - discretization of partial Differential Equations Explicit finite difference methods of subsonic supersonic and viscous flows

                                              Module-II (15 hours)

                                              DISCRETIZATION Boundary layer Equations and methods of solution -Implicit time dependent methods forinviscid and viscous compressible flows - Concept of numerical dissipation --Stabilityproperties of explicit and implicit methods - Conservative upwind discretization forHyperbolic systems - Further advantages of upwind differencing GRID GENERATION Structured grids Types and transformations Generation of structured grids Unstructured grids Delany triangulation

                                              Module-III (15 hours)

                                              FINITE VOLUME TECHNIQUESFinite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping -Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy - Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques ndash Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives Flux ndash splitting schemes Pressure correction solvers ndash SIMPLE PESO Vorticity transport formulation Implicitsemi-implicit schemes

                                              TEXT BOOK1 Fletcher CAJ ldquoComputational Techniques for Fluid Dynamicsrdquo Vols I and IISpringer - Verlag Berlin 1988REFERENCES1 John F Wendt (Editor) ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics - An Introductionrdquo Springer ndashVerlag Berlin 19922 Charles Hirsch ldquoNumerical Computation of Internal and External Flowsrdquo Vols I and IIJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 19883 Klaus A Hoffmann and Steve T Chiang ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics forEngineersrdquo Vols I amp II Engineering Education System PO Box 20078 W WichitaKS 67208 - 1078 USA 19934 Anderson JrD ldquoFundamentals of Aerodynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill 2000

                                              44

                                              AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                              OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

                                              Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

                                              SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

                                              Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

                                              Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

                                              ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

                                              45

                                              AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                              OBJECTIVE

                                              To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

                                              Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

                                              LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                              1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

                                              TOTAL 60

                                              AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

                                              OBJECTIVE

                                              To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

                                              LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                              1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

                                              TOTAL 60

                                              46

                                              SEMESTER VIII

                                              Code No Course Title L T P C

                                              THEORY

                                              Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                              Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

                                              47

                                              Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

                                              OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

                                              Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

                                              METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

                                              Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

                                              Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

                                              FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

                                              REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

                                              48

                                              Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

                                              OBJECTIVE

                                              The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

                                              PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

                                              OBJECTIVE

                                              The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

                                              The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

                                              Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

                                              OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

                                              LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                              1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

                                              composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

                                              fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

                                              49

                                              1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

                                              SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

                                              Code No Course Title L T P C

                                              Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

                                              Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

                                              SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

                                              Code No Course Title L T P C

                                              Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

                                              ELECTIVESndash III

                                              Code No Course Title L T P C

                                              Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

                                              SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

                                              Code No Course Title L T P C

                                              Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

                                              ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

                                              Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

                                              50

                                              Elective Subjects

                                              Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                              OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

                                              BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

                                              Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

                                              Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

                                              TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

                                              TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

                                              51

                                              Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                                              OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                                              Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                                              UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                                              52

                                              AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                                              OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                                              Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                                              Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                                              MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                                              Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                                              AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                                              TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                                              53

                                              Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                                              3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                                              Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                                              Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                                              RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                                              Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                                              HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                                              54

                                              Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                              OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                                              Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                                              IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                                              Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                                              Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                                              55

                                              Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                              OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                                              Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                                              STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                                              Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                                              Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                                              56

                                              Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                                              Module-I (15hours)

                                              FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                                              COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                                              Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                                              Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                                              COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                                              57

                                              Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                              OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                                              Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                                              BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                                              Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                                              BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                                              Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                                              58

                                              Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                                              OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                                              Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                                              Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                                              Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                                              Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                                              TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                                              59

                                              Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                              OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                              Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                              PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                              Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                              PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                              Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                              Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                              60

                                              Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                              Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                              EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                              Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                              Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                              SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                              61

                                              AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                              OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                              Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                              Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                              AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                              Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                              TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                              62

                                              Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                              OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                              Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                              VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                              INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                              63

                                              Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                              OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                              Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                              MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                              Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                              PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                              Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                              64

                                              Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                              OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                              65

                                              Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                              Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                              CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                              Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                              CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                              Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                              66

                                              • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                              • Course Title
                                                • THEORY
                                                • SEMESTER III
                                                • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                  • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                  • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                      • Course Title
                                                        • THEORY
                                                        • PRACTICAL
                                                        • SEMESTER V
                                                          • Course Title
                                                            • THEORY
                                                            • PRACTICAL
                                                            • SEMESTER VI
                                                              • Course Title
                                                                • THEORY
                                                                • PRACTICAL
                                                                • SEMESTER VI
                                                                  • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                    • SEMESTER VII
                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                        • THEORY
                                                                        • PRACTICAL
                                                                        • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                          • TOTAL 60
                                                                          • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                          • TOTAL 60
                                                                            • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                • THEORY
                                                                                • PRACTICAL
                                                                                • Co New York 1989
                                                                                • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                                • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                  • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                    • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                        • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                            • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                Sub Code AERODYNAMICS ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                OBJECTIVETo understand the behaviour of airflow both internal and external in compressible flowregime with particular emphasis on supersonic flowsModule ndash I (10 hours)ONE DIMENSIONAL COMPRESSIBLE FLOW Energy Momentum continuity and state equations velocity of sound adiabatic steadystate flow equations Flow through convergent- divergent passage Performance undervarious back pressures

                                                Module ndash II (16 hours)NORMAL OBLIQUE SHOCKS Prandtl equation and Rankine ndash Hugonoit relation Normal shock equations Pitot statictube corrections for subsonic and supersonic flows Oblique shocks and correspondingequations Hodograph and pressure turning angle shock polar flow past wedges andconcave corners strong weak and detached shocks

                                                EXPANSION WAVES RAYLEIGH AND FANNO FLOW Flow past convex corners Expansion hodograph Reflection and interaction of shocks and expansion waves Method of Characteristics Two dimensional supersonic nozzlecontours

                                                Module ndash III (14 hours)SUPERSONIC AND TRANSONIC FLOW Rayleigh and Fanno Flow Lift drag pitching moment and center of pressure of supersonic profiles Lower and upper critical Mach numbers Lift and drag divergence shock induced separation Characteristics of swept wings Effects of thickness camber and aspect ratio of wings Transonic area rule

                                                TEXT BOOK1 Rathakrishnan E ldquoGas Dynamicsrdquo Prentice Hall of India 2003REFERENCES1 Shapiro AH ldquoDynamics and Thermodynamics of Compressible Fluid Flowrdquo RonaldPress 19822 Zucrow MJ and Anderson JD ldquoElements of gas dynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book CoNew York 19893 Anderson Jr D ndash ldquoModern compressible flowsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co New York

                                                1999

                                                24

                                                Sub Code PROPULSION ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                OBJECTIVETo study in detail about gas turbines ramjet fundamentals of rocket propulsion andchemical rocketsModule ndash I (10 hours) AIRCRAFT GAS TURBINES 12Impulse and reaction blading of gas turbines ndash Velocity triangles and power output ndash Elementary theory ndash Vortex theory ndash Choice of blade profile pitch and chord ndash stimationof stage performance ndash Limiting factors in gas turbine design- Overall turbine performance ndash Methods of blade cooling ndash Matching of turbine and compressor Module ndash II (15 hours)RAMJET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Sub critical critical and supercritical operation ndash Combustion in ramjet engine ndash Ramjet performance ndash Simple ramjet design calculations ndash Introduction to scramjet

                                                FUNDAMENTALS OF ROCKET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Specific impulse of a rocket ndash internal ballistics- Rocket nozzleclassification ndash Rocket performance considerations

                                                Module ndash III (15 hours)CHEMICAL ROCKETS Solid propellant rockets ndash Selection criteria of solid propellants ndash Important hardware components of solid rockets ndash Propellant grain design considerations ndash Liquid propellantrockets ndash Selection of liquid propellants Cooling in liquid rockets ndash Hybrid rockets

                                                ADVANCED PROPULSION TECHNIQUES Electric rocket propulsion ndash Ion propulsion techniques ndash Nuclear rocket ndash Types ndash Solarsail- Preliminary Concepts in nozzleless propulsion TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York 5th

                                                Edn 19932 Hill PG amp Peterson CR ldquoMechanics amp Thermodynamics of Propulsionrdquo Addison ndashWesley Longman INC 1999REFERENCES1 Cohen H Rogers GFC and Saravanamuttoo HIH ldquoGas Turbine TheoryrdquoLongman Co ELBS Ed 19892 Gorden CV ldquoAero thermodynamics of Gas Turbine and Rocket Propulsionrdquo AIAAEducation Series New York 19893 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 1988

                                                25

                                                Sub Code AIRCRAFT PERFORMANCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the performance of airplanes under various flightconditions like take off cruise landing climbing gliding turning etcModule ndash I (13 hours)GENERAL CONCEPTSInternational Standard atmosphere IAS EAS TAS Propeller theory- Froude momentum and blade element theories Propeller co-efficients Use of propeller charts Performance of fixed and variable pitch propellers High lift devices Thrust augmentation

                                                DRAG OF BODIESStreamlined and bluff body Types of drag Effect of Reynoldrsquos number on skin friction and pressure drag Drag reduction of airplanes Dragpolar Effect of Mach number on drag polar

                                                Module ndash II (11 hours)STEADY LEVEL FLIGHTSteady level flight Thrust required and Power required Thrust available and Power available for propeller driven and jet powered aircraft Effect of altitude maximum level flight speed conditions for minimum drag and minimum power required Effect of drag divergence on maximum velocity Range and Endurance of Propeller and Jet airplanes

                                                Module ndash III (16 hours)GLIDING AND CLIMBING FLIGHTShallow and steep angles of climb Rate of climb Climb hodograph Maximum Climb angle and Maximum Rate of climb- Effect of design parameters for propeller Absolute and service ceiling Gliding flight Glide hodograph

                                                ACCELERATD FLIGHT Estimation of take-off and landing distances Methods of reducing landing distance level turn minimum turn radius bank angle and load factor Constraints on load factor Pull up and pull down maneuvers maximum turn rate V-n diagram

                                                TEXT BOOKS1 HoughtonEL and Carruthers NB Aerodynamics for engineering studentsEdward Amold Publishers 19882 Anderson Jr JD Aircraft Performance and Design McGraw-Hill InternationalEdition 1999REFERENCES1 Kuethe AM and Chow CY Foundations of Aerodynamics John Wiley amp Sons19822 JJBertin Aerodynamics for Engineers Prentice-Hall 19883 LJ Clancey Aerodynamics Pitman 19864 Anderson Jr JD Introduction to Flight McGraw-Hill International Edition 1999

                                                26

                                                Sub Code CONTROL ENGINEERING L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                OBJECTIVETo understand the basic concepts of flight control systemModule ndash I (11 hours) INTRODUCTIONHistorical review - Simple pneumatic hydraulic and thermal systems Series and parallelsystems Analogies - Mechanical and electrical components Development of flight control systems OPEN AND CLOSED LOOP SYSTEMSFeedback control systems ndash Block diagram representation of control systems Reductionof block diagrams Output to input ratios Signal flow graph

                                                Module ndash II (15 hours)CHARACTERISTIC EQUATION AND FUNCTIONS Lap lace transformation Response of systems to different inputs viz Step input impulse ramp parabolic and sinusoidal inputs Time response of first and second order systems steady state errors and error constants of unity feedback circuit

                                                SAMPLED DATA SYSTEMS Introduction to digital control system Digital Controllers and Digital PID Controllers

                                                Module ndash III (14 hours)CONCEPT OF STABILITYNecessary and sufficient conditions Routh ndash Hurwitz criteria of stability Root locus andBode techniques Concept and construction frequency response

                                                TOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Ogato ldquoModern Control Engineeringrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19982 GopalM ldquoControl Systems Principles and designrdquo ndash Tata McGraw-Hill PublicationNew Delhi 2000REFERENCES1 Azzo JJD and CH Houpis ldquoFeed back control system analysis and synthesisrdquoMcGraw ndash Hill International 3rd Edition 19982 Kuo BC ldquoAutomatic control systemsrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19983 Houpis CH and Lamont GB ldquoDigital Control Systemsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co NewYork USA 19954 Naresh K Sinha ldquoControl Systemsrdquo New Age International Publishers New Delhi

                                                27

                                                Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                OBJECTIVETo bring awareness on experimental method of finding the response of the structure todifferent types of loadModule ndash I (15 hours) MEASUREMENTS amp EXTENSOMETER Principles of measurements Accuracy Sensitivity and range of measurements Mechanical Optical Acoustical and Electrical extensometers and their uses Advantagesand disadvantages

                                                ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE STRAIN GAUGES Principle of operation and requirements Types and their uses Materials for strain gauge Calibration and temperature compensation cross sensitivity Rosette analysis Wheastone bridge for static and dynamic strain measurements strain indicators

                                                Module ndash II (14 hours)PHOTOELASTICITY Two dimensional photo elasticity Concept of light ndash photoelastic effects stress optic lawInterpretation of fringe pattern Compensation and separation techniques Photo elasticmaterials Introduction to three dimensional photo elasticity

                                                Module ndash III (11 hours)BRITTLE COATING AND MOIRE METHODSIntroduction to Moire techniques brittle coating methods and holography NON ndash DESTRUCTIVE TESTINGFundamentals of NDT Radiography ultrasonic magnetic particle inspection Fluorescent penetrant technique Eddy current testing Acoustic Emission Technique

                                                TEXT BOOKS1 Srinath LS Raghava MR Lingaiah K Garagesha G Pant B andRamachandra K ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill New Delhi 1984REFERENCES1 Dally JW and Riley WF ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo McGraw-Hill Inc NewYork 2005 IV edition2 Hetyenyi M ldquoHand book of Experimental Stress Analysisrdquo John Wiley and Sons IncNew York 19723 Pollock AA ldquoAcoustic Emission in Acoustics and Vibration Progressrdquo Ed StephensRWB Chapman and Hall 1993

                                                28

                                                Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                                OBJECTIVE

                                                To experimentally study the unsymmetrical bending of beams find the location of shear centre obtain the stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques calibration of photo ndash elastic materials and study on vibration of beams

                                                LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                1 Unsymmetrical bending of beams2 Shear centre location for open sections3 Shear centre location for closed sections4 Constant strength beam5 Flexibility matrix for cantilever beam6 Beam with combined loading7 Calibration of Photo- elastic materials8 Stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques9 Vibrations of beams10 Wagner beam ndash Tension field beam

                                                TOTAL 45

                                                29

                                                Sub Code CAD CAM LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                                                OBJECTIVETo teach and train the students in the lab about the design and drafting of aerocomponents LIST OF EXPERIMENTSDesign and Modeling of rectangular plate with holeDesign and Modeling of spar componentsDesign and Modeling of Aerofoil structuresDesign and Modeling of cut section for wingsDesign and Modeling of Machine componentDesign and Modeling of Machine componentsDesign and Analysis of a TrussDesign and Analysis of Beam distributed loadDesign of Landing gearFacingTurning(Taper Step)

                                                TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                                                30

                                                HSSM7203 Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness LabLab 30 hoursThis course will focus on communication in professional (work-related) situations of the kind thatBPUT graduates may expect to encounter on entering the professional domainSome typical forms of work-related communication oral or written are listed below Practiceactivities for all four skills can be designed around these or similar situations1 Gaining entry into an organizationi Preparing job-applications and CVsii Facing an interviewiii Participating in group discussion (as part of the recruitmentprocess)2 In-house communicationa Superior Senior 1048782 subordinate junior (individual 1048782 individual group)i Welcoming new entrants to the organization introducing the workplace cultureetcii Briefing subordinates juniors explaining duties and responsibilities etcii Motivating subordinates juniors (lsquopep talkrsquo)iii Instructing directing subordinates juniorsiv Expressing recording appreciation praising rewarding a subordinate or juniorv Reprimanding correcting disciplining a subordinatejunior (for a lapse) askingfor an explanation etcb Subordinate Junior 1048782 Superior Seniori Responding to the aboveii Reporting problems difficulties deficienciesiii Offering suggestions

                                                31

                                                SEMESTER VI

                                                Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                THEORYHSSM3301 Principles of Management 3 0 0 3

                                                Finite Element Method 3 0 0 3Aircraft Stability and Control 3 0 0 3Wind Tunnel Techniques 3 0 0 3High Temperature Materials 3 0 0 3

                                                E1 Elective ndash I 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                Aero Engine Laboratory 0 0 3 2Aircraft Design Project - I 0 0 3 2Aerodynamics Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2

                                                32

                                                SEMESTER VI

                                                HSSM3301 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (3-0-0)

                                                Module I Functions of Management Concept of Management Management as an Art or Science The Process of Management Managerial Skills Good Managers are Born not Made Management is concerned with Ideas Things and People How a Manager Induces Workers to Put in Their Best Levels and Types of Management Evolution of Management Thought Managerial Environment The process of Management-Planning Organizing Directing Staffing Controlling

                                                Module II Marketing Function of Management Modern Concept of Marketing The Functional Classification of Marketing Functions of a Marketing Management Marketing Mix Fundamental Needs of Customers The Role of Distribution channels in Marketing Advertising Marketing Consumerism and Environmentalism

                                                Module III Financial Function amp HRM Functions Financial Functions Concept of Financial Management Project Appraisal Tools of Financial decisions making Overview of Working Capital HRM Function of Management Human Resource Management Human Resource Development Importance of HRM Overview of Job Analysis Job Description Job Specification Labour Turnover Manpower Planning Recruitment Selection Induction Training and Development Placement Wage and Salary Administration Performance Appraisal Grievance Handling Welfare Aspects

                                                Reference Books 1 Business Organization amp Management CR Basu TMH 2 Business Organization amp Management Tulsia Pandey Pearson 3 Marketing Management Kotler Keller Koshi Jha Pearson 4 Financial Management IM Pandey Vikas 5 Human Resource Management Aswasthapa TMH 6 Modern Business Organisation amp Management by Sherlekar Himalaya Publishing House

                                                33

                                                Sub Code FINITE ELEMENT METHOD L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                OBJECTIVETo introduce the concept of numerical analysis of structural componentsModule ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION Review of basic approximate methods of analyses ndash Stiffness and Flexibility matrix forsimple cases ndash Governing equation and convergence criteria of finite element method

                                                DISCRETE ELEMENTS Bar Frame beam elements ndash Application to static dynamic analysis

                                                Module ndash II (10 hours)

                                                CONTINUUM ELEMENTS Various types of 2-D-elements Application to plane stress plane strain and axisymmetricproblems Module ndash III (16 hours)ISOPARAMETRIC ELEMENTS Applications to two and three-dimensional problems(four eight and nine nodded element) Numerical Integration

                                                FIELD PROBLEMApplications to other field problems like heat transfer and fluid flow

                                                TEXT BOOK1 TirupathiRC and Ashok DB ldquoIntroduction to Finite Elements in EngineeringrdquoPrentice Hall India Third Edition 2003REFERENCES1 Reddy JN ldquoAn Introduction to Finite Element Methodrdquo McGraw-Hill 20002 Krishnamurthy CS ldquoFinite Element Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill 20003 Bathe KJ and Wilson EL ldquoNumerical Methods in Finite Elements AnalysisrdquoPrentice Hall of India 1985

                                                34

                                                Sub Code AIRCRAFT STABILITY amp CONTROL L T P C3 1 0 4

                                                OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the concepts of stable and nonstable configurationof airplanes To introduce the concepts of control of airplanes under variousoperating conditions

                                                Module ndash I (13 hours)STATIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY AND CONTROL 15General concepts-Degrees of freedom of a rigid body Static and dynamic stability Need for stability in an airplane inherently and marginally stable airplanes Stability and Controllability Requirements of control surfaces criteria for longitudinal static stability contribution to stability by wing tail fuselage wing fuselage combination Total longitudinal stability Neutral point-Stick fixed and Stick free aspects Free elevator factor static margin Hinge moment Power effects on stability-propeller and jet aircrafts longitudinal control Movement of centre of gravity elevator control effectiveness elevator control power elevator angle to trim elevator angle per g maneuver point Stick force gradient and stick force per g Aerodynamic balancing

                                                Module ndash II (15 hours) STATIC DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND CONTROL Directional stability-yaw and sideslip Criterion of directional stability contribution to static directional stability by wing fuselage tail Power effects on directional stabilitypropeller and jet aircrafts Rudder lock and Dorsal fin Directional control rudder control effectiveness rudder requirements adverse yaw asymmetric power condition spin recovery

                                                STATIC LATERAL STABILTY AND CONTROL Lateral stability-Dihedral effect criterion for lateral stability evaluation of lateral stability-contribution of fuselage wing wing fuselage tail total static lateral stability lateral control aileron reversal aileron reversal speed

                                                Module ndash III (12 hours) DYNAMIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY Aircraft Equations of motion small disturbance theory Estimation of longitudinal stability derivatives stability derivatives solving the stability quartic Phugoid motion

                                                DYNAMIC LATERAL AND DIRECTIONAL STABILITY Dutch roll and spiral instability Auto rotation and spin

                                                TEXT BOOKS1 Perkins CD amp Hage RE Airplane performance stability and control John Wileyamp Sons 19762 Nelson RC Flight Stability amp Automatic Control McGraw Hill 1998REFERENCES1 McCormick BW Aerodynamics Aeronautics amp Flight Mechanics John Wiley19952 Babister AW Aircraft Stability and response Pergamon Press 19803 Etkin B Dynamics of Flight Stability and Control John Wiley New York 19824 Pamadi BN Performnce Stability Dynamics and Control of Airplanes AIAA Education Series 2004

                                                35

                                                Sub Code WIND TUNNEL TECHNIQUES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of measurement of forces and moments on models during the wind tunnel testing

                                                Module ndash I (10 hours)WIND TUNNELSClassification ndashnon-dimensional numbers-types of similarities - Layout of open circuit and closed circuit subsonic wind tunnels ndash design parameters-energy ratio - HP calculationsCalibration

                                                Module ndash II (15 hours) HIGH SPEED WIND TUNNELSBlow down in draft and induction tunnel layouts and their design features Transonic supersonic and hypersonic tunnels their peculiarities and calibration Helium and gun tunnels Shock tubes

                                                FLOW VISUALIZATIONSmoke and Tuft grid techniques ndash Dye injection special techniques ndash Optical methods offlow visualization

                                                Module ndash II (15 hours)WIND TUNNEL MEASUREMENTSPressurevelocity and temperature measurements ndash Force measurements ndash types of balances-Three component and six component balances ndash calibration of measuring instruments

                                                NON-INTRUSIVE FLOW DIAGNOSTICSLaser ndash Doppler anemometry Particle image velocimetry Laser induced fluorescence TEXT BOOK1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow Speed Wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley Publication1984REFERENCE1 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh Speed wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley 1985

                                                36

                                                Sub Code HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                OBJECTIVETo learn damage mechanism and failure of components of elavated temperatures

                                                Module ndash I (15 hours)CREEPFactors influencing functional life of components at elevated temperatures definition of creep curve various stages of creep metallurgical factors influencing various stages effect of stress temperatures and strain rate

                                                Design of transient creep time hardening strain hardening expressions of rupture life ofcreep ductile and brittle materials Monkman-Grant relationship

                                                Module ndash II (13 hours)FRACTURE AND OXIDATIONVarious types of fracture brittle to ductile from low temperature to high temperature cleavage fracture due to micro void coalescence ndash diffusion controlled void growth fracture maps for different alloys and oxidesOxidation Pilling Bedworth ratio kinetic laws of oxidation ndash defect structure and control of Oxidation by alloy additions

                                                Module ndash III (12 hours)HOT CORROSION SUPER ALLOYS AND OTHER MATERIALHot gas corrosion deposit modified hot gas corrosion fluxing mechanisms effect of alloying elements on hot corrosion interaction of hot corrosion and creep methods of combat hot corrosion

                                                Iron base Nickel base abd Cobalt base super alloys composition control solid solution strengthening precipitation hardening by gamma prime grain boundary strengthening TCP phase embrittlement solidfication of single crystals Intermetallics high temperature ceramics

                                                TEXT BOOKS1 Raj R ldquoFlow and Fracture at Elevated TemperaturesrdquoAmerican Society for MetalsUSA 19852 Hertzberg RW ldquoDeformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering materialsrdquo 4th

                                                Edition John Wiley USA 19963 Courtney T H ldquoMechanical Behaviour of MaterialsrdquoMcGraw-Hill USA 1990REFERENCES1 Boyle JT Spencer J ldquoStress Analysis for Creeprdquo Butterworths UK 19832 BressersJ ldquoCreep and Fatigue in High Temperature Alloysrdquo Applied Science 19813 McLean D ldquoDirectionally Solidified Materials for High Temperature ServicerdquoThe Metals Society USA 1985

                                                37

                                                AE2355 AERO ENGINE LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                                                OBJECTIVETo introduce the knowledge of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines1 Study of free convective heat transfer over a flat plate2 Engine (Piston Engine) - cleaning visual inspection NDT checks3 Piston Engine Components - dimensional checks4 Velocity profiles of free jets5 Velocity profiles of wall jets6 Combustion Studies in a model jet engine combustor7 Jet Engine ndash identification of components amp defects8 Jet Engine ndash NDT checks and dimensional checks9 Study of hybrid rocket propulsion system10 Engine starting procedures11 Study of ramjet12 Burn rate measurements of solid propellants

                                                TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                38

                                                Sub code AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash I L T P C0 0 3 2

                                                OBJECTIVETo introduce and develop the basic concept of aircraft designEach student is assigned the design of an Airplane (or Helicopter or any other flightvehicle) for given preliminary specifications The following are the assignments to becarried outEXPERIMENTS1 Comparative configuration study of different types of airplanes2 Comparative study on specification and performance details of aircraft3 Preparation of comparative data sheets4 Work sheet layout procedures5 Comparative graphs preparation and selection of main parameters for the design6 Preliminary weight estimations selection of main parameters7 Power plant selection Aerofoil selection Wing tail and control surfaces8 Preparation of layouts of balance diagram and three view drawings9 Drag estimation10 Detailed performance calculations and stability estimates

                                                TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY- II

                                                1 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of symmetric aerofoil section2 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of cambered aerofoil section3 Pressure distribution over a Nose cone model4 Determination of Base drag of a missile model5 Determination of profile drag of bodies by wake survey method6 Study of flow field over a backward facing step7 Pressure distribution over a water tank model for various wind speeds8 Velocity profiles for different simulated terrains9 Calibration of Supersonic Wind Tunnel10 Flow visualization studies in supersonic flows

                                                TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                39

                                                40

                                                SEMESTER VII

                                                Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                THEORY

                                                PCME4404 Production and Operation Management 3 0 0 3Avionics 3 0 0 3Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 0 3Vibrations And Elements of Aeroelasticity 3 0 0 3

                                                E2 Elective ndash II 3 0 0 3E3 Elective ndash III 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                Aircraft Design Project ndash II 0 0 3 2Aircraft Systems Lab 0 0 3 2Project Work and Seminar 0 0 3 3

                                                41

                                                SEMESTER VII

                                                PCME4404 Production and Operation Management L T P C

                                                Objective The course aims at acquainting all engineering graduates irrespective of theirspecializations the basic issues and tools of managing production and operations functionsof an organizationModule I1 Operations Function in an Organization Manufacturing Vrs Service Operations Systemview of Operations Strategic Role of Operations Operations Strategies for CompetitiveAdvantage Operations Quality and Productivity Focus Meeting Global Challenges ofProduction and Operations Imperatives (3 Hours)2 Designing Products Services and Processes New Product Design- Product Life CycleProduct Development Process Process Technology Project Jobshop Batch AssemblyLine Continuous Manufacturing Process Technology Life Cycle Process TechnologyTrends FMS CIM CAD CAM Design for Services Services Process Technology(4 Hours)3 Work Study Methods Study- Techniques of Analysis recording improvement andstandardization Work Measurement Work Measurement Principles using Stopwatch TimeStudy Predetermined Motion Time Standards and Work Sampling Standard TimeEstimation (4 Hours)Module II4 Location and Layout Planning Factor Influencing Plant and Warehouse LocationsImpact of Location on cost and revenues Facility Location Procedure and Models Qualitative Models Breakeven Analysis location Model centroid methodLayout Planning Layout Types Process Layout Product Layout Fixed Position LayoutPlanning block diagramming line balancing computerized layout planning- overviewGroup Technology (4 Hours)5 Forecasting Principles and Method Moving Average weighted Moving AverageExponential Smoothing Winterrsquos Method for Seasonal Demand Forecasting Error(4 Hours)6 Manufacturing Planning and Control The Framework and Components AggregatePlanning Master Production Scheduling Rough-cut-Capacity Planning MaterialRequirements Planning Capacity Requirements Planning (5 Hours)Module III7 Sequencing and Scheduling Single Machine Sequencing Basics and PerformanceEvaluation Criteria Methods for Minimizing Mean Flow Time Parallel Machines Minimization of Makespan Flowshop sequencing 2 and 3 machines cases JohnsonrsquosRule and Jobshop Scheduling Priority dispatching Rules (3 Hours)8 Inventory Control Relevant Costs Basic EOQ Model Model with Quantity discountEconomic Batch Quantity Periodic and Continuous Review Systems Safety Stock ReorderPoint and Order Quantity Calculations ABC Analysis (4 Hours)9 Modern Trends in Manufacturing Just in Time (JIT) System Shop Floor Control ByKanbans Total Quality Management Total Productive Maintenance ISO 9000 QualityCircle Kaizen Poka Yoke Supply Chain Management (4 Hours)Reference Book1 SNChary ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 R Paneerselvam ldquoProduction and Operations Management Prentice Hall of India3 Aswathappa amp Bhatt ndash Production amp Operations Management HPH4 Gaither amp Frazier - Operations Management Cengage Publication5 Russell amp Taylor - Operations Management PHI Publication6 Chase Aquilanno Jacob amp Agarwal - Operations Management TMH Publication7 EE Adam and RJ Ebert ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India

                                                42

                                                Sub Code AVIONICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of navigation amp communication systems of aircraft

                                                Module ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems ndash Integrated Avionicssystem ndash Typical avionics sub systems ndash Design approaches and recent advances -Application Technologies

                                                PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS Digital Computers ndash Digital number system- number systems and codes-Fundamentals of logic and combinational logic circuits ndashDigital arithmetic ndash interfacing with analoguesystems

                                                Module ndash II (11 hours)Basic of Microprocessors and application Microprocessors ndash Memories- Microprocessors real time application related to aircraft

                                                DIGITAL AVIONICS ARCHITECTURE Avionics system architecturendash salient features and applications of Data buses MILndashSTD1553 BndashARINC 429ndashARINC 629

                                                Module ndash III (15 hours)

                                                FLIGHT DECK AND COCKPITSControl and display technologies CRT LCD - Touch screen - Direct voice input (DVI) - Civil cockpit and military cockpit MFDS HUD MFK HOTAS AVIONICS SYSTEMS Communication Systems - Navigation systems - Flight control systems - Radar electronic warfare - Utility systems Reliability and maintainability - Certification TEXT BOOKS1 Malcrno AP and Leach DP ldquoDigital Principles and Applicationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill19902 Gaonkar RS ldquoMicroprocessors Architecture ndash Programming and Applicationrdquo Wileyand Sons Ltd New Delhi 1990REFERENCES1 Middleton DH Ed ldquoAvionics Systems Longman Scientific and Technicalrdquo LongmanGroup UK Ltd England 19892 Spitzer CR ldquoDigital Avionic Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ USA19873 Brain Kendal ldquoManual of Avionicsrdquo The English Book House 3rd Edition New Delhi19934 Nagaraja ldquoNavigation systemrdquo5 J Powell ldquoAircraft Radio Systemrdquo

                                                43

                                                Sub Code COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                OBJECTIVETo study the flow of dynamic fluids by computational methods

                                                Module-I (10 hours) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows Mathematical properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations - Well posed problems - discretization of partial Differential Equations Explicit finite difference methods of subsonic supersonic and viscous flows

                                                Module-II (15 hours)

                                                DISCRETIZATION Boundary layer Equations and methods of solution -Implicit time dependent methods forinviscid and viscous compressible flows - Concept of numerical dissipation --Stabilityproperties of explicit and implicit methods - Conservative upwind discretization forHyperbolic systems - Further advantages of upwind differencing GRID GENERATION Structured grids Types and transformations Generation of structured grids Unstructured grids Delany triangulation

                                                Module-III (15 hours)

                                                FINITE VOLUME TECHNIQUESFinite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping -Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy - Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques ndash Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives Flux ndash splitting schemes Pressure correction solvers ndash SIMPLE PESO Vorticity transport formulation Implicitsemi-implicit schemes

                                                TEXT BOOK1 Fletcher CAJ ldquoComputational Techniques for Fluid Dynamicsrdquo Vols I and IISpringer - Verlag Berlin 1988REFERENCES1 John F Wendt (Editor) ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics - An Introductionrdquo Springer ndashVerlag Berlin 19922 Charles Hirsch ldquoNumerical Computation of Internal and External Flowsrdquo Vols I and IIJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 19883 Klaus A Hoffmann and Steve T Chiang ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics forEngineersrdquo Vols I amp II Engineering Education System PO Box 20078 W WichitaKS 67208 - 1078 USA 19934 Anderson JrD ldquoFundamentals of Aerodynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill 2000

                                                44

                                                AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

                                                Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

                                                SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

                                                Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

                                                Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

                                                ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

                                                45

                                                AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                                OBJECTIVE

                                                To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

                                                Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

                                                LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

                                                TOTAL 60

                                                AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

                                                OBJECTIVE

                                                To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

                                                LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

                                                TOTAL 60

                                                46

                                                SEMESTER VIII

                                                Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                THEORY

                                                Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

                                                47

                                                Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

                                                OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

                                                Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

                                                METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

                                                Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

                                                Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

                                                FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

                                                REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

                                                48

                                                Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

                                                OBJECTIVE

                                                The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

                                                PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

                                                OBJECTIVE

                                                The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

                                                The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

                                                Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

                                                OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

                                                LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

                                                composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

                                                fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

                                                49

                                                1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

                                                SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

                                                Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

                                                Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

                                                SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

                                                Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

                                                ELECTIVESndash III

                                                Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

                                                SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

                                                Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

                                                ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

                                                Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

                                                50

                                                Elective Subjects

                                                Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

                                                BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

                                                Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

                                                Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

                                                TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

                                                TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

                                                51

                                                Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                                                OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                                                Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                                                UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                                                52

                                                AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                                                OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                                                Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                                                Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                                                MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                                                Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                                                AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                                                TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                                                53

                                                Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                                                3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                                                Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                                                Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                                                RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                                                Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                                                HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                                                54

                                                Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                                                Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                                                IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                                                Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                                                Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                                                55

                                                Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                                                Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                                                STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                                                Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                                                Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                                                56

                                                Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                Module-I (15hours)

                                                FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                                                COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                                                Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                                                Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                                                COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                                                57

                                                Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                                                Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                                                BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                                                Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                                                BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                                                Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                                                58

                                                Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                                                Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                                                Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                                                Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                                                Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                                                TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                                                59

                                                Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                                Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                                PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                                Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                                PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                                Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                                Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                                60

                                                Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                                EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                                Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                                Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                                SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                                61

                                                AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                                Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                                Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                                AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                                Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                                TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                                62

                                                Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                                Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                                VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                                INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                                63

                                                Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                                Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                                MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                                Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                                PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                                Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                                64

                                                Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                65

                                                Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                                CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                                Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                                CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                                Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                                66

                                                • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                • Course Title
                                                  • THEORY
                                                  • SEMESTER III
                                                  • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                  • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                  • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                  • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                    • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                    • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                        • Course Title
                                                          • THEORY
                                                          • PRACTICAL
                                                          • SEMESTER V
                                                            • Course Title
                                                              • THEORY
                                                              • PRACTICAL
                                                              • SEMESTER VI
                                                                • Course Title
                                                                  • THEORY
                                                                  • PRACTICAL
                                                                  • SEMESTER VI
                                                                    • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                      • SEMESTER VII
                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                          • THEORY
                                                                          • PRACTICAL
                                                                          • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                            • TOTAL 60
                                                                            • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                            • TOTAL 60
                                                                              • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                  • THEORY
                                                                                  • PRACTICAL
                                                                                  • Co New York 1989
                                                                                  • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                                  • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                  • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                    • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                      • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                          • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                              • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                  Sub Code PROPULSION ndash II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                  OBJECTIVETo study in detail about gas turbines ramjet fundamentals of rocket propulsion andchemical rocketsModule ndash I (10 hours) AIRCRAFT GAS TURBINES 12Impulse and reaction blading of gas turbines ndash Velocity triangles and power output ndash Elementary theory ndash Vortex theory ndash Choice of blade profile pitch and chord ndash stimationof stage performance ndash Limiting factors in gas turbine design- Overall turbine performance ndash Methods of blade cooling ndash Matching of turbine and compressor Module ndash II (15 hours)RAMJET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Sub critical critical and supercritical operation ndash Combustion in ramjet engine ndash Ramjet performance ndash Simple ramjet design calculations ndash Introduction to scramjet

                                                  FUNDAMENTALS OF ROCKET PROPULSION Operating principle ndash Specific impulse of a rocket ndash internal ballistics- Rocket nozzleclassification ndash Rocket performance considerations

                                                  Module ndash III (15 hours)CHEMICAL ROCKETS Solid propellant rockets ndash Selection criteria of solid propellants ndash Important hardware components of solid rockets ndash Propellant grain design considerations ndash Liquid propellantrockets ndash Selection of liquid propellants Cooling in liquid rockets ndash Hybrid rockets

                                                  ADVANCED PROPULSION TECHNIQUES Electric rocket propulsion ndash Ion propulsion techniques ndash Nuclear rocket ndash Types ndash Solarsail- Preliminary Concepts in nozzleless propulsion TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York 5th

                                                  Edn 19932 Hill PG amp Peterson CR ldquoMechanics amp Thermodynamics of Propulsionrdquo Addison ndashWesley Longman INC 1999REFERENCES1 Cohen H Rogers GFC and Saravanamuttoo HIH ldquoGas Turbine TheoryrdquoLongman Co ELBS Ed 19892 Gorden CV ldquoAero thermodynamics of Gas Turbine and Rocket Propulsionrdquo AIAAEducation Series New York 19893 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 1988

                                                  25

                                                  Sub Code AIRCRAFT PERFORMANCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                  OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the performance of airplanes under various flightconditions like take off cruise landing climbing gliding turning etcModule ndash I (13 hours)GENERAL CONCEPTSInternational Standard atmosphere IAS EAS TAS Propeller theory- Froude momentum and blade element theories Propeller co-efficients Use of propeller charts Performance of fixed and variable pitch propellers High lift devices Thrust augmentation

                                                  DRAG OF BODIESStreamlined and bluff body Types of drag Effect of Reynoldrsquos number on skin friction and pressure drag Drag reduction of airplanes Dragpolar Effect of Mach number on drag polar

                                                  Module ndash II (11 hours)STEADY LEVEL FLIGHTSteady level flight Thrust required and Power required Thrust available and Power available for propeller driven and jet powered aircraft Effect of altitude maximum level flight speed conditions for minimum drag and minimum power required Effect of drag divergence on maximum velocity Range and Endurance of Propeller and Jet airplanes

                                                  Module ndash III (16 hours)GLIDING AND CLIMBING FLIGHTShallow and steep angles of climb Rate of climb Climb hodograph Maximum Climb angle and Maximum Rate of climb- Effect of design parameters for propeller Absolute and service ceiling Gliding flight Glide hodograph

                                                  ACCELERATD FLIGHT Estimation of take-off and landing distances Methods of reducing landing distance level turn minimum turn radius bank angle and load factor Constraints on load factor Pull up and pull down maneuvers maximum turn rate V-n diagram

                                                  TEXT BOOKS1 HoughtonEL and Carruthers NB Aerodynamics for engineering studentsEdward Amold Publishers 19882 Anderson Jr JD Aircraft Performance and Design McGraw-Hill InternationalEdition 1999REFERENCES1 Kuethe AM and Chow CY Foundations of Aerodynamics John Wiley amp Sons19822 JJBertin Aerodynamics for Engineers Prentice-Hall 19883 LJ Clancey Aerodynamics Pitman 19864 Anderson Jr JD Introduction to Flight McGraw-Hill International Edition 1999

                                                  26

                                                  Sub Code CONTROL ENGINEERING L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                  OBJECTIVETo understand the basic concepts of flight control systemModule ndash I (11 hours) INTRODUCTIONHistorical review - Simple pneumatic hydraulic and thermal systems Series and parallelsystems Analogies - Mechanical and electrical components Development of flight control systems OPEN AND CLOSED LOOP SYSTEMSFeedback control systems ndash Block diagram representation of control systems Reductionof block diagrams Output to input ratios Signal flow graph

                                                  Module ndash II (15 hours)CHARACTERISTIC EQUATION AND FUNCTIONS Lap lace transformation Response of systems to different inputs viz Step input impulse ramp parabolic and sinusoidal inputs Time response of first and second order systems steady state errors and error constants of unity feedback circuit

                                                  SAMPLED DATA SYSTEMS Introduction to digital control system Digital Controllers and Digital PID Controllers

                                                  Module ndash III (14 hours)CONCEPT OF STABILITYNecessary and sufficient conditions Routh ndash Hurwitz criteria of stability Root locus andBode techniques Concept and construction frequency response

                                                  TOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Ogato ldquoModern Control Engineeringrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19982 GopalM ldquoControl Systems Principles and designrdquo ndash Tata McGraw-Hill PublicationNew Delhi 2000REFERENCES1 Azzo JJD and CH Houpis ldquoFeed back control system analysis and synthesisrdquoMcGraw ndash Hill International 3rd Edition 19982 Kuo BC ldquoAutomatic control systemsrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19983 Houpis CH and Lamont GB ldquoDigital Control Systemsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co NewYork USA 19954 Naresh K Sinha ldquoControl Systemsrdquo New Age International Publishers New Delhi

                                                  27

                                                  Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                  OBJECTIVETo bring awareness on experimental method of finding the response of the structure todifferent types of loadModule ndash I (15 hours) MEASUREMENTS amp EXTENSOMETER Principles of measurements Accuracy Sensitivity and range of measurements Mechanical Optical Acoustical and Electrical extensometers and their uses Advantagesand disadvantages

                                                  ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE STRAIN GAUGES Principle of operation and requirements Types and their uses Materials for strain gauge Calibration and temperature compensation cross sensitivity Rosette analysis Wheastone bridge for static and dynamic strain measurements strain indicators

                                                  Module ndash II (14 hours)PHOTOELASTICITY Two dimensional photo elasticity Concept of light ndash photoelastic effects stress optic lawInterpretation of fringe pattern Compensation and separation techniques Photo elasticmaterials Introduction to three dimensional photo elasticity

                                                  Module ndash III (11 hours)BRITTLE COATING AND MOIRE METHODSIntroduction to Moire techniques brittle coating methods and holography NON ndash DESTRUCTIVE TESTINGFundamentals of NDT Radiography ultrasonic magnetic particle inspection Fluorescent penetrant technique Eddy current testing Acoustic Emission Technique

                                                  TEXT BOOKS1 Srinath LS Raghava MR Lingaiah K Garagesha G Pant B andRamachandra K ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill New Delhi 1984REFERENCES1 Dally JW and Riley WF ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo McGraw-Hill Inc NewYork 2005 IV edition2 Hetyenyi M ldquoHand book of Experimental Stress Analysisrdquo John Wiley and Sons IncNew York 19723 Pollock AA ldquoAcoustic Emission in Acoustics and Vibration Progressrdquo Ed StephensRWB Chapman and Hall 1993

                                                  28

                                                  Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                                  OBJECTIVE

                                                  To experimentally study the unsymmetrical bending of beams find the location of shear centre obtain the stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques calibration of photo ndash elastic materials and study on vibration of beams

                                                  LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                  1 Unsymmetrical bending of beams2 Shear centre location for open sections3 Shear centre location for closed sections4 Constant strength beam5 Flexibility matrix for cantilever beam6 Beam with combined loading7 Calibration of Photo- elastic materials8 Stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques9 Vibrations of beams10 Wagner beam ndash Tension field beam

                                                  TOTAL 45

                                                  29

                                                  Sub Code CAD CAM LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                                                  OBJECTIVETo teach and train the students in the lab about the design and drafting of aerocomponents LIST OF EXPERIMENTSDesign and Modeling of rectangular plate with holeDesign and Modeling of spar componentsDesign and Modeling of Aerofoil structuresDesign and Modeling of cut section for wingsDesign and Modeling of Machine componentDesign and Modeling of Machine componentsDesign and Analysis of a TrussDesign and Analysis of Beam distributed loadDesign of Landing gearFacingTurning(Taper Step)

                                                  TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                                                  30

                                                  HSSM7203 Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness LabLab 30 hoursThis course will focus on communication in professional (work-related) situations of the kind thatBPUT graduates may expect to encounter on entering the professional domainSome typical forms of work-related communication oral or written are listed below Practiceactivities for all four skills can be designed around these or similar situations1 Gaining entry into an organizationi Preparing job-applications and CVsii Facing an interviewiii Participating in group discussion (as part of the recruitmentprocess)2 In-house communicationa Superior Senior 1048782 subordinate junior (individual 1048782 individual group)i Welcoming new entrants to the organization introducing the workplace cultureetcii Briefing subordinates juniors explaining duties and responsibilities etcii Motivating subordinates juniors (lsquopep talkrsquo)iii Instructing directing subordinates juniorsiv Expressing recording appreciation praising rewarding a subordinate or juniorv Reprimanding correcting disciplining a subordinatejunior (for a lapse) askingfor an explanation etcb Subordinate Junior 1048782 Superior Seniori Responding to the aboveii Reporting problems difficulties deficienciesiii Offering suggestions

                                                  31

                                                  SEMESTER VI

                                                  Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                  THEORYHSSM3301 Principles of Management 3 0 0 3

                                                  Finite Element Method 3 0 0 3Aircraft Stability and Control 3 0 0 3Wind Tunnel Techniques 3 0 0 3High Temperature Materials 3 0 0 3

                                                  E1 Elective ndash I 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                  Aero Engine Laboratory 0 0 3 2Aircraft Design Project - I 0 0 3 2Aerodynamics Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2

                                                  32

                                                  SEMESTER VI

                                                  HSSM3301 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (3-0-0)

                                                  Module I Functions of Management Concept of Management Management as an Art or Science The Process of Management Managerial Skills Good Managers are Born not Made Management is concerned with Ideas Things and People How a Manager Induces Workers to Put in Their Best Levels and Types of Management Evolution of Management Thought Managerial Environment The process of Management-Planning Organizing Directing Staffing Controlling

                                                  Module II Marketing Function of Management Modern Concept of Marketing The Functional Classification of Marketing Functions of a Marketing Management Marketing Mix Fundamental Needs of Customers The Role of Distribution channels in Marketing Advertising Marketing Consumerism and Environmentalism

                                                  Module III Financial Function amp HRM Functions Financial Functions Concept of Financial Management Project Appraisal Tools of Financial decisions making Overview of Working Capital HRM Function of Management Human Resource Management Human Resource Development Importance of HRM Overview of Job Analysis Job Description Job Specification Labour Turnover Manpower Planning Recruitment Selection Induction Training and Development Placement Wage and Salary Administration Performance Appraisal Grievance Handling Welfare Aspects

                                                  Reference Books 1 Business Organization amp Management CR Basu TMH 2 Business Organization amp Management Tulsia Pandey Pearson 3 Marketing Management Kotler Keller Koshi Jha Pearson 4 Financial Management IM Pandey Vikas 5 Human Resource Management Aswasthapa TMH 6 Modern Business Organisation amp Management by Sherlekar Himalaya Publishing House

                                                  33

                                                  Sub Code FINITE ELEMENT METHOD L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                  OBJECTIVETo introduce the concept of numerical analysis of structural componentsModule ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION Review of basic approximate methods of analyses ndash Stiffness and Flexibility matrix forsimple cases ndash Governing equation and convergence criteria of finite element method

                                                  DISCRETE ELEMENTS Bar Frame beam elements ndash Application to static dynamic analysis

                                                  Module ndash II (10 hours)

                                                  CONTINUUM ELEMENTS Various types of 2-D-elements Application to plane stress plane strain and axisymmetricproblems Module ndash III (16 hours)ISOPARAMETRIC ELEMENTS Applications to two and three-dimensional problems(four eight and nine nodded element) Numerical Integration

                                                  FIELD PROBLEMApplications to other field problems like heat transfer and fluid flow

                                                  TEXT BOOK1 TirupathiRC and Ashok DB ldquoIntroduction to Finite Elements in EngineeringrdquoPrentice Hall India Third Edition 2003REFERENCES1 Reddy JN ldquoAn Introduction to Finite Element Methodrdquo McGraw-Hill 20002 Krishnamurthy CS ldquoFinite Element Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill 20003 Bathe KJ and Wilson EL ldquoNumerical Methods in Finite Elements AnalysisrdquoPrentice Hall of India 1985

                                                  34

                                                  Sub Code AIRCRAFT STABILITY amp CONTROL L T P C3 1 0 4

                                                  OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the concepts of stable and nonstable configurationof airplanes To introduce the concepts of control of airplanes under variousoperating conditions

                                                  Module ndash I (13 hours)STATIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY AND CONTROL 15General concepts-Degrees of freedom of a rigid body Static and dynamic stability Need for stability in an airplane inherently and marginally stable airplanes Stability and Controllability Requirements of control surfaces criteria for longitudinal static stability contribution to stability by wing tail fuselage wing fuselage combination Total longitudinal stability Neutral point-Stick fixed and Stick free aspects Free elevator factor static margin Hinge moment Power effects on stability-propeller and jet aircrafts longitudinal control Movement of centre of gravity elevator control effectiveness elevator control power elevator angle to trim elevator angle per g maneuver point Stick force gradient and stick force per g Aerodynamic balancing

                                                  Module ndash II (15 hours) STATIC DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND CONTROL Directional stability-yaw and sideslip Criterion of directional stability contribution to static directional stability by wing fuselage tail Power effects on directional stabilitypropeller and jet aircrafts Rudder lock and Dorsal fin Directional control rudder control effectiveness rudder requirements adverse yaw asymmetric power condition spin recovery

                                                  STATIC LATERAL STABILTY AND CONTROL Lateral stability-Dihedral effect criterion for lateral stability evaluation of lateral stability-contribution of fuselage wing wing fuselage tail total static lateral stability lateral control aileron reversal aileron reversal speed

                                                  Module ndash III (12 hours) DYNAMIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY Aircraft Equations of motion small disturbance theory Estimation of longitudinal stability derivatives stability derivatives solving the stability quartic Phugoid motion

                                                  DYNAMIC LATERAL AND DIRECTIONAL STABILITY Dutch roll and spiral instability Auto rotation and spin

                                                  TEXT BOOKS1 Perkins CD amp Hage RE Airplane performance stability and control John Wileyamp Sons 19762 Nelson RC Flight Stability amp Automatic Control McGraw Hill 1998REFERENCES1 McCormick BW Aerodynamics Aeronautics amp Flight Mechanics John Wiley19952 Babister AW Aircraft Stability and response Pergamon Press 19803 Etkin B Dynamics of Flight Stability and Control John Wiley New York 19824 Pamadi BN Performnce Stability Dynamics and Control of Airplanes AIAA Education Series 2004

                                                  35

                                                  Sub Code WIND TUNNEL TECHNIQUES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                  OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of measurement of forces and moments on models during the wind tunnel testing

                                                  Module ndash I (10 hours)WIND TUNNELSClassification ndashnon-dimensional numbers-types of similarities - Layout of open circuit and closed circuit subsonic wind tunnels ndash design parameters-energy ratio - HP calculationsCalibration

                                                  Module ndash II (15 hours) HIGH SPEED WIND TUNNELSBlow down in draft and induction tunnel layouts and their design features Transonic supersonic and hypersonic tunnels their peculiarities and calibration Helium and gun tunnels Shock tubes

                                                  FLOW VISUALIZATIONSmoke and Tuft grid techniques ndash Dye injection special techniques ndash Optical methods offlow visualization

                                                  Module ndash II (15 hours)WIND TUNNEL MEASUREMENTSPressurevelocity and temperature measurements ndash Force measurements ndash types of balances-Three component and six component balances ndash calibration of measuring instruments

                                                  NON-INTRUSIVE FLOW DIAGNOSTICSLaser ndash Doppler anemometry Particle image velocimetry Laser induced fluorescence TEXT BOOK1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow Speed Wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley Publication1984REFERENCE1 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh Speed wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley 1985

                                                  36

                                                  Sub Code HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                  OBJECTIVETo learn damage mechanism and failure of components of elavated temperatures

                                                  Module ndash I (15 hours)CREEPFactors influencing functional life of components at elevated temperatures definition of creep curve various stages of creep metallurgical factors influencing various stages effect of stress temperatures and strain rate

                                                  Design of transient creep time hardening strain hardening expressions of rupture life ofcreep ductile and brittle materials Monkman-Grant relationship

                                                  Module ndash II (13 hours)FRACTURE AND OXIDATIONVarious types of fracture brittle to ductile from low temperature to high temperature cleavage fracture due to micro void coalescence ndash diffusion controlled void growth fracture maps for different alloys and oxidesOxidation Pilling Bedworth ratio kinetic laws of oxidation ndash defect structure and control of Oxidation by alloy additions

                                                  Module ndash III (12 hours)HOT CORROSION SUPER ALLOYS AND OTHER MATERIALHot gas corrosion deposit modified hot gas corrosion fluxing mechanisms effect of alloying elements on hot corrosion interaction of hot corrosion and creep methods of combat hot corrosion

                                                  Iron base Nickel base abd Cobalt base super alloys composition control solid solution strengthening precipitation hardening by gamma prime grain boundary strengthening TCP phase embrittlement solidfication of single crystals Intermetallics high temperature ceramics

                                                  TEXT BOOKS1 Raj R ldquoFlow and Fracture at Elevated TemperaturesrdquoAmerican Society for MetalsUSA 19852 Hertzberg RW ldquoDeformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering materialsrdquo 4th

                                                  Edition John Wiley USA 19963 Courtney T H ldquoMechanical Behaviour of MaterialsrdquoMcGraw-Hill USA 1990REFERENCES1 Boyle JT Spencer J ldquoStress Analysis for Creeprdquo Butterworths UK 19832 BressersJ ldquoCreep and Fatigue in High Temperature Alloysrdquo Applied Science 19813 McLean D ldquoDirectionally Solidified Materials for High Temperature ServicerdquoThe Metals Society USA 1985

                                                  37

                                                  AE2355 AERO ENGINE LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                                                  OBJECTIVETo introduce the knowledge of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines1 Study of free convective heat transfer over a flat plate2 Engine (Piston Engine) - cleaning visual inspection NDT checks3 Piston Engine Components - dimensional checks4 Velocity profiles of free jets5 Velocity profiles of wall jets6 Combustion Studies in a model jet engine combustor7 Jet Engine ndash identification of components amp defects8 Jet Engine ndash NDT checks and dimensional checks9 Study of hybrid rocket propulsion system10 Engine starting procedures11 Study of ramjet12 Burn rate measurements of solid propellants

                                                  TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                  38

                                                  Sub code AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash I L T P C0 0 3 2

                                                  OBJECTIVETo introduce and develop the basic concept of aircraft designEach student is assigned the design of an Airplane (or Helicopter or any other flightvehicle) for given preliminary specifications The following are the assignments to becarried outEXPERIMENTS1 Comparative configuration study of different types of airplanes2 Comparative study on specification and performance details of aircraft3 Preparation of comparative data sheets4 Work sheet layout procedures5 Comparative graphs preparation and selection of main parameters for the design6 Preliminary weight estimations selection of main parameters7 Power plant selection Aerofoil selection Wing tail and control surfaces8 Preparation of layouts of balance diagram and three view drawings9 Drag estimation10 Detailed performance calculations and stability estimates

                                                  TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                  AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY- II

                                                  1 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of symmetric aerofoil section2 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of cambered aerofoil section3 Pressure distribution over a Nose cone model4 Determination of Base drag of a missile model5 Determination of profile drag of bodies by wake survey method6 Study of flow field over a backward facing step7 Pressure distribution over a water tank model for various wind speeds8 Velocity profiles for different simulated terrains9 Calibration of Supersonic Wind Tunnel10 Flow visualization studies in supersonic flows

                                                  TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                  39

                                                  40

                                                  SEMESTER VII

                                                  Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                  THEORY

                                                  PCME4404 Production and Operation Management 3 0 0 3Avionics 3 0 0 3Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 0 3Vibrations And Elements of Aeroelasticity 3 0 0 3

                                                  E2 Elective ndash II 3 0 0 3E3 Elective ndash III 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                  Aircraft Design Project ndash II 0 0 3 2Aircraft Systems Lab 0 0 3 2Project Work and Seminar 0 0 3 3

                                                  41

                                                  SEMESTER VII

                                                  PCME4404 Production and Operation Management L T P C

                                                  Objective The course aims at acquainting all engineering graduates irrespective of theirspecializations the basic issues and tools of managing production and operations functionsof an organizationModule I1 Operations Function in an Organization Manufacturing Vrs Service Operations Systemview of Operations Strategic Role of Operations Operations Strategies for CompetitiveAdvantage Operations Quality and Productivity Focus Meeting Global Challenges ofProduction and Operations Imperatives (3 Hours)2 Designing Products Services and Processes New Product Design- Product Life CycleProduct Development Process Process Technology Project Jobshop Batch AssemblyLine Continuous Manufacturing Process Technology Life Cycle Process TechnologyTrends FMS CIM CAD CAM Design for Services Services Process Technology(4 Hours)3 Work Study Methods Study- Techniques of Analysis recording improvement andstandardization Work Measurement Work Measurement Principles using Stopwatch TimeStudy Predetermined Motion Time Standards and Work Sampling Standard TimeEstimation (4 Hours)Module II4 Location and Layout Planning Factor Influencing Plant and Warehouse LocationsImpact of Location on cost and revenues Facility Location Procedure and Models Qualitative Models Breakeven Analysis location Model centroid methodLayout Planning Layout Types Process Layout Product Layout Fixed Position LayoutPlanning block diagramming line balancing computerized layout planning- overviewGroup Technology (4 Hours)5 Forecasting Principles and Method Moving Average weighted Moving AverageExponential Smoothing Winterrsquos Method for Seasonal Demand Forecasting Error(4 Hours)6 Manufacturing Planning and Control The Framework and Components AggregatePlanning Master Production Scheduling Rough-cut-Capacity Planning MaterialRequirements Planning Capacity Requirements Planning (5 Hours)Module III7 Sequencing and Scheduling Single Machine Sequencing Basics and PerformanceEvaluation Criteria Methods for Minimizing Mean Flow Time Parallel Machines Minimization of Makespan Flowshop sequencing 2 and 3 machines cases JohnsonrsquosRule and Jobshop Scheduling Priority dispatching Rules (3 Hours)8 Inventory Control Relevant Costs Basic EOQ Model Model with Quantity discountEconomic Batch Quantity Periodic and Continuous Review Systems Safety Stock ReorderPoint and Order Quantity Calculations ABC Analysis (4 Hours)9 Modern Trends in Manufacturing Just in Time (JIT) System Shop Floor Control ByKanbans Total Quality Management Total Productive Maintenance ISO 9000 QualityCircle Kaizen Poka Yoke Supply Chain Management (4 Hours)Reference Book1 SNChary ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 R Paneerselvam ldquoProduction and Operations Management Prentice Hall of India3 Aswathappa amp Bhatt ndash Production amp Operations Management HPH4 Gaither amp Frazier - Operations Management Cengage Publication5 Russell amp Taylor - Operations Management PHI Publication6 Chase Aquilanno Jacob amp Agarwal - Operations Management TMH Publication7 EE Adam and RJ Ebert ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India

                                                  42

                                                  Sub Code AVIONICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                  OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of navigation amp communication systems of aircraft

                                                  Module ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems ndash Integrated Avionicssystem ndash Typical avionics sub systems ndash Design approaches and recent advances -Application Technologies

                                                  PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS Digital Computers ndash Digital number system- number systems and codes-Fundamentals of logic and combinational logic circuits ndashDigital arithmetic ndash interfacing with analoguesystems

                                                  Module ndash II (11 hours)Basic of Microprocessors and application Microprocessors ndash Memories- Microprocessors real time application related to aircraft

                                                  DIGITAL AVIONICS ARCHITECTURE Avionics system architecturendash salient features and applications of Data buses MILndashSTD1553 BndashARINC 429ndashARINC 629

                                                  Module ndash III (15 hours)

                                                  FLIGHT DECK AND COCKPITSControl and display technologies CRT LCD - Touch screen - Direct voice input (DVI) - Civil cockpit and military cockpit MFDS HUD MFK HOTAS AVIONICS SYSTEMS Communication Systems - Navigation systems - Flight control systems - Radar electronic warfare - Utility systems Reliability and maintainability - Certification TEXT BOOKS1 Malcrno AP and Leach DP ldquoDigital Principles and Applicationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill19902 Gaonkar RS ldquoMicroprocessors Architecture ndash Programming and Applicationrdquo Wileyand Sons Ltd New Delhi 1990REFERENCES1 Middleton DH Ed ldquoAvionics Systems Longman Scientific and Technicalrdquo LongmanGroup UK Ltd England 19892 Spitzer CR ldquoDigital Avionic Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ USA19873 Brain Kendal ldquoManual of Avionicsrdquo The English Book House 3rd Edition New Delhi19934 Nagaraja ldquoNavigation systemrdquo5 J Powell ldquoAircraft Radio Systemrdquo

                                                  43

                                                  Sub Code COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                  OBJECTIVETo study the flow of dynamic fluids by computational methods

                                                  Module-I (10 hours) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows Mathematical properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations - Well posed problems - discretization of partial Differential Equations Explicit finite difference methods of subsonic supersonic and viscous flows

                                                  Module-II (15 hours)

                                                  DISCRETIZATION Boundary layer Equations and methods of solution -Implicit time dependent methods forinviscid and viscous compressible flows - Concept of numerical dissipation --Stabilityproperties of explicit and implicit methods - Conservative upwind discretization forHyperbolic systems - Further advantages of upwind differencing GRID GENERATION Structured grids Types and transformations Generation of structured grids Unstructured grids Delany triangulation

                                                  Module-III (15 hours)

                                                  FINITE VOLUME TECHNIQUESFinite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping -Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy - Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques ndash Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives Flux ndash splitting schemes Pressure correction solvers ndash SIMPLE PESO Vorticity transport formulation Implicitsemi-implicit schemes

                                                  TEXT BOOK1 Fletcher CAJ ldquoComputational Techniques for Fluid Dynamicsrdquo Vols I and IISpringer - Verlag Berlin 1988REFERENCES1 John F Wendt (Editor) ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics - An Introductionrdquo Springer ndashVerlag Berlin 19922 Charles Hirsch ldquoNumerical Computation of Internal and External Flowsrdquo Vols I and IIJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 19883 Klaus A Hoffmann and Steve T Chiang ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics forEngineersrdquo Vols I amp II Engineering Education System PO Box 20078 W WichitaKS 67208 - 1078 USA 19934 Anderson JrD ldquoFundamentals of Aerodynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill 2000

                                                  44

                                                  AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                  OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

                                                  Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

                                                  SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

                                                  Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

                                                  Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

                                                  ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

                                                  45

                                                  AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                                  OBJECTIVE

                                                  To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

                                                  Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

                                                  LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                  1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

                                                  TOTAL 60

                                                  AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

                                                  OBJECTIVE

                                                  To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

                                                  LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                  1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

                                                  TOTAL 60

                                                  46

                                                  SEMESTER VIII

                                                  Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                  THEORY

                                                  Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                  Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

                                                  47

                                                  Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

                                                  OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

                                                  Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

                                                  METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

                                                  Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

                                                  Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

                                                  FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

                                                  REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

                                                  48

                                                  Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

                                                  OBJECTIVE

                                                  The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

                                                  PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

                                                  OBJECTIVE

                                                  The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

                                                  The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

                                                  Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

                                                  OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

                                                  LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                  1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

                                                  composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

                                                  fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

                                                  49

                                                  1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

                                                  SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

                                                  Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                  Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

                                                  Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

                                                  SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

                                                  Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                  Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

                                                  ELECTIVESndash III

                                                  Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                  Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

                                                  SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

                                                  Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                  Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

                                                  ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

                                                  Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

                                                  50

                                                  Elective Subjects

                                                  Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                  OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

                                                  BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

                                                  Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

                                                  Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

                                                  TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

                                                  TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

                                                  51

                                                  Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                                                  OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                                                  Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                                                  UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                                                  52

                                                  AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                                                  OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                                                  Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                                                  Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                                                  MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                                                  Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                                                  AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                                                  TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                                                  53

                                                  Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                                                  3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                                                  Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                                                  Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                                                  RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                                                  Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                                                  HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                                                  54

                                                  Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                  OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                                                  Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                                                  IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                                                  Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                                                  Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                                                  55

                                                  Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                  OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                                                  Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                                                  STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                                                  Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                                                  Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                                                  56

                                                  Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                  Module-I (15hours)

                                                  FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                                                  COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                                                  Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                                                  Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                                                  COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                                                  57

                                                  Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                  OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                                                  Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                                                  BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                                                  Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                                                  BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                                                  Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                                                  58

                                                  Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                  OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                                                  Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                                                  Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                                                  Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                                                  Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                                                  TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                                                  59

                                                  Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                  OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                                  Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                                  PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                                  Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                                  PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                                  Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                                  Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                                  60

                                                  Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                  Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                                  EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                                  Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                                  Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                                  SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                                  61

                                                  AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                  OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                                  Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                                  Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                                  AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                                  Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                                  TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                                  62

                                                  Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                  OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                                  Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                                  VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                                  INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                                  63

                                                  Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                  OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                                  Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                                  MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                                  Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                                  PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                                  Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                                  64

                                                  Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                  OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                  65

                                                  Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                  Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                                  CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                                  Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                                  CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                                  Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                                  66

                                                  • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                  • Course Title
                                                    • THEORY
                                                    • SEMESTER III
                                                    • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                    • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                    • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                    • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                      • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                      • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                          • Course Title
                                                            • THEORY
                                                            • PRACTICAL
                                                            • SEMESTER V
                                                              • Course Title
                                                                • THEORY
                                                                • PRACTICAL
                                                                • SEMESTER VI
                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                    • THEORY
                                                                    • PRACTICAL
                                                                    • SEMESTER VI
                                                                      • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                        • SEMESTER VII
                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                            • THEORY
                                                                            • PRACTICAL
                                                                            • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                              • TOTAL 60
                                                                              • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                              • TOTAL 60
                                                                                • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                    • THEORY
                                                                                    • PRACTICAL
                                                                                    • Co New York 1989
                                                                                    • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                                    • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                    • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                      • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                        • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                            • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                    Sub Code AIRCRAFT PERFORMANCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                    OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the performance of airplanes under various flightconditions like take off cruise landing climbing gliding turning etcModule ndash I (13 hours)GENERAL CONCEPTSInternational Standard atmosphere IAS EAS TAS Propeller theory- Froude momentum and blade element theories Propeller co-efficients Use of propeller charts Performance of fixed and variable pitch propellers High lift devices Thrust augmentation

                                                    DRAG OF BODIESStreamlined and bluff body Types of drag Effect of Reynoldrsquos number on skin friction and pressure drag Drag reduction of airplanes Dragpolar Effect of Mach number on drag polar

                                                    Module ndash II (11 hours)STEADY LEVEL FLIGHTSteady level flight Thrust required and Power required Thrust available and Power available for propeller driven and jet powered aircraft Effect of altitude maximum level flight speed conditions for minimum drag and minimum power required Effect of drag divergence on maximum velocity Range and Endurance of Propeller and Jet airplanes

                                                    Module ndash III (16 hours)GLIDING AND CLIMBING FLIGHTShallow and steep angles of climb Rate of climb Climb hodograph Maximum Climb angle and Maximum Rate of climb- Effect of design parameters for propeller Absolute and service ceiling Gliding flight Glide hodograph

                                                    ACCELERATD FLIGHT Estimation of take-off and landing distances Methods of reducing landing distance level turn minimum turn radius bank angle and load factor Constraints on load factor Pull up and pull down maneuvers maximum turn rate V-n diagram

                                                    TEXT BOOKS1 HoughtonEL and Carruthers NB Aerodynamics for engineering studentsEdward Amold Publishers 19882 Anderson Jr JD Aircraft Performance and Design McGraw-Hill InternationalEdition 1999REFERENCES1 Kuethe AM and Chow CY Foundations of Aerodynamics John Wiley amp Sons19822 JJBertin Aerodynamics for Engineers Prentice-Hall 19883 LJ Clancey Aerodynamics Pitman 19864 Anderson Jr JD Introduction to Flight McGraw-Hill International Edition 1999

                                                    26

                                                    Sub Code CONTROL ENGINEERING L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                    OBJECTIVETo understand the basic concepts of flight control systemModule ndash I (11 hours) INTRODUCTIONHistorical review - Simple pneumatic hydraulic and thermal systems Series and parallelsystems Analogies - Mechanical and electrical components Development of flight control systems OPEN AND CLOSED LOOP SYSTEMSFeedback control systems ndash Block diagram representation of control systems Reductionof block diagrams Output to input ratios Signal flow graph

                                                    Module ndash II (15 hours)CHARACTERISTIC EQUATION AND FUNCTIONS Lap lace transformation Response of systems to different inputs viz Step input impulse ramp parabolic and sinusoidal inputs Time response of first and second order systems steady state errors and error constants of unity feedback circuit

                                                    SAMPLED DATA SYSTEMS Introduction to digital control system Digital Controllers and Digital PID Controllers

                                                    Module ndash III (14 hours)CONCEPT OF STABILITYNecessary and sufficient conditions Routh ndash Hurwitz criteria of stability Root locus andBode techniques Concept and construction frequency response

                                                    TOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Ogato ldquoModern Control Engineeringrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19982 GopalM ldquoControl Systems Principles and designrdquo ndash Tata McGraw-Hill PublicationNew Delhi 2000REFERENCES1 Azzo JJD and CH Houpis ldquoFeed back control system analysis and synthesisrdquoMcGraw ndash Hill International 3rd Edition 19982 Kuo BC ldquoAutomatic control systemsrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19983 Houpis CH and Lamont GB ldquoDigital Control Systemsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co NewYork USA 19954 Naresh K Sinha ldquoControl Systemsrdquo New Age International Publishers New Delhi

                                                    27

                                                    Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                    OBJECTIVETo bring awareness on experimental method of finding the response of the structure todifferent types of loadModule ndash I (15 hours) MEASUREMENTS amp EXTENSOMETER Principles of measurements Accuracy Sensitivity and range of measurements Mechanical Optical Acoustical and Electrical extensometers and their uses Advantagesand disadvantages

                                                    ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE STRAIN GAUGES Principle of operation and requirements Types and their uses Materials for strain gauge Calibration and temperature compensation cross sensitivity Rosette analysis Wheastone bridge for static and dynamic strain measurements strain indicators

                                                    Module ndash II (14 hours)PHOTOELASTICITY Two dimensional photo elasticity Concept of light ndash photoelastic effects stress optic lawInterpretation of fringe pattern Compensation and separation techniques Photo elasticmaterials Introduction to three dimensional photo elasticity

                                                    Module ndash III (11 hours)BRITTLE COATING AND MOIRE METHODSIntroduction to Moire techniques brittle coating methods and holography NON ndash DESTRUCTIVE TESTINGFundamentals of NDT Radiography ultrasonic magnetic particle inspection Fluorescent penetrant technique Eddy current testing Acoustic Emission Technique

                                                    TEXT BOOKS1 Srinath LS Raghava MR Lingaiah K Garagesha G Pant B andRamachandra K ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill New Delhi 1984REFERENCES1 Dally JW and Riley WF ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo McGraw-Hill Inc NewYork 2005 IV edition2 Hetyenyi M ldquoHand book of Experimental Stress Analysisrdquo John Wiley and Sons IncNew York 19723 Pollock AA ldquoAcoustic Emission in Acoustics and Vibration Progressrdquo Ed StephensRWB Chapman and Hall 1993

                                                    28

                                                    Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                                    OBJECTIVE

                                                    To experimentally study the unsymmetrical bending of beams find the location of shear centre obtain the stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques calibration of photo ndash elastic materials and study on vibration of beams

                                                    LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                    1 Unsymmetrical bending of beams2 Shear centre location for open sections3 Shear centre location for closed sections4 Constant strength beam5 Flexibility matrix for cantilever beam6 Beam with combined loading7 Calibration of Photo- elastic materials8 Stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques9 Vibrations of beams10 Wagner beam ndash Tension field beam

                                                    TOTAL 45

                                                    29

                                                    Sub Code CAD CAM LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                                                    OBJECTIVETo teach and train the students in the lab about the design and drafting of aerocomponents LIST OF EXPERIMENTSDesign and Modeling of rectangular plate with holeDesign and Modeling of spar componentsDesign and Modeling of Aerofoil structuresDesign and Modeling of cut section for wingsDesign and Modeling of Machine componentDesign and Modeling of Machine componentsDesign and Analysis of a TrussDesign and Analysis of Beam distributed loadDesign of Landing gearFacingTurning(Taper Step)

                                                    TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                                                    30

                                                    HSSM7203 Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness LabLab 30 hoursThis course will focus on communication in professional (work-related) situations of the kind thatBPUT graduates may expect to encounter on entering the professional domainSome typical forms of work-related communication oral or written are listed below Practiceactivities for all four skills can be designed around these or similar situations1 Gaining entry into an organizationi Preparing job-applications and CVsii Facing an interviewiii Participating in group discussion (as part of the recruitmentprocess)2 In-house communicationa Superior Senior 1048782 subordinate junior (individual 1048782 individual group)i Welcoming new entrants to the organization introducing the workplace cultureetcii Briefing subordinates juniors explaining duties and responsibilities etcii Motivating subordinates juniors (lsquopep talkrsquo)iii Instructing directing subordinates juniorsiv Expressing recording appreciation praising rewarding a subordinate or juniorv Reprimanding correcting disciplining a subordinatejunior (for a lapse) askingfor an explanation etcb Subordinate Junior 1048782 Superior Seniori Responding to the aboveii Reporting problems difficulties deficienciesiii Offering suggestions

                                                    31

                                                    SEMESTER VI

                                                    Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                    THEORYHSSM3301 Principles of Management 3 0 0 3

                                                    Finite Element Method 3 0 0 3Aircraft Stability and Control 3 0 0 3Wind Tunnel Techniques 3 0 0 3High Temperature Materials 3 0 0 3

                                                    E1 Elective ndash I 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                    Aero Engine Laboratory 0 0 3 2Aircraft Design Project - I 0 0 3 2Aerodynamics Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2

                                                    32

                                                    SEMESTER VI

                                                    HSSM3301 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (3-0-0)

                                                    Module I Functions of Management Concept of Management Management as an Art or Science The Process of Management Managerial Skills Good Managers are Born not Made Management is concerned with Ideas Things and People How a Manager Induces Workers to Put in Their Best Levels and Types of Management Evolution of Management Thought Managerial Environment The process of Management-Planning Organizing Directing Staffing Controlling

                                                    Module II Marketing Function of Management Modern Concept of Marketing The Functional Classification of Marketing Functions of a Marketing Management Marketing Mix Fundamental Needs of Customers The Role of Distribution channels in Marketing Advertising Marketing Consumerism and Environmentalism

                                                    Module III Financial Function amp HRM Functions Financial Functions Concept of Financial Management Project Appraisal Tools of Financial decisions making Overview of Working Capital HRM Function of Management Human Resource Management Human Resource Development Importance of HRM Overview of Job Analysis Job Description Job Specification Labour Turnover Manpower Planning Recruitment Selection Induction Training and Development Placement Wage and Salary Administration Performance Appraisal Grievance Handling Welfare Aspects

                                                    Reference Books 1 Business Organization amp Management CR Basu TMH 2 Business Organization amp Management Tulsia Pandey Pearson 3 Marketing Management Kotler Keller Koshi Jha Pearson 4 Financial Management IM Pandey Vikas 5 Human Resource Management Aswasthapa TMH 6 Modern Business Organisation amp Management by Sherlekar Himalaya Publishing House

                                                    33

                                                    Sub Code FINITE ELEMENT METHOD L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                    OBJECTIVETo introduce the concept of numerical analysis of structural componentsModule ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION Review of basic approximate methods of analyses ndash Stiffness and Flexibility matrix forsimple cases ndash Governing equation and convergence criteria of finite element method

                                                    DISCRETE ELEMENTS Bar Frame beam elements ndash Application to static dynamic analysis

                                                    Module ndash II (10 hours)

                                                    CONTINUUM ELEMENTS Various types of 2-D-elements Application to plane stress plane strain and axisymmetricproblems Module ndash III (16 hours)ISOPARAMETRIC ELEMENTS Applications to two and three-dimensional problems(four eight and nine nodded element) Numerical Integration

                                                    FIELD PROBLEMApplications to other field problems like heat transfer and fluid flow

                                                    TEXT BOOK1 TirupathiRC and Ashok DB ldquoIntroduction to Finite Elements in EngineeringrdquoPrentice Hall India Third Edition 2003REFERENCES1 Reddy JN ldquoAn Introduction to Finite Element Methodrdquo McGraw-Hill 20002 Krishnamurthy CS ldquoFinite Element Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill 20003 Bathe KJ and Wilson EL ldquoNumerical Methods in Finite Elements AnalysisrdquoPrentice Hall of India 1985

                                                    34

                                                    Sub Code AIRCRAFT STABILITY amp CONTROL L T P C3 1 0 4

                                                    OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the concepts of stable and nonstable configurationof airplanes To introduce the concepts of control of airplanes under variousoperating conditions

                                                    Module ndash I (13 hours)STATIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY AND CONTROL 15General concepts-Degrees of freedom of a rigid body Static and dynamic stability Need for stability in an airplane inherently and marginally stable airplanes Stability and Controllability Requirements of control surfaces criteria for longitudinal static stability contribution to stability by wing tail fuselage wing fuselage combination Total longitudinal stability Neutral point-Stick fixed and Stick free aspects Free elevator factor static margin Hinge moment Power effects on stability-propeller and jet aircrafts longitudinal control Movement of centre of gravity elevator control effectiveness elevator control power elevator angle to trim elevator angle per g maneuver point Stick force gradient and stick force per g Aerodynamic balancing

                                                    Module ndash II (15 hours) STATIC DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND CONTROL Directional stability-yaw and sideslip Criterion of directional stability contribution to static directional stability by wing fuselage tail Power effects on directional stabilitypropeller and jet aircrafts Rudder lock and Dorsal fin Directional control rudder control effectiveness rudder requirements adverse yaw asymmetric power condition spin recovery

                                                    STATIC LATERAL STABILTY AND CONTROL Lateral stability-Dihedral effect criterion for lateral stability evaluation of lateral stability-contribution of fuselage wing wing fuselage tail total static lateral stability lateral control aileron reversal aileron reversal speed

                                                    Module ndash III (12 hours) DYNAMIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY Aircraft Equations of motion small disturbance theory Estimation of longitudinal stability derivatives stability derivatives solving the stability quartic Phugoid motion

                                                    DYNAMIC LATERAL AND DIRECTIONAL STABILITY Dutch roll and spiral instability Auto rotation and spin

                                                    TEXT BOOKS1 Perkins CD amp Hage RE Airplane performance stability and control John Wileyamp Sons 19762 Nelson RC Flight Stability amp Automatic Control McGraw Hill 1998REFERENCES1 McCormick BW Aerodynamics Aeronautics amp Flight Mechanics John Wiley19952 Babister AW Aircraft Stability and response Pergamon Press 19803 Etkin B Dynamics of Flight Stability and Control John Wiley New York 19824 Pamadi BN Performnce Stability Dynamics and Control of Airplanes AIAA Education Series 2004

                                                    35

                                                    Sub Code WIND TUNNEL TECHNIQUES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                    OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of measurement of forces and moments on models during the wind tunnel testing

                                                    Module ndash I (10 hours)WIND TUNNELSClassification ndashnon-dimensional numbers-types of similarities - Layout of open circuit and closed circuit subsonic wind tunnels ndash design parameters-energy ratio - HP calculationsCalibration

                                                    Module ndash II (15 hours) HIGH SPEED WIND TUNNELSBlow down in draft and induction tunnel layouts and their design features Transonic supersonic and hypersonic tunnels their peculiarities and calibration Helium and gun tunnels Shock tubes

                                                    FLOW VISUALIZATIONSmoke and Tuft grid techniques ndash Dye injection special techniques ndash Optical methods offlow visualization

                                                    Module ndash II (15 hours)WIND TUNNEL MEASUREMENTSPressurevelocity and temperature measurements ndash Force measurements ndash types of balances-Three component and six component balances ndash calibration of measuring instruments

                                                    NON-INTRUSIVE FLOW DIAGNOSTICSLaser ndash Doppler anemometry Particle image velocimetry Laser induced fluorescence TEXT BOOK1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow Speed Wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley Publication1984REFERENCE1 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh Speed wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley 1985

                                                    36

                                                    Sub Code HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                    OBJECTIVETo learn damage mechanism and failure of components of elavated temperatures

                                                    Module ndash I (15 hours)CREEPFactors influencing functional life of components at elevated temperatures definition of creep curve various stages of creep metallurgical factors influencing various stages effect of stress temperatures and strain rate

                                                    Design of transient creep time hardening strain hardening expressions of rupture life ofcreep ductile and brittle materials Monkman-Grant relationship

                                                    Module ndash II (13 hours)FRACTURE AND OXIDATIONVarious types of fracture brittle to ductile from low temperature to high temperature cleavage fracture due to micro void coalescence ndash diffusion controlled void growth fracture maps for different alloys and oxidesOxidation Pilling Bedworth ratio kinetic laws of oxidation ndash defect structure and control of Oxidation by alloy additions

                                                    Module ndash III (12 hours)HOT CORROSION SUPER ALLOYS AND OTHER MATERIALHot gas corrosion deposit modified hot gas corrosion fluxing mechanisms effect of alloying elements on hot corrosion interaction of hot corrosion and creep methods of combat hot corrosion

                                                    Iron base Nickel base abd Cobalt base super alloys composition control solid solution strengthening precipitation hardening by gamma prime grain boundary strengthening TCP phase embrittlement solidfication of single crystals Intermetallics high temperature ceramics

                                                    TEXT BOOKS1 Raj R ldquoFlow and Fracture at Elevated TemperaturesrdquoAmerican Society for MetalsUSA 19852 Hertzberg RW ldquoDeformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering materialsrdquo 4th

                                                    Edition John Wiley USA 19963 Courtney T H ldquoMechanical Behaviour of MaterialsrdquoMcGraw-Hill USA 1990REFERENCES1 Boyle JT Spencer J ldquoStress Analysis for Creeprdquo Butterworths UK 19832 BressersJ ldquoCreep and Fatigue in High Temperature Alloysrdquo Applied Science 19813 McLean D ldquoDirectionally Solidified Materials for High Temperature ServicerdquoThe Metals Society USA 1985

                                                    37

                                                    AE2355 AERO ENGINE LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                                                    OBJECTIVETo introduce the knowledge of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines1 Study of free convective heat transfer over a flat plate2 Engine (Piston Engine) - cleaning visual inspection NDT checks3 Piston Engine Components - dimensional checks4 Velocity profiles of free jets5 Velocity profiles of wall jets6 Combustion Studies in a model jet engine combustor7 Jet Engine ndash identification of components amp defects8 Jet Engine ndash NDT checks and dimensional checks9 Study of hybrid rocket propulsion system10 Engine starting procedures11 Study of ramjet12 Burn rate measurements of solid propellants

                                                    TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                    38

                                                    Sub code AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash I L T P C0 0 3 2

                                                    OBJECTIVETo introduce and develop the basic concept of aircraft designEach student is assigned the design of an Airplane (or Helicopter or any other flightvehicle) for given preliminary specifications The following are the assignments to becarried outEXPERIMENTS1 Comparative configuration study of different types of airplanes2 Comparative study on specification and performance details of aircraft3 Preparation of comparative data sheets4 Work sheet layout procedures5 Comparative graphs preparation and selection of main parameters for the design6 Preliminary weight estimations selection of main parameters7 Power plant selection Aerofoil selection Wing tail and control surfaces8 Preparation of layouts of balance diagram and three view drawings9 Drag estimation10 Detailed performance calculations and stability estimates

                                                    TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                    AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY- II

                                                    1 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of symmetric aerofoil section2 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of cambered aerofoil section3 Pressure distribution over a Nose cone model4 Determination of Base drag of a missile model5 Determination of profile drag of bodies by wake survey method6 Study of flow field over a backward facing step7 Pressure distribution over a water tank model for various wind speeds8 Velocity profiles for different simulated terrains9 Calibration of Supersonic Wind Tunnel10 Flow visualization studies in supersonic flows

                                                    TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                    39

                                                    40

                                                    SEMESTER VII

                                                    Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                    THEORY

                                                    PCME4404 Production and Operation Management 3 0 0 3Avionics 3 0 0 3Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 0 3Vibrations And Elements of Aeroelasticity 3 0 0 3

                                                    E2 Elective ndash II 3 0 0 3E3 Elective ndash III 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                    Aircraft Design Project ndash II 0 0 3 2Aircraft Systems Lab 0 0 3 2Project Work and Seminar 0 0 3 3

                                                    41

                                                    SEMESTER VII

                                                    PCME4404 Production and Operation Management L T P C

                                                    Objective The course aims at acquainting all engineering graduates irrespective of theirspecializations the basic issues and tools of managing production and operations functionsof an organizationModule I1 Operations Function in an Organization Manufacturing Vrs Service Operations Systemview of Operations Strategic Role of Operations Operations Strategies for CompetitiveAdvantage Operations Quality and Productivity Focus Meeting Global Challenges ofProduction and Operations Imperatives (3 Hours)2 Designing Products Services and Processes New Product Design- Product Life CycleProduct Development Process Process Technology Project Jobshop Batch AssemblyLine Continuous Manufacturing Process Technology Life Cycle Process TechnologyTrends FMS CIM CAD CAM Design for Services Services Process Technology(4 Hours)3 Work Study Methods Study- Techniques of Analysis recording improvement andstandardization Work Measurement Work Measurement Principles using Stopwatch TimeStudy Predetermined Motion Time Standards and Work Sampling Standard TimeEstimation (4 Hours)Module II4 Location and Layout Planning Factor Influencing Plant and Warehouse LocationsImpact of Location on cost and revenues Facility Location Procedure and Models Qualitative Models Breakeven Analysis location Model centroid methodLayout Planning Layout Types Process Layout Product Layout Fixed Position LayoutPlanning block diagramming line balancing computerized layout planning- overviewGroup Technology (4 Hours)5 Forecasting Principles and Method Moving Average weighted Moving AverageExponential Smoothing Winterrsquos Method for Seasonal Demand Forecasting Error(4 Hours)6 Manufacturing Planning and Control The Framework and Components AggregatePlanning Master Production Scheduling Rough-cut-Capacity Planning MaterialRequirements Planning Capacity Requirements Planning (5 Hours)Module III7 Sequencing and Scheduling Single Machine Sequencing Basics and PerformanceEvaluation Criteria Methods for Minimizing Mean Flow Time Parallel Machines Minimization of Makespan Flowshop sequencing 2 and 3 machines cases JohnsonrsquosRule and Jobshop Scheduling Priority dispatching Rules (3 Hours)8 Inventory Control Relevant Costs Basic EOQ Model Model with Quantity discountEconomic Batch Quantity Periodic and Continuous Review Systems Safety Stock ReorderPoint and Order Quantity Calculations ABC Analysis (4 Hours)9 Modern Trends in Manufacturing Just in Time (JIT) System Shop Floor Control ByKanbans Total Quality Management Total Productive Maintenance ISO 9000 QualityCircle Kaizen Poka Yoke Supply Chain Management (4 Hours)Reference Book1 SNChary ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 R Paneerselvam ldquoProduction and Operations Management Prentice Hall of India3 Aswathappa amp Bhatt ndash Production amp Operations Management HPH4 Gaither amp Frazier - Operations Management Cengage Publication5 Russell amp Taylor - Operations Management PHI Publication6 Chase Aquilanno Jacob amp Agarwal - Operations Management TMH Publication7 EE Adam and RJ Ebert ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India

                                                    42

                                                    Sub Code AVIONICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                    OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of navigation amp communication systems of aircraft

                                                    Module ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems ndash Integrated Avionicssystem ndash Typical avionics sub systems ndash Design approaches and recent advances -Application Technologies

                                                    PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS Digital Computers ndash Digital number system- number systems and codes-Fundamentals of logic and combinational logic circuits ndashDigital arithmetic ndash interfacing with analoguesystems

                                                    Module ndash II (11 hours)Basic of Microprocessors and application Microprocessors ndash Memories- Microprocessors real time application related to aircraft

                                                    DIGITAL AVIONICS ARCHITECTURE Avionics system architecturendash salient features and applications of Data buses MILndashSTD1553 BndashARINC 429ndashARINC 629

                                                    Module ndash III (15 hours)

                                                    FLIGHT DECK AND COCKPITSControl and display technologies CRT LCD - Touch screen - Direct voice input (DVI) - Civil cockpit and military cockpit MFDS HUD MFK HOTAS AVIONICS SYSTEMS Communication Systems - Navigation systems - Flight control systems - Radar electronic warfare - Utility systems Reliability and maintainability - Certification TEXT BOOKS1 Malcrno AP and Leach DP ldquoDigital Principles and Applicationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill19902 Gaonkar RS ldquoMicroprocessors Architecture ndash Programming and Applicationrdquo Wileyand Sons Ltd New Delhi 1990REFERENCES1 Middleton DH Ed ldquoAvionics Systems Longman Scientific and Technicalrdquo LongmanGroup UK Ltd England 19892 Spitzer CR ldquoDigital Avionic Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ USA19873 Brain Kendal ldquoManual of Avionicsrdquo The English Book House 3rd Edition New Delhi19934 Nagaraja ldquoNavigation systemrdquo5 J Powell ldquoAircraft Radio Systemrdquo

                                                    43

                                                    Sub Code COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                    OBJECTIVETo study the flow of dynamic fluids by computational methods

                                                    Module-I (10 hours) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows Mathematical properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations - Well posed problems - discretization of partial Differential Equations Explicit finite difference methods of subsonic supersonic and viscous flows

                                                    Module-II (15 hours)

                                                    DISCRETIZATION Boundary layer Equations and methods of solution -Implicit time dependent methods forinviscid and viscous compressible flows - Concept of numerical dissipation --Stabilityproperties of explicit and implicit methods - Conservative upwind discretization forHyperbolic systems - Further advantages of upwind differencing GRID GENERATION Structured grids Types and transformations Generation of structured grids Unstructured grids Delany triangulation

                                                    Module-III (15 hours)

                                                    FINITE VOLUME TECHNIQUESFinite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping -Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy - Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques ndash Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives Flux ndash splitting schemes Pressure correction solvers ndash SIMPLE PESO Vorticity transport formulation Implicitsemi-implicit schemes

                                                    TEXT BOOK1 Fletcher CAJ ldquoComputational Techniques for Fluid Dynamicsrdquo Vols I and IISpringer - Verlag Berlin 1988REFERENCES1 John F Wendt (Editor) ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics - An Introductionrdquo Springer ndashVerlag Berlin 19922 Charles Hirsch ldquoNumerical Computation of Internal and External Flowsrdquo Vols I and IIJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 19883 Klaus A Hoffmann and Steve T Chiang ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics forEngineersrdquo Vols I amp II Engineering Education System PO Box 20078 W WichitaKS 67208 - 1078 USA 19934 Anderson JrD ldquoFundamentals of Aerodynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill 2000

                                                    44

                                                    AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                    OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

                                                    Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

                                                    SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

                                                    Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

                                                    Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

                                                    ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

                                                    45

                                                    AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                                    OBJECTIVE

                                                    To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

                                                    Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

                                                    LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                    1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

                                                    TOTAL 60

                                                    AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

                                                    OBJECTIVE

                                                    To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

                                                    LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                    1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

                                                    TOTAL 60

                                                    46

                                                    SEMESTER VIII

                                                    Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                    THEORY

                                                    Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                    Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

                                                    47

                                                    Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

                                                    OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

                                                    Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

                                                    METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

                                                    Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

                                                    Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

                                                    FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

                                                    REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

                                                    48

                                                    Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

                                                    OBJECTIVE

                                                    The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

                                                    PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

                                                    OBJECTIVE

                                                    The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

                                                    The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

                                                    Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

                                                    OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

                                                    LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                    1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

                                                    composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

                                                    fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

                                                    49

                                                    1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

                                                    SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

                                                    Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                    Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

                                                    Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

                                                    SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

                                                    Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                    Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

                                                    ELECTIVESndash III

                                                    Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                    Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

                                                    SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

                                                    Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                    Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

                                                    ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

                                                    Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

                                                    50

                                                    Elective Subjects

                                                    Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                    OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

                                                    BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

                                                    Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

                                                    Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

                                                    TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

                                                    TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

                                                    51

                                                    Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                                                    OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                                                    Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                                                    UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                                                    52

                                                    AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                                                    OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                                                    Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                                                    Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                                                    MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                                                    Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                                                    AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                                                    TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                                                    53

                                                    Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                                                    3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                                                    Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                                                    Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                                                    RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                                                    Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                                                    HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                                                    54

                                                    Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                    OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                                                    Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                                                    IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                                                    Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                                                    Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                                                    55

                                                    Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                    OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                                                    Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                                                    STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                                                    Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                                                    Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                                                    56

                                                    Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                    Module-I (15hours)

                                                    FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                                                    COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                                                    Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                                                    Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                                                    COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                                                    57

                                                    Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                    OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                                                    Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                                                    BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                                                    Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                                                    BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                                                    Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                                                    58

                                                    Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                    OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                                                    Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                                                    Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                                                    Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                                                    Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                                                    TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                                                    59

                                                    Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                    OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                                    Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                                    PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                                    Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                                    PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                                    Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                                    Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                                    60

                                                    Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                    Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                                    EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                                    Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                                    Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                                    SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                                    61

                                                    AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                    OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                                    Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                                    Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                                    AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                                    Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                                    TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                                    62

                                                    Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                    OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                                    Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                                    VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                                    INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                                    63

                                                    Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                    OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                                    Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                                    MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                                    Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                                    PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                                    Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                                    64

                                                    Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                    OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                    65

                                                    Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                    Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                                    CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                                    Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                                    CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                                    Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                                    66

                                                    • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                    • Course Title
                                                      • THEORY
                                                      • SEMESTER III
                                                      • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                      • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                      • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                      • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                        • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                        • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                            • Course Title
                                                              • THEORY
                                                              • PRACTICAL
                                                              • SEMESTER V
                                                                • Course Title
                                                                  • THEORY
                                                                  • PRACTICAL
                                                                  • SEMESTER VI
                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                      • THEORY
                                                                      • PRACTICAL
                                                                      • SEMESTER VI
                                                                        • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                          • SEMESTER VII
                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                              • THEORY
                                                                              • PRACTICAL
                                                                              • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                                • TOTAL 60
                                                                                • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                                • TOTAL 60
                                                                                  • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                      • THEORY
                                                                                      • PRACTICAL
                                                                                      • Co New York 1989
                                                                                      • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                                      • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                      • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                        • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                          • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                              • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                  • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                      Sub Code CONTROL ENGINEERING L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                      OBJECTIVETo understand the basic concepts of flight control systemModule ndash I (11 hours) INTRODUCTIONHistorical review - Simple pneumatic hydraulic and thermal systems Series and parallelsystems Analogies - Mechanical and electrical components Development of flight control systems OPEN AND CLOSED LOOP SYSTEMSFeedback control systems ndash Block diagram representation of control systems Reductionof block diagrams Output to input ratios Signal flow graph

                                                      Module ndash II (15 hours)CHARACTERISTIC EQUATION AND FUNCTIONS Lap lace transformation Response of systems to different inputs viz Step input impulse ramp parabolic and sinusoidal inputs Time response of first and second order systems steady state errors and error constants of unity feedback circuit

                                                      SAMPLED DATA SYSTEMS Introduction to digital control system Digital Controllers and Digital PID Controllers

                                                      Module ndash III (14 hours)CONCEPT OF STABILITYNecessary and sufficient conditions Routh ndash Hurwitz criteria of stability Root locus andBode techniques Concept and construction frequency response

                                                      TOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Ogato ldquoModern Control Engineeringrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19982 GopalM ldquoControl Systems Principles and designrdquo ndash Tata McGraw-Hill PublicationNew Delhi 2000REFERENCES1 Azzo JJD and CH Houpis ldquoFeed back control system analysis and synthesisrdquoMcGraw ndash Hill International 3rd Edition 19982 Kuo BC ldquoAutomatic control systemsrdquo Prentice ndash Hall of India Pvt Ltd New Delhi19983 Houpis CH and Lamont GB ldquoDigital Control Systemsrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co NewYork USA 19954 Naresh K Sinha ldquoControl Systemsrdquo New Age International Publishers New Delhi

                                                      27

                                                      Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                      OBJECTIVETo bring awareness on experimental method of finding the response of the structure todifferent types of loadModule ndash I (15 hours) MEASUREMENTS amp EXTENSOMETER Principles of measurements Accuracy Sensitivity and range of measurements Mechanical Optical Acoustical and Electrical extensometers and their uses Advantagesand disadvantages

                                                      ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE STRAIN GAUGES Principle of operation and requirements Types and their uses Materials for strain gauge Calibration and temperature compensation cross sensitivity Rosette analysis Wheastone bridge for static and dynamic strain measurements strain indicators

                                                      Module ndash II (14 hours)PHOTOELASTICITY Two dimensional photo elasticity Concept of light ndash photoelastic effects stress optic lawInterpretation of fringe pattern Compensation and separation techniques Photo elasticmaterials Introduction to three dimensional photo elasticity

                                                      Module ndash III (11 hours)BRITTLE COATING AND MOIRE METHODSIntroduction to Moire techniques brittle coating methods and holography NON ndash DESTRUCTIVE TESTINGFundamentals of NDT Radiography ultrasonic magnetic particle inspection Fluorescent penetrant technique Eddy current testing Acoustic Emission Technique

                                                      TEXT BOOKS1 Srinath LS Raghava MR Lingaiah K Garagesha G Pant B andRamachandra K ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill New Delhi 1984REFERENCES1 Dally JW and Riley WF ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo McGraw-Hill Inc NewYork 2005 IV edition2 Hetyenyi M ldquoHand book of Experimental Stress Analysisrdquo John Wiley and Sons IncNew York 19723 Pollock AA ldquoAcoustic Emission in Acoustics and Vibration Progressrdquo Ed StephensRWB Chapman and Hall 1993

                                                      28

                                                      Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                                      OBJECTIVE

                                                      To experimentally study the unsymmetrical bending of beams find the location of shear centre obtain the stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques calibration of photo ndash elastic materials and study on vibration of beams

                                                      LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                      1 Unsymmetrical bending of beams2 Shear centre location for open sections3 Shear centre location for closed sections4 Constant strength beam5 Flexibility matrix for cantilever beam6 Beam with combined loading7 Calibration of Photo- elastic materials8 Stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques9 Vibrations of beams10 Wagner beam ndash Tension field beam

                                                      TOTAL 45

                                                      29

                                                      Sub Code CAD CAM LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                                                      OBJECTIVETo teach and train the students in the lab about the design and drafting of aerocomponents LIST OF EXPERIMENTSDesign and Modeling of rectangular plate with holeDesign and Modeling of spar componentsDesign and Modeling of Aerofoil structuresDesign and Modeling of cut section for wingsDesign and Modeling of Machine componentDesign and Modeling of Machine componentsDesign and Analysis of a TrussDesign and Analysis of Beam distributed loadDesign of Landing gearFacingTurning(Taper Step)

                                                      TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                                                      30

                                                      HSSM7203 Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness LabLab 30 hoursThis course will focus on communication in professional (work-related) situations of the kind thatBPUT graduates may expect to encounter on entering the professional domainSome typical forms of work-related communication oral or written are listed below Practiceactivities for all four skills can be designed around these or similar situations1 Gaining entry into an organizationi Preparing job-applications and CVsii Facing an interviewiii Participating in group discussion (as part of the recruitmentprocess)2 In-house communicationa Superior Senior 1048782 subordinate junior (individual 1048782 individual group)i Welcoming new entrants to the organization introducing the workplace cultureetcii Briefing subordinates juniors explaining duties and responsibilities etcii Motivating subordinates juniors (lsquopep talkrsquo)iii Instructing directing subordinates juniorsiv Expressing recording appreciation praising rewarding a subordinate or juniorv Reprimanding correcting disciplining a subordinatejunior (for a lapse) askingfor an explanation etcb Subordinate Junior 1048782 Superior Seniori Responding to the aboveii Reporting problems difficulties deficienciesiii Offering suggestions

                                                      31

                                                      SEMESTER VI

                                                      Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                      THEORYHSSM3301 Principles of Management 3 0 0 3

                                                      Finite Element Method 3 0 0 3Aircraft Stability and Control 3 0 0 3Wind Tunnel Techniques 3 0 0 3High Temperature Materials 3 0 0 3

                                                      E1 Elective ndash I 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                      Aero Engine Laboratory 0 0 3 2Aircraft Design Project - I 0 0 3 2Aerodynamics Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2

                                                      32

                                                      SEMESTER VI

                                                      HSSM3301 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (3-0-0)

                                                      Module I Functions of Management Concept of Management Management as an Art or Science The Process of Management Managerial Skills Good Managers are Born not Made Management is concerned with Ideas Things and People How a Manager Induces Workers to Put in Their Best Levels and Types of Management Evolution of Management Thought Managerial Environment The process of Management-Planning Organizing Directing Staffing Controlling

                                                      Module II Marketing Function of Management Modern Concept of Marketing The Functional Classification of Marketing Functions of a Marketing Management Marketing Mix Fundamental Needs of Customers The Role of Distribution channels in Marketing Advertising Marketing Consumerism and Environmentalism

                                                      Module III Financial Function amp HRM Functions Financial Functions Concept of Financial Management Project Appraisal Tools of Financial decisions making Overview of Working Capital HRM Function of Management Human Resource Management Human Resource Development Importance of HRM Overview of Job Analysis Job Description Job Specification Labour Turnover Manpower Planning Recruitment Selection Induction Training and Development Placement Wage and Salary Administration Performance Appraisal Grievance Handling Welfare Aspects

                                                      Reference Books 1 Business Organization amp Management CR Basu TMH 2 Business Organization amp Management Tulsia Pandey Pearson 3 Marketing Management Kotler Keller Koshi Jha Pearson 4 Financial Management IM Pandey Vikas 5 Human Resource Management Aswasthapa TMH 6 Modern Business Organisation amp Management by Sherlekar Himalaya Publishing House

                                                      33

                                                      Sub Code FINITE ELEMENT METHOD L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                      OBJECTIVETo introduce the concept of numerical analysis of structural componentsModule ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION Review of basic approximate methods of analyses ndash Stiffness and Flexibility matrix forsimple cases ndash Governing equation and convergence criteria of finite element method

                                                      DISCRETE ELEMENTS Bar Frame beam elements ndash Application to static dynamic analysis

                                                      Module ndash II (10 hours)

                                                      CONTINUUM ELEMENTS Various types of 2-D-elements Application to plane stress plane strain and axisymmetricproblems Module ndash III (16 hours)ISOPARAMETRIC ELEMENTS Applications to two and three-dimensional problems(four eight and nine nodded element) Numerical Integration

                                                      FIELD PROBLEMApplications to other field problems like heat transfer and fluid flow

                                                      TEXT BOOK1 TirupathiRC and Ashok DB ldquoIntroduction to Finite Elements in EngineeringrdquoPrentice Hall India Third Edition 2003REFERENCES1 Reddy JN ldquoAn Introduction to Finite Element Methodrdquo McGraw-Hill 20002 Krishnamurthy CS ldquoFinite Element Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill 20003 Bathe KJ and Wilson EL ldquoNumerical Methods in Finite Elements AnalysisrdquoPrentice Hall of India 1985

                                                      34

                                                      Sub Code AIRCRAFT STABILITY amp CONTROL L T P C3 1 0 4

                                                      OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the concepts of stable and nonstable configurationof airplanes To introduce the concepts of control of airplanes under variousoperating conditions

                                                      Module ndash I (13 hours)STATIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY AND CONTROL 15General concepts-Degrees of freedom of a rigid body Static and dynamic stability Need for stability in an airplane inherently and marginally stable airplanes Stability and Controllability Requirements of control surfaces criteria for longitudinal static stability contribution to stability by wing tail fuselage wing fuselage combination Total longitudinal stability Neutral point-Stick fixed and Stick free aspects Free elevator factor static margin Hinge moment Power effects on stability-propeller and jet aircrafts longitudinal control Movement of centre of gravity elevator control effectiveness elevator control power elevator angle to trim elevator angle per g maneuver point Stick force gradient and stick force per g Aerodynamic balancing

                                                      Module ndash II (15 hours) STATIC DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND CONTROL Directional stability-yaw and sideslip Criterion of directional stability contribution to static directional stability by wing fuselage tail Power effects on directional stabilitypropeller and jet aircrafts Rudder lock and Dorsal fin Directional control rudder control effectiveness rudder requirements adverse yaw asymmetric power condition spin recovery

                                                      STATIC LATERAL STABILTY AND CONTROL Lateral stability-Dihedral effect criterion for lateral stability evaluation of lateral stability-contribution of fuselage wing wing fuselage tail total static lateral stability lateral control aileron reversal aileron reversal speed

                                                      Module ndash III (12 hours) DYNAMIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY Aircraft Equations of motion small disturbance theory Estimation of longitudinal stability derivatives stability derivatives solving the stability quartic Phugoid motion

                                                      DYNAMIC LATERAL AND DIRECTIONAL STABILITY Dutch roll and spiral instability Auto rotation and spin

                                                      TEXT BOOKS1 Perkins CD amp Hage RE Airplane performance stability and control John Wileyamp Sons 19762 Nelson RC Flight Stability amp Automatic Control McGraw Hill 1998REFERENCES1 McCormick BW Aerodynamics Aeronautics amp Flight Mechanics John Wiley19952 Babister AW Aircraft Stability and response Pergamon Press 19803 Etkin B Dynamics of Flight Stability and Control John Wiley New York 19824 Pamadi BN Performnce Stability Dynamics and Control of Airplanes AIAA Education Series 2004

                                                      35

                                                      Sub Code WIND TUNNEL TECHNIQUES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                      OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of measurement of forces and moments on models during the wind tunnel testing

                                                      Module ndash I (10 hours)WIND TUNNELSClassification ndashnon-dimensional numbers-types of similarities - Layout of open circuit and closed circuit subsonic wind tunnels ndash design parameters-energy ratio - HP calculationsCalibration

                                                      Module ndash II (15 hours) HIGH SPEED WIND TUNNELSBlow down in draft and induction tunnel layouts and their design features Transonic supersonic and hypersonic tunnels their peculiarities and calibration Helium and gun tunnels Shock tubes

                                                      FLOW VISUALIZATIONSmoke and Tuft grid techniques ndash Dye injection special techniques ndash Optical methods offlow visualization

                                                      Module ndash II (15 hours)WIND TUNNEL MEASUREMENTSPressurevelocity and temperature measurements ndash Force measurements ndash types of balances-Three component and six component balances ndash calibration of measuring instruments

                                                      NON-INTRUSIVE FLOW DIAGNOSTICSLaser ndash Doppler anemometry Particle image velocimetry Laser induced fluorescence TEXT BOOK1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow Speed Wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley Publication1984REFERENCE1 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh Speed wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley 1985

                                                      36

                                                      Sub Code HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                      OBJECTIVETo learn damage mechanism and failure of components of elavated temperatures

                                                      Module ndash I (15 hours)CREEPFactors influencing functional life of components at elevated temperatures definition of creep curve various stages of creep metallurgical factors influencing various stages effect of stress temperatures and strain rate

                                                      Design of transient creep time hardening strain hardening expressions of rupture life ofcreep ductile and brittle materials Monkman-Grant relationship

                                                      Module ndash II (13 hours)FRACTURE AND OXIDATIONVarious types of fracture brittle to ductile from low temperature to high temperature cleavage fracture due to micro void coalescence ndash diffusion controlled void growth fracture maps for different alloys and oxidesOxidation Pilling Bedworth ratio kinetic laws of oxidation ndash defect structure and control of Oxidation by alloy additions

                                                      Module ndash III (12 hours)HOT CORROSION SUPER ALLOYS AND OTHER MATERIALHot gas corrosion deposit modified hot gas corrosion fluxing mechanisms effect of alloying elements on hot corrosion interaction of hot corrosion and creep methods of combat hot corrosion

                                                      Iron base Nickel base abd Cobalt base super alloys composition control solid solution strengthening precipitation hardening by gamma prime grain boundary strengthening TCP phase embrittlement solidfication of single crystals Intermetallics high temperature ceramics

                                                      TEXT BOOKS1 Raj R ldquoFlow and Fracture at Elevated TemperaturesrdquoAmerican Society for MetalsUSA 19852 Hertzberg RW ldquoDeformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering materialsrdquo 4th

                                                      Edition John Wiley USA 19963 Courtney T H ldquoMechanical Behaviour of MaterialsrdquoMcGraw-Hill USA 1990REFERENCES1 Boyle JT Spencer J ldquoStress Analysis for Creeprdquo Butterworths UK 19832 BressersJ ldquoCreep and Fatigue in High Temperature Alloysrdquo Applied Science 19813 McLean D ldquoDirectionally Solidified Materials for High Temperature ServicerdquoThe Metals Society USA 1985

                                                      37

                                                      AE2355 AERO ENGINE LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                                                      OBJECTIVETo introduce the knowledge of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines1 Study of free convective heat transfer over a flat plate2 Engine (Piston Engine) - cleaning visual inspection NDT checks3 Piston Engine Components - dimensional checks4 Velocity profiles of free jets5 Velocity profiles of wall jets6 Combustion Studies in a model jet engine combustor7 Jet Engine ndash identification of components amp defects8 Jet Engine ndash NDT checks and dimensional checks9 Study of hybrid rocket propulsion system10 Engine starting procedures11 Study of ramjet12 Burn rate measurements of solid propellants

                                                      TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                      38

                                                      Sub code AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash I L T P C0 0 3 2

                                                      OBJECTIVETo introduce and develop the basic concept of aircraft designEach student is assigned the design of an Airplane (or Helicopter or any other flightvehicle) for given preliminary specifications The following are the assignments to becarried outEXPERIMENTS1 Comparative configuration study of different types of airplanes2 Comparative study on specification and performance details of aircraft3 Preparation of comparative data sheets4 Work sheet layout procedures5 Comparative graphs preparation and selection of main parameters for the design6 Preliminary weight estimations selection of main parameters7 Power plant selection Aerofoil selection Wing tail and control surfaces8 Preparation of layouts of balance diagram and three view drawings9 Drag estimation10 Detailed performance calculations and stability estimates

                                                      TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                      AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY- II

                                                      1 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of symmetric aerofoil section2 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of cambered aerofoil section3 Pressure distribution over a Nose cone model4 Determination of Base drag of a missile model5 Determination of profile drag of bodies by wake survey method6 Study of flow field over a backward facing step7 Pressure distribution over a water tank model for various wind speeds8 Velocity profiles for different simulated terrains9 Calibration of Supersonic Wind Tunnel10 Flow visualization studies in supersonic flows

                                                      TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                      39

                                                      40

                                                      SEMESTER VII

                                                      Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                      THEORY

                                                      PCME4404 Production and Operation Management 3 0 0 3Avionics 3 0 0 3Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 0 3Vibrations And Elements of Aeroelasticity 3 0 0 3

                                                      E2 Elective ndash II 3 0 0 3E3 Elective ndash III 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                      Aircraft Design Project ndash II 0 0 3 2Aircraft Systems Lab 0 0 3 2Project Work and Seminar 0 0 3 3

                                                      41

                                                      SEMESTER VII

                                                      PCME4404 Production and Operation Management L T P C

                                                      Objective The course aims at acquainting all engineering graduates irrespective of theirspecializations the basic issues and tools of managing production and operations functionsof an organizationModule I1 Operations Function in an Organization Manufacturing Vrs Service Operations Systemview of Operations Strategic Role of Operations Operations Strategies for CompetitiveAdvantage Operations Quality and Productivity Focus Meeting Global Challenges ofProduction and Operations Imperatives (3 Hours)2 Designing Products Services and Processes New Product Design- Product Life CycleProduct Development Process Process Technology Project Jobshop Batch AssemblyLine Continuous Manufacturing Process Technology Life Cycle Process TechnologyTrends FMS CIM CAD CAM Design for Services Services Process Technology(4 Hours)3 Work Study Methods Study- Techniques of Analysis recording improvement andstandardization Work Measurement Work Measurement Principles using Stopwatch TimeStudy Predetermined Motion Time Standards and Work Sampling Standard TimeEstimation (4 Hours)Module II4 Location and Layout Planning Factor Influencing Plant and Warehouse LocationsImpact of Location on cost and revenues Facility Location Procedure and Models Qualitative Models Breakeven Analysis location Model centroid methodLayout Planning Layout Types Process Layout Product Layout Fixed Position LayoutPlanning block diagramming line balancing computerized layout planning- overviewGroup Technology (4 Hours)5 Forecasting Principles and Method Moving Average weighted Moving AverageExponential Smoothing Winterrsquos Method for Seasonal Demand Forecasting Error(4 Hours)6 Manufacturing Planning and Control The Framework and Components AggregatePlanning Master Production Scheduling Rough-cut-Capacity Planning MaterialRequirements Planning Capacity Requirements Planning (5 Hours)Module III7 Sequencing and Scheduling Single Machine Sequencing Basics and PerformanceEvaluation Criteria Methods for Minimizing Mean Flow Time Parallel Machines Minimization of Makespan Flowshop sequencing 2 and 3 machines cases JohnsonrsquosRule and Jobshop Scheduling Priority dispatching Rules (3 Hours)8 Inventory Control Relevant Costs Basic EOQ Model Model with Quantity discountEconomic Batch Quantity Periodic and Continuous Review Systems Safety Stock ReorderPoint and Order Quantity Calculations ABC Analysis (4 Hours)9 Modern Trends in Manufacturing Just in Time (JIT) System Shop Floor Control ByKanbans Total Quality Management Total Productive Maintenance ISO 9000 QualityCircle Kaizen Poka Yoke Supply Chain Management (4 Hours)Reference Book1 SNChary ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 R Paneerselvam ldquoProduction and Operations Management Prentice Hall of India3 Aswathappa amp Bhatt ndash Production amp Operations Management HPH4 Gaither amp Frazier - Operations Management Cengage Publication5 Russell amp Taylor - Operations Management PHI Publication6 Chase Aquilanno Jacob amp Agarwal - Operations Management TMH Publication7 EE Adam and RJ Ebert ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India

                                                      42

                                                      Sub Code AVIONICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                      OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of navigation amp communication systems of aircraft

                                                      Module ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems ndash Integrated Avionicssystem ndash Typical avionics sub systems ndash Design approaches and recent advances -Application Technologies

                                                      PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS Digital Computers ndash Digital number system- number systems and codes-Fundamentals of logic and combinational logic circuits ndashDigital arithmetic ndash interfacing with analoguesystems

                                                      Module ndash II (11 hours)Basic of Microprocessors and application Microprocessors ndash Memories- Microprocessors real time application related to aircraft

                                                      DIGITAL AVIONICS ARCHITECTURE Avionics system architecturendash salient features and applications of Data buses MILndashSTD1553 BndashARINC 429ndashARINC 629

                                                      Module ndash III (15 hours)

                                                      FLIGHT DECK AND COCKPITSControl and display technologies CRT LCD - Touch screen - Direct voice input (DVI) - Civil cockpit and military cockpit MFDS HUD MFK HOTAS AVIONICS SYSTEMS Communication Systems - Navigation systems - Flight control systems - Radar electronic warfare - Utility systems Reliability and maintainability - Certification TEXT BOOKS1 Malcrno AP and Leach DP ldquoDigital Principles and Applicationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill19902 Gaonkar RS ldquoMicroprocessors Architecture ndash Programming and Applicationrdquo Wileyand Sons Ltd New Delhi 1990REFERENCES1 Middleton DH Ed ldquoAvionics Systems Longman Scientific and Technicalrdquo LongmanGroup UK Ltd England 19892 Spitzer CR ldquoDigital Avionic Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ USA19873 Brain Kendal ldquoManual of Avionicsrdquo The English Book House 3rd Edition New Delhi19934 Nagaraja ldquoNavigation systemrdquo5 J Powell ldquoAircraft Radio Systemrdquo

                                                      43

                                                      Sub Code COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                      OBJECTIVETo study the flow of dynamic fluids by computational methods

                                                      Module-I (10 hours) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows Mathematical properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations - Well posed problems - discretization of partial Differential Equations Explicit finite difference methods of subsonic supersonic and viscous flows

                                                      Module-II (15 hours)

                                                      DISCRETIZATION Boundary layer Equations and methods of solution -Implicit time dependent methods forinviscid and viscous compressible flows - Concept of numerical dissipation --Stabilityproperties of explicit and implicit methods - Conservative upwind discretization forHyperbolic systems - Further advantages of upwind differencing GRID GENERATION Structured grids Types and transformations Generation of structured grids Unstructured grids Delany triangulation

                                                      Module-III (15 hours)

                                                      FINITE VOLUME TECHNIQUESFinite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping -Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy - Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques ndash Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives Flux ndash splitting schemes Pressure correction solvers ndash SIMPLE PESO Vorticity transport formulation Implicitsemi-implicit schemes

                                                      TEXT BOOK1 Fletcher CAJ ldquoComputational Techniques for Fluid Dynamicsrdquo Vols I and IISpringer - Verlag Berlin 1988REFERENCES1 John F Wendt (Editor) ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics - An Introductionrdquo Springer ndashVerlag Berlin 19922 Charles Hirsch ldquoNumerical Computation of Internal and External Flowsrdquo Vols I and IIJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 19883 Klaus A Hoffmann and Steve T Chiang ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics forEngineersrdquo Vols I amp II Engineering Education System PO Box 20078 W WichitaKS 67208 - 1078 USA 19934 Anderson JrD ldquoFundamentals of Aerodynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill 2000

                                                      44

                                                      AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                      OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

                                                      Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

                                                      SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

                                                      Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

                                                      Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

                                                      ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

                                                      45

                                                      AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                                      OBJECTIVE

                                                      To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

                                                      Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

                                                      LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                      1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

                                                      TOTAL 60

                                                      AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

                                                      OBJECTIVE

                                                      To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

                                                      LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                      1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

                                                      TOTAL 60

                                                      46

                                                      SEMESTER VIII

                                                      Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                      THEORY

                                                      Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                      Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

                                                      47

                                                      Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

                                                      OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

                                                      Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

                                                      METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

                                                      Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

                                                      Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

                                                      FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

                                                      REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

                                                      48

                                                      Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

                                                      OBJECTIVE

                                                      The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

                                                      PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

                                                      OBJECTIVE

                                                      The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

                                                      The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

                                                      Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

                                                      OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

                                                      LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                      1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

                                                      composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

                                                      fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

                                                      49

                                                      1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

                                                      SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

                                                      Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                      Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

                                                      Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

                                                      SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

                                                      Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                      Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

                                                      ELECTIVESndash III

                                                      Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                      Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

                                                      SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

                                                      Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                      Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

                                                      ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

                                                      Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

                                                      50

                                                      Elective Subjects

                                                      Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                      OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

                                                      BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

                                                      Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

                                                      Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

                                                      TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

                                                      TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

                                                      51

                                                      Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                                                      OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                                                      Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                                                      UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                                                      52

                                                      AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                                                      OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                                                      Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                                                      Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                                                      MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                                                      Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                                                      AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                                                      TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                                                      53

                                                      Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                                                      3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                                                      Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                                                      Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                                                      RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                                                      Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                                                      HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                                                      54

                                                      Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                      OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                                                      Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                                                      IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                                                      Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                                                      Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                                                      55

                                                      Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                      OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                                                      Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                                                      STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                                                      Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                                                      Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                                                      56

                                                      Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                      Module-I (15hours)

                                                      FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                                                      COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                                                      Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                                                      Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                                                      COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                                                      57

                                                      Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                      OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                                                      Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                                                      BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                                                      Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                                                      BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                                                      Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                                                      58

                                                      Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                      OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                                                      Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                                                      Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                                                      Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                                                      Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                                                      TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                                                      59

                                                      Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                      OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                                      Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                                      PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                                      Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                                      PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                                      Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                                      Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                                      60

                                                      Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                      Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                                      EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                                      Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                                      Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                                      SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                                      61

                                                      AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                      OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                                      Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                                      Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                                      AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                                      Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                                      TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                                      62

                                                      Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                      OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                                      Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                                      VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                                      INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                                      63

                                                      Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                      OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                                      Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                                      MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                                      Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                                      PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                                      Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                                      64

                                                      Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                      OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                      65

                                                      Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                      Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                                      CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                                      Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                                      CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                                      Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                                      66

                                                      • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                      • Course Title
                                                        • THEORY
                                                        • SEMESTER III
                                                        • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                        • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                        • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                        • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                          • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                          • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                              • Course Title
                                                                • THEORY
                                                                • PRACTICAL
                                                                • SEMESTER V
                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                    • THEORY
                                                                    • PRACTICAL
                                                                    • SEMESTER VI
                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                        • THEORY
                                                                        • PRACTICAL
                                                                        • SEMESTER VI
                                                                          • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                            • SEMESTER VII
                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                • THEORY
                                                                                • PRACTICAL
                                                                                • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                                  • TOTAL 60
                                                                                  • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                                  • TOTAL 60
                                                                                    • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                        • THEORY
                                                                                        • PRACTICAL
                                                                                        • Co New York 1989
                                                                                        • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                                        • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                        • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                          • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                            • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                    • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                        Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                        OBJECTIVETo bring awareness on experimental method of finding the response of the structure todifferent types of loadModule ndash I (15 hours) MEASUREMENTS amp EXTENSOMETER Principles of measurements Accuracy Sensitivity and range of measurements Mechanical Optical Acoustical and Electrical extensometers and their uses Advantagesand disadvantages

                                                        ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE STRAIN GAUGES Principle of operation and requirements Types and their uses Materials for strain gauge Calibration and temperature compensation cross sensitivity Rosette analysis Wheastone bridge for static and dynamic strain measurements strain indicators

                                                        Module ndash II (14 hours)PHOTOELASTICITY Two dimensional photo elasticity Concept of light ndash photoelastic effects stress optic lawInterpretation of fringe pattern Compensation and separation techniques Photo elasticmaterials Introduction to three dimensional photo elasticity

                                                        Module ndash III (11 hours)BRITTLE COATING AND MOIRE METHODSIntroduction to Moire techniques brittle coating methods and holography NON ndash DESTRUCTIVE TESTINGFundamentals of NDT Radiography ultrasonic magnetic particle inspection Fluorescent penetrant technique Eddy current testing Acoustic Emission Technique

                                                        TEXT BOOKS1 Srinath LS Raghava MR Lingaiah K Garagesha G Pant B andRamachandra K ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill New Delhi 1984REFERENCES1 Dally JW and Riley WF ldquoExperimental Stress Analysisrdquo McGraw-Hill Inc NewYork 2005 IV edition2 Hetyenyi M ldquoHand book of Experimental Stress Analysisrdquo John Wiley and Sons IncNew York 19723 Pollock AA ldquoAcoustic Emission in Acoustics and Vibration Progressrdquo Ed StephensRWB Chapman and Hall 1993

                                                        28

                                                        Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                                        OBJECTIVE

                                                        To experimentally study the unsymmetrical bending of beams find the location of shear centre obtain the stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques calibration of photo ndash elastic materials and study on vibration of beams

                                                        LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                        1 Unsymmetrical bending of beams2 Shear centre location for open sections3 Shear centre location for closed sections4 Constant strength beam5 Flexibility matrix for cantilever beam6 Beam with combined loading7 Calibration of Photo- elastic materials8 Stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques9 Vibrations of beams10 Wagner beam ndash Tension field beam

                                                        TOTAL 45

                                                        29

                                                        Sub Code CAD CAM LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                                                        OBJECTIVETo teach and train the students in the lab about the design and drafting of aerocomponents LIST OF EXPERIMENTSDesign and Modeling of rectangular plate with holeDesign and Modeling of spar componentsDesign and Modeling of Aerofoil structuresDesign and Modeling of cut section for wingsDesign and Modeling of Machine componentDesign and Modeling of Machine componentsDesign and Analysis of a TrussDesign and Analysis of Beam distributed loadDesign of Landing gearFacingTurning(Taper Step)

                                                        TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                                                        30

                                                        HSSM7203 Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness LabLab 30 hoursThis course will focus on communication in professional (work-related) situations of the kind thatBPUT graduates may expect to encounter on entering the professional domainSome typical forms of work-related communication oral or written are listed below Practiceactivities for all four skills can be designed around these or similar situations1 Gaining entry into an organizationi Preparing job-applications and CVsii Facing an interviewiii Participating in group discussion (as part of the recruitmentprocess)2 In-house communicationa Superior Senior 1048782 subordinate junior (individual 1048782 individual group)i Welcoming new entrants to the organization introducing the workplace cultureetcii Briefing subordinates juniors explaining duties and responsibilities etcii Motivating subordinates juniors (lsquopep talkrsquo)iii Instructing directing subordinates juniorsiv Expressing recording appreciation praising rewarding a subordinate or juniorv Reprimanding correcting disciplining a subordinatejunior (for a lapse) askingfor an explanation etcb Subordinate Junior 1048782 Superior Seniori Responding to the aboveii Reporting problems difficulties deficienciesiii Offering suggestions

                                                        31

                                                        SEMESTER VI

                                                        Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                        THEORYHSSM3301 Principles of Management 3 0 0 3

                                                        Finite Element Method 3 0 0 3Aircraft Stability and Control 3 0 0 3Wind Tunnel Techniques 3 0 0 3High Temperature Materials 3 0 0 3

                                                        E1 Elective ndash I 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                        Aero Engine Laboratory 0 0 3 2Aircraft Design Project - I 0 0 3 2Aerodynamics Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2

                                                        32

                                                        SEMESTER VI

                                                        HSSM3301 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (3-0-0)

                                                        Module I Functions of Management Concept of Management Management as an Art or Science The Process of Management Managerial Skills Good Managers are Born not Made Management is concerned with Ideas Things and People How a Manager Induces Workers to Put in Their Best Levels and Types of Management Evolution of Management Thought Managerial Environment The process of Management-Planning Organizing Directing Staffing Controlling

                                                        Module II Marketing Function of Management Modern Concept of Marketing The Functional Classification of Marketing Functions of a Marketing Management Marketing Mix Fundamental Needs of Customers The Role of Distribution channels in Marketing Advertising Marketing Consumerism and Environmentalism

                                                        Module III Financial Function amp HRM Functions Financial Functions Concept of Financial Management Project Appraisal Tools of Financial decisions making Overview of Working Capital HRM Function of Management Human Resource Management Human Resource Development Importance of HRM Overview of Job Analysis Job Description Job Specification Labour Turnover Manpower Planning Recruitment Selection Induction Training and Development Placement Wage and Salary Administration Performance Appraisal Grievance Handling Welfare Aspects

                                                        Reference Books 1 Business Organization amp Management CR Basu TMH 2 Business Organization amp Management Tulsia Pandey Pearson 3 Marketing Management Kotler Keller Koshi Jha Pearson 4 Financial Management IM Pandey Vikas 5 Human Resource Management Aswasthapa TMH 6 Modern Business Organisation amp Management by Sherlekar Himalaya Publishing House

                                                        33

                                                        Sub Code FINITE ELEMENT METHOD L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                        OBJECTIVETo introduce the concept of numerical analysis of structural componentsModule ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION Review of basic approximate methods of analyses ndash Stiffness and Flexibility matrix forsimple cases ndash Governing equation and convergence criteria of finite element method

                                                        DISCRETE ELEMENTS Bar Frame beam elements ndash Application to static dynamic analysis

                                                        Module ndash II (10 hours)

                                                        CONTINUUM ELEMENTS Various types of 2-D-elements Application to plane stress plane strain and axisymmetricproblems Module ndash III (16 hours)ISOPARAMETRIC ELEMENTS Applications to two and three-dimensional problems(four eight and nine nodded element) Numerical Integration

                                                        FIELD PROBLEMApplications to other field problems like heat transfer and fluid flow

                                                        TEXT BOOK1 TirupathiRC and Ashok DB ldquoIntroduction to Finite Elements in EngineeringrdquoPrentice Hall India Third Edition 2003REFERENCES1 Reddy JN ldquoAn Introduction to Finite Element Methodrdquo McGraw-Hill 20002 Krishnamurthy CS ldquoFinite Element Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill 20003 Bathe KJ and Wilson EL ldquoNumerical Methods in Finite Elements AnalysisrdquoPrentice Hall of India 1985

                                                        34

                                                        Sub Code AIRCRAFT STABILITY amp CONTROL L T P C3 1 0 4

                                                        OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the concepts of stable and nonstable configurationof airplanes To introduce the concepts of control of airplanes under variousoperating conditions

                                                        Module ndash I (13 hours)STATIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY AND CONTROL 15General concepts-Degrees of freedom of a rigid body Static and dynamic stability Need for stability in an airplane inherently and marginally stable airplanes Stability and Controllability Requirements of control surfaces criteria for longitudinal static stability contribution to stability by wing tail fuselage wing fuselage combination Total longitudinal stability Neutral point-Stick fixed and Stick free aspects Free elevator factor static margin Hinge moment Power effects on stability-propeller and jet aircrafts longitudinal control Movement of centre of gravity elevator control effectiveness elevator control power elevator angle to trim elevator angle per g maneuver point Stick force gradient and stick force per g Aerodynamic balancing

                                                        Module ndash II (15 hours) STATIC DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND CONTROL Directional stability-yaw and sideslip Criterion of directional stability contribution to static directional stability by wing fuselage tail Power effects on directional stabilitypropeller and jet aircrafts Rudder lock and Dorsal fin Directional control rudder control effectiveness rudder requirements adverse yaw asymmetric power condition spin recovery

                                                        STATIC LATERAL STABILTY AND CONTROL Lateral stability-Dihedral effect criterion for lateral stability evaluation of lateral stability-contribution of fuselage wing wing fuselage tail total static lateral stability lateral control aileron reversal aileron reversal speed

                                                        Module ndash III (12 hours) DYNAMIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY Aircraft Equations of motion small disturbance theory Estimation of longitudinal stability derivatives stability derivatives solving the stability quartic Phugoid motion

                                                        DYNAMIC LATERAL AND DIRECTIONAL STABILITY Dutch roll and spiral instability Auto rotation and spin

                                                        TEXT BOOKS1 Perkins CD amp Hage RE Airplane performance stability and control John Wileyamp Sons 19762 Nelson RC Flight Stability amp Automatic Control McGraw Hill 1998REFERENCES1 McCormick BW Aerodynamics Aeronautics amp Flight Mechanics John Wiley19952 Babister AW Aircraft Stability and response Pergamon Press 19803 Etkin B Dynamics of Flight Stability and Control John Wiley New York 19824 Pamadi BN Performnce Stability Dynamics and Control of Airplanes AIAA Education Series 2004

                                                        35

                                                        Sub Code WIND TUNNEL TECHNIQUES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                        OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of measurement of forces and moments on models during the wind tunnel testing

                                                        Module ndash I (10 hours)WIND TUNNELSClassification ndashnon-dimensional numbers-types of similarities - Layout of open circuit and closed circuit subsonic wind tunnels ndash design parameters-energy ratio - HP calculationsCalibration

                                                        Module ndash II (15 hours) HIGH SPEED WIND TUNNELSBlow down in draft and induction tunnel layouts and their design features Transonic supersonic and hypersonic tunnels their peculiarities and calibration Helium and gun tunnels Shock tubes

                                                        FLOW VISUALIZATIONSmoke and Tuft grid techniques ndash Dye injection special techniques ndash Optical methods offlow visualization

                                                        Module ndash II (15 hours)WIND TUNNEL MEASUREMENTSPressurevelocity and temperature measurements ndash Force measurements ndash types of balances-Three component and six component balances ndash calibration of measuring instruments

                                                        NON-INTRUSIVE FLOW DIAGNOSTICSLaser ndash Doppler anemometry Particle image velocimetry Laser induced fluorescence TEXT BOOK1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow Speed Wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley Publication1984REFERENCE1 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh Speed wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley 1985

                                                        36

                                                        Sub Code HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                        OBJECTIVETo learn damage mechanism and failure of components of elavated temperatures

                                                        Module ndash I (15 hours)CREEPFactors influencing functional life of components at elevated temperatures definition of creep curve various stages of creep metallurgical factors influencing various stages effect of stress temperatures and strain rate

                                                        Design of transient creep time hardening strain hardening expressions of rupture life ofcreep ductile and brittle materials Monkman-Grant relationship

                                                        Module ndash II (13 hours)FRACTURE AND OXIDATIONVarious types of fracture brittle to ductile from low temperature to high temperature cleavage fracture due to micro void coalescence ndash diffusion controlled void growth fracture maps for different alloys and oxidesOxidation Pilling Bedworth ratio kinetic laws of oxidation ndash defect structure and control of Oxidation by alloy additions

                                                        Module ndash III (12 hours)HOT CORROSION SUPER ALLOYS AND OTHER MATERIALHot gas corrosion deposit modified hot gas corrosion fluxing mechanisms effect of alloying elements on hot corrosion interaction of hot corrosion and creep methods of combat hot corrosion

                                                        Iron base Nickel base abd Cobalt base super alloys composition control solid solution strengthening precipitation hardening by gamma prime grain boundary strengthening TCP phase embrittlement solidfication of single crystals Intermetallics high temperature ceramics

                                                        TEXT BOOKS1 Raj R ldquoFlow and Fracture at Elevated TemperaturesrdquoAmerican Society for MetalsUSA 19852 Hertzberg RW ldquoDeformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering materialsrdquo 4th

                                                        Edition John Wiley USA 19963 Courtney T H ldquoMechanical Behaviour of MaterialsrdquoMcGraw-Hill USA 1990REFERENCES1 Boyle JT Spencer J ldquoStress Analysis for Creeprdquo Butterworths UK 19832 BressersJ ldquoCreep and Fatigue in High Temperature Alloysrdquo Applied Science 19813 McLean D ldquoDirectionally Solidified Materials for High Temperature ServicerdquoThe Metals Society USA 1985

                                                        37

                                                        AE2355 AERO ENGINE LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                                                        OBJECTIVETo introduce the knowledge of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines1 Study of free convective heat transfer over a flat plate2 Engine (Piston Engine) - cleaning visual inspection NDT checks3 Piston Engine Components - dimensional checks4 Velocity profiles of free jets5 Velocity profiles of wall jets6 Combustion Studies in a model jet engine combustor7 Jet Engine ndash identification of components amp defects8 Jet Engine ndash NDT checks and dimensional checks9 Study of hybrid rocket propulsion system10 Engine starting procedures11 Study of ramjet12 Burn rate measurements of solid propellants

                                                        TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                        38

                                                        Sub code AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash I L T P C0 0 3 2

                                                        OBJECTIVETo introduce and develop the basic concept of aircraft designEach student is assigned the design of an Airplane (or Helicopter or any other flightvehicle) for given preliminary specifications The following are the assignments to becarried outEXPERIMENTS1 Comparative configuration study of different types of airplanes2 Comparative study on specification and performance details of aircraft3 Preparation of comparative data sheets4 Work sheet layout procedures5 Comparative graphs preparation and selection of main parameters for the design6 Preliminary weight estimations selection of main parameters7 Power plant selection Aerofoil selection Wing tail and control surfaces8 Preparation of layouts of balance diagram and three view drawings9 Drag estimation10 Detailed performance calculations and stability estimates

                                                        TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                        AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY- II

                                                        1 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of symmetric aerofoil section2 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of cambered aerofoil section3 Pressure distribution over a Nose cone model4 Determination of Base drag of a missile model5 Determination of profile drag of bodies by wake survey method6 Study of flow field over a backward facing step7 Pressure distribution over a water tank model for various wind speeds8 Velocity profiles for different simulated terrains9 Calibration of Supersonic Wind Tunnel10 Flow visualization studies in supersonic flows

                                                        TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                        39

                                                        40

                                                        SEMESTER VII

                                                        Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                        THEORY

                                                        PCME4404 Production and Operation Management 3 0 0 3Avionics 3 0 0 3Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 0 3Vibrations And Elements of Aeroelasticity 3 0 0 3

                                                        E2 Elective ndash II 3 0 0 3E3 Elective ndash III 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                        Aircraft Design Project ndash II 0 0 3 2Aircraft Systems Lab 0 0 3 2Project Work and Seminar 0 0 3 3

                                                        41

                                                        SEMESTER VII

                                                        PCME4404 Production and Operation Management L T P C

                                                        Objective The course aims at acquainting all engineering graduates irrespective of theirspecializations the basic issues and tools of managing production and operations functionsof an organizationModule I1 Operations Function in an Organization Manufacturing Vrs Service Operations Systemview of Operations Strategic Role of Operations Operations Strategies for CompetitiveAdvantage Operations Quality and Productivity Focus Meeting Global Challenges ofProduction and Operations Imperatives (3 Hours)2 Designing Products Services and Processes New Product Design- Product Life CycleProduct Development Process Process Technology Project Jobshop Batch AssemblyLine Continuous Manufacturing Process Technology Life Cycle Process TechnologyTrends FMS CIM CAD CAM Design for Services Services Process Technology(4 Hours)3 Work Study Methods Study- Techniques of Analysis recording improvement andstandardization Work Measurement Work Measurement Principles using Stopwatch TimeStudy Predetermined Motion Time Standards and Work Sampling Standard TimeEstimation (4 Hours)Module II4 Location and Layout Planning Factor Influencing Plant and Warehouse LocationsImpact of Location on cost and revenues Facility Location Procedure and Models Qualitative Models Breakeven Analysis location Model centroid methodLayout Planning Layout Types Process Layout Product Layout Fixed Position LayoutPlanning block diagramming line balancing computerized layout planning- overviewGroup Technology (4 Hours)5 Forecasting Principles and Method Moving Average weighted Moving AverageExponential Smoothing Winterrsquos Method for Seasonal Demand Forecasting Error(4 Hours)6 Manufacturing Planning and Control The Framework and Components AggregatePlanning Master Production Scheduling Rough-cut-Capacity Planning MaterialRequirements Planning Capacity Requirements Planning (5 Hours)Module III7 Sequencing and Scheduling Single Machine Sequencing Basics and PerformanceEvaluation Criteria Methods for Minimizing Mean Flow Time Parallel Machines Minimization of Makespan Flowshop sequencing 2 and 3 machines cases JohnsonrsquosRule and Jobshop Scheduling Priority dispatching Rules (3 Hours)8 Inventory Control Relevant Costs Basic EOQ Model Model with Quantity discountEconomic Batch Quantity Periodic and Continuous Review Systems Safety Stock ReorderPoint and Order Quantity Calculations ABC Analysis (4 Hours)9 Modern Trends in Manufacturing Just in Time (JIT) System Shop Floor Control ByKanbans Total Quality Management Total Productive Maintenance ISO 9000 QualityCircle Kaizen Poka Yoke Supply Chain Management (4 Hours)Reference Book1 SNChary ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 R Paneerselvam ldquoProduction and Operations Management Prentice Hall of India3 Aswathappa amp Bhatt ndash Production amp Operations Management HPH4 Gaither amp Frazier - Operations Management Cengage Publication5 Russell amp Taylor - Operations Management PHI Publication6 Chase Aquilanno Jacob amp Agarwal - Operations Management TMH Publication7 EE Adam and RJ Ebert ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India

                                                        42

                                                        Sub Code AVIONICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                        OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of navigation amp communication systems of aircraft

                                                        Module ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems ndash Integrated Avionicssystem ndash Typical avionics sub systems ndash Design approaches and recent advances -Application Technologies

                                                        PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS Digital Computers ndash Digital number system- number systems and codes-Fundamentals of logic and combinational logic circuits ndashDigital arithmetic ndash interfacing with analoguesystems

                                                        Module ndash II (11 hours)Basic of Microprocessors and application Microprocessors ndash Memories- Microprocessors real time application related to aircraft

                                                        DIGITAL AVIONICS ARCHITECTURE Avionics system architecturendash salient features and applications of Data buses MILndashSTD1553 BndashARINC 429ndashARINC 629

                                                        Module ndash III (15 hours)

                                                        FLIGHT DECK AND COCKPITSControl and display technologies CRT LCD - Touch screen - Direct voice input (DVI) - Civil cockpit and military cockpit MFDS HUD MFK HOTAS AVIONICS SYSTEMS Communication Systems - Navigation systems - Flight control systems - Radar electronic warfare - Utility systems Reliability and maintainability - Certification TEXT BOOKS1 Malcrno AP and Leach DP ldquoDigital Principles and Applicationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill19902 Gaonkar RS ldquoMicroprocessors Architecture ndash Programming and Applicationrdquo Wileyand Sons Ltd New Delhi 1990REFERENCES1 Middleton DH Ed ldquoAvionics Systems Longman Scientific and Technicalrdquo LongmanGroup UK Ltd England 19892 Spitzer CR ldquoDigital Avionic Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ USA19873 Brain Kendal ldquoManual of Avionicsrdquo The English Book House 3rd Edition New Delhi19934 Nagaraja ldquoNavigation systemrdquo5 J Powell ldquoAircraft Radio Systemrdquo

                                                        43

                                                        Sub Code COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                        OBJECTIVETo study the flow of dynamic fluids by computational methods

                                                        Module-I (10 hours) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows Mathematical properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations - Well posed problems - discretization of partial Differential Equations Explicit finite difference methods of subsonic supersonic and viscous flows

                                                        Module-II (15 hours)

                                                        DISCRETIZATION Boundary layer Equations and methods of solution -Implicit time dependent methods forinviscid and viscous compressible flows - Concept of numerical dissipation --Stabilityproperties of explicit and implicit methods - Conservative upwind discretization forHyperbolic systems - Further advantages of upwind differencing GRID GENERATION Structured grids Types and transformations Generation of structured grids Unstructured grids Delany triangulation

                                                        Module-III (15 hours)

                                                        FINITE VOLUME TECHNIQUESFinite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping -Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy - Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques ndash Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives Flux ndash splitting schemes Pressure correction solvers ndash SIMPLE PESO Vorticity transport formulation Implicitsemi-implicit schemes

                                                        TEXT BOOK1 Fletcher CAJ ldquoComputational Techniques for Fluid Dynamicsrdquo Vols I and IISpringer - Verlag Berlin 1988REFERENCES1 John F Wendt (Editor) ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics - An Introductionrdquo Springer ndashVerlag Berlin 19922 Charles Hirsch ldquoNumerical Computation of Internal and External Flowsrdquo Vols I and IIJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 19883 Klaus A Hoffmann and Steve T Chiang ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics forEngineersrdquo Vols I amp II Engineering Education System PO Box 20078 W WichitaKS 67208 - 1078 USA 19934 Anderson JrD ldquoFundamentals of Aerodynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill 2000

                                                        44

                                                        AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                        OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

                                                        Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

                                                        SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

                                                        Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

                                                        Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

                                                        ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

                                                        45

                                                        AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                                        OBJECTIVE

                                                        To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

                                                        Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

                                                        LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                        1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

                                                        TOTAL 60

                                                        AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

                                                        OBJECTIVE

                                                        To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

                                                        LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                        1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

                                                        TOTAL 60

                                                        46

                                                        SEMESTER VIII

                                                        Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                        THEORY

                                                        Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                        Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

                                                        47

                                                        Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

                                                        OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

                                                        Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

                                                        METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

                                                        Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

                                                        Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

                                                        FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

                                                        REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

                                                        48

                                                        Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

                                                        OBJECTIVE

                                                        The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

                                                        PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

                                                        OBJECTIVE

                                                        The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

                                                        The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

                                                        Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

                                                        OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

                                                        LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                        1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

                                                        composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

                                                        fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

                                                        49

                                                        1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

                                                        SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

                                                        Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                        Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

                                                        Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

                                                        SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

                                                        Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                        Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

                                                        ELECTIVESndash III

                                                        Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                        Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

                                                        SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

                                                        Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                        Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

                                                        ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

                                                        Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

                                                        50

                                                        Elective Subjects

                                                        Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                        OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

                                                        BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

                                                        Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

                                                        Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

                                                        TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

                                                        TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

                                                        51

                                                        Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                                                        OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                                                        Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                                                        UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                                                        52

                                                        AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                                                        OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                                                        Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                                                        Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                                                        MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                                                        Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                                                        AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                                                        TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                                                        53

                                                        Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                                                        3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                                                        Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                                                        Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                                                        RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                                                        Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                                                        HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                                                        54

                                                        Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                        OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                                                        Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                                                        IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                                                        Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                                                        Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                                                        55

                                                        Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                        OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                                                        Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                                                        STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                                                        Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                                                        Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                                                        56

                                                        Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                        Module-I (15hours)

                                                        FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                                                        COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                                                        Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                                                        Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                                                        COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                                                        57

                                                        Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                        OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                                                        Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                                                        BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                                                        Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                                                        BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                                                        Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                                                        58

                                                        Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                        OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                                                        Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                                                        Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                                                        Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                                                        Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                                                        TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                                                        59

                                                        Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                        OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                                        Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                                        PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                                        Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                                        PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                                        Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                                        Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                                        60

                                                        Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                        Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                                        EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                                        Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                                        Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                                        SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                                        61

                                                        AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                        OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                                        Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                                        Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                                        AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                                        Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                                        TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                                        62

                                                        Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                        OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                                        Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                                        VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                                        INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                                        63

                                                        Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                        OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                                        Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                                        MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                                        Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                                        PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                                        Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                                        64

                                                        Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                        OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                        65

                                                        Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                        Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                                        CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                                        Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                                        CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                                        Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                                        66

                                                        • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                        • Course Title
                                                          • THEORY
                                                          • SEMESTER III
                                                          • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                          • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                          • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                          • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                            • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                            • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                • Course Title
                                                                  • THEORY
                                                                  • PRACTICAL
                                                                  • SEMESTER V
                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                      • THEORY
                                                                      • PRACTICAL
                                                                      • SEMESTER VI
                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                          • THEORY
                                                                          • PRACTICAL
                                                                          • SEMESTER VI
                                                                            • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                              • SEMESTER VII
                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                  • THEORY
                                                                                  • PRACTICAL
                                                                                  • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                                    • TOTAL 60
                                                                                    • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                                    • TOTAL 60
                                                                                      • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                          • THEORY
                                                                                          • PRACTICAL
                                                                                          • Co New York 1989
                                                                                          • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                                          • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                          • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                            • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                              • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                  • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                      • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                          Sub Code AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                                          OBJECTIVE

                                                          To experimentally study the unsymmetrical bending of beams find the location of shear centre obtain the stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques calibration of photo ndash elastic materials and study on vibration of beams

                                                          LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                          1 Unsymmetrical bending of beams2 Shear centre location for open sections3 Shear centre location for closed sections4 Constant strength beam5 Flexibility matrix for cantilever beam6 Beam with combined loading7 Calibration of Photo- elastic materials8 Stresses in circular discs and beams using photoelastic techniques9 Vibrations of beams10 Wagner beam ndash Tension field beam

                                                          TOTAL 45

                                                          29

                                                          Sub Code CAD CAM LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                                                          OBJECTIVETo teach and train the students in the lab about the design and drafting of aerocomponents LIST OF EXPERIMENTSDesign and Modeling of rectangular plate with holeDesign and Modeling of spar componentsDesign and Modeling of Aerofoil structuresDesign and Modeling of cut section for wingsDesign and Modeling of Machine componentDesign and Modeling of Machine componentsDesign and Analysis of a TrussDesign and Analysis of Beam distributed loadDesign of Landing gearFacingTurning(Taper Step)

                                                          TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                                                          30

                                                          HSSM7203 Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness LabLab 30 hoursThis course will focus on communication in professional (work-related) situations of the kind thatBPUT graduates may expect to encounter on entering the professional domainSome typical forms of work-related communication oral or written are listed below Practiceactivities for all four skills can be designed around these or similar situations1 Gaining entry into an organizationi Preparing job-applications and CVsii Facing an interviewiii Participating in group discussion (as part of the recruitmentprocess)2 In-house communicationa Superior Senior 1048782 subordinate junior (individual 1048782 individual group)i Welcoming new entrants to the organization introducing the workplace cultureetcii Briefing subordinates juniors explaining duties and responsibilities etcii Motivating subordinates juniors (lsquopep talkrsquo)iii Instructing directing subordinates juniorsiv Expressing recording appreciation praising rewarding a subordinate or juniorv Reprimanding correcting disciplining a subordinatejunior (for a lapse) askingfor an explanation etcb Subordinate Junior 1048782 Superior Seniori Responding to the aboveii Reporting problems difficulties deficienciesiii Offering suggestions

                                                          31

                                                          SEMESTER VI

                                                          Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                          THEORYHSSM3301 Principles of Management 3 0 0 3

                                                          Finite Element Method 3 0 0 3Aircraft Stability and Control 3 0 0 3Wind Tunnel Techniques 3 0 0 3High Temperature Materials 3 0 0 3

                                                          E1 Elective ndash I 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                          Aero Engine Laboratory 0 0 3 2Aircraft Design Project - I 0 0 3 2Aerodynamics Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2

                                                          32

                                                          SEMESTER VI

                                                          HSSM3301 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (3-0-0)

                                                          Module I Functions of Management Concept of Management Management as an Art or Science The Process of Management Managerial Skills Good Managers are Born not Made Management is concerned with Ideas Things and People How a Manager Induces Workers to Put in Their Best Levels and Types of Management Evolution of Management Thought Managerial Environment The process of Management-Planning Organizing Directing Staffing Controlling

                                                          Module II Marketing Function of Management Modern Concept of Marketing The Functional Classification of Marketing Functions of a Marketing Management Marketing Mix Fundamental Needs of Customers The Role of Distribution channels in Marketing Advertising Marketing Consumerism and Environmentalism

                                                          Module III Financial Function amp HRM Functions Financial Functions Concept of Financial Management Project Appraisal Tools of Financial decisions making Overview of Working Capital HRM Function of Management Human Resource Management Human Resource Development Importance of HRM Overview of Job Analysis Job Description Job Specification Labour Turnover Manpower Planning Recruitment Selection Induction Training and Development Placement Wage and Salary Administration Performance Appraisal Grievance Handling Welfare Aspects

                                                          Reference Books 1 Business Organization amp Management CR Basu TMH 2 Business Organization amp Management Tulsia Pandey Pearson 3 Marketing Management Kotler Keller Koshi Jha Pearson 4 Financial Management IM Pandey Vikas 5 Human Resource Management Aswasthapa TMH 6 Modern Business Organisation amp Management by Sherlekar Himalaya Publishing House

                                                          33

                                                          Sub Code FINITE ELEMENT METHOD L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                          OBJECTIVETo introduce the concept of numerical analysis of structural componentsModule ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION Review of basic approximate methods of analyses ndash Stiffness and Flexibility matrix forsimple cases ndash Governing equation and convergence criteria of finite element method

                                                          DISCRETE ELEMENTS Bar Frame beam elements ndash Application to static dynamic analysis

                                                          Module ndash II (10 hours)

                                                          CONTINUUM ELEMENTS Various types of 2-D-elements Application to plane stress plane strain and axisymmetricproblems Module ndash III (16 hours)ISOPARAMETRIC ELEMENTS Applications to two and three-dimensional problems(four eight and nine nodded element) Numerical Integration

                                                          FIELD PROBLEMApplications to other field problems like heat transfer and fluid flow

                                                          TEXT BOOK1 TirupathiRC and Ashok DB ldquoIntroduction to Finite Elements in EngineeringrdquoPrentice Hall India Third Edition 2003REFERENCES1 Reddy JN ldquoAn Introduction to Finite Element Methodrdquo McGraw-Hill 20002 Krishnamurthy CS ldquoFinite Element Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill 20003 Bathe KJ and Wilson EL ldquoNumerical Methods in Finite Elements AnalysisrdquoPrentice Hall of India 1985

                                                          34

                                                          Sub Code AIRCRAFT STABILITY amp CONTROL L T P C3 1 0 4

                                                          OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the concepts of stable and nonstable configurationof airplanes To introduce the concepts of control of airplanes under variousoperating conditions

                                                          Module ndash I (13 hours)STATIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY AND CONTROL 15General concepts-Degrees of freedom of a rigid body Static and dynamic stability Need for stability in an airplane inherently and marginally stable airplanes Stability and Controllability Requirements of control surfaces criteria for longitudinal static stability contribution to stability by wing tail fuselage wing fuselage combination Total longitudinal stability Neutral point-Stick fixed and Stick free aspects Free elevator factor static margin Hinge moment Power effects on stability-propeller and jet aircrafts longitudinal control Movement of centre of gravity elevator control effectiveness elevator control power elevator angle to trim elevator angle per g maneuver point Stick force gradient and stick force per g Aerodynamic balancing

                                                          Module ndash II (15 hours) STATIC DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND CONTROL Directional stability-yaw and sideslip Criterion of directional stability contribution to static directional stability by wing fuselage tail Power effects on directional stabilitypropeller and jet aircrafts Rudder lock and Dorsal fin Directional control rudder control effectiveness rudder requirements adverse yaw asymmetric power condition spin recovery

                                                          STATIC LATERAL STABILTY AND CONTROL Lateral stability-Dihedral effect criterion for lateral stability evaluation of lateral stability-contribution of fuselage wing wing fuselage tail total static lateral stability lateral control aileron reversal aileron reversal speed

                                                          Module ndash III (12 hours) DYNAMIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY Aircraft Equations of motion small disturbance theory Estimation of longitudinal stability derivatives stability derivatives solving the stability quartic Phugoid motion

                                                          DYNAMIC LATERAL AND DIRECTIONAL STABILITY Dutch roll and spiral instability Auto rotation and spin

                                                          TEXT BOOKS1 Perkins CD amp Hage RE Airplane performance stability and control John Wileyamp Sons 19762 Nelson RC Flight Stability amp Automatic Control McGraw Hill 1998REFERENCES1 McCormick BW Aerodynamics Aeronautics amp Flight Mechanics John Wiley19952 Babister AW Aircraft Stability and response Pergamon Press 19803 Etkin B Dynamics of Flight Stability and Control John Wiley New York 19824 Pamadi BN Performnce Stability Dynamics and Control of Airplanes AIAA Education Series 2004

                                                          35

                                                          Sub Code WIND TUNNEL TECHNIQUES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                          OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of measurement of forces and moments on models during the wind tunnel testing

                                                          Module ndash I (10 hours)WIND TUNNELSClassification ndashnon-dimensional numbers-types of similarities - Layout of open circuit and closed circuit subsonic wind tunnels ndash design parameters-energy ratio - HP calculationsCalibration

                                                          Module ndash II (15 hours) HIGH SPEED WIND TUNNELSBlow down in draft and induction tunnel layouts and their design features Transonic supersonic and hypersonic tunnels their peculiarities and calibration Helium and gun tunnels Shock tubes

                                                          FLOW VISUALIZATIONSmoke and Tuft grid techniques ndash Dye injection special techniques ndash Optical methods offlow visualization

                                                          Module ndash II (15 hours)WIND TUNNEL MEASUREMENTSPressurevelocity and temperature measurements ndash Force measurements ndash types of balances-Three component and six component balances ndash calibration of measuring instruments

                                                          NON-INTRUSIVE FLOW DIAGNOSTICSLaser ndash Doppler anemometry Particle image velocimetry Laser induced fluorescence TEXT BOOK1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow Speed Wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley Publication1984REFERENCE1 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh Speed wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley 1985

                                                          36

                                                          Sub Code HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                          OBJECTIVETo learn damage mechanism and failure of components of elavated temperatures

                                                          Module ndash I (15 hours)CREEPFactors influencing functional life of components at elevated temperatures definition of creep curve various stages of creep metallurgical factors influencing various stages effect of stress temperatures and strain rate

                                                          Design of transient creep time hardening strain hardening expressions of rupture life ofcreep ductile and brittle materials Monkman-Grant relationship

                                                          Module ndash II (13 hours)FRACTURE AND OXIDATIONVarious types of fracture brittle to ductile from low temperature to high temperature cleavage fracture due to micro void coalescence ndash diffusion controlled void growth fracture maps for different alloys and oxidesOxidation Pilling Bedworth ratio kinetic laws of oxidation ndash defect structure and control of Oxidation by alloy additions

                                                          Module ndash III (12 hours)HOT CORROSION SUPER ALLOYS AND OTHER MATERIALHot gas corrosion deposit modified hot gas corrosion fluxing mechanisms effect of alloying elements on hot corrosion interaction of hot corrosion and creep methods of combat hot corrosion

                                                          Iron base Nickel base abd Cobalt base super alloys composition control solid solution strengthening precipitation hardening by gamma prime grain boundary strengthening TCP phase embrittlement solidfication of single crystals Intermetallics high temperature ceramics

                                                          TEXT BOOKS1 Raj R ldquoFlow and Fracture at Elevated TemperaturesrdquoAmerican Society for MetalsUSA 19852 Hertzberg RW ldquoDeformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering materialsrdquo 4th

                                                          Edition John Wiley USA 19963 Courtney T H ldquoMechanical Behaviour of MaterialsrdquoMcGraw-Hill USA 1990REFERENCES1 Boyle JT Spencer J ldquoStress Analysis for Creeprdquo Butterworths UK 19832 BressersJ ldquoCreep and Fatigue in High Temperature Alloysrdquo Applied Science 19813 McLean D ldquoDirectionally Solidified Materials for High Temperature ServicerdquoThe Metals Society USA 1985

                                                          37

                                                          AE2355 AERO ENGINE LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                                                          OBJECTIVETo introduce the knowledge of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines1 Study of free convective heat transfer over a flat plate2 Engine (Piston Engine) - cleaning visual inspection NDT checks3 Piston Engine Components - dimensional checks4 Velocity profiles of free jets5 Velocity profiles of wall jets6 Combustion Studies in a model jet engine combustor7 Jet Engine ndash identification of components amp defects8 Jet Engine ndash NDT checks and dimensional checks9 Study of hybrid rocket propulsion system10 Engine starting procedures11 Study of ramjet12 Burn rate measurements of solid propellants

                                                          TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                          38

                                                          Sub code AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash I L T P C0 0 3 2

                                                          OBJECTIVETo introduce and develop the basic concept of aircraft designEach student is assigned the design of an Airplane (or Helicopter or any other flightvehicle) for given preliminary specifications The following are the assignments to becarried outEXPERIMENTS1 Comparative configuration study of different types of airplanes2 Comparative study on specification and performance details of aircraft3 Preparation of comparative data sheets4 Work sheet layout procedures5 Comparative graphs preparation and selection of main parameters for the design6 Preliminary weight estimations selection of main parameters7 Power plant selection Aerofoil selection Wing tail and control surfaces8 Preparation of layouts of balance diagram and three view drawings9 Drag estimation10 Detailed performance calculations and stability estimates

                                                          TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                          AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY- II

                                                          1 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of symmetric aerofoil section2 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of cambered aerofoil section3 Pressure distribution over a Nose cone model4 Determination of Base drag of a missile model5 Determination of profile drag of bodies by wake survey method6 Study of flow field over a backward facing step7 Pressure distribution over a water tank model for various wind speeds8 Velocity profiles for different simulated terrains9 Calibration of Supersonic Wind Tunnel10 Flow visualization studies in supersonic flows

                                                          TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                          39

                                                          40

                                                          SEMESTER VII

                                                          Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                          THEORY

                                                          PCME4404 Production and Operation Management 3 0 0 3Avionics 3 0 0 3Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 0 3Vibrations And Elements of Aeroelasticity 3 0 0 3

                                                          E2 Elective ndash II 3 0 0 3E3 Elective ndash III 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                          Aircraft Design Project ndash II 0 0 3 2Aircraft Systems Lab 0 0 3 2Project Work and Seminar 0 0 3 3

                                                          41

                                                          SEMESTER VII

                                                          PCME4404 Production and Operation Management L T P C

                                                          Objective The course aims at acquainting all engineering graduates irrespective of theirspecializations the basic issues and tools of managing production and operations functionsof an organizationModule I1 Operations Function in an Organization Manufacturing Vrs Service Operations Systemview of Operations Strategic Role of Operations Operations Strategies for CompetitiveAdvantage Operations Quality and Productivity Focus Meeting Global Challenges ofProduction and Operations Imperatives (3 Hours)2 Designing Products Services and Processes New Product Design- Product Life CycleProduct Development Process Process Technology Project Jobshop Batch AssemblyLine Continuous Manufacturing Process Technology Life Cycle Process TechnologyTrends FMS CIM CAD CAM Design for Services Services Process Technology(4 Hours)3 Work Study Methods Study- Techniques of Analysis recording improvement andstandardization Work Measurement Work Measurement Principles using Stopwatch TimeStudy Predetermined Motion Time Standards and Work Sampling Standard TimeEstimation (4 Hours)Module II4 Location and Layout Planning Factor Influencing Plant and Warehouse LocationsImpact of Location on cost and revenues Facility Location Procedure and Models Qualitative Models Breakeven Analysis location Model centroid methodLayout Planning Layout Types Process Layout Product Layout Fixed Position LayoutPlanning block diagramming line balancing computerized layout planning- overviewGroup Technology (4 Hours)5 Forecasting Principles and Method Moving Average weighted Moving AverageExponential Smoothing Winterrsquos Method for Seasonal Demand Forecasting Error(4 Hours)6 Manufacturing Planning and Control The Framework and Components AggregatePlanning Master Production Scheduling Rough-cut-Capacity Planning MaterialRequirements Planning Capacity Requirements Planning (5 Hours)Module III7 Sequencing and Scheduling Single Machine Sequencing Basics and PerformanceEvaluation Criteria Methods for Minimizing Mean Flow Time Parallel Machines Minimization of Makespan Flowshop sequencing 2 and 3 machines cases JohnsonrsquosRule and Jobshop Scheduling Priority dispatching Rules (3 Hours)8 Inventory Control Relevant Costs Basic EOQ Model Model with Quantity discountEconomic Batch Quantity Periodic and Continuous Review Systems Safety Stock ReorderPoint and Order Quantity Calculations ABC Analysis (4 Hours)9 Modern Trends in Manufacturing Just in Time (JIT) System Shop Floor Control ByKanbans Total Quality Management Total Productive Maintenance ISO 9000 QualityCircle Kaizen Poka Yoke Supply Chain Management (4 Hours)Reference Book1 SNChary ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 R Paneerselvam ldquoProduction and Operations Management Prentice Hall of India3 Aswathappa amp Bhatt ndash Production amp Operations Management HPH4 Gaither amp Frazier - Operations Management Cengage Publication5 Russell amp Taylor - Operations Management PHI Publication6 Chase Aquilanno Jacob amp Agarwal - Operations Management TMH Publication7 EE Adam and RJ Ebert ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India

                                                          42

                                                          Sub Code AVIONICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                          OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of navigation amp communication systems of aircraft

                                                          Module ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems ndash Integrated Avionicssystem ndash Typical avionics sub systems ndash Design approaches and recent advances -Application Technologies

                                                          PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS Digital Computers ndash Digital number system- number systems and codes-Fundamentals of logic and combinational logic circuits ndashDigital arithmetic ndash interfacing with analoguesystems

                                                          Module ndash II (11 hours)Basic of Microprocessors and application Microprocessors ndash Memories- Microprocessors real time application related to aircraft

                                                          DIGITAL AVIONICS ARCHITECTURE Avionics system architecturendash salient features and applications of Data buses MILndashSTD1553 BndashARINC 429ndashARINC 629

                                                          Module ndash III (15 hours)

                                                          FLIGHT DECK AND COCKPITSControl and display technologies CRT LCD - Touch screen - Direct voice input (DVI) - Civil cockpit and military cockpit MFDS HUD MFK HOTAS AVIONICS SYSTEMS Communication Systems - Navigation systems - Flight control systems - Radar electronic warfare - Utility systems Reliability and maintainability - Certification TEXT BOOKS1 Malcrno AP and Leach DP ldquoDigital Principles and Applicationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill19902 Gaonkar RS ldquoMicroprocessors Architecture ndash Programming and Applicationrdquo Wileyand Sons Ltd New Delhi 1990REFERENCES1 Middleton DH Ed ldquoAvionics Systems Longman Scientific and Technicalrdquo LongmanGroup UK Ltd England 19892 Spitzer CR ldquoDigital Avionic Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ USA19873 Brain Kendal ldquoManual of Avionicsrdquo The English Book House 3rd Edition New Delhi19934 Nagaraja ldquoNavigation systemrdquo5 J Powell ldquoAircraft Radio Systemrdquo

                                                          43

                                                          Sub Code COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                          OBJECTIVETo study the flow of dynamic fluids by computational methods

                                                          Module-I (10 hours) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows Mathematical properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations - Well posed problems - discretization of partial Differential Equations Explicit finite difference methods of subsonic supersonic and viscous flows

                                                          Module-II (15 hours)

                                                          DISCRETIZATION Boundary layer Equations and methods of solution -Implicit time dependent methods forinviscid and viscous compressible flows - Concept of numerical dissipation --Stabilityproperties of explicit and implicit methods - Conservative upwind discretization forHyperbolic systems - Further advantages of upwind differencing GRID GENERATION Structured grids Types and transformations Generation of structured grids Unstructured grids Delany triangulation

                                                          Module-III (15 hours)

                                                          FINITE VOLUME TECHNIQUESFinite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping -Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy - Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques ndash Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives Flux ndash splitting schemes Pressure correction solvers ndash SIMPLE PESO Vorticity transport formulation Implicitsemi-implicit schemes

                                                          TEXT BOOK1 Fletcher CAJ ldquoComputational Techniques for Fluid Dynamicsrdquo Vols I and IISpringer - Verlag Berlin 1988REFERENCES1 John F Wendt (Editor) ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics - An Introductionrdquo Springer ndashVerlag Berlin 19922 Charles Hirsch ldquoNumerical Computation of Internal and External Flowsrdquo Vols I and IIJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 19883 Klaus A Hoffmann and Steve T Chiang ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics forEngineersrdquo Vols I amp II Engineering Education System PO Box 20078 W WichitaKS 67208 - 1078 USA 19934 Anderson JrD ldquoFundamentals of Aerodynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill 2000

                                                          44

                                                          AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                          OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

                                                          Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

                                                          SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

                                                          Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

                                                          Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

                                                          ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

                                                          45

                                                          AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                                          OBJECTIVE

                                                          To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

                                                          Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

                                                          LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                          1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

                                                          TOTAL 60

                                                          AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

                                                          OBJECTIVE

                                                          To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

                                                          LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                          1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

                                                          TOTAL 60

                                                          46

                                                          SEMESTER VIII

                                                          Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                          THEORY

                                                          Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                          Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

                                                          47

                                                          Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

                                                          OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

                                                          Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

                                                          METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

                                                          Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

                                                          Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

                                                          FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

                                                          REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

                                                          48

                                                          Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

                                                          OBJECTIVE

                                                          The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

                                                          PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

                                                          OBJECTIVE

                                                          The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

                                                          The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

                                                          Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

                                                          OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

                                                          LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                          1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

                                                          composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

                                                          fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

                                                          49

                                                          1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

                                                          SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

                                                          Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                          Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

                                                          Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

                                                          SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

                                                          Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                          Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

                                                          ELECTIVESndash III

                                                          Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                          Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

                                                          SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

                                                          Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                          Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

                                                          ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

                                                          Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

                                                          50

                                                          Elective Subjects

                                                          Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                          OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

                                                          BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

                                                          Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

                                                          Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

                                                          TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

                                                          TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

                                                          51

                                                          Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                                                          OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                                                          Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                                                          UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                                                          52

                                                          AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                                                          OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                                                          Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                                                          Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                                                          MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                                                          Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                                                          AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                                                          TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                                                          53

                                                          Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                                                          3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                                                          Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                                                          Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                                                          RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                                                          Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                                                          HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                                                          54

                                                          Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                          OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                                                          Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                                                          IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                                                          Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                                                          Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                                                          55

                                                          Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                          OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                                                          Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                                                          STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                                                          Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                                                          Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                                                          56

                                                          Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                          Module-I (15hours)

                                                          FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                                                          COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                                                          Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                                                          Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                                                          COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                                                          57

                                                          Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                          OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                                                          Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                                                          BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                                                          Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                                                          BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                                                          Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                                                          58

                                                          Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                          OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                                                          Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                                                          Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                                                          Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                                                          Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                                                          TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                                                          59

                                                          Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                          OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                                          Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                                          PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                                          Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                                          PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                                          Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                                          Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                                          60

                                                          Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                          Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                                          EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                                          Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                                          Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                                          SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                                          61

                                                          AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                          OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                                          Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                                          Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                                          AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                                          Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                                          TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                                          62

                                                          Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                          OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                                          Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                                          VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                                          INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                                          63

                                                          Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                          OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                                          Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                                          MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                                          Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                                          PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                                          Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                                          64

                                                          Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                          OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                          65

                                                          Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                          Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                                          CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                                          Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                                          CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                                          Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                                          66

                                                          • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                          • Course Title
                                                            • THEORY
                                                            • SEMESTER III
                                                            • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                            • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                            • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                            • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                              • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                              • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                    • THEORY
                                                                    • PRACTICAL
                                                                    • SEMESTER V
                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                        • THEORY
                                                                        • PRACTICAL
                                                                        • SEMESTER VI
                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                            • THEORY
                                                                            • PRACTICAL
                                                                            • SEMESTER VI
                                                                              • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                                • SEMESTER VII
                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                    • THEORY
                                                                                    • PRACTICAL
                                                                                    • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                                      • TOTAL 60
                                                                                      • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                                      • TOTAL 60
                                                                                        • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                            • THEORY
                                                                                            • PRACTICAL
                                                                                            • Co New York 1989
                                                                                            • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                                            • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                            • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                              • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                    • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                                        • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                            Sub Code CAD CAM LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                                                            OBJECTIVETo teach and train the students in the lab about the design and drafting of aerocomponents LIST OF EXPERIMENTSDesign and Modeling of rectangular plate with holeDesign and Modeling of spar componentsDesign and Modeling of Aerofoil structuresDesign and Modeling of cut section for wingsDesign and Modeling of Machine componentDesign and Modeling of Machine componentsDesign and Analysis of a TrussDesign and Analysis of Beam distributed loadDesign of Landing gearFacingTurning(Taper Step)

                                                            TOTAL 40 PERIODS

                                                            30

                                                            HSSM7203 Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness LabLab 30 hoursThis course will focus on communication in professional (work-related) situations of the kind thatBPUT graduates may expect to encounter on entering the professional domainSome typical forms of work-related communication oral or written are listed below Practiceactivities for all four skills can be designed around these or similar situations1 Gaining entry into an organizationi Preparing job-applications and CVsii Facing an interviewiii Participating in group discussion (as part of the recruitmentprocess)2 In-house communicationa Superior Senior 1048782 subordinate junior (individual 1048782 individual group)i Welcoming new entrants to the organization introducing the workplace cultureetcii Briefing subordinates juniors explaining duties and responsibilities etcii Motivating subordinates juniors (lsquopep talkrsquo)iii Instructing directing subordinates juniorsiv Expressing recording appreciation praising rewarding a subordinate or juniorv Reprimanding correcting disciplining a subordinatejunior (for a lapse) askingfor an explanation etcb Subordinate Junior 1048782 Superior Seniori Responding to the aboveii Reporting problems difficulties deficienciesiii Offering suggestions

                                                            31

                                                            SEMESTER VI

                                                            Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                            THEORYHSSM3301 Principles of Management 3 0 0 3

                                                            Finite Element Method 3 0 0 3Aircraft Stability and Control 3 0 0 3Wind Tunnel Techniques 3 0 0 3High Temperature Materials 3 0 0 3

                                                            E1 Elective ndash I 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                            Aero Engine Laboratory 0 0 3 2Aircraft Design Project - I 0 0 3 2Aerodynamics Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2

                                                            32

                                                            SEMESTER VI

                                                            HSSM3301 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (3-0-0)

                                                            Module I Functions of Management Concept of Management Management as an Art or Science The Process of Management Managerial Skills Good Managers are Born not Made Management is concerned with Ideas Things and People How a Manager Induces Workers to Put in Their Best Levels and Types of Management Evolution of Management Thought Managerial Environment The process of Management-Planning Organizing Directing Staffing Controlling

                                                            Module II Marketing Function of Management Modern Concept of Marketing The Functional Classification of Marketing Functions of a Marketing Management Marketing Mix Fundamental Needs of Customers The Role of Distribution channels in Marketing Advertising Marketing Consumerism and Environmentalism

                                                            Module III Financial Function amp HRM Functions Financial Functions Concept of Financial Management Project Appraisal Tools of Financial decisions making Overview of Working Capital HRM Function of Management Human Resource Management Human Resource Development Importance of HRM Overview of Job Analysis Job Description Job Specification Labour Turnover Manpower Planning Recruitment Selection Induction Training and Development Placement Wage and Salary Administration Performance Appraisal Grievance Handling Welfare Aspects

                                                            Reference Books 1 Business Organization amp Management CR Basu TMH 2 Business Organization amp Management Tulsia Pandey Pearson 3 Marketing Management Kotler Keller Koshi Jha Pearson 4 Financial Management IM Pandey Vikas 5 Human Resource Management Aswasthapa TMH 6 Modern Business Organisation amp Management by Sherlekar Himalaya Publishing House

                                                            33

                                                            Sub Code FINITE ELEMENT METHOD L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                            OBJECTIVETo introduce the concept of numerical analysis of structural componentsModule ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION Review of basic approximate methods of analyses ndash Stiffness and Flexibility matrix forsimple cases ndash Governing equation and convergence criteria of finite element method

                                                            DISCRETE ELEMENTS Bar Frame beam elements ndash Application to static dynamic analysis

                                                            Module ndash II (10 hours)

                                                            CONTINUUM ELEMENTS Various types of 2-D-elements Application to plane stress plane strain and axisymmetricproblems Module ndash III (16 hours)ISOPARAMETRIC ELEMENTS Applications to two and three-dimensional problems(four eight and nine nodded element) Numerical Integration

                                                            FIELD PROBLEMApplications to other field problems like heat transfer and fluid flow

                                                            TEXT BOOK1 TirupathiRC and Ashok DB ldquoIntroduction to Finite Elements in EngineeringrdquoPrentice Hall India Third Edition 2003REFERENCES1 Reddy JN ldquoAn Introduction to Finite Element Methodrdquo McGraw-Hill 20002 Krishnamurthy CS ldquoFinite Element Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill 20003 Bathe KJ and Wilson EL ldquoNumerical Methods in Finite Elements AnalysisrdquoPrentice Hall of India 1985

                                                            34

                                                            Sub Code AIRCRAFT STABILITY amp CONTROL L T P C3 1 0 4

                                                            OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the concepts of stable and nonstable configurationof airplanes To introduce the concepts of control of airplanes under variousoperating conditions

                                                            Module ndash I (13 hours)STATIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY AND CONTROL 15General concepts-Degrees of freedom of a rigid body Static and dynamic stability Need for stability in an airplane inherently and marginally stable airplanes Stability and Controllability Requirements of control surfaces criteria for longitudinal static stability contribution to stability by wing tail fuselage wing fuselage combination Total longitudinal stability Neutral point-Stick fixed and Stick free aspects Free elevator factor static margin Hinge moment Power effects on stability-propeller and jet aircrafts longitudinal control Movement of centre of gravity elevator control effectiveness elevator control power elevator angle to trim elevator angle per g maneuver point Stick force gradient and stick force per g Aerodynamic balancing

                                                            Module ndash II (15 hours) STATIC DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND CONTROL Directional stability-yaw and sideslip Criterion of directional stability contribution to static directional stability by wing fuselage tail Power effects on directional stabilitypropeller and jet aircrafts Rudder lock and Dorsal fin Directional control rudder control effectiveness rudder requirements adverse yaw asymmetric power condition spin recovery

                                                            STATIC LATERAL STABILTY AND CONTROL Lateral stability-Dihedral effect criterion for lateral stability evaluation of lateral stability-contribution of fuselage wing wing fuselage tail total static lateral stability lateral control aileron reversal aileron reversal speed

                                                            Module ndash III (12 hours) DYNAMIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY Aircraft Equations of motion small disturbance theory Estimation of longitudinal stability derivatives stability derivatives solving the stability quartic Phugoid motion

                                                            DYNAMIC LATERAL AND DIRECTIONAL STABILITY Dutch roll and spiral instability Auto rotation and spin

                                                            TEXT BOOKS1 Perkins CD amp Hage RE Airplane performance stability and control John Wileyamp Sons 19762 Nelson RC Flight Stability amp Automatic Control McGraw Hill 1998REFERENCES1 McCormick BW Aerodynamics Aeronautics amp Flight Mechanics John Wiley19952 Babister AW Aircraft Stability and response Pergamon Press 19803 Etkin B Dynamics of Flight Stability and Control John Wiley New York 19824 Pamadi BN Performnce Stability Dynamics and Control of Airplanes AIAA Education Series 2004

                                                            35

                                                            Sub Code WIND TUNNEL TECHNIQUES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                            OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of measurement of forces and moments on models during the wind tunnel testing

                                                            Module ndash I (10 hours)WIND TUNNELSClassification ndashnon-dimensional numbers-types of similarities - Layout of open circuit and closed circuit subsonic wind tunnels ndash design parameters-energy ratio - HP calculationsCalibration

                                                            Module ndash II (15 hours) HIGH SPEED WIND TUNNELSBlow down in draft and induction tunnel layouts and their design features Transonic supersonic and hypersonic tunnels their peculiarities and calibration Helium and gun tunnels Shock tubes

                                                            FLOW VISUALIZATIONSmoke and Tuft grid techniques ndash Dye injection special techniques ndash Optical methods offlow visualization

                                                            Module ndash II (15 hours)WIND TUNNEL MEASUREMENTSPressurevelocity and temperature measurements ndash Force measurements ndash types of balances-Three component and six component balances ndash calibration of measuring instruments

                                                            NON-INTRUSIVE FLOW DIAGNOSTICSLaser ndash Doppler anemometry Particle image velocimetry Laser induced fluorescence TEXT BOOK1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow Speed Wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley Publication1984REFERENCE1 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh Speed wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley 1985

                                                            36

                                                            Sub Code HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                            OBJECTIVETo learn damage mechanism and failure of components of elavated temperatures

                                                            Module ndash I (15 hours)CREEPFactors influencing functional life of components at elevated temperatures definition of creep curve various stages of creep metallurgical factors influencing various stages effect of stress temperatures and strain rate

                                                            Design of transient creep time hardening strain hardening expressions of rupture life ofcreep ductile and brittle materials Monkman-Grant relationship

                                                            Module ndash II (13 hours)FRACTURE AND OXIDATIONVarious types of fracture brittle to ductile from low temperature to high temperature cleavage fracture due to micro void coalescence ndash diffusion controlled void growth fracture maps for different alloys and oxidesOxidation Pilling Bedworth ratio kinetic laws of oxidation ndash defect structure and control of Oxidation by alloy additions

                                                            Module ndash III (12 hours)HOT CORROSION SUPER ALLOYS AND OTHER MATERIALHot gas corrosion deposit modified hot gas corrosion fluxing mechanisms effect of alloying elements on hot corrosion interaction of hot corrosion and creep methods of combat hot corrosion

                                                            Iron base Nickel base abd Cobalt base super alloys composition control solid solution strengthening precipitation hardening by gamma prime grain boundary strengthening TCP phase embrittlement solidfication of single crystals Intermetallics high temperature ceramics

                                                            TEXT BOOKS1 Raj R ldquoFlow and Fracture at Elevated TemperaturesrdquoAmerican Society for MetalsUSA 19852 Hertzberg RW ldquoDeformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering materialsrdquo 4th

                                                            Edition John Wiley USA 19963 Courtney T H ldquoMechanical Behaviour of MaterialsrdquoMcGraw-Hill USA 1990REFERENCES1 Boyle JT Spencer J ldquoStress Analysis for Creeprdquo Butterworths UK 19832 BressersJ ldquoCreep and Fatigue in High Temperature Alloysrdquo Applied Science 19813 McLean D ldquoDirectionally Solidified Materials for High Temperature ServicerdquoThe Metals Society USA 1985

                                                            37

                                                            AE2355 AERO ENGINE LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                                                            OBJECTIVETo introduce the knowledge of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines1 Study of free convective heat transfer over a flat plate2 Engine (Piston Engine) - cleaning visual inspection NDT checks3 Piston Engine Components - dimensional checks4 Velocity profiles of free jets5 Velocity profiles of wall jets6 Combustion Studies in a model jet engine combustor7 Jet Engine ndash identification of components amp defects8 Jet Engine ndash NDT checks and dimensional checks9 Study of hybrid rocket propulsion system10 Engine starting procedures11 Study of ramjet12 Burn rate measurements of solid propellants

                                                            TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                            38

                                                            Sub code AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash I L T P C0 0 3 2

                                                            OBJECTIVETo introduce and develop the basic concept of aircraft designEach student is assigned the design of an Airplane (or Helicopter or any other flightvehicle) for given preliminary specifications The following are the assignments to becarried outEXPERIMENTS1 Comparative configuration study of different types of airplanes2 Comparative study on specification and performance details of aircraft3 Preparation of comparative data sheets4 Work sheet layout procedures5 Comparative graphs preparation and selection of main parameters for the design6 Preliminary weight estimations selection of main parameters7 Power plant selection Aerofoil selection Wing tail and control surfaces8 Preparation of layouts of balance diagram and three view drawings9 Drag estimation10 Detailed performance calculations and stability estimates

                                                            TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                            AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY- II

                                                            1 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of symmetric aerofoil section2 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of cambered aerofoil section3 Pressure distribution over a Nose cone model4 Determination of Base drag of a missile model5 Determination of profile drag of bodies by wake survey method6 Study of flow field over a backward facing step7 Pressure distribution over a water tank model for various wind speeds8 Velocity profiles for different simulated terrains9 Calibration of Supersonic Wind Tunnel10 Flow visualization studies in supersonic flows

                                                            TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                            39

                                                            40

                                                            SEMESTER VII

                                                            Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                            THEORY

                                                            PCME4404 Production and Operation Management 3 0 0 3Avionics 3 0 0 3Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 0 3Vibrations And Elements of Aeroelasticity 3 0 0 3

                                                            E2 Elective ndash II 3 0 0 3E3 Elective ndash III 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                            Aircraft Design Project ndash II 0 0 3 2Aircraft Systems Lab 0 0 3 2Project Work and Seminar 0 0 3 3

                                                            41

                                                            SEMESTER VII

                                                            PCME4404 Production and Operation Management L T P C

                                                            Objective The course aims at acquainting all engineering graduates irrespective of theirspecializations the basic issues and tools of managing production and operations functionsof an organizationModule I1 Operations Function in an Organization Manufacturing Vrs Service Operations Systemview of Operations Strategic Role of Operations Operations Strategies for CompetitiveAdvantage Operations Quality and Productivity Focus Meeting Global Challenges ofProduction and Operations Imperatives (3 Hours)2 Designing Products Services and Processes New Product Design- Product Life CycleProduct Development Process Process Technology Project Jobshop Batch AssemblyLine Continuous Manufacturing Process Technology Life Cycle Process TechnologyTrends FMS CIM CAD CAM Design for Services Services Process Technology(4 Hours)3 Work Study Methods Study- Techniques of Analysis recording improvement andstandardization Work Measurement Work Measurement Principles using Stopwatch TimeStudy Predetermined Motion Time Standards and Work Sampling Standard TimeEstimation (4 Hours)Module II4 Location and Layout Planning Factor Influencing Plant and Warehouse LocationsImpact of Location on cost and revenues Facility Location Procedure and Models Qualitative Models Breakeven Analysis location Model centroid methodLayout Planning Layout Types Process Layout Product Layout Fixed Position LayoutPlanning block diagramming line balancing computerized layout planning- overviewGroup Technology (4 Hours)5 Forecasting Principles and Method Moving Average weighted Moving AverageExponential Smoothing Winterrsquos Method for Seasonal Demand Forecasting Error(4 Hours)6 Manufacturing Planning and Control The Framework and Components AggregatePlanning Master Production Scheduling Rough-cut-Capacity Planning MaterialRequirements Planning Capacity Requirements Planning (5 Hours)Module III7 Sequencing and Scheduling Single Machine Sequencing Basics and PerformanceEvaluation Criteria Methods for Minimizing Mean Flow Time Parallel Machines Minimization of Makespan Flowshop sequencing 2 and 3 machines cases JohnsonrsquosRule and Jobshop Scheduling Priority dispatching Rules (3 Hours)8 Inventory Control Relevant Costs Basic EOQ Model Model with Quantity discountEconomic Batch Quantity Periodic and Continuous Review Systems Safety Stock ReorderPoint and Order Quantity Calculations ABC Analysis (4 Hours)9 Modern Trends in Manufacturing Just in Time (JIT) System Shop Floor Control ByKanbans Total Quality Management Total Productive Maintenance ISO 9000 QualityCircle Kaizen Poka Yoke Supply Chain Management (4 Hours)Reference Book1 SNChary ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 R Paneerselvam ldquoProduction and Operations Management Prentice Hall of India3 Aswathappa amp Bhatt ndash Production amp Operations Management HPH4 Gaither amp Frazier - Operations Management Cengage Publication5 Russell amp Taylor - Operations Management PHI Publication6 Chase Aquilanno Jacob amp Agarwal - Operations Management TMH Publication7 EE Adam and RJ Ebert ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India

                                                            42

                                                            Sub Code AVIONICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                            OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of navigation amp communication systems of aircraft

                                                            Module ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems ndash Integrated Avionicssystem ndash Typical avionics sub systems ndash Design approaches and recent advances -Application Technologies

                                                            PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS Digital Computers ndash Digital number system- number systems and codes-Fundamentals of logic and combinational logic circuits ndashDigital arithmetic ndash interfacing with analoguesystems

                                                            Module ndash II (11 hours)Basic of Microprocessors and application Microprocessors ndash Memories- Microprocessors real time application related to aircraft

                                                            DIGITAL AVIONICS ARCHITECTURE Avionics system architecturendash salient features and applications of Data buses MILndashSTD1553 BndashARINC 429ndashARINC 629

                                                            Module ndash III (15 hours)

                                                            FLIGHT DECK AND COCKPITSControl and display technologies CRT LCD - Touch screen - Direct voice input (DVI) - Civil cockpit and military cockpit MFDS HUD MFK HOTAS AVIONICS SYSTEMS Communication Systems - Navigation systems - Flight control systems - Radar electronic warfare - Utility systems Reliability and maintainability - Certification TEXT BOOKS1 Malcrno AP and Leach DP ldquoDigital Principles and Applicationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill19902 Gaonkar RS ldquoMicroprocessors Architecture ndash Programming and Applicationrdquo Wileyand Sons Ltd New Delhi 1990REFERENCES1 Middleton DH Ed ldquoAvionics Systems Longman Scientific and Technicalrdquo LongmanGroup UK Ltd England 19892 Spitzer CR ldquoDigital Avionic Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ USA19873 Brain Kendal ldquoManual of Avionicsrdquo The English Book House 3rd Edition New Delhi19934 Nagaraja ldquoNavigation systemrdquo5 J Powell ldquoAircraft Radio Systemrdquo

                                                            43

                                                            Sub Code COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                            OBJECTIVETo study the flow of dynamic fluids by computational methods

                                                            Module-I (10 hours) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows Mathematical properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations - Well posed problems - discretization of partial Differential Equations Explicit finite difference methods of subsonic supersonic and viscous flows

                                                            Module-II (15 hours)

                                                            DISCRETIZATION Boundary layer Equations and methods of solution -Implicit time dependent methods forinviscid and viscous compressible flows - Concept of numerical dissipation --Stabilityproperties of explicit and implicit methods - Conservative upwind discretization forHyperbolic systems - Further advantages of upwind differencing GRID GENERATION Structured grids Types and transformations Generation of structured grids Unstructured grids Delany triangulation

                                                            Module-III (15 hours)

                                                            FINITE VOLUME TECHNIQUESFinite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping -Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy - Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques ndash Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives Flux ndash splitting schemes Pressure correction solvers ndash SIMPLE PESO Vorticity transport formulation Implicitsemi-implicit schemes

                                                            TEXT BOOK1 Fletcher CAJ ldquoComputational Techniques for Fluid Dynamicsrdquo Vols I and IISpringer - Verlag Berlin 1988REFERENCES1 John F Wendt (Editor) ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics - An Introductionrdquo Springer ndashVerlag Berlin 19922 Charles Hirsch ldquoNumerical Computation of Internal and External Flowsrdquo Vols I and IIJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 19883 Klaus A Hoffmann and Steve T Chiang ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics forEngineersrdquo Vols I amp II Engineering Education System PO Box 20078 W WichitaKS 67208 - 1078 USA 19934 Anderson JrD ldquoFundamentals of Aerodynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill 2000

                                                            44

                                                            AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                            OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

                                                            Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

                                                            SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

                                                            Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

                                                            Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

                                                            ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

                                                            45

                                                            AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                                            OBJECTIVE

                                                            To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

                                                            Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

                                                            LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                            1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

                                                            TOTAL 60

                                                            AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

                                                            OBJECTIVE

                                                            To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

                                                            LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                            1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

                                                            TOTAL 60

                                                            46

                                                            SEMESTER VIII

                                                            Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                            THEORY

                                                            Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                            Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

                                                            47

                                                            Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

                                                            OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

                                                            Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

                                                            METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

                                                            Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

                                                            Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

                                                            FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

                                                            REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

                                                            48

                                                            Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

                                                            OBJECTIVE

                                                            The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

                                                            PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

                                                            OBJECTIVE

                                                            The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

                                                            The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

                                                            Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

                                                            OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

                                                            LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                            1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

                                                            composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

                                                            fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

                                                            49

                                                            1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

                                                            SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

                                                            Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                            Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

                                                            Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

                                                            SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

                                                            Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                            Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

                                                            ELECTIVESndash III

                                                            Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                            Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

                                                            SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

                                                            Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                            Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

                                                            ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

                                                            Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

                                                            50

                                                            Elective Subjects

                                                            Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                            OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

                                                            BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

                                                            Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

                                                            Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

                                                            TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

                                                            TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

                                                            51

                                                            Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                                                            OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                                                            Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                                                            UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                                                            52

                                                            AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                                                            OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                                                            Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                                                            Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                                                            MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                                                            Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                                                            AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                                                            TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                                                            53

                                                            Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                                                            3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                                                            Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                                                            Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                                                            RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                                                            Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                                                            HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                                                            54

                                                            Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                            OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                                                            Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                                                            IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                                                            Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                                                            Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                                                            55

                                                            Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                            OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                                                            Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                                                            STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                                                            Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                                                            Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                                                            56

                                                            Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                            Module-I (15hours)

                                                            FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                                                            COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                                                            Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                                                            Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                                                            COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                                                            57

                                                            Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                            OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                                                            Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                                                            BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                                                            Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                                                            BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                                                            Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                                                            58

                                                            Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                            OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                                                            Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                                                            Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                                                            Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                                                            Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                                                            TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                                                            59

                                                            Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                            OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                                            Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                                            PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                                            Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                                            PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                                            Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                                            Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                                            60

                                                            Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                            Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                                            EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                                            Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                                            Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                                            SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                                            61

                                                            AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                            OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                                            Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                                            Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                                            AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                                            Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                                            TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                                            62

                                                            Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                            OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                                            Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                                            VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                                            INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                                            63

                                                            Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                            OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                                            Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                                            MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                                            Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                                            PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                                            Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                                            64

                                                            Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                            OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                            65

                                                            Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                            Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                                            CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                                            Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                                            CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                                            Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                                            66

                                                            • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                            • Course Title
                                                              • THEORY
                                                              • SEMESTER III
                                                              • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                              • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                              • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                              • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                      • THEORY
                                                                      • PRACTICAL
                                                                      • SEMESTER V
                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                          • THEORY
                                                                          • PRACTICAL
                                                                          • SEMESTER VI
                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                              • THEORY
                                                                              • PRACTICAL
                                                                              • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                                  • SEMESTER VII
                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                      • THEORY
                                                                                      • PRACTICAL
                                                                                      • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                                        • TOTAL 60
                                                                                        • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                                        • TOTAL 60
                                                                                          • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                              • THEORY
                                                                                              • PRACTICAL
                                                                                              • Co New York 1989
                                                                                              • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                                              • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                              • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                                • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                  • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                      • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                                          • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                              HSSM7203 Communication amp Interpersonal skills forCorporate Readiness LabLab 30 hoursThis course will focus on communication in professional (work-related) situations of the kind thatBPUT graduates may expect to encounter on entering the professional domainSome typical forms of work-related communication oral or written are listed below Practiceactivities for all four skills can be designed around these or similar situations1 Gaining entry into an organizationi Preparing job-applications and CVsii Facing an interviewiii Participating in group discussion (as part of the recruitmentprocess)2 In-house communicationa Superior Senior 1048782 subordinate junior (individual 1048782 individual group)i Welcoming new entrants to the organization introducing the workplace cultureetcii Briefing subordinates juniors explaining duties and responsibilities etcii Motivating subordinates juniors (lsquopep talkrsquo)iii Instructing directing subordinates juniorsiv Expressing recording appreciation praising rewarding a subordinate or juniorv Reprimanding correcting disciplining a subordinatejunior (for a lapse) askingfor an explanation etcb Subordinate Junior 1048782 Superior Seniori Responding to the aboveii Reporting problems difficulties deficienciesiii Offering suggestions

                                                              31

                                                              SEMESTER VI

                                                              Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                              THEORYHSSM3301 Principles of Management 3 0 0 3

                                                              Finite Element Method 3 0 0 3Aircraft Stability and Control 3 0 0 3Wind Tunnel Techniques 3 0 0 3High Temperature Materials 3 0 0 3

                                                              E1 Elective ndash I 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                              Aero Engine Laboratory 0 0 3 2Aircraft Design Project - I 0 0 3 2Aerodynamics Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2

                                                              32

                                                              SEMESTER VI

                                                              HSSM3301 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (3-0-0)

                                                              Module I Functions of Management Concept of Management Management as an Art or Science The Process of Management Managerial Skills Good Managers are Born not Made Management is concerned with Ideas Things and People How a Manager Induces Workers to Put in Their Best Levels and Types of Management Evolution of Management Thought Managerial Environment The process of Management-Planning Organizing Directing Staffing Controlling

                                                              Module II Marketing Function of Management Modern Concept of Marketing The Functional Classification of Marketing Functions of a Marketing Management Marketing Mix Fundamental Needs of Customers The Role of Distribution channels in Marketing Advertising Marketing Consumerism and Environmentalism

                                                              Module III Financial Function amp HRM Functions Financial Functions Concept of Financial Management Project Appraisal Tools of Financial decisions making Overview of Working Capital HRM Function of Management Human Resource Management Human Resource Development Importance of HRM Overview of Job Analysis Job Description Job Specification Labour Turnover Manpower Planning Recruitment Selection Induction Training and Development Placement Wage and Salary Administration Performance Appraisal Grievance Handling Welfare Aspects

                                                              Reference Books 1 Business Organization amp Management CR Basu TMH 2 Business Organization amp Management Tulsia Pandey Pearson 3 Marketing Management Kotler Keller Koshi Jha Pearson 4 Financial Management IM Pandey Vikas 5 Human Resource Management Aswasthapa TMH 6 Modern Business Organisation amp Management by Sherlekar Himalaya Publishing House

                                                              33

                                                              Sub Code FINITE ELEMENT METHOD L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                              OBJECTIVETo introduce the concept of numerical analysis of structural componentsModule ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION Review of basic approximate methods of analyses ndash Stiffness and Flexibility matrix forsimple cases ndash Governing equation and convergence criteria of finite element method

                                                              DISCRETE ELEMENTS Bar Frame beam elements ndash Application to static dynamic analysis

                                                              Module ndash II (10 hours)

                                                              CONTINUUM ELEMENTS Various types of 2-D-elements Application to plane stress plane strain and axisymmetricproblems Module ndash III (16 hours)ISOPARAMETRIC ELEMENTS Applications to two and three-dimensional problems(four eight and nine nodded element) Numerical Integration

                                                              FIELD PROBLEMApplications to other field problems like heat transfer and fluid flow

                                                              TEXT BOOK1 TirupathiRC and Ashok DB ldquoIntroduction to Finite Elements in EngineeringrdquoPrentice Hall India Third Edition 2003REFERENCES1 Reddy JN ldquoAn Introduction to Finite Element Methodrdquo McGraw-Hill 20002 Krishnamurthy CS ldquoFinite Element Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill 20003 Bathe KJ and Wilson EL ldquoNumerical Methods in Finite Elements AnalysisrdquoPrentice Hall of India 1985

                                                              34

                                                              Sub Code AIRCRAFT STABILITY amp CONTROL L T P C3 1 0 4

                                                              OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the concepts of stable and nonstable configurationof airplanes To introduce the concepts of control of airplanes under variousoperating conditions

                                                              Module ndash I (13 hours)STATIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY AND CONTROL 15General concepts-Degrees of freedom of a rigid body Static and dynamic stability Need for stability in an airplane inherently and marginally stable airplanes Stability and Controllability Requirements of control surfaces criteria for longitudinal static stability contribution to stability by wing tail fuselage wing fuselage combination Total longitudinal stability Neutral point-Stick fixed and Stick free aspects Free elevator factor static margin Hinge moment Power effects on stability-propeller and jet aircrafts longitudinal control Movement of centre of gravity elevator control effectiveness elevator control power elevator angle to trim elevator angle per g maneuver point Stick force gradient and stick force per g Aerodynamic balancing

                                                              Module ndash II (15 hours) STATIC DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND CONTROL Directional stability-yaw and sideslip Criterion of directional stability contribution to static directional stability by wing fuselage tail Power effects on directional stabilitypropeller and jet aircrafts Rudder lock and Dorsal fin Directional control rudder control effectiveness rudder requirements adverse yaw asymmetric power condition spin recovery

                                                              STATIC LATERAL STABILTY AND CONTROL Lateral stability-Dihedral effect criterion for lateral stability evaluation of lateral stability-contribution of fuselage wing wing fuselage tail total static lateral stability lateral control aileron reversal aileron reversal speed

                                                              Module ndash III (12 hours) DYNAMIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY Aircraft Equations of motion small disturbance theory Estimation of longitudinal stability derivatives stability derivatives solving the stability quartic Phugoid motion

                                                              DYNAMIC LATERAL AND DIRECTIONAL STABILITY Dutch roll and spiral instability Auto rotation and spin

                                                              TEXT BOOKS1 Perkins CD amp Hage RE Airplane performance stability and control John Wileyamp Sons 19762 Nelson RC Flight Stability amp Automatic Control McGraw Hill 1998REFERENCES1 McCormick BW Aerodynamics Aeronautics amp Flight Mechanics John Wiley19952 Babister AW Aircraft Stability and response Pergamon Press 19803 Etkin B Dynamics of Flight Stability and Control John Wiley New York 19824 Pamadi BN Performnce Stability Dynamics and Control of Airplanes AIAA Education Series 2004

                                                              35

                                                              Sub Code WIND TUNNEL TECHNIQUES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                              OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of measurement of forces and moments on models during the wind tunnel testing

                                                              Module ndash I (10 hours)WIND TUNNELSClassification ndashnon-dimensional numbers-types of similarities - Layout of open circuit and closed circuit subsonic wind tunnels ndash design parameters-energy ratio - HP calculationsCalibration

                                                              Module ndash II (15 hours) HIGH SPEED WIND TUNNELSBlow down in draft and induction tunnel layouts and their design features Transonic supersonic and hypersonic tunnels their peculiarities and calibration Helium and gun tunnels Shock tubes

                                                              FLOW VISUALIZATIONSmoke and Tuft grid techniques ndash Dye injection special techniques ndash Optical methods offlow visualization

                                                              Module ndash II (15 hours)WIND TUNNEL MEASUREMENTSPressurevelocity and temperature measurements ndash Force measurements ndash types of balances-Three component and six component balances ndash calibration of measuring instruments

                                                              NON-INTRUSIVE FLOW DIAGNOSTICSLaser ndash Doppler anemometry Particle image velocimetry Laser induced fluorescence TEXT BOOK1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow Speed Wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley Publication1984REFERENCE1 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh Speed wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley 1985

                                                              36

                                                              Sub Code HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                              OBJECTIVETo learn damage mechanism and failure of components of elavated temperatures

                                                              Module ndash I (15 hours)CREEPFactors influencing functional life of components at elevated temperatures definition of creep curve various stages of creep metallurgical factors influencing various stages effect of stress temperatures and strain rate

                                                              Design of transient creep time hardening strain hardening expressions of rupture life ofcreep ductile and brittle materials Monkman-Grant relationship

                                                              Module ndash II (13 hours)FRACTURE AND OXIDATIONVarious types of fracture brittle to ductile from low temperature to high temperature cleavage fracture due to micro void coalescence ndash diffusion controlled void growth fracture maps for different alloys and oxidesOxidation Pilling Bedworth ratio kinetic laws of oxidation ndash defect structure and control of Oxidation by alloy additions

                                                              Module ndash III (12 hours)HOT CORROSION SUPER ALLOYS AND OTHER MATERIALHot gas corrosion deposit modified hot gas corrosion fluxing mechanisms effect of alloying elements on hot corrosion interaction of hot corrosion and creep methods of combat hot corrosion

                                                              Iron base Nickel base abd Cobalt base super alloys composition control solid solution strengthening precipitation hardening by gamma prime grain boundary strengthening TCP phase embrittlement solidfication of single crystals Intermetallics high temperature ceramics

                                                              TEXT BOOKS1 Raj R ldquoFlow and Fracture at Elevated TemperaturesrdquoAmerican Society for MetalsUSA 19852 Hertzberg RW ldquoDeformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering materialsrdquo 4th

                                                              Edition John Wiley USA 19963 Courtney T H ldquoMechanical Behaviour of MaterialsrdquoMcGraw-Hill USA 1990REFERENCES1 Boyle JT Spencer J ldquoStress Analysis for Creeprdquo Butterworths UK 19832 BressersJ ldquoCreep and Fatigue in High Temperature Alloysrdquo Applied Science 19813 McLean D ldquoDirectionally Solidified Materials for High Temperature ServicerdquoThe Metals Society USA 1985

                                                              37

                                                              AE2355 AERO ENGINE LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                                                              OBJECTIVETo introduce the knowledge of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines1 Study of free convective heat transfer over a flat plate2 Engine (Piston Engine) - cleaning visual inspection NDT checks3 Piston Engine Components - dimensional checks4 Velocity profiles of free jets5 Velocity profiles of wall jets6 Combustion Studies in a model jet engine combustor7 Jet Engine ndash identification of components amp defects8 Jet Engine ndash NDT checks and dimensional checks9 Study of hybrid rocket propulsion system10 Engine starting procedures11 Study of ramjet12 Burn rate measurements of solid propellants

                                                              TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                              38

                                                              Sub code AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash I L T P C0 0 3 2

                                                              OBJECTIVETo introduce and develop the basic concept of aircraft designEach student is assigned the design of an Airplane (or Helicopter or any other flightvehicle) for given preliminary specifications The following are the assignments to becarried outEXPERIMENTS1 Comparative configuration study of different types of airplanes2 Comparative study on specification and performance details of aircraft3 Preparation of comparative data sheets4 Work sheet layout procedures5 Comparative graphs preparation and selection of main parameters for the design6 Preliminary weight estimations selection of main parameters7 Power plant selection Aerofoil selection Wing tail and control surfaces8 Preparation of layouts of balance diagram and three view drawings9 Drag estimation10 Detailed performance calculations and stability estimates

                                                              TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                              AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY- II

                                                              1 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of symmetric aerofoil section2 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of cambered aerofoil section3 Pressure distribution over a Nose cone model4 Determination of Base drag of a missile model5 Determination of profile drag of bodies by wake survey method6 Study of flow field over a backward facing step7 Pressure distribution over a water tank model for various wind speeds8 Velocity profiles for different simulated terrains9 Calibration of Supersonic Wind Tunnel10 Flow visualization studies in supersonic flows

                                                              TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                              39

                                                              40

                                                              SEMESTER VII

                                                              Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                              THEORY

                                                              PCME4404 Production and Operation Management 3 0 0 3Avionics 3 0 0 3Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 0 3Vibrations And Elements of Aeroelasticity 3 0 0 3

                                                              E2 Elective ndash II 3 0 0 3E3 Elective ndash III 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                              Aircraft Design Project ndash II 0 0 3 2Aircraft Systems Lab 0 0 3 2Project Work and Seminar 0 0 3 3

                                                              41

                                                              SEMESTER VII

                                                              PCME4404 Production and Operation Management L T P C

                                                              Objective The course aims at acquainting all engineering graduates irrespective of theirspecializations the basic issues and tools of managing production and operations functionsof an organizationModule I1 Operations Function in an Organization Manufacturing Vrs Service Operations Systemview of Operations Strategic Role of Operations Operations Strategies for CompetitiveAdvantage Operations Quality and Productivity Focus Meeting Global Challenges ofProduction and Operations Imperatives (3 Hours)2 Designing Products Services and Processes New Product Design- Product Life CycleProduct Development Process Process Technology Project Jobshop Batch AssemblyLine Continuous Manufacturing Process Technology Life Cycle Process TechnologyTrends FMS CIM CAD CAM Design for Services Services Process Technology(4 Hours)3 Work Study Methods Study- Techniques of Analysis recording improvement andstandardization Work Measurement Work Measurement Principles using Stopwatch TimeStudy Predetermined Motion Time Standards and Work Sampling Standard TimeEstimation (4 Hours)Module II4 Location and Layout Planning Factor Influencing Plant and Warehouse LocationsImpact of Location on cost and revenues Facility Location Procedure and Models Qualitative Models Breakeven Analysis location Model centroid methodLayout Planning Layout Types Process Layout Product Layout Fixed Position LayoutPlanning block diagramming line balancing computerized layout planning- overviewGroup Technology (4 Hours)5 Forecasting Principles and Method Moving Average weighted Moving AverageExponential Smoothing Winterrsquos Method for Seasonal Demand Forecasting Error(4 Hours)6 Manufacturing Planning and Control The Framework and Components AggregatePlanning Master Production Scheduling Rough-cut-Capacity Planning MaterialRequirements Planning Capacity Requirements Planning (5 Hours)Module III7 Sequencing and Scheduling Single Machine Sequencing Basics and PerformanceEvaluation Criteria Methods for Minimizing Mean Flow Time Parallel Machines Minimization of Makespan Flowshop sequencing 2 and 3 machines cases JohnsonrsquosRule and Jobshop Scheduling Priority dispatching Rules (3 Hours)8 Inventory Control Relevant Costs Basic EOQ Model Model with Quantity discountEconomic Batch Quantity Periodic and Continuous Review Systems Safety Stock ReorderPoint and Order Quantity Calculations ABC Analysis (4 Hours)9 Modern Trends in Manufacturing Just in Time (JIT) System Shop Floor Control ByKanbans Total Quality Management Total Productive Maintenance ISO 9000 QualityCircle Kaizen Poka Yoke Supply Chain Management (4 Hours)Reference Book1 SNChary ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 R Paneerselvam ldquoProduction and Operations Management Prentice Hall of India3 Aswathappa amp Bhatt ndash Production amp Operations Management HPH4 Gaither amp Frazier - Operations Management Cengage Publication5 Russell amp Taylor - Operations Management PHI Publication6 Chase Aquilanno Jacob amp Agarwal - Operations Management TMH Publication7 EE Adam and RJ Ebert ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India

                                                              42

                                                              Sub Code AVIONICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                              OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of navigation amp communication systems of aircraft

                                                              Module ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems ndash Integrated Avionicssystem ndash Typical avionics sub systems ndash Design approaches and recent advances -Application Technologies

                                                              PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS Digital Computers ndash Digital number system- number systems and codes-Fundamentals of logic and combinational logic circuits ndashDigital arithmetic ndash interfacing with analoguesystems

                                                              Module ndash II (11 hours)Basic of Microprocessors and application Microprocessors ndash Memories- Microprocessors real time application related to aircraft

                                                              DIGITAL AVIONICS ARCHITECTURE Avionics system architecturendash salient features and applications of Data buses MILndashSTD1553 BndashARINC 429ndashARINC 629

                                                              Module ndash III (15 hours)

                                                              FLIGHT DECK AND COCKPITSControl and display technologies CRT LCD - Touch screen - Direct voice input (DVI) - Civil cockpit and military cockpit MFDS HUD MFK HOTAS AVIONICS SYSTEMS Communication Systems - Navigation systems - Flight control systems - Radar electronic warfare - Utility systems Reliability and maintainability - Certification TEXT BOOKS1 Malcrno AP and Leach DP ldquoDigital Principles and Applicationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill19902 Gaonkar RS ldquoMicroprocessors Architecture ndash Programming and Applicationrdquo Wileyand Sons Ltd New Delhi 1990REFERENCES1 Middleton DH Ed ldquoAvionics Systems Longman Scientific and Technicalrdquo LongmanGroup UK Ltd England 19892 Spitzer CR ldquoDigital Avionic Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ USA19873 Brain Kendal ldquoManual of Avionicsrdquo The English Book House 3rd Edition New Delhi19934 Nagaraja ldquoNavigation systemrdquo5 J Powell ldquoAircraft Radio Systemrdquo

                                                              43

                                                              Sub Code COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                              OBJECTIVETo study the flow of dynamic fluids by computational methods

                                                              Module-I (10 hours) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows Mathematical properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations - Well posed problems - discretization of partial Differential Equations Explicit finite difference methods of subsonic supersonic and viscous flows

                                                              Module-II (15 hours)

                                                              DISCRETIZATION Boundary layer Equations and methods of solution -Implicit time dependent methods forinviscid and viscous compressible flows - Concept of numerical dissipation --Stabilityproperties of explicit and implicit methods - Conservative upwind discretization forHyperbolic systems - Further advantages of upwind differencing GRID GENERATION Structured grids Types and transformations Generation of structured grids Unstructured grids Delany triangulation

                                                              Module-III (15 hours)

                                                              FINITE VOLUME TECHNIQUESFinite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping -Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy - Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques ndash Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives Flux ndash splitting schemes Pressure correction solvers ndash SIMPLE PESO Vorticity transport formulation Implicitsemi-implicit schemes

                                                              TEXT BOOK1 Fletcher CAJ ldquoComputational Techniques for Fluid Dynamicsrdquo Vols I and IISpringer - Verlag Berlin 1988REFERENCES1 John F Wendt (Editor) ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics - An Introductionrdquo Springer ndashVerlag Berlin 19922 Charles Hirsch ldquoNumerical Computation of Internal and External Flowsrdquo Vols I and IIJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 19883 Klaus A Hoffmann and Steve T Chiang ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics forEngineersrdquo Vols I amp II Engineering Education System PO Box 20078 W WichitaKS 67208 - 1078 USA 19934 Anderson JrD ldquoFundamentals of Aerodynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill 2000

                                                              44

                                                              AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                              OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

                                                              Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

                                                              SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

                                                              Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

                                                              Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

                                                              ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

                                                              45

                                                              AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                                              OBJECTIVE

                                                              To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

                                                              Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

                                                              LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                              1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

                                                              TOTAL 60

                                                              AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

                                                              OBJECTIVE

                                                              To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

                                                              LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                              1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

                                                              TOTAL 60

                                                              46

                                                              SEMESTER VIII

                                                              Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                              THEORY

                                                              Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                              Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

                                                              47

                                                              Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

                                                              OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

                                                              Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

                                                              METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

                                                              Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

                                                              Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

                                                              FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

                                                              REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

                                                              48

                                                              Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

                                                              OBJECTIVE

                                                              The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

                                                              PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

                                                              OBJECTIVE

                                                              The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

                                                              The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

                                                              Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

                                                              OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

                                                              LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                              1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

                                                              composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

                                                              fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

                                                              49

                                                              1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

                                                              SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

                                                              Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                              Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

                                                              Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

                                                              SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

                                                              Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                              Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

                                                              ELECTIVESndash III

                                                              Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                              Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

                                                              SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

                                                              Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                              Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

                                                              ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

                                                              Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

                                                              50

                                                              Elective Subjects

                                                              Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                              OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

                                                              BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

                                                              Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

                                                              Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

                                                              TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

                                                              TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

                                                              51

                                                              Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                                                              OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                                                              Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                                                              UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                                                              52

                                                              AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                                                              OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                                                              Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                                                              Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                                                              MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                                                              Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                                                              AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                                                              TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                                                              53

                                                              Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                                                              3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                                                              Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                                                              Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                                                              RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                                                              Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                                                              HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                                                              54

                                                              Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                              OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                                                              Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                                                              IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                                                              Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                                                              Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                                                              55

                                                              Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                              OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                                                              Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                                                              STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                                                              Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                                                              Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                                                              56

                                                              Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                              Module-I (15hours)

                                                              FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                                                              COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                                                              Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                                                              Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                                                              COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                                                              57

                                                              Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                              OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                                                              Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                                                              BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                                                              Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                                                              BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                                                              Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                                                              58

                                                              Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                              OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                                                              Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                                                              Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                                                              Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                                                              Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                                                              TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                                                              59

                                                              Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                              OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                                              Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                                              PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                                              Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                                              PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                                              Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                                              Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                                              60

                                                              Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                              Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                                              EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                                              Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                                              Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                                              SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                                              61

                                                              AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                              OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                                              Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                                              Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                                              AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                                              Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                                              TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                                              62

                                                              Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                              OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                                              Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                                              VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                                              INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                                              63

                                                              Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                              OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                                              Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                                              MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                                              Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                                              PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                                              Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                                              64

                                                              Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                              OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                              65

                                                              Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                              Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                                              CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                                              Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                                              CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                                              Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                                              66

                                                              • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                              • Course Title
                                                                • THEORY
                                                                • SEMESTER III
                                                                • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                  • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                  • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                        • THEORY
                                                                        • PRACTICAL
                                                                        • SEMESTER V
                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                            • THEORY
                                                                            • PRACTICAL
                                                                            • SEMESTER VI
                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                • THEORY
                                                                                • PRACTICAL
                                                                                • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                  • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                                    • SEMESTER VII
                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                        • THEORY
                                                                                        • PRACTICAL
                                                                                        • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                                          • TOTAL 60
                                                                                          • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                                          • TOTAL 60
                                                                                            • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                • THEORY
                                                                                                • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                • Co New York 1989
                                                                                                • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                                                • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                                  • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                    • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                        • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                                            • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                SEMESTER VI

                                                                Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                THEORYHSSM3301 Principles of Management 3 0 0 3

                                                                Finite Element Method 3 0 0 3Aircraft Stability and Control 3 0 0 3Wind Tunnel Techniques 3 0 0 3High Temperature Materials 3 0 0 3

                                                                E1 Elective ndash I 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                                Aero Engine Laboratory 0 0 3 2Aircraft Design Project - I 0 0 3 2Aerodynamics Lab ndash II 0 0 3 2

                                                                32

                                                                SEMESTER VI

                                                                HSSM3301 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (3-0-0)

                                                                Module I Functions of Management Concept of Management Management as an Art or Science The Process of Management Managerial Skills Good Managers are Born not Made Management is concerned with Ideas Things and People How a Manager Induces Workers to Put in Their Best Levels and Types of Management Evolution of Management Thought Managerial Environment The process of Management-Planning Organizing Directing Staffing Controlling

                                                                Module II Marketing Function of Management Modern Concept of Marketing The Functional Classification of Marketing Functions of a Marketing Management Marketing Mix Fundamental Needs of Customers The Role of Distribution channels in Marketing Advertising Marketing Consumerism and Environmentalism

                                                                Module III Financial Function amp HRM Functions Financial Functions Concept of Financial Management Project Appraisal Tools of Financial decisions making Overview of Working Capital HRM Function of Management Human Resource Management Human Resource Development Importance of HRM Overview of Job Analysis Job Description Job Specification Labour Turnover Manpower Planning Recruitment Selection Induction Training and Development Placement Wage and Salary Administration Performance Appraisal Grievance Handling Welfare Aspects

                                                                Reference Books 1 Business Organization amp Management CR Basu TMH 2 Business Organization amp Management Tulsia Pandey Pearson 3 Marketing Management Kotler Keller Koshi Jha Pearson 4 Financial Management IM Pandey Vikas 5 Human Resource Management Aswasthapa TMH 6 Modern Business Organisation amp Management by Sherlekar Himalaya Publishing House

                                                                33

                                                                Sub Code FINITE ELEMENT METHOD L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                OBJECTIVETo introduce the concept of numerical analysis of structural componentsModule ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION Review of basic approximate methods of analyses ndash Stiffness and Flexibility matrix forsimple cases ndash Governing equation and convergence criteria of finite element method

                                                                DISCRETE ELEMENTS Bar Frame beam elements ndash Application to static dynamic analysis

                                                                Module ndash II (10 hours)

                                                                CONTINUUM ELEMENTS Various types of 2-D-elements Application to plane stress plane strain and axisymmetricproblems Module ndash III (16 hours)ISOPARAMETRIC ELEMENTS Applications to two and three-dimensional problems(four eight and nine nodded element) Numerical Integration

                                                                FIELD PROBLEMApplications to other field problems like heat transfer and fluid flow

                                                                TEXT BOOK1 TirupathiRC and Ashok DB ldquoIntroduction to Finite Elements in EngineeringrdquoPrentice Hall India Third Edition 2003REFERENCES1 Reddy JN ldquoAn Introduction to Finite Element Methodrdquo McGraw-Hill 20002 Krishnamurthy CS ldquoFinite Element Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill 20003 Bathe KJ and Wilson EL ldquoNumerical Methods in Finite Elements AnalysisrdquoPrentice Hall of India 1985

                                                                34

                                                                Sub Code AIRCRAFT STABILITY amp CONTROL L T P C3 1 0 4

                                                                OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the concepts of stable and nonstable configurationof airplanes To introduce the concepts of control of airplanes under variousoperating conditions

                                                                Module ndash I (13 hours)STATIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY AND CONTROL 15General concepts-Degrees of freedom of a rigid body Static and dynamic stability Need for stability in an airplane inherently and marginally stable airplanes Stability and Controllability Requirements of control surfaces criteria for longitudinal static stability contribution to stability by wing tail fuselage wing fuselage combination Total longitudinal stability Neutral point-Stick fixed and Stick free aspects Free elevator factor static margin Hinge moment Power effects on stability-propeller and jet aircrafts longitudinal control Movement of centre of gravity elevator control effectiveness elevator control power elevator angle to trim elevator angle per g maneuver point Stick force gradient and stick force per g Aerodynamic balancing

                                                                Module ndash II (15 hours) STATIC DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND CONTROL Directional stability-yaw and sideslip Criterion of directional stability contribution to static directional stability by wing fuselage tail Power effects on directional stabilitypropeller and jet aircrafts Rudder lock and Dorsal fin Directional control rudder control effectiveness rudder requirements adverse yaw asymmetric power condition spin recovery

                                                                STATIC LATERAL STABILTY AND CONTROL Lateral stability-Dihedral effect criterion for lateral stability evaluation of lateral stability-contribution of fuselage wing wing fuselage tail total static lateral stability lateral control aileron reversal aileron reversal speed

                                                                Module ndash III (12 hours) DYNAMIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY Aircraft Equations of motion small disturbance theory Estimation of longitudinal stability derivatives stability derivatives solving the stability quartic Phugoid motion

                                                                DYNAMIC LATERAL AND DIRECTIONAL STABILITY Dutch roll and spiral instability Auto rotation and spin

                                                                TEXT BOOKS1 Perkins CD amp Hage RE Airplane performance stability and control John Wileyamp Sons 19762 Nelson RC Flight Stability amp Automatic Control McGraw Hill 1998REFERENCES1 McCormick BW Aerodynamics Aeronautics amp Flight Mechanics John Wiley19952 Babister AW Aircraft Stability and response Pergamon Press 19803 Etkin B Dynamics of Flight Stability and Control John Wiley New York 19824 Pamadi BN Performnce Stability Dynamics and Control of Airplanes AIAA Education Series 2004

                                                                35

                                                                Sub Code WIND TUNNEL TECHNIQUES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of measurement of forces and moments on models during the wind tunnel testing

                                                                Module ndash I (10 hours)WIND TUNNELSClassification ndashnon-dimensional numbers-types of similarities - Layout of open circuit and closed circuit subsonic wind tunnels ndash design parameters-energy ratio - HP calculationsCalibration

                                                                Module ndash II (15 hours) HIGH SPEED WIND TUNNELSBlow down in draft and induction tunnel layouts and their design features Transonic supersonic and hypersonic tunnels their peculiarities and calibration Helium and gun tunnels Shock tubes

                                                                FLOW VISUALIZATIONSmoke and Tuft grid techniques ndash Dye injection special techniques ndash Optical methods offlow visualization

                                                                Module ndash II (15 hours)WIND TUNNEL MEASUREMENTSPressurevelocity and temperature measurements ndash Force measurements ndash types of balances-Three component and six component balances ndash calibration of measuring instruments

                                                                NON-INTRUSIVE FLOW DIAGNOSTICSLaser ndash Doppler anemometry Particle image velocimetry Laser induced fluorescence TEXT BOOK1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow Speed Wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley Publication1984REFERENCE1 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh Speed wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley 1985

                                                                36

                                                                Sub Code HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                OBJECTIVETo learn damage mechanism and failure of components of elavated temperatures

                                                                Module ndash I (15 hours)CREEPFactors influencing functional life of components at elevated temperatures definition of creep curve various stages of creep metallurgical factors influencing various stages effect of stress temperatures and strain rate

                                                                Design of transient creep time hardening strain hardening expressions of rupture life ofcreep ductile and brittle materials Monkman-Grant relationship

                                                                Module ndash II (13 hours)FRACTURE AND OXIDATIONVarious types of fracture brittle to ductile from low temperature to high temperature cleavage fracture due to micro void coalescence ndash diffusion controlled void growth fracture maps for different alloys and oxidesOxidation Pilling Bedworth ratio kinetic laws of oxidation ndash defect structure and control of Oxidation by alloy additions

                                                                Module ndash III (12 hours)HOT CORROSION SUPER ALLOYS AND OTHER MATERIALHot gas corrosion deposit modified hot gas corrosion fluxing mechanisms effect of alloying elements on hot corrosion interaction of hot corrosion and creep methods of combat hot corrosion

                                                                Iron base Nickel base abd Cobalt base super alloys composition control solid solution strengthening precipitation hardening by gamma prime grain boundary strengthening TCP phase embrittlement solidfication of single crystals Intermetallics high temperature ceramics

                                                                TEXT BOOKS1 Raj R ldquoFlow and Fracture at Elevated TemperaturesrdquoAmerican Society for MetalsUSA 19852 Hertzberg RW ldquoDeformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering materialsrdquo 4th

                                                                Edition John Wiley USA 19963 Courtney T H ldquoMechanical Behaviour of MaterialsrdquoMcGraw-Hill USA 1990REFERENCES1 Boyle JT Spencer J ldquoStress Analysis for Creeprdquo Butterworths UK 19832 BressersJ ldquoCreep and Fatigue in High Temperature Alloysrdquo Applied Science 19813 McLean D ldquoDirectionally Solidified Materials for High Temperature ServicerdquoThe Metals Society USA 1985

                                                                37

                                                                AE2355 AERO ENGINE LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                                                                OBJECTIVETo introduce the knowledge of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines1 Study of free convective heat transfer over a flat plate2 Engine (Piston Engine) - cleaning visual inspection NDT checks3 Piston Engine Components - dimensional checks4 Velocity profiles of free jets5 Velocity profiles of wall jets6 Combustion Studies in a model jet engine combustor7 Jet Engine ndash identification of components amp defects8 Jet Engine ndash NDT checks and dimensional checks9 Study of hybrid rocket propulsion system10 Engine starting procedures11 Study of ramjet12 Burn rate measurements of solid propellants

                                                                TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                                38

                                                                Sub code AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash I L T P C0 0 3 2

                                                                OBJECTIVETo introduce and develop the basic concept of aircraft designEach student is assigned the design of an Airplane (or Helicopter or any other flightvehicle) for given preliminary specifications The following are the assignments to becarried outEXPERIMENTS1 Comparative configuration study of different types of airplanes2 Comparative study on specification and performance details of aircraft3 Preparation of comparative data sheets4 Work sheet layout procedures5 Comparative graphs preparation and selection of main parameters for the design6 Preliminary weight estimations selection of main parameters7 Power plant selection Aerofoil selection Wing tail and control surfaces8 Preparation of layouts of balance diagram and three view drawings9 Drag estimation10 Detailed performance calculations and stability estimates

                                                                TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                                AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY- II

                                                                1 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of symmetric aerofoil section2 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of cambered aerofoil section3 Pressure distribution over a Nose cone model4 Determination of Base drag of a missile model5 Determination of profile drag of bodies by wake survey method6 Study of flow field over a backward facing step7 Pressure distribution over a water tank model for various wind speeds8 Velocity profiles for different simulated terrains9 Calibration of Supersonic Wind Tunnel10 Flow visualization studies in supersonic flows

                                                                TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                                39

                                                                40

                                                                SEMESTER VII

                                                                Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                THEORY

                                                                PCME4404 Production and Operation Management 3 0 0 3Avionics 3 0 0 3Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 0 3Vibrations And Elements of Aeroelasticity 3 0 0 3

                                                                E2 Elective ndash II 3 0 0 3E3 Elective ndash III 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                                Aircraft Design Project ndash II 0 0 3 2Aircraft Systems Lab 0 0 3 2Project Work and Seminar 0 0 3 3

                                                                41

                                                                SEMESTER VII

                                                                PCME4404 Production and Operation Management L T P C

                                                                Objective The course aims at acquainting all engineering graduates irrespective of theirspecializations the basic issues and tools of managing production and operations functionsof an organizationModule I1 Operations Function in an Organization Manufacturing Vrs Service Operations Systemview of Operations Strategic Role of Operations Operations Strategies for CompetitiveAdvantage Operations Quality and Productivity Focus Meeting Global Challenges ofProduction and Operations Imperatives (3 Hours)2 Designing Products Services and Processes New Product Design- Product Life CycleProduct Development Process Process Technology Project Jobshop Batch AssemblyLine Continuous Manufacturing Process Technology Life Cycle Process TechnologyTrends FMS CIM CAD CAM Design for Services Services Process Technology(4 Hours)3 Work Study Methods Study- Techniques of Analysis recording improvement andstandardization Work Measurement Work Measurement Principles using Stopwatch TimeStudy Predetermined Motion Time Standards and Work Sampling Standard TimeEstimation (4 Hours)Module II4 Location and Layout Planning Factor Influencing Plant and Warehouse LocationsImpact of Location on cost and revenues Facility Location Procedure and Models Qualitative Models Breakeven Analysis location Model centroid methodLayout Planning Layout Types Process Layout Product Layout Fixed Position LayoutPlanning block diagramming line balancing computerized layout planning- overviewGroup Technology (4 Hours)5 Forecasting Principles and Method Moving Average weighted Moving AverageExponential Smoothing Winterrsquos Method for Seasonal Demand Forecasting Error(4 Hours)6 Manufacturing Planning and Control The Framework and Components AggregatePlanning Master Production Scheduling Rough-cut-Capacity Planning MaterialRequirements Planning Capacity Requirements Planning (5 Hours)Module III7 Sequencing and Scheduling Single Machine Sequencing Basics and PerformanceEvaluation Criteria Methods for Minimizing Mean Flow Time Parallel Machines Minimization of Makespan Flowshop sequencing 2 and 3 machines cases JohnsonrsquosRule and Jobshop Scheduling Priority dispatching Rules (3 Hours)8 Inventory Control Relevant Costs Basic EOQ Model Model with Quantity discountEconomic Batch Quantity Periodic and Continuous Review Systems Safety Stock ReorderPoint and Order Quantity Calculations ABC Analysis (4 Hours)9 Modern Trends in Manufacturing Just in Time (JIT) System Shop Floor Control ByKanbans Total Quality Management Total Productive Maintenance ISO 9000 QualityCircle Kaizen Poka Yoke Supply Chain Management (4 Hours)Reference Book1 SNChary ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 R Paneerselvam ldquoProduction and Operations Management Prentice Hall of India3 Aswathappa amp Bhatt ndash Production amp Operations Management HPH4 Gaither amp Frazier - Operations Management Cengage Publication5 Russell amp Taylor - Operations Management PHI Publication6 Chase Aquilanno Jacob amp Agarwal - Operations Management TMH Publication7 EE Adam and RJ Ebert ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India

                                                                42

                                                                Sub Code AVIONICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of navigation amp communication systems of aircraft

                                                                Module ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems ndash Integrated Avionicssystem ndash Typical avionics sub systems ndash Design approaches and recent advances -Application Technologies

                                                                PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS Digital Computers ndash Digital number system- number systems and codes-Fundamentals of logic and combinational logic circuits ndashDigital arithmetic ndash interfacing with analoguesystems

                                                                Module ndash II (11 hours)Basic of Microprocessors and application Microprocessors ndash Memories- Microprocessors real time application related to aircraft

                                                                DIGITAL AVIONICS ARCHITECTURE Avionics system architecturendash salient features and applications of Data buses MILndashSTD1553 BndashARINC 429ndashARINC 629

                                                                Module ndash III (15 hours)

                                                                FLIGHT DECK AND COCKPITSControl and display technologies CRT LCD - Touch screen - Direct voice input (DVI) - Civil cockpit and military cockpit MFDS HUD MFK HOTAS AVIONICS SYSTEMS Communication Systems - Navigation systems - Flight control systems - Radar electronic warfare - Utility systems Reliability and maintainability - Certification TEXT BOOKS1 Malcrno AP and Leach DP ldquoDigital Principles and Applicationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill19902 Gaonkar RS ldquoMicroprocessors Architecture ndash Programming and Applicationrdquo Wileyand Sons Ltd New Delhi 1990REFERENCES1 Middleton DH Ed ldquoAvionics Systems Longman Scientific and Technicalrdquo LongmanGroup UK Ltd England 19892 Spitzer CR ldquoDigital Avionic Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ USA19873 Brain Kendal ldquoManual of Avionicsrdquo The English Book House 3rd Edition New Delhi19934 Nagaraja ldquoNavigation systemrdquo5 J Powell ldquoAircraft Radio Systemrdquo

                                                                43

                                                                Sub Code COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                OBJECTIVETo study the flow of dynamic fluids by computational methods

                                                                Module-I (10 hours) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows Mathematical properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations - Well posed problems - discretization of partial Differential Equations Explicit finite difference methods of subsonic supersonic and viscous flows

                                                                Module-II (15 hours)

                                                                DISCRETIZATION Boundary layer Equations and methods of solution -Implicit time dependent methods forinviscid and viscous compressible flows - Concept of numerical dissipation --Stabilityproperties of explicit and implicit methods - Conservative upwind discretization forHyperbolic systems - Further advantages of upwind differencing GRID GENERATION Structured grids Types and transformations Generation of structured grids Unstructured grids Delany triangulation

                                                                Module-III (15 hours)

                                                                FINITE VOLUME TECHNIQUESFinite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping -Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy - Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques ndash Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives Flux ndash splitting schemes Pressure correction solvers ndash SIMPLE PESO Vorticity transport formulation Implicitsemi-implicit schemes

                                                                TEXT BOOK1 Fletcher CAJ ldquoComputational Techniques for Fluid Dynamicsrdquo Vols I and IISpringer - Verlag Berlin 1988REFERENCES1 John F Wendt (Editor) ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics - An Introductionrdquo Springer ndashVerlag Berlin 19922 Charles Hirsch ldquoNumerical Computation of Internal and External Flowsrdquo Vols I and IIJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 19883 Klaus A Hoffmann and Steve T Chiang ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics forEngineersrdquo Vols I amp II Engineering Education System PO Box 20078 W WichitaKS 67208 - 1078 USA 19934 Anderson JrD ldquoFundamentals of Aerodynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill 2000

                                                                44

                                                                AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

                                                                Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

                                                                SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

                                                                Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

                                                                Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

                                                                ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

                                                                45

                                                                AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                                                OBJECTIVE

                                                                To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

                                                                Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

                                                                LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

                                                                TOTAL 60

                                                                AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

                                                                OBJECTIVE

                                                                To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

                                                                LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

                                                                TOTAL 60

                                                                46

                                                                SEMESTER VIII

                                                                Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                THEORY

                                                                Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                                Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

                                                                47

                                                                Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

                                                                OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

                                                                Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

                                                                METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

                                                                Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

                                                                Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

                                                                FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

                                                                REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

                                                                48

                                                                Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

                                                                OBJECTIVE

                                                                The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

                                                                PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

                                                                OBJECTIVE

                                                                The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

                                                                The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

                                                                Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

                                                                OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

                                                                LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

                                                                composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

                                                                fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

                                                                49

                                                                1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

                                                                SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

                                                                Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

                                                                Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

                                                                SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

                                                                Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

                                                                ELECTIVESndash III

                                                                Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

                                                                SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

                                                                Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

                                                                ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

                                                                Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

                                                                50

                                                                Elective Subjects

                                                                Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

                                                                BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

                                                                Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

                                                                Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

                                                                TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

                                                                TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

                                                                51

                                                                Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                                                                OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                                                                Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                                                                UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                                                                52

                                                                AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                                                                OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                                                                Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                                                                Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                                                                MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                                                                Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                                                                AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                                                                TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                                                                53

                                                                Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                                                                3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                                                                Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                                                                Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                                                                RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                                                                Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                                                                HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                                                                54

                                                                Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                                                                Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                                                                IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                                                                Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                                                                Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                                                                55

                                                                Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                                                                Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                                                                STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                                                                Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                                                                Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                                                                56

                                                                Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                Module-I (15hours)

                                                                FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                                                                COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                                                                Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                                                                Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                                                                COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                                                                57

                                                                Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                                                                Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                                                                BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                                                                Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                                                                BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                                                                Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                                                                58

                                                                Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                                                                Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                                                                Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                                                                Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                                                                Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                                                                TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                                                                59

                                                                Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                                                Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                                                PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                                                Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                                                PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                                                Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                                                Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                                                60

                                                                Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                                                EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                                                Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                                                Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                                                SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                                                61

                                                                AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                                                Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                                                Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                                                AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                                                Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                                                TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                                                62

                                                                Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                                                Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                                                VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                                                INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                                                63

                                                                Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                                                Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                                                MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                                                Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                                                PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                                                Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                                                64

                                                                Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                65

                                                                Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                                                CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                                                Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                                                CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                                                Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                                                66

                                                                • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                • Course Title
                                                                  • THEORY
                                                                  • SEMESTER III
                                                                  • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                  • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                  • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                  • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                    • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                    • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                          • THEORY
                                                                          • PRACTICAL
                                                                          • SEMESTER V
                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                              • THEORY
                                                                              • PRACTICAL
                                                                              • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                  • THEORY
                                                                                  • PRACTICAL
                                                                                  • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                    • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                                      • SEMESTER VII
                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                          • THEORY
                                                                                          • PRACTICAL
                                                                                          • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                                            • TOTAL 60
                                                                                            • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                                            • TOTAL 60
                                                                                              • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                  • THEORY
                                                                                                  • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                  • Co New York 1989
                                                                                                  • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                                                  • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                  • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                                    • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                      • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                          • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                                              • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                  SEMESTER VI

                                                                  HSSM3301 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (3-0-0)

                                                                  Module I Functions of Management Concept of Management Management as an Art or Science The Process of Management Managerial Skills Good Managers are Born not Made Management is concerned with Ideas Things and People How a Manager Induces Workers to Put in Their Best Levels and Types of Management Evolution of Management Thought Managerial Environment The process of Management-Planning Organizing Directing Staffing Controlling

                                                                  Module II Marketing Function of Management Modern Concept of Marketing The Functional Classification of Marketing Functions of a Marketing Management Marketing Mix Fundamental Needs of Customers The Role of Distribution channels in Marketing Advertising Marketing Consumerism and Environmentalism

                                                                  Module III Financial Function amp HRM Functions Financial Functions Concept of Financial Management Project Appraisal Tools of Financial decisions making Overview of Working Capital HRM Function of Management Human Resource Management Human Resource Development Importance of HRM Overview of Job Analysis Job Description Job Specification Labour Turnover Manpower Planning Recruitment Selection Induction Training and Development Placement Wage and Salary Administration Performance Appraisal Grievance Handling Welfare Aspects

                                                                  Reference Books 1 Business Organization amp Management CR Basu TMH 2 Business Organization amp Management Tulsia Pandey Pearson 3 Marketing Management Kotler Keller Koshi Jha Pearson 4 Financial Management IM Pandey Vikas 5 Human Resource Management Aswasthapa TMH 6 Modern Business Organisation amp Management by Sherlekar Himalaya Publishing House

                                                                  33

                                                                  Sub Code FINITE ELEMENT METHOD L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                  OBJECTIVETo introduce the concept of numerical analysis of structural componentsModule ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION Review of basic approximate methods of analyses ndash Stiffness and Flexibility matrix forsimple cases ndash Governing equation and convergence criteria of finite element method

                                                                  DISCRETE ELEMENTS Bar Frame beam elements ndash Application to static dynamic analysis

                                                                  Module ndash II (10 hours)

                                                                  CONTINUUM ELEMENTS Various types of 2-D-elements Application to plane stress plane strain and axisymmetricproblems Module ndash III (16 hours)ISOPARAMETRIC ELEMENTS Applications to two and three-dimensional problems(four eight and nine nodded element) Numerical Integration

                                                                  FIELD PROBLEMApplications to other field problems like heat transfer and fluid flow

                                                                  TEXT BOOK1 TirupathiRC and Ashok DB ldquoIntroduction to Finite Elements in EngineeringrdquoPrentice Hall India Third Edition 2003REFERENCES1 Reddy JN ldquoAn Introduction to Finite Element Methodrdquo McGraw-Hill 20002 Krishnamurthy CS ldquoFinite Element Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill 20003 Bathe KJ and Wilson EL ldquoNumerical Methods in Finite Elements AnalysisrdquoPrentice Hall of India 1985

                                                                  34

                                                                  Sub Code AIRCRAFT STABILITY amp CONTROL L T P C3 1 0 4

                                                                  OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the concepts of stable and nonstable configurationof airplanes To introduce the concepts of control of airplanes under variousoperating conditions

                                                                  Module ndash I (13 hours)STATIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY AND CONTROL 15General concepts-Degrees of freedom of a rigid body Static and dynamic stability Need for stability in an airplane inherently and marginally stable airplanes Stability and Controllability Requirements of control surfaces criteria for longitudinal static stability contribution to stability by wing tail fuselage wing fuselage combination Total longitudinal stability Neutral point-Stick fixed and Stick free aspects Free elevator factor static margin Hinge moment Power effects on stability-propeller and jet aircrafts longitudinal control Movement of centre of gravity elevator control effectiveness elevator control power elevator angle to trim elevator angle per g maneuver point Stick force gradient and stick force per g Aerodynamic balancing

                                                                  Module ndash II (15 hours) STATIC DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND CONTROL Directional stability-yaw and sideslip Criterion of directional stability contribution to static directional stability by wing fuselage tail Power effects on directional stabilitypropeller and jet aircrafts Rudder lock and Dorsal fin Directional control rudder control effectiveness rudder requirements adverse yaw asymmetric power condition spin recovery

                                                                  STATIC LATERAL STABILTY AND CONTROL Lateral stability-Dihedral effect criterion for lateral stability evaluation of lateral stability-contribution of fuselage wing wing fuselage tail total static lateral stability lateral control aileron reversal aileron reversal speed

                                                                  Module ndash III (12 hours) DYNAMIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY Aircraft Equations of motion small disturbance theory Estimation of longitudinal stability derivatives stability derivatives solving the stability quartic Phugoid motion

                                                                  DYNAMIC LATERAL AND DIRECTIONAL STABILITY Dutch roll and spiral instability Auto rotation and spin

                                                                  TEXT BOOKS1 Perkins CD amp Hage RE Airplane performance stability and control John Wileyamp Sons 19762 Nelson RC Flight Stability amp Automatic Control McGraw Hill 1998REFERENCES1 McCormick BW Aerodynamics Aeronautics amp Flight Mechanics John Wiley19952 Babister AW Aircraft Stability and response Pergamon Press 19803 Etkin B Dynamics of Flight Stability and Control John Wiley New York 19824 Pamadi BN Performnce Stability Dynamics and Control of Airplanes AIAA Education Series 2004

                                                                  35

                                                                  Sub Code WIND TUNNEL TECHNIQUES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                  OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of measurement of forces and moments on models during the wind tunnel testing

                                                                  Module ndash I (10 hours)WIND TUNNELSClassification ndashnon-dimensional numbers-types of similarities - Layout of open circuit and closed circuit subsonic wind tunnels ndash design parameters-energy ratio - HP calculationsCalibration

                                                                  Module ndash II (15 hours) HIGH SPEED WIND TUNNELSBlow down in draft and induction tunnel layouts and their design features Transonic supersonic and hypersonic tunnels their peculiarities and calibration Helium and gun tunnels Shock tubes

                                                                  FLOW VISUALIZATIONSmoke and Tuft grid techniques ndash Dye injection special techniques ndash Optical methods offlow visualization

                                                                  Module ndash II (15 hours)WIND TUNNEL MEASUREMENTSPressurevelocity and temperature measurements ndash Force measurements ndash types of balances-Three component and six component balances ndash calibration of measuring instruments

                                                                  NON-INTRUSIVE FLOW DIAGNOSTICSLaser ndash Doppler anemometry Particle image velocimetry Laser induced fluorescence TEXT BOOK1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow Speed Wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley Publication1984REFERENCE1 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh Speed wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley 1985

                                                                  36

                                                                  Sub Code HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                  OBJECTIVETo learn damage mechanism and failure of components of elavated temperatures

                                                                  Module ndash I (15 hours)CREEPFactors influencing functional life of components at elevated temperatures definition of creep curve various stages of creep metallurgical factors influencing various stages effect of stress temperatures and strain rate

                                                                  Design of transient creep time hardening strain hardening expressions of rupture life ofcreep ductile and brittle materials Monkman-Grant relationship

                                                                  Module ndash II (13 hours)FRACTURE AND OXIDATIONVarious types of fracture brittle to ductile from low temperature to high temperature cleavage fracture due to micro void coalescence ndash diffusion controlled void growth fracture maps for different alloys and oxidesOxidation Pilling Bedworth ratio kinetic laws of oxidation ndash defect structure and control of Oxidation by alloy additions

                                                                  Module ndash III (12 hours)HOT CORROSION SUPER ALLOYS AND OTHER MATERIALHot gas corrosion deposit modified hot gas corrosion fluxing mechanisms effect of alloying elements on hot corrosion interaction of hot corrosion and creep methods of combat hot corrosion

                                                                  Iron base Nickel base abd Cobalt base super alloys composition control solid solution strengthening precipitation hardening by gamma prime grain boundary strengthening TCP phase embrittlement solidfication of single crystals Intermetallics high temperature ceramics

                                                                  TEXT BOOKS1 Raj R ldquoFlow and Fracture at Elevated TemperaturesrdquoAmerican Society for MetalsUSA 19852 Hertzberg RW ldquoDeformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering materialsrdquo 4th

                                                                  Edition John Wiley USA 19963 Courtney T H ldquoMechanical Behaviour of MaterialsrdquoMcGraw-Hill USA 1990REFERENCES1 Boyle JT Spencer J ldquoStress Analysis for Creeprdquo Butterworths UK 19832 BressersJ ldquoCreep and Fatigue in High Temperature Alloysrdquo Applied Science 19813 McLean D ldquoDirectionally Solidified Materials for High Temperature ServicerdquoThe Metals Society USA 1985

                                                                  37

                                                                  AE2355 AERO ENGINE LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                                                                  OBJECTIVETo introduce the knowledge of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines1 Study of free convective heat transfer over a flat plate2 Engine (Piston Engine) - cleaning visual inspection NDT checks3 Piston Engine Components - dimensional checks4 Velocity profiles of free jets5 Velocity profiles of wall jets6 Combustion Studies in a model jet engine combustor7 Jet Engine ndash identification of components amp defects8 Jet Engine ndash NDT checks and dimensional checks9 Study of hybrid rocket propulsion system10 Engine starting procedures11 Study of ramjet12 Burn rate measurements of solid propellants

                                                                  TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                                  38

                                                                  Sub code AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash I L T P C0 0 3 2

                                                                  OBJECTIVETo introduce and develop the basic concept of aircraft designEach student is assigned the design of an Airplane (or Helicopter or any other flightvehicle) for given preliminary specifications The following are the assignments to becarried outEXPERIMENTS1 Comparative configuration study of different types of airplanes2 Comparative study on specification and performance details of aircraft3 Preparation of comparative data sheets4 Work sheet layout procedures5 Comparative graphs preparation and selection of main parameters for the design6 Preliminary weight estimations selection of main parameters7 Power plant selection Aerofoil selection Wing tail and control surfaces8 Preparation of layouts of balance diagram and three view drawings9 Drag estimation10 Detailed performance calculations and stability estimates

                                                                  TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                                  AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY- II

                                                                  1 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of symmetric aerofoil section2 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of cambered aerofoil section3 Pressure distribution over a Nose cone model4 Determination of Base drag of a missile model5 Determination of profile drag of bodies by wake survey method6 Study of flow field over a backward facing step7 Pressure distribution over a water tank model for various wind speeds8 Velocity profiles for different simulated terrains9 Calibration of Supersonic Wind Tunnel10 Flow visualization studies in supersonic flows

                                                                  TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                                  39

                                                                  40

                                                                  SEMESTER VII

                                                                  Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                  THEORY

                                                                  PCME4404 Production and Operation Management 3 0 0 3Avionics 3 0 0 3Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 0 3Vibrations And Elements of Aeroelasticity 3 0 0 3

                                                                  E2 Elective ndash II 3 0 0 3E3 Elective ndash III 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                                  Aircraft Design Project ndash II 0 0 3 2Aircraft Systems Lab 0 0 3 2Project Work and Seminar 0 0 3 3

                                                                  41

                                                                  SEMESTER VII

                                                                  PCME4404 Production and Operation Management L T P C

                                                                  Objective The course aims at acquainting all engineering graduates irrespective of theirspecializations the basic issues and tools of managing production and operations functionsof an organizationModule I1 Operations Function in an Organization Manufacturing Vrs Service Operations Systemview of Operations Strategic Role of Operations Operations Strategies for CompetitiveAdvantage Operations Quality and Productivity Focus Meeting Global Challenges ofProduction and Operations Imperatives (3 Hours)2 Designing Products Services and Processes New Product Design- Product Life CycleProduct Development Process Process Technology Project Jobshop Batch AssemblyLine Continuous Manufacturing Process Technology Life Cycle Process TechnologyTrends FMS CIM CAD CAM Design for Services Services Process Technology(4 Hours)3 Work Study Methods Study- Techniques of Analysis recording improvement andstandardization Work Measurement Work Measurement Principles using Stopwatch TimeStudy Predetermined Motion Time Standards and Work Sampling Standard TimeEstimation (4 Hours)Module II4 Location and Layout Planning Factor Influencing Plant and Warehouse LocationsImpact of Location on cost and revenues Facility Location Procedure and Models Qualitative Models Breakeven Analysis location Model centroid methodLayout Planning Layout Types Process Layout Product Layout Fixed Position LayoutPlanning block diagramming line balancing computerized layout planning- overviewGroup Technology (4 Hours)5 Forecasting Principles and Method Moving Average weighted Moving AverageExponential Smoothing Winterrsquos Method for Seasonal Demand Forecasting Error(4 Hours)6 Manufacturing Planning and Control The Framework and Components AggregatePlanning Master Production Scheduling Rough-cut-Capacity Planning MaterialRequirements Planning Capacity Requirements Planning (5 Hours)Module III7 Sequencing and Scheduling Single Machine Sequencing Basics and PerformanceEvaluation Criteria Methods for Minimizing Mean Flow Time Parallel Machines Minimization of Makespan Flowshop sequencing 2 and 3 machines cases JohnsonrsquosRule and Jobshop Scheduling Priority dispatching Rules (3 Hours)8 Inventory Control Relevant Costs Basic EOQ Model Model with Quantity discountEconomic Batch Quantity Periodic and Continuous Review Systems Safety Stock ReorderPoint and Order Quantity Calculations ABC Analysis (4 Hours)9 Modern Trends in Manufacturing Just in Time (JIT) System Shop Floor Control ByKanbans Total Quality Management Total Productive Maintenance ISO 9000 QualityCircle Kaizen Poka Yoke Supply Chain Management (4 Hours)Reference Book1 SNChary ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 R Paneerselvam ldquoProduction and Operations Management Prentice Hall of India3 Aswathappa amp Bhatt ndash Production amp Operations Management HPH4 Gaither amp Frazier - Operations Management Cengage Publication5 Russell amp Taylor - Operations Management PHI Publication6 Chase Aquilanno Jacob amp Agarwal - Operations Management TMH Publication7 EE Adam and RJ Ebert ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India

                                                                  42

                                                                  Sub Code AVIONICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                  OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of navigation amp communication systems of aircraft

                                                                  Module ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems ndash Integrated Avionicssystem ndash Typical avionics sub systems ndash Design approaches and recent advances -Application Technologies

                                                                  PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS Digital Computers ndash Digital number system- number systems and codes-Fundamentals of logic and combinational logic circuits ndashDigital arithmetic ndash interfacing with analoguesystems

                                                                  Module ndash II (11 hours)Basic of Microprocessors and application Microprocessors ndash Memories- Microprocessors real time application related to aircraft

                                                                  DIGITAL AVIONICS ARCHITECTURE Avionics system architecturendash salient features and applications of Data buses MILndashSTD1553 BndashARINC 429ndashARINC 629

                                                                  Module ndash III (15 hours)

                                                                  FLIGHT DECK AND COCKPITSControl and display technologies CRT LCD - Touch screen - Direct voice input (DVI) - Civil cockpit and military cockpit MFDS HUD MFK HOTAS AVIONICS SYSTEMS Communication Systems - Navigation systems - Flight control systems - Radar electronic warfare - Utility systems Reliability and maintainability - Certification TEXT BOOKS1 Malcrno AP and Leach DP ldquoDigital Principles and Applicationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill19902 Gaonkar RS ldquoMicroprocessors Architecture ndash Programming and Applicationrdquo Wileyand Sons Ltd New Delhi 1990REFERENCES1 Middleton DH Ed ldquoAvionics Systems Longman Scientific and Technicalrdquo LongmanGroup UK Ltd England 19892 Spitzer CR ldquoDigital Avionic Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ USA19873 Brain Kendal ldquoManual of Avionicsrdquo The English Book House 3rd Edition New Delhi19934 Nagaraja ldquoNavigation systemrdquo5 J Powell ldquoAircraft Radio Systemrdquo

                                                                  43

                                                                  Sub Code COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                  OBJECTIVETo study the flow of dynamic fluids by computational methods

                                                                  Module-I (10 hours) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows Mathematical properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations - Well posed problems - discretization of partial Differential Equations Explicit finite difference methods of subsonic supersonic and viscous flows

                                                                  Module-II (15 hours)

                                                                  DISCRETIZATION Boundary layer Equations and methods of solution -Implicit time dependent methods forinviscid and viscous compressible flows - Concept of numerical dissipation --Stabilityproperties of explicit and implicit methods - Conservative upwind discretization forHyperbolic systems - Further advantages of upwind differencing GRID GENERATION Structured grids Types and transformations Generation of structured grids Unstructured grids Delany triangulation

                                                                  Module-III (15 hours)

                                                                  FINITE VOLUME TECHNIQUESFinite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping -Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy - Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques ndash Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives Flux ndash splitting schemes Pressure correction solvers ndash SIMPLE PESO Vorticity transport formulation Implicitsemi-implicit schemes

                                                                  TEXT BOOK1 Fletcher CAJ ldquoComputational Techniques for Fluid Dynamicsrdquo Vols I and IISpringer - Verlag Berlin 1988REFERENCES1 John F Wendt (Editor) ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics - An Introductionrdquo Springer ndashVerlag Berlin 19922 Charles Hirsch ldquoNumerical Computation of Internal and External Flowsrdquo Vols I and IIJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 19883 Klaus A Hoffmann and Steve T Chiang ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics forEngineersrdquo Vols I amp II Engineering Education System PO Box 20078 W WichitaKS 67208 - 1078 USA 19934 Anderson JrD ldquoFundamentals of Aerodynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill 2000

                                                                  44

                                                                  AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                  OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

                                                                  Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

                                                                  SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

                                                                  Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

                                                                  Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

                                                                  ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

                                                                  45

                                                                  AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                                                  OBJECTIVE

                                                                  To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

                                                                  Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

                                                                  LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                  1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

                                                                  TOTAL 60

                                                                  AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

                                                                  OBJECTIVE

                                                                  To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

                                                                  LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                  1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

                                                                  TOTAL 60

                                                                  46

                                                                  SEMESTER VIII

                                                                  Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                  THEORY

                                                                  Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                                  Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

                                                                  47

                                                                  Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

                                                                  OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

                                                                  Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

                                                                  METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

                                                                  Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

                                                                  Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

                                                                  FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

                                                                  REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

                                                                  48

                                                                  Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

                                                                  OBJECTIVE

                                                                  The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

                                                                  PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

                                                                  OBJECTIVE

                                                                  The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

                                                                  The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

                                                                  Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

                                                                  OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

                                                                  LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                  1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

                                                                  composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

                                                                  fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

                                                                  49

                                                                  1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

                                                                  SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

                                                                  Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                  Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

                                                                  Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

                                                                  SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

                                                                  Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                  Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

                                                                  ELECTIVESndash III

                                                                  Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                  Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

                                                                  SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

                                                                  Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                  Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

                                                                  ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

                                                                  Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

                                                                  50

                                                                  Elective Subjects

                                                                  Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                  OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

                                                                  BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

                                                                  Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

                                                                  Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

                                                                  TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

                                                                  TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

                                                                  51

                                                                  Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                                                                  OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                                                                  Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                                                                  UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                                                                  52

                                                                  AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                                                                  OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                                                                  Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                                                                  Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                                                                  MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                                                                  Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                                                                  AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                                                                  TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                                                                  53

                                                                  Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                                                                  3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                                                                  Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                                                                  Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                                                                  RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                                                                  Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                                                                  HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                                                                  54

                                                                  Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                  OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                                                                  Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                                                                  IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                                                                  Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                                                                  Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                                                                  55

                                                                  Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                  OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                                                                  Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                                                                  STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                                                                  Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                                                                  Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                                                                  56

                                                                  Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                  Module-I (15hours)

                                                                  FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                                                                  COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                                                                  Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                                                                  Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                                                                  COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                                                                  57

                                                                  Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                  OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                                                                  Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                                                                  BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                                                                  Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                                                                  BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                                                                  Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                                                                  58

                                                                  Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                  OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                                                                  Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                                                                  Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                                                                  Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                                                                  Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                                                                  TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                                                                  59

                                                                  Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                  OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                                                  Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                                                  PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                                                  Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                                                  PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                                                  Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                                                  Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                                                  60

                                                                  Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                  Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                                                  EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                                                  Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                                                  Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                                                  SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                                                  61

                                                                  AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                  OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                                                  Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                                                  Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                                                  AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                                                  Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                                                  TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                                                  62

                                                                  Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                  OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                                                  Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                                                  VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                                                  INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                                                  63

                                                                  Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                  OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                                                  Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                                                  MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                                                  Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                                                  PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                                                  Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                                                  64

                                                                  Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                  OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                  65

                                                                  Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                  Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                                                  CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                                                  Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                                                  CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                                                  Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                                                  66

                                                                  • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                    • THEORY
                                                                    • SEMESTER III
                                                                    • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                    • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                    • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                    • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                      • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                      • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                            • THEORY
                                                                            • PRACTICAL
                                                                            • SEMESTER V
                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                • THEORY
                                                                                • PRACTICAL
                                                                                • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                    • THEORY
                                                                                    • PRACTICAL
                                                                                    • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                      • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                                        • SEMESTER VII
                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                            • THEORY
                                                                                            • PRACTICAL
                                                                                            • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                                              • TOTAL 60
                                                                                              • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                                              • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                    • THEORY
                                                                                                    • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                    • Co New York 1989
                                                                                                    • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                                                    • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                    • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                                      • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                        • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                            • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                                • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                    Sub Code FINITE ELEMENT METHOD L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                    OBJECTIVETo introduce the concept of numerical analysis of structural componentsModule ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION Review of basic approximate methods of analyses ndash Stiffness and Flexibility matrix forsimple cases ndash Governing equation and convergence criteria of finite element method

                                                                    DISCRETE ELEMENTS Bar Frame beam elements ndash Application to static dynamic analysis

                                                                    Module ndash II (10 hours)

                                                                    CONTINUUM ELEMENTS Various types of 2-D-elements Application to plane stress plane strain and axisymmetricproblems Module ndash III (16 hours)ISOPARAMETRIC ELEMENTS Applications to two and three-dimensional problems(four eight and nine nodded element) Numerical Integration

                                                                    FIELD PROBLEMApplications to other field problems like heat transfer and fluid flow

                                                                    TEXT BOOK1 TirupathiRC and Ashok DB ldquoIntroduction to Finite Elements in EngineeringrdquoPrentice Hall India Third Edition 2003REFERENCES1 Reddy JN ldquoAn Introduction to Finite Element Methodrdquo McGraw-Hill 20002 Krishnamurthy CS ldquoFinite Element Analysisrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill 20003 Bathe KJ and Wilson EL ldquoNumerical Methods in Finite Elements AnalysisrdquoPrentice Hall of India 1985

                                                                    34

                                                                    Sub Code AIRCRAFT STABILITY amp CONTROL L T P C3 1 0 4

                                                                    OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the concepts of stable and nonstable configurationof airplanes To introduce the concepts of control of airplanes under variousoperating conditions

                                                                    Module ndash I (13 hours)STATIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY AND CONTROL 15General concepts-Degrees of freedom of a rigid body Static and dynamic stability Need for stability in an airplane inherently and marginally stable airplanes Stability and Controllability Requirements of control surfaces criteria for longitudinal static stability contribution to stability by wing tail fuselage wing fuselage combination Total longitudinal stability Neutral point-Stick fixed and Stick free aspects Free elevator factor static margin Hinge moment Power effects on stability-propeller and jet aircrafts longitudinal control Movement of centre of gravity elevator control effectiveness elevator control power elevator angle to trim elevator angle per g maneuver point Stick force gradient and stick force per g Aerodynamic balancing

                                                                    Module ndash II (15 hours) STATIC DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND CONTROL Directional stability-yaw and sideslip Criterion of directional stability contribution to static directional stability by wing fuselage tail Power effects on directional stabilitypropeller and jet aircrafts Rudder lock and Dorsal fin Directional control rudder control effectiveness rudder requirements adverse yaw asymmetric power condition spin recovery

                                                                    STATIC LATERAL STABILTY AND CONTROL Lateral stability-Dihedral effect criterion for lateral stability evaluation of lateral stability-contribution of fuselage wing wing fuselage tail total static lateral stability lateral control aileron reversal aileron reversal speed

                                                                    Module ndash III (12 hours) DYNAMIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY Aircraft Equations of motion small disturbance theory Estimation of longitudinal stability derivatives stability derivatives solving the stability quartic Phugoid motion

                                                                    DYNAMIC LATERAL AND DIRECTIONAL STABILITY Dutch roll and spiral instability Auto rotation and spin

                                                                    TEXT BOOKS1 Perkins CD amp Hage RE Airplane performance stability and control John Wileyamp Sons 19762 Nelson RC Flight Stability amp Automatic Control McGraw Hill 1998REFERENCES1 McCormick BW Aerodynamics Aeronautics amp Flight Mechanics John Wiley19952 Babister AW Aircraft Stability and response Pergamon Press 19803 Etkin B Dynamics of Flight Stability and Control John Wiley New York 19824 Pamadi BN Performnce Stability Dynamics and Control of Airplanes AIAA Education Series 2004

                                                                    35

                                                                    Sub Code WIND TUNNEL TECHNIQUES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                    OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of measurement of forces and moments on models during the wind tunnel testing

                                                                    Module ndash I (10 hours)WIND TUNNELSClassification ndashnon-dimensional numbers-types of similarities - Layout of open circuit and closed circuit subsonic wind tunnels ndash design parameters-energy ratio - HP calculationsCalibration

                                                                    Module ndash II (15 hours) HIGH SPEED WIND TUNNELSBlow down in draft and induction tunnel layouts and their design features Transonic supersonic and hypersonic tunnels their peculiarities and calibration Helium and gun tunnels Shock tubes

                                                                    FLOW VISUALIZATIONSmoke and Tuft grid techniques ndash Dye injection special techniques ndash Optical methods offlow visualization

                                                                    Module ndash II (15 hours)WIND TUNNEL MEASUREMENTSPressurevelocity and temperature measurements ndash Force measurements ndash types of balances-Three component and six component balances ndash calibration of measuring instruments

                                                                    NON-INTRUSIVE FLOW DIAGNOSTICSLaser ndash Doppler anemometry Particle image velocimetry Laser induced fluorescence TEXT BOOK1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow Speed Wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley Publication1984REFERENCE1 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh Speed wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley 1985

                                                                    36

                                                                    Sub Code HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                    OBJECTIVETo learn damage mechanism and failure of components of elavated temperatures

                                                                    Module ndash I (15 hours)CREEPFactors influencing functional life of components at elevated temperatures definition of creep curve various stages of creep metallurgical factors influencing various stages effect of stress temperatures and strain rate

                                                                    Design of transient creep time hardening strain hardening expressions of rupture life ofcreep ductile and brittle materials Monkman-Grant relationship

                                                                    Module ndash II (13 hours)FRACTURE AND OXIDATIONVarious types of fracture brittle to ductile from low temperature to high temperature cleavage fracture due to micro void coalescence ndash diffusion controlled void growth fracture maps for different alloys and oxidesOxidation Pilling Bedworth ratio kinetic laws of oxidation ndash defect structure and control of Oxidation by alloy additions

                                                                    Module ndash III (12 hours)HOT CORROSION SUPER ALLOYS AND OTHER MATERIALHot gas corrosion deposit modified hot gas corrosion fluxing mechanisms effect of alloying elements on hot corrosion interaction of hot corrosion and creep methods of combat hot corrosion

                                                                    Iron base Nickel base abd Cobalt base super alloys composition control solid solution strengthening precipitation hardening by gamma prime grain boundary strengthening TCP phase embrittlement solidfication of single crystals Intermetallics high temperature ceramics

                                                                    TEXT BOOKS1 Raj R ldquoFlow and Fracture at Elevated TemperaturesrdquoAmerican Society for MetalsUSA 19852 Hertzberg RW ldquoDeformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering materialsrdquo 4th

                                                                    Edition John Wiley USA 19963 Courtney T H ldquoMechanical Behaviour of MaterialsrdquoMcGraw-Hill USA 1990REFERENCES1 Boyle JT Spencer J ldquoStress Analysis for Creeprdquo Butterworths UK 19832 BressersJ ldquoCreep and Fatigue in High Temperature Alloysrdquo Applied Science 19813 McLean D ldquoDirectionally Solidified Materials for High Temperature ServicerdquoThe Metals Society USA 1985

                                                                    37

                                                                    AE2355 AERO ENGINE LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                                                                    OBJECTIVETo introduce the knowledge of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines1 Study of free convective heat transfer over a flat plate2 Engine (Piston Engine) - cleaning visual inspection NDT checks3 Piston Engine Components - dimensional checks4 Velocity profiles of free jets5 Velocity profiles of wall jets6 Combustion Studies in a model jet engine combustor7 Jet Engine ndash identification of components amp defects8 Jet Engine ndash NDT checks and dimensional checks9 Study of hybrid rocket propulsion system10 Engine starting procedures11 Study of ramjet12 Burn rate measurements of solid propellants

                                                                    TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                                    38

                                                                    Sub code AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash I L T P C0 0 3 2

                                                                    OBJECTIVETo introduce and develop the basic concept of aircraft designEach student is assigned the design of an Airplane (or Helicopter or any other flightvehicle) for given preliminary specifications The following are the assignments to becarried outEXPERIMENTS1 Comparative configuration study of different types of airplanes2 Comparative study on specification and performance details of aircraft3 Preparation of comparative data sheets4 Work sheet layout procedures5 Comparative graphs preparation and selection of main parameters for the design6 Preliminary weight estimations selection of main parameters7 Power plant selection Aerofoil selection Wing tail and control surfaces8 Preparation of layouts of balance diagram and three view drawings9 Drag estimation10 Detailed performance calculations and stability estimates

                                                                    TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                                    AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY- II

                                                                    1 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of symmetric aerofoil section2 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of cambered aerofoil section3 Pressure distribution over a Nose cone model4 Determination of Base drag of a missile model5 Determination of profile drag of bodies by wake survey method6 Study of flow field over a backward facing step7 Pressure distribution over a water tank model for various wind speeds8 Velocity profiles for different simulated terrains9 Calibration of Supersonic Wind Tunnel10 Flow visualization studies in supersonic flows

                                                                    TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                                    39

                                                                    40

                                                                    SEMESTER VII

                                                                    Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                    THEORY

                                                                    PCME4404 Production and Operation Management 3 0 0 3Avionics 3 0 0 3Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 0 3Vibrations And Elements of Aeroelasticity 3 0 0 3

                                                                    E2 Elective ndash II 3 0 0 3E3 Elective ndash III 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                                    Aircraft Design Project ndash II 0 0 3 2Aircraft Systems Lab 0 0 3 2Project Work and Seminar 0 0 3 3

                                                                    41

                                                                    SEMESTER VII

                                                                    PCME4404 Production and Operation Management L T P C

                                                                    Objective The course aims at acquainting all engineering graduates irrespective of theirspecializations the basic issues and tools of managing production and operations functionsof an organizationModule I1 Operations Function in an Organization Manufacturing Vrs Service Operations Systemview of Operations Strategic Role of Operations Operations Strategies for CompetitiveAdvantage Operations Quality and Productivity Focus Meeting Global Challenges ofProduction and Operations Imperatives (3 Hours)2 Designing Products Services and Processes New Product Design- Product Life CycleProduct Development Process Process Technology Project Jobshop Batch AssemblyLine Continuous Manufacturing Process Technology Life Cycle Process TechnologyTrends FMS CIM CAD CAM Design for Services Services Process Technology(4 Hours)3 Work Study Methods Study- Techniques of Analysis recording improvement andstandardization Work Measurement Work Measurement Principles using Stopwatch TimeStudy Predetermined Motion Time Standards and Work Sampling Standard TimeEstimation (4 Hours)Module II4 Location and Layout Planning Factor Influencing Plant and Warehouse LocationsImpact of Location on cost and revenues Facility Location Procedure and Models Qualitative Models Breakeven Analysis location Model centroid methodLayout Planning Layout Types Process Layout Product Layout Fixed Position LayoutPlanning block diagramming line balancing computerized layout planning- overviewGroup Technology (4 Hours)5 Forecasting Principles and Method Moving Average weighted Moving AverageExponential Smoothing Winterrsquos Method for Seasonal Demand Forecasting Error(4 Hours)6 Manufacturing Planning and Control The Framework and Components AggregatePlanning Master Production Scheduling Rough-cut-Capacity Planning MaterialRequirements Planning Capacity Requirements Planning (5 Hours)Module III7 Sequencing and Scheduling Single Machine Sequencing Basics and PerformanceEvaluation Criteria Methods for Minimizing Mean Flow Time Parallel Machines Minimization of Makespan Flowshop sequencing 2 and 3 machines cases JohnsonrsquosRule and Jobshop Scheduling Priority dispatching Rules (3 Hours)8 Inventory Control Relevant Costs Basic EOQ Model Model with Quantity discountEconomic Batch Quantity Periodic and Continuous Review Systems Safety Stock ReorderPoint and Order Quantity Calculations ABC Analysis (4 Hours)9 Modern Trends in Manufacturing Just in Time (JIT) System Shop Floor Control ByKanbans Total Quality Management Total Productive Maintenance ISO 9000 QualityCircle Kaizen Poka Yoke Supply Chain Management (4 Hours)Reference Book1 SNChary ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 R Paneerselvam ldquoProduction and Operations Management Prentice Hall of India3 Aswathappa amp Bhatt ndash Production amp Operations Management HPH4 Gaither amp Frazier - Operations Management Cengage Publication5 Russell amp Taylor - Operations Management PHI Publication6 Chase Aquilanno Jacob amp Agarwal - Operations Management TMH Publication7 EE Adam and RJ Ebert ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India

                                                                    42

                                                                    Sub Code AVIONICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                    OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of navigation amp communication systems of aircraft

                                                                    Module ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems ndash Integrated Avionicssystem ndash Typical avionics sub systems ndash Design approaches and recent advances -Application Technologies

                                                                    PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS Digital Computers ndash Digital number system- number systems and codes-Fundamentals of logic and combinational logic circuits ndashDigital arithmetic ndash interfacing with analoguesystems

                                                                    Module ndash II (11 hours)Basic of Microprocessors and application Microprocessors ndash Memories- Microprocessors real time application related to aircraft

                                                                    DIGITAL AVIONICS ARCHITECTURE Avionics system architecturendash salient features and applications of Data buses MILndashSTD1553 BndashARINC 429ndashARINC 629

                                                                    Module ndash III (15 hours)

                                                                    FLIGHT DECK AND COCKPITSControl and display technologies CRT LCD - Touch screen - Direct voice input (DVI) - Civil cockpit and military cockpit MFDS HUD MFK HOTAS AVIONICS SYSTEMS Communication Systems - Navigation systems - Flight control systems - Radar electronic warfare - Utility systems Reliability and maintainability - Certification TEXT BOOKS1 Malcrno AP and Leach DP ldquoDigital Principles and Applicationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill19902 Gaonkar RS ldquoMicroprocessors Architecture ndash Programming and Applicationrdquo Wileyand Sons Ltd New Delhi 1990REFERENCES1 Middleton DH Ed ldquoAvionics Systems Longman Scientific and Technicalrdquo LongmanGroup UK Ltd England 19892 Spitzer CR ldquoDigital Avionic Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ USA19873 Brain Kendal ldquoManual of Avionicsrdquo The English Book House 3rd Edition New Delhi19934 Nagaraja ldquoNavigation systemrdquo5 J Powell ldquoAircraft Radio Systemrdquo

                                                                    43

                                                                    Sub Code COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                    OBJECTIVETo study the flow of dynamic fluids by computational methods

                                                                    Module-I (10 hours) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows Mathematical properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations - Well posed problems - discretization of partial Differential Equations Explicit finite difference methods of subsonic supersonic and viscous flows

                                                                    Module-II (15 hours)

                                                                    DISCRETIZATION Boundary layer Equations and methods of solution -Implicit time dependent methods forinviscid and viscous compressible flows - Concept of numerical dissipation --Stabilityproperties of explicit and implicit methods - Conservative upwind discretization forHyperbolic systems - Further advantages of upwind differencing GRID GENERATION Structured grids Types and transformations Generation of structured grids Unstructured grids Delany triangulation

                                                                    Module-III (15 hours)

                                                                    FINITE VOLUME TECHNIQUESFinite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping -Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy - Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques ndash Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives Flux ndash splitting schemes Pressure correction solvers ndash SIMPLE PESO Vorticity transport formulation Implicitsemi-implicit schemes

                                                                    TEXT BOOK1 Fletcher CAJ ldquoComputational Techniques for Fluid Dynamicsrdquo Vols I and IISpringer - Verlag Berlin 1988REFERENCES1 John F Wendt (Editor) ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics - An Introductionrdquo Springer ndashVerlag Berlin 19922 Charles Hirsch ldquoNumerical Computation of Internal and External Flowsrdquo Vols I and IIJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 19883 Klaus A Hoffmann and Steve T Chiang ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics forEngineersrdquo Vols I amp II Engineering Education System PO Box 20078 W WichitaKS 67208 - 1078 USA 19934 Anderson JrD ldquoFundamentals of Aerodynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill 2000

                                                                    44

                                                                    AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                    OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

                                                                    Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

                                                                    SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

                                                                    Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

                                                                    Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

                                                                    ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

                                                                    45

                                                                    AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                                                    OBJECTIVE

                                                                    To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

                                                                    Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

                                                                    LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                    1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

                                                                    TOTAL 60

                                                                    AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

                                                                    OBJECTIVE

                                                                    To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

                                                                    LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                    1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

                                                                    TOTAL 60

                                                                    46

                                                                    SEMESTER VIII

                                                                    Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                    THEORY

                                                                    Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                                    Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

                                                                    47

                                                                    Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

                                                                    OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

                                                                    Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

                                                                    METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

                                                                    Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

                                                                    Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

                                                                    FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

                                                                    REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

                                                                    48

                                                                    Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

                                                                    OBJECTIVE

                                                                    The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

                                                                    PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

                                                                    OBJECTIVE

                                                                    The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

                                                                    The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

                                                                    Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

                                                                    OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

                                                                    LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                    1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

                                                                    composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

                                                                    fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

                                                                    49

                                                                    1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

                                                                    SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

                                                                    Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                    Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

                                                                    Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

                                                                    SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

                                                                    Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                    Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

                                                                    ELECTIVESndash III

                                                                    Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                    Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

                                                                    SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

                                                                    Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                    Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

                                                                    ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

                                                                    Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

                                                                    50

                                                                    Elective Subjects

                                                                    Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                    OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

                                                                    BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

                                                                    Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

                                                                    Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

                                                                    TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

                                                                    TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

                                                                    51

                                                                    Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                                                                    OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                                                                    Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                                                                    UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                                                                    52

                                                                    AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                                                                    OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                                                                    Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                                                                    Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                                                                    MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                                                                    Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                                                                    AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                                                                    TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                                                                    53

                                                                    Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                                                                    3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                                                                    Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                                                                    Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                                                                    RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                                                                    Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                                                                    HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                                                                    54

                                                                    Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                    OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                                                                    Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                                                                    IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                                                                    Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                                                                    Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                                                                    55

                                                                    Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                    OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                                                                    Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                                                                    STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                                                                    Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                                                                    Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                                                                    56

                                                                    Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                    Module-I (15hours)

                                                                    FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                                                                    COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                                                                    Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                                                                    Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                                                                    COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                                                                    57

                                                                    Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                    OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                                                                    Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                                                                    BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                                                                    Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                                                                    BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                                                                    Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                                                                    58

                                                                    Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                    OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                                                                    Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                                                                    Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                                                                    Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                                                                    Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                                                                    TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                                                                    59

                                                                    Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                    OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                                                    Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                                                    PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                                                    Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                                                    PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                                                    Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                                                    Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                                                    60

                                                                    Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                    Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                                                    EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                                                    Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                                                    Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                                                    SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                                                    61

                                                                    AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                    OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                                                    Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                                                    Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                                                    AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                                                    Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                                                    TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                                                    62

                                                                    Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                    OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                                                    Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                                                    VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                                                    INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                                                    63

                                                                    Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                    OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                                                    Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                                                    MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                                                    Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                                                    PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                                                    Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                                                    64

                                                                    Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                    OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                    65

                                                                    Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                    Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                                                    CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                                                    Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                                                    CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                                                    Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                                                    66

                                                                    • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                      • THEORY
                                                                      • SEMESTER III
                                                                      • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                      • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                      • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                      • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                        • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                        • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                              • THEORY
                                                                              • PRACTICAL
                                                                              • SEMESTER V
                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                  • THEORY
                                                                                  • PRACTICAL
                                                                                  • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                      • THEORY
                                                                                      • PRACTICAL
                                                                                      • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                        • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                                          • SEMESTER VII
                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                              • THEORY
                                                                                              • PRACTICAL
                                                                                              • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                                                • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                                                • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                  • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                      • THEORY
                                                                                                      • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                      • Co New York 1989
                                                                                                      • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                                                      • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                      • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                                        • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                          • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                              • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                                  • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                      Sub Code AIRCRAFT STABILITY amp CONTROL L T P C3 1 0 4

                                                                      OBJECTIVETo make the student understand the concepts of stable and nonstable configurationof airplanes To introduce the concepts of control of airplanes under variousoperating conditions

                                                                      Module ndash I (13 hours)STATIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY AND CONTROL 15General concepts-Degrees of freedom of a rigid body Static and dynamic stability Need for stability in an airplane inherently and marginally stable airplanes Stability and Controllability Requirements of control surfaces criteria for longitudinal static stability contribution to stability by wing tail fuselage wing fuselage combination Total longitudinal stability Neutral point-Stick fixed and Stick free aspects Free elevator factor static margin Hinge moment Power effects on stability-propeller and jet aircrafts longitudinal control Movement of centre of gravity elevator control effectiveness elevator control power elevator angle to trim elevator angle per g maneuver point Stick force gradient and stick force per g Aerodynamic balancing

                                                                      Module ndash II (15 hours) STATIC DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND CONTROL Directional stability-yaw and sideslip Criterion of directional stability contribution to static directional stability by wing fuselage tail Power effects on directional stabilitypropeller and jet aircrafts Rudder lock and Dorsal fin Directional control rudder control effectiveness rudder requirements adverse yaw asymmetric power condition spin recovery

                                                                      STATIC LATERAL STABILTY AND CONTROL Lateral stability-Dihedral effect criterion for lateral stability evaluation of lateral stability-contribution of fuselage wing wing fuselage tail total static lateral stability lateral control aileron reversal aileron reversal speed

                                                                      Module ndash III (12 hours) DYNAMIC LONGITUDINAL STABILITY Aircraft Equations of motion small disturbance theory Estimation of longitudinal stability derivatives stability derivatives solving the stability quartic Phugoid motion

                                                                      DYNAMIC LATERAL AND DIRECTIONAL STABILITY Dutch roll and spiral instability Auto rotation and spin

                                                                      TEXT BOOKS1 Perkins CD amp Hage RE Airplane performance stability and control John Wileyamp Sons 19762 Nelson RC Flight Stability amp Automatic Control McGraw Hill 1998REFERENCES1 McCormick BW Aerodynamics Aeronautics amp Flight Mechanics John Wiley19952 Babister AW Aircraft Stability and response Pergamon Press 19803 Etkin B Dynamics of Flight Stability and Control John Wiley New York 19824 Pamadi BN Performnce Stability Dynamics and Control of Airplanes AIAA Education Series 2004

                                                                      35

                                                                      Sub Code WIND TUNNEL TECHNIQUES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                      OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of measurement of forces and moments on models during the wind tunnel testing

                                                                      Module ndash I (10 hours)WIND TUNNELSClassification ndashnon-dimensional numbers-types of similarities - Layout of open circuit and closed circuit subsonic wind tunnels ndash design parameters-energy ratio - HP calculationsCalibration

                                                                      Module ndash II (15 hours) HIGH SPEED WIND TUNNELSBlow down in draft and induction tunnel layouts and their design features Transonic supersonic and hypersonic tunnels their peculiarities and calibration Helium and gun tunnels Shock tubes

                                                                      FLOW VISUALIZATIONSmoke and Tuft grid techniques ndash Dye injection special techniques ndash Optical methods offlow visualization

                                                                      Module ndash II (15 hours)WIND TUNNEL MEASUREMENTSPressurevelocity and temperature measurements ndash Force measurements ndash types of balances-Three component and six component balances ndash calibration of measuring instruments

                                                                      NON-INTRUSIVE FLOW DIAGNOSTICSLaser ndash Doppler anemometry Particle image velocimetry Laser induced fluorescence TEXT BOOK1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow Speed Wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley Publication1984REFERENCE1 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh Speed wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley 1985

                                                                      36

                                                                      Sub Code HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                      OBJECTIVETo learn damage mechanism and failure of components of elavated temperatures

                                                                      Module ndash I (15 hours)CREEPFactors influencing functional life of components at elevated temperatures definition of creep curve various stages of creep metallurgical factors influencing various stages effect of stress temperatures and strain rate

                                                                      Design of transient creep time hardening strain hardening expressions of rupture life ofcreep ductile and brittle materials Monkman-Grant relationship

                                                                      Module ndash II (13 hours)FRACTURE AND OXIDATIONVarious types of fracture brittle to ductile from low temperature to high temperature cleavage fracture due to micro void coalescence ndash diffusion controlled void growth fracture maps for different alloys and oxidesOxidation Pilling Bedworth ratio kinetic laws of oxidation ndash defect structure and control of Oxidation by alloy additions

                                                                      Module ndash III (12 hours)HOT CORROSION SUPER ALLOYS AND OTHER MATERIALHot gas corrosion deposit modified hot gas corrosion fluxing mechanisms effect of alloying elements on hot corrosion interaction of hot corrosion and creep methods of combat hot corrosion

                                                                      Iron base Nickel base abd Cobalt base super alloys composition control solid solution strengthening precipitation hardening by gamma prime grain boundary strengthening TCP phase embrittlement solidfication of single crystals Intermetallics high temperature ceramics

                                                                      TEXT BOOKS1 Raj R ldquoFlow and Fracture at Elevated TemperaturesrdquoAmerican Society for MetalsUSA 19852 Hertzberg RW ldquoDeformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering materialsrdquo 4th

                                                                      Edition John Wiley USA 19963 Courtney T H ldquoMechanical Behaviour of MaterialsrdquoMcGraw-Hill USA 1990REFERENCES1 Boyle JT Spencer J ldquoStress Analysis for Creeprdquo Butterworths UK 19832 BressersJ ldquoCreep and Fatigue in High Temperature Alloysrdquo Applied Science 19813 McLean D ldquoDirectionally Solidified Materials for High Temperature ServicerdquoThe Metals Society USA 1985

                                                                      37

                                                                      AE2355 AERO ENGINE LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                                                                      OBJECTIVETo introduce the knowledge of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines1 Study of free convective heat transfer over a flat plate2 Engine (Piston Engine) - cleaning visual inspection NDT checks3 Piston Engine Components - dimensional checks4 Velocity profiles of free jets5 Velocity profiles of wall jets6 Combustion Studies in a model jet engine combustor7 Jet Engine ndash identification of components amp defects8 Jet Engine ndash NDT checks and dimensional checks9 Study of hybrid rocket propulsion system10 Engine starting procedures11 Study of ramjet12 Burn rate measurements of solid propellants

                                                                      TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                                      38

                                                                      Sub code AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash I L T P C0 0 3 2

                                                                      OBJECTIVETo introduce and develop the basic concept of aircraft designEach student is assigned the design of an Airplane (or Helicopter or any other flightvehicle) for given preliminary specifications The following are the assignments to becarried outEXPERIMENTS1 Comparative configuration study of different types of airplanes2 Comparative study on specification and performance details of aircraft3 Preparation of comparative data sheets4 Work sheet layout procedures5 Comparative graphs preparation and selection of main parameters for the design6 Preliminary weight estimations selection of main parameters7 Power plant selection Aerofoil selection Wing tail and control surfaces8 Preparation of layouts of balance diagram and three view drawings9 Drag estimation10 Detailed performance calculations and stability estimates

                                                                      TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                                      AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY- II

                                                                      1 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of symmetric aerofoil section2 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of cambered aerofoil section3 Pressure distribution over a Nose cone model4 Determination of Base drag of a missile model5 Determination of profile drag of bodies by wake survey method6 Study of flow field over a backward facing step7 Pressure distribution over a water tank model for various wind speeds8 Velocity profiles for different simulated terrains9 Calibration of Supersonic Wind Tunnel10 Flow visualization studies in supersonic flows

                                                                      TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                                      39

                                                                      40

                                                                      SEMESTER VII

                                                                      Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                      THEORY

                                                                      PCME4404 Production and Operation Management 3 0 0 3Avionics 3 0 0 3Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 0 3Vibrations And Elements of Aeroelasticity 3 0 0 3

                                                                      E2 Elective ndash II 3 0 0 3E3 Elective ndash III 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                                      Aircraft Design Project ndash II 0 0 3 2Aircraft Systems Lab 0 0 3 2Project Work and Seminar 0 0 3 3

                                                                      41

                                                                      SEMESTER VII

                                                                      PCME4404 Production and Operation Management L T P C

                                                                      Objective The course aims at acquainting all engineering graduates irrespective of theirspecializations the basic issues and tools of managing production and operations functionsof an organizationModule I1 Operations Function in an Organization Manufacturing Vrs Service Operations Systemview of Operations Strategic Role of Operations Operations Strategies for CompetitiveAdvantage Operations Quality and Productivity Focus Meeting Global Challenges ofProduction and Operations Imperatives (3 Hours)2 Designing Products Services and Processes New Product Design- Product Life CycleProduct Development Process Process Technology Project Jobshop Batch AssemblyLine Continuous Manufacturing Process Technology Life Cycle Process TechnologyTrends FMS CIM CAD CAM Design for Services Services Process Technology(4 Hours)3 Work Study Methods Study- Techniques of Analysis recording improvement andstandardization Work Measurement Work Measurement Principles using Stopwatch TimeStudy Predetermined Motion Time Standards and Work Sampling Standard TimeEstimation (4 Hours)Module II4 Location and Layout Planning Factor Influencing Plant and Warehouse LocationsImpact of Location on cost and revenues Facility Location Procedure and Models Qualitative Models Breakeven Analysis location Model centroid methodLayout Planning Layout Types Process Layout Product Layout Fixed Position LayoutPlanning block diagramming line balancing computerized layout planning- overviewGroup Technology (4 Hours)5 Forecasting Principles and Method Moving Average weighted Moving AverageExponential Smoothing Winterrsquos Method for Seasonal Demand Forecasting Error(4 Hours)6 Manufacturing Planning and Control The Framework and Components AggregatePlanning Master Production Scheduling Rough-cut-Capacity Planning MaterialRequirements Planning Capacity Requirements Planning (5 Hours)Module III7 Sequencing and Scheduling Single Machine Sequencing Basics and PerformanceEvaluation Criteria Methods for Minimizing Mean Flow Time Parallel Machines Minimization of Makespan Flowshop sequencing 2 and 3 machines cases JohnsonrsquosRule and Jobshop Scheduling Priority dispatching Rules (3 Hours)8 Inventory Control Relevant Costs Basic EOQ Model Model with Quantity discountEconomic Batch Quantity Periodic and Continuous Review Systems Safety Stock ReorderPoint and Order Quantity Calculations ABC Analysis (4 Hours)9 Modern Trends in Manufacturing Just in Time (JIT) System Shop Floor Control ByKanbans Total Quality Management Total Productive Maintenance ISO 9000 QualityCircle Kaizen Poka Yoke Supply Chain Management (4 Hours)Reference Book1 SNChary ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 R Paneerselvam ldquoProduction and Operations Management Prentice Hall of India3 Aswathappa amp Bhatt ndash Production amp Operations Management HPH4 Gaither amp Frazier - Operations Management Cengage Publication5 Russell amp Taylor - Operations Management PHI Publication6 Chase Aquilanno Jacob amp Agarwal - Operations Management TMH Publication7 EE Adam and RJ Ebert ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India

                                                                      42

                                                                      Sub Code AVIONICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                      OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of navigation amp communication systems of aircraft

                                                                      Module ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems ndash Integrated Avionicssystem ndash Typical avionics sub systems ndash Design approaches and recent advances -Application Technologies

                                                                      PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS Digital Computers ndash Digital number system- number systems and codes-Fundamentals of logic and combinational logic circuits ndashDigital arithmetic ndash interfacing with analoguesystems

                                                                      Module ndash II (11 hours)Basic of Microprocessors and application Microprocessors ndash Memories- Microprocessors real time application related to aircraft

                                                                      DIGITAL AVIONICS ARCHITECTURE Avionics system architecturendash salient features and applications of Data buses MILndashSTD1553 BndashARINC 429ndashARINC 629

                                                                      Module ndash III (15 hours)

                                                                      FLIGHT DECK AND COCKPITSControl and display technologies CRT LCD - Touch screen - Direct voice input (DVI) - Civil cockpit and military cockpit MFDS HUD MFK HOTAS AVIONICS SYSTEMS Communication Systems - Navigation systems - Flight control systems - Radar electronic warfare - Utility systems Reliability and maintainability - Certification TEXT BOOKS1 Malcrno AP and Leach DP ldquoDigital Principles and Applicationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill19902 Gaonkar RS ldquoMicroprocessors Architecture ndash Programming and Applicationrdquo Wileyand Sons Ltd New Delhi 1990REFERENCES1 Middleton DH Ed ldquoAvionics Systems Longman Scientific and Technicalrdquo LongmanGroup UK Ltd England 19892 Spitzer CR ldquoDigital Avionic Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ USA19873 Brain Kendal ldquoManual of Avionicsrdquo The English Book House 3rd Edition New Delhi19934 Nagaraja ldquoNavigation systemrdquo5 J Powell ldquoAircraft Radio Systemrdquo

                                                                      43

                                                                      Sub Code COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                      OBJECTIVETo study the flow of dynamic fluids by computational methods

                                                                      Module-I (10 hours) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows Mathematical properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations - Well posed problems - discretization of partial Differential Equations Explicit finite difference methods of subsonic supersonic and viscous flows

                                                                      Module-II (15 hours)

                                                                      DISCRETIZATION Boundary layer Equations and methods of solution -Implicit time dependent methods forinviscid and viscous compressible flows - Concept of numerical dissipation --Stabilityproperties of explicit and implicit methods - Conservative upwind discretization forHyperbolic systems - Further advantages of upwind differencing GRID GENERATION Structured grids Types and transformations Generation of structured grids Unstructured grids Delany triangulation

                                                                      Module-III (15 hours)

                                                                      FINITE VOLUME TECHNIQUESFinite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping -Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy - Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques ndash Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives Flux ndash splitting schemes Pressure correction solvers ndash SIMPLE PESO Vorticity transport formulation Implicitsemi-implicit schemes

                                                                      TEXT BOOK1 Fletcher CAJ ldquoComputational Techniques for Fluid Dynamicsrdquo Vols I and IISpringer - Verlag Berlin 1988REFERENCES1 John F Wendt (Editor) ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics - An Introductionrdquo Springer ndashVerlag Berlin 19922 Charles Hirsch ldquoNumerical Computation of Internal and External Flowsrdquo Vols I and IIJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 19883 Klaus A Hoffmann and Steve T Chiang ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics forEngineersrdquo Vols I amp II Engineering Education System PO Box 20078 W WichitaKS 67208 - 1078 USA 19934 Anderson JrD ldquoFundamentals of Aerodynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill 2000

                                                                      44

                                                                      AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                      OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

                                                                      Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

                                                                      SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

                                                                      Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

                                                                      Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

                                                                      ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

                                                                      45

                                                                      AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                                                      OBJECTIVE

                                                                      To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

                                                                      Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

                                                                      LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                      1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

                                                                      TOTAL 60

                                                                      AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

                                                                      OBJECTIVE

                                                                      To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

                                                                      LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                      1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

                                                                      TOTAL 60

                                                                      46

                                                                      SEMESTER VIII

                                                                      Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                      THEORY

                                                                      Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                                      Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

                                                                      47

                                                                      Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

                                                                      OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

                                                                      Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

                                                                      METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

                                                                      Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

                                                                      Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

                                                                      FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

                                                                      REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

                                                                      48

                                                                      Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

                                                                      OBJECTIVE

                                                                      The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

                                                                      PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

                                                                      OBJECTIVE

                                                                      The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

                                                                      The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

                                                                      Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

                                                                      OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

                                                                      LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                      1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

                                                                      composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

                                                                      fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

                                                                      49

                                                                      1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

                                                                      SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

                                                                      Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                      Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

                                                                      Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

                                                                      SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

                                                                      Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                      Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

                                                                      ELECTIVESndash III

                                                                      Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                      Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

                                                                      SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

                                                                      Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                      Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

                                                                      ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

                                                                      Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

                                                                      50

                                                                      Elective Subjects

                                                                      Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                      OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

                                                                      BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

                                                                      Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

                                                                      Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

                                                                      TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

                                                                      TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

                                                                      51

                                                                      Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                                                                      OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                                                                      Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                                                                      UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                                                                      52

                                                                      AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                                                                      OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                                                                      Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                                                                      Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                                                                      MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                                                                      Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                                                                      AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                                                                      TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                                                                      53

                                                                      Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                                                                      3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                                                                      Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                                                                      Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                                                                      RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                                                                      Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                                                                      HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                                                                      54

                                                                      Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                      OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                                                                      Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                                                                      IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                                                                      Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                                                                      Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                                                                      55

                                                                      Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                      OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                                                                      Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                                                                      STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                                                                      Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                                                                      Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                                                                      56

                                                                      Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                      Module-I (15hours)

                                                                      FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                                                                      COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                                                                      Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                                                                      Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                                                                      COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                                                                      57

                                                                      Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                      OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                                                                      Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                                                                      BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                                                                      Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                                                                      BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                                                                      Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                                                                      58

                                                                      Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                      OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                                                                      Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                                                                      Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                                                                      Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                                                                      Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                                                                      TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                                                                      59

                                                                      Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                      OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                                                      Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                                                      PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                                                      Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                                                      PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                                                      Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                                                      Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                                                      60

                                                                      Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                      Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                                                      EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                                                      Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                                                      Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                                                      SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                                                      61

                                                                      AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                      OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                                                      Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                                                      Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                                                      AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                                                      Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                                                      TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                                                      62

                                                                      Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                      OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                                                      Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                                                      VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                                                      INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                                                      63

                                                                      Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                      OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                                                      Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                                                      MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                                                      Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                                                      PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                                                      Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                                                      64

                                                                      Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                      OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                      65

                                                                      Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                      Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                                                      CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                                                      Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                                                      CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                                                      Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                                                      66

                                                                      • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                        • THEORY
                                                                        • SEMESTER III
                                                                        • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                        • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                        • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                        • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                          • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                          • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                • THEORY
                                                                                • PRACTICAL
                                                                                • SEMESTER V
                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                    • THEORY
                                                                                    • PRACTICAL
                                                                                    • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                        • THEORY
                                                                                        • PRACTICAL
                                                                                        • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                          • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                                            • SEMESTER VII
                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                • THEORY
                                                                                                • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                                                  • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                  • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                                                  • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                    • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                                        • THEORY
                                                                                                        • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                        • Co New York 1989
                                                                                                        • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                                                        • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                        • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                                          • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                            • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                                • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                                    • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                        Sub Code WIND TUNNEL TECHNIQUES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                        OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of measurement of forces and moments on models during the wind tunnel testing

                                                                        Module ndash I (10 hours)WIND TUNNELSClassification ndashnon-dimensional numbers-types of similarities - Layout of open circuit and closed circuit subsonic wind tunnels ndash design parameters-energy ratio - HP calculationsCalibration

                                                                        Module ndash II (15 hours) HIGH SPEED WIND TUNNELSBlow down in draft and induction tunnel layouts and their design features Transonic supersonic and hypersonic tunnels their peculiarities and calibration Helium and gun tunnels Shock tubes

                                                                        FLOW VISUALIZATIONSmoke and Tuft grid techniques ndash Dye injection special techniques ndash Optical methods offlow visualization

                                                                        Module ndash II (15 hours)WIND TUNNEL MEASUREMENTSPressurevelocity and temperature measurements ndash Force measurements ndash types of balances-Three component and six component balances ndash calibration of measuring instruments

                                                                        NON-INTRUSIVE FLOW DIAGNOSTICSLaser ndash Doppler anemometry Particle image velocimetry Laser induced fluorescence TEXT BOOK1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow Speed Wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley Publication1984REFERENCE1 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh Speed wind Tunnel Testingrdquo John Wiley 1985

                                                                        36

                                                                        Sub Code HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                        OBJECTIVETo learn damage mechanism and failure of components of elavated temperatures

                                                                        Module ndash I (15 hours)CREEPFactors influencing functional life of components at elevated temperatures definition of creep curve various stages of creep metallurgical factors influencing various stages effect of stress temperatures and strain rate

                                                                        Design of transient creep time hardening strain hardening expressions of rupture life ofcreep ductile and brittle materials Monkman-Grant relationship

                                                                        Module ndash II (13 hours)FRACTURE AND OXIDATIONVarious types of fracture brittle to ductile from low temperature to high temperature cleavage fracture due to micro void coalescence ndash diffusion controlled void growth fracture maps for different alloys and oxidesOxidation Pilling Bedworth ratio kinetic laws of oxidation ndash defect structure and control of Oxidation by alloy additions

                                                                        Module ndash III (12 hours)HOT CORROSION SUPER ALLOYS AND OTHER MATERIALHot gas corrosion deposit modified hot gas corrosion fluxing mechanisms effect of alloying elements on hot corrosion interaction of hot corrosion and creep methods of combat hot corrosion

                                                                        Iron base Nickel base abd Cobalt base super alloys composition control solid solution strengthening precipitation hardening by gamma prime grain boundary strengthening TCP phase embrittlement solidfication of single crystals Intermetallics high temperature ceramics

                                                                        TEXT BOOKS1 Raj R ldquoFlow and Fracture at Elevated TemperaturesrdquoAmerican Society for MetalsUSA 19852 Hertzberg RW ldquoDeformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering materialsrdquo 4th

                                                                        Edition John Wiley USA 19963 Courtney T H ldquoMechanical Behaviour of MaterialsrdquoMcGraw-Hill USA 1990REFERENCES1 Boyle JT Spencer J ldquoStress Analysis for Creeprdquo Butterworths UK 19832 BressersJ ldquoCreep and Fatigue in High Temperature Alloysrdquo Applied Science 19813 McLean D ldquoDirectionally Solidified Materials for High Temperature ServicerdquoThe Metals Society USA 1985

                                                                        37

                                                                        AE2355 AERO ENGINE LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                                                                        OBJECTIVETo introduce the knowledge of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines1 Study of free convective heat transfer over a flat plate2 Engine (Piston Engine) - cleaning visual inspection NDT checks3 Piston Engine Components - dimensional checks4 Velocity profiles of free jets5 Velocity profiles of wall jets6 Combustion Studies in a model jet engine combustor7 Jet Engine ndash identification of components amp defects8 Jet Engine ndash NDT checks and dimensional checks9 Study of hybrid rocket propulsion system10 Engine starting procedures11 Study of ramjet12 Burn rate measurements of solid propellants

                                                                        TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                                        38

                                                                        Sub code AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash I L T P C0 0 3 2

                                                                        OBJECTIVETo introduce and develop the basic concept of aircraft designEach student is assigned the design of an Airplane (or Helicopter or any other flightvehicle) for given preliminary specifications The following are the assignments to becarried outEXPERIMENTS1 Comparative configuration study of different types of airplanes2 Comparative study on specification and performance details of aircraft3 Preparation of comparative data sheets4 Work sheet layout procedures5 Comparative graphs preparation and selection of main parameters for the design6 Preliminary weight estimations selection of main parameters7 Power plant selection Aerofoil selection Wing tail and control surfaces8 Preparation of layouts of balance diagram and three view drawings9 Drag estimation10 Detailed performance calculations and stability estimates

                                                                        TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                                        AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY- II

                                                                        1 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of symmetric aerofoil section2 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of cambered aerofoil section3 Pressure distribution over a Nose cone model4 Determination of Base drag of a missile model5 Determination of profile drag of bodies by wake survey method6 Study of flow field over a backward facing step7 Pressure distribution over a water tank model for various wind speeds8 Velocity profiles for different simulated terrains9 Calibration of Supersonic Wind Tunnel10 Flow visualization studies in supersonic flows

                                                                        TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                                        39

                                                                        40

                                                                        SEMESTER VII

                                                                        Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                        THEORY

                                                                        PCME4404 Production and Operation Management 3 0 0 3Avionics 3 0 0 3Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 0 3Vibrations And Elements of Aeroelasticity 3 0 0 3

                                                                        E2 Elective ndash II 3 0 0 3E3 Elective ndash III 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                                        Aircraft Design Project ndash II 0 0 3 2Aircraft Systems Lab 0 0 3 2Project Work and Seminar 0 0 3 3

                                                                        41

                                                                        SEMESTER VII

                                                                        PCME4404 Production and Operation Management L T P C

                                                                        Objective The course aims at acquainting all engineering graduates irrespective of theirspecializations the basic issues and tools of managing production and operations functionsof an organizationModule I1 Operations Function in an Organization Manufacturing Vrs Service Operations Systemview of Operations Strategic Role of Operations Operations Strategies for CompetitiveAdvantage Operations Quality and Productivity Focus Meeting Global Challenges ofProduction and Operations Imperatives (3 Hours)2 Designing Products Services and Processes New Product Design- Product Life CycleProduct Development Process Process Technology Project Jobshop Batch AssemblyLine Continuous Manufacturing Process Technology Life Cycle Process TechnologyTrends FMS CIM CAD CAM Design for Services Services Process Technology(4 Hours)3 Work Study Methods Study- Techniques of Analysis recording improvement andstandardization Work Measurement Work Measurement Principles using Stopwatch TimeStudy Predetermined Motion Time Standards and Work Sampling Standard TimeEstimation (4 Hours)Module II4 Location and Layout Planning Factor Influencing Plant and Warehouse LocationsImpact of Location on cost and revenues Facility Location Procedure and Models Qualitative Models Breakeven Analysis location Model centroid methodLayout Planning Layout Types Process Layout Product Layout Fixed Position LayoutPlanning block diagramming line balancing computerized layout planning- overviewGroup Technology (4 Hours)5 Forecasting Principles and Method Moving Average weighted Moving AverageExponential Smoothing Winterrsquos Method for Seasonal Demand Forecasting Error(4 Hours)6 Manufacturing Planning and Control The Framework and Components AggregatePlanning Master Production Scheduling Rough-cut-Capacity Planning MaterialRequirements Planning Capacity Requirements Planning (5 Hours)Module III7 Sequencing and Scheduling Single Machine Sequencing Basics and PerformanceEvaluation Criteria Methods for Minimizing Mean Flow Time Parallel Machines Minimization of Makespan Flowshop sequencing 2 and 3 machines cases JohnsonrsquosRule and Jobshop Scheduling Priority dispatching Rules (3 Hours)8 Inventory Control Relevant Costs Basic EOQ Model Model with Quantity discountEconomic Batch Quantity Periodic and Continuous Review Systems Safety Stock ReorderPoint and Order Quantity Calculations ABC Analysis (4 Hours)9 Modern Trends in Manufacturing Just in Time (JIT) System Shop Floor Control ByKanbans Total Quality Management Total Productive Maintenance ISO 9000 QualityCircle Kaizen Poka Yoke Supply Chain Management (4 Hours)Reference Book1 SNChary ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 R Paneerselvam ldquoProduction and Operations Management Prentice Hall of India3 Aswathappa amp Bhatt ndash Production amp Operations Management HPH4 Gaither amp Frazier - Operations Management Cengage Publication5 Russell amp Taylor - Operations Management PHI Publication6 Chase Aquilanno Jacob amp Agarwal - Operations Management TMH Publication7 EE Adam and RJ Ebert ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India

                                                                        42

                                                                        Sub Code AVIONICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                        OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of navigation amp communication systems of aircraft

                                                                        Module ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems ndash Integrated Avionicssystem ndash Typical avionics sub systems ndash Design approaches and recent advances -Application Technologies

                                                                        PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS Digital Computers ndash Digital number system- number systems and codes-Fundamentals of logic and combinational logic circuits ndashDigital arithmetic ndash interfacing with analoguesystems

                                                                        Module ndash II (11 hours)Basic of Microprocessors and application Microprocessors ndash Memories- Microprocessors real time application related to aircraft

                                                                        DIGITAL AVIONICS ARCHITECTURE Avionics system architecturendash salient features and applications of Data buses MILndashSTD1553 BndashARINC 429ndashARINC 629

                                                                        Module ndash III (15 hours)

                                                                        FLIGHT DECK AND COCKPITSControl and display technologies CRT LCD - Touch screen - Direct voice input (DVI) - Civil cockpit and military cockpit MFDS HUD MFK HOTAS AVIONICS SYSTEMS Communication Systems - Navigation systems - Flight control systems - Radar electronic warfare - Utility systems Reliability and maintainability - Certification TEXT BOOKS1 Malcrno AP and Leach DP ldquoDigital Principles and Applicationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill19902 Gaonkar RS ldquoMicroprocessors Architecture ndash Programming and Applicationrdquo Wileyand Sons Ltd New Delhi 1990REFERENCES1 Middleton DH Ed ldquoAvionics Systems Longman Scientific and Technicalrdquo LongmanGroup UK Ltd England 19892 Spitzer CR ldquoDigital Avionic Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ USA19873 Brain Kendal ldquoManual of Avionicsrdquo The English Book House 3rd Edition New Delhi19934 Nagaraja ldquoNavigation systemrdquo5 J Powell ldquoAircraft Radio Systemrdquo

                                                                        43

                                                                        Sub Code COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                        OBJECTIVETo study the flow of dynamic fluids by computational methods

                                                                        Module-I (10 hours) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows Mathematical properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations - Well posed problems - discretization of partial Differential Equations Explicit finite difference methods of subsonic supersonic and viscous flows

                                                                        Module-II (15 hours)

                                                                        DISCRETIZATION Boundary layer Equations and methods of solution -Implicit time dependent methods forinviscid and viscous compressible flows - Concept of numerical dissipation --Stabilityproperties of explicit and implicit methods - Conservative upwind discretization forHyperbolic systems - Further advantages of upwind differencing GRID GENERATION Structured grids Types and transformations Generation of structured grids Unstructured grids Delany triangulation

                                                                        Module-III (15 hours)

                                                                        FINITE VOLUME TECHNIQUESFinite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping -Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy - Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques ndash Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives Flux ndash splitting schemes Pressure correction solvers ndash SIMPLE PESO Vorticity transport formulation Implicitsemi-implicit schemes

                                                                        TEXT BOOK1 Fletcher CAJ ldquoComputational Techniques for Fluid Dynamicsrdquo Vols I and IISpringer - Verlag Berlin 1988REFERENCES1 John F Wendt (Editor) ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics - An Introductionrdquo Springer ndashVerlag Berlin 19922 Charles Hirsch ldquoNumerical Computation of Internal and External Flowsrdquo Vols I and IIJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 19883 Klaus A Hoffmann and Steve T Chiang ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics forEngineersrdquo Vols I amp II Engineering Education System PO Box 20078 W WichitaKS 67208 - 1078 USA 19934 Anderson JrD ldquoFundamentals of Aerodynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill 2000

                                                                        44

                                                                        AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                        OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

                                                                        Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

                                                                        SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

                                                                        Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

                                                                        Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

                                                                        ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

                                                                        45

                                                                        AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                                                        OBJECTIVE

                                                                        To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

                                                                        Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

                                                                        LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                        1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

                                                                        TOTAL 60

                                                                        AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

                                                                        OBJECTIVE

                                                                        To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

                                                                        LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                        1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

                                                                        TOTAL 60

                                                                        46

                                                                        SEMESTER VIII

                                                                        Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                        THEORY

                                                                        Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                                        Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

                                                                        47

                                                                        Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

                                                                        OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

                                                                        Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

                                                                        METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

                                                                        Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

                                                                        Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

                                                                        FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

                                                                        REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

                                                                        48

                                                                        Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

                                                                        OBJECTIVE

                                                                        The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

                                                                        PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

                                                                        OBJECTIVE

                                                                        The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

                                                                        The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

                                                                        Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

                                                                        OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

                                                                        LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                        1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

                                                                        composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

                                                                        fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

                                                                        49

                                                                        1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

                                                                        SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

                                                                        Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                        Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

                                                                        Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

                                                                        SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

                                                                        Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                        Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

                                                                        ELECTIVESndash III

                                                                        Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                        Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

                                                                        SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

                                                                        Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                        Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

                                                                        ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

                                                                        Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

                                                                        50

                                                                        Elective Subjects

                                                                        Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                        OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

                                                                        BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

                                                                        Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

                                                                        Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

                                                                        TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

                                                                        TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

                                                                        51

                                                                        Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                                                                        OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                                                                        Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                                                                        UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                                                                        52

                                                                        AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                                                                        OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                                                                        Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                                                                        Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                                                                        MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                                                                        Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                                                                        AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                                                                        TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                                                                        53

                                                                        Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                                                                        3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                                                                        Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                                                                        Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                                                                        RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                                                                        Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                                                                        HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                                                                        54

                                                                        Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                        OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                                                                        Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                                                                        IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                                                                        Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                                                                        Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                                                                        55

                                                                        Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                        OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                                                                        Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                                                                        STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                                                                        Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                                                                        Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                                                                        56

                                                                        Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                        Module-I (15hours)

                                                                        FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                                                                        COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                                                                        Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                                                                        Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                                                                        COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                                                                        57

                                                                        Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                        OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                                                                        Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                                                                        BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                                                                        Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                                                                        BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                                                                        Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                                                                        58

                                                                        Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                        OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                                                                        Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                                                                        Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                                                                        Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                                                                        Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                                                                        TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                                                                        59

                                                                        Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                        OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                                                        Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                                                        PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                                                        Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                                                        PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                                                        Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                                                        Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                                                        60

                                                                        Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                        Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                                                        EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                                                        Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                                                        Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                                                        SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                                                        61

                                                                        AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                        OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                                                        Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                                                        Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                                                        AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                                                        Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                                                        TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                                                        62

                                                                        Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                        OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                                                        Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                                                        VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                                                        INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                                                        63

                                                                        Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                        OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                                                        Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                                                        MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                                                        Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                                                        PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                                                        Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                                                        64

                                                                        Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                        OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                        65

                                                                        Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                        Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                                                        CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                                                        Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                                                        CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                                                        Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                                                        66

                                                                        • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                          • THEORY
                                                                          • SEMESTER III
                                                                          • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                          • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                          • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                          • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                            • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                            • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                  • THEORY
                                                                                  • PRACTICAL
                                                                                  • SEMESTER V
                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                      • THEORY
                                                                                      • PRACTICAL
                                                                                      • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                          • THEORY
                                                                                          • PRACTICAL
                                                                                          • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                            • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                                              • SEMESTER VII
                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                  • THEORY
                                                                                                  • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                  • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                                                    • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                    • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                                                    • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                      • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                                          • THEORY
                                                                                                          • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                          • Co New York 1989
                                                                                                          • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                                                          • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                          • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                                            • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                              • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                                  • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                                      • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                          Sub Code HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                          OBJECTIVETo learn damage mechanism and failure of components of elavated temperatures

                                                                          Module ndash I (15 hours)CREEPFactors influencing functional life of components at elevated temperatures definition of creep curve various stages of creep metallurgical factors influencing various stages effect of stress temperatures and strain rate

                                                                          Design of transient creep time hardening strain hardening expressions of rupture life ofcreep ductile and brittle materials Monkman-Grant relationship

                                                                          Module ndash II (13 hours)FRACTURE AND OXIDATIONVarious types of fracture brittle to ductile from low temperature to high temperature cleavage fracture due to micro void coalescence ndash diffusion controlled void growth fracture maps for different alloys and oxidesOxidation Pilling Bedworth ratio kinetic laws of oxidation ndash defect structure and control of Oxidation by alloy additions

                                                                          Module ndash III (12 hours)HOT CORROSION SUPER ALLOYS AND OTHER MATERIALHot gas corrosion deposit modified hot gas corrosion fluxing mechanisms effect of alloying elements on hot corrosion interaction of hot corrosion and creep methods of combat hot corrosion

                                                                          Iron base Nickel base abd Cobalt base super alloys composition control solid solution strengthening precipitation hardening by gamma prime grain boundary strengthening TCP phase embrittlement solidfication of single crystals Intermetallics high temperature ceramics

                                                                          TEXT BOOKS1 Raj R ldquoFlow and Fracture at Elevated TemperaturesrdquoAmerican Society for MetalsUSA 19852 Hertzberg RW ldquoDeformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering materialsrdquo 4th

                                                                          Edition John Wiley USA 19963 Courtney T H ldquoMechanical Behaviour of MaterialsrdquoMcGraw-Hill USA 1990REFERENCES1 Boyle JT Spencer J ldquoStress Analysis for Creeprdquo Butterworths UK 19832 BressersJ ldquoCreep and Fatigue in High Temperature Alloysrdquo Applied Science 19813 McLean D ldquoDirectionally Solidified Materials for High Temperature ServicerdquoThe Metals Society USA 1985

                                                                          37

                                                                          AE2355 AERO ENGINE LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                                                                          OBJECTIVETo introduce the knowledge of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines1 Study of free convective heat transfer over a flat plate2 Engine (Piston Engine) - cleaning visual inspection NDT checks3 Piston Engine Components - dimensional checks4 Velocity profiles of free jets5 Velocity profiles of wall jets6 Combustion Studies in a model jet engine combustor7 Jet Engine ndash identification of components amp defects8 Jet Engine ndash NDT checks and dimensional checks9 Study of hybrid rocket propulsion system10 Engine starting procedures11 Study of ramjet12 Burn rate measurements of solid propellants

                                                                          TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                                          38

                                                                          Sub code AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash I L T P C0 0 3 2

                                                                          OBJECTIVETo introduce and develop the basic concept of aircraft designEach student is assigned the design of an Airplane (or Helicopter or any other flightvehicle) for given preliminary specifications The following are the assignments to becarried outEXPERIMENTS1 Comparative configuration study of different types of airplanes2 Comparative study on specification and performance details of aircraft3 Preparation of comparative data sheets4 Work sheet layout procedures5 Comparative graphs preparation and selection of main parameters for the design6 Preliminary weight estimations selection of main parameters7 Power plant selection Aerofoil selection Wing tail and control surfaces8 Preparation of layouts of balance diagram and three view drawings9 Drag estimation10 Detailed performance calculations and stability estimates

                                                                          TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                                          AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY- II

                                                                          1 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of symmetric aerofoil section2 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of cambered aerofoil section3 Pressure distribution over a Nose cone model4 Determination of Base drag of a missile model5 Determination of profile drag of bodies by wake survey method6 Study of flow field over a backward facing step7 Pressure distribution over a water tank model for various wind speeds8 Velocity profiles for different simulated terrains9 Calibration of Supersonic Wind Tunnel10 Flow visualization studies in supersonic flows

                                                                          TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                                          39

                                                                          40

                                                                          SEMESTER VII

                                                                          Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                          THEORY

                                                                          PCME4404 Production and Operation Management 3 0 0 3Avionics 3 0 0 3Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 0 3Vibrations And Elements of Aeroelasticity 3 0 0 3

                                                                          E2 Elective ndash II 3 0 0 3E3 Elective ndash III 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                                          Aircraft Design Project ndash II 0 0 3 2Aircraft Systems Lab 0 0 3 2Project Work and Seminar 0 0 3 3

                                                                          41

                                                                          SEMESTER VII

                                                                          PCME4404 Production and Operation Management L T P C

                                                                          Objective The course aims at acquainting all engineering graduates irrespective of theirspecializations the basic issues and tools of managing production and operations functionsof an organizationModule I1 Operations Function in an Organization Manufacturing Vrs Service Operations Systemview of Operations Strategic Role of Operations Operations Strategies for CompetitiveAdvantage Operations Quality and Productivity Focus Meeting Global Challenges ofProduction and Operations Imperatives (3 Hours)2 Designing Products Services and Processes New Product Design- Product Life CycleProduct Development Process Process Technology Project Jobshop Batch AssemblyLine Continuous Manufacturing Process Technology Life Cycle Process TechnologyTrends FMS CIM CAD CAM Design for Services Services Process Technology(4 Hours)3 Work Study Methods Study- Techniques of Analysis recording improvement andstandardization Work Measurement Work Measurement Principles using Stopwatch TimeStudy Predetermined Motion Time Standards and Work Sampling Standard TimeEstimation (4 Hours)Module II4 Location and Layout Planning Factor Influencing Plant and Warehouse LocationsImpact of Location on cost and revenues Facility Location Procedure and Models Qualitative Models Breakeven Analysis location Model centroid methodLayout Planning Layout Types Process Layout Product Layout Fixed Position LayoutPlanning block diagramming line balancing computerized layout planning- overviewGroup Technology (4 Hours)5 Forecasting Principles and Method Moving Average weighted Moving AverageExponential Smoothing Winterrsquos Method for Seasonal Demand Forecasting Error(4 Hours)6 Manufacturing Planning and Control The Framework and Components AggregatePlanning Master Production Scheduling Rough-cut-Capacity Planning MaterialRequirements Planning Capacity Requirements Planning (5 Hours)Module III7 Sequencing and Scheduling Single Machine Sequencing Basics and PerformanceEvaluation Criteria Methods for Minimizing Mean Flow Time Parallel Machines Minimization of Makespan Flowshop sequencing 2 and 3 machines cases JohnsonrsquosRule and Jobshop Scheduling Priority dispatching Rules (3 Hours)8 Inventory Control Relevant Costs Basic EOQ Model Model with Quantity discountEconomic Batch Quantity Periodic and Continuous Review Systems Safety Stock ReorderPoint and Order Quantity Calculations ABC Analysis (4 Hours)9 Modern Trends in Manufacturing Just in Time (JIT) System Shop Floor Control ByKanbans Total Quality Management Total Productive Maintenance ISO 9000 QualityCircle Kaizen Poka Yoke Supply Chain Management (4 Hours)Reference Book1 SNChary ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 R Paneerselvam ldquoProduction and Operations Management Prentice Hall of India3 Aswathappa amp Bhatt ndash Production amp Operations Management HPH4 Gaither amp Frazier - Operations Management Cengage Publication5 Russell amp Taylor - Operations Management PHI Publication6 Chase Aquilanno Jacob amp Agarwal - Operations Management TMH Publication7 EE Adam and RJ Ebert ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India

                                                                          42

                                                                          Sub Code AVIONICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                          OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of navigation amp communication systems of aircraft

                                                                          Module ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems ndash Integrated Avionicssystem ndash Typical avionics sub systems ndash Design approaches and recent advances -Application Technologies

                                                                          PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS Digital Computers ndash Digital number system- number systems and codes-Fundamentals of logic and combinational logic circuits ndashDigital arithmetic ndash interfacing with analoguesystems

                                                                          Module ndash II (11 hours)Basic of Microprocessors and application Microprocessors ndash Memories- Microprocessors real time application related to aircraft

                                                                          DIGITAL AVIONICS ARCHITECTURE Avionics system architecturendash salient features and applications of Data buses MILndashSTD1553 BndashARINC 429ndashARINC 629

                                                                          Module ndash III (15 hours)

                                                                          FLIGHT DECK AND COCKPITSControl and display technologies CRT LCD - Touch screen - Direct voice input (DVI) - Civil cockpit and military cockpit MFDS HUD MFK HOTAS AVIONICS SYSTEMS Communication Systems - Navigation systems - Flight control systems - Radar electronic warfare - Utility systems Reliability and maintainability - Certification TEXT BOOKS1 Malcrno AP and Leach DP ldquoDigital Principles and Applicationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill19902 Gaonkar RS ldquoMicroprocessors Architecture ndash Programming and Applicationrdquo Wileyand Sons Ltd New Delhi 1990REFERENCES1 Middleton DH Ed ldquoAvionics Systems Longman Scientific and Technicalrdquo LongmanGroup UK Ltd England 19892 Spitzer CR ldquoDigital Avionic Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ USA19873 Brain Kendal ldquoManual of Avionicsrdquo The English Book House 3rd Edition New Delhi19934 Nagaraja ldquoNavigation systemrdquo5 J Powell ldquoAircraft Radio Systemrdquo

                                                                          43

                                                                          Sub Code COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                          OBJECTIVETo study the flow of dynamic fluids by computational methods

                                                                          Module-I (10 hours) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows Mathematical properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations - Well posed problems - discretization of partial Differential Equations Explicit finite difference methods of subsonic supersonic and viscous flows

                                                                          Module-II (15 hours)

                                                                          DISCRETIZATION Boundary layer Equations and methods of solution -Implicit time dependent methods forinviscid and viscous compressible flows - Concept of numerical dissipation --Stabilityproperties of explicit and implicit methods - Conservative upwind discretization forHyperbolic systems - Further advantages of upwind differencing GRID GENERATION Structured grids Types and transformations Generation of structured grids Unstructured grids Delany triangulation

                                                                          Module-III (15 hours)

                                                                          FINITE VOLUME TECHNIQUESFinite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping -Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy - Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques ndash Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives Flux ndash splitting schemes Pressure correction solvers ndash SIMPLE PESO Vorticity transport formulation Implicitsemi-implicit schemes

                                                                          TEXT BOOK1 Fletcher CAJ ldquoComputational Techniques for Fluid Dynamicsrdquo Vols I and IISpringer - Verlag Berlin 1988REFERENCES1 John F Wendt (Editor) ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics - An Introductionrdquo Springer ndashVerlag Berlin 19922 Charles Hirsch ldquoNumerical Computation of Internal and External Flowsrdquo Vols I and IIJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 19883 Klaus A Hoffmann and Steve T Chiang ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics forEngineersrdquo Vols I amp II Engineering Education System PO Box 20078 W WichitaKS 67208 - 1078 USA 19934 Anderson JrD ldquoFundamentals of Aerodynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill 2000

                                                                          44

                                                                          AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                          OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

                                                                          Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

                                                                          SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

                                                                          Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

                                                                          Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

                                                                          ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

                                                                          45

                                                                          AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                                                          OBJECTIVE

                                                                          To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

                                                                          Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

                                                                          LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                          1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

                                                                          TOTAL 60

                                                                          AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

                                                                          OBJECTIVE

                                                                          To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

                                                                          LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                          1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

                                                                          TOTAL 60

                                                                          46

                                                                          SEMESTER VIII

                                                                          Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                          THEORY

                                                                          Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                                          Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

                                                                          47

                                                                          Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

                                                                          OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

                                                                          Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

                                                                          METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

                                                                          Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

                                                                          Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

                                                                          FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

                                                                          REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

                                                                          48

                                                                          Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

                                                                          OBJECTIVE

                                                                          The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

                                                                          PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

                                                                          OBJECTIVE

                                                                          The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

                                                                          The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

                                                                          Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

                                                                          OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

                                                                          LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                          1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

                                                                          composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

                                                                          fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

                                                                          49

                                                                          1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

                                                                          SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

                                                                          Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                          Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

                                                                          Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

                                                                          SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

                                                                          Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                          Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

                                                                          ELECTIVESndash III

                                                                          Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                          Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

                                                                          SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

                                                                          Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                          Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

                                                                          ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

                                                                          Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

                                                                          50

                                                                          Elective Subjects

                                                                          Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                          OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

                                                                          BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

                                                                          Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

                                                                          Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

                                                                          TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

                                                                          TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

                                                                          51

                                                                          Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                                                                          OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                                                                          Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                                                                          UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                                                                          52

                                                                          AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                                                                          OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                                                                          Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                                                                          Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                                                                          MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                                                                          Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                                                                          AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                                                                          TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                                                                          53

                                                                          Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                                                                          3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                                                                          Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                                                                          Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                                                                          RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                                                                          Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                                                                          HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                                                                          54

                                                                          Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                          OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                                                                          Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                                                                          IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                                                                          Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                                                                          Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                                                                          55

                                                                          Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                          OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                                                                          Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                                                                          STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                                                                          Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                                                                          Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                                                                          56

                                                                          Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                          Module-I (15hours)

                                                                          FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                                                                          COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                                                                          Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                                                                          Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                                                                          COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                                                                          57

                                                                          Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                          OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                                                                          Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                                                                          BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                                                                          Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                                                                          BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                                                                          Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                                                                          58

                                                                          Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                          OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                                                                          Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                                                                          Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                                                                          Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                                                                          Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                                                                          TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                                                                          59

                                                                          Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                          OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                                                          Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                                                          PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                                                          Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                                                          PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                                                          Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                                                          Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                                                          60

                                                                          Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                          Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                                                          EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                                                          Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                                                          Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                                                          SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                                                          61

                                                                          AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                          OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                                                          Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                                                          Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                                                          AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                                                          Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                                                          TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                                                          62

                                                                          Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                          OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                                                          Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                                                          VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                                                          INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                                                          63

                                                                          Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                          OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                                                          Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                                                          MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                                                          Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                                                          PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                                                          Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                                                          64

                                                                          Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                          OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                          65

                                                                          Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                          Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                                                          CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                                                          Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                                                          CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                                                          Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                                                          66

                                                                          • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                            • THEORY
                                                                            • SEMESTER III
                                                                            • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                            • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                            • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                            • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                              • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                              • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                    • THEORY
                                                                                    • PRACTICAL
                                                                                    • SEMESTER V
                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                        • THEORY
                                                                                        • PRACTICAL
                                                                                        • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                            • THEORY
                                                                                            • PRACTICAL
                                                                                            • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                              • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                                                • SEMESTER VII
                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                    • THEORY
                                                                                                    • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                    • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                                                      • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                      • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                                                      • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                        • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                                            • THEORY
                                                                                                            • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                            • Co New York 1989
                                                                                                            • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                                                            • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                            • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                                              • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                                    • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                                                        • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                            AE2355 AERO ENGINE LABORATORY L T P C0 0 3 2

                                                                            OBJECTIVETo introduce the knowledge of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines1 Study of free convective heat transfer over a flat plate2 Engine (Piston Engine) - cleaning visual inspection NDT checks3 Piston Engine Components - dimensional checks4 Velocity profiles of free jets5 Velocity profiles of wall jets6 Combustion Studies in a model jet engine combustor7 Jet Engine ndash identification of components amp defects8 Jet Engine ndash NDT checks and dimensional checks9 Study of hybrid rocket propulsion system10 Engine starting procedures11 Study of ramjet12 Burn rate measurements of solid propellants

                                                                            TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                                            38

                                                                            Sub code AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash I L T P C0 0 3 2

                                                                            OBJECTIVETo introduce and develop the basic concept of aircraft designEach student is assigned the design of an Airplane (or Helicopter or any other flightvehicle) for given preliminary specifications The following are the assignments to becarried outEXPERIMENTS1 Comparative configuration study of different types of airplanes2 Comparative study on specification and performance details of aircraft3 Preparation of comparative data sheets4 Work sheet layout procedures5 Comparative graphs preparation and selection of main parameters for the design6 Preliminary weight estimations selection of main parameters7 Power plant selection Aerofoil selection Wing tail and control surfaces8 Preparation of layouts of balance diagram and three view drawings9 Drag estimation10 Detailed performance calculations and stability estimates

                                                                            TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                                            AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY- II

                                                                            1 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of symmetric aerofoil section2 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of cambered aerofoil section3 Pressure distribution over a Nose cone model4 Determination of Base drag of a missile model5 Determination of profile drag of bodies by wake survey method6 Study of flow field over a backward facing step7 Pressure distribution over a water tank model for various wind speeds8 Velocity profiles for different simulated terrains9 Calibration of Supersonic Wind Tunnel10 Flow visualization studies in supersonic flows

                                                                            TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                                            39

                                                                            40

                                                                            SEMESTER VII

                                                                            Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                            THEORY

                                                                            PCME4404 Production and Operation Management 3 0 0 3Avionics 3 0 0 3Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 0 3Vibrations And Elements of Aeroelasticity 3 0 0 3

                                                                            E2 Elective ndash II 3 0 0 3E3 Elective ndash III 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                                            Aircraft Design Project ndash II 0 0 3 2Aircraft Systems Lab 0 0 3 2Project Work and Seminar 0 0 3 3

                                                                            41

                                                                            SEMESTER VII

                                                                            PCME4404 Production and Operation Management L T P C

                                                                            Objective The course aims at acquainting all engineering graduates irrespective of theirspecializations the basic issues and tools of managing production and operations functionsof an organizationModule I1 Operations Function in an Organization Manufacturing Vrs Service Operations Systemview of Operations Strategic Role of Operations Operations Strategies for CompetitiveAdvantage Operations Quality and Productivity Focus Meeting Global Challenges ofProduction and Operations Imperatives (3 Hours)2 Designing Products Services and Processes New Product Design- Product Life CycleProduct Development Process Process Technology Project Jobshop Batch AssemblyLine Continuous Manufacturing Process Technology Life Cycle Process TechnologyTrends FMS CIM CAD CAM Design for Services Services Process Technology(4 Hours)3 Work Study Methods Study- Techniques of Analysis recording improvement andstandardization Work Measurement Work Measurement Principles using Stopwatch TimeStudy Predetermined Motion Time Standards and Work Sampling Standard TimeEstimation (4 Hours)Module II4 Location and Layout Planning Factor Influencing Plant and Warehouse LocationsImpact of Location on cost and revenues Facility Location Procedure and Models Qualitative Models Breakeven Analysis location Model centroid methodLayout Planning Layout Types Process Layout Product Layout Fixed Position LayoutPlanning block diagramming line balancing computerized layout planning- overviewGroup Technology (4 Hours)5 Forecasting Principles and Method Moving Average weighted Moving AverageExponential Smoothing Winterrsquos Method for Seasonal Demand Forecasting Error(4 Hours)6 Manufacturing Planning and Control The Framework and Components AggregatePlanning Master Production Scheduling Rough-cut-Capacity Planning MaterialRequirements Planning Capacity Requirements Planning (5 Hours)Module III7 Sequencing and Scheduling Single Machine Sequencing Basics and PerformanceEvaluation Criteria Methods for Minimizing Mean Flow Time Parallel Machines Minimization of Makespan Flowshop sequencing 2 and 3 machines cases JohnsonrsquosRule and Jobshop Scheduling Priority dispatching Rules (3 Hours)8 Inventory Control Relevant Costs Basic EOQ Model Model with Quantity discountEconomic Batch Quantity Periodic and Continuous Review Systems Safety Stock ReorderPoint and Order Quantity Calculations ABC Analysis (4 Hours)9 Modern Trends in Manufacturing Just in Time (JIT) System Shop Floor Control ByKanbans Total Quality Management Total Productive Maintenance ISO 9000 QualityCircle Kaizen Poka Yoke Supply Chain Management (4 Hours)Reference Book1 SNChary ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 R Paneerselvam ldquoProduction and Operations Management Prentice Hall of India3 Aswathappa amp Bhatt ndash Production amp Operations Management HPH4 Gaither amp Frazier - Operations Management Cengage Publication5 Russell amp Taylor - Operations Management PHI Publication6 Chase Aquilanno Jacob amp Agarwal - Operations Management TMH Publication7 EE Adam and RJ Ebert ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India

                                                                            42

                                                                            Sub Code AVIONICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                            OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of navigation amp communication systems of aircraft

                                                                            Module ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems ndash Integrated Avionicssystem ndash Typical avionics sub systems ndash Design approaches and recent advances -Application Technologies

                                                                            PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS Digital Computers ndash Digital number system- number systems and codes-Fundamentals of logic and combinational logic circuits ndashDigital arithmetic ndash interfacing with analoguesystems

                                                                            Module ndash II (11 hours)Basic of Microprocessors and application Microprocessors ndash Memories- Microprocessors real time application related to aircraft

                                                                            DIGITAL AVIONICS ARCHITECTURE Avionics system architecturendash salient features and applications of Data buses MILndashSTD1553 BndashARINC 429ndashARINC 629

                                                                            Module ndash III (15 hours)

                                                                            FLIGHT DECK AND COCKPITSControl and display technologies CRT LCD - Touch screen - Direct voice input (DVI) - Civil cockpit and military cockpit MFDS HUD MFK HOTAS AVIONICS SYSTEMS Communication Systems - Navigation systems - Flight control systems - Radar electronic warfare - Utility systems Reliability and maintainability - Certification TEXT BOOKS1 Malcrno AP and Leach DP ldquoDigital Principles and Applicationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill19902 Gaonkar RS ldquoMicroprocessors Architecture ndash Programming and Applicationrdquo Wileyand Sons Ltd New Delhi 1990REFERENCES1 Middleton DH Ed ldquoAvionics Systems Longman Scientific and Technicalrdquo LongmanGroup UK Ltd England 19892 Spitzer CR ldquoDigital Avionic Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ USA19873 Brain Kendal ldquoManual of Avionicsrdquo The English Book House 3rd Edition New Delhi19934 Nagaraja ldquoNavigation systemrdquo5 J Powell ldquoAircraft Radio Systemrdquo

                                                                            43

                                                                            Sub Code COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                            OBJECTIVETo study the flow of dynamic fluids by computational methods

                                                                            Module-I (10 hours) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows Mathematical properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations - Well posed problems - discretization of partial Differential Equations Explicit finite difference methods of subsonic supersonic and viscous flows

                                                                            Module-II (15 hours)

                                                                            DISCRETIZATION Boundary layer Equations and methods of solution -Implicit time dependent methods forinviscid and viscous compressible flows - Concept of numerical dissipation --Stabilityproperties of explicit and implicit methods - Conservative upwind discretization forHyperbolic systems - Further advantages of upwind differencing GRID GENERATION Structured grids Types and transformations Generation of structured grids Unstructured grids Delany triangulation

                                                                            Module-III (15 hours)

                                                                            FINITE VOLUME TECHNIQUESFinite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping -Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy - Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques ndash Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives Flux ndash splitting schemes Pressure correction solvers ndash SIMPLE PESO Vorticity transport formulation Implicitsemi-implicit schemes

                                                                            TEXT BOOK1 Fletcher CAJ ldquoComputational Techniques for Fluid Dynamicsrdquo Vols I and IISpringer - Verlag Berlin 1988REFERENCES1 John F Wendt (Editor) ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics - An Introductionrdquo Springer ndashVerlag Berlin 19922 Charles Hirsch ldquoNumerical Computation of Internal and External Flowsrdquo Vols I and IIJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 19883 Klaus A Hoffmann and Steve T Chiang ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics forEngineersrdquo Vols I amp II Engineering Education System PO Box 20078 W WichitaKS 67208 - 1078 USA 19934 Anderson JrD ldquoFundamentals of Aerodynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill 2000

                                                                            44

                                                                            AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                            OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

                                                                            Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

                                                                            SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

                                                                            Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

                                                                            Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

                                                                            ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

                                                                            45

                                                                            AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                                                            OBJECTIVE

                                                                            To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

                                                                            Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

                                                                            LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                            1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

                                                                            TOTAL 60

                                                                            AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

                                                                            OBJECTIVE

                                                                            To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

                                                                            LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                            1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

                                                                            TOTAL 60

                                                                            46

                                                                            SEMESTER VIII

                                                                            Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                            THEORY

                                                                            Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                                            Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

                                                                            47

                                                                            Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

                                                                            OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

                                                                            Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

                                                                            METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

                                                                            Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

                                                                            Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

                                                                            FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

                                                                            REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

                                                                            48

                                                                            Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

                                                                            OBJECTIVE

                                                                            The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

                                                                            PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

                                                                            OBJECTIVE

                                                                            The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

                                                                            The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

                                                                            Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

                                                                            OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

                                                                            LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                            1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

                                                                            composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

                                                                            fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

                                                                            49

                                                                            1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

                                                                            SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

                                                                            Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                            Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

                                                                            Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

                                                                            SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

                                                                            Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                            Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

                                                                            ELECTIVESndash III

                                                                            Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                            Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

                                                                            SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

                                                                            Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                            Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

                                                                            ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

                                                                            Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

                                                                            50

                                                                            Elective Subjects

                                                                            Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                            OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

                                                                            BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

                                                                            Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

                                                                            Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

                                                                            TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

                                                                            TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

                                                                            51

                                                                            Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                                                                            OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                                                                            Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                                                                            UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                                                                            52

                                                                            AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                                                                            OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                                                                            Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                                                                            Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                                                                            MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                                                                            Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                                                                            AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                                                                            TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                                                                            53

                                                                            Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                                                                            3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                                                                            Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                                                                            Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                                                                            RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                                                                            Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                                                                            HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                                                                            54

                                                                            Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                            OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                                                                            Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                                                                            IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                                                                            Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                                                                            Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                                                                            55

                                                                            Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                            OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                                                                            Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                                                                            STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                                                                            Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                                                                            Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                                                                            56

                                                                            Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                            Module-I (15hours)

                                                                            FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                                                                            COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                                                                            Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                                                                            Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                                                                            COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                                                                            57

                                                                            Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                            OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                                                                            Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                                                                            BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                                                                            Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                                                                            BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                                                                            Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                                                                            58

                                                                            Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                            OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                                                                            Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                                                                            Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                                                                            Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                                                                            Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                                                                            TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                                                                            59

                                                                            Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                            OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                                                            Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                                                            PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                                                            Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                                                            PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                                                            Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                                                            Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                                                            60

                                                                            Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                            Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                                                            EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                                                            Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                                                            Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                                                            SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                                                            61

                                                                            AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                            OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                                                            Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                                                            Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                                                            AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                                                            Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                                                            TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                                                            62

                                                                            Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                            OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                                                            Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                                                            VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                                                            INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                                                            63

                                                                            Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                            OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                                                            Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                                                            MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                                                            Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                                                            PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                                                            Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                                                            64

                                                                            Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                            OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                            65

                                                                            Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                            Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                                                            CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                                                            Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                                                            CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                                                            Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                                                            66

                                                                            • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                              • THEORY
                                                                              • SEMESTER III
                                                                              • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                              • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                              • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                              • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                      • THEORY
                                                                                      • PRACTICAL
                                                                                      • SEMESTER V
                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                          • THEORY
                                                                                          • PRACTICAL
                                                                                          • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                              • THEORY
                                                                                              • PRACTICAL
                                                                                              • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                                                  • SEMESTER VII
                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                      • THEORY
                                                                                                      • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                      • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                                                        • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                        • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                                                        • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                          • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                                              • THEORY
                                                                                                              • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                              • Co New York 1989
                                                                                                              • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                                                              • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                              • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                                                • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                  • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                                      • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                                                          • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                              Sub code AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash I L T P C0 0 3 2

                                                                              OBJECTIVETo introduce and develop the basic concept of aircraft designEach student is assigned the design of an Airplane (or Helicopter or any other flightvehicle) for given preliminary specifications The following are the assignments to becarried outEXPERIMENTS1 Comparative configuration study of different types of airplanes2 Comparative study on specification and performance details of aircraft3 Preparation of comparative data sheets4 Work sheet layout procedures5 Comparative graphs preparation and selection of main parameters for the design6 Preliminary weight estimations selection of main parameters7 Power plant selection Aerofoil selection Wing tail and control surfaces8 Preparation of layouts of balance diagram and three view drawings9 Drag estimation10 Detailed performance calculations and stability estimates

                                                                              TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                                              AERODYNAMICS LABORATORY- II

                                                                              1 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of symmetric aerofoil section2 Pressure distribution over a finite wing of cambered aerofoil section3 Pressure distribution over a Nose cone model4 Determination of Base drag of a missile model5 Determination of profile drag of bodies by wake survey method6 Study of flow field over a backward facing step7 Pressure distribution over a water tank model for various wind speeds8 Velocity profiles for different simulated terrains9 Calibration of Supersonic Wind Tunnel10 Flow visualization studies in supersonic flows

                                                                              TOTAL 45 PERIODS

                                                                              39

                                                                              40

                                                                              SEMESTER VII

                                                                              Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                              THEORY

                                                                              PCME4404 Production and Operation Management 3 0 0 3Avionics 3 0 0 3Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 0 3Vibrations And Elements of Aeroelasticity 3 0 0 3

                                                                              E2 Elective ndash II 3 0 0 3E3 Elective ndash III 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                                              Aircraft Design Project ndash II 0 0 3 2Aircraft Systems Lab 0 0 3 2Project Work and Seminar 0 0 3 3

                                                                              41

                                                                              SEMESTER VII

                                                                              PCME4404 Production and Operation Management L T P C

                                                                              Objective The course aims at acquainting all engineering graduates irrespective of theirspecializations the basic issues and tools of managing production and operations functionsof an organizationModule I1 Operations Function in an Organization Manufacturing Vrs Service Operations Systemview of Operations Strategic Role of Operations Operations Strategies for CompetitiveAdvantage Operations Quality and Productivity Focus Meeting Global Challenges ofProduction and Operations Imperatives (3 Hours)2 Designing Products Services and Processes New Product Design- Product Life CycleProduct Development Process Process Technology Project Jobshop Batch AssemblyLine Continuous Manufacturing Process Technology Life Cycle Process TechnologyTrends FMS CIM CAD CAM Design for Services Services Process Technology(4 Hours)3 Work Study Methods Study- Techniques of Analysis recording improvement andstandardization Work Measurement Work Measurement Principles using Stopwatch TimeStudy Predetermined Motion Time Standards and Work Sampling Standard TimeEstimation (4 Hours)Module II4 Location and Layout Planning Factor Influencing Plant and Warehouse LocationsImpact of Location on cost and revenues Facility Location Procedure and Models Qualitative Models Breakeven Analysis location Model centroid methodLayout Planning Layout Types Process Layout Product Layout Fixed Position LayoutPlanning block diagramming line balancing computerized layout planning- overviewGroup Technology (4 Hours)5 Forecasting Principles and Method Moving Average weighted Moving AverageExponential Smoothing Winterrsquos Method for Seasonal Demand Forecasting Error(4 Hours)6 Manufacturing Planning and Control The Framework and Components AggregatePlanning Master Production Scheduling Rough-cut-Capacity Planning MaterialRequirements Planning Capacity Requirements Planning (5 Hours)Module III7 Sequencing and Scheduling Single Machine Sequencing Basics and PerformanceEvaluation Criteria Methods for Minimizing Mean Flow Time Parallel Machines Minimization of Makespan Flowshop sequencing 2 and 3 machines cases JohnsonrsquosRule and Jobshop Scheduling Priority dispatching Rules (3 Hours)8 Inventory Control Relevant Costs Basic EOQ Model Model with Quantity discountEconomic Batch Quantity Periodic and Continuous Review Systems Safety Stock ReorderPoint and Order Quantity Calculations ABC Analysis (4 Hours)9 Modern Trends in Manufacturing Just in Time (JIT) System Shop Floor Control ByKanbans Total Quality Management Total Productive Maintenance ISO 9000 QualityCircle Kaizen Poka Yoke Supply Chain Management (4 Hours)Reference Book1 SNChary ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 R Paneerselvam ldquoProduction and Operations Management Prentice Hall of India3 Aswathappa amp Bhatt ndash Production amp Operations Management HPH4 Gaither amp Frazier - Operations Management Cengage Publication5 Russell amp Taylor - Operations Management PHI Publication6 Chase Aquilanno Jacob amp Agarwal - Operations Management TMH Publication7 EE Adam and RJ Ebert ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India

                                                                              42

                                                                              Sub Code AVIONICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                              OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of navigation amp communication systems of aircraft

                                                                              Module ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems ndash Integrated Avionicssystem ndash Typical avionics sub systems ndash Design approaches and recent advances -Application Technologies

                                                                              PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS Digital Computers ndash Digital number system- number systems and codes-Fundamentals of logic and combinational logic circuits ndashDigital arithmetic ndash interfacing with analoguesystems

                                                                              Module ndash II (11 hours)Basic of Microprocessors and application Microprocessors ndash Memories- Microprocessors real time application related to aircraft

                                                                              DIGITAL AVIONICS ARCHITECTURE Avionics system architecturendash salient features and applications of Data buses MILndashSTD1553 BndashARINC 429ndashARINC 629

                                                                              Module ndash III (15 hours)

                                                                              FLIGHT DECK AND COCKPITSControl and display technologies CRT LCD - Touch screen - Direct voice input (DVI) - Civil cockpit and military cockpit MFDS HUD MFK HOTAS AVIONICS SYSTEMS Communication Systems - Navigation systems - Flight control systems - Radar electronic warfare - Utility systems Reliability and maintainability - Certification TEXT BOOKS1 Malcrno AP and Leach DP ldquoDigital Principles and Applicationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill19902 Gaonkar RS ldquoMicroprocessors Architecture ndash Programming and Applicationrdquo Wileyand Sons Ltd New Delhi 1990REFERENCES1 Middleton DH Ed ldquoAvionics Systems Longman Scientific and Technicalrdquo LongmanGroup UK Ltd England 19892 Spitzer CR ldquoDigital Avionic Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ USA19873 Brain Kendal ldquoManual of Avionicsrdquo The English Book House 3rd Edition New Delhi19934 Nagaraja ldquoNavigation systemrdquo5 J Powell ldquoAircraft Radio Systemrdquo

                                                                              43

                                                                              Sub Code COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                              OBJECTIVETo study the flow of dynamic fluids by computational methods

                                                                              Module-I (10 hours) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows Mathematical properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations - Well posed problems - discretization of partial Differential Equations Explicit finite difference methods of subsonic supersonic and viscous flows

                                                                              Module-II (15 hours)

                                                                              DISCRETIZATION Boundary layer Equations and methods of solution -Implicit time dependent methods forinviscid and viscous compressible flows - Concept of numerical dissipation --Stabilityproperties of explicit and implicit methods - Conservative upwind discretization forHyperbolic systems - Further advantages of upwind differencing GRID GENERATION Structured grids Types and transformations Generation of structured grids Unstructured grids Delany triangulation

                                                                              Module-III (15 hours)

                                                                              FINITE VOLUME TECHNIQUESFinite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping -Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy - Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques ndash Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives Flux ndash splitting schemes Pressure correction solvers ndash SIMPLE PESO Vorticity transport formulation Implicitsemi-implicit schemes

                                                                              TEXT BOOK1 Fletcher CAJ ldquoComputational Techniques for Fluid Dynamicsrdquo Vols I and IISpringer - Verlag Berlin 1988REFERENCES1 John F Wendt (Editor) ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics - An Introductionrdquo Springer ndashVerlag Berlin 19922 Charles Hirsch ldquoNumerical Computation of Internal and External Flowsrdquo Vols I and IIJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 19883 Klaus A Hoffmann and Steve T Chiang ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics forEngineersrdquo Vols I amp II Engineering Education System PO Box 20078 W WichitaKS 67208 - 1078 USA 19934 Anderson JrD ldquoFundamentals of Aerodynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill 2000

                                                                              44

                                                                              AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                              OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

                                                                              Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

                                                                              SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

                                                                              Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

                                                                              Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

                                                                              ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

                                                                              45

                                                                              AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                                                              OBJECTIVE

                                                                              To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

                                                                              Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

                                                                              LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                              1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

                                                                              TOTAL 60

                                                                              AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

                                                                              OBJECTIVE

                                                                              To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

                                                                              LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                              1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

                                                                              TOTAL 60

                                                                              46

                                                                              SEMESTER VIII

                                                                              Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                              THEORY

                                                                              Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                                              Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

                                                                              47

                                                                              Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

                                                                              OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

                                                                              Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

                                                                              METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

                                                                              Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

                                                                              Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

                                                                              FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

                                                                              REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

                                                                              48

                                                                              Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

                                                                              OBJECTIVE

                                                                              The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

                                                                              PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

                                                                              OBJECTIVE

                                                                              The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

                                                                              The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

                                                                              Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

                                                                              OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

                                                                              LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                              1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

                                                                              composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

                                                                              fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

                                                                              49

                                                                              1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

                                                                              SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

                                                                              Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                              Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

                                                                              Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

                                                                              SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

                                                                              Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                              Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

                                                                              ELECTIVESndash III

                                                                              Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                              Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

                                                                              SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

                                                                              Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                              Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

                                                                              ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

                                                                              Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

                                                                              50

                                                                              Elective Subjects

                                                                              Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                              OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

                                                                              BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

                                                                              Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

                                                                              Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

                                                                              TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

                                                                              TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

                                                                              51

                                                                              Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                                                                              OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                                                                              Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                                                                              UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                                                                              52

                                                                              AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                                                                              OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                                                                              Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                                                                              Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                                                                              MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                                                                              Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                                                                              AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                                                                              TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                                                                              53

                                                                              Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                                                                              3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                                                                              Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                                                                              Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                                                                              RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                                                                              Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                                                                              HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                                                                              54

                                                                              Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                              OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                                                                              Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                                                                              IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                                                                              Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                                                                              Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                                                                              55

                                                                              Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                              OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                                                                              Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                                                                              STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                                                                              Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                                                                              Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                                                                              56

                                                                              Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                              Module-I (15hours)

                                                                              FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                                                                              COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                                                                              Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                                                                              Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                                                                              COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                                                                              57

                                                                              Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                              OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                                                                              Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                                                                              BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                                                                              Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                                                                              BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                                                                              Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                                                                              58

                                                                              Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                              OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                                                                              Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                                                                              Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                                                                              Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                                                                              Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                                                                              TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                                                                              59

                                                                              Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                              OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                                                              Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                                                              PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                                                              Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                                                              PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                                                              Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                                                              Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                                                              60

                                                                              Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                              Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                                                              EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                                                              Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                                                              Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                                                              SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                                                              61

                                                                              AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                              OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                                                              Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                                                              Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                                                              AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                                                              Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                                                              TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                                                              62

                                                                              Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                              OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                                                              Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                                                              VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                                                              INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                                                              63

                                                                              Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                              OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                                                              Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                                                              MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                                                              Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                                                              PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                                                              Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                                                              64

                                                                              Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                              OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                              65

                                                                              Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                              Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                                                              CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                                                              Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                                                              CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                                                              Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                                                              66

                                                                              • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                • THEORY
                                                                                • SEMESTER III
                                                                                • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                  • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                  • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                        • THEORY
                                                                                        • PRACTICAL
                                                                                        • SEMESTER V
                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                            • THEORY
                                                                                            • PRACTICAL
                                                                                            • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                • THEORY
                                                                                                • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                  • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                                                    • SEMESTER VII
                                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                                        • THEORY
                                                                                                        • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                        • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                                                          • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                          • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                                                          • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                            • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                                • THEORY
                                                                                                                • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                • Co New York 1989
                                                                                                                • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                                                                • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                                                  • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                    • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                                        • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                                                            • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                40

                                                                                SEMESTER VII

                                                                                Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                THEORY

                                                                                PCME4404 Production and Operation Management 3 0 0 3Avionics 3 0 0 3Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 0 3Vibrations And Elements of Aeroelasticity 3 0 0 3

                                                                                E2 Elective ndash II 3 0 0 3E3 Elective ndash III 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                                                Aircraft Design Project ndash II 0 0 3 2Aircraft Systems Lab 0 0 3 2Project Work and Seminar 0 0 3 3

                                                                                41

                                                                                SEMESTER VII

                                                                                PCME4404 Production and Operation Management L T P C

                                                                                Objective The course aims at acquainting all engineering graduates irrespective of theirspecializations the basic issues and tools of managing production and operations functionsof an organizationModule I1 Operations Function in an Organization Manufacturing Vrs Service Operations Systemview of Operations Strategic Role of Operations Operations Strategies for CompetitiveAdvantage Operations Quality and Productivity Focus Meeting Global Challenges ofProduction and Operations Imperatives (3 Hours)2 Designing Products Services and Processes New Product Design- Product Life CycleProduct Development Process Process Technology Project Jobshop Batch AssemblyLine Continuous Manufacturing Process Technology Life Cycle Process TechnologyTrends FMS CIM CAD CAM Design for Services Services Process Technology(4 Hours)3 Work Study Methods Study- Techniques of Analysis recording improvement andstandardization Work Measurement Work Measurement Principles using Stopwatch TimeStudy Predetermined Motion Time Standards and Work Sampling Standard TimeEstimation (4 Hours)Module II4 Location and Layout Planning Factor Influencing Plant and Warehouse LocationsImpact of Location on cost and revenues Facility Location Procedure and Models Qualitative Models Breakeven Analysis location Model centroid methodLayout Planning Layout Types Process Layout Product Layout Fixed Position LayoutPlanning block diagramming line balancing computerized layout planning- overviewGroup Technology (4 Hours)5 Forecasting Principles and Method Moving Average weighted Moving AverageExponential Smoothing Winterrsquos Method for Seasonal Demand Forecasting Error(4 Hours)6 Manufacturing Planning and Control The Framework and Components AggregatePlanning Master Production Scheduling Rough-cut-Capacity Planning MaterialRequirements Planning Capacity Requirements Planning (5 Hours)Module III7 Sequencing and Scheduling Single Machine Sequencing Basics and PerformanceEvaluation Criteria Methods for Minimizing Mean Flow Time Parallel Machines Minimization of Makespan Flowshop sequencing 2 and 3 machines cases JohnsonrsquosRule and Jobshop Scheduling Priority dispatching Rules (3 Hours)8 Inventory Control Relevant Costs Basic EOQ Model Model with Quantity discountEconomic Batch Quantity Periodic and Continuous Review Systems Safety Stock ReorderPoint and Order Quantity Calculations ABC Analysis (4 Hours)9 Modern Trends in Manufacturing Just in Time (JIT) System Shop Floor Control ByKanbans Total Quality Management Total Productive Maintenance ISO 9000 QualityCircle Kaizen Poka Yoke Supply Chain Management (4 Hours)Reference Book1 SNChary ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 R Paneerselvam ldquoProduction and Operations Management Prentice Hall of India3 Aswathappa amp Bhatt ndash Production amp Operations Management HPH4 Gaither amp Frazier - Operations Management Cengage Publication5 Russell amp Taylor - Operations Management PHI Publication6 Chase Aquilanno Jacob amp Agarwal - Operations Management TMH Publication7 EE Adam and RJ Ebert ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India

                                                                                42

                                                                                Sub Code AVIONICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of navigation amp communication systems of aircraft

                                                                                Module ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems ndash Integrated Avionicssystem ndash Typical avionics sub systems ndash Design approaches and recent advances -Application Technologies

                                                                                PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS Digital Computers ndash Digital number system- number systems and codes-Fundamentals of logic and combinational logic circuits ndashDigital arithmetic ndash interfacing with analoguesystems

                                                                                Module ndash II (11 hours)Basic of Microprocessors and application Microprocessors ndash Memories- Microprocessors real time application related to aircraft

                                                                                DIGITAL AVIONICS ARCHITECTURE Avionics system architecturendash salient features and applications of Data buses MILndashSTD1553 BndashARINC 429ndashARINC 629

                                                                                Module ndash III (15 hours)

                                                                                FLIGHT DECK AND COCKPITSControl and display technologies CRT LCD - Touch screen - Direct voice input (DVI) - Civil cockpit and military cockpit MFDS HUD MFK HOTAS AVIONICS SYSTEMS Communication Systems - Navigation systems - Flight control systems - Radar electronic warfare - Utility systems Reliability and maintainability - Certification TEXT BOOKS1 Malcrno AP and Leach DP ldquoDigital Principles and Applicationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill19902 Gaonkar RS ldquoMicroprocessors Architecture ndash Programming and Applicationrdquo Wileyand Sons Ltd New Delhi 1990REFERENCES1 Middleton DH Ed ldquoAvionics Systems Longman Scientific and Technicalrdquo LongmanGroup UK Ltd England 19892 Spitzer CR ldquoDigital Avionic Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ USA19873 Brain Kendal ldquoManual of Avionicsrdquo The English Book House 3rd Edition New Delhi19934 Nagaraja ldquoNavigation systemrdquo5 J Powell ldquoAircraft Radio Systemrdquo

                                                                                43

                                                                                Sub Code COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                OBJECTIVETo study the flow of dynamic fluids by computational methods

                                                                                Module-I (10 hours) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows Mathematical properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations - Well posed problems - discretization of partial Differential Equations Explicit finite difference methods of subsonic supersonic and viscous flows

                                                                                Module-II (15 hours)

                                                                                DISCRETIZATION Boundary layer Equations and methods of solution -Implicit time dependent methods forinviscid and viscous compressible flows - Concept of numerical dissipation --Stabilityproperties of explicit and implicit methods - Conservative upwind discretization forHyperbolic systems - Further advantages of upwind differencing GRID GENERATION Structured grids Types and transformations Generation of structured grids Unstructured grids Delany triangulation

                                                                                Module-III (15 hours)

                                                                                FINITE VOLUME TECHNIQUESFinite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping -Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy - Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques ndash Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives Flux ndash splitting schemes Pressure correction solvers ndash SIMPLE PESO Vorticity transport formulation Implicitsemi-implicit schemes

                                                                                TEXT BOOK1 Fletcher CAJ ldquoComputational Techniques for Fluid Dynamicsrdquo Vols I and IISpringer - Verlag Berlin 1988REFERENCES1 John F Wendt (Editor) ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics - An Introductionrdquo Springer ndashVerlag Berlin 19922 Charles Hirsch ldquoNumerical Computation of Internal and External Flowsrdquo Vols I and IIJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 19883 Klaus A Hoffmann and Steve T Chiang ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics forEngineersrdquo Vols I amp II Engineering Education System PO Box 20078 W WichitaKS 67208 - 1078 USA 19934 Anderson JrD ldquoFundamentals of Aerodynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill 2000

                                                                                44

                                                                                AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

                                                                                Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

                                                                                SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

                                                                                Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

                                                                                Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

                                                                                ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

                                                                                45

                                                                                AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                                                                OBJECTIVE

                                                                                To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

                                                                                Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

                                                                                LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                                1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

                                                                                TOTAL 60

                                                                                AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

                                                                                OBJECTIVE

                                                                                To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

                                                                                LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                                1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

                                                                                TOTAL 60

                                                                                46

                                                                                SEMESTER VIII

                                                                                Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                THEORY

                                                                                Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                                                Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

                                                                                47

                                                                                Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

                                                                                OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

                                                                                Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

                                                                                METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

                                                                                Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

                                                                                Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

                                                                                FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

                                                                                REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

                                                                                48

                                                                                Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

                                                                                OBJECTIVE

                                                                                The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

                                                                                PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

                                                                                OBJECTIVE

                                                                                The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

                                                                                The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

                                                                                Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

                                                                                OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

                                                                                LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                                1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

                                                                                composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

                                                                                fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

                                                                                49

                                                                                1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

                                                                                SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

                                                                                Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

                                                                                Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

                                                                                SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

                                                                                Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

                                                                                ELECTIVESndash III

                                                                                Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

                                                                                SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

                                                                                Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

                                                                                ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

                                                                                50

                                                                                Elective Subjects

                                                                                Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

                                                                                BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

                                                                                Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

                                                                                Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

                                                                                TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

                                                                                TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

                                                                                51

                                                                                Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                                                                                OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                                                                                Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                                                                                UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                                                                                52

                                                                                AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                                                                                OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                                                                                Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                                                                                Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                                                                                MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                                                                                Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                                                                                AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                                                                                TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                                                                                53

                                                                                Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                                                                                3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                                                                                Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                                                                                Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                                                                                RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                                                                                Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                                                                                HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                                                                                54

                                                                                Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                                                                                Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                                                                                IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                                                                                Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                                                                                Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                                                                                55

                                                                                Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                                                                                Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                                                                                STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                                                                                Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                                                                                Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                                                                                56

                                                                                Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                Module-I (15hours)

                                                                                FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                                                                                COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                                                                                Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                                                                                Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                                                                                COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                                                                                57

                                                                                Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                                                                                Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                                                                                BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                                                                                Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                                                                                BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                                                                                Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                                                                                58

                                                                                Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                                                                                Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                                                                                Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                                                                                Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                                                                                Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                                                                                TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                                                                                59

                                                                                Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                                                                Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                                                                PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                                                                Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                                                                PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                                                                Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                                                                Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                                                                60

                                                                                Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                                                                EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                                                                Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                                                                Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                                                                SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                                                                61

                                                                                AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                                                                Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                                                                Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                                                                AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                                                                Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                                                                TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                                                                62

                                                                                Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                                                                Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                                                                VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                                                                INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                                                                63

                                                                                Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                                                                Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                                                                MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                                                                Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                                                                PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                                                                Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                                                                64

                                                                                Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                65

                                                                                Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                                                                CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                                                                Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                                                                CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                                                                Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                                                                66

                                                                                • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                  • THEORY
                                                                                  • SEMESTER III
                                                                                  • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                  • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                  • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                  • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                    • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                    • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                          • THEORY
                                                                                          • PRACTICAL
                                                                                          • SEMESTER V
                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                              • THEORY
                                                                                              • PRACTICAL
                                                                                              • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                  • THEORY
                                                                                                  • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                  • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                    • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                                                      • SEMESTER VII
                                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                                          • THEORY
                                                                                                          • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                          • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                                                            • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                            • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                                                            • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                              • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                                  • THEORY
                                                                                                                  • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                  • Co New York 1989
                                                                                                                  • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                                                                  • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                  • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                                                    • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                      • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                                          • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                                                              • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                  SEMESTER VII

                                                                                  Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                  THEORY

                                                                                  PCME4404 Production and Operation Management 3 0 0 3Avionics 3 0 0 3Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 0 3Vibrations And Elements of Aeroelasticity 3 0 0 3

                                                                                  E2 Elective ndash II 3 0 0 3E3 Elective ndash III 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                                                  Aircraft Design Project ndash II 0 0 3 2Aircraft Systems Lab 0 0 3 2Project Work and Seminar 0 0 3 3

                                                                                  41

                                                                                  SEMESTER VII

                                                                                  PCME4404 Production and Operation Management L T P C

                                                                                  Objective The course aims at acquainting all engineering graduates irrespective of theirspecializations the basic issues and tools of managing production and operations functionsof an organizationModule I1 Operations Function in an Organization Manufacturing Vrs Service Operations Systemview of Operations Strategic Role of Operations Operations Strategies for CompetitiveAdvantage Operations Quality and Productivity Focus Meeting Global Challenges ofProduction and Operations Imperatives (3 Hours)2 Designing Products Services and Processes New Product Design- Product Life CycleProduct Development Process Process Technology Project Jobshop Batch AssemblyLine Continuous Manufacturing Process Technology Life Cycle Process TechnologyTrends FMS CIM CAD CAM Design for Services Services Process Technology(4 Hours)3 Work Study Methods Study- Techniques of Analysis recording improvement andstandardization Work Measurement Work Measurement Principles using Stopwatch TimeStudy Predetermined Motion Time Standards and Work Sampling Standard TimeEstimation (4 Hours)Module II4 Location and Layout Planning Factor Influencing Plant and Warehouse LocationsImpact of Location on cost and revenues Facility Location Procedure and Models Qualitative Models Breakeven Analysis location Model centroid methodLayout Planning Layout Types Process Layout Product Layout Fixed Position LayoutPlanning block diagramming line balancing computerized layout planning- overviewGroup Technology (4 Hours)5 Forecasting Principles and Method Moving Average weighted Moving AverageExponential Smoothing Winterrsquos Method for Seasonal Demand Forecasting Error(4 Hours)6 Manufacturing Planning and Control The Framework and Components AggregatePlanning Master Production Scheduling Rough-cut-Capacity Planning MaterialRequirements Planning Capacity Requirements Planning (5 Hours)Module III7 Sequencing and Scheduling Single Machine Sequencing Basics and PerformanceEvaluation Criteria Methods for Minimizing Mean Flow Time Parallel Machines Minimization of Makespan Flowshop sequencing 2 and 3 machines cases JohnsonrsquosRule and Jobshop Scheduling Priority dispatching Rules (3 Hours)8 Inventory Control Relevant Costs Basic EOQ Model Model with Quantity discountEconomic Batch Quantity Periodic and Continuous Review Systems Safety Stock ReorderPoint and Order Quantity Calculations ABC Analysis (4 Hours)9 Modern Trends in Manufacturing Just in Time (JIT) System Shop Floor Control ByKanbans Total Quality Management Total Productive Maintenance ISO 9000 QualityCircle Kaizen Poka Yoke Supply Chain Management (4 Hours)Reference Book1 SNChary ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 R Paneerselvam ldquoProduction and Operations Management Prentice Hall of India3 Aswathappa amp Bhatt ndash Production amp Operations Management HPH4 Gaither amp Frazier - Operations Management Cengage Publication5 Russell amp Taylor - Operations Management PHI Publication6 Chase Aquilanno Jacob amp Agarwal - Operations Management TMH Publication7 EE Adam and RJ Ebert ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India

                                                                                  42

                                                                                  Sub Code AVIONICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                  OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of navigation amp communication systems of aircraft

                                                                                  Module ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems ndash Integrated Avionicssystem ndash Typical avionics sub systems ndash Design approaches and recent advances -Application Technologies

                                                                                  PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS Digital Computers ndash Digital number system- number systems and codes-Fundamentals of logic and combinational logic circuits ndashDigital arithmetic ndash interfacing with analoguesystems

                                                                                  Module ndash II (11 hours)Basic of Microprocessors and application Microprocessors ndash Memories- Microprocessors real time application related to aircraft

                                                                                  DIGITAL AVIONICS ARCHITECTURE Avionics system architecturendash salient features and applications of Data buses MILndashSTD1553 BndashARINC 429ndashARINC 629

                                                                                  Module ndash III (15 hours)

                                                                                  FLIGHT DECK AND COCKPITSControl and display technologies CRT LCD - Touch screen - Direct voice input (DVI) - Civil cockpit and military cockpit MFDS HUD MFK HOTAS AVIONICS SYSTEMS Communication Systems - Navigation systems - Flight control systems - Radar electronic warfare - Utility systems Reliability and maintainability - Certification TEXT BOOKS1 Malcrno AP and Leach DP ldquoDigital Principles and Applicationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill19902 Gaonkar RS ldquoMicroprocessors Architecture ndash Programming and Applicationrdquo Wileyand Sons Ltd New Delhi 1990REFERENCES1 Middleton DH Ed ldquoAvionics Systems Longman Scientific and Technicalrdquo LongmanGroup UK Ltd England 19892 Spitzer CR ldquoDigital Avionic Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ USA19873 Brain Kendal ldquoManual of Avionicsrdquo The English Book House 3rd Edition New Delhi19934 Nagaraja ldquoNavigation systemrdquo5 J Powell ldquoAircraft Radio Systemrdquo

                                                                                  43

                                                                                  Sub Code COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                  OBJECTIVETo study the flow of dynamic fluids by computational methods

                                                                                  Module-I (10 hours) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows Mathematical properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations - Well posed problems - discretization of partial Differential Equations Explicit finite difference methods of subsonic supersonic and viscous flows

                                                                                  Module-II (15 hours)

                                                                                  DISCRETIZATION Boundary layer Equations and methods of solution -Implicit time dependent methods forinviscid and viscous compressible flows - Concept of numerical dissipation --Stabilityproperties of explicit and implicit methods - Conservative upwind discretization forHyperbolic systems - Further advantages of upwind differencing GRID GENERATION Structured grids Types and transformations Generation of structured grids Unstructured grids Delany triangulation

                                                                                  Module-III (15 hours)

                                                                                  FINITE VOLUME TECHNIQUESFinite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping -Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy - Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques ndash Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives Flux ndash splitting schemes Pressure correction solvers ndash SIMPLE PESO Vorticity transport formulation Implicitsemi-implicit schemes

                                                                                  TEXT BOOK1 Fletcher CAJ ldquoComputational Techniques for Fluid Dynamicsrdquo Vols I and IISpringer - Verlag Berlin 1988REFERENCES1 John F Wendt (Editor) ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics - An Introductionrdquo Springer ndashVerlag Berlin 19922 Charles Hirsch ldquoNumerical Computation of Internal and External Flowsrdquo Vols I and IIJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 19883 Klaus A Hoffmann and Steve T Chiang ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics forEngineersrdquo Vols I amp II Engineering Education System PO Box 20078 W WichitaKS 67208 - 1078 USA 19934 Anderson JrD ldquoFundamentals of Aerodynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill 2000

                                                                                  44

                                                                                  AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                  OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

                                                                                  Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

                                                                                  SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

                                                                                  Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

                                                                                  Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

                                                                                  ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

                                                                                  45

                                                                                  AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                                                                  OBJECTIVE

                                                                                  To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

                                                                                  Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

                                                                                  LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                                  1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

                                                                                  TOTAL 60

                                                                                  AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

                                                                                  OBJECTIVE

                                                                                  To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

                                                                                  LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                                  1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

                                                                                  TOTAL 60

                                                                                  46

                                                                                  SEMESTER VIII

                                                                                  Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                  THEORY

                                                                                  Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                                                  Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

                                                                                  47

                                                                                  Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

                                                                                  OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

                                                                                  Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

                                                                                  METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

                                                                                  Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

                                                                                  Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

                                                                                  FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

                                                                                  REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

                                                                                  48

                                                                                  Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

                                                                                  OBJECTIVE

                                                                                  The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

                                                                                  PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

                                                                                  OBJECTIVE

                                                                                  The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

                                                                                  The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

                                                                                  Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

                                                                                  OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

                                                                                  LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                                  1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

                                                                                  composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

                                                                                  fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

                                                                                  49

                                                                                  1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

                                                                                  SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

                                                                                  Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                  Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

                                                                                  Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

                                                                                  SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

                                                                                  Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                  Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

                                                                                  ELECTIVESndash III

                                                                                  Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                  Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

                                                                                  SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

                                                                                  Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                  Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

                                                                                  ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                  Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

                                                                                  50

                                                                                  Elective Subjects

                                                                                  Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                  OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

                                                                                  BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

                                                                                  Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

                                                                                  Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

                                                                                  TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

                                                                                  TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

                                                                                  51

                                                                                  Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                                                                                  OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                                                                                  Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                                                                                  UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                                                                                  52

                                                                                  AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                                                                                  OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                                                                                  Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                                                                                  Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                                                                                  MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                                                                                  Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                                                                                  AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                                                                                  TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                                                                                  53

                                                                                  Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                                                                                  3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                                                                                  Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                                                                                  Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                                                                                  RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                                                                                  Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                                                                                  HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                                                                                  54

                                                                                  Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                  OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                                                                                  Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                                                                                  IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                                                                                  Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                                                                                  Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                                                                                  55

                                                                                  Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                  OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                                                                                  Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                                                                                  STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                                                                                  Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                                                                                  Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                                                                                  56

                                                                                  Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                  Module-I (15hours)

                                                                                  FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                                                                                  COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                                                                                  Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                                                                                  Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                                                                                  COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                                                                                  57

                                                                                  Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                  OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                                                                                  Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                                                                                  BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                                                                                  Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                                                                                  BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                                                                                  Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                                                                                  58

                                                                                  Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                  OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                                                                                  Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                                                                                  Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                                                                                  Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                                                                                  Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                                                                                  TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                                                                                  59

                                                                                  Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                  OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                                                                  Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                                                                  PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                                                                  Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                                                                  PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                                                                  Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                                                                  Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                                                                  60

                                                                                  Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                  Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                                                                  EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                                                                  Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                                                                  Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                                                                  SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                                                                  61

                                                                                  AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                  OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                                                                  Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                                                                  Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                                                                  AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                                                                  Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                                                                  TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                                                                  62

                                                                                  Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                  OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                                                                  Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                                                                  VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                                                                  INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                                                                  63

                                                                                  Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                  OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                                                                  Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                                                                  MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                                                                  Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                                                                  PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                                                                  Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                                                                  64

                                                                                  Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                  OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                  65

                                                                                  Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                  Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                                                                  CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                                                                  Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                                                                  CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                                                                  Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                                                                  66

                                                                                  • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                    • THEORY
                                                                                    • SEMESTER III
                                                                                    • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                    • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                    • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                    • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                      • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                      • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                            • THEORY
                                                                                            • PRACTICAL
                                                                                            • SEMESTER V
                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                • THEORY
                                                                                                • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                    • THEORY
                                                                                                    • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                    • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                      • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                                                        • SEMESTER VII
                                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                                            • THEORY
                                                                                                            • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                            • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                                                              • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                              • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                                                              • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                                    • THEORY
                                                                                                                    • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                    • Co New York 1989
                                                                                                                    • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                                                                    • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                    • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                                                      • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                        • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                                            • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                                                • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                    SEMESTER VII

                                                                                    PCME4404 Production and Operation Management L T P C

                                                                                    Objective The course aims at acquainting all engineering graduates irrespective of theirspecializations the basic issues and tools of managing production and operations functionsof an organizationModule I1 Operations Function in an Organization Manufacturing Vrs Service Operations Systemview of Operations Strategic Role of Operations Operations Strategies for CompetitiveAdvantage Operations Quality and Productivity Focus Meeting Global Challenges ofProduction and Operations Imperatives (3 Hours)2 Designing Products Services and Processes New Product Design- Product Life CycleProduct Development Process Process Technology Project Jobshop Batch AssemblyLine Continuous Manufacturing Process Technology Life Cycle Process TechnologyTrends FMS CIM CAD CAM Design for Services Services Process Technology(4 Hours)3 Work Study Methods Study- Techniques of Analysis recording improvement andstandardization Work Measurement Work Measurement Principles using Stopwatch TimeStudy Predetermined Motion Time Standards and Work Sampling Standard TimeEstimation (4 Hours)Module II4 Location and Layout Planning Factor Influencing Plant and Warehouse LocationsImpact of Location on cost and revenues Facility Location Procedure and Models Qualitative Models Breakeven Analysis location Model centroid methodLayout Planning Layout Types Process Layout Product Layout Fixed Position LayoutPlanning block diagramming line balancing computerized layout planning- overviewGroup Technology (4 Hours)5 Forecasting Principles and Method Moving Average weighted Moving AverageExponential Smoothing Winterrsquos Method for Seasonal Demand Forecasting Error(4 Hours)6 Manufacturing Planning and Control The Framework and Components AggregatePlanning Master Production Scheduling Rough-cut-Capacity Planning MaterialRequirements Planning Capacity Requirements Planning (5 Hours)Module III7 Sequencing and Scheduling Single Machine Sequencing Basics and PerformanceEvaluation Criteria Methods for Minimizing Mean Flow Time Parallel Machines Minimization of Makespan Flowshop sequencing 2 and 3 machines cases JohnsonrsquosRule and Jobshop Scheduling Priority dispatching Rules (3 Hours)8 Inventory Control Relevant Costs Basic EOQ Model Model with Quantity discountEconomic Batch Quantity Periodic and Continuous Review Systems Safety Stock ReorderPoint and Order Quantity Calculations ABC Analysis (4 Hours)9 Modern Trends in Manufacturing Just in Time (JIT) System Shop Floor Control ByKanbans Total Quality Management Total Productive Maintenance ISO 9000 QualityCircle Kaizen Poka Yoke Supply Chain Management (4 Hours)Reference Book1 SNChary ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 R Paneerselvam ldquoProduction and Operations Management Prentice Hall of India3 Aswathappa amp Bhatt ndash Production amp Operations Management HPH4 Gaither amp Frazier - Operations Management Cengage Publication5 Russell amp Taylor - Operations Management PHI Publication6 Chase Aquilanno Jacob amp Agarwal - Operations Management TMH Publication7 EE Adam and RJ Ebert ldquoProduction and Operations Managementrdquo Prentice Hall of India

                                                                                    42

                                                                                    Sub Code AVIONICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                    OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of navigation amp communication systems of aircraft

                                                                                    Module ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems ndash Integrated Avionicssystem ndash Typical avionics sub systems ndash Design approaches and recent advances -Application Technologies

                                                                                    PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS Digital Computers ndash Digital number system- number systems and codes-Fundamentals of logic and combinational logic circuits ndashDigital arithmetic ndash interfacing with analoguesystems

                                                                                    Module ndash II (11 hours)Basic of Microprocessors and application Microprocessors ndash Memories- Microprocessors real time application related to aircraft

                                                                                    DIGITAL AVIONICS ARCHITECTURE Avionics system architecturendash salient features and applications of Data buses MILndashSTD1553 BndashARINC 429ndashARINC 629

                                                                                    Module ndash III (15 hours)

                                                                                    FLIGHT DECK AND COCKPITSControl and display technologies CRT LCD - Touch screen - Direct voice input (DVI) - Civil cockpit and military cockpit MFDS HUD MFK HOTAS AVIONICS SYSTEMS Communication Systems - Navigation systems - Flight control systems - Radar electronic warfare - Utility systems Reliability and maintainability - Certification TEXT BOOKS1 Malcrno AP and Leach DP ldquoDigital Principles and Applicationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill19902 Gaonkar RS ldquoMicroprocessors Architecture ndash Programming and Applicationrdquo Wileyand Sons Ltd New Delhi 1990REFERENCES1 Middleton DH Ed ldquoAvionics Systems Longman Scientific and Technicalrdquo LongmanGroup UK Ltd England 19892 Spitzer CR ldquoDigital Avionic Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ USA19873 Brain Kendal ldquoManual of Avionicsrdquo The English Book House 3rd Edition New Delhi19934 Nagaraja ldquoNavigation systemrdquo5 J Powell ldquoAircraft Radio Systemrdquo

                                                                                    43

                                                                                    Sub Code COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                    OBJECTIVETo study the flow of dynamic fluids by computational methods

                                                                                    Module-I (10 hours) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows Mathematical properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations - Well posed problems - discretization of partial Differential Equations Explicit finite difference methods of subsonic supersonic and viscous flows

                                                                                    Module-II (15 hours)

                                                                                    DISCRETIZATION Boundary layer Equations and methods of solution -Implicit time dependent methods forinviscid and viscous compressible flows - Concept of numerical dissipation --Stabilityproperties of explicit and implicit methods - Conservative upwind discretization forHyperbolic systems - Further advantages of upwind differencing GRID GENERATION Structured grids Types and transformations Generation of structured grids Unstructured grids Delany triangulation

                                                                                    Module-III (15 hours)

                                                                                    FINITE VOLUME TECHNIQUESFinite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping -Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy - Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques ndash Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives Flux ndash splitting schemes Pressure correction solvers ndash SIMPLE PESO Vorticity transport formulation Implicitsemi-implicit schemes

                                                                                    TEXT BOOK1 Fletcher CAJ ldquoComputational Techniques for Fluid Dynamicsrdquo Vols I and IISpringer - Verlag Berlin 1988REFERENCES1 John F Wendt (Editor) ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics - An Introductionrdquo Springer ndashVerlag Berlin 19922 Charles Hirsch ldquoNumerical Computation of Internal and External Flowsrdquo Vols I and IIJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 19883 Klaus A Hoffmann and Steve T Chiang ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics forEngineersrdquo Vols I amp II Engineering Education System PO Box 20078 W WichitaKS 67208 - 1078 USA 19934 Anderson JrD ldquoFundamentals of Aerodynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill 2000

                                                                                    44

                                                                                    AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                    OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

                                                                                    Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

                                                                                    SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

                                                                                    Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

                                                                                    Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

                                                                                    ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

                                                                                    45

                                                                                    AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                                                                    OBJECTIVE

                                                                                    To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

                                                                                    Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

                                                                                    LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                                    1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

                                                                                    TOTAL 60

                                                                                    AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

                                                                                    OBJECTIVE

                                                                                    To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

                                                                                    LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                                    1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

                                                                                    TOTAL 60

                                                                                    46

                                                                                    SEMESTER VIII

                                                                                    Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                    THEORY

                                                                                    Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                                                    Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

                                                                                    47

                                                                                    Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

                                                                                    OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

                                                                                    Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

                                                                                    METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

                                                                                    Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

                                                                                    Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

                                                                                    FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

                                                                                    REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

                                                                                    48

                                                                                    Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

                                                                                    OBJECTIVE

                                                                                    The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

                                                                                    PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

                                                                                    OBJECTIVE

                                                                                    The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

                                                                                    The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

                                                                                    Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

                                                                                    OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

                                                                                    LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                                    1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

                                                                                    composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

                                                                                    fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

                                                                                    49

                                                                                    1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

                                                                                    SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

                                                                                    Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                    Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

                                                                                    Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

                                                                                    SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

                                                                                    Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                    Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

                                                                                    ELECTIVESndash III

                                                                                    Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                    Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

                                                                                    SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

                                                                                    Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                    Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

                                                                                    ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                    Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

                                                                                    50

                                                                                    Elective Subjects

                                                                                    Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                    OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

                                                                                    BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

                                                                                    Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

                                                                                    Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

                                                                                    TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

                                                                                    TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

                                                                                    51

                                                                                    Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                                                                                    OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                                                                                    Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                                                                                    UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                                                                                    52

                                                                                    AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                                                                                    OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                                                                                    Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                                                                                    Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                                                                                    MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                                                                                    Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                                                                                    AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                                                                                    TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                                                                                    53

                                                                                    Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                                                                                    3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                                                                                    Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                                                                                    Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                                                                                    RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                                                                                    Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                                                                                    HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                                                                                    54

                                                                                    Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                    OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                                                                                    Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                                                                                    IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                                                                                    Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                                                                                    Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                                                                                    55

                                                                                    Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                    OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                                                                                    Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                                                                                    STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                                                                                    Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                                                                                    Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                                                                                    56

                                                                                    Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                    Module-I (15hours)

                                                                                    FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                                                                                    COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                                                                                    Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                                                                                    Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                                                                                    COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                                                                                    57

                                                                                    Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                    OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                                                                                    Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                                                                                    BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                                                                                    Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                                                                                    BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                                                                                    Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                                                                                    58

                                                                                    Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                    OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                                                                                    Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                                                                                    Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                                                                                    Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                                                                                    Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                                                                                    TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                                                                                    59

                                                                                    Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                    OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                                                                    Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                                                                    PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                                                                    Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                                                                    PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                                                                    Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                                                                    Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                                                                    60

                                                                                    Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                    Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                                                                    EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                                                                    Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                                                                    Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                                                                    SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                                                                    61

                                                                                    AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                    OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                                                                    Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                                                                    Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                                                                    AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                                                                    Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                                                                    TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                                                                    62

                                                                                    Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                    OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                                                                    Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                                                                    VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                                                                    INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                                                                    63

                                                                                    Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                    OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                                                                    Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                                                                    MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                                                                    Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                                                                    PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                                                                    Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                                                                    64

                                                                                    Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                    OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                    65

                                                                                    Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                    Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                                                                    CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                                                                    Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                                                                    CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                                                                    Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                                                                    66

                                                                                    • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                      • THEORY
                                                                                      • SEMESTER III
                                                                                      • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                      • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                      • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                      • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                        • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                        • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                              • THEORY
                                                                                              • PRACTICAL
                                                                                              • SEMESTER V
                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                  • THEORY
                                                                                                  • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                  • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                      • THEORY
                                                                                                      • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                      • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                        • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                                                          • SEMESTER VII
                                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                                              • THEORY
                                                                                                              • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                              • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                                                                • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                                                                • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                  • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                                      • THEORY
                                                                                                                      • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                      • Co New York 1989
                                                                                                                      • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                                                                      • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                      • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                                                        • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                          • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                                              • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                                                  • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                      Sub Code AVIONICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                      OBJECTIVETo introduce the basic concepts of navigation amp communication systems of aircraft

                                                                                      Module ndash I (14 hours)INTRODUCTION TO AVIONICS Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems ndash Integrated Avionicssystem ndash Typical avionics sub systems ndash Design approaches and recent advances -Application Technologies

                                                                                      PRINCIPLES OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS Digital Computers ndash Digital number system- number systems and codes-Fundamentals of logic and combinational logic circuits ndashDigital arithmetic ndash interfacing with analoguesystems

                                                                                      Module ndash II (11 hours)Basic of Microprocessors and application Microprocessors ndash Memories- Microprocessors real time application related to aircraft

                                                                                      DIGITAL AVIONICS ARCHITECTURE Avionics system architecturendash salient features and applications of Data buses MILndashSTD1553 BndashARINC 429ndashARINC 629

                                                                                      Module ndash III (15 hours)

                                                                                      FLIGHT DECK AND COCKPITSControl and display technologies CRT LCD - Touch screen - Direct voice input (DVI) - Civil cockpit and military cockpit MFDS HUD MFK HOTAS AVIONICS SYSTEMS Communication Systems - Navigation systems - Flight control systems - Radar electronic warfare - Utility systems Reliability and maintainability - Certification TEXT BOOKS1 Malcrno AP and Leach DP ldquoDigital Principles and Applicationrdquo Tata McGraw-Hill19902 Gaonkar RS ldquoMicroprocessors Architecture ndash Programming and Applicationrdquo Wileyand Sons Ltd New Delhi 1990REFERENCES1 Middleton DH Ed ldquoAvionics Systems Longman Scientific and Technicalrdquo LongmanGroup UK Ltd England 19892 Spitzer CR ldquoDigital Avionic Systemsrdquo Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ USA19873 Brain Kendal ldquoManual of Avionicsrdquo The English Book House 3rd Edition New Delhi19934 Nagaraja ldquoNavigation systemrdquo5 J Powell ldquoAircraft Radio Systemrdquo

                                                                                      43

                                                                                      Sub Code COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                      OBJECTIVETo study the flow of dynamic fluids by computational methods

                                                                                      Module-I (10 hours) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows Mathematical properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations - Well posed problems - discretization of partial Differential Equations Explicit finite difference methods of subsonic supersonic and viscous flows

                                                                                      Module-II (15 hours)

                                                                                      DISCRETIZATION Boundary layer Equations and methods of solution -Implicit time dependent methods forinviscid and viscous compressible flows - Concept of numerical dissipation --Stabilityproperties of explicit and implicit methods - Conservative upwind discretization forHyperbolic systems - Further advantages of upwind differencing GRID GENERATION Structured grids Types and transformations Generation of structured grids Unstructured grids Delany triangulation

                                                                                      Module-III (15 hours)

                                                                                      FINITE VOLUME TECHNIQUESFinite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping -Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy - Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques ndash Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives Flux ndash splitting schemes Pressure correction solvers ndash SIMPLE PESO Vorticity transport formulation Implicitsemi-implicit schemes

                                                                                      TEXT BOOK1 Fletcher CAJ ldquoComputational Techniques for Fluid Dynamicsrdquo Vols I and IISpringer - Verlag Berlin 1988REFERENCES1 John F Wendt (Editor) ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics - An Introductionrdquo Springer ndashVerlag Berlin 19922 Charles Hirsch ldquoNumerical Computation of Internal and External Flowsrdquo Vols I and IIJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 19883 Klaus A Hoffmann and Steve T Chiang ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics forEngineersrdquo Vols I amp II Engineering Education System PO Box 20078 W WichitaKS 67208 - 1078 USA 19934 Anderson JrD ldquoFundamentals of Aerodynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill 2000

                                                                                      44

                                                                                      AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                      OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

                                                                                      Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

                                                                                      SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

                                                                                      Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

                                                                                      Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

                                                                                      ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

                                                                                      45

                                                                                      AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                                                                      OBJECTIVE

                                                                                      To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

                                                                                      Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

                                                                                      LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                                      1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

                                                                                      TOTAL 60

                                                                                      AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

                                                                                      OBJECTIVE

                                                                                      To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

                                                                                      LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                                      1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

                                                                                      TOTAL 60

                                                                                      46

                                                                                      SEMESTER VIII

                                                                                      Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                      THEORY

                                                                                      Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                                                      Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

                                                                                      47

                                                                                      Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

                                                                                      OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

                                                                                      Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

                                                                                      METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

                                                                                      Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

                                                                                      Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

                                                                                      FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

                                                                                      REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

                                                                                      48

                                                                                      Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

                                                                                      OBJECTIVE

                                                                                      The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

                                                                                      PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

                                                                                      OBJECTIVE

                                                                                      The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

                                                                                      The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

                                                                                      Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

                                                                                      OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

                                                                                      LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                                      1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

                                                                                      composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

                                                                                      fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

                                                                                      49

                                                                                      1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

                                                                                      SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

                                                                                      Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                      Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

                                                                                      Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

                                                                                      SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

                                                                                      Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                      Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

                                                                                      ELECTIVESndash III

                                                                                      Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                      Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

                                                                                      SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

                                                                                      Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                      Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

                                                                                      ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                      Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

                                                                                      50

                                                                                      Elective Subjects

                                                                                      Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                      OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

                                                                                      BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

                                                                                      Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

                                                                                      Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

                                                                                      TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

                                                                                      TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

                                                                                      51

                                                                                      Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                                                                                      OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                                                                                      Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                                                                                      UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                                                                                      52

                                                                                      AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                                                                                      OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                                                                                      Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                                                                                      Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                                                                                      MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                                                                                      Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                                                                                      AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                                                                                      TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                                                                                      53

                                                                                      Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                                                                                      3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                                                                                      Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                                                                                      Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                                                                                      RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                                                                                      Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                                                                                      HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                                                                                      54

                                                                                      Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                      OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                                                                                      Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                                                                                      IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                                                                                      Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                                                                                      Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                                                                                      55

                                                                                      Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                      OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                                                                                      Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                                                                                      STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                                                                                      Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                                                                                      Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                                                                                      56

                                                                                      Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                      Module-I (15hours)

                                                                                      FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                                                                                      COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                                                                                      Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                                                                                      Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                                                                                      COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                                                                                      57

                                                                                      Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                      OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                                                                                      Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                                                                                      BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                                                                                      Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                                                                                      BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                                                                                      Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                                                                                      58

                                                                                      Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                      OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                                                                                      Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                                                                                      Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                                                                                      Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                                                                                      Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                                                                                      TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                                                                                      59

                                                                                      Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                      OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                                                                      Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                                                                      PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                                                                      Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                                                                      PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                                                                      Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                                                                      Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                                                                      60

                                                                                      Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                      Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                                                                      EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                                                                      Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                                                                      Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                                                                      SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                                                                      61

                                                                                      AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                      OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                                                                      Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                                                                      Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                                                                      AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                                                                      Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                                                                      TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                                                                      62

                                                                                      Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                      OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                                                                      Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                                                                      VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                                                                      INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                                                                      63

                                                                                      Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                      OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                                                                      Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                                                                      MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                                                                      Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                                                                      PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                                                                      Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                                                                      64

                                                                                      Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                      OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                      65

                                                                                      Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                      Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                                                                      CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                                                                      Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                                                                      CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                                                                      Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                                                                      66

                                                                                      • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                        • THEORY
                                                                                        • SEMESTER III
                                                                                        • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                        • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                        • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                        • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                          • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                          • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                • THEORY
                                                                                                • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                • SEMESTER V
                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                    • THEORY
                                                                                                    • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                    • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                                        • THEORY
                                                                                                        • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                        • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                          • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                                                            • SEMESTER VII
                                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                                • THEORY
                                                                                                                • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                                                                  • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                  • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                                                                  • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                    • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                                                        • THEORY
                                                                                                                        • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                        • Co New York 1989
                                                                                                                        • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                                                                        • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                        • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                                                          • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                            • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                                                • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                                                    • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                        Sub Code COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                        OBJECTIVETo study the flow of dynamic fluids by computational methods

                                                                                        Module-I (10 hours) FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS Introduction - Basic Equations of Fluid Dynamics - Incompressible In viscid Flows Mathematical properties of Fluid Dynamics Equations -_ Elliptic Parabolic and Hyperbolic equations - Well posed problems - discretization of partial Differential Equations Explicit finite difference methods of subsonic supersonic and viscous flows

                                                                                        Module-II (15 hours)

                                                                                        DISCRETIZATION Boundary layer Equations and methods of solution -Implicit time dependent methods forinviscid and viscous compressible flows - Concept of numerical dissipation --Stabilityproperties of explicit and implicit methods - Conservative upwind discretization forHyperbolic systems - Further advantages of upwind differencing GRID GENERATION Structured grids Types and transformations Generation of structured grids Unstructured grids Delany triangulation

                                                                                        Module-III (15 hours)

                                                                                        FINITE VOLUME TECHNIQUESFinite Volume Techniques - Cell Centered Formulation - Lax - Vendoroff Time Stepping -Runge - Kutta Time Stepping - Multi - stage Time Stepping - Accuracy - Cell Vertex Formulation - Multistage Time Stepping - FDM -like Finite Volume Techniques ndash Central and Up-wind Type Discretizations - Treatment of Derivatives Flux ndash splitting schemes Pressure correction solvers ndash SIMPLE PESO Vorticity transport formulation Implicitsemi-implicit schemes

                                                                                        TEXT BOOK1 Fletcher CAJ ldquoComputational Techniques for Fluid Dynamicsrdquo Vols I and IISpringer - Verlag Berlin 1988REFERENCES1 John F Wendt (Editor) ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics - An Introductionrdquo Springer ndashVerlag Berlin 19922 Charles Hirsch ldquoNumerical Computation of Internal and External Flowsrdquo Vols I and IIJohn Wiley amp Sons New York 19883 Klaus A Hoffmann and Steve T Chiang ldquoComputational Fluid Dynamics forEngineersrdquo Vols I amp II Engineering Education System PO Box 20078 W WichitaKS 67208 - 1078 USA 19934 Anderson JrD ldquoFundamentals of Aerodynamicsrdquo McGraw-Hill 2000

                                                                                        44

                                                                                        AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                        OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

                                                                                        Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

                                                                                        SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

                                                                                        Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

                                                                                        Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

                                                                                        ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

                                                                                        45

                                                                                        AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                                                                        OBJECTIVE

                                                                                        To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

                                                                                        Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

                                                                                        LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                                        1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

                                                                                        TOTAL 60

                                                                                        AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

                                                                                        OBJECTIVE

                                                                                        To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

                                                                                        LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                                        1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

                                                                                        TOTAL 60

                                                                                        46

                                                                                        SEMESTER VIII

                                                                                        Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                        THEORY

                                                                                        Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                                                        Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

                                                                                        47

                                                                                        Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

                                                                                        OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

                                                                                        Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

                                                                                        METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

                                                                                        Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

                                                                                        Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

                                                                                        FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

                                                                                        REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

                                                                                        48

                                                                                        Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

                                                                                        OBJECTIVE

                                                                                        The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

                                                                                        PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

                                                                                        OBJECTIVE

                                                                                        The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

                                                                                        The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

                                                                                        Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

                                                                                        OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

                                                                                        LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                                        1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

                                                                                        composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

                                                                                        fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

                                                                                        49

                                                                                        1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

                                                                                        SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

                                                                                        Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                        Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

                                                                                        Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

                                                                                        SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

                                                                                        Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                        Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

                                                                                        ELECTIVESndash III

                                                                                        Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                        Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

                                                                                        SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

                                                                                        Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                        Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

                                                                                        ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                        Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

                                                                                        50

                                                                                        Elective Subjects

                                                                                        Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                        OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

                                                                                        BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

                                                                                        Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

                                                                                        Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

                                                                                        TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

                                                                                        TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

                                                                                        51

                                                                                        Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                                                                                        OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                                                                                        Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                                                                                        UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                                                                                        52

                                                                                        AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                                                                                        OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                                                                                        Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                                                                                        Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                                                                                        MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                                                                                        Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                                                                                        AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                                                                                        TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                                                                                        53

                                                                                        Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                                                                                        3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                                                                                        Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                                                                                        Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                                                                                        RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                                                                                        Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                                                                                        HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                                                                                        54

                                                                                        Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                        OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                                                                                        Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                                                                                        IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                                                                                        Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                                                                                        Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                                                                                        55

                                                                                        Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                        OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                                                                                        Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                                                                                        STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                                                                                        Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                                                                                        Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                                                                                        56

                                                                                        Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                        Module-I (15hours)

                                                                                        FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                                                                                        COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                                                                                        Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                                                                                        Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                                                                                        COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                                                                                        57

                                                                                        Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                        OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                                                                                        Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                                                                                        BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                                                                                        Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                                                                                        BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                                                                                        Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                                                                                        58

                                                                                        Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                        OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                                                                                        Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                                                                                        Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                                                                                        Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                                                                                        Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                                                                                        TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                                                                                        59

                                                                                        Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                        OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                                                                        Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                                                                        PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                                                                        Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                                                                        PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                                                                        Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                                                                        Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                                                                        60

                                                                                        Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                        Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                                                                        EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                                                                        Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                                                                        Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                                                                        SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                                                                        61

                                                                                        AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                        OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                                                                        Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                                                                        Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                                                                        AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                                                                        Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                                                                        TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                                                                        62

                                                                                        Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                        OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                                                                        Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                                                                        VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                                                                        INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                                                                        63

                                                                                        Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                        OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                                                                        Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                                                                        MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                                                                        Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                                                                        PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                                                                        Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                                                                        64

                                                                                        Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                        OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                        65

                                                                                        Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                        Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                                                                        CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                                                                        Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                                                                        CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                                                                        Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                                                                        66

                                                                                        • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                          • THEORY
                                                                                          • SEMESTER III
                                                                                          • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                          • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                          • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                          • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                            • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                            • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                  • THEORY
                                                                                                  • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                  • SEMESTER V
                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                      • THEORY
                                                                                                      • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                      • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                                          • THEORY
                                                                                                          • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                          • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                            • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                                                              • SEMESTER VII
                                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                                  • THEORY
                                                                                                                  • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                  • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                                                                    • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                    • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                                                                    • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                      • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                                                          • THEORY
                                                                                                                          • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                          • Co New York 1989
                                                                                                                          • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                                                                          • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                          • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                                                            • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                              • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                                                  • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                                                      • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                          AE2403 VIBRATIONS AND ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                          OBJECTIVETo study the dynamic behaviour of different aircraft components and the interactionamong the aerodynamic elastic and inertia forces

                                                                                          Module-I (15 hours)BASIC NOTIONSSimple harmonic motion ndash Terminologies ndash Newtonrsquos Law ndash Drsquo Alembertrsquos principle ndashEnergy Methods

                                                                                          SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Free vibrations ndash Damped vibrations ndash Forced Vibrations with and without damping ndashsupport excitation ndash Vibration measuring instruments

                                                                                          Module-II (11hours)MULTI DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS Two degrees of freedom systems ndash Static and Dynamic couplings vibration absorber-Principal co- ordinates Principal modes and orthogonal condition ndash Eigen value problemsHamiltonrsquos principle- Lagrangean equation and application ndash Vibration of elastic bodies- Vibration of strings- Longitudinal Lateral and Torsional vibrations

                                                                                          Module-I (14hours)APPROXIMATE METHODSRayleighrsquos and Holzer Methods to find natural frequencies

                                                                                          ELEMENTS OF AEROELASTICITY Concepts ndash Coupling ndash Aero elastic instabilities and their prevention ndash Basic ideas on wing divergence loss and reversal of aileron control ndash Flutter and its prevention TEXT BOOKS1 Timoshenko S ldquoVibration Problems in Engineeringrdquondash John Wiley and Sons NewYork 19932 Fung YC ldquoAn Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticityrdquo ndash John Wiley amp SonsNew York 1995REFERENCES1 Bisplinghoff RL Ashley H and Hoffman RL ldquoAeroelasticityrdquo ndash Addision WesleyPublication New York 19832 Tse FS Morse IF Hinkle RT ldquoMechanical Vibrationsrdquo ndash Prentice Hall NewYork 19843 Scanlan RH amp Rosenbaum R ldquoIntroduction to the study of Aircraft Vibration ampFlutterrdquo John Wiley and Sons New York 19821 Tongue B H ldquoPrinciples of Vibrationrdquo Oxford University Press 2000

                                                                                          45

                                                                                          AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                                                                          OBJECTIVE

                                                                                          To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

                                                                                          Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

                                                                                          LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                                          1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

                                                                                          TOTAL 60

                                                                                          AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

                                                                                          OBJECTIVE

                                                                                          To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

                                                                                          LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                                          1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

                                                                                          TOTAL 60

                                                                                          46

                                                                                          SEMESTER VIII

                                                                                          Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                          THEORY

                                                                                          Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                                                          Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

                                                                                          47

                                                                                          Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

                                                                                          OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

                                                                                          Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

                                                                                          METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

                                                                                          Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

                                                                                          Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

                                                                                          FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

                                                                                          REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

                                                                                          48

                                                                                          Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

                                                                                          OBJECTIVE

                                                                                          The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

                                                                                          PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

                                                                                          OBJECTIVE

                                                                                          The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

                                                                                          The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

                                                                                          Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

                                                                                          OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

                                                                                          LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                                          1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

                                                                                          composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

                                                                                          fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

                                                                                          49

                                                                                          1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

                                                                                          SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

                                                                                          Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                          Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

                                                                                          Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

                                                                                          SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

                                                                                          Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                          Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

                                                                                          ELECTIVESndash III

                                                                                          Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                          Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

                                                                                          SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

                                                                                          Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                          Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

                                                                                          ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                          Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

                                                                                          50

                                                                                          Elective Subjects

                                                                                          Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                          OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

                                                                                          BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

                                                                                          Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

                                                                                          Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

                                                                                          TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

                                                                                          TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

                                                                                          51

                                                                                          Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                                                                                          OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                                                                                          Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                                                                                          UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                                                                                          52

                                                                                          AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                                                                                          OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                                                                                          Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                                                                                          Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                                                                                          MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                                                                                          Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                                                                                          AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                                                                                          TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                                                                                          53

                                                                                          Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                                                                                          3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                                                                                          Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                                                                                          Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                                                                                          RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                                                                                          Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                                                                                          HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                                                                                          54

                                                                                          Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                          OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                                                                                          Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                                                                                          IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                                                                                          Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                                                                                          Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                                                                                          55

                                                                                          Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                          OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                                                                                          Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                                                                                          STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                                                                                          Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                                                                                          Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                                                                                          56

                                                                                          Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                          Module-I (15hours)

                                                                                          FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                                                                                          COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                                                                                          Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                                                                                          Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                                                                                          COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                                                                                          57

                                                                                          Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                          OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                                                                                          Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                                                                                          BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                                                                                          Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                                                                                          BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                                                                                          Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                                                                                          58

                                                                                          Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                          OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                                                                                          Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                                                                                          Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                                                                                          Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                                                                                          Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                                                                                          TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                                                                                          59

                                                                                          Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                          OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                                                                          Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                                                                          PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                                                                          Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                                                                          PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                                                                          Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                                                                          Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                                                                          60

                                                                                          Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                          Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                                                                          EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                                                                          Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                                                                          Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                                                                          SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                                                                          61

                                                                                          AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                          OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                                                                          Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                                                                          Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                                                                          AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                                                                          Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                                                                          TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                                                                          62

                                                                                          Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                          OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                                                                          Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                                                                          VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                                                                          INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                                                                          63

                                                                                          Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                          OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                                                                          Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                                                                          MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                                                                          Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                                                                          PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                                                                          Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                                                                          64

                                                                                          Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                          OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                          65

                                                                                          Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                          Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                                                                          CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                                                                          Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                                                                          CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                                                                          Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                                                                          66

                                                                                          • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                            • THEORY
                                                                                            • SEMESTER III
                                                                                            • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                            • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                            • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                            • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                              • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                              • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                    • THEORY
                                                                                                    • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                    • SEMESTER V
                                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                                        • THEORY
                                                                                                        • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                        • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                                            • THEORY
                                                                                                            • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                            • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                              • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                                                                • SEMESTER VII
                                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                                    • THEORY
                                                                                                                    • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                    • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                                                                      • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                      • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                                                                      • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                        • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                                                            • THEORY
                                                                                                                            • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                            • Co New York 1989
                                                                                                                            • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                                                                            • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                            • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                                                              • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                                • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                                                    • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                                                                        • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                            AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100

                                                                                            OBJECTIVE

                                                                                            To enhance the knowledge in continuation of the design project given in projectndashI

                                                                                            Each student is assigned with work in continuation of the design project ndash I The following assignments are to be carried out

                                                                                            LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                                            1 V-n diagram for the design study2 Gust and maneuverability envelopes 3 Critical loading performance and final V-n graph calculation4 Structural design study ndash Theory approach5 Load estimation of wings6 Load estimation of fuselage7 Balancing and Maneuvering loads on tail plane Aileron and Rudder loads8 Detailed structural layouts 9 Design of some components of wings fuselage 10 Preparation of a detailed design report with CAD drawings

                                                                                            TOTAL 60

                                                                                            AE1404 AIRCRAFT SYSTEM LABORATORY 0 0 3 100

                                                                                            OBJECTIVE

                                                                                            To train the students ldquoON HANDrdquo experience in maintenance of various air frame systems in aircraft and rectification of common snags

                                                                                            LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                                            1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure2 Aircraft ldquoLevellingrdquo procedure3 Control System ldquoRigging checkrdquo procedure4 Aircraft ldquoSymmetry Checkrdquo procedure5 ldquoFlow testrdquo to assess of filter element clogging6 ldquoPressure Testrdquo To assess hydraulic ExternalInternal Leakage7 ldquoFunctional Testrdquo to adjust operating pressure 8 ldquoPressure Testrdquo procedure on fuel system components9 ldquoBrake Torque Load Testrdquo on wheel brake units10 Maintenance and rectification of snags in hydraulic and fuel systems

                                                                                            TOTAL 60

                                                                                            46

                                                                                            SEMESTER VIII

                                                                                            Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                            THEORY

                                                                                            Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                                                            Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

                                                                                            47

                                                                                            Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

                                                                                            OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

                                                                                            Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

                                                                                            METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

                                                                                            Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

                                                                                            Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

                                                                                            FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

                                                                                            REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

                                                                                            48

                                                                                            Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

                                                                                            OBJECTIVE

                                                                                            The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

                                                                                            PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

                                                                                            OBJECTIVE

                                                                                            The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

                                                                                            The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

                                                                                            Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

                                                                                            OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

                                                                                            LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                                            1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

                                                                                            composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

                                                                                            fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

                                                                                            49

                                                                                            1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

                                                                                            SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

                                                                                            Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                            Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

                                                                                            Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

                                                                                            SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

                                                                                            Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                            Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

                                                                                            ELECTIVESndash III

                                                                                            Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                            Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

                                                                                            SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

                                                                                            Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                            Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

                                                                                            ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                            Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

                                                                                            50

                                                                                            Elective Subjects

                                                                                            Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                            OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

                                                                                            BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

                                                                                            Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

                                                                                            Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

                                                                                            TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

                                                                                            TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

                                                                                            51

                                                                                            Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                                                                                            OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                                                                                            Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                                                                                            UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                                                                                            52

                                                                                            AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                                                                                            OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                                                                                            Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                                                                                            Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                                                                                            MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                                                                                            Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                                                                                            AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                                                                                            TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                                                                                            53

                                                                                            Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                                                                                            3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                                                                                            Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                                                                                            Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                                                                                            RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                                                                                            Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                                                                                            HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                                                                                            54

                                                                                            Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                            OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                                                                                            Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                                                                                            IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                                                                                            Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                                                                                            Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                                                                                            55

                                                                                            Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                            OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                                                                                            Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                                                                                            STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                                                                                            Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                                                                                            Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                                                                                            56

                                                                                            Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                            Module-I (15hours)

                                                                                            FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                                                                                            COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                                                                                            Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                                                                                            Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                                                                                            COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                                                                                            57

                                                                                            Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                            OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                                                                                            Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                                                                                            BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                                                                                            Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                                                                                            BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                                                                                            Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                                                                                            58

                                                                                            Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                            OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                                                                                            Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                                                                                            Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                                                                                            Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                                                                                            Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                                                                                            TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                                                                                            59

                                                                                            Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                            OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                                                                            Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                                                                            PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                                                                            Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                                                                            PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                                                                            Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                                                                            Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                                                                            60

                                                                                            Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                            Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                                                                            EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                                                                            Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                                                                            Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                                                                            SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                                                                            61

                                                                                            AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                            OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                                                                            Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                                                                            Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                                                                            AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                                                                            Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                                                                            TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                                                                            62

                                                                                            Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                            OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                                                                            Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                                                                            VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                                                                            INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                                                                            63

                                                                                            Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                            OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                                                                            Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                                                                            MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                                                                            Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                                                                            PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                                                                            Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                                                                            64

                                                                                            Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                            OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                            65

                                                                                            Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                            Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                                                                            CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                                                                            Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                                                                            CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                                                                            Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                                                                            66

                                                                                            • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                              • THEORY
                                                                                              • SEMESTER III
                                                                                              • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                              • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                              • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                              • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                      • THEORY
                                                                                                      • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                      • SEMESTER V
                                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                                          • THEORY
                                                                                                          • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                          • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                                              • THEORY
                                                                                                              • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                              • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                                • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                                                                  • SEMESTER VII
                                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                                      • THEORY
                                                                                                                      • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                      • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                                                                        • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                        • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                                                                        • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                          • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                                                              • THEORY
                                                                                                                              • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                              • Co New York 1989
                                                                                                                              • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                                                                              • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                              • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                                                                • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                                  • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                                                      • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                                                                          • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                              SEMESTER VIII

                                                                                              Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                              THEORY

                                                                                              Composite Materials And Structures 3 0 0 3E4 Elective ndash IV 3 0 0 3E5 Elective ndash V 3 0 0 3PRACTICAL

                                                                                              Comprehension amp Technical Seminar 0 0 3 3Project Work 0 0 3 7Airframe Laboratory 0 0 3 2

                                                                                              47

                                                                                              Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

                                                                                              OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

                                                                                              Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

                                                                                              METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

                                                                                              Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

                                                                                              Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

                                                                                              FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

                                                                                              REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

                                                                                              48

                                                                                              Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

                                                                                              OBJECTIVE

                                                                                              The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

                                                                                              PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

                                                                                              OBJECTIVE

                                                                                              The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

                                                                                              The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

                                                                                              Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

                                                                                              OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

                                                                                              LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                                              1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

                                                                                              composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

                                                                                              fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

                                                                                              49

                                                                                              1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

                                                                                              SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

                                                                                              Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                              Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

                                                                                              Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

                                                                                              SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

                                                                                              Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                              Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

                                                                                              ELECTIVESndash III

                                                                                              Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                              Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

                                                                                              SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

                                                                                              Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                              Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

                                                                                              ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                              Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

                                                                                              50

                                                                                              Elective Subjects

                                                                                              Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                              OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

                                                                                              BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

                                                                                              Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

                                                                                              Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

                                                                                              TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

                                                                                              TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

                                                                                              51

                                                                                              Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                                                                                              OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                                                                                              Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                                                                                              UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                                                                                              52

                                                                                              AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                                                                                              OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                                                                                              Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                                                                                              Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                                                                                              MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                                                                                              Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                                                                                              AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                                                                                              TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                                                                                              53

                                                                                              Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                                                                                              3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                                                                                              Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                                                                                              Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                                                                                              RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                                                                                              Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                                                                                              HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                                                                                              54

                                                                                              Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                              OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                                                                                              Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                                                                                              IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                                                                                              Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                                                                                              Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                                                                                              55

                                                                                              Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                              OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                                                                                              Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                                                                                              STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                                                                                              Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                                                                                              Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                                                                                              56

                                                                                              Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                              Module-I (15hours)

                                                                                              FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                                                                                              COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                                                                                              Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                                                                                              Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                                                                                              COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                                                                                              57

                                                                                              Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                              OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                                                                                              Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                                                                                              BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                                                                                              Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                                                                                              BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                                                                                              Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                                                                                              58

                                                                                              Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                              OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                                                                                              Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                                                                                              Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                                                                                              Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                                                                                              Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                                                                                              TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                                                                                              59

                                                                                              Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                              OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                                                                              Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                                                                              PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                                                                              Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                                                                              PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                                                                              Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                                                                              Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                                                                              60

                                                                                              Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                              Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                                                                              EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                                                                              Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                                                                              Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                                                                              SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                                                                              61

                                                                                              AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                              OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                                                                              Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                                                                              Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                                                                              AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                                                                              Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                                                                              TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                                                                              62

                                                                                              Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                              OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                                                                              Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                                                                              VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                                                                              INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                                                                              63

                                                                                              Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                              OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                                                                              Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                                                                              MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                                                                              Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                                                                              PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                                                                              Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                                                                              64

                                                                                              Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                              OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                              65

                                                                                              Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                              Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                                                                              CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                                                                              Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                                                                              CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                                                                              Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                                                                              66

                                                                                              • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                • THEORY
                                                                                                • SEMESTER III
                                                                                                • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                  • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                  • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                                        • THEORY
                                                                                                        • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                        • SEMESTER V
                                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                                            • THEORY
                                                                                                            • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                            • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                                • THEORY
                                                                                                                • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                                  • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                                                                    • SEMESTER VII
                                                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                                                        • THEORY
                                                                                                                        • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                        • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                                                                          • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                          • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                                                                          • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                            • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                                                • THEORY
                                                                                                                                • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                • Co New York 1989
                                                                                                                                • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                                                                                • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                                • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                                                                  • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                                    • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                                                        • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                                                                            • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                                Sub Code COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND STRUCTURES

                                                                                                OBJECTIVETo understand the fabrication analysis and design of composite materials amp structures

                                                                                                Module-I (16 hours)STRESS STRAIN RELATIONIntroduction- Advantages and application of composite materials reinforcements andmatrices ndash Generalised Hookersquos Law ndash Elastic constants for anisotropic orthotropic andisotropic materials

                                                                                                METHODS OF ANALYSIS Micro mechanics ndash Mechanics of materials approach elasticity approach to determinematerial properties ndash Macro Mechanics ndash Stress-strain relations with respect to naturalaxis arbitrary axis ndash Determination of material properties Experimental characterization of lamina

                                                                                                Module-II (9 hours) LAMINATED PLATES Governing differential equation for a general laminate angle ply and cross ply laminatesFailure criteria for composites

                                                                                                Module-II (15 hours)SANDWICH CONSTRUCTIONSBasic design concepts of sandwich construction -Materials used for sandwichconstruction - Failure modes of sandwich panels

                                                                                                FABRICATION PROCESSESVarious Open and closed mould processes Manufacture of fibers ndash Types of resins andproperties and applications ndash Netting analysis TEXT BOOKS1 Calcote L R ldquoThe Analysis of laminated Composite Structuresrdquo Von ndash NoastrandReinhold Company New York 19982 Jones RM ldquoMechanics of Composite Materialsrdquo McGraw-Hill Kogakusha LtdTokyo 1998 II edition

                                                                                                REFERENCES1 Agarwal BD and Broutman LJ ldquoAnalysis and Performance of Fibre CompositesrdquoJohn Wiley and sons Inc New York 19952 Lubin G ldquoHandbook on Advanced Plastics and Fibre Glassrdquo Von Nostrand ReinholdCo New York 1989

                                                                                                48

                                                                                                Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

                                                                                                OBJECTIVE

                                                                                                The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

                                                                                                PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

                                                                                                OBJECTIVE

                                                                                                The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

                                                                                                The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

                                                                                                Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

                                                                                                OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

                                                                                                LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                                                1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

                                                                                                composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

                                                                                                fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

                                                                                                49

                                                                                                1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

                                                                                                SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

                                                                                                Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                                Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

                                                                                                Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

                                                                                                SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

                                                                                                Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                                Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

                                                                                                ELECTIVESndash III

                                                                                                Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                                Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

                                                                                                SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

                                                                                                Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                                Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

                                                                                                ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                                Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

                                                                                                50

                                                                                                Elective Subjects

                                                                                                Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

                                                                                                BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

                                                                                                Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

                                                                                                Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

                                                                                                TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

                                                                                                TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

                                                                                                51

                                                                                                Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                                                                                                OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                                                                                                Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                                                                                                UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                                                                                                52

                                                                                                AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                                                                                                OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                                                                                                Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                                                                                                Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                                                                                                MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                                                                                                Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                                                                                                AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                                                                                                TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                                                                                                53

                                                                                                Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                                                                                                3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                                                                                                Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                                                                                                Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                                                                                                RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                                                                                                Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                                                                                                HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                                                                                                54

                                                                                                Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                                                                                                Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                                                                                                IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                                                                                                Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                                                                                                Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                                                                                                55

                                                                                                Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                                                                                                Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                                                                                                STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                                                                                                Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                                                                                                Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                                                                                                56

                                                                                                Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                Module-I (15hours)

                                                                                                FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                                                                                                COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                                                                                                Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                                                                                                Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                                                                                                COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                                                                                                57

                                                                                                Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                                                                                                Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                                                                                                BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                                                                                                Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                                                                                                BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                                                                                                Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                                                                                                58

                                                                                                Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                                                                                                Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                                                                                                Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                                                                                                Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                                                                                                Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                                                                                                TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                                                                                                59

                                                                                                Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                                                                                Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                                                                                PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                                                                                Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                                                                                PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                                                                                Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                                                                                Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                                                                                60

                                                                                                Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                                                                                EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                                                                                Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                                                                                Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                                                                                SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                                                                                61

                                                                                                AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                                                                                Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                                                                                Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                                                                                AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                                                                                Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                                                                                TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                                                                                62

                                                                                                Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                                                                                Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                                                                                VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                                                                                INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                                                                                63

                                                                                                Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                                                                                Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                                                                                MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                                                                                Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                                                                                PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                                                                                Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                                                                                64

                                                                                                Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                                65

                                                                                                Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                                                                                CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                                                                                Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                                                                                CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                                                                                Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                                                                                66

                                                                                                • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                  • THEORY
                                                                                                  • SEMESTER III
                                                                                                  • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                  • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                  • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                  • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                    • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                    • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                                          • THEORY
                                                                                                          • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                          • SEMESTER V
                                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                                              • THEORY
                                                                                                              • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                              • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                                  • THEORY
                                                                                                                  • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                  • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                                    • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                                                                      • SEMESTER VII
                                                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                                                          • THEORY
                                                                                                                          • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                          • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                                                                            • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                            • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                                                                            • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                              • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                                                  • THEORY
                                                                                                                                  • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                  • Co New York 1989
                                                                                                                                  • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                                                                                  • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                                  • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                                                                    • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                                      • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                                                          • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                                                                              • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                                  Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0

                                                                                                  OBJECTIVE

                                                                                                  The objective of comprehension is to provide opportunity for the student to apply the knowledge acquired during the earlier semesters to real life problems which he she may have to face in future as an engineer While learning as how to solve the real life problems student will receive guidance from the faculty and also review various courses learnt earlier

                                                                                                  PROJECT WORK (Common to all Branches)

                                                                                                  OBJECTIVE

                                                                                                  The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of not more than 4 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the branch of study Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of the institution Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide on library reading laboratory work computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in periodical seminars on the progress made in the projectEach student shall finally produce a comprehensive report covering back round information literature survey problem statement project work details and conclusion This final report shall be typewritten form as specified in the guidelines

                                                                                                  The continuous assessment shall be made as prescribed by the regulation (vide clause 103 of Anna University Regulations 2004 for BE BTech programmes)

                                                                                                  Sub Code AIRFRAME LAB

                                                                                                  OBJECTIVETo give training on riveting patchwork and composites materials

                                                                                                  LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

                                                                                                  1 Fabric Patch repair2 Riveted patch repairs3 Tube bending and flaring4 Sheet metal forming5 Study of Basic Materials (fibers matrices interface bonding adhesives and microstructure of

                                                                                                  composites)6 Study of ProcessingManufacturing Technique(Traditional and novel approaches process

                                                                                                  fundamentals)7 Study of Failure and Strength Design8 Residual Stresses9 Preparation of glass epoxy of composite laminates and specimens10 Determination of elastic constants of composite specimens 11 Composite Joints

                                                                                                  49

                                                                                                  1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

                                                                                                  SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

                                                                                                  Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                                  Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

                                                                                                  Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

                                                                                                  SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

                                                                                                  Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                                  Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

                                                                                                  ELECTIVESndash III

                                                                                                  Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                                  Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

                                                                                                  SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

                                                                                                  Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                                  Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

                                                                                                  ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                                  Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

                                                                                                  50

                                                                                                  Elective Subjects

                                                                                                  Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                  OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

                                                                                                  BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

                                                                                                  Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

                                                                                                  Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

                                                                                                  TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

                                                                                                  TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

                                                                                                  51

                                                                                                  Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                                                                                                  OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                                                                                                  Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                                                                                                  UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                                                                                                  52

                                                                                                  AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                                                                                                  OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                                                                                                  Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                                                                                                  Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                                                                                                  MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                                                                                                  Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                                                                                                  AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                                                                                                  TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                                                                                                  53

                                                                                                  Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                                                                                                  3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                                                                                                  Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                                                                                                  Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                                                                                                  RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                                                                                                  Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                                                                                                  HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                                                                                                  54

                                                                                                  Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                  OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                                                                                                  Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                                                                                                  IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                                                                                                  Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                                                                                                  Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                                                                                                  55

                                                                                                  Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                  OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                                                                                                  Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                                                                                                  STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                                                                                                  Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                                                                                                  Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                                                                                                  56

                                                                                                  Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                  Module-I (15hours)

                                                                                                  FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                                                                                                  COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                                                                                                  Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                                                                                                  Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                                                                                                  COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                                                                                                  57

                                                                                                  Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                  OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                                                                                                  Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                                                                                                  BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                                                                                                  Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                                                                                                  BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                                                                                                  Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                                                                                                  58

                                                                                                  Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                  OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                                                                                                  Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                                                                                                  Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                                                                                                  Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                                                                                                  Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                                                                                                  TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                                                                                                  59

                                                                                                  Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                  OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                                                                                  Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                                                                                  PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                                                                                  Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                                                                                  PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                                                                                  Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                                                                                  Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                                                                                  60

                                                                                                  Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                  Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                                                                                  EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                                                                                  Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                                                                                  Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                                                                                  SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                                                                                  61

                                                                                                  AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                  OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                                                                                  Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                                                                                  Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                                                                                  AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                                                                                  Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                                                                                  TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                                                                                  62

                                                                                                  Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                  OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                                                                                  Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                                                                                  VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                                                                                  INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                                                                                  63

                                                                                                  Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                  OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                                                                                  Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                                                                                  MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                                                                                  Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                                                                                  PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                                                                                  Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                                                                                  64

                                                                                                  Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                  OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                                  65

                                                                                                  Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                  Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                                                                                  CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                                                                                  Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                                                                                  CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                                                                                  Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                                                                                  66

                                                                                                  • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                    • THEORY
                                                                                                    • SEMESTER III
                                                                                                    • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                    • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                    • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                    • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                      • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                      • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                                            • THEORY
                                                                                                            • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                            • SEMESTER V
                                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                                • THEORY
                                                                                                                • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                                    • THEORY
                                                                                                                    • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                    • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                                      • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                                                                        • SEMESTER VII
                                                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                                                            • THEORY
                                                                                                                            • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                            • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                                                                              • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                              • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                                                                              • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                                • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                                                    • THEORY
                                                                                                                                    • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                    • Co New York 1989
                                                                                                                                    • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                                                                                    • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                                    • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                                                                      • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                                        • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                                                            • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                                    1 LIST OF ELECTIVES FORBE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

                                                                                                    SEMESTER VIELECTIVE ndash I

                                                                                                    Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                                    Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3Space Mechanics 3 0 0 3Aircraft General Engineering And MaintenancePractices 3 0 0 3

                                                                                                    Heat Transfer 3 0 0 3

                                                                                                    SEMESTER VIIELECTIVESndash II

                                                                                                    Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                                    Helicopter Theory 3 0 0 3Fatigue And Fracture 3 0 0 3Combustion

                                                                                                    ELECTIVESndash III

                                                                                                    Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                                    Industrial Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Aero Engine Maintenance and Repair 3 0 0 3Fundamentals Of Nanoscience

                                                                                                    SEMESTER VIIIELECTIVES ndash IV

                                                                                                    Code No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                                    Experimental Aerodynamics 3 0 0 3Rockets and Missiles 3 0 0 3Hypersonic Aerodynamics

                                                                                                    ELECTIVES ndash VCode No Course Title L T P C

                                                                                                    Production Planning And Control 3 0 0 3Engine System And Control 3 0 0 3Aircraft Rules amp Regulations ndash CAR I and II 3 0 0 3

                                                                                                    50

                                                                                                    Elective Subjects

                                                                                                    Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                    OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

                                                                                                    BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

                                                                                                    Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

                                                                                                    Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

                                                                                                    TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

                                                                                                    TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

                                                                                                    51

                                                                                                    Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                                                                                                    OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                                                                                                    Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                                                                                                    UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                                                                                                    52

                                                                                                    AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                                                                                                    OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                                                                                                    Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                                                                                                    Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                                                                                                    MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                                                                                                    Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                                                                                                    AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                                                                                                    TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                                                                                                    53

                                                                                                    Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                                                                                                    3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                                                                                                    Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                                                                                                    Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                                                                                                    RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                                                                                                    Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                                                                                                    HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                                                                                                    54

                                                                                                    Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                    OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                                                                                                    Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                                                                                                    IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                                                                                                    Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                                                                                                    Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                                                                                                    55

                                                                                                    Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                    OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                                                                                                    Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                                                                                                    STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                                                                                                    Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                                                                                                    Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                                                                                                    56

                                                                                                    Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                    Module-I (15hours)

                                                                                                    FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                                                                                                    COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                                                                                                    Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                                                                                                    Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                                                                                                    COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                                                                                                    57

                                                                                                    Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                    OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                                                                                                    Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                                                                                                    BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                                                                                                    Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                                                                                                    BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                                                                                                    Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                                                                                                    58

                                                                                                    Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                    OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                                                                                                    Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                                                                                                    Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                                                                                                    Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                                                                                                    Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                                                                                                    TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                                                                                                    59

                                                                                                    Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                    OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                                                                                    Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                                                                                    PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                                                                                    Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                                                                                    PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                                                                                    Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                                                                                    Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                                                                                    60

                                                                                                    Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                    Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                                                                                    EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                                                                                    Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                                                                                    Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                                                                                    SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                                                                                    61

                                                                                                    AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                    OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                                                                                    Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                                                                                    Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                                                                                    AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                                                                                    Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                                                                                    TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                                                                                    62

                                                                                                    Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                    OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                                                                                    Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                                                                                    VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                                                                                    INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                                                                                    63

                                                                                                    Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                    OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                                                                                    Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                                                                                    MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                                                                                    Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                                                                                    PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                                                                                    Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                                                                                    64

                                                                                                    Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                    OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                                    65

                                                                                                    Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                    Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                                                                                    CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                                                                                    Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                                                                                    CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                                                                                    Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                                                                                    66

                                                                                                    • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                      • THEORY
                                                                                                      • SEMESTER III
                                                                                                      • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                      • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                      • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                      • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                        • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                        • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                                              • THEORY
                                                                                                              • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                              • SEMESTER V
                                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                                  • THEORY
                                                                                                                  • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                  • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                                      • THEORY
                                                                                                                      • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                      • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                                        • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                                                                          • SEMESTER VII
                                                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                                                              • THEORY
                                                                                                                              • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                              • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                                                                                • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                                • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                                                                                • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                                  • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                                                      • THEORY
                                                                                                                                      • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                      • Co New York 1989
                                                                                                                                      • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                                                                                      • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                                      • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                                                                        • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                                          • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                                                              • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                  • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                                      Elective Subjects

                                                                                                      Sub Code THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                      OBJECTIVETo understand the theoretical concepts of material behaviour with particular emphasis on their elastic propertyModule-I (14 hours)ASSUMPTIONS IN ELASTICITYDefinitions- notations and sign conventions for stress and strain Equations of equilibrium

                                                                                                      BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY Strain ndash displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Lamersquos constant ndash cubicaldilation Compressibility of material bulk modulus Shear modulus Compatibilityequations for stresses and strains Principal stresses and principal strains Mohrrsquos circleSaint Venantrsquos principle

                                                                                                      Module-II (10 hours)PLANE STRESS AND PLANE STRAIN PROBLEMS Airyrsquos stress function Bi-harmonic equations Polynomial solutions Simple twodimensional problems in Cartesian coordinates like bending of cantilever and simplysupported beams etc

                                                                                                      Module-II (16 hours)POLAR COORDINATES Equations of equilibrium Strain displacement relations Stress ndash strain relations Axi ndashsymmetric problems Kirsch Michellrsquos and Boussinesque problems

                                                                                                      TORSION Navierrsquos theory St Venantrsquos theory Prandtlrsquos theory on torsion The semi- inverse method and applications to shafts of circular elliptical equilateral triangular and rectangular sections

                                                                                                      TEXT BOOK1 Timoshenko S and Goodier TN ldquoTheory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Ltd Tokyo1990REFERENCES1 Enrico Volterra amp JH Caines ldquoAdvanced Strength of Materialsrdquo Prentice Hall NewJersey 19912 Wng CT ldquoApplied Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill Co New York 19933 Sokolnikoff IS ldquoMathematical Theory of Elasticityrdquo McGrawndashHill New York 1978

                                                                                                      51

                                                                                                      Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                                                                                                      OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                                                                                                      Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                                                                                                      UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                                                                                                      52

                                                                                                      AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                                                                                                      OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                                                                                                      Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                                                                                                      Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                                                                                                      MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                                                                                                      Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                                                                                                      AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                                                                                                      TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                                                                                                      53

                                                                                                      Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                                                                                                      3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                                                                                                      Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                                                                                                      Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                                                                                                      RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                                                                                                      Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                                                                                                      HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                                                                                                      54

                                                                                                      Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                      OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                                                                                                      Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                                                                                                      IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                                                                                                      Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                                                                                                      Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                                                                                                      55

                                                                                                      Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                      OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                                                                                                      Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                                                                                                      STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                                                                                                      Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                                                                                                      Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                                                                                                      56

                                                                                                      Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                      Module-I (15hours)

                                                                                                      FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                                                                                                      COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                                                                                                      Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                                                                                                      Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                                                                                                      COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                                                                                                      57

                                                                                                      Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                      OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                                                                                                      Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                                                                                                      BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                                                                                                      Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                                                                                                      BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                                                                                                      Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                                                                                                      58

                                                                                                      Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                      OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                                                                                                      Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                                                                                                      Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                                                                                                      Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                                                                                                      Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                                                                                                      TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                                                                                                      59

                                                                                                      Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                      OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                                                                                      Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                                                                                      PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                                                                                      Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                                                                                      PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                                                                                      Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                                                                                      Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                                                                                      60

                                                                                                      Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                      Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                                                                                      EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                                                                                      Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                                                                                      Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                                                                                      SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                                                                                      61

                                                                                                      AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                      OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                                                                                      Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                                                                                      Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                                                                                      AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                                                                                      Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                                                                                      TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                                                                                      62

                                                                                                      Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                      OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                                                                                      Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                                                                                      VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                                                                                      INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                                                                                      63

                                                                                                      Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                      OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                                                                                      Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                                                                                      MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                                                                                      Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                                                                                      PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                                                                                      Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                                                                                      64

                                                                                                      Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                      OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                                      65

                                                                                                      Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                      Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                                                                                      CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                                                                                      Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                                                                                      CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                                                                                      Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                                                                                      66

                                                                                                      • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                                        • THEORY
                                                                                                        • SEMESTER III
                                                                                                        • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                        • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                        • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                        • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                          • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                          • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                                • THEORY
                                                                                                                • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                • SEMESTER V
                                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                                    • THEORY
                                                                                                                    • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                    • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                                                        • THEORY
                                                                                                                        • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                        • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                                          • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                                                                            • SEMESTER VII
                                                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                                                • THEORY
                                                                                                                                • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                                                                                  • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                                  • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                                                                                  • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                                    • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                                                                        • THEORY
                                                                                                                                        • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                        • Co New York 1989
                                                                                                                                        • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                                                                                        • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                                        • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                                                                          • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                                            • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                                                                • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                    • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                                        Sub Code SPACE MECHANICS

                                                                                                        OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of orbital Mechanics with particular emphasis oninterplanetary trajectories

                                                                                                        Module-I (12 hours)BASIC CONCEPTS 4The Solar System ndash References Frames and Coordinate Systems ndash The Celestial Sphere ndash The Ecliptic ndash Motion of Vernal Equinox ndash Sidereal Time ndash Solar Time ndash Standard Time ndash The Earthrsquos AtmosphereTHE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 10The many body Problem ndash Lagrange ndash Jacobian Identity ndashThe Circular Restricted ThreeBody Problem ndash Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem ndashTwo ndashBodyProblem ndash Satellite Orbits ndash Relations Between Position and Time ndash Orbital Elements

                                                                                                        UNIT III SATELLITE INJECTION AND SATELLITE ORBIT PERTURBATIONS 12General Aspects of satellite Injections ndash Satellite Orbit Transfer ndashVarious Cases ndash OrbitDeviations Due to Injection Errors ndash Special and General Perturbations ndash Cowellrsquos Method ndash Enckersquos Method ndash Method of vibrations of Orbital Elements ndash General Perturbations ApproachUNIT IV INTERPLANETARY TRAJECTORIES 6Two Dimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndashFast Interplanetary Trajectories ndash ThreeDimensional Interplanetary Trajectories ndash Launch if Interplanetary Spacecraft ndashTrajectoryabout the Target PlanetUNIT V BALLISTIC MISSILE TRAJECTORIES AND MATERIALS 13The Boost Phase ndash The Ballistic Phase ndashTrajectory Geometry- Optimal Flights ndash Time ofFlight ndash Re ndash entry Phase ndash The Position of the Impact Point ndash Influence CoefficientsSpace Environment ndash Peculiarities ndash Effect of Space Environment on the Selection ofSpacecraft MaterialTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOK1 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicrdquo WH Freeman amp Co1984REFERENCES1 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley 19932 Van de Kamp P ldquoElements of Astro-mechanicsrdquo Pitman 19793 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc1982

                                                                                                        52

                                                                                                        AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                                                                                                        OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                                                                                                        Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                                                                                                        Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                                                                                                        MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                                                                                                        Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                                                                                                        AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                                                                                                        TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                                                                                                        53

                                                                                                        Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                                                                                                        3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                                                                                                        Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                                                                                                        Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                                                                                                        RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                                                                                                        Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                                                                                                        HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                                                                                                        54

                                                                                                        Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                        OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                                                                                                        Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                                                                                                        IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                                                                                                        Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                                                                                                        Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                                                                                                        55

                                                                                                        Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                        OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                                                                                                        Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                                                                                                        STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                                                                                                        Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                                                                                                        Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                                                                                                        56

                                                                                                        Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                        Module-I (15hours)

                                                                                                        FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                                                                                                        COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                                                                                                        Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                                                                                                        Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                                                                                                        COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                                                                                                        57

                                                                                                        Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                        OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                                                                                                        Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                                                                                                        BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                                                                                                        Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                                                                                                        BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                                                                                                        Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                                                                                                        58

                                                                                                        Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                        OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                                                                                                        Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                                                                                                        Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                                                                                                        Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                                                                                                        Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                                                                                                        TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                                                                                                        59

                                                                                                        Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                        OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                                                                                        Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                                                                                        PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                                                                                        Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                                                                                        PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                                                                                        Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                                                                                        Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                                                                                        60

                                                                                                        Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                        Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                                                                                        EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                                                                                        Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                                                                                        Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                                                                                        SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                                                                                        61

                                                                                                        AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                        OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                                                                                        Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                                                                                        Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                                                                                        AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                                                                                        Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                                                                                        TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                                                                                        62

                                                                                                        Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                        OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                                                                                        Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                                                                                        VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                                                                                        INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                                                                                        63

                                                                                                        Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                        OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                                                                                        Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                                                                                        MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                                                                                        Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                                                                                        PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                                                                                        Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                                                                                        64

                                                                                                        Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                        OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                                        65

                                                                                                        Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                        Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                                                                                        CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                                                                                        Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                                                                                        CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                                                                                        Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                                                                                        66

                                                                                                        • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                                          • THEORY
                                                                                                          • SEMESTER III
                                                                                                          • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                          • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                          • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                          • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                            • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                            • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                                  • THEORY
                                                                                                                  • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                  • SEMESTER V
                                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                                      • THEORY
                                                                                                                      • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                      • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                                                          • THEORY
                                                                                                                          • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                          • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                                            • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                                                                              • SEMESTER VII
                                                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                                                  • THEORY
                                                                                                                                  • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                  • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                                                                                    • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                                    • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                                                                                    • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                                      • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                                                                          • THEORY
                                                                                                                                          • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                          • Co New York 1989
                                                                                                                                          • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                                                                                          • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                                          • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                                                                            • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                                              • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                                                                  • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                      • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                                          AE2022 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE L T P CPRACTICES 3 0 0 3

                                                                                                          OBJECTIVETo teach the students about the basic concepts of aircraft general engineering andmaintenance practices

                                                                                                          Module-I (10 hours)AIRCRAFT GROUND HANDLING AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENTMooring jacking leveling and towing operations ndash Preparation ndash Equipment ndash precautions ndash Engine starting procedures ndash Piston engine turboprops and turbojets ndash Engine fire extinguishing ndash Ground power unit

                                                                                                          Module-II (12 hours)GROUND SERVICING OF VARIOUS SUB SYSTEMS Air conditioning and pressurization ndash Oxygen and oil systems ndash Ground units and theirmaintenance

                                                                                                          MAINTENANCE OF SAFETY Shop safety ndash Environmental cleanliness ndash Precautions

                                                                                                          Module-III (17 hours)INSPECTION Process ndash Purpose ndash Types ndash Inspection intervals ndash Techniques ndash Checklist ndash Specialinspection ndash Publications bulletins various manuals ndash FAR Air worthiness directives ndashType certificate Data sheets ndash ATA Specifications

                                                                                                          AIRCRAFT HARDWARE MATERIALS SYSTEM PROCESSESHand tools ndash Precision instruments ndash Special tools and equipments in an airplane maintenance shop ndash Identifiation terminology ndash Specification and correct use of variousaircraft hardware (ie nuts bolts rivets screws etc) ndash American and British systems ofspecifications ndash Threads gears bearings etc ndash Drills tapes and reamers ndash Identificationof all types of fluid line fittings Materials metallic and non-metallic = Plumbing connectors ndash Cables ndash Swaging procedures tests Advantages of swaging over splicing

                                                                                                          TEXT BOOK1 Kroes Watkins Delp Aircraft Maintenance and Repair McGraw Hill New York 1993REFERENCES1 AampP Mechanics Aircraft Hand Book F A A Himalayan Book House New Delhi 19962 AampP Mechanics General Hand Book F A A Himalayan Bok House New Delhi 1996

                                                                                                          53

                                                                                                          Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                                                                                                          3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                                                                                                          Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                                                                                                          Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                                                                                                          RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                                                                                                          Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                                                                                                          HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                                                                                                          54

                                                                                                          Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                          OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                                                                                                          Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                                                                                                          IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                                                                                                          Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                                                                                                          Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                                                                                                          55

                                                                                                          Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                          OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                                                                                                          Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                                                                                                          STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                                                                                                          Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                                                                                                          Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                                                                                                          56

                                                                                                          Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                          Module-I (15hours)

                                                                                                          FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                                                                                                          COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                                                                                                          Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                                                                                                          Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                                                                                                          COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                                                                                                          57

                                                                                                          Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                          OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                                                                                                          Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                                                                                                          BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                                                                                                          Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                                                                                                          BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                                                                                                          Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                                                                                                          58

                                                                                                          Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                          OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                                                                                                          Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                                                                                                          Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                                                                                                          Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                                                                                                          Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                                                                                                          TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                                                                                                          59

                                                                                                          Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                          OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                                                                                          Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                                                                                          PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                                                                                          Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                                                                                          PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                                                                                          Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                                                                                          Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                                                                                          60

                                                                                                          Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                          Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                                                                                          EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                                                                                          Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                                                                                          Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                                                                                          SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                                                                                          61

                                                                                                          AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                          OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                                                                                          Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                                                                                          Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                                                                                          AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                                                                                          Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                                                                                          TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                                                                                          62

                                                                                                          Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                          OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                                                                                          Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                                                                                          VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                                                                                          INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                                                                                          63

                                                                                                          Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                          OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                                                                                          Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                                                                                          MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                                                                                          Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                                                                                          PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                                                                                          Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                                                                                          64

                                                                                                          Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                          OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                                          65

                                                                                                          Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                          Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                                                                                          CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                                                                                          Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                                                                                          CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                                                                                          Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                                                                                          66

                                                                                                          • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                                            • THEORY
                                                                                                            • SEMESTER III
                                                                                                            • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                            • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                            • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                            • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                              • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                              • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                                    • THEORY
                                                                                                                    • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                    • SEMESTER V
                                                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                                                        • THEORY
                                                                                                                        • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                        • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                                                            • THEORY
                                                                                                                            • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                            • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                                              • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                                                                                • SEMESTER VII
                                                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                                                    • THEORY
                                                                                                                                    • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                    • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                                                                                      • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                                      • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                                                                                      • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                                        • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                                                                            • THEORY
                                                                                                                                            • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                            • Co New York 1989
                                                                                                                                            • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                                                                                            • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                                            • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                                                                              • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                                                • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                                                                    • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                        • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                                            Sub Code HEAT TRANSFER L T P C

                                                                                                            3 0 0 3OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of heat transfer to enable the students to design componentssubjected to thermal loading

                                                                                                            Module-I (10hours)HEAT CONDUCTION Basic Modes of Heat Transfer ndash One dimensional steady state heat conduction Composite Medium ndash Critical thickness ndash Effect of variation of thermal Conductivity ndash Extended Surfaces ndash Unsteady state Heat Conduction Lumped System Analysis ndash Heat Transfer in Semi infinite and infinite solids ndash Use of Transient ndash Temperature charts ndash Application of numerical techniques

                                                                                                            Module-II (16hours)CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER Introduction ndash Free convection in atmosphere free convection on a vertical flat plate ndashEmpirical relation in free convection ndash Forced convection ndash Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows between parallel plates over a flat plate and in a circular pipe Empirical relations application of numerical techniques in problem solving

                                                                                                            RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFERIntroduction to Physical mechanism ndash Radiation properties ndash Radiation shape factors ndashHeat exchange between non ndash black bodies ndash Radiation shields

                                                                                                            Module-III (14hours)HEAT EXCHANGERSClassification ndash Temperature Distribution ndash Overall heat transfer coefficient Heat Exchange Analysis ndash LMTD Method and E-NTU Method

                                                                                                            HEAT TRANSFER PROBLEMS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERINGHigh-Speed flow Heat Transfer Heat Transfer problems in gas turbine combustion chambers ndash Rocket thrust chambers ndash Aerodynamic heating ndash Ablative heat transfer TEXT BOOKS1 Yunus A Cengel ldquoHeat Transfer ndash A practical approachrdquo Second Edition TataMcGraw-Hill 20022 Incropera FPand DewittDP ldquo Introduction to Heat Transferrdquo John Wiley and Sonsndash 2002REFERENCES1 Lienhard JH ldquoA Heat Transfer Text Bookrdquo Prentice Hall Inc 19812 Holman JP ldquoHeat Transferrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc New York 6th Edn 19913 Sachdeva SC ldquoFundamentals of Engineering Heat amp Mass Transferrdquo Wiley EasternLtd New Delhi 19814 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsionrdquo StandardPublishers New Delhi 1988

                                                                                                            54

                                                                                                            Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                            OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                                                                                                            Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                                                                                                            IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                                                                                                            Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                                                                                                            Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                                                                                                            55

                                                                                                            Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                            OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                                                                                                            Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                                                                                                            STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                                                                                                            Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                                                                                                            Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                                                                                                            56

                                                                                                            Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                            Module-I (15hours)

                                                                                                            FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                                                                                                            COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                                                                                                            Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                                                                                                            Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                                                                                                            COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                                                                                                            57

                                                                                                            Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                            OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                                                                                                            Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                                                                                                            BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                                                                                                            Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                                                                                                            BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                                                                                                            Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                                                                                                            58

                                                                                                            Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                            OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                                                                                                            Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                                                                                                            Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                                                                                                            Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                                                                                                            Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                                                                                                            TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                                                                                                            59

                                                                                                            Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                            OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                                                                                            Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                                                                                            PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                                                                                            Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                                                                                            PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                                                                                            Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                                                                                            Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                                                                                            60

                                                                                                            Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                            Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                                                                                            EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                                                                                            Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                                                                                            Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                                                                                            SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                                                                                            61

                                                                                                            AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                            OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                                                                                            Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                                                                                            Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                                                                                            AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                                                                                            Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                                                                                            TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                                                                                            62

                                                                                                            Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                            OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                                                                                            Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                                                                                            VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                                                                                            INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                                                                                            63

                                                                                                            Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                            OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                                                                                            Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                                                                                            MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                                                                                            Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                                                                                            PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                                                                                            Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                                                                                            64

                                                                                                            Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                            OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                                            65

                                                                                                            Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                            Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                                                                                            CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                                                                                            Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                                                                                            CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                                                                                            Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                                                                                            66

                                                                                                            • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                                              • THEORY
                                                                                                              • SEMESTER III
                                                                                                              • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                              • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                              • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                              • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                                • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                                • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                                      • THEORY
                                                                                                                      • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                      • SEMESTER V
                                                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                                                          • THEORY
                                                                                                                          • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                          • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                                                              • THEORY
                                                                                                                              • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                              • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                                                • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                                                                                  • SEMESTER VII
                                                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                                                      • THEORY
                                                                                                                                      • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                      • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                                                                                        • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                                        • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                                                                                        • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                                          • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                                                                              • THEORY
                                                                                                                                              • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                              • Co New York 1989
                                                                                                                                              • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                                                                                              • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                                              • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                                                                                • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                                                  • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                                                                      • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                          • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                                              Sub Code HELICOPTER THEORY L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                              OBJECTIVETo introduce the concepts of ideal rotor theory and ground effect machines To makethe student understand the theory behind hovercrafts and VTOL and STOL aircrafts

                                                                                                              Module-I (16hours) ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS Configurations based on Torque reaction ndash Jet rotors and compound helicopters ndash Methods of Control rotor blade pitch control ndashCollective pitch and and Cyclic pitch ndash Lead ndash Lag and flapping hinges

                                                                                                              IDEAL ROTOR THEORY Hovering performance ndash Momentum and simple blade element theories ndash Figure of merit ndash Profile and induced power estimation ndash Constant Chord and ideal twist rotors

                                                                                                              Module-II (10hours)POWER ESTIMATESInduced profile and parasite power requirements in forward flight ndash Performance curves with effects of altitude ndash Preliminary ideas on helicopter stability

                                                                                                              Module-III (14hours)LIFT PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF VSTOL AIRCRAFT Various configurations ndash propeller rotor ducted fan and jet lift ndash Tilt wing and vectored thrust ndashPerformance of VTOL and STOL aircraft in hover transition andforward motionGROUND EFFECT MACHINESTypes ndash Hover height lift augmentation and power calculations for plenum chamber and peripheral jet machines ndash Drag of hovercraft on land and water ndashApplications of hovercraft TEXT BOOKS1 Gessow Aand Myers G C Aerodynamics of Helicopter MacMillan amp Co 19872 Gupta L Helicopter Engineering Himalayan Books 1996REFERENCES1 Johnson W Helicopter Theory Princeton University Press 19802 MacCromick B W Aerodynamics of VSTOL Flight Academic Press 1987

                                                                                                              55

                                                                                                              Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                              OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                                                                                                              Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                                                                                                              STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                                                                                                              Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                                                                                                              Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                                                                                                              56

                                                                                                              Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                              Module-I (15hours)

                                                                                                              FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                                                                                                              COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                                                                                                              Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                                                                                                              Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                                                                                                              COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                                                                                                              57

                                                                                                              Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                              OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                                                                                                              Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                                                                                                              BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                                                                                                              Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                                                                                                              BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                                                                                                              Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                                                                                                              58

                                                                                                              Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                              OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                                                                                                              Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                                                                                                              Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                                                                                                              Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                                                                                                              Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                                                                                                              TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                                                                                                              59

                                                                                                              Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                              OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                                                                                              Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                                                                                              PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                                                                                              Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                                                                                              PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                                                                                              Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                                                                                              Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                                                                                              60

                                                                                                              Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                              Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                                                                                              EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                                                                                              Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                                                                                              Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                                                                                              SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                                                                                              61

                                                                                                              AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                              OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                                                                                              Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                                                                                              Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                                                                                              AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                                                                                              Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                                                                                              TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                                                                                              62

                                                                                                              Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                              OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                                                                                              Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                                                                                              VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                                                                                              INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                                                                                              63

                                                                                                              Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                              OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                                                                                              Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                                                                                              MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                                                                                              Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                                                                                              PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                                                                                              Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                                                                                              64

                                                                                                              Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                              OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                                              65

                                                                                                              Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                              Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                                                                                              CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                                                                                              Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                                                                                              CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                                                                                              Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                                                                                              66

                                                                                                              • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                                • THEORY
                                                                                                                • SEMESTER III
                                                                                                                • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                                • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                                • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                                • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                                  • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                                  • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                                                        • THEORY
                                                                                                                        • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                        • SEMESTER V
                                                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                                                            • THEORY
                                                                                                                            • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                            • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                                                • THEORY
                                                                                                                                • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                                                  • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                                                                                    • SEMESTER VII
                                                                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                                                                        • THEORY
                                                                                                                                        • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                        • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                                                                                          • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                                          • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                                                                                          • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                                            • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                • THEORY
                                                                                                                                                • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                                • Co New York 1989
                                                                                                                                                • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                                                                                                • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                                                • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                                                                                  • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                                                    • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                                                                        • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                            • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                                                Sub Code FATIGUE AND FRACTURE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                OBJECTIVETo study the concepts of estimation of the endurance and failure mechanism ofcomponents

                                                                                                                Module-I (13hours)FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES SN curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress Goodman Gerber and Soderbergrelations and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuberrsquos stress concentration factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched SN curves

                                                                                                                STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Mansonrsquos relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques - Cumulative damage - Minerrsquos theory - Other theories

                                                                                                                Module-II (11hours) PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 12Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture surfaces - Strength and stress analysis of cracked bodies ndash Potential energy and surface energy - Griffithrsquos theory - Irwin - Orwin extension of Griffithrsquos theoryto ductile materials - Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries

                                                                                                                Module-III (12hours)FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIGSafe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace structures - Application to composite materials and structuresFUNDAMENTALS OF FAILURE ANALYSISCommon causes of failure Principles of failure analysis Fracture mechanics approach to failure problems Techniques of failure analysis Service failure mechanisms - ductile and brittle fracture fatigue fracture wear failures fretting failures environment induced failures high temp failure Faulty heat treatment and design failures processing failures(forging casting machining etc) TEXT BOOKS1 Prasanth Kumar ndash ldquoElements of fracture mechanicsrdquo ndash Wheeter publication 19992 Barrois W Ripely EL ldquoFatigue of aircraft structurerdquo Pegamon press Oxford 1983REFERENCES1 Sin CG ldquoMechanics of fracturerdquo Vol I Sijthoff and w Noordhoff InternationalPublishing Co Netherlands 19892 Knott JF ldquoFundamentals of Fracture Mechanicsrdquo Buterworth amp Co Ltd London19833 Subra suresh ldquoFatigue of materialsrdquo II edition 19984 T L Anderson ldquoFracture mechanics Fundamentals and applicationsrdquo III edition2004

                                                                                                                56

                                                                                                                Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                Module-I (15hours)

                                                                                                                FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                                                                                                                COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                                                                                                                Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                                                                                                                Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                                                                                                                COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                                                                                                                57

                                                                                                                Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                                                                                                                Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                                                                                                                BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                                                                                                                Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                                                                                                                BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                                                                                                                Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                                                                                                                58

                                                                                                                Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                                                                                                                Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                                                                                                                Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                                                                                                                Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                                                                                                                Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                                                                                                                TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                                                                                                                59

                                                                                                                Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                                                                                                Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                                                                                                PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                                                                                                Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                                                                                                PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                                                                                                Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                                                                                                Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                                                                                                60

                                                                                                                Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                                                                                                EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                                                                                                Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                                                                                                Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                                                                                                SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                                                                                                61

                                                                                                                AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                                                                                                Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                                                                                                Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                                                                                                AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                                                                                                Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                                                                                                TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                                                                                                62

                                                                                                                Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                                                                                                Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                                                                                                VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                                                                                                INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                                                                                                63

                                                                                                                Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                                                                                                Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                                                                                                MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                                                                                                Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                                                                                                PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                                                                                                Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                                                                                                64

                                                                                                                Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                                                65

                                                                                                                Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                                                                                                CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                                                                                                Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                                                                                                CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                                                                                                Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                                                                                                66

                                                                                                                • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                                  • THEORY
                                                                                                                  • SEMESTER III
                                                                                                                  • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                                  • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                                  • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                                  • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                                    • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                                    • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                                                          • THEORY
                                                                                                                          • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                          • SEMESTER V
                                                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                                                              • THEORY
                                                                                                                              • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                              • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                                                  • THEORY
                                                                                                                                  • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                  • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                                                    • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                                                                                      • SEMESTER VII
                                                                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                                                                          • THEORY
                                                                                                                                          • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                          • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                                                                                            • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                                            • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                                                                                            • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                                              • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                  • THEORY
                                                                                                                                                  • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                                  • Co New York 1989
                                                                                                                                                  • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                                                                                                  • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                                                  • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                                                                                    • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                                                      • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                                                                          • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                              • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                                                  Sub Code COMBUSTION L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                  Module-I (15hours)

                                                                                                                  FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN COMBUSTION CHEMICAL KINETICS AND FLAMESThermo chemical equations ndash heat of reaction- first second and third order reactions ndash premixed flames ndash diffusion flames ndash measurement of burning velocity ndash various methods ndash effect of various parameters on burning velocity ndash flame stability ndash deflagration ndash detonation ndash Rankine-Hugoniot curves ndash radiation by flames

                                                                                                                  COMBUSTION IN AIRCRAFT PISTON ENGINESIntroduction to combustion in aircraft piston engines ndash various factors affecting the combustion efficiency - fuels used for combustion in aircraft piston engines and their selection ndash detonation in piston engine combustion and the methods to prevent the detonation

                                                                                                                  Module-II (10hours)COMBUSTION IN GAS TURBINE AND RAMJET ENGINES 10Combustion in gas turbine combustion chambers - recirculation ndash combustionefficiency factors affecting combustion efficiency fuels used for gas turbinecombustion chambers ndash combustion stability ndash ramjet combustion ndash differencesbetween the design of ramjet combustion chambers and gas turbine combustionchambers- flame holders types ndash numerical problems

                                                                                                                  Module-III (15hours)SUPERSONIC COMBUSTION Introduction to supersonic combustion ndash need for supersonic combustion for hypersonic airbreathing propulsion- supersonic combustion controlled by diffusion mixing and heat convection ndash analysis of reactions and mixing processes - supersonic burning with detonation shocks - various types of supersonic combustors

                                                                                                                  COMBUSTION IN SOLID LIQUID AND HYBRID ROCKETSSolid propellant combustion - double and composite propellant combustion ndash variouscombustion models ndash combustion in liquid rocket engines ndash single fuel dropletcombustion model ndash combustion hybrid rockets TEXT BOOKS1 Sharma SP and Chandra Mohan ldquoFuels and Combustionrdquo Tata Mc Graw HillPublishing Co Ltd New Delhi 19872 Mathur ML and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbine Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers and Distributors Delhi 1988REFERENCES 1 Loh WHT ldquoJet Rocket Nuclear Ion and Electric Propulsion Theory and Designrdquo Springer Verlag New York 19822 Beer JM and Chiger NA ldquoCombustion Aerodynamicsrdquo Applied SciencePublishers Ltd London 19813 Sutton GP ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York5th Edition 1993

                                                                                                                  57

                                                                                                                  Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                  OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                                                                                                                  Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                                                                                                                  BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                                                                                                                  Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                                                                                                                  BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                                                                                                                  Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                                                                                                                  58

                                                                                                                  Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                  OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                                                                                                                  Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                                                                                                                  Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                                                                                                                  Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                                                                                                                  Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                                                                                                                  TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                                                                                                                  59

                                                                                                                  Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                  OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                                                                                                  Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                                                                                                  PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                                                                                                  Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                                                                                                  PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                                                                                                  Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                                                                                                  Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                                                                                                  60

                                                                                                                  Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                  Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                                                                                                  EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                                                                                                  Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                                                                                                  Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                                                                                                  SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                                                                                                  61

                                                                                                                  AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                  OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                                                                                                  Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                                                                                                  Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                                                                                                  AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                                                                                                  Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                                                                                                  TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                                                                                                  62

                                                                                                                  Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                  OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                                                                                                  Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                                                                                                  VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                                                                                                  INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                                                                                                  63

                                                                                                                  Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                  OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                                                                                                  Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                                                                                                  MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                                                                                                  Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                                                                                                  PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                                                                                                  Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                                                                                                  64

                                                                                                                  Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                  OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                                                  65

                                                                                                                  Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                  Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                                                                                                  CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                                                                                                  Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                                                                                                  CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                                                                                                  Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                                                                                                  66

                                                                                                                  • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                                    • THEORY
                                                                                                                    • SEMESTER III
                                                                                                                    • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                                    • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                                    • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                                    • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                                      • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                                      • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                                                            • THEORY
                                                                                                                            • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                            • SEMESTER V
                                                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                                                • THEORY
                                                                                                                                • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                                                    • THEORY
                                                                                                                                    • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                    • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                                                      • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                                                                                        • SEMESTER VII
                                                                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                                                                            • THEORY
                                                                                                                                            • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                            • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                                                                                              • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                                              • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                                                                                              • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                                                • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                    • THEORY
                                                                                                                                                    • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                                    • Co New York 1989
                                                                                                                                                    • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                                                                                                    • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                                                    • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                                                                                      • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                                                        • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                                                                            • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                                                    Sub Code INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                    OBJECTIVETo familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as roadvehicle building aerodynamics and problems of flow induced vibrations

                                                                                                                    Module-I (16hours)ATMOSPHERIC BOUNDARY LAYER Atmospheric circulation-Local winds-Terrain types-Mean velocity profiles-Power law andlogarithm law- wind speeds-Turbulence profiles-Roughness parameters-simulation techniques in wind tunnels

                                                                                                                    BLUFF BODY AERODYNAMICSBoundary layers and separation-Two dimensional wake and vortex formation-Strouhal and Reynolds numbers-Separation and reattachments-Power requirements and dragcoefficients of automobiles-Effects of cut back angle-aerodynamics of trains

                                                                                                                    Module-II (15hours) WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS Horizontal and vertical axis machines-energy density of different rotors-Power coefficient- Betz coefficient by momentum theory

                                                                                                                    BUILDING AERODYNAMICSPressure distribution on low rise buildings-wind forces on buildings-Environmental winds in city blocks-special problems of tall buildings-building codes-ventilation and architectural aerodynamics

                                                                                                                    Module-I (9hours)FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS Vortex shedding lock amp effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows - across wind galloping-wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under wind loads-stall flutter REFERENCES1 Scorer RS ldquoEnvironmental Aerodynamicsrdquo Ellis Harwood Ltd England 19782 Sovran M(ed) ldquoAerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehiclesrdquoPlenum Press NY 19783 Sachs P ldquoWind Forces in Engineeringrdquo Pergamon Press 19884 Blevins RD ldquoFlow Induced Vibrationsrdquo Van Nostrand 19905 Calvert NG ldquoWind Power Principlesrdquo Charles Griffin amp Co London 1979

                                                                                                                    58

                                                                                                                    Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                    OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                                                                                                                    Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                                                                                                                    Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                                                                                                                    Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                                                                                                                    Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                                                                                                                    TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                                                                                                                    59

                                                                                                                    Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                    OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                                                                                                    Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                                                                                                    PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                                                                                                    Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                                                                                                    PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                                                                                                    Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                                                                                                    Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                                                                                                    60

                                                                                                                    Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                    Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                                                                                                    EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                                                                                                    Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                                                                                                    Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                                                                                                    SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                                                                                                    61

                                                                                                                    AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                    OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                                                                                                    Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                                                                                                    Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                                                                                                    AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                                                                                                    Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                                                                                                    TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                                                                                                    62

                                                                                                                    Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                    OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                                                                                                    Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                                                                                                    VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                                                                                                    INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                                                                                                    63

                                                                                                                    Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                    OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                                                                                                    Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                                                                                                    MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                                                                                                    Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                                                                                                    PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                                                                                                    Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                                                                                                    64

                                                                                                                    Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                    OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                                                    65

                                                                                                                    Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                    Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                                                                                                    CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                                                                                                    Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                                                                                                    CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                                                                                                    Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                                                                                                    66

                                                                                                                    • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                                      • THEORY
                                                                                                                      • SEMESTER III
                                                                                                                      • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                                      • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                                      • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                                      • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                                        • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                                        • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                                                              • THEORY
                                                                                                                              • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                              • SEMESTER V
                                                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                                                  • THEORY
                                                                                                                                  • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                  • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                                                      • THEORY
                                                                                                                                      • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                      • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                                                        • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                                                                                          • SEMESTER VII
                                                                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                                                                              • THEORY
                                                                                                                                              • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                              • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                                                                                                • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                                                • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                                                                                                • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                                                  • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                      • THEORY
                                                                                                                                                      • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                                      • Co New York 1989
                                                                                                                                                      • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                                                                                                      • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                                                      • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                                                                                        • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                                                          • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                                                                              • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                  • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                                                      Sub Code AERO ENGINE MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                      OBJECTIVETo study the basic concepts of the maintenance and repair of both piston and jet aeroengines and the procedures followed for overhaul of aero engines

                                                                                                                      Module-I (11hours)PISTON ENGINE COMPONENTS AND NSPECTIONS Types of piston engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Function of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting the engines ndash Details of carburetion and injection systems for small and large engines ndash Ignition system components ndash Spark plug details ndash Engine operating conditions at various altitudes ndash Maintenance and inspection check to be carried outInspection and maintenance and trouble shooting ndash Inspection of all engine components ndash Daily and routine checks ndash Overhaul procedures ndash Compression testing of cylinders ndash Special inspection schedules ndash Engine fuel control and exhaust systems ndash Engin mountand super charger ndash Checks and inspection procedures

                                                                                                                      Module-II (11hours)CLASSIFICATION OF JET ENGINE COMPONENTS Types of jet engines ndash Principles of operation ndash Functions of components ndash Materials used ndash Details of starting and operating procedures ndash Gas turbine engine inspection amp checks ndash Use of instruments for online maintenance ndash Special inspection procedures Foreign Object Damage ndash Blade damage ndash etcMaintenance procedures of gas turbine engines ndash Trouble shooting and rectification procedures ndash Component maintenance procedures ndash Systems maintenance proceduresGas turbine testing procedures ndash test schedule preparation ndash Storage of Engines ndash Preservation and de-preservation procedures

                                                                                                                      Module-III (11hours)OVERHAUL OF ENGINES Symptoms of failure ndash Fault diagnostics ndash Case studies of different engine systems ndash lTools and equipment requirements for various checks and alignment during overhauling ndash Tools for inspection ndash Tools for safety and for visual inspection ndash Methods and instruments for non destructive testing techniques ndash Equipment for replacement of part and their repair Engine testing Engine testing procedures and schedule preparation ndash Online maintenance

                                                                                                                      Engine Overhaul procedures ndash Inspections and cleaning of components ndash Repairsschedules for overhaul ndash Balancing of Gas turbine componentsTrouble Shooting - Procedures for rectification ndash Condition monitoring of the engine on ground and at altitude ndash engine health monitoring and corrective methods

                                                                                                                      TEXT BOOK1 KROES amp WILD ldquoAircraft Power plantsrdquo 7th Edition ndash McGraw Hill New York 1994REFERENCES1 TURBOMECA ldquoGas Turbine Enginesrdquo The English Book Store New Delhi 19932 UNITED TECHNOLOGIES PRATT amp WHITNEY ldquoThe Aircraft Gas turbine Engine and its Operationrdquo (latest edition) The English Book Store New Delhi

                                                                                                                      59

                                                                                                                      Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                      OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                                                                                                      Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                                                                                                      PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                                                                                                      Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                                                                                                      PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                                                                                                      Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                                                                                                      Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                                                                                                      60

                                                                                                                      Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                      Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                                                                                                      EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                                                                                                      Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                                                                                                      Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                                                                                                      SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                                                                                                      61

                                                                                                                      AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                      OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                                                                                                      Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                                                                                                      Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                                                                                                      AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                                                                                                      Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                                                                                                      TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                                                                                                      62

                                                                                                                      Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                      OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                                                                                                      Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                                                                                                      VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                                                                                                      INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                                                                                                      63

                                                                                                                      Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                      OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                                                                                                      Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                                                                                                      MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                                                                                                      Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                                                                                                      PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                                                                                                      Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                                                                                                      64

                                                                                                                      Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                      OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                                                      65

                                                                                                                      Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                      Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                                                                                                      CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                                                                                                      Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                                                                                                      CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                                                                                                      Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                                                                                                      66

                                                                                                                      • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                                                        • THEORY
                                                                                                                        • SEMESTER III
                                                                                                                        • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                                        • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                                        • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                                        • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                                          • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                                          • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                                                • THEORY
                                                                                                                                • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                • SEMESTER V
                                                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                                                    • THEORY
                                                                                                                                    • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                    • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                                                                        • THEORY
                                                                                                                                        • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                        • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                                                          • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                                                                                            • SEMESTER VII
                                                                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                • THEORY
                                                                                                                                                • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                                • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                                                                                                  • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                                                  • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                                                                                                  • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                                                    • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                        • THEORY
                                                                                                                                                        • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                                        • Co New York 1989
                                                                                                                                                        • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                                                                                                        • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                                                        • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                                                                                          • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                                                            • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                                                                                • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                    • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                                                        Sub Code FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                        OBJECTIVES Study the basic nano technology and nano science Understand interdisciplinary nature of this field Understand the important role of physics chemistry biology Recognize that the rules of nano science are fundamentally different than thosewe experience Study the basic fabrication strategies of nano science

                                                                                                                        Module-I (16hours)INTRODUCTIONNanoscale Science and Technology- Implications for Physics Chemistry Biology and Engineering-Classifications of nanostructured materials- nano particlesquantum dots nanowires-ultra-thinfilms-multilayered materials Length Scales involved and effect on properties Mechanical Electronic Optical Magnetic and Thermal properties Introduction to properties and motivation for study (qualitative only)

                                                                                                                        PREPARATION METHODSBottom-up Synthesis-Top-down Approach Precipitation Mechanical Milling Colloidal routes Self-assembly Vapour phase deposition MOCVD Sputtering Evaporation Molecular Beam Epitaxy Atomic Layer Epitaxy MOMBE

                                                                                                                        Module-II (14hours)PATTERNING AND LITHOGRAPHY FOR NANOSCALE DEVICES Introduction to opticalUV electron beam and X-ray Lithography systems and processes Wet etching dry (Plasma reactive ion) etching Etch resists-dip pen lithography

                                                                                                                        PREPARATION ENVIRONMENTS Clean rooms specifications and design air and water purity requirements for particular processes Vibration free environments Services and facilities required Working practices sample cleaning Chemical purification chemical and biological contamination Safety issues flammable and toxic hazards biohazards

                                                                                                                        Module-III (11hours)CHARECTERISATION TECHNIQUES X-ray diffraction technique Scanning Electron Microscopy ndash environmental techniques Transmission Electron Microscopy including high-resolution imaging Surface Analysis techniques- AFM SPM STM SNOM ESCA SIMSNanoindentation TEXT BOOKS1 AS Edelstein and RC Cammearata eds ldquoNanomaterials SynthesisProperties and Applicationsrdquo Institute of Physics Publishing Bristol andPhiladelphia 19962 N John Dinardo ldquoNanoscale charecterisation of surfaces amp Interfacesrdquo 2nd

                                                                                                                        Edition Weinheim Cambridge Wiley-VCH 2000REFERENCES1 Timp (Editor) ldquoNanotechnologyrdquo AIP pressSpringer 19992 Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Editor) ldquoThe Hand Book of Nano TechnologyNanometerStructurerdquo Theory Modeling and Simulationsrdquo Prentice-Hall of India (P) LtdNew Delhi 2007

                                                                                                                        60

                                                                                                                        Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                        Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                                                                                                        EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                                                                                                        Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                                                                                                        Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                                                                                                        SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                                                                                                        61

                                                                                                                        AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                        OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                                                                                                        Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                                                                                                        Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                                                                                                        AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                                                                                                        Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                                                                                                        TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                                                                                                        62

                                                                                                                        Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                        OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                                                                                                        Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                                                                                                        VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                                                                                                        INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                                                                                                        63

                                                                                                                        Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                        OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                                                                                                        Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                                                                                                        MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                                                                                                        Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                                                                                                        PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                                                                                                        Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                                                                                                        64

                                                                                                                        Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                        OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                                                        65

                                                                                                                        Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                        Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                                                                                                        CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                                                                                                        Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                                                                                                        CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                                                                                                        Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                                                                                                        66

                                                                                                                        • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                                                          • THEORY
                                                                                                                          • SEMESTER III
                                                                                                                          • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                                          • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                                          • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                                          • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                                            • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                                            • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                                                  • THEORY
                                                                                                                                  • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                  • SEMESTER V
                                                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                                                      • THEORY
                                                                                                                                      • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                      • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                                                                          • THEORY
                                                                                                                                          • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                          • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                                                            • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                                                                                              • SEMESTER VII
                                                                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                  • THEORY
                                                                                                                                                  • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                                  • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                                                                                                    • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                                                    • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                                                                                                    • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                                                      • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                          • THEORY
                                                                                                                                                          • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                                          • Co New York 1989
                                                                                                                                                          • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                                                                                                          • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                                                          • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                                                                                            • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                                                              • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                                                                                  • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                      • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                                                          Sub Code EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                          Objectives To present the measurement techniques involved in aerodynamic testingModule-I (15hours)WIND TUNNEL TESTING Low speed wind tunnels-estimation of energy ratio and power required supersonic wintunnels-calculation of running time and storage tank requirements

                                                                                                                          EXPERIMENTS IN SUBSONIC WIND TUNNELS Estimation of flow angularity and turbulence factor-calculation of CL and CD on aero foilsfrom pressure distribution- CD from wake survey-Test section average velocity usingtraversing rakes-span wise load distribution for different taper ratios of wing

                                                                                                                          Module-II (10hours)EXPERIMENTS IN HIGH SPEED TUNNELS Mach number estimation in test section by pressure measurement and using a wedge ndash preliminary estimates of blowing and running pressures nozzle area ratios mass flow for a given test section size and Mach number-starting problem and starting loads

                                                                                                                          Module-II (15hours)MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES Hot wire anemometer and laser Doppler anemometer for turbulence and velocity measurements-Use of thermocouples and pyrometers for measurement of static and total temperatures-Use of pressure transducers Rotameters and ultrasonic flow meters

                                                                                                                          SPECIAL PROBLEMS Pitot-static tube correction for subsonic and supersonic Mach numbers-boundary layervelocity profile on a flat plate by momentum-integral method -Calculation of CD from wallshear stress-Heating requirements in hypersonic wind tunnels-Re-entry problems REFERENCES1 Rae WH and Pope A ldquoLow speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley Publication 19842 Pope A and Goin L ldquoHigh speed wind tunnel testingrdquo John Wiley 19853 Rathakrishnan E ldquoInstrumentation Measurement and Experiments in Fluidsrdquo CRCPress London 2007

                                                                                                                          61

                                                                                                                          AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                          OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                                                                                                          Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                                                                                                          Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                                                                                                          AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                                                                                                          Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                                                                                                          TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                                                                                                          62

                                                                                                                          Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                          OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                                                                                                          Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                                                                                                          VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                                                                                                          INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                                                                                                          63

                                                                                                                          Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                          OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                                                                                                          Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                                                                                                          MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                                                                                                          Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                                                                                                          PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                                                                                                          Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                                                                                                          64

                                                                                                                          Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                          OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                                                          65

                                                                                                                          Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                          Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                                                                                                          CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                                                                                                          Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                                                                                                          CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                                                                                                          Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                                                                                                          66

                                                                                                                          • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                                                            • THEORY
                                                                                                                            • SEMESTER III
                                                                                                                            • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                                            • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                                            • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                                            • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                                              • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                                              • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                                                    • THEORY
                                                                                                                                    • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                    • SEMESTER V
                                                                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                                                                        • THEORY
                                                                                                                                        • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                        • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                                                                            • THEORY
                                                                                                                                            • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                            • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                                                              • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                                                                                                • SEMESTER VII
                                                                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                    • THEORY
                                                                                                                                                    • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                                    • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                                                                                                      • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                                                      • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                                                                                                      • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                                                        • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                            • THEORY
                                                                                                                                                            • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                                            • Co New York 1989
                                                                                                                                                            • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                                                                                                            • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                                                            • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                                                                                              • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                                                                • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                                                                                    • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                        • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                                                            AE2033 ROCKETS AND MISSILES L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                            OBJECTIVETo introduce basic concepts of design and trajectory estimation of rocket and missiles

                                                                                                                            Module-I (12hours) ROCKET MOTION IN FREE SPACE AND GRAVITATIONAL FIELD One Dimensional and Two Dimensional rocket Motions in Free Space and Homogeneous Gravitational Fields ndash description of Vertical Inclined and Gravity Turn Trajectories ndash Determination of range and Altitude Simple Approximations to Burnout Velocity

                                                                                                                            Module-II (16hours)STAGING AND CONTROL OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Multistaging of rockets ndash Vehicle Optimization ndash Stage Separation Dynamics ndash Separation Techniques Rocket Thrust Vector Control Methods

                                                                                                                            AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS AND MISSILES Airframe Components of Rockets and Missiles ndash Forces Acting on a Missile While Passing Through Atmosphere ndash Classification of Missiles ndash methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments ndash Lateral Aerodynamic Moment ndash Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket ndash lift and Drag Forces ndash Drag Estimation

                                                                                                                            Module-III (12hours)ROCKET PROPULSION SYSTEMSIgnition System in rockets ndash types of Igniters ndash Igniter Design Considerations ndash Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber Injector Propellant Feed Lines Valves Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems ndash Propellant Slash and Propellant Hammer ndash Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles ndash Combustion System of Solid Rockets

                                                                                                                            TEXT BOOKS1 Sutton GP et al ldquoRocket Propulsion Elementsrdquo John Wiley amp Sons Inc New York1993REFERENCES1 Mathur M and Sharma RP ldquoGas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionrdquoStandard Publishers New Delhi 19982 Cornelisse JW ldquoRocket Propulsion and Space Dynamicsrdquo JW Freeman amp Co LtdLondon 19823 Parker ER ldquoMaterials for Missiles and Spacecraftrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Co Inc 1982

                                                                                                                            62

                                                                                                                            Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                            OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                                                                                                            Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                                                                                                            VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                                                                                                            INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                                                                                                            63

                                                                                                                            Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                            OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                                                                                                            Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                                                                                                            MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                                                                                                            Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                                                                                                            PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                                                                                                            Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                                                                                                            64

                                                                                                                            Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                            OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                                                            65

                                                                                                                            Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                            Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                                                                                                            CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                                                                                                            Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                                                                                                            CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                                                                                                            Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                                                                                                            66

                                                                                                                            • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                                                              • THEORY
                                                                                                                              • SEMESTER III
                                                                                                                              • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                                              • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                                              • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                                              • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                                                • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                                                • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                                                      • THEORY
                                                                                                                                      • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                      • SEMESTER V
                                                                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                                                                          • THEORY
                                                                                                                                          • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                          • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                                                                              • THEORY
                                                                                                                                              • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                              • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                                                                • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                                                                                                  • SEMESTER VII
                                                                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                      • THEORY
                                                                                                                                                      • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                                      • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                                                                                                        • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                                                        • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                                                                                                        • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                                                          • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                              • THEORY
                                                                                                                                                              • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                                              • Co New York 1989
                                                                                                                                                              • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                                                                                                              • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                                                              • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                                                                                                • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                                                                  • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                                                                                      • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                          • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                                                              Sub Code HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                              OBJECTIVETo present the basic ideas of hypersonic flow and the associated problem areasModule-I (9hours)FUNDAMENTALS OF HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICSIntroduction to hypersonic aerodynamics-differences between hypersonic aerodynamics and supersonic aerodynamics-concept of thin shock layers-hypersonic flight paths-hypersonic similarity parameters-shock wave and expansion wave relations of in viscid hypersonic flows

                                                                                                                              Module-I (16hours)SIMPLE SOLUTION METHODS FOR HYPERSONIC IN VISCID FLOWS Local surface inclination methods-Newtonian theory-modified Newtonian law-tangent wedge and tangent cone and shock expansion methods-approximate theory-thin shock layer theory

                                                                                                                              VISCOUS HYPERSONIC FLOW THEORY Boundary layer equation for hypersonic flow-hypersonic boundary layers-self similar andnon self similar boundary layers-solution methods for non self similar boundary layersaerodynamicheatingModule-I (15hours)VISCOUS INTERACTIONS IN HYPERSONIC FLOWS Introduction to the concept of viscous interaction in hypersonic flows-strong and weakviscous interactions-hypersonic viscous interaction similarity parameter-introduction toshock wave boundary layer interactions

                                                                                                                              INTRODUCTION TO HIGH TEMPERATURE EFFECTS Nature of high temperature flows-chemical effects in air-real and perfect gases-Gibbrsquos free energy and entropy-chemically reacting mixtures-recombination and dissociation TEXT BOOKS1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoHypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dyanmicsrdquo Mc Grawhill Series New York 1996REFERENCES1 John D Anderson Jr ldquoModern compressible flow with historical perspectiverdquo McGraw Hill Publishing Company New York 19962 John T Bertin ldquoHypersonic Aerothermodynamicsrdquo published by AIAA IncWashington DC 1994

                                                                                                                              63

                                                                                                                              Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                              OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                                                                                                              Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                                                                                                              MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                                                                                                              Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                                                                                                              PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                                                                                                              Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                                                                                                              64

                                                                                                                              Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                              OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                                                              65

                                                                                                                              Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                              Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                                                                                                              CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                                                                                                              Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                                                                                                              CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                                                                                                              Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                                                                                                              66

                                                                                                                              • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                                                • THEORY
                                                                                                                                • SEMESTER III
                                                                                                                                • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                                                • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                                                • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                                                • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                                                  • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                                                  • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                                                                        • THEORY
                                                                                                                                        • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                        • SEMESTER V
                                                                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                                                                            • THEORY
                                                                                                                                            • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                            • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                • THEORY
                                                                                                                                                • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                                • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                                                                  • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                                                                                                    • SEMESTER VII
                                                                                                                                                      • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                        • THEORY
                                                                                                                                                        • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                                        • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                                                                                                          • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                                                          • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                                                                                                          • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                                                            • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                • THEORY
                                                                                                                                                                • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                                                • Co New York 1989
                                                                                                                                                                • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                                                                                                                • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                                                                • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                                                                                                  • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                                                                    • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                                                                                        • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                            • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                                                                Sub Code PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                                OBJECTIVETo understand the various components and functions of production planning and controlsuch as product planning product scheduling and inventory control

                                                                                                                                Module-I (15hours)INTRODUCTION 8Factors affecting planning-Forecasting information necessary for pre-planning-sources of information-Methods of forecasting-aircraft components requiring overhaul-repairmodifications- premature-failures-project planning-estimates of plant machinery buildings manpower materials spare parts time and cost estimates

                                                                                                                                MATERIALS MACHINES AND PROCESSES Production engineering knowledge necessary for Planning machine tools and processes-Materials including aircraft materials and their processing-Spare parts required foroverhaul and maintenance-Ground handling equipment-testing of components and aircraftoverhaul-standards for acceptance after overhaul

                                                                                                                                Module-II (15hours)EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS Pre-planning required for provision of special tools jigs fixtures and test equipmentrequired for overhaul and maintenance-types and description of major test equipment

                                                                                                                                PRODUCTION PLANNING Production planning function of routing estimating and scheduling ndashLOB-CPM and PERTQueuing theory sequencing in jobs shop scheduling assembly line balancing-charts andgraphs

                                                                                                                                Module-II (10hours) PRODUCTION CONTROLProduction control functions of dispatching progressing and evaluation-Activities ofprogressing-shop procedures-maintenance of critical data statistics of evaluation controlchartsTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Thomas L ldquoProduction planning and controlrdquo Mc Graw Hill 19852 Jain K C and Aggarwal L N ldquoProduction planning and control and IndustrialManagement Khanna publishers 1990REFERENCES1 Buffa E S and Sarin R K ldquoModern production operations management rdquo8th edJohn Willey and sons 20002 MacNiece E H ldquoProduction forecasting planning and controlrdquo John Willey 19863 Mages J F ldquoProduction planning and Inventory controlrdquo McGraw Hill 1990

                                                                                                                                64

                                                                                                                                Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                                OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                                                                65

                                                                                                                                Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                                Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                                                                                                                CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                                                                                                                Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                                                                                                                CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                                                                                                                Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                                                                                                                66

                                                                                                                                • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                                                  • THEORY
                                                                                                                                  • SEMESTER III
                                                                                                                                  • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                                                  • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                                                  • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                                                  • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                                                    • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                                                    • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                                                                          • THEORY
                                                                                                                                          • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                          • SEMESTER V
                                                                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                                                                              • THEORY
                                                                                                                                              • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                              • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                  • THEORY
                                                                                                                                                  • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                                  • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                                                                    • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                                                                                                      • SEMESTER VII
                                                                                                                                                        • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                          • THEORY
                                                                                                                                                          • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                                          • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                                                                                                            • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                                                            • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                                                                                                            • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                                                              • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                  • THEORY
                                                                                                                                                                  • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                                                  • Co New York 1989
                                                                                                                                                                  • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                                                                                                                  • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                                                                  • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                                                                                                    • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                                                                      • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                                                                                          • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                              • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                                                                  Sub Code ENGINE SYSTEM AND CONTROL L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                                  OBJECTIVETo give an exposure to the different systems in Aircraft Engines and the methodologies aswell as instruments used for engine controls amp indicationUNIT I ENGINE CONSTRUCTION 10Layout ndash Piston Engine ndash Turbo Prop-Gas Turbine Engines ndash Modular concept Oil Systemndash Fuel systems ndash Heat Management system of Gas Turbine Engines Lubricants and Fuelused ndash Engine Materials ndash Compressor Turbine Frames and Casting etcUNIT II ENGINE SYSTEMS 9Air System and Pneumatics ndash Engine controls ndash FADEC Fire Protection System ndash Ignitionand Starting system ndash Engine Anti-icing systemUNIT III MAINTENANCE amp INSPECTION 6Maintenance aspects of Gas Turbine Engines ndash Preventive condition (performance)Monitoring ndash Boroscopic Inspection ndash On wing Trim Balance ndash Test bed overhaulUNIT IV CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 10Engine sensors ndash Basic construction ndash Processing signals ndash Analog and Digital Indicationndash Scaling ndash Monitoring of Instruments IndicatorsUNIT ENGINE INSTRUMENTS 10Primary instruments ndash RPM Fuel flow Exhaust Gas Temperature Thrust parameters ndashSecondary Instruments ndash Vibration indicator Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature indictorNacelle Temp IndicatorTOTAL 45 PERIODSTEXT BOOKS1 Aircraft Instruments ndash E H J Pallett Pitman amp Co 19932 Aircraft Gas Turbine Engine Technology ndash Irwin E Treager English Book Stores NewDelhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine and Operation ndash PRATT AND WHITENY United TechnologiesEnglish Book Stores New DelhiREFERENCES1 ldquoGeneral Hand Book of Airframe and Power Plantrdquo US Department of TransportationFAA English Book Stores New Delhi2 Turbo Mache of Gas Turbine English Book Stores New Delhi3 Aircraft Gas Turbine Guide PampW Publications English Book Stores New Delhi4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                                                                  65

                                                                                                                                  Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                                  Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                                                                                                                  CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                                                                                                                  Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                                                                                                                  CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                                                                                                                  Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                                                                                                                  66

                                                                                                                                  • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                                                    • THEORY
                                                                                                                                    • SEMESTER III
                                                                                                                                    • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                                                    • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                                                    • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                                                    • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                                                      • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                                                      • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                                                                            • THEORY
                                                                                                                                            • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                            • SEMESTER V
                                                                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                • THEORY
                                                                                                                                                • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                                • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                    • THEORY
                                                                                                                                                    • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                                    • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                                                                      • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                                                                                                        • SEMESTER VII
                                                                                                                                                          • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                            • THEORY
                                                                                                                                                            • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                                            • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                                                                                                              • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                                                              • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                                                                                                              • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                                                                • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                                                                                                                  • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                    • THEORY
                                                                                                                                                                    • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                                                    • Co New York 1989
                                                                                                                                                                    • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                                                                                                                    • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                                                                    • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                                                                                                      • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                                                                        • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                                                                                            • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                              • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                                • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                                                                    Sub Code AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATION CARI AND II L T P C3 0 0 3

                                                                                                                                    Module-I (14hours)CAR SERIES A - PROCEDURE FOR CIVIL AIR WORTHINESS REQUIRMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITY OPERATORS VIS-Agrave-VIS AIR WORTHINESS DIRECTORATE Responsibilities of operators owners Procedure of CAR issue amendments etc Objectives and targets of airworthiness directorate Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of operators CAR SERIES B - ISSUE APPROVAL OF COCKPIT CHECK LIST MEL CDLDeficiency list (MEL amp CDL) Preparation and use of cockpit check list and emergency list

                                                                                                                                    CAR SERIES C - DEFECT RECORDING MONITORINGINVESTIGATION AND REPORTING 7Defect recording reporting investigation rectification and analysis Flight reportReporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft Analytical study of in-fightreadings amp recordings Maintenance control by reliability Method CAR SERIES D - AND AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMMESReliability Programme (Engines) Aircraft maintenance programme amp their approvalOn condition maintenance of reciprocating engines TBO - Revision programmeMaintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records - Light aircraft enginesFixing routine maintenance periods and component TBOs - Initial amp revisions

                                                                                                                                    Module-II (15hours)CAR SERIES E - APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONSApproval of organizations in categories A B C D E F amp G Requirements ofinfrastructure at stations other than parent baseCAR SERIES F - AIR WORTHINESS AND CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESSProcedure relating to registration of aircraft Procedure for issue revalidation of TypeCertificate of aircraft and its engines propeller Issue revalidation of Certificate ofAirworthiness Requirements for renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness

                                                                                                                                    CAR SERIES L - AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER - LICENSINGIssue of AME Licence its classification and experience requirements CompleteSeries LCAR SERIES M MANDATORY MODIFICATIONS AND INSPECTIONSMandatory Modifications Inspections

                                                                                                                                    Module-III (11hours)CAR SERIES T - FLIGHT TESTING OF AIRCRAFTFlight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A Fight testing of aircraft for whichC or A had been previously issued CAR SERIES X - MISCELLANEOUSREQUIREMENTS Registration Markings of aircraft Weight and balance control ofan aircraft Provision of first aid kits amp Physicians kit in an aircraft Use furnishingmaterials in an aircraft Concessions Aircraft log books Document to be carried onboard on Indian registered aircraft Procedure for issue of taxy permit Procedure forissue of type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments REFERENCES1 Aircraft Manual (India) Volume - Latest Edition The English Book Store 17-1Connaught Circus New Delhi2 Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness) Published by DGCA The English Book Store 17-1 Connaught Circus NewDelhi3 Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA4 Advisory Circulars form DGCA

                                                                                                                                    66

                                                                                                                                    • AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                                                      • THEORY
                                                                                                                                      • SEMESTER III
                                                                                                                                      • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                                                      • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                                                      • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                                                      • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                                                        • LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
                                                                                                                                        • (for a batch of 30 students)
                                                                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                                                                              • THEORY
                                                                                                                                              • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                              • SEMESTER V
                                                                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                  • THEORY
                                                                                                                                                  • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                                  • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                      • THEORY
                                                                                                                                                      • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                                      • SEMESTER VI
                                                                                                                                                        • TOTAL 45 PERIODS
                                                                                                                                                          • SEMESTER VII
                                                                                                                                                            • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                              • THEORY
                                                                                                                                                              • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                                              • AE1403 AIRCRAFT DESIGN PROJECT ndash II 0 0 3 100
                                                                                                                                                                • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                                                                • 1 Aircraft ldquoJacking Uprdquo procedure
                                                                                                                                                                • TOTAL 60
                                                                                                                                                                  • SEMESTER VIII
                                                                                                                                                                    • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                      • THEORY
                                                                                                                                                                      • PRACTICAL
                                                                                                                                                                      • Co New York 1989
                                                                                                                                                                      • Sub code COMPREHENSION 0 0 3 0
                                                                                                                                                                      • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                                                                      • PROJECT WORK
                                                                                                                                                                        • OBJECTIVE
                                                                                                                                                                          • BE AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                                                                                                                              • ELECTIVE ndash I
                                                                                                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                                • Course Title
                                                                                                                                                                                  • 4 Rolls Royce The Jet Engine Rolls Royce Ltd III Edition 1983

                                                                                                                                      top related